Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 2244

SERVICE MANUAL Theory of Operation

C6500/C6500P/
C5500

2007.11
Ver. 3.0
THEORY OF OPERATION TOTAL CONTENTS

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS ..............................................................S-1


IMPORTANT NOTICE ................................................................................................S-1
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION .........................S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS .................................................................................................S-2
SAFETY INFORMATION ...............................................................................................S-13
IMPORTANT NOTICE ..............................................................................................S-13
INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE .....................................................S-14
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT ....................................................S-16
Legal restrictions on copying .......................................................................................... C-1
Composition of the service manual ................................................................................. C-2
Notation of the service manual ....................................................................................... C-3

bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500


OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
CONFIGURATION/OPERATION.................................................................................. 15
* For particulars, see the contents of the main body.

DF-609
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
CONFIGURATION/OPERATION.................................................................................... 7
* For particulars, see the contents of DF-609.

PF-601/HT-504
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
CONFIGURATION/OPERATION.................................................................................... 5
* For particulars, see the contents of PF-601/HT-504.

LU-202/HT-503
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
CONFIGURATION/OPERATION.................................................................................... 5
* For particulars, see the contents of LU-202/HT-503.

RU-503/504
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
CONFIGURATION/OPERATION.................................................................................... 7
* For particulars, see the contents of RU-503/504.

i
FD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
COMPOSITION/OPERATION...................................................................................... 15
* For particulars, see the contents of FD-501.

LS-501/502
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
COMPOSITION/OPERATION........................................................................................ 7
* For particulars, see the contents of LS-501/502.

FS-503
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
COMPOSITION/OPERATION........................................................................................ 7
* For particulars, see the contents of FS-503.

FS-520/607
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
COMPOSITION/OPERATION...................................................................................... 13
* For particulars, see the contents of FS-520/607.

PI-502
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
COMPOSITION/OPERATION........................................................................................ 5
* For particulars, see the contents of PI-502.

PK-512/513
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
COMPOSITION/OPERATION........................................................................................ 5
* For particulars, see the contents of PK-512/513.

SD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
COMPOSITION/OPERATION...................................................................................... 13
* For particulars, see the contents of SD-501.

PB-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
CONFIGURATION/OPERATION ...................................................................................11
* For particulars, see the contents of PB-501.

ii
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS


Read carefully the Safety and Important Warning Items described below to understand
them before doing service work.

IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as
the risk of damage to the product, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter
called the KMBT) strongly recommends that all servicing be performed only by KMBT-
trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this product to improve its performance after this Service
Manual was printed. Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that
the information contained in this Service Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to
the product while servicing the product for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the
course of technical training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of
the product properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.

DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER,


WARNING AND CAUTION
In this Service Manual, each of three expressions " DANGER", " WARNING", and
" CAUTION" is defined as follows together with a symbol mark to be used in a limited
meaning.
When servicing the product, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment,
repair, maintenance, etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.

DANGER: Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury

WARNING: Action having a possibility of suffering death or serious injury

CAUTION: Action having a possibility of suffering a slight wound, medium


trouble and property damage

Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:

:Precaution when using the


copier. General Electric hazard High
precaution temperature

:Prohibition when using the


copier. General Do not touch Do not
prohibition with wet hand disassemble

:Direction when using the


copier. General Unplug Ground/Earth
instruction

S-1
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY WARNINGS
[1] MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA
BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Konica Minolta brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is
achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network.
Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical,
physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving
at proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unauthorized modifications involve
a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore
strictly prohibited. The points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reason-
ing behind this policy.

Prohibited Actions

DANGER
• Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.

• Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT.


Safety will not be assured, leading to a risk of fire and
injury.

• Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with


wire, metal clips, solder or similar object.

• Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between


relay contacts)

• Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.)


Safety will not be assured, leading to a risk of fire and
injury.

• Making any modification to the product unless instructed


by KMBT

• Using parts not specified by KMBT

S-2
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

[2] POWER PLUG SELECTION


In some countries or areas, the power plug provided with the product may not fit wall outlet
used in the area. In that case, it is obligation of customer engineer (hereafter called the CE)
to attach appropriate power plug or power cord set in order to connect the product to the
supply.

Power Cord Set or Power Plug

WARNING
• Use power supply cord set which meets the following
criteria:
AC230V
- provided with a plug having configuration intended for
the connection to wall outlet appropriate for the prod-
uct's rated voltage and current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- provided with three-conductor cable having enough cur-
rent capacity, and
AC208V 240V
- the cord set meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to fire or electric shock.
• Attach power plug which meets the following criteria:
- having configuration intended for the connection to wall
outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and
current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to the product connect-
ing to inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity,
grounding), and may result in fire or electric shock.

• Conductors in the power cable must be connected to ter-


minals of the plug according to the following order:
• Black or Brown: L (line)
• White or Light Blue: N (neutral)
• Green/Yellow: PE (earth)
Wrong connection may cancel safeguards within the
product, and results in fire or electric shock.

S-3
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

[3] CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE


Konica Minolta brand products are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all
applicable safety standards are met, in order to protect the customer and CE from the risk
of injury. However, in daily use, any electrical equipment may be subject to parts wear and
eventual failure. In order to maintain safety and reliability, the CE must perform regular
safety checks.

1. Power Supply

Connection to Power Supply

WARNING
• Check that mains voltage is as specified.
Connection to wrong voltage supply may result in fire or
electric shock. ?V

• Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same


configuration as the plug.
Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to kw
inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity,
grounding), and may result in fire or electric shock.
If proper wall outlet is not available, advice the customer
to contact qualified electrician for the installation.
• Plug the power cord into the dedicated wall outlet with a
capacity greater than the maximum power consumption.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may
result.

• If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall


outlet, the total load must not exceed the rating of the wall
outlet.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may
result.

• Make sure the power cord is plugged in the wall outlet


securely.
Contact problems may lead to increased resistance,
overheating, and the risk of fire.

S-4
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Connection to Power Supply

WARNING
• Check whether the product is grounded properly.
If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded product, you
may suffer electric shock while operating the product.
Connect power plug to grounded wall outlet.

Power Plug and Cord

WARNING
• When using the power cord set (inlet type) that came with
this product, make sure the connector is securely inserted
in the inlet of the product.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with
the fixture properly.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not connected to the prod-
uct securely, a contact problem may lead to increased
resistance, overheating, and risk of fire.

• Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or


pinched by a table and so on.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.

• Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check


whether the sheath is damaged.
If the power plug, cord, or sheath is damaged, replace
with a new power cord or cord set (with plug and connec-
tor on each end) specified by KMBT.
Using the damaged power cord may result in fire or elec-
tric shock.

• Do not bundle or tie the power cord.


Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.

S-5
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Power Plug and Cord

WARNING
• Check whether dust is collected around the power plug
and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing
dust may result in fire.

• Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet
hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.
• When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the
cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and
electric shock.

Wiring

WARNING
• Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords
in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.

• When an extension cord is required, use a specified one.


Current that can flow in the extension cord is limited, so
using a too long extension cord may result in fire.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken
up. Fire may result.

S-6
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

2. Installation Requirements

Prohibited Installation Places

WARNING
• Do not place the product near flammable materials or vola-
tile materials that may catch fire.
A risk of fire exists.

• Do not place the product in a place exposed to water such


as rain.
A risk of fire and electric shock exists.

When not Using the Product for a long time

WARNING
• When the product is not used over an extended period of
time (holidays, etc.), switch it off and unplug the power
cord.
Dust collected around the power plug and outlet may
cause fire.

Ventilation

CAUTION
• The product generates ozone gas during operation, but it
will not be harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases,
ventilate the room.
a. When the product is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple products at the same time

Fixing

CAUTION
• Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the product may
slide, leading to a injury.

S-7
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

3. Servicing

Inspection before Servicing

CAUTION
• Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant docu-
mentation (service manual, technical notices, etc.) and
proceed with the inspection following the prescribed pro-
cedure in safety clothes, using only the prescribed tools.
Do not make any adjustment not described in the docu-
mentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the prod-
uct may break and a risk of injury or fire exists.

• Before conducting an inspection, be sure to disconnect


the power plugs from the product and options.
When the power plug is inserted in the wall outlet, some
units are still powered even if the POWER switch is
turned OFF. Arisk of electric shock exists.

• The area around the fixing unit is hot.


You may get burnt.

Work Performed with the Product Powered On

WARNING
• Take every care when making adjustments or performing
an operation check with the product powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check
with the external cover detached, you may touch live or
high-voltage parts or you may be caught in moving gears
or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.

• Take every care when servicing with the external cover


detached.
High-voltage exists around the drum unit. A risk of elec-
tric shock exists.

S-8
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Safety Checkpoints

WARNING
• When taking a report of problems from a user, check each
part and repair properly.
A risk of product trouble, injury, and fire exists.

• Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other
damages.
The user or CE may be injured.
• Do not allow any metal parts such as clips, staples, and
screws to fall into the product.
They can short internal circuits and cause electric shock
or fire.

• Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.


Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.

• Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electri-


cal parts and electrode units such as a charging corona
unit.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of product trouble or
fire.

• Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.


Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.

• Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for


deterioration and sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.

• Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit (P/H unit)


incorporating a laser, make sure that the power cord has
been disconnected.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of
loss of eyesight.

S-9
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Safety Checkpoints

WARNING
• Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply
power with the write unit shifted from the specified mount-
ing position.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of
loss of eyesight.

• When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lith-


ium battery specified in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose
of the used lithium battery using the method specified by
local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.
• After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g.,
optical lamp and fixing lamp), be sure to check the installa-
tion state.
A risk of fire exists.

• Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and


check whether the interlock functions properly.
If the interlock does not function, you may receive an
electric shock or be injured when you insert your hand in
the product (e.g., for clearing paper jam).
• Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp
edges, burrs, or other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.

• Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connec-


tors, etc. that were removed for safety check and mainte-
nance have been reinstalled in the original location. (Pay
special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of product trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.

S-10
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Handling of Consumables

WARNING
• Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care
must be taken not to breathe excessive amounts or let the
substances come into contact with eyes, etc. It may be
stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water
immediately. When symptoms are noticeable, consult a
physician.

• Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.


You may be burned due to dust explosion.

Handling of Service Materials

CAUTION
• Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.
Isopropyl alcohol and acetone are highly flammable and
must be handled with care. A risk of fire exists.

• Do not replace the cover or turn the product ON before


any solvent remnants on the cleaned parts have fully
evaporated.
A risk of fire exists.

• Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take


care not to spill any liquid. If this happens, immediately
wipe it off.
A risk of fire exists.

• When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.


Breathing large quantities of organic solvents can lead to
discomfort.

S-11
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

4. Fuse
Fuse
CAUTION
• CAUTION
Double pole / neutral fusing

• ATTENTION
Double pôle / Fusible sur le neutre

5. Used Batteries Precautions


Handling of batteries
CAUTION
• ALL Areas
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
• Germany
VORSICHT!
Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemäßem Austausch der Batterie.
Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einen vom Hersteller empfohlenen gleichwertigen Typ.
Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers.
• France
ATTENTION
Il y a danger d’explosion s’il y a remplacement incorrect de la batterie.
Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du même type ou d’un type équivalent recom-
mandé par le constructeur.
Mettre au rebut les batteries usagées conformément aux instructions du fabricant.
• Denmark
ADVARSEL!
Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering.
Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type.
Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandøren.
• Finland, Sweden
VAROlTUS
Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu.
Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin.
Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti.
VARNING
Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte.
Använd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparat-
tillverkaren.
Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion.
• Norway
ADVARSEL
Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri.
Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten.
Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner.

S-12
SAFETY INFORMATION

SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Admin-
istration implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976.
Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States.

This copier is certified as a "Class 1" laser product under the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard
according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emit-
ted inside this copier is completely confined within protective housings and external covers,
the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.

S-13
SAFETY INFORMATION

INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE


Caution labels shown below are attached in some areas on/in the machine.
When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should
be taken to avoid burns and electric shock.

a03up0e001ca

S-14
SAFETY INFORMATION

a03up0e002ca

CAUTION:
• You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any
caution label to keep yourself away from. Do not remove caution labels. And also,
when the caution label is peeled off or soiled and cannot be seen clearly, replace
it with a new caution label.

S-15
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT

MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF


AN ACCIDENT
1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately
take emergency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further
damage.
2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evalua-
tion must be carried out quickly and KMBT must be notified.
3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded
through direct on-site checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.
4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations speci-
fied by every distributor.

S-16
Legal restrictions on copying
Certain types of originals must never be copied with the purpose or intent to pass copies of
such originals off as the originals.
The following is not a complete list, but is meant to be used as a guide to responsible copy-
ing.

<Financial Instruments>
• Personal checks
• Traveler’s checks
• Money orders
• Certificates of deposit
• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
• Stock certificates

<Legal Originals>
• Food stamps
• Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Checks or drafts drawn by government agencies
• Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Passports
• Immigration papers
• Motor vehicle licenses and titles
• House and property titles and deeds

<General>
• Identification cards, badges, or insignias
• Copyrighted works without permission of the copyright owner

In addition, it is prohibited under any circumstances to copy domestic or foreign currencies,


or works of art without permission of the copyright owner.
When in doubt about the nature of an original, consult with legal counsel.

Detail
In order to prohibit the illegal reproduction of certain originals, such as paper currency, this
machine is equipped with a counterfeit prevention feature.
Due to the counterfeit prevention feature that this machine is equipped with, images may be
distorted.

C-1
Composition of the service manual
This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:

<Theory of Operation section>

OUTLINE: System configuration, product specifications,


unit configuration, and paper path
COMPOSITION/OPERATION: Configuration of each unit, explanation of the operating
system, and explanation of the control system
This section gives, as information for the CE to get a full understanding of the product, a
rough outline of the object and role of each function, the relationship between the electrical
system and the mechanical system, and the timing of operation of each part.

<Field service section>

OUTLINE: System configuration, and product specifications


MAINTENANCE: Service schedule *, maintenance steps,
list of service tools and directions for use *,
firmware version up method *,
and removal/reinstallation methods of major parts
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING: Utility menu mode *, Service mode *, security and mechan-
ical adjustment
TROUBLESHOOTING*: List of jam codes, their causes, operation when a jam
occurs and its release method, and list of error codes,
their causes, operation when a warning is issued and esti-
mated abnormal parts.
APPENDIX*: Parts layout drawings, connector layout drawings, timing
chart, overall layout drawing

This section gives, as information required by the CE at the site (or at the customer's
premise), a rough outline of the service schedule and its details, maintenance steps, the
object and role of each adjustment, error codes and supplementary information.

The details of items with an asterisk "*" are described only in the service manual of
the main body.

C-2
Notation of the service manual
A. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:

(1) bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500: Main body


(2) Microsoft Windows 95: Windows 95
Microsoft Windows 98: Windows 98
Microsoft Windows Me: Windows Me
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0: Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT
Microsoft Windows 2000: Windows 2000
Microsoft Windows XP: Windows XP
When the description is made in combination of the OS's mentioned above:
Windows 95/98/Me
Windows NT 4.0/2000
Windows NT/2000/XP
Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XP

B. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or
the registered trademark of each company.

C. Electrical parts and signals


Those listed by way of example below are not exhaustive, but only some instances among
many.

Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description


IN
PS
Sensor PS Door PS1 Sensor detection signal
SIG
102 PS
24V Power to drive the solenoid
Solenoid SD DRV
Drive signal
SOL
24V Power to drive the clutch
Clutch CL DRV
Drive signal
SOL

C-3
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description
24V Power to drive the motor
CONT Drive signal
DRV1
Motor M
DRV2
Drive signals of two kinds
D1
D2
_U
_V
_W
Drive signals (control signals) of three kinds
DRV1
DRV2
DRV3
D1
D2
D3
D4
DRV A
DRV A
DRV B Drive signals (control signals) of four kinds
DRV B Motor, phases A and B control signals
A
Motor M /A
B
/B
AB
BB
CLK, PLL PLL control signal
LCK, Lock, LD PLL lock signal
FR Forward/reverse rotation signal
EM, Lock, LCK, LD Motor lock abnormality
BLK Drive brake signal
P/S Power/stop
S/S
Operating load start/stop signal
SS
CW/CCW, F/R Rotational direction switching signal
ENB Effective signal
TEMP_ER Motor temperature abnormality detection signal
24V Power to drive the fan motor
CONT, DRIVE Drive signal
Fan FM
HL Speed control signal (2 speeds)
EM, Lock, LCK, FEM Detection signal
Others TH1.S, ANG Analog signal

C-4
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description
SG, S.GND, S_GND Signal ground
Ground
PG, P.GND Power ground
DCD Data carrier detection
SIN Serial input
SOUT Serial output
DTR Data terminal operation available
GND Signal ground (earth)
Serial com-
DSR, DSET Data set ready
munication
RTS Transmission request signal
CTS Consent transmission signal
RI Ring indicator
TXD Serial transmission data
RXD Serial reception data

D. Paper feed direction


When the direction in which paper is fed is in parallel with the longer side of paper, the
paper feed direction like this is referred to as the longitudinal feed.
And the paper feed direction that is perpendicular to the longitudinal feed is referred to as
the transverse feed.
When specifying the longitudinal feed, "S (abbreviation for Short Edge Feeding)" is added
to the paper size. For the transverse feed, no specific notation is employed.
However, when only the longitudinal feed is specified for one and the same paper size with
no specification made for the transverse feed, "S" is not added even when being fed longi-
tudinally.

<Example>

Paper size Feed direction Notation


Transverse feed A4
A4
Longitudinal feed A4S
A3 Longitudinal feed A3

C-5
Blank Page

C-6
SERVICE MANUAL Theory of Operation

C6500/C6500P/
C5500
Main body

2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2007/11 3.0 Revision due to the addition of a new optional unit (PB)
Revision in relation to launching of bizhub PRO C5500
2007/06 2.0
and FS-520
2006/09 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500

OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3. UNIT CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

CONFIGURATION/OPERATION
5. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
6. IMAGE CREATING PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6.1 Flow and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6.2 Charging process (Step 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
6.3 Laser exposure process (Step 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
6.4 Image development process (Step 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6.5 First transfer process (Step 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
6.6 Second transfer process (Step 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
6.7 Separation process (Step 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.8 Drum cleaning (Sub step 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.9 Exposure before charging (Sub step 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.10 Transfer belt cleaning (Sub step 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
6.11 Second transfer roller/Lw cleaning (Sub step 4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
6.12 Toner collection (Sub step 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
6.13 Process speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
7. SCANNER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
7.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
7.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
7.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7.3.1 Scanner/Exposure lamp control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7.3.2 Original size detection control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
7.3.3 Original reading area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
7.3.4 AE/ACS control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
7.3.5 Image processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
8. WRITE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
8.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
8.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
8.2.1 Laser beam path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
8.2.2 Write unit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
8.2.3 Color registration control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
8.2.4 Front/back sides skew correction in main scan direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
8.2.5 Back side magnification adjustment in sub scan direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
8.2.6 Image stabilization control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
9. PHOTOCONDUCTOR SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
9.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
9.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
9.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

i
CONTENTS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

9.3.1 Image creation control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47


bizhub PRO C6500

9.3.2 Erase lamp (EL) control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49


/C6500P/C5500

9.3.3 Image stabilization control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49


10. CHARGING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
10.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
10.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
10.2.1 Charging control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
11. INTERMIDIATE TRANSFER SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
11.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
11.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
11.2.1 Transfer belt conveyance/pressure drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
11.2.2 Second transfer pressure/release drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
11.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
11.3.1 First transfer roller pressure/release mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
11.3.2 First transfer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
11.3.3 Second transfer mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
11.3.4 Second transfer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
11.3.5 Image correction unit shutter mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
11.3.6 Control of flip prevention for the belt cleaning blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
11.3.7 Control against belt filming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
11.3.8 Image stabilization control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
12. DEVELOPING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
12.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
12.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
12.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
12.3.1 Developer conveyance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
12.3.2 Developing bias control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
12.3.3 Developing suction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
12.3.4 Image stabilization control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
13. TONER SUPPLY SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
13.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
13.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
13.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
13.3.1 Toner conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
13.3.2 Remaining toner detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
13.3.3 Stop control for print operation with no toner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
14. TONER COLLECTION SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
14.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
14.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
14.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
14.3.1 Toner collection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
14.3.2 Toner collection box control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
14.3.3 Box full control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
15. PAPER FEED SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
15.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
15.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
15.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
15.3.1 Plate up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
15.3.2 Paper size detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
15.3.3 Paper feed control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

ii
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

15.3.4 Remaining paper detection control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

bizhub PRO C6500


16. BYPASS FEED TRAY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

/C6500P/C5500
16.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
16.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
16.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
16.3.1 Plate up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
16.3.2 Paper size detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
16.3.3 Paper feed control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
16.3.4 Paper empty detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
16.3.5 Remaining paper detection control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
17. VERTICAL CONVEYANCE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
17.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
17.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
17.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
17.3.1 Vertical conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
18. REGISTRATION SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
18.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
18.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
18.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
18.3.1 Loop control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
18.3.2 Registration operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
18.3.3 Paper leading edge timing correction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
18.3.4 Registration speed correction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
19. ADU SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
19.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
19.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
19.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
19.3.1 Paper reverse control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
19.3.2 ADU conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
19.3.3 Back side centering correction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
20. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
20.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
20.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
20.2.1 Reverse/paper exit drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
20.2.2 Paper exit drive/OT-502 drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
20.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
20.3.1 Conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
20.3.2 Reverse/paper exit timing control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
20.3.3 Paper exit decurler roller pressure control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
20.3.4 Reverse decurler roller rotation control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
20.3.5 Paper exit full detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
21. FUSING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
21.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
21.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
21.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
21.3.1 Fusing roller drive control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
21.3.2 Pressure/release control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
21.3.3 Fusing temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
21.3.4 Protection against abnormality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
21.3.5 Fusing roller/Lw cooling control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

iii
CONTENTS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

22. INTERFACE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113


bizhub PRO C6500

22.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113


/C6500P/C5500

22.2 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113


23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
23.1 Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
23.2 Operation flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
23.2.1 Image stabilizing controls when the sub power switch (SW2) is ON,
during printing, and during idling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
23.2.2 Image stabilizing controls when selecting the “Stability“ in expert settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
23.2.3 Other Image stabilizing controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
24. IMAGE PROCESSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
24.1 Operation flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
24.2 Image type classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
25. OTHER CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
25.1 Power On control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
25.1.1 Parts that operate when the main power switch (SW1) is turned on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
25.1.2 Parts that operate when the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
25.2 Fan control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
25.2.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
25.2.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
25.3 Counter control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
25.3.1 Structure of counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
25.3.2 Counter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
25.4 Dehumidifier heater control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
25.5 ACS control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
25.5.1 Switching from the color mode to the black-and-white mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
25.5.2 Count when using ACS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

iv
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

„ OUTLINE

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
A. System configuration (PRO C6500/PRO C6500P)

[22]
[21]
[2]

[20] [9]

[3]

[10] [23] [4]

[19]
[1]

[5]
[11]

[8]
[14]
[18] [6]

[7]
[13]

[17]
[12]

[14]
[16]

[13]

[15]

a03ut1c001cc

2 1
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

[1] Main body [13] Punch kit (PK-512/513)


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[2] Dehumidifier fan heater (HT-503) [14] Post inserter (PI-502)


[3] Large capacity paper feed tray (LU-202) [15] Flat stitching staple finisher (FS-520)
[4] Large capacity paper feed tray (PF-601) [16] Simplified perfect binding machine (PB-501)
[5] Dehumidifier fan heater (HT-504) [17] Saddle stitching unit (SD-501)
[6] Built-in type image controller (IC-408) [18] Large capacity stacker (LS-501)
[7] Server type image controller (IC-303/304) *2 [19] Punch and folding unit (FD-501)
[8] Hard disk (HD-506) [20] Staple finisher (FS-503)
[9] Output tray (OT-502) [21] Original cover (OC-506)
[10] Conveyance cooling unit (RU-503) [22] Auto double sided original feeder (DF-609) *1
[11] Conveyance cooling unit (RU-504) [23] Key counter
[12] Saddle stitching staple finisher (FS-607)

*1 In the case of PRO C6500P, no scanner/DF function is provided.


*2 PRO C6500/PRO C6500P only.

2 2
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

B. Configuration for optional device connection (PRO C6500/PRO C6500P)

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Any combination other than those listed below is not available.
• In the case of PRO C6500P, IC-408 and FS-520 cannot be connected.

No. Paper feeding option Combinations for finishing AC power to be connected to

1 PF-601 *1 RU-504 *4 FS-503 External (RU-504)

2 PF-601 *1 RU-503 *4 FD-501 External (FD-501)

3 PF-601 *1 RU-503 *4 SD-501 External (SD-501)

4 PF-601 *1 RU-503 *4 LS-501 External (LS-501)

5 PF-601 *1 RU-504 *4 FD-501 FS-503 *5


*1 *4
6 PF-601 RU-504 LS-501 FS-503 External (RU-504/LS-501)

7 PF-601 *1 RU-503 *4 LS-501 SD-501 External (LS-501/SD-501)

8 PF-601 *1 RU-503 *4 FD-501 LS-501 External (FD-501/LS-501)

9 PF-601 *1 RU-503 *4 FD-501 SD-501 External (FD-501/SD-501)

10 LU-202 *2 FS-607 *3 —

11 PF-601 *1 OT-502 —
*2 *3
12 LU-202 FS-520 —

13 LU-202 *2 OT-502 —

14 PF-601*1 RU-503*4 PB-501 External (PB-501)

15 PF-601*1 RU-503*4 FD-501 PB-501 External (FD-501/PB-501)

16 PF-601*1 RU-503*4 SD-501 PB-501 External (SD-501/PB-501)

17 PF-601*1 RU-503*4 FD-501 SD-501 PB-501 External (FD-501/SD-501/PB-501)

18 PF-601*1 RU-503*4 LS-501 PB-501 External (LS-501/PB-501)

19 PF-601*1 FS-607 *3 —

20 PF-601*1 FS-520 *3 —

21 PF-601*1 RU-504*4 SD-501 FS-503 External (RU-504/SD-501)

22 LU-202*2 RU-504*4 FS-503 External (RU-504)

23 LU-202*2 RU-504*4 FD-501 FS-503 External (RU-504/FD-501)

24 PF-601*1 RU-504*4 FD-501 SD-501 FS-503 External (RU-504/FD-501/SD-501)

*1 HT-504 can be connected to PF-601 arbitrarily.


*2 HT-503 can be connected to LU-202 arbitrarily.
*3 PK-511 or PI-502 can be connected to FS-520/607 arbitrarily.
*4 Use RU-503 or RU-504 as described below:
When connecting to FS-503 : RU-504
When not connecting to FS-503 : RU-503
RU-504 can be substituted for RU-503, but RU-503 cannot be used when connecting to FS-503.
*5 Metric destination : External (RU-504/FD-501)
Inch destination : External (RU-504)

2 3
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. System configuration (PRO C5500)


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[9]

[12]
[11]
[8] [2]

[6]

[3]
[10]

[13]

[1]
[9]

[8]
[5]

[4]

[7]

a03ut1c005ca

[1] Main body [8] Punch kit (PK-512/513)


[2] Dehumidifier fan heater (HT-503) [9] Post inserter (PI-502)
[3] Large capacity paper feed tray (LU-202) [10] Staple finisher (FS-520)
[4] Built-in type image controller (IC-408) [11] Original cover (OC-506)
[5] Hard disk (HD-506) [12] Auto double sided original feeder (DF-609)
[6] Output tray (OT-502) [13] Key counter
[7] Saddle stitching staple finisher (FS-607)

4 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

D. Configuration for optional device connection (PRO C5500)

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Any combination other than those listed below is not available.

No. Paper feeding option Combinations for finishing AC power to be connected to

1 LU-202 *1 FS-607 *2 —

2 LU-202 *1 FS-520 *2 —

3 LU-202 *1 OT-502 —

*1 HT-503 can be connected to LU-202 arbitrarily.


*2 PK-511 or PI-502 can be connected to FS-520/607 arbitrarily.

1 5
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

A. Type

Type Console type (floor-mounted type)


Copying method Four-drum tandem laser electrostatic method
Original stand Fixed
Original alignment Left rear standard
Photo conductor OPC
Writing method Two-beam laser scanning method
Paper capacity Three trays (500 sheets x 3, 80g/m2)
Multi bypass (250 sheets, 80g/m2)
PF-601 (3000 sheets x 2, 80g/m2)*1 *2
LU-202 (2500 sheets, 80g/m2)*1

*1 PF-601 and LU-202 are optional.


*2 PRO C6500/PRO C6500P only.

B. Functions

Original Sheet, book, solid object


Max. original size A3, or 11 x 17 (Custom paper is Max.303 x 438mm)
Copy size Tray1, 2, 3 SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, A4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5S
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 8 1/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Tab paper (A4, 81/2 x 11)
Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 140 x 182 mm)
Bypass feed SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S,
B6S, A6S,
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/2 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Tab paper (A4, 81/2 x 11)
Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)
ADU SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 140 x 182 mm)

6 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Magnification Fixed magnifi- Inch: x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.545, x 1.294, x 1.214,

bizhub PRO C6500


cation x 0.785, x 0.772, x 0.647, x 0.500

/C6500P/C5500
Metric: x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.414, x 1.224, x 1.154,
x 0.866, x 0.816, x 0.707, x 0.500
Zoom magnifi- x 0.25 to x 4.00 (at the step of 0.1%)
cation
Warm-up time Inch: 390 seconds or less
Metric: 420 seconds or less
First copy out time Full color 6.5 seconds or less (A4 / 81/2 x 11)
Monochrome 6.5 seconds or less (A4 / 81/2 x 11)
Black-and-white 5.0 seconds or less (A4 / 81/2 x 11)
Continuous copy speed Full color 65 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*3
55 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*4
Monochrome 65 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*3
55 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*4
Black-and-white 65 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*3
55 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*4
Continuous copy count Up to 9,999 sheets
Resolution Scan Main scanning : 600 dpi Sub-scanning : 600 dpi
Write Main scanning : 600 dpi Sub-scanning : 600 dpi (1800 dpi *1)
Standard memory 256 MB for each color (Y, M, C, K)
Expansion memory 30 GB for each color (Y, M, C, K)
(HD-506)
No. of originals in memory Full color Line1/Line2/Dot1/Dot2: 23 sheets [5461 sheets*2]
(Reference value) Priority in high compression: 110 sheets [16384 sheets *2]
Conditions Original: KM #101/A3 (color)
Density: Standard
Mode: Text/Photo, printed original, life size
Memory capacity: Standard 256 MB
Black-and- Line1/Line2/Dot1/Dot2: 126 sheets or more [16384 sheets *2]
white/mono- Priority in high compression: 271 sheets or more [16384
chrome sheets *2]
Conditions Original: FAX test chart #4 /A4
Density: Standard
Mode: Text/Photo, printed original, life size
Memory capacity: Standard 256 MB
Interface section RJ45 Ethernet, Serial port (RS232-C), Service port, Serial port (USB
TypeB),Connector for printer controller

*1 When "smoothing" is selected at the print setting


*2 When HD-506 is installed.
*3 PRO C6500
*4 PRO C5500

1 7
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Available types of paper and ranges of paper weight


bizhub PRO C6500

Type of paper Tray1, 2, 3 Bypass feed


/C6500P/C5500

Plain paper { {
A4 or 81/2 x 11 or larger : 64 to 256 g/m2 64 to 300g/m2
A4 or smaller than 81/2 x 11 : 64 to 209 g/m2
High Quality paper { {
A4 or 81/2 x 11 or larger : 64 to 256 g/m2 64 to 300g/m2
2
A4 or smaller than 8 /2 x 11 : 64 to 209 g/m
1

Color Specific paper { {


A4 or 81/2 x 11 or larger : 64 to 256 g/m2 64 to 300g/m2
A4 or smaller than 81/2 x 11 : 64 to 209 g/m2
Coated_GL, ML, GO , MO U U
paper A4 or 81/2 x 11 or larger : 81 to 256 g/m2 64 to 300g/m2
A4 or smaller than 81/2 x 11 : 81 to 209 g/m2
Label paper*1 — {
OHP film*1 *2 { {
Index paper*1 *3 { {
{:Available U: Available only one sheet at a time —: Not available

*1 Paper type of the label paper can be Plain, High Quality, Color Specific, or Coated_GL, ML, GO, MO
paper. Available ranges of paper weight (thickness) of the label paper are the same with those of the corre-
sponding paper type.
*2 Print quality not guaranteed.
*3 Paper loading direction predetermined, single-sided printing only.

8
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

D. Materials

bizhub PRO C6500


Parts name Useful life Type name

/C6500P/C5500
24,000 prints*1
Toner bottle /Y TN610Y
23,000 prints*3
24,000 prints*1
Toner bottle /M TN610M
23,000 prints*3
24,000 prints*1
Toner bottle /C TN610C
23,000 prints*3
*1
35,000 prints
Toner bottle /K TN610K
34,000 prints*3
*2
200,000 prints
Drum cartridge DU-102
150,000 prints *4
200,000 prints *2
Developer /Y DV610 (Y)
150,000 prints *4
200,000 prints *2
Developer /M DV610 (M)
150,000 prints *4
*2
200,000 prints
Developer /C DV610 (C)
150,000 prints *4
*2
200,000 prints
Developer /K DV610 (K)
150,000 prints *4

*1 PRO C6500/PRO C6500P (A4 original at 5% coverage for each color.)


*2 PRO C6500/PRO C6500P (The end of actual useful life is reached when the number of sheets is printed,
or when the total drive distance reaches a certain level, whichever comes first.)
*3 PRO C5500 (A4 original at 5% coverage for each color.)
*4 PRO C5500 (The end of actual useful life is reached when the number of sheets is printed, or when the
total drive distance reaches a certain level, whichever comes first.)

1 9
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

E. Maintenance
bizhub PRO C6500

Every 200,000 prints*3


/C6500P/C5500

Maintenance cycle
Every 150,000 prints*4
Ave. number of prints*1 35,000 to 75,000 per month
Max. number of prints*1 Q zone*2 : 300,000 per month*3, 250,000 per month*4, 10,000 per day
B,C zone*2 : 150,000 per month, 8,500 per day
A zone*2 : 100,000 per month, 5,000 per day*3, 4,200 per day*4

*1 The number of prints include all monochrome, solid color, and full color printings.
*2 The zone mean a temp&humidity range indicated in the graph below.
*3 PRO C6500/PRO C6500P
*4 PRO C5500

80
70
A
Humidity (%RH)

60
B Q
40
30
20 C
10

10 18 20 23 30
Temperature (°C)
a03ut1c004ca

10 2
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

F. Machine data

bizhub PRO C6500


Power source Inch: AC208 to 240V 16A, 60Hz

/C6500P/C5500
Metric: AC230V 15A, 50Hz
Maximum power consump- Inch: 4,550W or less : PRO C6500 (B. When the type of the optional unit
tion connection configuration (P3) is No. 9)
3,800W or less : PRO C5500
3,950W or less (B. When the type of the optional unit connection
configuration (P3) is No. 10)
Metric: 4,060W or less : PRO C6500 (B. When the type of the optional unit
connection configuration (P3) is No. 9)
3,400W or less : PRO C5500
3,550W or less (B. When the type of the optional unit connection
configuration (P3) is No. 10)
Dimensions Main body + OC-506 786 (W) x 992 (D) x 1,056 (H) mm
Main body (PRO C6500) 3,852 (W) x 992 (D) x 1,414 (H) mm
+ DF-609 + RU-503 + LS-501
+ SD-501
Main body (PRO C5500) 2,139 (W) x 992 (D) x 1,414 (H) mm
+ DF-609 + LU-202 + FS-607
Weight Approx. 360kg

G. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30 °C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)

Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.

1 11
3. UNIT CONFIGURATION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3. UNIT CONFIGURATION
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

DF-609 (option) Operation panel

Fusing section

OT-502 (option) Scanner section

Toner supply
section

Developing
section
Write section

Reverse/exit
section

Bypass feed tray


section
ADU section

Vertical convey-
ance section

Paper feed section


Toner collection
Photo conductor section Registration Charging section section
section a03ut1c002ca

12
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER PATH

4. PAPER PATH

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Straight paper exit

Paper exit (common) Transfer/Fusing


conveyance

Paper feed
(common)

Reversed paper Bypass tray


exit paper feed

Reverse
conveyance

ADU conveyance
PF paper feed,
LU paper feed
Tray /1 paper feed
Vertical
conveyance

Tray /2 paper feed

Tray /3 paper feed


a03ut1c003ca

13
4. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Blank page

14
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM

„ CONFIGURATION/OPERATION

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
5. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM

USB RS232C LAN Parallel


OB NRB
I/F I/F I/F I/F

CCD IC HDD OACB

IPB IMCB FS *1 FS *1 FD *1 LS *1 SD *1 PB *1 PF *1 LU DF

Write
IFB RU*1
Section

PRCB

Fusing
ACDB CDB SCDB DCPS HV TDB
Unit

M M MC SD PS M PS M MC M MC SD PS

Image bus Clock SYN UART bus Other buses Individual signal IDE
line
a03ut2c001cc

*1 PRO C6500/PRO C6500P only.

Board name Functions ISW


Overall control board (OACB) Performs overall control of the MFP. Yes
Image memory control board Controls image memory (DRAM + HDD Option). No
(IMCB)
Image processing board (IPB) Controls various image processing. No
Printer control board (PRCB) Controls printer mechanism load applied to the components Yes
such as motors, fans, solenoids and sensors.
NVRAM board (NRB) Performs various adjustments/stores setting data. No

2 15
6. IMAGE CREATING PROCESS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6. IMAGE CREATING PROCESS


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

6.1 Flow and functions


Steps Processes Functions
Step 1 Charging process Distributes electrostatic charges uniformly over the surface of the
four photoconductor drums.
Step 2 Laser exposure process Forms an electrostatic latent image on each photoconductor drum.
Step 3 Image development process Develops the electrostatic latent image with toner on each photoconductor drum.
Step 4 First transfer process Transfers the four toner images (YMCK) created on each photocon-
ductor drum to the transfer belt one by one to create a complete
toner image on the belt.
Step 5 Second transfer process Transfers the toner image on the transfer belt to paper.
Step 6 Separation process Separates the toner-transferred paper from the transfer belt.
Sub step 1 Drum cleaning Removes the remaining toner on the surface of the photoconductor
drums after the first transfer.
Sub step 2 Exposure before charging Discharges the surface of the photoconductor drums after the drum cleaning.
Sub step 3 Transfer belt cleaning Removes the remaining toner on the transfer belt surface after the second transfer.
Sub step 4 Second transfer roller /Lw Removes the remaining toner on the second transfer roller/Lw sur-
cleaning face after the second transfer.
Sub step 5 Toner collection Collects the toner removed at sub step 1 and 3. (This step is not
illustrated in the figure below.)

[11] [1]
Step 3
Sub step 3 [2]
[12] [4] [3]
Step 2
Step 4
Step 1
Sub step 1
[10]

Sub step 2
[9]
[8]

Step 6 [5]
[6]

[7] Step 5 / Sub step 4 a03ut2c002ca

[1] Developing unit [7] Discharging section for separation


[2] Write unit [8] Second transfer roller /Up
[3] Charging corona [9] Transfer belt
[4] Erase lamp (EL) [10] Blade (for drum cleaning)
[5] Paper [11] Blade (for transfer belt cleaning)
[6] Second transfer roller /Lw [12] Drum

16
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. IMAGE CREATING PROCESS

6.2 Charging process (Step 1)

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
A negative high DC voltage is applied to the gold-plate tungsten wire of the charging corona which is provided
for each Y, M, C, and K photoconductor drums. Then the wire discharges toward the drum in order to charge
the entire drum surface with the negative electrostatic charge. The charge on the drum is uniformly distributed
on the drum surface with the charging control plate.

[1]

[2]

[4] [3]
a03ut2c003ca

[1] Drum [3] Charging corona


[2] Negative electrostatic charge [4] Charging control plate

6.3 Laser exposure process (Step 2)


The material used for the drum surface has a characteristic that holds electrostatic charges in darkness and dis-
charges under light. This enables creating a electrostatic latent image on the drum with laser beam. The laser
beam draws the image shining on certain points on the drum where the text or image presents according to
color separation data (Y, M, C, K data) created on the image processing section.

[4]

[3]
[1]

[2]
a03ut2c004ca

[1] Write unit [3] Discharged points


[2] Laser beam [4] Negative electrostatic charge

17
6. IMAGE CREATING PROCESS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.4 Image development process (Step 3)


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

The non-image points of the electrostatic latent image on the photoconductor drum is charged negatively while
the image points are neutralized. As the toner is negatively charged, it is attracted to the image points on the
drum and as a result, a visible toner image is created on the drum. This operation is referred to as "develop-
ment."

[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]

a03ut2c005ca

[1] Drum [3] Negatively charged toner


[2] Negative electrostatic charge [4] Developing roller

18
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. IMAGE CREATING PROCESS

6.5 First transfer process (Step 4)

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
The toner images created on each of the Y, M, C, and K photoconductor drums are transferred to the transfer
belt one by one in the order of Y, M, C, and K. As a result, the four toner images are overlaid and a complete
toner image is formed on the belt. This is called as "first transfer."
In order to carry out the first transfer, a positive high DC voltage bias is applied to the first transfer roller provided
on the back surface of the transfer belt. This makes the transfer belt surface have a positive potential higher than
that of the each drum surface so that the toner on the drums are attracted to the transfer belt.

[3] [4] [5]

[2]

[1]

[8] [5]

[7]

[6]

a03ut2c006ca

[1] Drum /Y [5] Negative electric charges


[2] First transfer roller /Y [6] Drum /M
[3] Transfer belt [7] First transfer roller /M
[4] Toner /Y [8] Toner /M

19
6. IMAGE CREATING PROCESS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.6 Second transfer process (Step 5)


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Transferring the complete toner image formed on the transfer belt to paper is called as "second transfer." For the
second transfer, the second transfer roller/Lw located at the back side of the transfer belt rotates to transport
paper applying a pressure on the belt, while a high negative DC bias is applied to the second transfer roller/Up
inside the belt.
Because of a potential difference between the two rollers, the toner image can be transferred to the paper from
the belt.

[1]

[4]

[2]

[3]
a03ut2c007ca

[1] Transfer belt [3] Second transfer roller /Lw


[2] Paper [4] Second transfer roller /Up

20
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. IMAGE CREATING PROCESS

6.7 Separation process (Step 6)

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
For the second transfer, the paper is negatively charged by the second transfer roller/Up so that the paper
makes intimate contact with the transfer belt. Once the toner is transferred to the paper, the paper must be sep-
arated from the belt. The separating operation is called as "separation."
In order to achieve the separation, a high AC or DC bias is applied to the discharging section to attract the paper
separating it from the transfer belt.

[1]

[2]

[4] [3]
a03ut2c008ca

[1] Transfer belt [3] Second transfer roller /Lw


[2] Paper [4] Discharging section for separation

21
6. IMAGE CREATING PROCESS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.8 Drum cleaning (Sub step 1)


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

The toner remains slightly on the drum after the first transfer. The process that cleans the remaining toner off is
called "drum cleaning."
The cleaning is made by the cleaning blade provided for each drum. Its edge made of urethane rubber scrapes
the toner off the drum surface.

[3] [1]

[2] a03ut2c009ca

[1] Drum [3] Remaining toner


[2] Cleaning blade

6.9 Exposure before charging (Sub step 2)


After the drum cleaning, electric potential slightly remains on the drum surface while the toner is completely
removed.
Since charging the drum for the next copying or printing cannot be normally performed with the remaining
potential, the potential on the drum surface is completely neutralized by means of erase lamp (EL). This process
is called "Exposure before charging."

[1]

[3]
[2] a03ut2c010ca

[1] Drum [3] Remained electric charge


[2] Erase lamp (EL)

22
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. IMAGE CREATING PROCESS

6.10 Transfer belt cleaning (Sub step 3)

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
The toner remains slightly on the transfer belt after the second transfer. The process that cleans the remaining
toner off is called "Transfer belt cleaning".
The transfer belt cleaning is made by the cleaning blade. Its edge made of urethane rubber scrapes the toner off
the belt surface.

[3] [1]

[2]

a03ut2c011ca

[1] Transfer belt [3] Cleaning blade


[2] Remaining toner

23
6. IMAGE CREATING PROCESS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.11 Second transfer roller/Lw cleaning (Sub step 4)


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Since the second transfer roller/Lw directly contacts with the toner on the transfer belt, the roller is contaminated
with the toner.
To clean the roller, a negative and positive high DC bias is applied to the second transfer roller/Up alternately so
that the toner on the second transfer roller/Lw is attracted to the transfer belt. The toner transferred to the belt
surface is removed by the transfer belt cleaning described in the previous section.

[1]

[3]

[2]

[5] [4]
a03ut2c012ca

[1] Transfer belt [4] When a positive DC bias is applied


[2] Second transfer roller /Lw [5] When a negative DC bias is applied
[3] Second transfer roller /Up

24
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. IMAGE CREATING PROCESS

6.12 Toner collection (Sub step 5)

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
The toner removed from the drums and the transfer belt is collected to the toner collection box through the toner
collection screw.

[3]
[2]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[1]

a03ut2c013ca

[1] Toner collection box [4] Toner collecting port (Drum /M)
[2] Toner collecting port (Transfer belt) [5] Toner collecting port (Drum /C)
[3] Toner collecting port (Drum /Y) [6] Toner collecting port (Drum /K)

25
6. IMAGE CREATING PROCESS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.13 Process speed


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

The printer has three process speed settings to accommodate with various types of paper. One of the three set-
tings is used according to the paper thickness/weight and whether the paper is coated or not.

Paper weight Plain paper Glossy photo paper


64 to 135 g/m2 300 m/s (1/1 speed) —
106 to 135 g/m2 — 207.7 m/s (2/3 speed)
136 to 209 g/m2 207.7 m/s (2/3 speed) 150 m/s (1/2 speed)
210 to 300 g/m2 150 m/s (1/2 speed) —

26
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 7. SCANNER SECTION

7. SCANNER SECTION

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
7.1 Configuration

Exposure unit CCD board

Shading correc-
tion plate

CCD unit

Mirror unit

a03ut2c014ca

7.2 Drive

[5]

[4] [1]

FRONT

[3] [2] a03ut2c015ca

[1] Exposure unit [4] Scanner wire /Rr


[2] Scanner wire /Fr [5] Scanner motor (M1)
[3] V mirror unit

27
7. SCANNER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7.3 Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

7.3.1 Scanner/Exposure lamp control


A. Home position search of the exposure unit
• When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on, the exposure unit starts to search the home position after
the specified time passed.

[1] [2] [3]

a03ut2c016ca

[1] Home position [3] Platen APS position


[2] Scanner home sensor (PS1)

B. Shading correction
• After searching the home position, the exposure unit performs shading correction.
• The white standard board attached to the rear side of the platen glass is used for the shading correction.
• There are two types of shading correction: white correction (two times) and black correction (one time).
• The white correction is performed by reading the white standard board (L1) with the exposure lamp turned on.
• The black correction is performed by reading the brightness with the L1 turned off.
• To acquire the white correction data, the brightness of each pixel is compared between the first time cor-
rection and the second time correction, and the brighter one is used as a white correction data.
• The shading correction reading operation differs between when the sub power switch (SW2) ON and when
the start button ON.

(1) The reading operation when the SW2 ON

[1] [2] [3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

*1 *2

[7] a03ut2c017ca

[1] Home position [5] White correction (Second time)


[2] Scanner home sensor (PS1) [6] Black correction
[3] Platen APS position [7] Returning the amount moved
[4] White correction (First time)

*1 Platen cover or DF is closed: The exposure unit stops at the home position.
*2 Platen cover or DF is opened: The exposure unit stops at the platen APS position.

28
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 7. SCANNER SECTION

(2) The reading operation when the start button is turned on

bizhub PRO C6500


• After finishing the movement for the shading correction, the exposure unit shifts to scanning operation auto-

/C6500P/C5500
matically.
• The other movements of the exposure unit are the same as when the SW2 is turned on.

C. Original reading mode


• There are two original reading modes; platen mode and DF mode.
• Whether the density setting is set to manual or AE, the two modes differ in movement of the exposure unit.

(1) When selecting the manual density setting

[1] [2] [3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]
a03ut2c018ca

[1] Home position [5] White correction (Second time)


[2] Scanner home sensor (PS1) [6] Exposure scan
[3] Platen APS position [7] Home position search
[4] White correction (First time)

29
7. SCANNER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) When selecting the AE density setting


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1] [2] [3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8] a03ut2c019ca

[1] Home position [5] White correction (Second time)


[2] PS1 [6] AE scan
[3] Platen APS position [7] Exposure scan
[4] White correction (First time) [8] Home position search

D. Original reading control


• The light reflected off the original goes to the CCD sensor through the lens.
• The CCD sensor outputs an electric signal (analog) corresponding to the amount of light.
• The CCD sensor includes three separate photo receivers corresponding to each color R, G and B.
• The R, G and B analog signals are individually converted to a digital signal (A/D convert) in the CCD board
(CCDB).
• The A/D convert is controlled by the image processing board (IPB).

30
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 7. SCANNER SECTION

E. Original reading timing

bizhub PRO C6500


• When AE/ACS is not set, the exposure unit movement is the same in the platen mode and the DF.

/C6500P/C5500
• When AE/ACS is set, the exposure unit movement differs between the platen mode and the DF mode.

(1) When AE/ACS is not set

[1] [2] [3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7] a03ut2c020ca

[1] Home position [5] White correction (Second time)


[2] Scanner home sensor (PS1) [6] Exposure scan (270 mm/s)
[3] Platen APS position [7] Home position search
[4] White correction (First time)

(2) When AE/ACE is set (Platen mode)

[1] [2] [3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8] a03ut2c021ca

[1] Home position [5] White correction (Second time)


[2] PS1 [6] AE/ACS scan (409 mm/s)
[3] Platen APS position [7] Exposure scan (270 mm/s)
[4] White correction (First time) [8] Home position search

31
7. SCANNER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(3) When AE/ACS is set (DF mode)


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1] [2] [3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

[9]

[10]

[11]

[12]

[13]

[14] a03ut2c022ca

[1] Home position [9] AE/ACS scan for the second page
[2] PS1 (409 mm/s)
[3] Platen APS position [10] Exposure scan for the second page
[4] White correction (First time) (270 mm/s)
[5] White correction (Second time) [11] Timing of the original replacement
[6] AE/ACS scan for the first page (409 mm/s) [12] AE/ACS scan for the last page (409 mm/s)
[7] Exposure scan for the first page (270 mm/s) [13] Exposure scan for the last page (270 mm/s)
[8] Timing of the original replacement [14] Home position search

32
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 7. SCANNER SECTION

7.3.2 Original size detection control

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Detection method

/C6500P/C5500
• The detection method differs between in the platen mode and in the DF mode.

(1) DF mode
• Refer to DF-609.

(2) Platen mode


• Main scanning direction: CCD sensor
• Sub-scanning direction: Turning on/ off of the APS sensors/1 (PS3) and /2 (PS4)

Original size CCD sensor PS3 PS4


(Length of detection: mm) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF)
Smallest 102 OFF OFF
B5S 182 ON OFF
B5 257 OFF OFF
B4 257 ON ON
A4S 210 ON OFF
A4 297 OFF OFF
A3 297 ON ON
81/2 x 11S 215.9 ON OFF
81/2 x 11 279.4 OFF OFF
81/2 x 14 215.9 ON ON
11 x 17 279.4 ON ON

B. Detection timing
(1) DF mode
• Refer to DF-609.

(2) Platen mode


• The original size in the main scanning direction is detected twice and the larger one is regarded as the orig-
inal size.

[1] [2]

APS sensor /1 (PS3)

APS sensor /2 (PS4)

Exposure lamp (L1)

APS timing sensor /1 (PS2)

Read switch (RS)


a03ut2c023ca

[1] First Original size detection [2] Second original size detection (main scan-
(Main scanning/Sub-scanning direction ning direction)
detection)

33
7. SCANNER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7.3.3 Original reading area


bizhub PRO C6500

• The original reading area for both in platen mode and DF mode is determined as described below.
/C6500P/C5500

A. When the automatic "Erase outside of original" is turned ON


Out of original auto-reading area equals to the max. original size.

B. When the automatic "Erase outside of original" is turned OFF


The scanning size specified in the user setting menu "Erase outside of original" equals to the original reading
area.

Setting for Erase outside of original Mode Scanning size


Erase outside of original All Original size
Auto-size/Auto magnification only Auto-size/Auto magnifi- Original size
cation
Manual Paper size
Except original Glass (1:1) Equal magnification to Paper size
platen
Other than equal magni- Original size
fication to platen

7.3.4 AE/ACS control


• When AE/ACS is selected, the density of the original is detected, and the print density is automatically
adjusted.
• When ACS is selected, the color of the original is detected, and color or black-and-white print is selected
automatically.

A. AE/ACS sampling area


• The original density sampling area for both in platen mode and DF mode is same as the original reading
area.

7.3.5 Image processing


For the image processing, the following items are provided: Refer to"24. IMAGE PROCESSING " for details.
(See P.121)
• AOC (automatic offset control)
• AGC (automatic gain control)
• Shading correction
• AE processing
• ACS processing
• Brightness/Density conversion
• Filter/scaling
• Half tone processing (Error diffusion)
• Compression
• Image data storage
• Screen processing

34
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 8. WRITE SECTION

8. WRITE SECTION

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
8.1 Configuration

Write unit /Y

Write unit /M

Write unit /C

Write unit /K

CY2 lens fθ lens Index mirror

Dust-proof glass

Laser correction
motor Laser drive board
(LASDB)

Index board
(INDEXB)
Collimator lens
unit
Index lens

CY1 lens

Temperature sensor
board (TEMSB) *1
Laser correction home sensor Polygon mirror
a03ut3c025ca

*1 Write unit /K only.

35
8. WRITE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

8.2 Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

8.2.1 Laser beam path

[1]

[2]

[3]
[10]

[4]

[5]
[9]

[8] [1] [6]

[7]

a03ut2c026ca

[1] Laser diode [6] Index lens


[2] Collimator lens [7] Index board (INDEXB)
[3] CY1 lens [8] Drum
[4] Polygon mirror [9] Dust-proof glass
[5] fθ lens [10] CY2 lens

36
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 8. WRITE SECTION

8.2.2 Write unit control

bizhub PRO C6500


• The read data converted into digital data in the CCD board is sent to the image process board (IPB).

/C6500P/C5500
• The RGB signals are converted to the YMCK signals in the IPB.
• The converted YMCK signals are distributed to the corresponding laser drive board; /Y (LASDB/Y), /M
(LASDB/M), /C (LASDB/C), /K (LASDB/K) in the IPB.
• The laser drive boards emit laser beam to create an electrostatic latent image on the corresponding drums.
• Each laser drive board emits two beams per one laser diode, and writes two lines per one scanning.
• The write start position is determined according to the INDEX signals detected by the Index boards/Y
(INDEXB/Y), /M (INDEXB/M), /C (INDEXB/C) and /K (INDEXB/K) to prevent the misalignment of scanned
image in main scanning direction.

[1] [2]

[3]

a03ut2c027ca

[1] Laser beam [3] Drum


[2] Polygon mirror

37
8. WRITE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

8.2.3 Color registration control


bizhub PRO C6500

In a black-and-white copier, a toner image formed on its drum can be directly transferred onto paper. In a color
/C6500P/C5500

copier, the process is much complicated. This machine uses four photoconductor drums correspond to yellow,
magenta, cyan, and black colors. In order to create a complete toner image, the four separated single-color
toner images formed on the drums must be overlaid on the transfer belt without misalignment. The control to
prevent the misalignment is referred to as "color registration control."

A. Types of the color registration control


There are following five color registration controls and the five controls are carried out for each color correcting
yellow (Y), magenta (M), and cyan (C) with reference to black (K).
The color registration control in the "Partial horizontal magnification" is made by adjusting the write units
mechanically. The other four color registration controls are performed electrically.

Correction type Correction method


Drift in the main scan- Adjusts the write start timing in the main
ning direction scan direction

Drift in the sub-scanning Adjusts the write start timing in the sub-scan
direction direction

Entire horizontal magni- Adjusts the clock frequency for the wire
fication units

Inclination Adjusts the angle of the CY2 lens 2 (CY2


lens is driven by the laser correction motor)

Partial horizontal magni- Adjusts the position of the write unit (paral-
fication lelism against the drum)
See adjusting the timing for the image
adjustment in service mode.

*1 To show the symptoms plainly, the sample figures in the table indicate the positions of only two colors.
*2 The gap between the upper and lower lines in the sample figures for "Drift in the main scanning direction",
"Entire horizontal magnification" and "Partial horizontal magnification" is not a misalignment. Just for show-
ing the symptoms clearly.

38
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 8. WRITE SECTION

B. Overview of the color registration control

bizhub PRO C6500


In the color registration control, the color registration marks of each color are formed on the transfer belt (outside

/C6500P/C5500
of the largest paper area). The color registration sensors; /Fr (PS8) and /Rr (PS9) detect the marks to know how
much they are shifted from each other. If the shift amount falls outside the prescribed range, the image write tim-
ing, the clock frequency and the angle of the CY2 lens 2 for the corresponding color are adjusted as necessary.

[13]

[1]
[2]

[12] [3]
[4]

[11]
[5]
[6]

[7]
[10]
[8]

[9]
a03ut2c108ca

[1] Drum /Y [8] Write unit /K


[2] Write unit /Y [9] Transfer belt
[3] Drum /M [10] Transferring direction
[4] Write unit /M [11] Color registration sensor /Fr (PS8)
[5] Drum /C [12] Color registration sensor /Rr (PS9)
[6] Write unit /C [13] Data processing
[7] Drum /K

39
8. WRITE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Procedure for the color registration control operation


bizhub PRO C6500

1. Transferring the color registration mark


/C6500P/C5500

The color registration mark " " of each black, cyan, magenta, and yellow colors are transferred on the transfer
belt in that order forming two marks per line, one each on the left and right sides on the belt. The left and right
positions of the marks on the belt correspond to the positions of the color registration sensors; /Rr (PS9) and /Fr
(PS8).

[7]
[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[6] [5] a03ut2c109ca

[1] Color registration mark /K [5] Color registration sensor /Fr (PS8)
[2] Color registration mark /C [6] Color registration sensor /Rr (PS9)
[3] Color registration mark /M [7] Transferring direction
[4] Color registration mark /Y

40
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 8. WRITE SECTION

2. Detecting the color registration marks

bizhub PRO C6500


The PS8 and PS9 detect the edges of the color registration mark " " of each color and convert the detected

/C6500P/C5500
result into digital signals. The edge detection is performed at four points (edges) per mark.

[4] [5]

[1]

[3]

[2] a03ut2c110ca

[1] Detecting direction (transferring direction) [4] Color registration sensor /Fr and /Rr (PS8
[2] Binarized digital signals and PS9)
[3] Detection signal of the color registration [5] Color registration mark
sensors /Fr and /Rr (PS8 and PS9) (analog
signal)

41
8. WRITE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3. Calculating and correcting the color drift amount


bizhub PRO C6500

The interval between the detection of one edge of the registration mark and the next edge with the PS8 and PS9
/C6500P/C5500

sensors are recorded. As shown below, each time interval between the edge detections is determined with the
counts of clock signal, and the counts with the PS8 and those with the PS9 are recorded separately.

[1]

[5]
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 [2]

[4]

150 300
[3]
180 330 a03ut2c111ca

[1] Detecting direction (transferring direction) [4] Clock signal


[2] Address number of the detected edge [5] Binarized digital signals
[3] Counts of clock signal corresponding to the
address for each detected edge

The recorded time intervals for cyan, magenta, yellow colors are compared with those for black color, and the
differences are determined as color drift amounts. In addition to that, the difference between the PS8 and PS9
time intervals of black color is compared with those of the other colors in order to determine color drift amounts
caused by tilt of write units. According to the obtained drift amounts, the registration control is performed.

42
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 8. WRITE SECTION

D. Operation condition of the color registration control

bizhub PRO C6500


The color registration control is performed when:

/C6500P/C5500
• Operation condition 1
The color registration automatic correction is executed in the service mode.
Be sure to perform the above operation when replacing components listed in "9. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT
ITEMS" in Field Service manual.
• Operation condition 2
During warm-up. However, it is not performed if 70 degrees C or higher of fusing temperature is detected
when starting the warm-up.
• Operation condition 3
The prescribed number of pages are copied/printed.
• Operation condition 4
A copy/print job is received after the specified time passed.
• Operation condition 5
Changes in temperature detected by the temperature sensor board (TMSB) fall outside the prescribed
range. The control is performed when a copy/print job is received first time after the status occurs.

NOTE
• In case of the Operation condition 3, the registration control is performed interrupting the copy/
print job. This can be changed with DIPSW in service mode to carry out the control after finishing
a copy/print job.
• In case of the Operation condition 4 and 5, the color registration correction control is performed at
the beginning of the first copy/print after unity of the operating condition.

8.2.4 Front/back sides skew correction in main scan direction


• If a black image written by the write unit /K is skewed in the main scan direction when performing duplex
printing, black images finally printed on front and back sides of paper will be skewed in opposite way.
• The inclination of the CY2 lens2 of the write unit /K should be adjusted in order to correct the skew.
• The adjustment can be made manually using the following menus.
User's mode: chart adjustment
Service mode: CD skew adjustment

8.2.5 Back side magnification adjustment in sub scan direction


• When the back side mag. adjustment is enabled with the utility, the adjustment is carried out by changing
the number of revolutions of the polygon motor.
• In order to reduce magnification rate in sub scan direction, the number of revolutions of the polygon motor
increases lowering the clock rate.
• The magnification reduction rate can be set manually using the following menus.
User's mode: chart adjustment
Service mode: FD mag. adjustment

2 43
8. WRITE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

8.2.6 Image stabilization control


bizhub PRO C6500

To achieve stable image quality, the following controls are provided. Refer to "23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CON-
/C6500P/C5500

TROL" for details.


(See P.114)
• MPC (maximum power control)
• APC (automatic power control)
• Vm adjustment control
• Color registration control

44
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 9. PHOTOCONDUCTOR SECTION

9. PHOTOCONDUCTOR SECTION

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
9.1 Configuration

Drum /Y

Drum /M

Drum /C

Drum /K

Transfer belt unit Drum

Developing unit
Lubricant applying roller

Erase lamp
Lubrication

Cleaning blade

Toner collection screw

a03ut2c028ca

45
9. PHOTOCONDUCTOR SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

9.2 Drive
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[2]

[1] a03ut2c026ca

[1] Drum motor /Y (M14), /M (M15), /C (M16) [2] Drum


and /K (M17)

46
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 9. PHOTOCONDUCTOR SECTION

9.3 Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
9.3.1 Image creation control
• The image creation process starts when the drum motor /K (M17) turns on [1], though transferring each
color toner image to the transfer belt is made in the order of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black.
• After M17 turns on, the other drum motors are turned on in the order of motor /Y (M14) [2], /M (M15) [3]
and /C (M16) [4].
• The erase lamp, charging corona and developing bias of each color turns on when the corresponding drum
motor starts to rotate.
• The developing motor starts to rotate [5] after the specified time passed from the start of the writing opera-
tion [6].
• The on [6] and off [8] of writing operation corresponds to the on and off of the developing bias (AC) and the
first transfer.
• The developing motor and the toner supply motor stop and the writing operation is finished [11].
• The charging corona is deenergized and the first transfer is finished. [12].
• When the turning corona turns off [15], the DC bias supply, the erase lamp and the drum motor are
stopped. This is the end of Y toner image creating process.
• Creating toner images of the other colors is performed subsequently.
• The first transfer pressure/release motor (M119) and the second transfer pressure/release motor (M34) turn
on while creating the toner images on each drum.
• When the transfer belt is moved to the first transfer position by the M19, the V_TOP signal which triggers
the second transfer is output [7].
• The toner images on each drum are transferred to the transfer belt one by one (first transfer).
• The separation (HV/2) turns on [9] after the specified time passed from when the V_TOP signal is output.
• After the specified time passed from when the separation (HV/2) turns on, the second transfer (HV/2) turns
on [10] to transfer the complete toner image on the belt to paper (second transfer). The bias supply is
stopped [10] and second transfer cleaning is canceled.
• The second transfer operation is terminated after the specified time passed from when supplying the devel-
oping AC bias for black is stopped [13].
• After the specified time passed from when M19 stops applying pressure [14] against the transfer belt, the
bias is applied [16] and second transfer cleaning is performed.

47
9. PHOTOCONDUCTOR SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500

[1][2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [8] [11] [12] [15]


/C6500P/C5500

Drum motor /Y (M14)


Developing motor /Y (M20)
Toner supply motor /Y (M49)
Erase lamp /Y (EL/Y)

Charging corona /Y (HV/1)


Laser drive board /Y (LASDB/Y)
Developing bias /Y (DC) (HV/1)
Developing bias /Y (AC) (HV/1)
1st transfer /Y (HV/2)

Drum motor /M (M15)


Developing motor /M (M21)
Toner supply motor /M (M50)
Erase lamp /M (EL/M)

Charging corona /M (HV/1)


Laser drive board /M (LASDB/M)
Developing bias /M (DC) (HV/1)
Developing bias /M (AC) (HV/1)
1st transfer /M (HV/2)

Drum motor /C (M16)


Developing motor /C (M22)
Toner supply motor /C (M51)
Erase lamp /C (EL/C)

Charging corona /C (HV/1)


Laser drive board /C (LASDB/C)
Developing bias /C (DC) (HV/1)
Developing bias /C (AC) (HV/1)
1st transfer /C (HV/2)

Drum motor /K (M17)


Developing motor /K (M23)
Toner supply motor /K (M52)
Erase lamp /K (EL/K)

Charging corona /K (HV/1)


Laser drive board /K (LASDB/K)
Developing bias /K (DC) (HV/1)
Developing bias /K (AC) (HV/1)
1st transfer /K (HV/2)
Transfer belt motor (M18)
1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19)

2nd transfer pressure/release motor (M34)

2nd transfer CONT


Bias (HV/2)
2nd transfer (HV/2)
Separation (HV/2)

[7] [9] [10] [13] [14] [16]


a03ut2c030ca

[1] M17 ON [9] Separation ON


[2] M14 ON [10] Start of second transfer
[3] M15 ON [11] Finish of writing (The last toner image)
[4] M16 ON [12] Finish of first transfer /Y
[5] M20 ON [13] Developing bias /K (AC) OFF (End of writing)
[6] Start of writing (First toner image) [14] Start of transfer belt release
[7] V_TOP signal generation [15] Charging corona /Y OFF
[8] Finish of writing (First toner image) [16] Start of second transfer cleaning

48
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 9. PHOTOCONDUCTOR SECTION

9.3.2 Erase lamp (EL) control

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Purposes

/C6500P/C5500
• To eliminate remained electric potential on the drum surface
• To distribute the electric potential uniformly on the drum surface
• To light when the drum is in the position before charging

B. Execution timing
• Turns on/off synchronously with each drum motor.

9.3.3 Image stabilization control


To achieve stable image quality, the following controls are provided. Refer to "23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CON-
TROL" for details.(See P.114)
• Drum rotation control
• Vm adjustment control

1 49
10. CHARGING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10. CHARGING SECTION


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

10.1 Configuration

Charging wire Charging plate

Charging
corona /Y

Charging
corona /M

Charging
corona /C

Charging
corona /K

a03ut2c031ca

50
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. CHARGING SECTION

10.2 Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
10.2.1 Charging control
A. Charging wire
• The high voltage unit /1 (HV/1) boosts 24 VDC and apply a negative DC voltage to the charging wire. The
wire discharges the negative voltage.
• Charging output range: -450 to -1,100 µA

B. Charging grid
• To let the charging wire discharge stably, a negative high voltage is applied to the charging grid from the
high voltage unit /1 (HV/1).
• Charging grid output range: -250 to -1,000V

51
11. INTERMIDIATE TRANSFER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

11. INTERMIDIATE TRANSFER SECTION


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

11.1 Configuration

Color registration sensor shutter /Fr


Color registration sensor shutter /Rr Belt cleaning blade

Toner guide roller


Toner collection screw First transfer roller /Y

First transfer roller /M


PGC sensor shutter

Second transfer roller /Lw


Image correction unit
First transfer roller /C

First transfer roller /K

Second transfer roller /Up

Transfer belt

Separation claw unit

a03ut2c032ca

52
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 11. INTERMIDIATE TRANSFER SECTION

11.2 Drive

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
11.2.1 Transfer belt conveyance/pressure drive

[9]
[8]
[1]
A
[2]

[3]

[7]
[4]

[6]
[15] [16]

[14]

[13]

[5] [12] [11] [10]

a03ut2c033ca

[1] First transfer roller /Y [9] Belt driving roller


[2] Drum [10] Standby (all released)
[3] First transfer roller /M [11] Black-and-white mode (Only first transfer
rollers /K is pressed)
[4] First transfer roller /C [12] Full color mode (all pressed)
[5] First transfer roller /K [13] First transfer roller /K pressure release arm
[6] First transfer pressure/release motor (M19) [14] Drive coupling
[7] Transfer belt [15] First transfer roller /K pressure release cam
[8] Transfer belt motor (M18) [16] First transfer rollers /Y /M /C pressure
release cam

53
11. INTERMIDIATE TRANSFER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

11.2.2 Second transfer pressure/release drive


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[4]

[3]

[2]

[1] a03ut2c026ca

[1] Second transfer pressure/release motor [3] Second transfer roller /Lw
(M34)
[2] Pressure arm [4] Transfer belt

54
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 11. INTERMIDIATE TRANSFER SECTION

11.3 Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
11.3.1 First transfer roller pressure/release mechanism
• During first transfer, the transfer belt [9] is pressed against and released from the drums /Y [8], /M [10], /C
[11] and /K [12].
• The three first transfer rollers /Y [18], /M [17] and /C [14] are included in the color first transfer roller assy [16]
and driven simultaneously.
• The color first transfer roller assy drives the first transfer pressure/release motor (M19) [15] via the first trans-
fer roller /C pressure release cam [7].
• The first transfer roller /K [13] drives the M19 via the first transfer roller /K pressure release arm [4] and the
first transfer roller /K pressure release cam [6].
• The two cams rotate synchronously. The difference in shape between the two cams enables to move the
color first transfer roller assy between the three positions according to the print mode.
• In full color mode, the both color first transfer roller assy and the first transfer roller /K are pressed [3].
• In black-and-white mode, only the first transfer roller /K is pressed.
• The rotating position of the cam is detected by the first transfer HP sensor (PS15).
• The rotation amount of the cam is controlled by the drive force of the M19 that starts to rotate when the
PS15 turns off.

[18] [8]
[9]

[10]
[17]

[16]

[15]
[11]
[6] [7]
[14]
[5]

[12] [4]

[3] [2] [1]


[13]
a03ut2c035ca

[1] In standby mode [10] Drum /M


[2] In black-and-white mode [11] Drum /C
[3] In full color mode [12] Drum /K
[4] First transfer roller /K pressure release arm [13] First transfer roller /K
[5] Drive coupling [14] First transfer roller /C
[6] First transfer roller /K pressure release arm [15] First transfer pressure/release motor (M19)
[7] First transfer roller /C pressure release cam [16] Color First transfer roller assy
[8] Drum /Y [17] First transfer roller /M
[9] Transfer belt [18] First transfer roller /Y

55
11. INTERMIDIATE TRANSFER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

11.3.2 First transfer control


bizhub PRO C6500

A. First transfer operation


/C6500P/C5500

• Toner on the drum is transferred onto the transfer belt by a DC bias applied to the first transfer roller that
presses the transfer belt from its inside.

B. First transfer roller DC bias


The DC bias for the first transfer roller changes depending on the following conditions:
• Process speed
• Black-and-white mode or color mode
• Humidity
• Count of uses of the first transfer roller
• Count of uses of the developer

C. Operation timing
Refer to "9.3.1 Image creation control"
(See P.47)

56
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 11. INTERMIDIATE TRANSFER SECTION

11.3.3 Second transfer mechanism

bizhub PRO C6500


• The cam [5] is rotated by the second transfer pressure/release motor (M34).

/C6500P/C5500
• When the cam pushes the pressure arm [6], the second transfer roller /Lw [7] is pushed up and pressed to
the transfer belt unit [4].
• Pressure can be selected from "Normal [2]" or "Low [3]". (If the image failure (transfer failure) occurs when
printing onto thick papers, select "Low".)
• Pressure can also be selected from the paper setting in the basic screen by setting "1" for DipSW1-0.
• When the cam further rotates, the pressure to the pressure arm is released and the second transfer roller /
Lw comes down to be released from the transfer belt unit [1].

[7] [4]

[5]

[6]

[1] [2] [3]


a03ut2c036ca

[1] Released [5] Cam


[2] Pressed (Normal) [6] Pressure arm
[3] Pressed (Low) [7] Second transfer roller /Lw
[4] Transfer belt unit

11.3.4 Second transfer control


A. Second transfer operation
• The toner on the transfer belt is transferred onto paper when the paper is conveyed in between the transfer
belt and the second transfer roller /Lw.

B. Second transfer roller /Up DC bias


The DC bias for the second transfer roller changes depending on the following conditions:
• Process speed
• Black-and-white mode or color mode
• Humidity
• Type of paper
• Front side or back side of paper

C. Operation timing
Refer to "9.3.1 Image creation control".
(See P.47)

57
11. INTERMIDIATE TRANSFER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

11.3.5 Image correction unit shutter mechanism


bizhub PRO C6500

• The image correction unit is provided with a shutter mechanism that covers the sensors while they are not
/C6500P/C5500

used to prevent them from contamination.


• The color registration sensor shutter /Fr [6] and /Rr [7] are driven by the color registration shutter solenoid
(SD2) [2] in order to protect the color registration sensor /Fr (PS8) [5] and /Rr (PS9) [8].
• The PGC sensor shutter [3] that protects the PGC sensor [4] is driven by the PGC shutter solenoid (SD3)
[1].

[5] [6] [7] [8]

[4] [3] [2] [1] a03ut2c037ca

[1] SD3 [5] PS8


[2] SD2 [6] Color registration sensor shutter /Fr
[3] PGC sensor shutter [7] Color registration sensor shutter /Rr
[4] PGC sensor [8] PS9

11.3.6 Control of flip prevention for the belt cleaning blade


• As countermeasures against the flip of the belt cleaning blade and the occurrence of white bands on
images, a toner band is periodically created on the transfer belt.
• Creating the toner band can be enabled/disabled with DipSW20-4.

11.3.7 Control against belt filming


• Lubricant contained in the toner adheres to the transfer belt, and can cause white bands on images.
• Therefore, toner is stored between the belt cleaning blade and the toner guide roller to scrape the lubricant
off the belt surface with the toner at regular intervals.

11.3.8 Image stabilization control


To achieve stable image quality, the following controls are provided. Refer to "23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CON-
TROL" for details.
(See P.114)
• Color registration control

58
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 12. DEVELOPING SECTION

12. DEVELOPING SECTION

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
12.1 Configuration

Developing unit /Y

Developing unit /M

Developing unit /C

Developing unit /K

Developer conveyance guide

Feed magnet
Developing roller roller

Conveyance screw

TRC sensor /Y (TCRS/Y) Agitator screw


TRC sensor /M (TCRS/M)
TRC sensor /C (TCRS/C)
TRC sensor /K (TCRS/K) a03ut2c038ca

59
12. DEVELOPING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

12.2 Drive
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[6] [7]

[1]

[5]

[4]
[3] [2]

a03ut2c102ca

[1] Agitator screw [4] Conveyance screw


[2] Developing coupling /2 [5] Developing coupling /1
[3] Developing motor /Y (M20), /M (M21), /C [6] Developing roller
(M22), /K (M23) [7] Feed roller

60
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 12. DEVELOPING SECTION

12.3 Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
12.3.1 Developer conveyance
• The developer in the developing unit is agitated by the agitator screw [1] and conveyed to the conveyance
screw [2].
• The developer around the conveyance screw is conveyed to the developing roller [4] by the feed roller [7]
and the developer conveyance guide [6].
• The developer on the developing roller is spread uniformly by the developing regulation plate [5].
• After transfering the developer onto the drum [3], the remained developer on the developing roller is sent
back to the conveyance screw and the agitator screw.

[5] [6] [7]


[4]

[3]

[1]

[2]
a03ut2c039ca

[1] Agitator screw [5] Developing regulation plate


[2] Conveyance screw [6] Developer conveyance guide
[3] Drum [7] Feed roller
[4] Developing roller

12.3.2 Developing bias control


A. Purpose
• The developing bias is applied to the developing roller in order to attract toner to the drum surface.

B. Timing
• Refer to "9.3.1 Image creation control".
(See P.47)

61
12. DEVELOPING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

12.3.3 Developing suction control


bizhub PRO C6500

• The machine intakes the external air to effectively cool down the heat around the developing unit.
/C6500P/C5500

• The developing fans /1 (M45) [1] and /2 (M46) [2] are provided to cool down the rear of the developing unit.
The fresh-air brought by the M45 and M46 is sent to the rear of the developing unit via the duct [4].
• The developing fan /3 (M64) [3] is provided to cool down the heat around the front side of the developing
unit. The fresh-air brought by the M64 is sent to the front of the developing unit via the duct [5].

[5] [1]

[2]

[4] [3]

a03ut2c040ca

[1] M45 [4] Duct


[2] M46 [5] Duct
[3] M64

12.3.4 Image stabilization control


To achieve stable image quality, the following controls are provided. Refer to "23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CON-
TROL" for details.
(See P.114)
• Toner density control

62
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. TONER SUPPLY SECTION

13. TONER SUPPLY SECTION

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
13.1 Configuration

Toner supply door open/


close sensor (PS54)

Interlock switch /2 (MS2)

Piezoelectric sensor /Y (PZS/Y)

Piezoelectric sensor /M (PZS/M)

Toner bottle clutch /Y (MC14)


Toner supply motor /Y (M49)

Toner bottle clutch /M (MC15)


Toner supply motor /M (M50)

Toner bottle motor (M53)

Toner bottle clutch /C (MC16)


Toner supply motor /C (M51)
Toner bottle clutch /K (MC17)

Piezoelectric sensor /C (PZS/C) Piezoelectric sensor /K Toner supply motor /K (M52)


(PZS/K) a03ut2c041ca

63
13. TONER SUPPLY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

13.2 Drive
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1]
[11]

[2]

[12]
[10]
[3] C

[9]

[8]

[7] [4]

[5]
D
B

[6]

[13]

a03ut2c042ca

[1] Toner supply gear /A (same shaft as C) [8] Toner supply motor /C (M51)
[2] Toner bottle clutch /Y (MC14) [9] Toner bottle motor (M53)
[3] Toner bottle clutch /M (MC15) [10] Toner supply motor /M (M50)
[4] Toner bottle clutch /C (MC16) [11] Toner supply motor /Y (M49)
[5] Toner supply gear /A (same shaft as D) [12] Toner bottle drive gear
[6] Toner bottle clutch /K (MC17) [13] Toner conveyance screw
[7] Toner supply motor /K (M52) [14] Toner supply screw

64
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. TONER SUPPLY SECTION

13.3 Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
13.3.1 Toner conveyance control
A. Toner supply control to the toner hopper
• When toner level in the toner hopper becomes about 50g, the bottle motor (M53) and the toner bottle
clutch /Y (MC14), /M (MC15), /C (MC16) and /K (M52) are turned on. Then the toner bottle rotates to supply
new toner.

B. Toner supply control to the developing unit


(1) When the power is turned on
• Each of the TCR sensors /Y (TCRS/Y), /M (TCRS/M), /C (TCRS/C) and /K (TCRS/K) detects the toner den-
sity in each developing unit after the specified time passed from when the sub power switch (SW2) turns
on.
• When the detected density is below the reference toner density that is stored in the CPU on the printer con-
trol board (PRCB), the toner supply motors /Y (M49), /M (M50), /C (M51) and /K (M52) are turned on to
supply toner up to the specified density.
(2) While in printing
• While in the print operation, each of the TCRS /Y, /M, /C and /K monitors the toner density.
• When output voltage of the TCRS /Y, /M, /C and /K is below the reference value, the toner supply motors
are turned on to supply toner up to the specified density.

13.3.2 Remaining toner detection control


A. Remaining toner detection control
• Toner levels in each toner hopper are detected by the piezoelectric sensors /Y (PZS/Y), /M (PZS/M), /C
(PZS/C) and /K (PZS/K).

B. Detection timing
• During printing (always on)

C. No-toner display on the operation panel


• When the value output from the piezoelectric sensor still indicates the "no-toner" status even after the toner
is supplied to the toner hopper, it is judged that the toner bottle has run out of toner and the message
"Please replace toner bottle" is displayed on the touch panel.

13.3.3 Stop control for print operation with no toner


• After the message "Please replace toner bottle" is displayed on the touch panel, the consumption of the
remaining toner (about 50g) in the toner hopper is detected by the driving time of the toner supply motors /
Y (M49), /M (M50), /C (M51) and /K (M52).
• When it is detected that the remaining toner has been consumed, the print operation is stopped by the set-
tings of DIPSW1-2 and 1-3.
• When toner density in the developing unit becomes below the reference value while in the printing stop
operation described above, print operation is immediately stopped after exiting the paper in progress.

65
14. TONER COLLECTION SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

14. TONER COLLECTION SECTION


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

14.1 Configuration

Belt waste toner socket

Drum /Y waste toner socket

Belt collection pipe


Drum /M waste toner socket

Drum /C waste toner socket

Vertical conveyance pipe


Drum /K waste toner socket
Waste toner door sensor (PS60)

Horizontal con- Waste toner outlet


veyance pipe

Toner collection box


Waste toner full sensor (PS52)

a03ut2c043ca

66
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. TONER COLLECTION SECTION

14.2 Drive

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[7]

[8]

[6]

[1]
[2] [3]
[5]

[4]

a03ut2c044ca

[1] Drum waste toner inlet [5] Vertical conveyance pipe


[2] Horizontal conveyance screw [6] Belt collection screw
[3] Horizontal conveyance pipe [7] Transfer belt motor (M18)
[4] Paper feed motor (M41) [8] Belt collection cam

67
14. TONER COLLECTION SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

14.3 Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

14.3.1 Toner collection control


• Toner collection section is driven by the transfer belt motor (M18) and the paper feed motor (M41).
• Collecting toner is performed by the M18 that drives the transfer belt and the paper feed operation driven
by the M41.

14.3.2 Toner collection box control


• The presence of toner collection box is detected by on/off of the waste toner door sensor (PS60).

14.3.3 Box full control


• When the waste toner full sensor (PS52) is turned on, a warning message is displayed on the touch panel.
• There is a box full counter in the NVRAM board (NRB). After the PS52 is turned on, the counter starts
counting.
• For operation details, refer to the table blow.

PS60 PS52 Box full counter Operation


ON OFF — Print available
ON ON Less than 2500 • Warning message is displayed on the touch panel when
the PS52 turns on.
• After the PS52 turns on, printing is available unless the
count exceeds 2500.
ON ON 2500 or more • Rejects incoming new jobs
• Job in progress is continued 3000 is counted.
• Print stopped at 3000 counts

68
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. PAPER FEED SECTION

15. PAPER FEED SECTION

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
15.1 Configuration

Pre-registration roller Paper feed


roller

Pick-up roller Separation roller

Lift plate

Tray /2
Tray /1

Tray /3
a03ut2c045ca

69
15. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

15.2 Drive
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[17] [19][18] [27] [21][20]

[15] [16] [23] [24] [26]


[22] [25]

[3] [1]
[6] [4] [2]
[14] [13] [12][11] [9] [10] [8] [7] [5]
a03ut2c046ca

[1] Pre-registration roller /3 [15] Lift wire


[2] Pre-registration clutch /3 (MC12) [16] Paper lift motor /1 (M38)
[3] Drive coupling /3 [17] Pick-up roller /1
[4] Paper feed motor (M41) [18] Paper feed roller /1
[5] Separation roller /3 [19] Paper feed clutch /1 (MC7)
[6] Paper feed roller /3 [20] Pre-registration roller /1
[7] Paper feed clutch /3 (MC11) [21] Pre-registration clutch /1 (MC8)
[8] Pick-up roller [22] Paper feed roller /2
[9] Separation roller /2 [23] Paper feed clutch /2 (MC9)
[10] Paper lift motor /3 (M40) [24] Drive coupling /2
[11] Pick-up roller /2 [25] Pre-registration roller /2
[12] Paper lift motor /2 (M39) [26] Pre-registration clutch /2 (MC10)
[13] Separation roller /1 [27] Drive coupling /1
[14] Lift plate

70
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. PAPER FEED SECTION

15.3 Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
15.3.1 Plate up/down control
A. Plate-up operation
• The lift plate [7] lies on the both left and right shaft [6].
• The lift wires [8] are connected to each shaft and the plate is kept in a horizontal position by the drive pulley
[4], one for each of the lift drive shaft [5] via each pulley [9].
• When the each lift drive shaft of the trays are rotated by the paper lift motors /1 (M38) [1], /2 (M39) [2] and /
3 (M40) [3], the each drive pulley winds up the wire and then the lift plate goes up.

[9]

[1]

[2]
[8]

[3]

[5] [4]
[7] [6]

a03ut2c047ca

[1] M38 [6] Shaft


[2] M39 [7] Lift plate
[3] M40 [8] Lift wires
[4] Drive pulley [9] Pulleys
[5] Lift drive shaft

71
15. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Plate-down operation
bizhub PRO C6500

• When each tray is pulled out, the each lift drive shaft is disengaged from the couplings of the lift motors /1
/C6500P/C5500

(M38), /2 (M39), /3 (M40).


• The disengagement cuts off the drive force from the M38, M39 and M40 to the lift plate, and the plate goes
down by its own weight.

C. Operation timing
• When the tray is set, the paper lift motors /1 (M38), /2 (M39), and /3 (M40) start to rotate and the lift plate
goes up.
• When the upper limit sensors /1 (PS30), /2 (PS36) and /3 (PS42) are turned on by the top sheet, the M38,
M39 and the M40 stop.
• When the PS30, PS36 and PS42 are turned off by paper feeding, the M38, M39 and M40 rotate again, to
lift the lift plate until each upper limit sensor turns on.

15.3.2 Paper size detection control


A. Detection in main scanning direction
• Paper size in main scanning direction is detected by the resistance value of the paper size VR/1 (VR1), /2
(VR2) and /3 (VR3).
• The resistance value of the VR1, VR2, and VR3 varies depending on the position of the guide plate.

B. Detection in sub-scanning direction


• Paper size in sub-scanning direction is detected by on/off status of the paper size sensors /Fr1 (PS33) and
/Rr (PS34), /Fr2 (PS39) and /Rr2 (PS40), and /Fr3 (PS45) and /Rr3 (PS46).

Paper size Paper size sensors /Fr1 Paper size sensors /Rr1 Paper size VR/1 (VR1), /2
(PS33), /Fr2 (PS39), /Fr3 (PS34), /Rr2 (PS40), /Rr3 (VR2), /3 (VR3) *1
(PS45) (PS46)
13 x 19 ON ON 333.2
SRA3 ON ON 317.0
SRA4 OFF OFF 317.0
12 x 18 ON ON 292.8
A3 ON OFF 280.4
A4 OFF OFF 280.4
11 x 17 ON OFF 252.4
81/2 x 11 OFF OFF 252.4
8K ON OFF 237.4
16K OFF OFF 237.4
B4 ON OFF 216.7
B5 OFF OFF 216.7
81/2 x14 ON OFF 151.3
81/2 x11S OFF OFF 151.3
A4S OFF OFF 141.9
81/2 x13 ON OFF 151.3
B5S OFF OFF 97.3
A5S OFF OFF 43.2
81/2 x 51/2S OFF OFF 30.0

*1 VR angles

72
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. PAPER FEED SECTION

15.3.3 Paper feed control

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Pick-up control

/C6500P/C5500
• The paper feed motor (M41) starts to rotate upon receiving a print start signal [1].
• After the specified time passed from when the start signal is received [1], the pick-up solenoids /1 (SD7), /2
(SD8) and /3 (SD9) and the paper feed clutches /1 (MC7), /2 (MC9) and /3 (MC11) are turned on.
• When the SD7, SD8 and SD9 turn on, the pick-up roller descends and presses the paper by its own
weight.
• The pick-up roller rotates to feed the top sheet to the paper feed roller by means of the M41 drive force
transmitted via the MC7, MC9, and MC11.
• The subsequent feeding by the pick-up roller is made when the paper feed sensors /1 (PS29), /2 (PS35),
and /3 (PS41) detect the rear end of the previous paper [3].

[1] [2] [3]


Paper feed motor (M41)
Pick-up solenoid /1 (SD7), /2 (SD8), /3 (SD9)
Paper feed clutch /1 (MC7), /2 (MC9), /3 (MC11)
Paper feed sensor /1 (PS29), /2 (PS35), /3 (PS41)

a03ut2c048ca

[1] Print start signal [3] Second pick-up


[2] First pick-up

73
15. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Separation mechanism
bizhub PRO C6500

• The separation roller [4] is driven in the opposite direction [2] to the paper feed direction [10] via the torque
/C6500P/C5500

limiter [1].
• The separation roller is pressed against the paper feed roller [8] by means of the spring [3] force [9] and the
pressure applied from the torque limiter.
• The friction force between the separation roller and the paper feed roller is limited by the torque limiter in
order to prevent multi-feed.
• When no paper exists between the separation roller and the paper feed roller or when the only one sheet of
paper is present, the separation roller is driven by the paper feed roller in the direction of arrow [5] since the
torque is over the limit.
• When multiple sheets of paper are fed, the separation roller reverses the direction of rotation [2] (opposite to
the paper feed roller)
• the separation roller the direction of rotation [2] (opposite to the paper feed roller) feeds the lower paper [7]
that contacts with the separation roller back to the tray [6]. The drop in frictional force between the two roll-
ers due to the multiple sheets causes the counter rotating of the separation roller.

[8] [9] [10]

[7] [6] [5]

[4]

[3] [2] [1] a03ut2c049ca

[1] Torque limiter [6] To the tray


[2] Rotation toward the separation [7] Second sheet of paper
[3] Spring [8] Paper feed roller
[4] Separation roller [9] Pressing force
[5] Driven rotation [10] Paper feed direction

74
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. PAPER FEED SECTION

C. Loop formation mechanism

bizhub PRO C6500


• The paper passed between the paper feed roller [5] and the separation roller [3] is conveyed to the pre-reg-

/C6500P/C5500
istration roller [7].
• The paper pushes the actuator [1] and the actuator turns on the paper feed sensors /1 (PS29), /2 (PS35)
and /3 (PS41).
• In order to correct skew of the paper, the leading edge of the paper is pressed against the pre-registration
roller that is not moving until the paper forms a small loop [2]. This is made by stopping the paper feed roller
after the specified time passed from when the PS29, PS35, and PS41 turn on.

[4] [5] [6] [7]

[1]

[3] [2] a03ut2c050ca

[1] Actuator [5] Paper feed roller


[2] Loop [6] PS29, PS35, PS41
[3] Separation roller [7] Pre-registration roller
[4] Pick-up roller

75
15. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

D. Pre-registration control
bizhub PRO C6500

• The pre-registration roller is driven by the paper feed motor (M41) via the pre-registration clutch /1 (MC8), /
/C6500P/C5500

2 (MC10) and /3 (MC12).


• When paper feeding is started with the pick-up roller, the MC8, MC10 and MC12 do not transmit the drive
force from the motor to the pre-registration roller so as not to rotate the roller.
• The fed paper is pressed against the pre-registration roller, and since the roller is stopping, the pressure
causes the paper to form a small loop [2] in order to correct skew of the paper.
• The MC8, MC10, and MC12 start to transmit [3] the drive force to the pre-registration roller to rotate it after
the specified time passed form when the paper feed sensors; /1 (PS29), /2 (PS35), /3 (PS41) turn on.
• The paper feed clutches; /1(MC7), /2 (MC9), and /3 (MC11) continue to transmit the drive force to the paper
feed roller to assist the paper feed until the pre-registration roller grips the paper.
• The pre-registration operation for the second and subsequent papers [5] is performed turning off [6] the
MC8, MC10, and MC12 after the specified time passed from when the PS29, PS35, and PS41 turn on so
that the operation does not interrupt feeding of the previous paper.
• When the intermediate sensor /1 (PS27) turns on upon detection of the front edge of the previous paper,
the MC8, MC10 and MC12 turns on again [7] and restart the pre-registration.

[1] [2] [4][6] [7]


Paper feed motor (M41)
Pick-up solenoid/1 (SD7), /2 (SD8), /3 (SD9)
Paper feed clutch/1 (MC7), /2 (MC9), /3 (MC11)
Pre-registration clutch/1 (MC8), /2 (MC10), /3 (MC12)
Paper feed sensor/1 (PS29), /2 (PS35), /3 (PS41)
Intermediate conveyance sensor/1 (PS27)

[3] [5] a03ut2c051ca

[1] Print start signal [5] Second sheet pre-registration


[2] First sheet loop formation [6] A pause of second sheet pre-registration
[3] First sheet pre-registration [7] Restart of second sheet pre-registration
[4] Second sheet loop formation

76
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. PAPER FEED SECTION

15.3.4 Remaining paper detection control

bizhub PRO C6500


• Remaining amount of papers in the tray is detected by the paper near empty sensor /1 (PS32), /2 (PS38), /

/C6500P/C5500
3 (PS44) [2].
• As the papers get lower, the actuator [6] on the front side of the tray is gradually rotated.
• The PS32, PS38 and PS44 turn on and off each time the slits [3], [4] and [5] of the actuator passes through.
• The main body control section counts the number of on/off's of the PS32, PS38 and PS44 to detect the
amount of remaining paper in four levels.

Slit count Remaining amount of paper Remaining amount Indication on


the touch panel
0 100 to 75% 4 lit
1 75 to 50% 3 lit
2 50 to 25% 2 lit
3 25 to 0% 1 lit

[2] [1]

[3]

[6] [5] [4]

a03ut2c052ca

[1] Rotation direction when lift plate goes up [4] Slit


[2] PS32, PS38, PS44 [5] Slit
[3] Slit [6] Actuator

77
16. BYPASS FEED TRAY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

16. BYPASS FEED TRAY SECTION


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

16.1 Configuration

Paper feed roller Pick-up roller

Lift plate

Separation roller
Paper size sensor /BP1 (PS48) Paper size sensor /BP2 (PS49)
Paper empty sensor /BP (PS47) a03ut2c053ca

78
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 16. BYPASS FEED TRAY SECTION

16.2 Drive

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[6] [7] [2] [8]

[1]

[5] [3]

[4]

a03ut2c054ca

[1] Lift gear [5] Drive coupling


[2] Pick-up roller [6] Paper feed roller
[3] Separation roller [7] Paper feed clutch /BP (MC6)
[4] Paper feed motor (M41) [8] Paper lift motor /BP (M35)

79
16. BYPASS FEED TRAY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

16.3 Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

16.3.1 Plate up/down control


A. Plate-up operation
• The paper lift motor /BP (M35) drives the lift gear to lift the lift plate.

B. Plate-down operation
• The paper lift motor /BP (M35) drives the lift gear to lower the lift plate.

C. Operation timing
(1) Plate-up operation
• When the tray is set, paper lift motor /BP (M35) rotates in forward and the lift plate goes up.
• The lift plate elevation makes the top sheet turns on the upper limit sensor /BP (PS25). This deactivates the
M35 to stop the plate.
• When the PS25 are turned off by paper feeding, the M35 starts to rotate again to lift the lift plate. Then the
PS25 is turned on again by the top sheet the and makes the M35 stop to stop lifting the lift plate.

(2) Plate-down operation


• The paper empty sensor /BP (PS47) turns off when the bypass feed tray runs out of paper. This makes the
M35 rotate in reverse to lower the lift plate.
• The lift plate goes down when the paper is removed from the tray.
• When the paper supply door of LU is opened, the lift plate goes down.
• The M35 stops reverse rotation after the specified time passed to stop lowering the lift plate.

16.3.2 Paper size detection control


A. Detection in main scanning direction
• Paper size in main scanning direction is detected by the resistance value of the paper size VR/BP (VR4).
• The resistance value of the VR4 varies depending on the position of the guide plate.

B. Detection in sub-scanning direction


• Paper size in sub-scanning direction is detected by ON/OFF statuses of the paper size sensors /BP1
(PS48) and /BP2 (PS49).

80
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 16. BYPASS FEED TRAY SECTION

16.3.3 Paper feed control

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Pick-up control

/C6500P/C5500
• The paper feed motor (M41) starts to rotate upon receiving a print start signal [1].
• After the specified time passed from when the start signal is received [1], the pick-up solenoid /BP (SD5)
and the paper feed clutch /BP (MC6) are turned on [2].
• When the SD5 turns on, the pick-up roller descends and presses the paper by its own weight.
• The pick-up roller rotates to feed the top sheet to the paper feed roller by means of the M41 drive force
transmitted via the MC6.
• The subsequent feeding by the pick-up roller is made when the paper feed sensor /BP (PS26) detects the
rear end of the previous paper [3].

[1] [2] [3]

Paper feed motor (M41)

Pick-up solenoid /BP (SD5)

Paper feed clutch /BP (MC6)

Paper feed sensor /BP (PS26)


a03ut2c055ca

[1] Print start signal [3] Second pick-up


[2] First pick-up

81
16. BYPASS FEED TRAY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Separation mechanism
bizhub PRO C6500

• The separation roller [4] is driven in the opposite [1] to the paper feed direction [8] via the torque limiter [6].
/C6500P/C5500

• The separation roller is pressed against the paper feed roller [10] by means of the spring [5] force [9] and the
pressure applied from the torque limiter.
• The friction force between the separation roller and the paper feed roller is limited by the torque limiter in
order to prevent multi-feed.
• When no paper exists between the separation roller and the paper feed roller or when the only one sheet of
paper is present, the separation roller is driven by the paper feed roller in the direction of arrow [3] since the
torque is over the limit.
• When multiple sheets of paper are fed, the separation roller reverses the direction of rotation [7] (opposite to
the paper feed roller) and feeds the lower paper [2] that contacts with the separation roller back to the tray
[1]. The drop in frictional force between the two rollers due to the multiple sheets causes the counter rotat-
ing of the separation roller.

[10]
[9]

[8]
[4] [3] [2] [1]

[7] [5]
[6]
a03ut2c092ca

[1] To the tray [6] Torque limiter


[2] Second sheet of paper [7] Rotation toward the separation
[3] Driven rotation [8] Paper feed direction
[4] Separation roller [9] Spring force
[5] Spring [10] Paper feed roller

16.3.4 Paper empty detection control


• No paper status of the tray is detected by the paper empty sensor /BP (PS47).

16.3.5 Remaining paper detection control


• When the paper empty sensor /BP (PS47) turns off, a message saying that the bypass feed tray is empty
appears on the touch panel.

82
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 17. VERTICAL CONVEYANCE SECTION

17. VERTICAL CONVEYANCE SECTION

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17.1 Configuration

Intermediate conveyance roller /1


Intermediate conveyance
roller /1

Vertical conveyance
sensor (PS50)

Vertical conveyance
door sensor (PS51)

Vertical conveyance door

a03ut2c056ca

83
17. VERTICAL CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

17.2 Drive
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[4]

[1]

[3]

[2]

a03ut2c057ca

[1] Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13) [3] Drive coupling


[2] Paper feed motor (M41) [4] Intermediate conveyance roller /1

84
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 17. VERTICAL CONVEYANCE SECTION

17.3 Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17.3.1 Vertical conveyance control
• Paper that is fed from trays /1, /2 and /3 is conveyed to the intermediate conveyance section of ADU.
• Paper that is fed from the tray /1 is conveyed to the intermediate conveyance roller /2 of the intermediate
conveyance section (ADU) by the pre-registration roller.
• The intermediate conveyance roller /1 assists to convey the paper that is fed from the trays /2 and /3
because the conveyance distance to the intermediate conveyance roller /2 is rather long.
• The paper feed motor (M41) drives the intermediate conveyance roller /1 via the intermediate conveyance
clutch /1 (MC13).
• The MC13 turns ON at the same time as the paper feed clutches /1 (MC7), /2 (MC9) and /3 (MC11) turn on.
• The MC13 turns OFF after the specified time passed from when the intermediate conveyance sensor /1
(PS27) turns on.

85
18. REGISTRATION SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

18. REGISTRATION SECTION


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

18.1 Configuration

Registration tempera-
Leading edge sensor ture sensor (TEMS1)
(PS63)
Registration driven roller

Leading edge
sensor (PS63) Registration
sensor (PS22)

Registration roller Registration


Loop roller Loop roller
driven roller
Registration temperature sensor (TEMS1) Registration sensor (PS22)
a03ut2c058ca

86
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 18. REGISTRATION SECTION

18.2 Drive

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[4] [1]

[3] [2]
a03ut2c059ca

[1] Loop motor (M31) [3] Registration roller


[2] Loop roller [4] Registration motor (M30)

87
18. REGISTRATION SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

18.3 Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

18.3.1 Loop control


• All papers are passed through the loop roller and conveyed to the registration roller.
• Loop motor (M31) that drives the loop roller stops after specified time passed from when the registration
sensor (PS22) turns ON upon detecting the leading edge of paper.
• Because the registration motor (M30) is stopping, the leading edge of paper is pressed against the registra-
tion roller that is not moving. The paper forms a small loop before the M31 stops.
• Making paper form a loop enables to correct skew of the paper.

[6] [7] [8] [9]

[5] [4] [3] [2] [1]


a03ut2c060ca

[1] Intermediate conveyance roller /2 [6] Transfer belt unit


[2] Loop roller [7] Leading edge sensor (PS63)
[3] Registration loop [8] Registration sensor (PS22)
[4] Registration roller [9] Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28)
[5] Second transfer roller /Lw

88
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 18. REGISTRATION SECTION

18.3.2 Registration operation

bizhub PRO C6500


• After the specified time passed from when the print start signal is received [1], the loop motor (M31) starts

/C6500P/C5500
to turn to rotate the loop roller.
• The paper conveyed from the intermediate conveyance section or the ADU is conveyed to the registration
roller by the loop roller.
• When the registration sensor (PS22) detects the paper front-end, M31 turns OFF after the specified time
passed.
• At this point, because the registration motor (M30) is stopping, the paper is pressed against the registration
roller and forms a small loop [2] before the M31 stops.
• Making paper from a small loop enables to correct skew of the paper.
• The V_TOP signal is generated when the transfer belt becomes ready for the first transfer.
• After the specified time passed from when the V_TOP signal is received, the M30 and M31 stop and carry
out registration.

[1]

Paper feed motor (M41)

Registration motor (M30)

Loop motor (M31)

Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28)

Registration sensor (PS22)

V TOP

[2] [3]
a03ut2c093ca

[1] Print start signal is received [3] Second sheet registration loop
[2] First sheet registration loop

18.3.3 Paper leading edge timing correction control


• The time period from when the registration motor (M30) starts to rotate until the leading edge sensor (PS63)
detects the leading edge of paper is counted.
• Based on the counted time, the time when the paper gets to the second transfer section is estimated.
• If the estimated arrival time is earlier/later than the proper arrival time, the deceleration timing of the registra-
tion roller and the loop roller line speed is adjusted to meet the arrival timing.
• The timing correction control is carried out for every sheet of paper.

18.3.4 Registration speed correction control


• When restarting registration, the registration roller and loop roller conveyance speed are adjusted according
to the ambient temperature detected by the registration temperature sensor (TEMS1).
• The TEMS1 measures the temperature at regular intervals.
• The speed of the registration speed correction control is the same as normal line speed when TEMS1
detection temperature is 25 °C.

89
19. ADU SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

19. ADU SECTION


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

19.1 Configuration

ADU conveyance ADU pre-registration roller Intermediate conveyance roller /2


ADU conveyance roller /2
roller /1
Intermediate
ADU conveyance ADU conveyance roller /3 Intermediate conveyance conveyance sensor /1
sensor (PS61) sensor /2 (PS28) (PS27)

ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23)


ADU stop sensor
(PS20) ADU gate ADU loop roller
ADU reverse sensor (PS21)
Intermediate conveyance
ADU centering sensor ADU reverse roller roller /2
(PS65) a03ut2c061ca

90
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 19. ADU SECTION

19.2 Drive

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[14] [15] [16][17] [18] [19][20] [21]

[1][2]

[13] [12] [11] [10] [9] [8] [7] [6] [5] [4]

[3] a03ut5c062ca

[1] Intermediate conveyance roller /2 [12] ADU loop motor (M57)


[2] Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 (MC4) [13] ADU reverse motor (M32)
[3] Paper feed motor (M41) [14] ADU conveyance roller /1
[4] ADU pre-registration roller [15] ADU conveyance clutch /1 (MC1)
[5] ADU pre-registration clutch (MC18) [16] ADU conveyance roller /2
[6] ADU conveyance roller /3 [17] ADU conveyance clutch /2 (MC2)
[7] ADU conveyance clutch /3 (MC3) [18] Belt
[8] ADU loop roller [19] Intermediate conveyance roller /3
[9] Belt [20] Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 (MC5)
[10] ADU reverse roller [21] Drive coupling
[11] Belt

91
19. ADU SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

19.3 Operation
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

19.3.1 Paper reverse control


A. Paper conveyance
• During paper conveyance, the ADU gate [1] is open.
• Paper conveyed from the reverse roller /Lw [2] is conveyed to the ADU reverse roller [3] through the ADU
gate.
• Paper conveyed to the ADU reverse roller is then conveyed to the ADU loop roller [4].

[2] [3] [4]

[1] a03ut2c063ca

[1] ADU gate [3] ADU reverse roller


[2] Reverse roller /Lw [4] ADU loop roller

92 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 19. ADU SECTION

B. Loop formation

bizhub PRO C6500


• When the ADU stop sensor (PS20) [3] detects the rear end of paper and turns OFF, ADU loop roller [5]

/C6500P/C5500
stops after the specified time passed.
• While the paper is stopped with its leading edge nipped by the ADU loop roller, the ADU reverse roller [4]
continues to rotate.
• The ADU reverse roller stops after the rear end of the paper passed through. (after the specified time
passed from when the ADU loop roller stops.)
• The above two rollers’ operation make the paper form a loop [1] between the two rollers.
• When the paper is forming the loop, its rear edge is pressed against the ADU reverse roller. This enables to
correct skew of the paper before starting the reverse paper conveyance.

[3] [4] [5]

[2] [1] a03ut2c064ca

[1] Loop [4] ADU reverse roller


[2] ADU gate [5] ADU loop roller
[3] PS20

93
19. ADU SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Paper reverse
bizhub PRO C6500

• When the ADU reverse roller [6] stops, the ADU gate [4] closes.
/C6500P/C5500

• After the specified time passed from when the ADU reverse roller stops, the ADU loop roller [8] and ADU
reverse roller rotate reversely at the same time.
• Paper is conveyed in the reverse direction keeping the loop [3], and because the ADU gate is closed, it is
conveyed to the ADU conveyance roller /1 [5].
• By means of the above operations, the paper is turned upside down.
• Then the paper is conveyed to the ADU conveyance roller /2 [7], /3 [3], ADU pre-registration roller [1] and
loop roller [9] for back side printing.

[5] [6] [7] [8] [9]

[4] [3] [2] [1]


a03ut2c065ca

[1] ADU pre-registration roller [6] ADU reverse roller


[2] ADU conveyance roller /3 [7] ADU conveyance roller /2
[3] Loop [8] ADU loop roller
[4] ADU gate [9] Loop roller
[5] ADU conveyance roller /1

94
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 19. ADU SECTION

19.3.2 ADU conveyance control

bizhub PRO C6500


• When the front side of the first sheet is fixed [2], after receiving a print start signal [1], the ADU loop motor

/C6500P/C5500
(M57) and the ADU reverse motor (M32) start to rotate in the normal direction.
• When the ADU stop sensor (PS20) detects the rear end [3] of the first sheet while the paper is conveyed to
the reverse paper exit section, the M57 stops to stop the ADU loop roller.
• The M32 stops after the M57stops. This makes the paper form a loop [4] between the ADU loop roller and
the ADU reverse roller.
• After the specified time passed from when the PS20 turns off [3], the ADU gate solenoid (SD10) turns on [5]
and closes the ADU gate. At the same time, the M57 and M32 start to rotate in reverse direction to convey
the paper reversely.
• When the ADU conveyance sensor (PS61) provided on the ADU conveyance section detects the rear end
of the paper [6], the rotation direction of the M57 and M32 is switched to normal. The SD10 turns off and
opens the ADU gate again for the next paper.

[1] [2] [3] [6] [9]


Paper feed motor (M41)
V TOP
Fusing paper exit sensor (PS17)
Reverse paper exit sensor (PS17)
ADU stop sensor (PS20)
ADU reverse sensor (PS21)
ADU conveyance sensor (PS61)
ADU loop motor (M57) Forward
Reverse
ADU reverse motor Forward
(M32) Reverse
ADU gate solenoid (SD10)
ADU conveyance clutch/1 (MC1)
ADU conveyance clutch/2 (MC2)
[4][5] [7][8] a03ut2c066ca

[1] Print start signal is received [6] Second sheet paper rear end detection
[2] First sheet front side fusing complete [7] Second sheet loop formation
[3] First sheet paper back end detection [8] ADU gate close
[4] First sheet loop formation [9] First sheet back side fusing complete
[5] ADU gate close

19.3.3 Back side centering correction control


• The ADU centering sensor (PS65) detects the paper edges of the paper that has been reverse conveyed
from the ADU reverse roller for back side printing.
• Depending on the detected value, the distance from the center to the edge of paper is calculated, and the
laser writing position is adjusted so that the image is precisely centered on the printed page.

95
20. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

20. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

20.1 Configuration

Reverse gate Reverse gate


Decurler sensor
(PS62)
Reverse
decurler roller

Reverse paper
exit sensor
(PS19)

Small size
roller

Reverse decurler roller


Reverse roller/Lw: Paper exit decurler roller

Paper exit
roller

Paper exit Paper exit sensor


decurler roller (PS13)

Paper exit
roller

a03ut2c069ca

96
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 20. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION

20.2 Drive

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
20.2.1 Reverse/paper exit drive

[7]
[1]

[2]

[6]

[3]

[4]

[5]
a03ut2c070ca

[1] Decurler motor (M55) [5] Reverse paper exit motor (M33)
[2] Reverse decurler roller [6] Paper exit solenoid (SD4)
[3] Small size roller [7] Reverse gate
[4] Reverse roller /Lw

97
20. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

20.2.2 Paper exit drive/OT-502 drive


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[6]

[5] [1]

[2]

[4]

[3]

a03ut2c071ca

[1] Paper exit motor (M54) [4] OT-502


[2] Paper exit decurler roller [5] OT paper exit roller
[3] Cam [6] Paper exit roller

98
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 20. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION

20.3 Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
20.3.1 Conveyance control
A. Reverse/paper exit switch control
• The paper exit path for paper conveyed from the fusing section is switched by the paper exit gate.
• The paper exit gate is driven by the paper exit solenoid (SD4).
• Switching the paper exit path with the gate is made according to the print mode and the paper exit type.

B. Conveyance path
(1) Straight paper exit
• Paper is exited face-up after printed on the one side or printed on the both sides.

[6]
[5]
[7]

[1]

[4]
[3]

[2]

a03ut2c072ca

[1] Fusing section [5] OT-502 (Option)


[2] Fusing paper exit sensor (PS17) [6] Paper exit roller
[3] Reverse gate [7] Paper exit sensor (PS13)
[4] Paper exit decurler roller

99
20. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) ADU conveyance path


bizhub PRO C6500

• This paper path is used to exit paper face down after printing the one side for one-side printing or double-
/C6500P/C5500

side printing.

[5] [6] [1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

a03ut2c073ca

[1] Fusing section [4] Reverse paper exit sensor (PS19)


[2] Reverse decurler roller [5] OT-502 (Option)
[3] Fusing paper exit sensor (PS17) [6] Reverse gate

100
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 20. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION

C. Reverse/paper exit

bizhub PRO C6500


• This paper path is used to exit paper face down after printing on the backside in one-side printing or dou-

/C6500P/C5500
ble-side printing.

[10] [11] [12]

[13]
[1]

[2]
[9] [8]
[7]
[3]

[4]
[5]

[6]

a03ut2c074ca

[1] Fusing section [8] Paper exit pressure sensor (PS10)


[2] Reverse decurler roller [9] Paper exit decurler roller
[3] Fusing paper exit sensor (PS17) [10] OT-502 (Option)
[4] Reverse paper exit sensor (PS19) [11] Paper exit roller
[5] Small size roller [12] Paper exit sensor (PS13)
[6] Reverse roller /Lw [13] Reverse gate
[7] Decurler sensor (PS62)

101
20. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

20.3.2 Reverse/paper exit timing control


bizhub PRO C6500

• In face down paper exit, paper conveyed from the fusing section to the reverse decurler roller passing under
/C6500P/C5500

the reverse gate.


• The reverse decurler roller conveys the paper to the small size roller by the normal rotation of the decurler
motor (M55).
• The small size roller and the reverse roller /Lw convey the paper to the ADU reverse section by the reverse
paper exit motor (M33).
• When the decurler sensor (PS62) detects the rear end of paper and turns off [2], the M55 and M33 switch
to reverse rotation.
• The rollers rotate in reverse and convey the paper in reverse direction, but due to the guide on the convey-
ance path, the paper is conveyed to the paper exit roller, not to the reverse gate side.
• By means of the above operations, paper is exited with its upside down.
• When the paper exit sensor (PS13) detects the rear end of the paper and turns off [3], the M55 and M33
starts the normal rotation again and the next paper is reversed/exited.

[1]

Registration motor (M30)

Paper exit solenoid (SD4)

Decurler motor Forward


(M55)
Reverse

Forward
Reverse paper
exit motor (M33) Reverse

Paper exit motor (M54)

Decurler sensor (PS62)

Reverse paper exit sensor (PS19)

Paper exit sensor (PS13)

[2] [3] [4] [5]


a03ut2c075ca

[1] Print start signal is received [4] Second sheet reverse conveyance
[2] First sheet reverse conveyance [5] Second sheet exit
[3] First sheet exit

102
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 20. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION

20.3.3 Paper exit decurler roller pressure control

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Paper exit decurler roller pressure mechanism

/C6500P/C5500
• The paper exit decurler roller [1] that faces to the paper exit roller is pressed by the rotation of the cam [2].
• The cam is driven by the paper exit motor (M54).
• Forward rotation of the M54 causes paper exit operation, and its reverse rotation moves the cam to apply
pressure to the paper exit decurler roller.
• The cam and the encoder [3] are located on the same shaft. Paper exit pressure sensor (PS10) [4] detects
the slits on the encoder in order to determine the home position of the decurler roller.
• The pressure applied to the paper exit decurler roller is changed by the cam position in four levels; release
[8], low pressure [7], middle pressure [6], and high pressure [5]. The pressure level is controlled according to
the time period of the M54 rotation from when the PS10 turns off.

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[8] [7] [6] [5]

a03ut2c076ca

[1] Paper exit decurler roller [5] High pressure


[2] Cam [6] Middle pressure
[3] Encoder [7] Low pressure
[4] PS10 [8] Release

B. Print mode and paper exit decurler roller pressure level


• The pressure level applied to the paper exit decurler roller changes according to print mode.

Print mode Pressure amount


Standby, jam processing Release
Straight paper exit mode Low pressure
Double-sided mode Low pressure, Middle pressure*
Reverse paper exit mode High pressure

* In the double-sided mode, the pressure level can be changed (Low/Middle) with DIPSW.

1 103
20. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

20.3.4 Reverse decurler roller rotation control


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Purpose
/C6500P/C5500

• To prevent the reverse decurler roller from deformation when the roller has not been used for certain period
of time.
• To minimize unevenness in temperature on the decurler roller surface, which can cause unevenness in color
of printed images, after a continuous printing is carried out.

B. Operation timing
• The decurler motor (M55) operates under the following conditions to rotate the reverse decurler motor.

Device status Remaining paper Rotation speed Rotational direction


Standby Executing image stabilization 1/1 speed (high) Reverse
operation
After finishing printing 5 minutes 1/1 speed (high) Reverse

NOTE
• When a new print job is received, the after-printing operation is canceled to accept the job.
• The after-printing operation can be enabled/disabled with software DipSW.
• This control is not carried out by default.

20.3.5 Paper exit full detection control


• When the OT-502 (option) is installed in the paper exit section, paper exit full detection control is performed.
• The OT-502 paper exit full sensor (PS12) is kept on while the OT-502 tray is used. If the prescribed number
of sheets are exit, or if the "on" status of the sensor is kept for a certain time period, it is detected as a full
status of the OT-502 tray and a message notifying the status appears on the touch panel.

104
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 21. FUSING SECTION

21. FUSING SECTION

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
21.1 Configuration

Fusing belt Fusing lamp /Up (L2, L3, L4)

Fusing roller /1

Fusing paper exit


roller /Up

Fusing roller /2 Fusing roller /Lw Fusing heater lamp /4 (L5)


a03ut2c077ca

105
21. FUSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

21.2 Drive
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[5]

[1]

[4] [6]
[7]

[8]

[2]

[3]

a03ut2c078ca

[1] Fusing motor (M29) [5] Fusing roller /1


[2] Cam (fusing roller /Lw for applying pressure) [6] Fusing belt
[3] Same gear [7] Fusing roller /2
[4] Fusing exit roller /Lw [8] Fusing roller /Lw

106
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 21. FUSING SECTION

21.3 Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
21.3.1 Fusing roller drive control
A. Fusing process speed table
• There are three types of fusing process speed 1/1 speed (300mm/s), 2/3 speed (207mm/s), 1/2 speed
(150mm/s).
• The fusing process speed is selected according to the paper weight (thickness) and whether the glossy
mode or not as shown in the table below.

Paper weight Paper type *1


A B C D E
Normal Glossy Normal Glossy Normal Glossy Normal Glossy Normal Glossy
64 to High speed 1/1 1/1 — — — — — — — —
74g/m2 Middle speed 2/3 1/1 — — — — — — — —
75 to High speed 1/1 1/1 — — — — — — — —
80g/m2 Middle speed 2/3 1/1 — — — — — — — —
81 to High speed 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1
105g/m2 Middle speed 2/3 1/1 2/3 1/1 2/3 1/1 2/3 1/1 2/3 1/1
106 to High speed 1/1 2/3 1/1 2/3 1/1 2/3 1/1 2/3 1/1 2/3
135g/m2 Middle speed 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3
Low speed 1/2 2/3 1/2 2/3 1/2 2/3 1/2 2/3 1/2 2/3
136 to Middle speed 2/3 1/2 2/3 1/2 2/3 2/3 2/3 1/2 2/3 2/3
162g/m2 Low speed 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 2/3 1/2 1/2 1/2 2/3
163 to Middle speed 2/3 1/2 2/3 1/2 2/3 2/3 2/3 1/2 2/3 2/3
209g/m2 Low speed 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 2/3 1/2 1/2 1/2 2/3
210 to 256g/m2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
257 to 300g/m2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2

*1 Paper select mode and paper type

Paper select mode Paper type


Plain paper A
Color specific A
Colored paper A
High quality paper A
Coated paper GL B
Coated paper ML C
Coated paper GO D
Coated paper MO E

107
21. FUSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Fusing process speed correction control


bizhub PRO C6500

• This control is carried out to avoid improper slack in paper when the paper comes to the fusing section
/C6500P/C5500

from the second transfer section.


• If the fusing process speed differs from the process speed of the second transfer section (difference in
speed between the fusing roller /Lw [8] and the second transfer roller /Lw [4]) when the leading edge of the
paper is nipped [1] by the fusing roller /Lw, the paper loop amount becomes increase.
• The fusing loop sensor (PS64) [5], located between the second transfer roller /Lw and the fusing roller /Lw,
detects the paper loop.
• When the paper loop is detected by the PS64, the fusing process speed is corrected so that it becomes
faster than the preset speed.
• The fusing process speed correction control is applied to all the 1/1 speed, 2/3 speed and 1/2 speed.

[10]
[1]

[9]

[2]

[8] [3]

[7]
[6] [5] [4]
a03ut2c079ca

[1] Proper paper loop [6] Actuator


[2] Transfer belt [7] Improper paper loop
[3] Second transfer roller /Up [8] Fusing roller /Lw
[4] Second transfer roller /Lw [9] Fusing roller /2
[5] PS64 [10] Fusing belt

108
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 21. FUSING SECTION

21.3.2 Pressure/release control

bizhub PRO C6500


• The fusing roller /Lw is pressed against the fusing belt during performing a print job.

/C6500P/C5500
• When the fusing paper exit sensor (PS17) detects paper (the last page of the job) after completion of fusing,
the fusing roller /Lw moves to stop pressing the fusing belt.
• The fusing roller drive assy which includes the fusing roller /Lw moves up/down to press/release the fusing
belt with the roller.
• The up/down movements of the fusing roller drive assy are made by the cam which is driven by the fusing
motor (M29).
• The home position of the cam is determined by the fusing release home sensor (PS16). The sensor detects
the cam position with the actuator attached to the cam shaft.
• A one-way clutch is provided on the M29 drive transmission path toward the drive gear so that the M29
drive force is transmitted only to the cam when the M29 is rotating in reverse direction.

[5]

[6] [1]

[4]

[3] [2]

a03ut2c080ca

[1] Release [4] Fusing roller /Lw


[2] Pressure/release driver gear [5] Fusing roller /Lw driver gear
[3] Cam [6] Pressure

109
21. FUSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

21.3.3 Fusing temperature control


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Fusing temperature detection


/C6500P/C5500

• The fusing roller /1 is heated by the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2), /2 (L3), /3 (L4).
• The fusing belt is heated by the heated fusing roller /1.
• The fusing roller /Lw is heated by the fusing heater lamp /4 (L5).
• The surface temperature of the fusing belt is detected by the temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1), /3 (TEMS/3).
• The surface temperature of the fusing roller /Lw is detected by the temperature sensor /2 (TEMS/2), /4
(TEMS/4).
• Each temperature sensor monitors the surface temperature of the fusing belt and fusing roller /Lw at speci-
fied time intervals, and the AC drive board (ACDB) turns the lamps; L2, L3, L4, L5 ON/OFF according to the
detected temperatures.

[3] [4]

[2] [1]
a03ut2c081ca

[1] Temperature sensor /4 (TEMS/4) [3] Temperature sensor /3 (TEMS/3)


[2] Temperature sensor /2 (TEMS/2) [4] Temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1)

B. Fusing heater control


• The ON/OFF statuses of the four fusing heater lamps /1 (L2), /2 (L3), /3 (L4), /4 (L5) are predetermined for
each mode as shown below.

Mode L2 L3 L4 L5
Warm-up ON ON OFF ON
standby OFF OFF ON ON
Charging mode ON ON OFF ON
Printing ON *1 OFF ON
Low power mode OFF OFF ON ON
Returned from low power mode ON ON OFF ON
Shut off mode OFF OFF OFF OFF

*1 During printing, the L3 is turned on/off according to the temperature detected by the temperature sensor /
3 (TEMS/3) and the paper size in the main scan direction.

110
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 21. FUSING SECTION

21.3.4 Protection against abnormality

bizhub PRO C6500


• When the temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1), /2 (TEMS/2), /3(TEMS/3), /4 (TEMS/4) is over the prescribed

/C6500P/C5500
temperature for a specified time period, it is judged as a high temperature error and the main relay (RY1) is
turned off, then the product is stopped after the first transfer, second transfer and fusing pressure are
stopped/released.
• When the temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1), /2 (TEMS/2), /3 (TEMS3), /4 (TEMS/4) detect a temperature
of under -50 °C continuously for a specified time period, it is judged as a low temperature error and the
main relay (RY1) is turned off, then the product is stopped after the first transfer, second transfer and fix-
ing pressure are stopped/released.
• The thermostat /1 (TS1), /2 (TS2) shut down the power line to the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2), /2 (L3), /3 (L4)
at 190 ± 7 °C.
• The thermostat /3 (TS3) shuts down the power line to the fusing heater lamp /4 (L5) at 160 ± 7 °C.
• When the fusing temperature abnormality occurs, the relay-off status is maintained by latch (SC latch) and
an error message appears on the touch panel.
• After troubleshooting the cause of the error, the SC latch must be released by the software DipSW3-1.

CBR/1 RY/1
NF
L2
CBR/2 TS1 TS2
AC L3
drive
RY section L4
drive
TS3
section
L5

ACDB

PRCB
Control section
TEMS/1

TEMS/2

TEMS/3

TEMS/4

a03ut2c082ca

111
21. FUSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

21.3.5 Fusing roller/Lw cooling control


bizhub PRO C6500

• When the temperature of the fusing roller /Lw [2] detected by the temperature sensor /2 (TEMS/2) rises
/C6500P/C5500

higher than a specified temperature, and the difference between the detected and the specified tempera-
tures exceeds a predetermined level, the fusing fan /Lw (M65) [4] turns on and cools down the fusing roller
/Lw.
• While the M65 is operating, the fusing heater lamp /4 is kept off.
• The fusing fan /Lw (M65) takes in air from the front side, through the duct [3] to cool the fusing roller /Lw.
• Air that passed through the fusing roller /Lw is exhausted to the rear side through the duct [1].

[1]

[4]

[3] [2]
a03ut2c083ca

[1] Duct [3] Duct


[2] Fusing roller /Lw [4] M65

112
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 22. INTERFACE SECTION

22. INTERFACE SECTION

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
22.1 Configuration

CN493 CN495

CN1000

USB port (USB


TypeB)
Connector for printer controller

Serial port RJ45 Ethernet connector


(RS-232C)

Service port

Parallel port
(IEEE1284 com-
pliant)

a03ut2c084ca

22.2 Application
Type Application
Connector for printer controller For IC-303 *1 /IC-408
RJ45 Ethernet connector For network
Service port For mouse, keyboard/for USB memory ISW
USB port (USB TypeB) For ISW of copier/printer
Serial port (RS-232C) For CS Remote care
Parallel port For ISW of copier/printer
CN1000 (Overall control board (OACB)) For consolidation vendor connection
CN493 For key counter (KCT) connection
CN495 For status indicator light
*1 PRO C6500/PRO C6500P only.

1 113
23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

23.1 Outline
• This unit carries out various image stabilizing controls in order to achieve stable high print quality.
• The image stabilizing controls carried out during printing are different from those carried out when the sub
power switch (SW2) is turned on.

23.2 Operation flow


23.2.1 Image stabilizing controls when the sub power switch (SW2) is ON, during printing, and dur-
ing idling
An operation flow when the sub power switch (SW2) is ON, during printing, and during idling is described in the
figure below.
When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned ON: Carries out the controls from A to H.
During printing and idling: Carries out the controls from D to H.

A. Drum rotation control B. Environmental decision control

MPC/APC

C. Color registration adjustment

D. PGC sensor baseline correction control 1

E. Maximum density correction

F. V0 correction

G. Vm correction

D. PGC sensor baseline correction control 2

H. Gamma correction

a03ut2c085ca

114
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL

A. Drum rotation control

bizhub PRO C6500


(1) Purpose

/C6500P/C5500
• To prevent uneven electrostatic charges on the drum, which causes improper images under high humidity
conditions.
• To prevent unevenness in density caused by the difference in sensitivity between the part that the cleaner or
the developer is applied to and other parts when leaving them in low/normal humidity conditions.

(2) Operation
• Rotates the drum for approx. 4 min and 30 sec during warm-up if the fusing temperature is 50 degrees C or
less when the sub power switch (SW2) is turned ON .
• Performs the following operations based on the environmental decision if the fusing temperature is more
than 50 degrees C when the SW2 is turned ON.
If the product is not ready to print one minute after turning the SW2 on under high humidity conditions, the
drum is rotated for 4 min and 30 sec. On the other hand, if the fusing warm-up is completed within one
minute after turning the SW2 on, the drum is not rotated. Under low/normal humidity conditions, the drum
is rotated slightly at constant intervals based on the humidity and the period of time that the product is left
to stand.

B. Environmental decision control


(1) Purpose
• To achieve high print quality, the temperature/humidity sensor detects the environmental temperature and
humidity and feed back the findings to the various types of controls to maintain the image at a fixed quality.

(2) Execution timing


• The ambient status is judged using the measurement result of the sensor under the following conditions.
More than eight hours have passed since turning the sub power switch (SW2) off previous time when turn-
ing the SW2 on, and that the fusing temperature is 50 degrees C or below.

115
23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Color registration adjustment


bizhub PRO C6500

(1) Purpose
/C6500P/C5500

• Performed in order to correct the misalignment in main or sub scanning direction, entire horizontal magnifi-
cation, and skew.

(2) Operation
• The color registration sensors /Fr and /Rr reads a patch image created on the transfer belt.
• The correction is carried out by calculating the amount of the misalignment from the read value.

(3) Execution timing


• When adjusting in service mode.
• When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on with the fusing temperature is 50 °C or less.
• Every 1,000 prints.
• When printing is not performed for a predetermined period of time.When the temperature in the write sec-
tion has changed 10 °C.
• When printing is not performed for one hour after the correction is finished.

D. PGC sensor baseline correction control 1, 2


(1) Purpose
• This correction is necessary to be executed in advance to carry out the maximum density control and the
gamma correction control.

(2) Operation
• To carry out the maximum density control, reference values for the PGC sensor (PS11) are determined by
measuring the density of the transfer drum surface when no toner is attached on the belt.

(3) Execution timing


• When printing has not been performed for 6 hours or longer.
• Every 1,000 prints.
• When a change in humidity exceeds 20% from the last time the control is performed.
• When turning on the sub power switch (SW2) after replacing the materials.

116
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL

E. Maximum density correction control

bizhub PRO C6500


(1) Purpose

/C6500P/C5500
• To keep the maximum density constant regardless of the ambient condition and the number of printed
pages.

(2) Operation
• The maximum density correction method differs in each color of Y, M, C, and K.
• The correction of Y, M, and C.
The target value of each toner adhesion stored in the NVRAM board (NRB) is used for the correction.
A patch image is created on the transfer belt using the maximum exposure level, to be read by the PGC
sensor (PS11).
According to the detected density, a target range of developing bias is calculated and determined for devel-
opment.
• The correction of K.
A gradation patch image is created on the transfer belt using the intermediate exposure level, to be read by
the PS11.
According to the detected density, a target range of developing bias is calculated and determined for devel-
opment.

(3) Execution timing


• When printing has not been performed for 6 hours or longer.
• Every 1,000 prints
• When a change in humidity exceeds 20% from the last time the control is performed.
• When turning on the sub power switch (SW2) after replacing the materials.

F. V0 adjustment
(1) Purpose
• To charge the drums appropriately compensating for deterioration of related parts, and the effects of ambi-
ent conditions.

(2) Operation
• A voltage applied to the grid is adjusted so that a target electric potential is obtained. The target potential is
determined according to the developing bias calculated at the maximum density correction control.
• The electric potential on the drums are detected by the drum potential sensors; /Y (DPRS/Y), /M (DPRS/M),
/C (DPRS/C), and /K (DPRS/K).

(3) Execution timing


• When printing has not been performed for 6 hours or longer.
• Every 1,000 prints.
• When a change in humidity exceeds 20% from the last time the adjustment is performed.
• When turning on the sub power switch (SW2) after replacing the materials.

117
23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

G. Vm adjustment
bizhub PRO C6500

(1) Purpose
/C6500P/C5500

• To achieve stabilized intermediate exposure potential regardless of a drop in sensitivity of photosensitive


materials or the stain of the writing system.

(2) Operation
• While the drums are irradiated with a PWM128 intensity laser beam, the electric potential on the drums are
detected by the drum potential sensor /Y (DPRS/Y), /M (DPRS/M), /C (DPRS/C), and /K (DPRS/K). Accord-
ing to the detected results, the laser MPC value is corrected.

(3) Execution timing


• When printing has not been performed for 6 hours or longer.
• Every 1,000 prints.
• When a change in humidity exceeds 20% from the last time the adjustment is performed.
• When turning on the sub power switch (SW2) after replacing the materials.

H. Gamma correction control


(1) Purpose
• In order to correct print density with respect to the original density according to gamma characteristic of
toner images formed on each drum and the transfer belt in relation to the exposure level.

(2) Operation
• Patch images are created on the transfer belt, and read by the PGC sensor (PS11).
• The PS11 output level is checked against a predetermined output level with respect to print density, and the
gamma is corrected according to the result.

(3) Execution timing


• When printing has not been performed for 6 hours or longer.
• Every 1,000 prints
• When a change in humidity exceeds 20% from the last time the control is performed.
• When turning on the sub power switch (SW2) after replacing the materials.

118
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL

23.2.2 Image stabilizing controls when selecting the “Stability“ in expert settings

bizhub PRO C6500


The image stabilizing controls described below is only executed when "Stability" is selected in "Expert adjust-

/C6500P/C5500
ment" → "Quality adjustment" → "Image Quality stability".

A. Simple - Maximum density correction

B. Simple - Gamma correction


a03ut2c112ca

A. Simple-maximum density correction


(1) Purpose
• To keep the maximum density constant regardless of the ambient condition and the number of printed
sheets.

(2) Operation
• Patch images are created on the transfer belt, and read by the PGC sensor (PS11). The PS11 output level
is checked against a predetermined output level with respect to print density. The result is reflected to the
developing DC bias and the Grid voltage.

(3) Execution timing


• The correction setting is enabled in "Utility" → "Machine Admin. setting" → "System settings" → "Expert
adjustment" → "Quality adjustment" → "Image Quality stability".
When the print/copy job reaches the number of pages that correspond to a level of density selected on the
operation panel.

Operation panel setting -2 -1 normal +1 +2


Number of print pages 200 100 50 30 10

B. Simple-gamma correction
(1) Purpose
• To correct print density according to gamma characteristic of toner images formed on each drum and the
transfer belt in relation to the exposure level.

(2) Operation
• Patch images are created on the transfer belt with the settings selected in the "Menu" → "Qualty adjust-
ment" → " Screen" and read by the PGC sensor (PS11).

(3) Execution timing


• The correction setting is enabled in the "Utility" → "Machine Admin. setting" → "System settings" → "Expert
adjustment" → "Quality adjustment" → "Image Quality stability".
When the value of simple maximum density correction reaches the value that correspond to a level of
gamma correction selected on the operation panel.

Operation panel setting -2 -1 normal +1 +2


Simple-maximum density correction value 15 10 8 5 3

119
23. IMAGE STABILIZATION CONTROL Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

23.2.3 Other Image stabilizing controls


bizhub PRO C6500

The image stabilizing controls described below is only executed when selecting "Stability" on the "Expert adjust-
/C6500P/C5500

ment" → "Quality adjustment" → "Image Quality stability" screen.

A. Toner refresh mode control


a03ut2c113ca

A. Toner refresh mode control


(1) Purpose
• Printing low coverage images makes the developer (toner) become deteriorated due to agitation with little
consumption of developer, and as the result, print quality becomes degraded. To prevent this, the
deteriorated toner in the developer is ejected and replaced with new toner.

(2) Operation
a. Manual toner refresh mode
• Develops the amount of toner that equals the consumption for printing 8 papers (A3 size) for each color to
eject the deteriorated toner.

b. Automatic toner refresh mode


• Checks the average of print coverage for each color with each specific drive distance of the developing
roller /K and consumes a certain amount of toner for the color that the density is lower than 5% converted
in A4 size after completion of printing.

Execution frequency Refresh quantity


Small Continuously printing approx. 1,000 Approx. three solid
sheets in A4 size sheets in A3 size
Medium Continuously printing approx. 500 Approx. five solid sheets
sheets in A4 size in A3 size
Large Continuously printing approx. 330 Approx. eight solid
sheets in A4 size sheets in A3 size

• The execution frequency varies depending on the environmental temperature and print mode.

(3) Execution timing


a. Manual toner refresh mode
• When selecting the execution of toner refresh mode on the operation panel and returning to the normal screen or
when turning on/off the sub power switch (SW2).
b. Automatic toner refresh mode
• When "Execution existence" is set to [ON], this mode works according to the combination of "Execution fre-
quency" and "Refresh quantity".

120 2
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 24. IMAGE PROCESSING

24. IMAGE PROCESSING

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
24.1 Operation flow

3 line CCD sensor / A/D convert

R G B K

• Shading correction • Shading


• RGB gap correction correction

• Brightness/Density conversion • Image


• Scanner gamma correction distinction
• 10/8bit convert • ACS

Image distinction signal

• Scaling (main scan)


• Spatial filter

• AE
• Background adjustment

3D look up table Brightness conversion


(Color mode) (black-and-white mode)

C M Y K

• Error diffusion

• Data compression/expansion

Screen process

Write/C Write/M Write/Y Write/K


a03ut2c086ca

121
24. IMAGE PROCESSING Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

24.2 Image type classification


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

A. OUTLINE
• A scanned image type is classified as text, dots, solid or chroma.
• After the classification, gamma curve used for writing the image is changed to the appropriate one for the
image type.
• The image classification function works "Text/Photo", "Text", or "Map" is selected in the original setting
menu.
• The function does not work when "Photo" is selected.

Image data

Text Dots Solid Chroma


(Characters) (Dot pattern for offset (silver-halide (Chromatic or achromatic
printing) photo) color)

a03ut2c087ca

122
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 24. IMAGE PROCESSING

B. Writing bit and resolution

bizhub PRO C6500


Relations between number of write bit and the resolution by the combination of the display and the image quality

/C6500P/C5500
is shown in the figure below.

Display of operation panel Enhance Mode Writing bit and resolution


Line1 Text/Photo Text: 8bit 600dpi / Other: Approx. 200lpi screen
Photo Approx. 200lpi screen
Text 1bit ED 600dpi
Map 1bit ED 600dpi
Line2/ Type1 Text/Photo Text: 8bit 600dpi / Other: Approx. 180lpi screen
Photo Approx. 180lpi screen
Text 1bit ED 600dpi
Map 1bit ED 600dpi
Line2/ Type2 Text/Photo Text: 8bit 600dpi / Other: Approx. 135lpi screen
Photo Approx. 135lpi screen
Text 1bit ED 600dpi
Map 1bit ED 600dpi
Dot1 Text/Photo Text: 8bit 600dpi / Other: Approx. 190lpi screen
Photo Approx. 190lpi screen
Text 1bit ED 600dpi
Map 1bit ED 600dpi
Dot2/ Type1 Text/Photo Text: 8bit 600dpi / Other: Approx. 200lpi screen
Photo Approx. 200lpi screen
Text 1bit ED 600dpi
Map 1bit ED 600dpi
Dot2/ Type2 Text/Photo Text: 8bit 600dpi / Other: Approx. 140lpi screen
Photo Approx. 140lpi screen
Text 1bit ED 600dpi
Map 1bit ED 600dpi
compression Gives priority Text/Photo 1bit ED 600dpi
to lessening Photo
color scanned Text
data
Map

123
24. IMAGE PROCESSING Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(1) Print image using 8bit, 1bit ED


bizhub PRO C6500

Original image Print image


/C6500P/C5500

(2) Print image using 200lpi or 140lpi screen

Original image Print image Print image


Line screen Dot screen

124
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 25. OTHER CONTROLS

25. OTHER CONTROLS

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
25.1 Power On control
25.1.1 Parts that operate when the main power switch (SW1) is turned on
A. Configuration

SW2
SW1
CBR/1

NF 5VDC IFB IMCB OACB


CBR/2 DCPS/1

DCPS/2

SW3 RY/2
HTR

LU/PF(OPTION)
HTR1 HTR2
ACDB
a03ut2c091ca

B. Operation
• When the main power switch (SW1) turns ON, AC power is supplied to the DC power unit /1 (DCPS1), /2
(DCPS/2).
• Then, 5VDC is distributed to the overall control board (OACB) through the I/F board (IFB) and the image
memory control board (IMCB).

125
25. OTHER CONTROLS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

25.1.2 Parts that operate when the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on
bizhub PRO C6500

A. Configuration
/C6500P/C5500

SW2

SW1
CBR/1 5VDC
OACB
NF 3.3VDC IFB IMCB
DCPS/1 24VDC 12VDC HD
CBR/2

24VDC
12VDC
PRCB
5VDC
PK

DCPS/2 24VDC
24VDC 24VDC 24VDC 24VDC 24VDC 24VDC

DF PF LU FS RU PI

AC drive
L2,L3,L4,L5
RY/1 section
SW3
HTR
RY/2

LU/PF(OPTION)
HTR1 HTR2
ACDB
a03ut2c094ca

B. Operation
• When the sub power switch (SW2) turns ON, the overall control board (OACB) sends a control signal to the
DC power unit /1 (DCPS/1) via the image memory control board (IMCB) and the I/F board (IFB).
• DCPS /1 generates voltages of 3.3VDC, 5VDC, 12VDC, 24VDC, and distributes them to the printer control
board (PRCB) and other control boards.
• Then, the PRCB sends a control signal to the DC power unit /2 (DCPS/2) in order to make the unit generate
24 VDC is supplied to the all driver boards and option units.
• Main relay (RY/1) turns ON to supply AC power to the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2), /2 (L3), /3 (L4) and /4(L5),
and the initial operation is performed.
• The sub relay (RY/2) turns OFF to shut off the AC power to the dehumidifier heater (HTR), the dehumidifier
heater /1 inside the PF/LU (HTR1), and the dehumidifier heater /2 (HTR2) (PF only).

126
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 25. OTHER CONTROLS

25.2 Fan control

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
25.2.1 Configuration

[16] [17] [18] [19] [20] [21] [22] [23] [24] [25] [26]

[1]
[2]
[3]

[4]
[5]

[6]
[7]
[8]

[15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] [9]


a03ut2c095ca

[1] Main unit fan (M47) [14] ADU fan /2 (M67)


[2] Developing fan /1 (M45) [15] ADU fan /1 (M66)
[3] Developing fan /2 (M46) [16] Fusing fan /Lw (M65)
[4] Writing suction fan /1 (M43) [17] Paper exit fan /1 (M61)
[5] IPB fan /2 (M25) [18] Transfer belt fan (M11)
[6] IPB fan /1 (M24) [19] Paper exit fan /2 (M62)
[7] Developing fan /3 (M64) [20] Paper exit fan /3 (M63)
[8] Writing suction fan /2 (M44) [21] Fusing belt ventilation fan (M10)
[9] Power supply fan (M42) [22] Deodorization fan (M36)
[10] Charging air suction fan (M48) [23] Fusing ventilation fan (M37)
[11] Tucking fan /1 (M26) [24] Drum fan /1 (M12)
[12] Tucking fan /2 (M27) [25] Drum fan /2 (M13)
[13] Tucking fan /3 (M28) [26] Scanner fan (M2)

127
25. OTHER CONTROLS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

25.2.2 Operation
bizhub PRO C6500

A. Scanner fan (M2) control


/C6500P/C5500

(1) Purpose
• To cool the scanner section.

(2) ON timing
• Starts to operate upon starting of scanning.
During DF scan, however, the fan keeps operating.

(3) OFF timing


• Stops to operate upon completion of scanning.

B. Fusing belt ventilation fan (M10) control


(1) Purpose
• To cool around the fusing section near the paper exit.

(2) Low/high speed switch timing


• Rotates at low speed during standby.
• Switches to high speed upon starting of printing.
• Switches to low speed for a predetermine time period after printing is finished.

C. Transfer belt fan (M11) control


(1) Purpose
• To cool around the transfer belt.

(2) ON timing
• Starts to operate upon starting of printing.

(3) OFF timing


• Stops a predetermined time period after printing is finished.

D. Drum fan /1 (M12), /2 (M13) control


(1) Purpose
• Exhaust the heat around the drum motor/developing motor.

(2) ON timing
• Starts to operate upon starting of printing.

(3) OFF timing


• Stops a predetermined time period after printing is finished.

128
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 25. OTHER CONTROLS

E. IPB fan /1 (M24), /2 (M25) control

bizhub PRO C6500


(1) Purpose

/C6500P/C5500
• To cool around the image processing board (IPB).

(2) ON timing
• Rotates at low speed during standby.
• Starts to operate upon starting of printing.
• Starts to operate upon starting of scanning.
• Starts to operate upon starting of HDD operation.

(3) OFF timing


• Starts to operate upon completion of printing.
• Starts to operate upon completion of scanning.
• Starts to operate upon completion of HDD operation.

F. Tucking fan/1 (M26), /2 (M27), /3 (M28) control


(1) Purpose
• To cool around the reverse paper exit section and the paper.

(2) ON timing
• Stops during printing front side of double side print.
• Starts to operate upon starting of printing back side of double print or single print.

(3) OFF timing


• Stops when the single print counter reaches a predetermined level.

G. Deodorization fan (M36) control


(1) Purpose
• To cool around the fusing section.

(2) Low/high speed switching timing


• Rotates at low speed during standby.
• Switches to high speed upon starting of printing.
• Switches to low speed a predetermine time period after printing is finished.

H. Fusing ventilation fan (M37) control


(1) Purpose
• To cool around the fusing section.

(2) Low speed/fast switch timing


• Rotates at low speed during standby.
• Switches to high speed upon starting of printing.
• Switches to low speed a predetermine time period after printing is finished.

129
25. OTHER CONTROLS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

I. Power supply fan (M42) control


bizhub PRO C6500

(1) Purpose
/C6500P/C5500

• To cool the DC power unit /1 (DCPS/1), /2 (DCPS/2).

(2) Low/high speed switching timing


• Rotates at low speed during standby.
• Switches to high speed upon starting of printing.
• Switches to low speed a predetermine time period after printing is finished.

J. Writing suction fan /1 (M43), /2 (M44) control


(1) Purpose
• To cool the polygon motor and the writing optical parts.

(2) ON timing
• Rotates at high speed during standby and printing.
• The number of revolutions during standby can be set using software DIPSW.

K. Developing fan /1 (M45), /2 (M46), /3 (M64) control


(1) Purpose
• To cool around the developing section.

(2) ON timing
• Starts to operate upon starting of the developing motor /Y (M14), developing motor /M (M15), developing
motor /C (M16) and developing motor /K (M17).

(3) OFF timing


• Stops a predetermined time period after printing is finished.
• The predetermined time period differs depending on the ambient humidity. (5 minutes 30 seconds at max.)

L. Main unit fan (M47) control


(1) Purpose
• To cool around the drum section.

(2) ON timing
• Starts to operate upon starting of the developing motor /Y (M14), developing motor /M (M15), developing
motor /C (M16) and developing motor /K (M17).

(3) OFF timing


• Stops a predetermined time period after printing is finished.
• The predetermined time period differs depending on the ambient humidity. (5 minutes 30 seconds at max.)

130
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 25. OTHER CONTROLS

M. Charging air suction fan (M48) control

bizhub PRO C6500


(1) Purpose

/C6500P/C5500
• To cool around the charging coronas.

(2) ON timing
• Starts to operate upon starting of charging.
• Starts to operate upon starting of image stabilization control.

(3) OFF timing


• Stops a predetermined time period after printing is finished.
• Stops a predetermined time period after finishing the image stabilization control.

N. Paper exit fan /1 (M61), /2 (M62), /3 (M63) control


(1) Purpose
• To cool the exited paper to prevent unevenness of wax on the paper surface.

(2) ON timing
• Starts to operate upon starting of printing.

(3) OFF timing


• FS connected : Stops a predetermined time period after the FS paper exit sensor turns off.
• FS disconnected: Stops a predetermined time period after the main unit paper exit sensor (PS13) turns off.

O. Fusing fan/Lw (M65) control


(1) Purpose
• To cool the fusing roller /Lw.

(2) ON timing
• Starts to operate when the temperature of the fusing roller /Lw rises higher than a prescribed level exceed-
ing the allowable range.
• The M65 and the fusing heater lamp /4 (L5) do not turn ON at the same time.

(3) OFF timing


• Stops when the temperature of the fusing roller /Lw drops to a prescribed level.

P. ADU fan /1 (M66) control


(1) Purpose
• To cool around the ADU.

(2) ON timing
• Starts to operate upon starting of printing in double side or reverse paper exit mode.

(3) OFF timing


• Stops a predetermined time period after printing is finished.

131
25. OTHER CONTROLS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Q. ADU fan /2 (M67) control


bizhub PRO C6500

(1) Purpose
/C6500P/C5500

• To cool the ADU loop motor (M57) and the ADU reverse motor (M32).

(2) ON timing
• Starts to operate upon starting of printing in double side or reverse paper exit mode.

(3) OFF timing


• Stops a predetermined time period after printing is finished.

132
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 25. OTHER CONTROLS

25.3 Counter control

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
25.3.1 Structure of counter

TCT/1

PRCB TCT/2

KCT

LCD
IFB IMCB OACB

OB/3

a03ut2c096ca

133
25. OTHER CONTROLS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

25.3.2 Counter operation


bizhub PRO C6500

Item Specification/mechanism
/C6500P/C5500

Total counter /1 (TCT/1) • Display the total number of printed sheets in all print modes.
• Mechanical counter driven by electrical signals.
• Counts up by paper exit signal.
Total counter /2 (TCT/2) • Display the total number of printed sheets in black-and-white print
modes.
• Mechanical counter driven by electrical signals.
• Counts up by paper exit signal.
Electrical counter • Display the total number of printed sheets on the LCD board (LCDB).
• Data collection *1
• Counts up by paper exit signal, and stores the data in NVRAM board
(NRB).
For key counter (KCT) • Counter to disable copy operation when count up to the set print
Option number. (removable)
• Mechanical counter driven by electrical signals.

*1 Refer to "10.6 Counter/data" in the main unit field service manual for information on the collected data.
(See P.327)

[3] [2] [1]


a03ut2c097ca

[1] Total counter /1 (TCT/1) [3] Key counter (KCT)


[2] Total counter /2 (TCT/2)

134
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 25. OTHER CONTROLS

25.4 Dehumidifier heater control

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
A. Configuration

SW1

CBR/1

NF

CBR/2

SW3 RY/2
HTR

LU/PF(OPTION)
HTR1 HTR2

ACDB
a03ut2c098ca

B. Operation
• The dehumidifier heater switch (SW3) supplies AC power to the sub relay (RY/2) inside the AC drive board
(ACDB).
• When the main power switch (SW1) is OFF, the RY /2 can transmit the AC power to the dehumidifier heater
(HTR) and the dehumidifier heater /1 (HTR1), dehumidifier heater /2 (HTR2) (PF only) inside the LU (option).
• Then, if SW3 is turned ON when SW1 is turned off, AC power can be supplied to HTR or HTR1/HTR2.
• When the SW1 and the sub power switch (SW2) are turned on, 24VDC is supplied to the ACDB and the
RY/2 is disconnected. Since the AC power line to the HTR and the HTR1/HTR2 is shut off with the RY /2,
the power is not supplied to the heaters even when the SW3 is turned on.

135
25. OTHER CONTROLS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

25.5 ACS control


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

25.5.1 Switching from the color mode to the black-and-white mode


A. OUTLINE
• If more than 5 black-and-white sheets are fed consecutively from the DF in which both the color sheets and
the black-and-white sheets are stored, the pressure on the first transfer rollers /Y/M/C are released and it
shifts to the black-and-white mode.
• At this time, the switch is performed during the job, so there is a time lag between the color print and the
black-and-white print.

B. Switching sequence from the color mode to the black-and-white mode


1. The second transfer for the previous print sheet (color) is complete.
2. A pressure is applied only to the first transfer roller /K (the first transfer rollers /Y/M/C are in release state).
3. Writing/K is started.
4. The operation of the drum unit /Y/M/C, the developing unit /Y/M/C, and the toner supply unit /Y/M/C are
canceled.

C. Switching sequence from the black-and-white mode to the color mode


1. A color print job is detected.
2. The second transfer for the previous print sheet (black-and-white) is complete.
3. The operation of the drum unit /Y/M/C, the developing unit /Y/M/C, and the toner supply unit /Y/M/C are
started.
4. MPC or APC is executed for the write unit /Y/M/C.
5. A pressure is applied to the first transfer roller /Y/M/C/K.
6. Writing /Y is started.

25.5.2 Count when using ACS


• There are two kinds of print count when using ACS.

A. The black-and-white mode (the first transfer roller /Y/M/C is in the release state)

Black-and-white original
Total count Counts as black-and-white
Developer counter Counts as black-and-white

B. The color mode (the first transfer roller /Y/M/C/K is in the pressure state)

Color original Black-and-white original


Total count Counts as color Counts as black-and-white
Developer counter Counts as color Color count *1

*1 When the original is black-and-white, the output will be black-and-white; however, the developer counter
counts it as color print and the total counter counts it as black-and-white print.

136
SERVICE MANUAL Theory of Operation

DF-609

2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2007/11 3.0 Revision in relation to change of description


2007/06 2.0 Revision in relation to launching of bizhub PRO C5500
2006/09 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

DF-609
DF-609

OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.1 Single-sided mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.2 Double-sided mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

CONFIGURATION/OPERATION
4. PAPER FEED SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.1 Paper feed control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.2 Original size detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4.3.3 No paper detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5. CONVEYANCE SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
5.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
5.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
5.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5.3.1 Scanning and conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
6.3.1 Paper exit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
6.3.2 Reverse paper exit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

i
CONTENTS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
DF-609

Blank page

ii
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

„ OUTLINE

DF-609
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type

Type Belt conveyance type original auto feeder

B. Functions

Original size A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S, B6S
11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Max. original size 297 x 431.8mm
Min. original size 128 x 139.7mm
• Various sizes of paper can be accommodated

C. Original type

Paper type Plain paper High quality paper of 35 to 210 g/m2 (single side)
High quality paper of 50 to 210 g/m2 (double side)
Paper of less than 49g/m2: conveyed in thin paper mode
Paper of more than 129g/m2: conveyed in thick paper
mode
Special paper Same as plain paper. However, paper feed and convey-
ance performance are not guaranteed.
• Recycled paper, coarse paper, thermal paper, binding-
holed paper, user-defined paper, paper with smooth
surface, paper with rough surface, and paper with folds
Following types of special paper cannot be used.
• OHP film, blueprint master paper, label paper, off-set
master, bonded original, high quality paper (paper
weight: Less than 34g/m2 or more than 211g/m2)
Paper curl amount Up to 10 mm with 5 originals overlapped one another

[1]

a
15sat1c001na

a Curing: 10 mm or less
[1] Original
Max. tray capacity 100 sheets (80g/m2 paper)

1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Scan speed Single-sided mode (including thin-paper mode): 39 sheets/min.


(81/2 x 11) Double-sided mode (including thin-paper mode): 26 sheets/min.
Single-sided mode (thick-paper mode): 28 sheets/min.
DF-609

Double-sided mode (thick-paper mode): 14 sheets/min.


Scanning system After the original that is conveyed on the belt stops, the scanner moves and
scans the original.

D. Machine data

Power source 24/5V DC (supplied from the main body)


Power consumption Max. 60W or less
Weight Approx. 14.5kg
Dimensions 588 (W) x 519 (D) x 135 (H) mm (Excluding paper feed tray)

E. Maintenance

Maintenance Same as the main body.

F. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30 °C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)

Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.

2 2
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM

2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM

DF-609
[3]

[1]

[2]
a052t1c001ca

[1] Reverse/paper exit section [3] Paper feed section


[2] Conveyance section

3
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3. PAPER PATH
3.1 Single-sided mode
DF-609

[1]
[4]

[3] [2]
a052t1c003ca

[1] Reverse/paper exit [3] Swing-back


[2] Conveyance to the reverse stacker [4] Paper feeding

4
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PAPER PATH

3.2 Double-sided mode


A. Double-sided mode (front side scan)

DF-609
[3]
[1]

[2]
a052t1004ca

[1] Reverse conveyance/back side [3] Paper feeding


[2] Position shift in front side scanning (swing-back)

B. Double-sided mode (back side scan)

[1]

[2] a052t1c005ca

[1] Paper exiting [2] Conveyance to the back side scanning posi-
tion

5
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
DF-609

Blank page

6
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

„ CONFIGURATION/OPERATION

DF-609
4. PAPER FEED SECTION
4.1 Configuration

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5] a052t2c001ca

[1] Pick-up roller [4] Separation roller


[2] Paper feed roller [5] Registration roller
[3] No paper sensor

7
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.2 Drive

[5] [6]
DF-609

[4]

[3]

[2] [1] a052t2c002ca

[1] Registration clutch (MC301) [4] Separation roller (with torque limiter)
[2] Registration roller [5] Paper feed roller (with one-way clutch)
[3] Paper feed motor (M301) [6] Pick-up roller

8
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

4.3 Operation
4.3.1 Paper feed control

DF-609
• The pick-up roller [7], paper feed roller [6], and registration roller [3] are driven by the paper feed motor
(M301).
• M301 drives in both directions, forward and reverse. When it drives in forward, the pick-up roller and the
paper feed roller rotate to transfer papers, while the registration roller does not rotate.
• When M301 drives in reverse, only the registration roller rotates to feed papers while the pick-up roller goes
up to the shelter, and one-way clutch keeps the paper feed roller from rotating.
• The separation roller, which is not driven by the motor, is provided with a torque limiter. When a piece of
paper is transferred, the separation roller moves in synchronization with the paper feed roller. On the other
hand, when two or more papers are fed, the separation roller remains stationary and separates the papers.
• The registration clutch (MC301) functions as the brake to stop the registration roller, not to turn ON or OFF
the drive force transmission.
• The registration sensor (PS301) [4] and the timing sensor (PS302) [2] detect the timing of the original.

[6] [7] [8]

[5]

[4]

[3] [2] [1] a052t2c003ca

[1] Conveyance belt [5] Separation roller


[2] PS302 [6] Paper feed roller
[3] Registration roller [7] Pick-up roller
[4] PS301 [8] No paper sensor (PS304)

9
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

A. Single-sided mode
1. The paper feed motor (M301) switches to high speed [1] and the pick-up roller is pressed against the origi-
nals set to the original feed tray.
DF-609

2. The pick-up roller conveys the originals to the paper feed roller and the separation roller.
3. The paper feed roller conveys a piece of original at the top, and the separation roller keeps the rest of the
originals from being transferred.
4. The original is conveyed until it hits the registration roller, and the original forms a loop to correct skew [2].
5. M301 pauses after the specified time, and the registration clutch (MC301) turns OFF to release the registra-
tion roller [3].
6. After the specified time, M301 rotates in reverse at low speed and the registration roller nips the original [4].
7. After the specified time has elapsed from when the timing sensor (PS302) has turned ON, M301 is turned off
once [5] and starts rotating again in reverse at high speed [6] at the same time as the conveyance motor
(M302) is turned on. Then the original is conveyed to the conveyance belt of the conveyance section.
8. After the specified time has elapsed from when PS302 has turned ON, M301 turns off [7].
9. The rest of the originals are conveyed in the same manner.

[2] [5] [6] [7]

Registration sensor (PS301)

Registration clutch (MC301)

High
For-
ward Low
Paper feed motor
(M301) Low
Reve
rse High

Timing sensor (PS302)

Forward
Conveyance motor Low
(M302) Reve
rse High

[1] [3] [4] a052t2c004ca

[1] Paper feed motor high-speed ON [6] Start conveying the original to the convey-
[2] Loop formation ance section
[3] Registration roller released [7] Conveyance to the conveyance section
[4] Nipping by the registration roller completed
[5] A pause (M301)

10
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

B. Double-sided mode
1. The first sheet of original is conveyed in the same manner as in single-sided mode. [1]
2. While front side of the first sheet is being scanned [2], the second sheet is conveyed from the tray and is

DF-609
formed a loop to corrected its skew [3], and the registration roller nips the original [4].
3. When paper exit operation starts [6] after the back side scan [5] of the first sheet is completed, the second
sheet on standby at the registration roller is conveyed to the conveyance section by the paper feed motor
(M301) [7] and the conveyance motor (M302) [8].

[1] [3][4] [7]

No paper sensor (PS304)

Registration sensor (PS301)

Registration clutch (MC301)


High
For-
ward Low
Paper feed
motor (M301)
Reve Low
rse High

Timing sensor (PS302)


Forward
Conveyance
Low
motor (M302) Reve
rse High

[2] [5] [6] [8]


a052t2c005ca

[1] First sheet conveyance [6] Start conveying of the first sheet for paper
[2] Front side scanning of first sheet exit
[3] Loop formation of the second sheet [7] Conveyance of the second sheet (M301)
[4] Nipping by the registration roller [8] Conveyance of the second sheet (M302)
[5] Back side scanning of first sheet

11
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.2 Original size detection


• Original size detection signal is detected by scanning in the main direction and sub direction.
• The original size detection method differs between normal copy mode and mixed original copy mode.
DF-609

A. Normal copy mode


• Main scan direction is detected by the resistance value of the size VR (VR301) interlocked with the guide
plate position on the paper feed tray
• Sub-scanning direction is detected by the combination of the size sensor/S (PS309) and size sensor/L
(PS310) when they are turned on and off.

B. Mixed original copy mode


• Maximum original size in main scan direction is detected by the resistance value of the size VR (VR301)
interlocked with the guide plate position on the paper feed tray.
• Sub scan direction is detected by the time when the original passes by the timing sensor (PS302).
• Allowed size combinations are as shown in the table below.

For metric area


Other Standard originals (max. original size detected by guide plate)
originals
A3 A4 B4 B5 A4S A5 B5S A5S B6S
A3 — — — — — — —
A4 — — — — — — —
B4 — — — — —
Thick Thick
paper paper
B5 — — — — —
A4S — — —
Thick Thick Thick Thick
paper paper paper paper
A5 — — —
B5S — —
Thick Thick
paper paper
A5S *1 *1 —
B6S *2 *2

12
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

For inch area


Other Standard originals (max. original size detected by guide plate)
originals

DF-609
A3 A4 B4 B5 A4S A5
11 x 17 — — — —
81/2 x 11 — — — —
81/2 x 14 —
Thick Thick
paper paper
81/2 x 11S —
Thick Thick
paper paper
81/2 x 51/2 —
Thick Thick
paper paper
81/2 x 51/2S *1 *1

: same size, : same series, : different series, : different series (out of guaranteed paper through
performance), : no mixed loading, —: not supported

*1 Detects not as an error but as A4


*2 Detects not as an error but as B5

4.3.3 No paper detection


No paper detection signal is detected by the no paper sensor (PS304).

13
5. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5. CONVEYANCE SECTION
5.1 Configuration
DF-609

[1]

[2] [2] [2]


a052t2c006ca

[1] Conveyance belt [2] Conveyance roller

14
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. CONVEYANCE SECTION

5.2 Drive

[3]

DF-609
[2] [1] [2]
a052t2c007ca

[1] Conveyance belt [3] Conveyance motor (M302)


[2] Conveyance roller

15
5. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5.3 Operation
5.3.1 Scanning and conveyance control
DF-609

• The conveyance belt is driven by the conveyance motor (M302).


• In single-sided mode, a swing-back to position the original for scanning is performed after the original is
conveyed from the paper feed section to the conveyance belt.
• In double-sided mode, the original returned from the reverse/paper feed section is conveyed at low speed,
and is positioned for scanning.
• Thin paper mode is provided in the original size setting as the positioning control method differs between
thin paper and the other papers (plain and thick).

A. Single-sided mode
(1) Swing-back
1. The original is conveyed from the paper feed section [2].
2. The original is conveyed [3] to the point that the rear end of the original comes over the positioning plate [1].
3. The conveyance motor (M302) rotates in reverse at low speed and returns the original [4], and the original is
stuck against the positioning plate [5].
4. The original is scanned.

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[1] a052t2c008ca

[1] Stuck position [4] Swing-back


[2] Original conveyance [5] Positioning completed
[3] Stops after going through the stuck position

16
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. CONVEYANCE SECTION

(2) Control
1. After the registration roller nips the original [1], the original is conveyed [2] from the paper feed section.
2. After the specified time has elapsed from when the timing sensor (PS302) has turned off (Rear end detec-

DF-609
tion), M302 is turned off and the original is conveyed to the point that the rear end of the original comes over
the positioning plate, and then the conveyance stops [3].
3. After the specified time, M302 rotates in reverse at low speed and returns the original [4], and the original is
stuck against the positioning plate (Swing-back).
4. The scanning is performed in the main body [5].
5. After scanning the second sheet (small size paper) or the first sheet (large size paper), the reverse/paper exit
motor (M303) is turned on at the same time as M302. Then the scanned original is conveyed to the reverse/
paper exit section [6] while the next original is conveyed to the conveyance section.
6. When the scanning of the last page is completed and after the specified time has elapsed from when the
reverse sensor (PS305) is turned on, M302 is turned off [7].

[1] [7]

High
For-
war Low
Paper feed motor
(M301)
Rev Low
erse High

Timing sensor (PS302)


Forward
Conveyance
motor (M302) Rev Low
erse High

Reverse sensor (PS305)

[2] [3][4] [5] [6] a052t2c009ca

[1] Nipping the original [6] Conveyance from the paper feed section
[2] Conveyance from the paper feed section and paper exit
[3] Pausing for swing-back [7] Conveyance to the reverse/paper exit sec-
[4] Swing-back tion completed
[5] Scanning the original

17
5. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Double-sided mode
(1) Operation
• The paper path of the reverse paper exit section is created by the paper exit gate [1] and the reverse gate
DF-609

[8]. Both gates are set by turning off the paper exit solenoid (SD301) and turning on the reverse solenoid
(SD302).

1. The front side scan is performed in the same operating method as in the single-sided mode.
2. The original is conveyed to the reverse/paper exit section [5] to perform back side scan by driving the
reverse/paper exit motor (M303) and the conveyance motor (M302). At this time, the leading edge of the
original (Back side) that is conveyed in reverse [7] overlaps with the rear end of the original (Front side) [4] on
the right side of the conveyance belt [6] near the reverse/paper exit section.

[7] [8]

[1]

[2]

[6] [5] [4] [3] a052t2c010ca

[1] Paper exit gate [6] Conveyance belt


[2] Reverse sensor (PS305) [7] Pushing direction of the scanning section
[3] Reverse roller (Back side)
[4] Rear end of the original (Front side) [8] Reverse gate
[5] Conveyance direction to the reverse/paper
exit section

18
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. CONVEYANCE SECTION

3. While operating the reverse conveyance [2], the original is conveyed at low speed [4] after a short pause [3]
and the original is stuck [5] against the positioning plate [1].
4. The back side scan is performed.

DF-609
[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[1] a052t2c011ca

[1] Stuck position [4] Pushing at low speed (Reverse conveyance)


[2] Reverse/paper exit from the reverse section [5] Positioning completed
[3] A pause before being stuck against the
positioning plate

19
5. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Control
1. The front side scan is performed [1] in the same operating method as in the single-sided mode.
2. M302 starts driving forward at the same time as M303 is turned on. Then the original is conveyed to the
DF-609

reverse/conveyance section [2].


3. After the specified time has elapsed from when the reverse sensor (PS305) has turned on, M302 and M303
turn off [3]. Then only M302 starts rotating again in reverse at high speed [4], and the original is conveyed
toward the stuck position (Leftward) by the conveyance belt.
4. M302 pauses [3] after the specified time has elapsed from when M302 has turned on (in reverse at high
speed) and switches speed to low speed [5]. Then the original is conveyed to the stuck position against the
positioning plate [1].
5. After the positioning is completed, the scanner (main body side) performs scanning.
6. After the back side scan [6] is completed, the paper exit is performed [7] in the same operating method as in
single-sided mode.
7. When there are any originals that follow, the paper feed motor (M301) keeps operating to continue the con-
veyance [9].

[3] [8]

High
For-
Paper feed motor war Low
(M301)
Rev Low
erse High
Timing sensor (PS302)
Forward
Conveyance
motor (M302) Rev Low
erse High
Reverse sensor (PS305)
Reverse/paper For- High
exit motor (M303) war Low

[1] [2] [4] [5] [6] [7] [9]


a052t2c012ca

[1] Front side scanning [6] Back side scanning


[2] Conveyance to the reverse/paper exit sec- [7] Paper exit
tion [8] Conveyance of the following originals from
[3] A pause to reverse the paper feed section
[4] Reverse [9] Continued action (paper feeding and exiting
[5] Pushing at low speed (Reverse conveyance) operation) of M302

20
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION

6. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION


6.1 Configuration

DF-609
[7] [8] [1]

[2]

[3]

[6] [5] [4]


a052t2c013ca

[1] Paper exit sensor (PS306) [5] Reverse gate


[2] Paper exit gate [6] Reverse stacker
[3] Reverse sensor (PS305) [7] Paper exit stacker
[4] Reverse roller [8] Paper exit roller

21
6. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.2 Drive

[5] [6] [7]


DF-609

[1]

[4] [3] [2] a052t2c014ca

[1] Paper exit gate [5] Reverse/paper exit motor (M303)


[2] Reverse solenoid (SD302) [6] Paper exit roller (with one-way clutch)
[3] Reverse gate [7] Paper exit solenoid (SD301)
[4] Reverse roller

22
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION

6.3 Operation
• The reverse roller and the paper exit roller are driven by the reverse/paper exit motor (M303).

DF-609
• One-way clutch rotates the paper exit roller only in the paper exit direction when M303 drives both forward
and reverse.
• The paper exit gate and the reverse gate switch the path of the reverse paper exit.
• The paper exit gate [1] is driven by the paper exit solenoid (SD301). The path is switched to the reverse
path [2] when SD301 is turned off while the path is switched to the straight paper exit path [6] when SD301
is turned on.
• The reverse gate [3] is driven by the reverse solenoid (SD302). The path is switched to the reverse stacker
path [5] when SD302 is turned off while the path is switched to the back side reverse path [4] when SD302
is turned on.

[6]

[5]

[1]

[4] [3] [2] a052t2c015ca

[1] Paper exit gate [4] Back side reverse path


[2] Reverse path [5] Reverse stacker path
[3] Reverse gate [6] Straight paper exit path

23
6. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.1 Paper exit control

A. Straight paper exit


DF-609

(1) Operation
• When the paper exit solenoid (SD301) is turned on, the paper exit gate [1] is set in the straight paper exit
path [3].
• The original [5] is detected by the reverse sensor (PS305) [2] and the paper exit senor (PS306) [4].

[3] [4] [5]

[1]

[2]

a052t2c016ca

[1] Paper exit gate (ON) [4] Paper exit sensor (PS306)
[2] Reverse sensor (PS305) [5] Original
[3] Paper exit conveyance path

24
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION

(2) Control
1. When the paper exit solenoid (SD301) is turned on [2] after the scanning [1] is completed, the paper exit gate
is set in the straight paper exit path.

DF-609
2. The reverse/paper exit motor (M303) is turned on at the same time as the conveyance motor (M302), and
the original conveyed by the conveyance belt is conveyed to the paper exit roller of the reverse/paper exit
section.
3. After the specified time has elapsed from when the reverse sensor (PS305) is turned off, M303 slows down
[4] to make the original aligned when it is ejected and the original is ejected to the paper exit stacker at low
speed.
4. After the specified time has elapsed from when the paper exit sensor (PS307) is turned off, M303 is turned
off [5].

[1] [3] [4] [5]

Forward
Conveyance motor
(M302) Reve Low
rse
High

Reverse sensor (PS305)

High
For-
ward Low
Reverse/paper exit
motor (M303)
Reve Low
rse
High

Paper exit sensor (PS306)

Reverse solenoid (SD302)

Paper exit solenoid (SD301)

[2] a052t2c017ca

[1] Scanning [4] Switching at low speed (M303)


[2] Sets the paper exit gate in the straight paper [5] Paper exiting completed
exit path
[3] M302 and M303 starts operating for paper
exit

25
6. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Reverse/paper exit
(1) Operation
• The paper exit solenoid (SD301) and the reverse solenoid (SD302) are off in this mode.
DF-609

1. The original [4] from the conveyance section is fed around the reverse roller [3] through the paper exit gate
[1], and conveyed to the reverse stacker [5] by the reverse gate [7].
2. The original stops proceeding with its rear end nipped by the reverse roller [8].

[5] [6] [7] [8]

[1]

[2]

[4] [3] a052t2c018ca

[1] Paper exit gate (OFF) [5] Reverse stacker


[2] Reverse sensor (PS305) [6] Conveyance direction
[3] Reverse roller [7] Reverse gate (OFF)
[4] Original [8] Nipping rear end of the original

3. The reverse roller stops rotating once, then starts reverse rotating and feed the original to the reverse paper
exit conveyance path.
4. The paper exit roller slows down when feeding the rear end of the original, and ejects the original with no
skew.

26
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION

[1] [2] [3]

DF-609
a052t2c019ca

[1] Original [3] Paper exit roller


[2] Reverse/paper exit

27
6. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Control
1. The original from the conveyance section is conveyed to the path of the reverse stacker [1] that is set by
paper exit gate and the reverse gate.
DF-609

2. When the reverse sensor (PS305) detects the rear end of the original [2] and turns off, M303 reduces its
speed.
3. After the specified time, the original stops proceeding [3] with its rear end nipped by the reverse roller.
4. M303 rotates in reverse and the original is conveyed to the reverse paper exit path [4].
5. After the specified time has elapsed from when the paper exit sensor (PS306) has turned ON, M303 slows
down [5] and the original is ejected in reverse at low speed to the paper exit stacker.
6. After the specified time from when PS306 has turned off, M303 is turned off [6].

[2] [3] [4] [5] [6]

Conveyance motor (M302) Forward

Reverse sensor (PS305)

High
Forward
Low
Reverse/paper exit motor
(M303)
Low
Reverse
High

Paper exit sensor (PS306)

[1] a052t2c020ca

[1] Conveyance to the reverse stacker [4] Reverse paper exit (with reverse rotation at
high speed)
[2] Slowing down (M303) [5] Slowing down to align original
[3] Stops with rear end nipped [6] Reverse paper exit completed

28
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION

6.3.2 Reverse paper exit control

(1) Operation

DF-609
• In reverse conveyance mode, the paper exit solenoid (SD301) is set to OFF while the reverse solenoid
(SD302) is set to ON.
• The original [3] from the conveyance section wraps around the reverse roller [2] by the paper exit gate [1].
Then through the reverse gate that is turned ON [6], the original slides under [5] the conveyance belt [4] and
is returned to the conveyance section.

[5] [6]

[1]

[4] [3] [2] a052t2c021ca

[1] Paper exit gate (OFF) [4] Conveyance belt


[2] Reverse roller [5] Sliding under the conveyance belt
[3] Original [6] Reverse gate (ON)

29
6. REVERSE/PAPER EXIT SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Control
1. After the front side scan is performed [1], the conveyance motor (M302) [2] conveys the original from the
conveyance section, and then the reverse/paper exit motor (M303) conveys it to the reverse path that is set
DF-609

the paper exit solenoid (SD301) OFF and the original is fed around the reverse roller [3].
2. When the reverse solenoid (SD302) is turned on [4], the reverse gate sets the conveyance direction toward
the conveyance belt. Then the original starts returning [5] to the conveyance section while sliding under the
conveyance belt.
3. After the specified time from when the reverse sensor (PS305) has turned ON, M302 and M303 stop rotating
once at the same moment. Then M302 switches to rotate in reverse [6] while M303 rotates forward [7] and
the original is returned further toward the scanning position.
4. After the specified time from PS305 has turned OFF, M303 [8] turns off. However, the belt keeps conveying.
[9]

[1] [2] [6]

Timing sensor (PS302)

Forward
Conveyance
motor (M302) Low
Reve
rse
High

Reverse sensor (PS305)

For- High
ward
Low
Reverse/paper
exit motor
(M303) Low
Reve
rse
High

Reverse solenoid (SD302)

[3] [4] [5][7] [8] [9] a052t2c022ca

[1] Front side scanning [6] Reverse conveyance of the belt


[2] Conveyance to the reverse paper exit sec- [7] Conveyance toward the reverse conveyance
tion (M302)
[3] Conveyance to the reverse paper exit sec- [8] Conveyance completed (M303)
tion (M303)
[4] Reverse gate setting [9] Reverse conveyance by the conveyance
belt
[5] Sliding under the conveyance belt

30
SERVICE MANUAL Theory of Operation

PF-601/HT-504

2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2007/11 3.0 Revision in relation to change of description


2007/06 2.0 Correction of an error in writing
2006/09 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

PF-601/HT-504
PF-601/HT-504

OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 PF-601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 HT-504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

CONFIGURATION/OPERATION
4. PAPER FEED SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.1 Tray lift drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.2 Paper feed drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.2.3 Pick-up drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.1 Plate up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.2 Paper size detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.3.3 Pick-up mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4.3.4 Separation mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.3.5 Air assist mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.3.6 Paper empty detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.3.7 Remaining paper detection control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4.3.8 Tray lock control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
5. CONVEYANCE SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.3.1 Pre-registration control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.3.2 Conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5.3.3 Multi feed detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
5.3.4 Centering detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
6. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
6.1 Dehumidifier heater control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
6.2 Tray damper mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
6.3 Main body assist mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
6.3.1 Filter replacement assy retaining mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
6.3.2 Filter replacement assy ventilation mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
6.3.3 Environment temperature detection assist mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
7. HT-504 (OPTIONAL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
7.2.1 Dehumidifier fan heater control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
7.2.2 AC power control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

i
CONTENTS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
PF-601/HT-504

Blank page

ii
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

„ OUTLINE

PF-601/HT-504
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 PF-601
A. Type

Type Front loading type two-tray paper feeder

B. Functions

Number of trays Two trays (All trays universal)


Tray capacity 6,000 sheets (80 g/m2 standard paper) = 3,000 sheets x 2 trays

C. Paper type

Paper size SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5*1, A5S, B6S, A6S*1
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Tab paper (A4, 81/2 x 11)
Tray/4: Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487mm, Min. 100 x 182 mm)
Tray/5: Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)
Applicable paper Plain paper, high quality paper, coated paper
Paper weight Tray/4 64 to 256g/m2
Tray/5 64 to 300g/m2

*1 A5 and A6S are fed only from the tray/5.

D. Maintenance

Maintenance Same as the main body.

E. Machine data

Power source 24/12/5VDC, 200 to 240VAC (supplied both from the main body)
Maximum power consump- DC: 90W or less, AC: 100W or less
tion
Dimensions 947 (W) x 750 (D) x 1045 (H) mm
Weight Approx. 170kg

F. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)

2 1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

1.2 HT-504
PF-601/HT-504

A. Type

Type Fan heater type dehumidifier heater

B. Machine data

Power source 24/5VDC (supplied from the main body), 200 to 240VAC*1
Maximum power consump- DC: 6W or less, AC: 580W or less
tion
Dimensions Dehumidifier fan heater unit: 197 (W) x 82 (D) x 293 (H) mm
Power supply unit: 121 (W) x 80 (D) x 160 (H) mm
Weight Dehumidifier fan heater unit: Approx. 1.5kg/1 unit
Power supply unit: Approx. 0.9kg

*1 North America model: Supplied from the main body.


Europe model: Supplied from external.

C. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)

2 2
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM

2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM

PF-601/HT-504
[1] [3]

[2]
a03xt1c001ca

[1] Paper feed section [3] HT-504 (Optional)


[2] Conveyance section

3
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3. PAPER PATH
PF-601/HT-504

[1] [2]

[3]

a03xt1c002ca

[1] From tray/4 [3] From tray/4 and /5 to the main body
[2] From tray/5

4
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

„ CONFIGURATION/OPERATION

PF-601/HT-504
4. PAPER FEED SECTION
4.1 Configuration

Pick-up roller

Paper feed
roller

Separation
roller
Paper empty sensor
/1 (PS3), /2 (PS11)

Paper feed assist fans Paper size VR/1 (VR1) and VR/2 (VR3) (Main scan direction)

Paper size sensors /Rt1 (PS5), /Lt1 Remaining paper VR/1


(PS6), /Rt2 (PS13), and /Lt2 (PS14) (VR2) and VR/2 (VR4)
(Sub scan direction)
Paper lift plate
Paper up/down
assist mechanism

a03xt2c001ca

5
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.2 Drive
PF-601/HT-504

4.2.1 Tray lift drive

[1] [2]

[3]
[4]

a03xt2c002ca

[1] Lift wire/Fr2 and /Rr2 [3] Paper lift plate


[2] Lift wire/Fr1 and /Rr1 [4] Paper lift motor/1 (M2) and /2 (M3)

6
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

4.2.2 Paper feed drive

PF-601/HT-504
[5]
[6]

[1] [2]
[7]

[8]
[9]

[10]
[4] [3]

[11]
a03xt2c003ca

[1] Paper feed roller [7] Separation clutch /1 (MC2)


[2] Pick-up roller [8] Paper feed clutch /2 (MC4)
[3] Separation roller [9] Coupling (transmission of driving force to
[4] Torque limiter the tray/5)
[5] Paper feed clutch/1 (MC1) [10] Separation clutch /2 (MC5)
[6] Coupling (transmission of driving force to [11] Paper feed motor (M1)
the tray/4)

7
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.2.3 Pick-up drive


PF-601/HT-504

[2]
[1]

a03xt2c004ca

[1] Pick-up solenoid/1 (SD1) and /2 (SD5) [2] Pick-up roller

8
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

4.3 Operation

PF-601/HT-504
4.3.1 Plate up/down control
A. Plate-up mechanism
• The paper lift motors/1 (M2) and /2 (M3) drive the pulley to wind up the lift wires in order to lift the paper lift
plate.

B. Plate-down mechanism
• The paper lift plate [1] goes down by the down button [2].
• Loading papers on the paper lift plate presses the plate-down button [2] on the side of the tray, and release
lever [4] releases the coupling in the torque limiter [5]. The pulley drive shaft [6] keeps rotating while the
plate-down button is pressed.
• When the paper lift plate [1] is at its uppermost position, the tray-down stopper [7] is on the rear side [8] of
the tray, and the gear [9] prevents the paper lift plate from going down.

[1] [2] [3] [4]

[5]

[6] [8] [9] [7]


a03xt2c005ca

[1] Paper lift plate [6] Shaft


[2] Down button [7] Tray-down stopper
[3] Papers [8] Rear side of the tray
[4] Release lever [9] Gear
[5] Torque limiter

C. Operation timing
(1) When tray is set
• The paper lift motors/1 (M2) and /2 (M3) are activated and lift the paper lift plate.
• The M2 and M3 motors are stopped when the upper limit sensors/1 (PS1) and /2 (PS9) detect the upper-
most status of the paper lift plate.
(2) During printing
• When the PS1 and PS9 sensors turn off, the M2 and M3 motors are activated.
• When the PS1 and PS9 sensors turn on upon detection of the upper most status of the paper lift plate (with
the paper lift plate up), M2 and M3 are stopped.

9
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.2 Paper size detection control


A. Main scan/Sub scan direction detection
PF-601/HT-504

• The detection methods differ between main scanning direction and sub-scanning direction.

(1) Main scan direction


• The size in the main scan direction is detected by the paper size VR/1 (VR1) and /2 (VR3) that move
together with the paper guide. The detected size is sent to the main body within a fixed time period after the
tray is set.

(2) Sub scan direction


• The size detection in the sub scan direction is made by the following each pair of the sensors: the paper
size sensors/Rt1 (PS5) [3] and /Lt1 (PS6) [4] for tray /4, /Rt2 (PS13) [3] and /Lt2 (PS14) [4] for tray /5.
• When the paper rear guide [6] is moved, the detection cams /Up [1] and /Lw [2] that are different in shape
are pressed by the knob [5]. Depends on the position of the paper rear guide, the paper size sensors/Rt1
[4], /Rt2 [4] and /Lt1 [3], /Lt2 [3] are turned on and off.

[5] [6]

[1]

[2]

[3] [4]
a03xt2c006ca

[1] Detection cam/Up [4] Paper size sensors/Lt1 (PS6) and /Lt2
[2] Detection cam/Lw (PS14)
[3] Paper size sensors/Rt1 (PS5) and /Rt2 [5] Knob
(PS13) [6] Paper rear guide

10
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

Paper size Paper size sensor

PF-601/HT-504
/Lt1 (PS5) and /Lt2 (PS14) /Rt1 (PS5) and /Rt2 (PS13)
A6S, B6S, A4S, B5, A3, OFF (light blocking) OFF
11 x 17, 13 x 19
81/2 x 11S, 8K, 16KS OFF ON
A5S, B5S, A4, SRA4, B4, ON (exposure) ON
51/2 x 81/2S, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 14
A5, SRA4S, SRA3, 81/4 x 13, ON OFF
81/8 x 131/4, 81/2 x 13, 8 x 13,
12 x 18, 16K

* For the paper sizes below, it is necessary to set the paper size on the touch panel.
Make a selection among “SRA4, A5S”, “8x13”, “81/8 x 131/4”, “81/4 x 13” and “81/2 x 13”
Make a selection among “A5” and “51/2 x 81/2S”
Make a selection among “B4, B5S, B5, 11x17, 81/2 x 11” and “8K, 16KS, 16K”

11
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Assist guide detection control


• The paper size sensors /Fr1 (PS7), /Fr2 (PS15) [2], /Rr1 (PS8), and /Rr2 (PS16) [3] detect opening or clos-
PF-601/HT-504

ing of the auxiliary guide [1] when A6S size paper are set.
• When the auxiliary guide [1] is in use, PS15 and PS16 are turned off.
• Tray/4 does not support A6S paper.

[2]

[3]

[1]

[1]
a03xt2c007ca

[1] Auxiliary paper guide [3] Paper size sensors /Rr1 (PS8), and /Rr2
[2] Paper size sensors /Fr1 (PS7), and /Fr2 (PS16)
(PS15)

12
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

4.3.3 Pick-up mechanism


• Paper is picked up when the pick-up solenoids/1 (SD1) and /2 (SD5) are turned off.

PF-601/HT-504
• When the solenoids SD1and SD5 are turned off, the pick-up roller goes down to press paper by its own
weight.
• When the paper feed clutches /1 (MC1) and /2 (MC4) turn on, the pick-up roller starts to rotate and feed
paper to the paper feed roller.

[3] [5]

Paper feed sensor/1 (PS2) and /2 (PS10)

Paper feed motor (M1)

Paper feed clutch/1 (MC1) and /2 (MC4)


Pick-up solenoid/1 (SD1) and /2 (SD5)

[1] [2] [4] a03xt2c008ca

[1] START button ON [4] Pick-up of the 2nd sheet of paper


[2] Pick-up of the 1st sheet of paper [5] Conveyance of the 2nd sheet of paper
[3] Conveyance of the 1st sheet of paper

13
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.4 Separation mechanism


• Papers are separated by the separation roller [5].
PF-601/HT-504

• The separation roller [5] rotates in the direction [10] opposite to the paper conveyance direction [9] by
means of the torque limiter [8]. The roller is pressed against the paper feed roller by force exerted by the
spring [7] and the torque limiter.
• The friction force between the separation roller and the paper feed roller is limited by the torque limiter in
order to prevent multi-feed.
• When no paper exists between the separation roller and the paper feed roller or when the only one sheet of
paper is present, the separation roller is driven by the paper feed roller in the direction of arrow [4] since the
torque is over the limit.
• When multiple sheets of paper are fed, the separation roller reverses the direction of rotation [10] (opposite
to the paper feed roller) and feeds the lower paper [2] that contacts with the separation roller back to the
tray [3]. The drop in frictional force between the two rollers due to the multiple sheets causes the counter
rotating of the separation roller.

[10] [9] [1]

[8]

[2]

[7] [6] [5] [4] [3]

a03xt2c009ca

[1] Paper feed roller [6] Pressing force


[2] Lower (2nd) sheet of paper [7] Spring
[3] To the tray [8] Torque limiter
[4] Direction to feed paper normally [9] Paper feed direction
[5] Separation roller [10] Direction to separate sheets

14
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

4.3.5 Air assist mechanism


• The paper feed assist fans that are provided on the paper guides in the trays/4 and /5 blow air [7] onto

PF-601/HT-504
paper [9] in order to assist the separation of paper.
• Tray/4 is provided with paper feed assist fans/Fr11 (FM1) [6], /Fr12 (FM3) [5], /Rr11 (FM2) [1] and /Rr12
(FM4) [3]. Tray /5 is provided with paper feed assist fans/Fr21 (FM5) [6], /Fr22 (FM7) [5], /Rr21 (FM6) [1], /
Rr22 (FM8) [3].
• When feeding from the tray specified as a tray for coated paper, the assist fans of the tray start to operate.

[7] [8] [9]

[6]
[1]
[5]
[2]

[3]

[4]

a03xt2c010ca

[1] Paper feed assist fans /Rr11 (FM2) and / [5] Paper feed assist fans /Fr12 (FM3) and /
Rr21 (FM6) Fr22 (FM7)
[2] Shutter solenoids /Rr1 (SD3) and / Rr2 [6] Paper feed assist fans /Fr11(FM1) and /Fr21
(SD7) (FM5)
[3] Paper feed assist fans /Rr12 (FM4) and / [7] Air-blowing
Rr22 (FM8) [8] Shutter solenoids /Fr1 (SD2) and /Fr2 (SD6)
[4] Shutter [9] Papers

15
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

A. Operation timing
• When the coated paper is selected in the paper setting, the paper feed assist fans/Fr11 (FM1), /Fr12 (FM3),
PF-601/HT-504

/Rr11 (FM2) and /Rr12 (FM4) or the paper feed assist fans/Fr21 (FM5), /Fr22 (FM7), /Rr21 (FM6) and /Rr22
(FM8) of corresponding tray start to operate when the START button is pressed.

B. Open/close shutter control


• Amount of air blow is adjusted by the shutter solenoids /Fr1 (SD2) [8], /Rr1 (SD3) [2], /Fr2 (SD6) [8], and /
Rr2 (SD7) [2]. When the SD2/ SD3/ SD6/ SD7 turn on, the shutters are closed to increase the air blow.
• The SD2/SD3/SD6/SD7 keep turning off and on for a specified period of time after the start button is turned
on.
• Air blow operation is performed once between turning on of the start button and start of paper feed [2].
• The SD2, SD3, SD6 and SD7 can be forced off using DipSW4-0.

Paper feed motor (M1)


Paper feed assist fans /Fr11
(FM1), /Fr12 (FM3), /Rr11
(FM2), /Rr12 (FM4), /Fr21
(FM5), /Fr22 (FM7), /Rr21
(FM6), /Rr22 (FM8)

Shutter solenoids /Fr1 (SD2), /


Rr1 (SD3), /Fr2 (SD6), /Rr2
(SD7)

[1] [2]
a03xt2c011ca

[1] START button ON [2] Start feeding

16
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

4.3.6 Paper empty detection control


• Paper empty detection on the tray is made according to on/off statuses of the upper limit sensors/1 (PS1)

PF-601/HT-504
and /2 (PS9) [6], and the paper empty sensors/1 (PS3) and /2 (PS11) [1].
• When the paper lift plate [4] goes up while paper is on the tray, the paper pushes up the actuator [2] and
then the PS3 and PS11 [1] are turned off.When the paper lift plate further goes up, the pick-up roller section
[5] is pushed up to turn off the PS1 and PS9 [6].
• When there is no paper, the actuator is inserted in the hole [3] in the paper lift plate and is not lifted up. On
the other hand, the pick-up roller section[5] is lifted up to turn off the PS1/ PS9 [6]. If PS1/PS9 turn off when
the paper lift plate is being lifted, the product detects that paper is empty and shows the message on the
touch panel.
• While feeding paper, the PS3 and PS11 are switched from OFF to ON while the PS1 and the PS9 is OFF,
and paper empty is detected.

[1] [6] [5]

[4]

[3] [2]

a03xt2c012ca

[1] Paper empty sensors /1 (PS3) and /2 (PS11) [4] Paper lift plate
[2] Actuator of the paper empty sensors /1 [5] Pick-up roller section
(PS3) and /2 (PS11) [6] Upper limit sensors /1 (PS1) and /2 (PS9)
[3] Hole

17
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.7 Remaining paper detection control


• Remaining paper detection is made by the remaining paper VR/1 (VR2) and /2 (VR4) that are interlocked
PF-601/HT-504

with the up/down operation of the paper lift plate via the pulley and the gear.
• The following 8 levels are detected according to the resistance value, and the detected information is sent
to the main body.

[1]

a03xt2c013ca

[1] Remaining paper VR/1 (VR2) and VR/2 (VR4)

4.3.8 Tray lock control


• Each of the tray is locked by the tray locked lever.
• When the tray lock release sensors /1 (PS4) and /2 (PS12) of the either trays /4 or /5 are turned off, the tray
lock solenoids /1 (SD4) and /2 (SD8) of the corresponding tray are turned on. This causes the tray lock lever
to go up and the tray is unlocked.
• In order to avoid pulling multiple trays out at a time, the SD4 and SD8 solenoids other than those which has
already been turned on do not become on even when an off-status of another lock release sensor is
detected while PS4 or PS12 sensor is off.
• When a jammed paper is lying over the tray and the exit conveyance section, the tray remains locked until
the jammed paper is removed. This prevents the paper from being torn off.

18
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. CONVEYANCE SECTION

5. CONVEYANCE SECTION

PF-601/HT-504
5.1 Configuration

Vertical conveyance
roller/2
Vertical conveyance roller/1

Vertical conveyance
roller/3

Horizontal conveyance Small size roller


roller/2

Multi feed
Horizontal conveyance roller/1
detection board
/R (MFDTB/R),
/S (MFDTB/S) Pre-registration roller
Centering sen-
sor (PS25)

a03xt2c014ca

19
5. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5.2 Drive
PF-601/HT-504

[4] [1]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

[9]
[2]

[13] [12] [11] [10]


[14]

[15]

[3]

a03xt2c015ca

[1] Coupling (transmission of driving force to [8] Vertical conveyance clutch/3 (MC9)
the tray/4) [9] Vertical conveyance roller/3
[2] Coupling (transmission of driving force to [10] Horizontal conveyance clutch/1 (MC10)
the tray/5) [11] Horizontal conveyance roller/1
[3] Paper feed motor (M1) [12] Pre-registration clutch (MC12)
[4] Vertical conveyance clutch/1 (MC7) [13] Pre-registration roller
[5] Vertical conveyance roller/1 [14] Horizontal conveyance clutch/2 (MC11)
[6] Vertical conveyance clutch/2 (MC8) [15] Horizontal conveyance roller/2
[7] Vertical conveyance roller/2

20
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. CONVEYANCE SECTION

5.3 Operation

PF-601/HT-504
5.3.1 Pre-registration control
• In order to correct skew of paper, paper fed from the tray strikes against the pre-registration roller that is
stopping at that time.
• The pre-registration clutch (MC12) is turned on, the driving force of the paper feed motor (M1) is transmitted
to the pre-registration roller to feed paper inside the main body.

21
5. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5.3.2 Conveyance control


• For the vertical conveyance, the driving force of the paper feed motor (M1) [1] is transmitted by turning on
PF-601/HT-504

and off the vertical conveyance clutches /1 (MC7) [4], /2 (MC8) [7], and /3 (MC9) [8].
• For the horizontal conveyance, the driving force of paper feed motor (M1) is transmitted by turning on and
off the horizontal conveyance clutches /1 (MC10) [10], /2 (MC11) [14], and the pre-registration clutch
(MC12) [12].
• Paper fed from tray/4 is conveyed to the vertical conveyance rollers /1 [5], /2 [6], and /3 [9] driven through
MC7, MC8, and MC9, and then conveyed to the horizontal conveyance section.
• Paper fed from tray/4 vertically or fed from tray/5 is conveyed to the pre-registration roller [13] by the hori-
zontal conveyance roller/1 [11] driven via the MC10. Then, the pre-registration control described above is
performed and the paper is fed inside the main body.
• When the vertical conveyance sensors /2 (PS27) [3] and /3 (PS26) [2] detect the paper trailing edge, the
sensors read it twice within the specified time. The paper trailing edge once passed through the sensors
may return to the sensor detection position due to slack in the paper, and detected by the sensors again
unexpectedly. To prevent the mis-detection, the sensors carry out the detection operation twice every time.

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[3]

[8]
[1]

[9]
[11] [2]
[13] [10]
[12]
[14]

a03xt2c015ca

[1] Paper feed motor (M1) [8] Vertical conveyance clutch/3 (MC9)
[2] Vertical conveyance sensor/3 (PS26) [9] Vertical conveyance roller/3
[3] Vertical conveyance sensor/2 (PS27) [10] Horizontal conveyance clutch/1 (MC10)
[4] Vertical conveyance clutch/1 (MC7) [11] Horizontal conveyance roller/1
[5] Vertical conveyance roller/1 [12] Pre-registration clutch (MC12)
[6] Vertical conveyance roller/2 [13] Pre-registration roller
[7] Vertical conveyance clutch/2 (MC8) [14] Horizontal conveyance clutch/2 (MC11)

22
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. CONVEYANCE SECTION

5.3.3 Multi feed detection control


• The multi feed sensor is provided in the horizontal conveyance section to detect multi feed.

PF-601/HT-504
• The multi feed sensor is a ultrasonic sensor consisted of a sending and receiving section. The ultrasonic
waves sent from the multi feed detection board/S (MFDTB/S) are received at the multi feed detection
board/R (MFDTB/R).
• The intensity of the ultrasonic waves received by the receiving section differs according to the number of
sheets passed between the MFDTB/S and MFDTB/R. Therefore, the sensor can detect multi feed by the
intensity.
• When multi feed is detected, the paper feeding operation will stop, however, the next sheet of paper is fed
as usual.
• The multi feed detection function can be enabled/disabled using DipSW19-4.

5.3.4 Centering detection control


• While paper being fed, centering sensor (PS25) detects the paper edges in the main scan direction.
• The detected information is written in the image processing section so that a scanned image is precisely
located and printed on the paper as intended.
• In order to increase the life of the PS25, the sensor is not always "On"; it turns off after sending the detected
information to the main body and turns on when it detects the paper reached to the pre-registration sensor.

23
6. OTHERS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6. OTHERS
PF-601/HT-504

6.1 Dehumidifier heater control


• Dehumidifier heaters /1 (HTR1) and /2 (HTR2) are provided under the trays /4 and /5, one for each tray, to
prevent paper from damping.
• When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned off, the HTR1 and HTR2 are turned on.

[1]

[2]

a03xt2c016ca

[1] Dehumidifier heater/1 (HTR1) [2] Dehumidifier heater/2 (HTR2)

24
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6.2 Tray damper mechanism

PF-601/HT-504
• The damper [1] is provided in the tray to prevent the pile of paper from becoming misaligned due to the
vibration caused when inserting the tray.

[1]

a03xt2c017ca

[1] Damper

25
6. OTHERS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3 Main body assist mechanism


PF-601/HT-504

6.3.1 Filter replacement assy retaining mechanism


• When PF is installed to the main body, the filter replacement assy retaining mechanism [1] of PF presses
down the filter replacement assy of the main body to prevent the filter replacement assy from coming loose.

[1]

a03xt2c018ca

[1] Filter replacement assy retaining mechanism

26
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6.3.2 Filter replacement assy ventilation mechanism


• When PF is installed to the main body, the ventilation fan/1 (FM10) [1] and /2 (FM9) [2] operate to exhaust

PF-601/HT-504
heated air around the writing section of the main body.
• When the sub power switch (SW2) of the main body is on, FM10 and FM9 keep turned on.

[1]
[2]

a03xt2c019ca

[1] Ventilation fan/1 (FM10) [2] Ventilation fan/2 (FM9)

6.3.3 Environment temperature detection assist mechanism


• When PF is installed to the main body, the temperature-humidity sensor (TEM/HUMS) of PF is used to
check the environment temperature and humidity instead of the sensor of the main body since the temper-
ature-humidity sensor/1 (TEM/HUMS/1) on the right side of the main body is disabled.

27
7. HT-504 (OPTIONAL) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7. HT-504 (OPTIONAL)
PF-601/HT-504

7.1 Configuration

[4] [5]

[1]

[2]

[3]

[6]
a03xt2c020ca

[1] Dehumidifier fan heater unit/Up [4] Dehumidifier fan/1 (FM13) and /3 (FM11)
[2] Dehumidifier fan heater unit/Lw [5] Dehumidifier fan/2 (FM14) and /4 (FM12)
[3] Power unit [6] Fan heater/Up (HTR3) and /Lw (HTR4)

28
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 7. HT-504 (OPTIONAL)

7.2 Operation

PF-601/HT-504
7.2.1 Dehumidifier fan heater control
A. Dryness preparation control
• When the Dryness preparation control is set to [On] in the user settings, preliminary drying operation is per-
formed before printing after opening/closing the tray.
• When the dehumidifier fan heater preliminary drying control is set to [Off] in the user settings, preliminary
drying operation is performed before printing after opening/closing the tray when the amount of remaining
papers are changed. The drying operation is not conducted unless the amount of remaining papers are
changed.
• To prevent paper feed jam in the paper feed section, the fan heaters /Up (HTR3), /Lw (HTR4), dehumidifier
fans /1 (FM13), /2 (FM14), /3 (FM11), and /4 (FM12) control dehumidification by circulating warm air.
• When the temperature-humidity sensor (TEM/HUMS) of PF detects the environment humidity is more than
56%, HTR3, HTR4, FM11, FM12, FM13 and FM14 are turned on.

B. Dehumidifier control operation start conditions


• When turning the sub power switch (SW2) off with the dehumidifier fan heater setting set to [Automatic] or
[On (compulsory)] in the user settings and coated paper is selected.
• When opening/closing the tray with the dehumidifier fan heater setting set to [Automatic] or [On (compul-
sory)] in the user settings and coated paper is selected.
• When changing the original setting to coated paper from other types with the dehumidifier fan heater set-
ting set to [Automatic] or [On (compulsory)] in the user settings.
• When changing the dehumidifier fan heater setting to [Automatic] or [On (compulsory)] from [Off (compul-
sory)].

C. Operation details
• Detects the temperature in the trays with the temperature sensors /1 (TEMS/1) and /2 (TEMS/2) and con-
trols the dehumidification until the temperature reaches the target level.
• During the dehumidification, the printing from the tray is prohibited.

Ambient humidity Target temperature rise in the tray


Less than 55% Not controlled
56 to 60% 6°C
61 to 65% 7°C
66 to 70% 8°C
71 to 75% 9°C
More than 76% 10°C

D. Dehumidifier control operation stop conditions


• When a original setting other than the coated paper is selected during dehumidifier control operation.
• When the dehumidifier fan heater setting is changed to [Off (compulsory)] during dehumidifier control oper-
ation.

29
7. HT-504 (OPTIONAL) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7.2.2 AC power control


• When the temperature sensor in the dehumidifier fan heater unit detects an error, a relay in the AC board [3]
PF-601/HT-504

is cut off to prevent abnormal temperature from occurring.


• AC voltage is supplied either from the main body [1] or external [2]. Parts whose voltage is supplied from
external are equipped with an inlet [4] and a circuit breaker switch [5] in the power supply unit.

[4]

[3]

[5]

[1] [2] a03xt2e001ca

[1] The AC voltage supplied from the main [3] AC drive board (ACDB)
body [4] Inlet
[2] The AC voltage supplied from external [5] Circuit breaker switch

30
SERVICE MANUAL Theory of Operation

LU-202/HT-503

2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2007/11 3.0 Revision in relation to change of description


2007/06 2.0 Revision in relation to launching of bizhub PRO C5500
2006/09 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

LU-202/HT-503
LU-202/HT-503

OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 LU-202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 HT-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

CONFIGURATION/OPERATION
4. PAPER FEED SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.1 Paper feed drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.2 Pick-up drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3.1 Paper feed control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3.2 Paper empty detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.3.3 Remaining paper detection control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.3.4 Paper size detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.3.5 Centering detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
5. UP/DOWN SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5.3.1 Plate up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
6.1 Dehumidifier heater control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
6.2 Interlock control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
7. HT-503 (OPTIONAL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
7.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
7.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
7.2.1 Dehumidifier fan heater control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

i
CONTENTS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
LU-202/HT-503

Blank page

ii
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

„ OUTLINE

LU-202/HT-503
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 LU-202
A. Type

Type Side mount type large volume paper feed tray

B. Functions

Max. tray capacity 2500 sheets (80 g/m 2)*1

*1 Stacked height 275 mm

C. Paper type

Paper size SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5


13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
8K, 16K
Tab paper (A4, 81/2 x 11)
Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487mm, Min. 210 x 182 mm)*1
Applicable paper Plain paper, high quality paper, coated paper
64 to 300 g/m2 *1

*1 Available types of paper weighing 300 g/m2 are limited to specific types.

D. Maintenance

Maintenance Same as the main body.

E. Machine data

Power source 24/12/5VDC, 200 to 240VAC (supplied both from the main body)
Maximum power consump- DC: 40W or less, AC: 50W or less (not including HT-503)
tion
Weight Approx. 40kg
Dimensions 710 (W) x 639 (D) x 477 (H) mm

F. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)

2 1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

1.2 HT-503
LU-202/HT-503

A. Type

Type Fan heater type dehumidifier device

B. Machine data

Power source 24/5VDC, 200 to 240VAC (supplied both from the main body)
Maximum power consump- DC: 4W or less, AC: 290W or less
tion
Dimensions Dehumidifier fan heater unit: 293 (W) x 82 (D) x 197 (H) mm
Power unit: 121 (W) x 80 (D) x 160 (H) mm
Weight Dehumidifier fan heater unit: Approx. 1.5 kg
Power supply unit: Approx. 0.9 kg

C. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)

Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.

2 2
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM

2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM

LU-202/HT-503
[3] [1]

[2]
a03wt1c001ca

[1] Up/down section [3] Paper feed section


[2] HT-503 (Optional)

3
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3. PAPER PATH
LU-202/HT-503

[2] [3] [4] [5]

[1]

a03wt1c002ca

[1] Separation roller [4] Pick-up roller


[2] Pre-registration roller [5] Paper lift plate
[3] Paper feed roller

4
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

„ CONFIGURATION/OPERATION

LU-202/HT-503
4. PAPER FEED SECTION
4.1 Configuration

Centering sensor (PS1) Separation roller

Pick-up roller Pre-registration roller

Paper feed roller

Paper feed assist fans

Paper empty sensor (PS108)


Paper size detection mechanism Paper size detection mechanism (Main scan direction)
(Sub scan direction)
Remaining paper detection mechanism a03wt2c001ca

5
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.2 Drive
LU-202/HT-503

4.2.1 Paper feed drive

[1]
[10]

[9]

[2]

[8] [5]
[6]
[3]
[7] [4]

[9]

a03wt2c002ca

[1] Paper feed motor (M1) [6] Separation roller


[2] Paper feed clutch (MC101) [7] Front side
[3] Pick-up roller [8] Torque limitter
[4] Paper feed roller [9] Pre-registration roller
[5] One-way mechanism [10] Pre-registration clutch (MC102)

6
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

4.2.2 Pick-up drive

LU-202/HT-503
[4]

[1]

[2]
[3]
a03wt2c003ca

[1] Pick-up roller [3] Front side


[2] Pick-up solenoid (SD100) [4] Paper feed roller

7
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3 Operation
LU-202/HT-503

4.3.1 Paper feed control


A. Pick-up control
(1) Outline
• Paper is picked up when the pick-up solenoid (SD100) is turned off.
• The pick-up roller rotates with the paper feed roller.

(2) Operation
1. At the time printing is started [1], SD100 is off and the pick-up roller presses against loaded paper with its
own weight.
2. Then the paper feed clutch (MC101) turns on [2] to transmit drive force of the paper feed motor (M1) to the
pick-up roller, and the pick-up roller starts to rotate and picks up a sheet of paper to be fed by the paper
feed roller.
3. When the Pre-registrations sensor (PS106) located just before the pre-registration roller detects the leading
edge of the paper [3], SD100 turns on to make the pick-up roller separate from the paper, and the paper is
fed only by the paper feed roller.
4. When the LU exit sensor (PS107) turns on [4], MC101 is turned off to stop the paper feed roller and the pick-
up roller.
5. When a predetermined time period has elapsed after PS107 detects the first paper and turns off, SD100
turns off to bring the pick-up roller into contact with the loaded paper, and at the same time, MC101
becomes on to make the pick-up roller rotate and pick up the second sheet of paper [5].

[2] [4] [5]


[1] [3]

Paper feed motor (M1)

Paper feed clutch (MC101)

Pick-up solenoid (SD100)

Pre-registrations sensor (PS106)

LU exit sensor (PS107)

a03wt2c004ca

[1] START button (ON) [4] Pick-up roller separates from loaded paper
[2] Pick-up roller presses paper with its own [5] Pick-up roller goes down
weight.
[3] Drive force transmission to the pick-up roller
and paper feed roller.

8
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

B. Separation mechanism
• The separation roller [5] rotates in the direction [10] opposite to the paper conveyance direction [9] by

LU-202/HT-503
means of the torque limiter [8].
• The separation roller is pressed against the paper feed roller [1] by the force [6] exerted by the spring [7] and
the torque generated by the torque limiter. The friction force between the separation roller and the paper
feed roller is limited by the torque limiter in order to prevent multi-feed.
• When no paper exist between the separation roller and the paper feed roller, and when the only one sheet
of paper is present, the separation roller is driven by the paper feed roller in the direction of the arrow [4]
since the torque is over the limit.
• When multiple sheets of paper are fed, the friction force between the two rollers drops causing counterro-
tating [10] of the separation roller, and the lower paper [2] that contacts with the separation roller is fed back
to the tray [3].

[10] [1]
[9]

[2]
[3]

[4]
[8]

[7] [6] [5] a03wt2c005ca

[1] Paper feed roller [6] Spring force


[2] 2nd sheet of paper [7] Spring
[3] To the tray [8] Torque limiter
[4] Driven rotation [9] Conveyance direction
[5] Separation roller [10] Rotation of separation direction

9
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Pre-registration control
(1) Outline
LU-202/HT-503

• The pre-registration roller [3] is driven by the paper feed motor (M1) via the pre-registration clutch (MC102).
M1 drive force is transmitted/shut off by MC102 to rotate/stop the roller.
• The pre-registration control for the second and subsequent papers differs depending on the paper size
(whether the paper is small-sized or large-sized) because of the difference in interval between papers.
• This control is carried out mainly by the pre-registration sensor (PS106) [4], LU exit sensor (PS107) [1], the
intermediate conveyance sensor/1 (PS27 in the mainbody), and the intermediate conveyance sensor/2
(PS28 in the mainbody).

[3] [4] [5]

[2]

[1]

a03wt2c006ca

[1] LU exit sensor (PS107) [4] Pre-registrations sensor (PS106)


[2] Centering sensor (PS1) [5] Paper feed roller
[3] Pre-registration roller

10
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

(2) Control for small-sized paper


1. Paper fed by the paper feed roller hits against the pre-registration roller that is stopping due to the off-status

LU-202/HT-503
[1] of MC102, and the skew of paper is corrected.
2. Then, after a predetermined time period has elapsed, MC102 turns on [2] to rotate the pre-registration roller
to convey the paper.
3. When a predetermined time period has elapsed after PS106 detects the rear end of the paper, MC102 turns
off to stop the pre-registration roller [3].
4. The same operation is carried out for the second and subsequent papers.

[2] [3]

Paper feed motor (M1)

Paper feed clutch (MC101)

Pick-up solenoid (SD100)

Pre-registration clutch (MC102)

Pre-registrations sensor (PS106)

LU exit sensor (PS107)

[1] a03wt2c007ca

[1] Paper skew correction [3] MC102 turns off upon completion of 1st
[2] Paper conveyance into the main body paper conveyance

11
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(3) Control for large-sized paper


1. The pre-registration for the 1st sheet of paper is carried out in the same manner as that for small-sized
LU-202/HT-503

paper.
2. MC102 turns on again [1] after the 2nd paper hits against the pre-registration roller, and turns off [2] when a
predetermined time period has elapsed after the LU exit sensor (PS107) detects the leading edge of paper,
then keeps the off-status until the rear end of the 1st paper is detected by PS27 in the main body.
3. When PS27 detects the rear end of the 1st paper, the MC102 turns on [3] to convey the 2nd paper, and
turns off [4] when the leading edge of the 2nd paper is detected by the PS27.
4. The MC102 turns on again [5] when PS28 detects the rear end of the 1st paper, and turns off [6] when PS28
detects the leading edge of the 2nd paper.
5. When a predetermined time period has elapsed after a V-TOP signal is issued (when a printing process for
the 1st paper is finished), MC102 turns on again [7] to convey the 2nd paper, and turns off to stop the con-
veyance when a predetermined time period has elapsed after PS106 detects the rear end of the paper.

[4] [6] [8]


[1] [2] [3] [5] [7]
Paper feed motor (M1)

Paper feed clutch (MC101)

Pick-up solenoid (SD100)

Pre-registration clutch (PS102)

Pre-registrations sensor (PS106)

LU exit sensor (PS107)

Intermediate conveyance sensor /1 (PS27)

Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28)

V-TOP signal of the main body

a03wt2c008ca

[1] Paper skew correction [5] Starts conveyance of the 2nd paper to
PS28
[2] Waits until PS27 detects the 1st paper [6] Turns off when the 2nd paper reaches PS28
[3] Starts conveyance of the 2nd paper to [7] Restarts conveyance
PS27
[4] Turns off when the 2nd paper reaches PS27 [8] MC102 turns off upon completion of 2nd
paper conveyance

12
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

D. Air assist control


• The paper feed assist fan/Fr (FM1) and /Rr (FM2) are mounted to the side guide/Fr and /Rr respectively in

LU-202/HT-503
order to assist the separation of paper.
• When coated paper has been selected at the paper setting, FM1 and FM2 turns on upon receiving a print
start signal.
• The air-blowing level of the FM1 and FM2 can be selected from Auto, ON (strong), ON (weak), and OFF at
the paper setting.

[6]

[1]

[5]

[2]

[4]

[3]
a03wt2c009ca

[1] Side guide/Rr [4] FM1


[2] FM2 [5] Side guide/Fr
[3] Paper [6] Airflow

13
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.2 Paper empty detection control


• A paper empty status can be detected by on/off statuses of the upper limit sensor (PS109) [6] and the
LU-202/HT-503

paper empty sensor (PS108) [1].


• When paper is loaded on the tray, the paper pushes the actuator [2] up as the paper lift plate [4] moves
upward and PS108 [1] turns on. Further upward movement of the plate pushes the actuator [5] up and
turns PS109 [6] on.
• When no paper exist on the tray, the actuator [2] of PS108 [1] goes into the hole [3] of the paper lift plate [4]
instead of being pushed up, and only the actuator [5] is pushed up to turn PS109 [6] on. The status (PS108
is off and PS109 is on) is judged as a paper empty status, and an arrow mark ( ) appears on the tray mark
displayed on the touch panel of the main unit.
• When the tray runs out of paper while feeding paper, the status is detected when the PS108 becomes off
with PS109 kept on.

[1]

[6]
[2]

[3]

[5] [4]
a03wt2c010ca

[1] Paper empty sensor (PS108) [4] Paper lift plate


[2] Actuator of PS108 [5] Actuator of PS109
[3] Hole [6] Upper limit sensor (PS109)

14
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

4.3.3 Remaining paper detection control


• The remaining amount of paper is detected by the position of the remaining paper detection gear [6] moved

LU-202/HT-503
together with the shaft [5] of the paper lift motor (M100) which drives the paper lift plate.
• The remaining paper detection gear incorporates the actuator [9], and the actuator position is detected by
the four remaining paper sensors; /1 (PS102) [1], /2 (PS103) [2], /3 (PS104) [3], and /4 (PS105) [4].
• According to on/off statuses of the four sensors, the remaining amount of paper can be figured out.

[8] [9] [1] [2] [3]

[4]

[5]

[7]

[6] a03wt2c011ca

[1] Remaining paper sensor /1 (PS102) [6] Remaining paper detection gear
[2] Remaining paper sensor /2 (PS103) [7] Rotational direction when the paper lift plate
goes up
[3] Remaining paper sensor /3 (PS104) [8] Rotational direction when the paper lift plate
goes down
[4] Remaining paper sensor /4 (PS105) [9] Actuator
[5] Shaft of the paper lift motor (M100)

15
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(1) Sensor detection and remaining paper


• The remaining amount of paper is detected in eight levels according to on/off statuses of the four sensors.
LU-202/HT-503

• The number of horizontal lines, or an arrow mark appear on the tray mark displayed on the touch panel of
the main unit in order to indicate the remaining amount of paper in the tray.

Remaining paper sensor /1, /2, /3, /4 statuses and remaining amount of paper
Number of sheets (80g/m2) PS102 PS103 PS104 PS105 Indication on the touch
panel
1 to 600 OFF OFF OFF OFF 2 lines light
600 to 850 ON OFF OFF OFF 2 lines light
850 to 1100 ON ON OFF OFF 3 lines light
1100 to 1400 ON ON ON OFF 4 lines light
1400 to 1700 ON ON ON ON 5 lines light
1700 to 1950 OFF ON ON ON 6 lines light
1950 to 2250 OFF OFF ON ON 7 lines light
2250 or more OFF OFF OFF ON 7 lines light

Note
• The number of sheets shown on the table is approximate values when the paper weight (thick-
ness) is 80g/m2. It varies depending on the thickness of paper.

16
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

4.3.4 Paper size detection control


A. Outline

LU-202/HT-503
• The detection method differs between main scan direction and sub scan direction.
• Paper size in main scan direction is detected by the position of the gear of the paper size VR (VR1) [1] which
is rotated by the detection guide plate/Rr [2] mounted on the side guide/Fr [6].
• Paper size in sub scan direction is detected by the paper size sensors /Rr (PS110) [7] and /Fr (PS111) [8].
When the paper rear guide [4] moves, the detection guide plates /1 [5] and /2 [6] are moved upward/down-
ward according to their shape, and the actuators turn PS110 and PS111 on or off.

[1]

[2]

[10]

[9] [3]

[8] [4]

[5]

[7]
[6]

a03wt2c012ca

[1] Paper size VR (VR1) [6] Detection guide plate/2


[2] Detection guide plate/Rr [7] Paper size sensor/Rr (PS110)
[3] Side guide/Rr [8] Paper size sensor/Fr (PS111)
[4] Paper rear guide [9] Side guide/Fr
[5] Detection guide plate/1 [10] Detection guide plate/Fr

17
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Sensor detection and paper size


• The tables below lists how paper sizes are detected by the paper size VR (VR1), the paper size sensor/Rr
LU-202/HT-503

(PS110) and /Fr (PS111).

Main scan direction Sub scan direction


VR1 PS110 ON OFF ON OFF
PS111 ON ON OFF OFF
291.1° or lower 13 x 19 SRA3 SPECIAL SRA4
291.0 to 241.5° A3 12 x 18 SPECIAL A4
241.4 to 200.5° 11 x 17 16K 8KS 81/2 x 11
200.4 to 141.1° B5 16K 8KS B4S
141.1 to 96.9° SPECIAL SRA4S 81/2 x 11S 81/2 x 14S
96.9° or more A4S SPECIAL 81/2 x 11S 81/2 x 14S

ON: Blocks light of the sensor


OFF: Transmits light of the sensor

4.3.5 Centering detection control


A. Outline
• The position of paper being conveyed is detected by the centering sensor (PS1) [3] and the LU exit sensor
(PS107), and the detected result is used in the image processing section to adjust timing to start printing so
that the scanned image is properly centered on the paper.
• PS1 detects the edge of the paper in the main scan direction.
• PS107 detects the edge of the paper in the sub scan direction.

[4]

[3]

[1]

[2]

a03wt2c013ca

[1] Separation roller [3] Centering sensor (PS1)


[2] Pre-registration roller (driven side) [4] Front side

18
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

B. Detection area
• The detection range [5] of the centering sensor (PS1) [6] is 216 mm in the main scan direction.

LU-202/HT-503
• The gap between the center [4] of paper [1] in the main scan direction and the origin point [2] of PS1 is
21.85 mm [3].
• The resolution is 0.125 with 1728 dots.

[5]

[6]
[1]

[2]

[4] [3]
a03wt2c014ca

[1] Paper [4] Center of the paper


[2] Origin point of the sensor [5] Detection range
[3] Gap between sensor origin and paper cen- [6] Centering sensor (PS1)
ter

19
5. UP/DOWN SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5. UP/DOWN SECTION
LU-202/HT-503

5.1 Configuration

Upper limit
sensor
(PS109)

Paper lift plate

Lower limit
sensor
Paper
(PS101)
lift motor
(M100)

Lift wire

a03wt2c015ca

20
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. UP/DOWN SECTION

5.2 Drive

LU-202/HT-503
[10]

[9]

[8]

[1]
[2]
[3]

FRONT
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7] a03wt2c016ca

[1] Lift wire/Rr1 [6] Lift wire/Fr2


[2] Lift wire /Rr2 [7] Lift wire/Fr1
[3] Lift wire/Rr3 [8] Paper lift plate
[4] Drive shaft [9] Paper lift motor (M100)
[5] Lift wire/Fr3 [10] Remaining paper detection gear

21
5. UP/DOWN SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5.3 Operation
LU-202/HT-503

5.3.1 Plate up/down control


A. Mechanism
• Moving the paper lift plate up/down is made by winding/releasing the lift wires with the pulleys driven by the
paper lift motor (M100).
• Six lift wires are connected to the paper lift plate (three each on front and back). Two wires each on the front
and back of the plate; lift wire/Fr2, /Fr3, /Rr2, /Rr3, lift the paper lift plate, and the other two (one each on
front and back); lift wire/Fr1 and /Rr1, pull the plate downward.
• The pulling force of the lift wire/Fr1 and /Rr1 is exerted by the springs and it works to stabilize the paper lift
plate.

B. Up operation
• When the upper door sensor (PS100) turns on [1] upon closing of the upper door, the paper lift motor
(M100) rotates in forward direction to lift the paper lift plate [2] until the upper limit sensor (PS109) turns on
[3].
• When the height of paper stacked in the tray becomes lower as the paper is fed, PS109 becomes off [4]
and M100 starts to rotate again in forward direction to lift the paper lift plate until PS109 becomes on [5]
again.

[6][7]

Forward
Paper lift
motor (M101) Reverse
Upper door sensor (PS100)

Upper limit sensor (PS109)

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [4] [5] a03wt2c017ca

[1] Closing of upper door [4] The height of stacked paper lowers due to
[2] Paper lift plate goes up paper feeding
[3] Paper lift plate stops at the upper limit posi- [5] Paper lift plate reaches the upper limit posi-
tion tion

C. Down operation
• When the upper door sensor (PS100) turns off upon opening of the upper door, the paper lift motor (M100)
starts to rotate in reverse direction to make the paper lift plate go down by a predetermined amount.
• When the tray down switch (SW100) is pressed while PS100 is off, M100 starts to rotate in reverse direction
to lower the paper lift plate by 90 mm.
• After SW100 is pressed, M100 stops when the lower limit sensor (PS101) turns on (detects that the paper
lift plate reaches the lower limit position). The paper lift plate does not go down while PS101 is on even if
SW100 is pressed.

22
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6. OTHERS

LU-202/HT-503
6.1 Dehumidifier heater control
• The LU is equipped with the dehumidifier heater (HTR1) to reduce the moisture inside the LU.
• HTR1 is powered with 220 VAC supplied from the main body, and activated by turning on the dehumidifier
heater switch (SW3) on the main body and turning off the sub power switch (SW2)

[1]

a03wt2c018ca

[1] Dehumidifer heater (HTR1)

23
6. OTHERS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.2 Interlock control


LU-202/HT-503

• The interlock switch/1 (MS1) and the front door sensor (PS115) are mounted on the front door, and the
interlock switch/2 (MS2) and the upper door sensor (PS100) are mounted on the upper door.
• The power to drive the paper feed motor (M1) is transmitted via MS1 and the MS2. If the front door or the
upper door is opened, MS1 and MS2 turn off to cut the power supply to the paper feed motor (M1).
• When PS115 and PS100 turn off while paper being fed, the LU drive board (LUDB) changes M1 drive signal
into off in order to stop the paper feeding.

24
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 7. HT-503 (OPTIONAL)

7. HT-503 (OPTIONAL)

LU-202/HT-503
7.1 Configuration

Dehumidifier Dehumidifier Dehumidifier


Temperature sensor (TEMS) fan/1 (FM3) fan/2 (FM4) heater/3(HTR/2)

AC drive board (ACDB)

a03wt2c019ca

25
7. HT-503 (OPTIONAL) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7.2 Operation
LU-202/HT-503

7.2.1 Dehumidifier fan heater control


A. Outline
• The fan heater (HTR3) and the dehumidifier fan/1 (FM3) and /2 (FM4) generate hot airflow inside the LU and
reduce moisture in order to prevent jam of coated paper due to dampness.
• The dehumidifier control has two processes; a dehumidifier fan heater pre-drying and the temperature limit-
ing dehumidification control. The first one (pre-drying) is made with HTR3 , FM3 and FM4. Once the target
temperature rise is achieved, the pre-drying process is finished and further dehumidification control limiting
the temperature is carried out only by HTR3.
• The dehumidification control is carried out according to the temperature inside the tray detected by the
temperature sensor (TEMS), and continued until the target temperature rise is achieved.
• Feeding paper from the LU cannot be made while the dehumidification control being performed. (this can
be allowed by changing DIPSW setting)

B. Dehumidifier fan heater pre-drying control


• The user setting menu has an option to activate pre-drying with the dehumidifier fan heater before printing
every time the upper door is opened/closed.
• When the pre-drying with the dehumidifier fan heater is set not to be activated in the user setting menu, the
pre-drying before printing is carried out if the upper door is opened/closed and a change in remaining
amount of paper is detected.
• HTR3, FM3, and FM4 turn on when 56% or higher ambient humidity is detected by the temp/humidity sen-
sor/1 (TEM/HUMS/1) of the main unit.
• FM3 and FM4 are turned on at regular intervals, and kept on for a specified time period.

C. Triggers for dehumidification control


• When the sub power switch (SW2) is turned on with the dehumidifier fan heater setting set to [Automatic] or
[On (compulsory)], and with the paper type set to coated paper.
• After the upper door is opened/closed with the dehumidifier fan heater setting set to [Automatic] or [On
(compulsory)], and with the paper type set to coated paper.
• When the paper type is changed to coated paper from other paper type with the dehumidifier fan heater
setting set to [Automatic] or [On (compulsory)].
• When the dehumidifier fan heater setting is changed to [Automatic] from [Off (compulsory)], or changed to
[On (compulsory)].

D. Temperature limiting dehumidification control


• After the pre-drying is finished, the HTR3 is turned on or off to keep the target temperature.

Ambient humidity Target temperature rise in the tray


Lower than 55% Not controlled
56 to 60% 6°C
61 to 65% 7°C
66 to 70% 8°C
71 to 75% 9°C
Higher than 76% 10°C

E. Conditions to stop the dehumidification control


• When other than coated paper is selected as the paper type while the control is in progress.
• When the dehumidifier fan heater setting is changed to [Off (compulsory)] while the control is in progress.

26
SERVICE MANUAL Theory of Operation

RU-503/504

2007.11
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2007/11 2.0 Revision in relation to change of description


2006/09 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

RU-503/504
RU-503/504

OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

CONFIGURATION/OPERATION
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.2.1 Conveyance drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.1 Conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.2 Decurler control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4.3.3 Fan control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

i
CONTENTS Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007
RU-503/504

Blank page

ii
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

„ OUTLINE

RU-503/504
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type

Type Conveyance unit with paper cooling and decurler functions

B. Functions
(1) Functions

Accelerated conveyance To accelerate for the finisher standard line speed.


mode
Decurler conveyance mode Reduces paper curl and conveys at an accelerating rate with posttreatment lin-
ear velocity.

(2) Operation capacity


65PPM (A4, B5, 81/2 x 11, 16K)

C. Paper type

Paper size SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S, B6S, A6S
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 8 1/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Tab paper (A4, 81/2 x 11)
Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)
Paper type Plain paper, high quality paper, color paper, coated paper, tab paper (five-tab
type): same as the main body.
Paper weight Accelerated con- 64 to 300g/m2
veyance mode
Decurler convey- 64 to 209g/m2
ance mode

D. Maintenance

Maintenance Same as the main body.

1 1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

E. Machine data

Power source RU-503 24/5V DC (supplied from the main body)


RU-503/504

RU-504 AC100 to 240V/5V DC (supplied from the main body)


Maximum power consump- 90VA or less
tion
Dimensions Including main body: 175 (W) x 723 (D) x 1 (H) mm
Weight RU-503 Approx. 33 kg
RU-504 Approx. 35 kg

F. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)

Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.

2
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM

2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM

RU-503/504
Conveyance section

Power source section

(RU-504 only)

a04kt1c001ca

3
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

3. PAPER PATH
RU-503/504

A. Accelerated conveyance mode (Normal mode)

[1]

[8]

[2]

[7]

[3]

[4]

[6] [5]
a04kt1c002ca

[1] Decurler gate /1 [5] Intermediate roller /3


[2] Intermediate roller /1 [6] Paper exit roller
[3] Entrance roller /2 [7] Decurler gate /2
[4] Entrance roller /1 [8] Intermediate roller /2

4
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 3. PAPER PATH

B. Decurler conveyance mode (straightening the upward curling)

RU-503/504
[11] [1]

[10]

[9]

[8]
[2]

[7]

[3]

[4]

[6] [5]
a04kt1c003ca

[1] Decurler gate /1 [7] Decurler gate /2


[2] Intermediate roller /1 [8] Intermediate roller /2
[3] Entrance roller /2 [9] Decurler belt /1
[4] Entrance roller /1 [10] Decurler roller /1
[5] Intermediate roller /3 [11] Decurler roller /2
[6] Paper exit roller

5
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

C. Decurler conveyance mode (straightening the downward curling)


RU-503/504

[1]

[11]

[2]
[3]

[10]
[4]

[9]

[5]

[6]

[8] [7]
a04kt1c004ca

[1] Decurler gate /1 [7] Intermediate roller /3


[2] Intermediate roller /1 [8] Paper exit roller
[3] Decurler belt /2 [9] Decurler roller /2
[4] Decurler roller /3 [10] Decurler gate /2
[5] Entrance roller /2 [11] Intermediate roller /2
[6] Entrance roller /1

6
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 4. CONVEYANCE SECTION

„ CONFIGURATION/OPERATION

RU-503/504
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION
4.1 Configuration

Decurler roller /2 Decurler gate /1


Decurler roller /1

Decurler belt /1

Decurler gate /2 Decurler belt /2

Decurler roller /3
Decurler roller /4

Paper fan
/1, /2, /3
(M2, M3, M4)

a04kt2c001ca

7
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

4.2 Drive
RU-503/504

4.2.1 Conveyance drive

[1]

[2]

[14]

[3]
[13]
[12]

[4]
[16]
[11]

[5]

[6]
[15]
[7]

[8]

[10] [9]
a04kt2c002ca

[1] Decurler gate solenoid /1 (SD2) [9] Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
[2] Decurler gate /1 [10] Paper exit roller
[3] Gear [11] Intermediate roller /3
[4] Paper exit motor (M5) [12] Intermediate roller /2
[5] Decurler roller /2 [13] Intermediate roller /1
[6] Entrance roller /2 [14] Decurler roller /1
[7] Belt [15] Decurler gate solenoid /2 (SD3)
[8] Entrance roller /1 [16] Decurler gate /2

8
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 4. CONVEYANCE SECTION

4.3 Operation

RU-503/504
4.3.1 Conveyance control
• The entrance conveyance motor (M1) controls the rotation of the entrance rollers /1 [6] and /2 [5].
• The paper exit motor (M5) controls the rotation of the intermediate rollers /1 [2], /2 [12], /3 [1] and the paper
exit roller [9].
• The paper ejected from the main body is conveyed to the RU section by the entrance roller /1 [8]. Then the
intermediate roller conveys the paper [4], and then paper exit roller exits it [10].
• The intermediate sensor (PS2) [3] detects paper jam.

[1]

[2]

[12]

[3]

[4] [4]

[11] [5]

[6]

[7]

[10] [8]

[9]
a04kt2c003ca

[1] Intermediate roller /3 [7] Entrance sensor (PS1)


[2] Intermediate roller /1 [8] Conveyance to the RU section
[3] Intermediate sensor (PS2) [9] Paper exit roller
[4] Conveyance by the intermediate roller [10] Paper exit from the RU section
[5] Entrance roller /2 [11] Paper exit sensor (PS3)
[6] Entrance roller /1 [12] Intermediate roller /2

9
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

A. Straight mode
1. The entrance conveyance motor (M1) and the paper exit motor (M5) turn ON when a start-printing signal is
RU-503/504

sent from the main body. Then, M1 rotates at the same rate as the line speed of the main body while M5
rotates at high speed.
2. The M5 reduces the speed at the same rate as that of the M1 after the predetermined time has passed since
the entrance sensor (PS1) detected the edge of the paper.
3. The M5 rotates at high speed again after the predetermined time has passed since the PS1 detected the
rear end of the paper.
4. M1 and M2 stop the operation after predetermined time has passed since the paper exit sensor (PS3)
detected the trailing edge of the last paper.

[1] [2] [3]

Entrance sensor (PS1)


Entrance Middle
conveyance motor
(M1) Low

High
Paper exit motor
(M5) Middle

Low
(speed)
[4] [5]

a04kt2c004ca

[1] Start-printing signal ON [4] Decelerating at low speed


[2] Paper leading edge detection [5] Accelerating at high speed
[3] Paper trailing edge detection

10
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 4. CONVEYANCE SECTION

B. Reverse paper exit mode


• Each control timing is the same as in the straight mode.

RU-503/504
[1] [2] [3]

Entrance sensor (PS1)


Entrance Middle
conveyance motor
(M1) Low

High
Paper exit motor Middle
(M5)
Low

(speed)
[4] [5]

a04kt2c005ca

[1] Start-printing signal ON [4] Decelerating at middle speed


[2] Paper leading edge detection [5] Accelerating at high speed
[3] Paper trailing edge detection

11
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.2 Decurler control


• The paper exit motor (M5) controls the rotation of the decurler rollers /1 [15] and /3 [14]
RU-503/504

• Conveys paper into between the decurler belt /1 [7], /2 [10], and decurler roller /2 [8], /4 [12] and gives
pressure to remove the curl of the paper.
• The decurler /Up [9] exerts a pressure on the paper curled upward (valley curl) [6] while the decurler /Lw [11]
exert a pressure on the paper curled downward (mount curl) [16].
• There are three modes for paper curl straightening: Upward paper curl straightening ON (Conveys toward
the decurler /Up [5]), Downward paper curl straightening ON (Conveys toward the decurler /Lw[17]),
Decureler OFF (The paper through the normal path [4])
• Switching paper curl straightening mode is made in the service mode and Adjustment Menu-Finisher
Adjustment.

12
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 4. CONVEYANCE SECTION

RU-503/504
[6]
[1]
[5]

[2]

[3]
[4]

[7]
[15]
[8]
[9]
[16]

[3]

[10]
[4]
[11]
[14] [12]
[19]

[17]

[18] [13]
a04kt2c006ca

[1] Decurler gate solenoid /1 (SD2) ON [11] Decurler /Lw


[2] Decurler gate solenoid /1 (SD2) [12] Decurler roller /4
[3] Switching paper through path [13] Paper exit sensor (PS3)
[4] Paper through path (normal path) [14] Decurler roller /2
[5] Paper through path (toward the decurler / [15] Decurler roller /3
Up) [16] The paper curled downward
[6] The paper curled upward [17] Paper through path (toward the decurler /
[7] Decurler belt /1 Lw)
[8] Decurler roller /2 [18] Decurler gate solenoid /2 (SD3)
[9] Decurler /Up [19] Decurler gate solenoid /2 (SD3) ON
[10] Decurler belt /2

13
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

A. Decurler /Up control


• When the upward paper curl straightening ON in the service mode and Adjustment Menu-Finisher Adjust-
RU-503/504

ment setting, a start-printing signal is sent form the main body and the decurler gate solenoid /1 (SD2)
starts operating. Then it switches the direction of paper conveyance path toward the decurler /Up.
• The paper conveyance path is switched to the normal path when the SD2 is OFF. When the SD2 is ON, the
path is switched toward the decurler /Up.
• SD2 stop the operation after predetermined time has passed since the paper exit sensor (PS3) detected
the trailing edge of the last paper.

B. Decurler /Lw control


• When the downward paper curl straightening ON in the service mode setting, a start-printing signal is sent
form the main body and the decurler gate solenoid /2 (SD3) starts operating. Then it switches the direction
of paper conveyance path toward the decurler /Lw.
• The paper conveyance path is switched to the normal path when the SD3 is OFF. When the SD3 is ON, the
path is switched toward the decurler /Lw.
• SD2 stop the operation after predetermined time has passed since the paper exit sensor (PS3) detected
the trailing edge of the last paper.

14
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 4. CONVEYANCE SECTION

4.3.3 Fan control


• There are five fans: Paper fan /1, /2 and /3 (M2, M3 and M4) [2] [4] [5] Ventilation assist fan /1 and /2 (M6

RU-503/504
and M7) [3] [1]
• The paper fans reduce unevenness of the wax on the paper by blowing and cooling down the paper with
air.
• The ventilation assist fan intakes fresh air and exhausts heat around the paper exit section.

[5]
[4]
[1]

[3]

[2]

a04kt2c007ca

[1] Ventilation assist fan /2 (M7) [4] Paper fan /2 (M3)


[2] Paper fan /1 (M2) [5] Paper fan /3 (M4)
[3] Ventilation assist fan /1 (M6)

A. Paper fan control


• When a start-printing signal is sent from the main body, the paper fans (M2, M3 and M4) start to rotate.
• As the paper exit sensor (PS3) detects the trailing edge of the last paper, M2, M3 and M4 are turned off.

B. Exhaust assist fan control


• When a start-printing signal is sent from the main body, the ventilation assist fans (M6 and M7) start to
rotate.
• As the paper exit sensor (PS3) detects the trailing edge of the last paper, M6 and M7 are turned off.

15
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007
RU-503/504

Blank page

16
SERVICE MANUAL Theory of Operation

FD-501

2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for improve-
ment of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the corresponding
page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2007/11 3.0 Revision in relation to change of description


2006/09 2.0 Revision in relation to launching of C6500
2004/10 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

FD-501
FD-501

OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. UNIT COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

COMPOSITION/OPERATION
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.2.1 Conveyance drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.2.2 Gate drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.2.3 Alignment drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
4.3.1 Conveyance path switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
4.3.2 Conveyance line speed control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
4.3.3 Alignment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5. PUNCH SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
5.2.1 Rear registration drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
5.2.2 Punch drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
5.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
6.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
6.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.2.1 Conveyance drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.2.2 Folding drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
6.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
6.3.1 Registration control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
6.3.2 Conveyance path switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
6.3.3 1st folding control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
6.3.4 2nd folding control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
6.3.5 3rd folding control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
7. MAIN TRAY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
7.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
7.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
7.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
7.3.1 Main tray up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
8. SUB TRAY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
8.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
8.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
8.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
8.3.1 Sub tray full detection control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
8.3.2 Line speed switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

i
CONTENTS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

9. PI SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
9.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
9.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
FD-501

9.2.1 Tray lift drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49


9.2.2 Paper feed drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
9.2.3 Pick-up drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
9.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
9.3.1 Size detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
9.3.2 Up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
9.3.3 Pick-up mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
9.3.4 Separation mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
9.3.5 Multi feed detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
9.3.6 Paper empty detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

ii
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

„ OUTLINE

FD-501
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type

Type Multi folding device with punch and PI functions

B. Functions
(1) Functions

Normal paper exit function Transfer paper exited from the main body is exited into the main tray/sub tray.
Punching function Transfer paper that is exited by the main body or fed to the PI is punched for
each sheet of paper and exited into the main tray/sub tray.
Folding function Transfer paper that is exited from the main body or fed to the PI is handled for
folding (either one of the following: Z-fold, Letter fold-out, Letter fold-in, Double
parallel fold, Gate fold, and folding) for each sheet of paper, and exited into the
sub tray/main tray (The Z-fold exit to the main tray while in the FS connection is
limited only to B4, A3, 81/2 x 14, 11 x 17, 12 x 18 and 8K.)
PI insertion function PI tray paper is inserted in the transfer paper exited from the main body.
Manual mode PI tray paper is punched, folded and stapled, and then exited into the sub tray/
main tray. (The stapling function is available only when the staple unit is con-
nected to the downstream of the FD.)

1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Maximum tray capacity

Main tray 2,500 sheets: A4, A4S, B5, B5S


(weighing 50 to 244 g/m2)
FD-501

81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S


16K*3, 16KS*3
1,500 sheets: SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2
13 x 19*2,12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4
8K*3
wide paper*1 : A3, B4,A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2
size entry: (Max. 324 x 460 mm)
500 sheets: A5, A5S*2, B6S*2
51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2

Tab paper*4 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S,11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,81/2 x 11S,
custom paper (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140mm)
Custom paper : 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140mm)
C6500 (Max. 330 x 483 mm, Min. 128 x 148mm)

*1 1050 only *2 C6500 only


*3 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
*4 C6500: only A4 and 81/2 x11. Operation of paper exit with tab area at the
trail edge side is not assured.
Sub tray *1 SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S, B6S, A6S
(weighing 50 to 300 g/m2) 13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2, 51/2 x 81/2S,
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*2, 16K*2, 16KS*2

Tab paper*3 : A4, 81/2 x 11, custom paper


Custom paper : Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 100 x 148mm

*1 C6500 only
*2 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
*3 Operation of paper exit with tab area at the trail edge side is not assured.

2 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

C. Type of paper
(1) Punching function

A3, B4, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S*2

FD-501
Paper size 2 holes:
12 x 18 , 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2*1
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3,
Tab paper*4 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
custom paper (Max. 324 x 460 mm,
Min. 182 x 140mm)

3 holes/4 holes: A3, B4, A4, B5


12 x 18 , 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11
8K*3, 16K*3
Tab paper*4 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
custom paper (Max. 324 x 460 mm,
Min. 182 x 140mm)
*1 1050 only *2 C6500 only
*3 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
*4 A4, 81/2 x 11 only for C6500
Applicable paper Plain paper, tab paper
Paper weight 50 to 209 g/m2

(2) Folding functions

Paper size A3, B4, SRA4S*1, A4S


12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S
8K*2
Custom paper*1: (Max. 305 x 458 mm, Min. 210 x 279mm)

*1 C6500 only
*2 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
Applicable paper Plain paper
Paper weight Folding, Letter 50 to 130 g/m2
fold-in, Letter
fold-out, Z-fold
Double parallel 50 to 91 g/m2
fold, Gate fold

1 3
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(3) PI functions

Paper size SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5
13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2
FD-501

81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13


8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3

Tab paper*4 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
custom paper*5 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x
140mm)
Custom paper*2 : Max. 330 x 483 mm, Min. 182 x 148mm
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18,11 x 17,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
size entry: (Max. 324 x 460 mm)

*1 1050 only *2 C6500 only


*3 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
*4 A4, 81/2 x 11 only for C6500
*5 When use custom paper as a cover paper in the perfect binding mode:
up to 307 mm x 460 mm
Applicable paper Plain paper, high-quality paper, trace paper, coated paper
Paper weight 50 to 300 g/m2
Maximum tray capacity 500 sheets (80 g/m2) x 2 trays

D. Maintenance

Maintenance Same as the main body.

E. Machine data

Power source 230 VAC, DCS 5V (5V DCS is supplied from the main body.)
(for metric area) AC100, 240V, DC5V (DC5V is supplied from the main body.)
Power source 200 VAC, DCS 5V (5V DCS is supplied from the main body.)
(for inch area)
Maximum power consump- 180 VA or less
tion
Dimensions 400 (W) x 723 (D) x 1231 (H) mm
(The main tray is not included in the width)
Weight Approx. 130 kg

F. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)

Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.

4 2
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 2. UNIT COMPOSITION

2. UNIT COMPOSITION

FD-501
[1]

[6]

[2]

[5]
[3]

[4]

fd501to1001c

[1] PI section [4] Folding conveyance section


[2] Conveyance section [5] Main tray section
[3] Punch section [6] Sub tray section

5
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3. PAPER PATH
A. Straight mode
FD-501

[1]

[2]

fd501to1002c

[1] Paper through from the PI [2] Paper through from the main body paper exit

6
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PAPER PATH

B. Sub tray mode

FD-501
[1]

[2]

fd501to1003c

[1] Paper through from the PI [2] Paper through from the main body paper exit

7
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Punch mode (L and S sizes)


FD-501

[1]

[6]

[2]

[5]

[4]

[3]

fd501to1004c

[1] Paper through from the PI [5] Paper exit to the main tray, paper through to
[2] Paper through from the main body paper exit the next option
[3] In the case of a L size [6] Paper exit to the sub tray
[4] In the case of a S size

8
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PAPER PATH

D. Z-fold mode

FD-501
[1]

[6]

[2]

[5]

[4]

[3]

fd501to1005c

[1] Paper through from the PI [5] Paper exit to the main tray, paper through
[2] Paper through from the main body paper exit to the next option
[3] 1st folding [6] Paper exit to the sub tray
[4] 2nd folding

9
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

E. Letter fold-out mode


FD-501

[1]

[6]

[2]

[5]

[4]

[3]

fd501to1006c

[1] Paper through from the PI [5] Paper exit to the main tray, paper through
[2] Paper through from the main body paper exit to the next option
[3] 1st folding [6] Paper exit to the sub tray
[4] 2nd folding

10
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PAPER PATH

F. Letter fold-in/double parallel fold mode

FD-501
[1]

[6]

[2]

[5]

[4]

[3]

fd501to1007c

[1] Paper through from the PI [5] Paper exit to the main tray, paper through
[2] Paper through from the main body paper exit to the next option
[3] 1st folding [6] Paper exit to the sub tray
[4] 2nd folding

11
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

G. Gate fold mode


FD-501

[1]

[7]

[2]

[6]

[5]

[4]

[3]

fd501to1008c

[1] Paper through from the PI [5] 3rd folding


[2] Paper through from the main body paper exit [6] Paper exit to the main tray, paper through
[3] 1st folding to the next option
[4] 2nd folding [7] Paper exit to the sub tray

12
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PAPER PATH

H. Folding mode

FD-501
[1]

[5]

[2]

[4]

[3]

fd501to1009c

[1] Paper through from the PI [4] Paper exit to the main tray, paper through
[2] Paper through from the main body paper exit to the next option
[3] Folding [5] Paper exit to the sub tray

13
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
FD-501

Blank page

14
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. CONVEYANCE SECTION

„ COMPOSITION/OPERATION

FD-501
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION
4.1 Composition

Entrance gate

Sub tray gate

Alignment plate /Fr,


/Rr

S size gate

L size gate

fd501to2001c

1 15
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.2 Drive
4.2.1 Conveyance drive
FD-501

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

fd501to2002c

[1] Main tray paper exit motor (M17) [3] Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
[2] Intermediate conveyance motor (M3) [4] Punch conveyance motor (M2)

16
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. CONVEYANCE SECTION

4.2.2 Gate drive

FD-501
[18]

[1]

[17]
[16]

[2]
[3]
[15]

[4]

[14]

[5]

[13] [6]
[7]

[12]
[8]

[9]

[11] [10]
fd501to2003c

[1] Entrance gate [10] Vertical conveyance roller /4


[2] Entrance gate solenoid (SD1) [11] L size gate solenoid (SD4)
[3] Vertical conveyance roller /1 [12] L size gate
[4] Roller solenoid /1 (SD5) [13] S size gate solenoid (SD3)
[5] Roller solenoid /2 (SD6) [14] S size gate
[6] Vertical conveyance roller /2 [15] Sub tray gate solenoid (SD9)
[7] Vertical conveyance roller /3 [16] Sub tray gate
[8] Roller solenoid /3 (SD7) [17] Sub tray paper exit roller
[9] Roller solenoid /4 (SD8) [18] Paper exit solenoid (SD12)

17
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.2.3 Alignment drive


FD-501

[1]

[2]

[4] [3] fd501to2004c

[1] Alignment motor (M12) [3] Alignment plate /Rr


[2] Belt [4] Alignment plate /Fr

18
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. CONVEYANCE SECTION

4.3 Operation
4.3.1 Conveyance path switching

FD-501
The conveyance path of the paper that has been conveyed to the entrance guide plate varies according to the
presence of a punch or folding, the tray into which paper is exited, and the paper size. The switching of the con-
veyance path is made by the entrance gate, the sub tray gate, the S size gate, the L size gate and the folding
gate. (For the folding gate, see "6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION.")

A. Entrance gate
Switching is made between the straight conveyance and the punch/folding conveyance by the entrance gate
solenoid (SD1). In the case of the straight conveyance, the SD1 remains OFF.
When conveying the 1st sheet of paper for punching/folding operation, SD1 is energized a specified period of
time after the start button is turned ON.
For the 2nd and the succeeding sheets of paper, SD1 is energized in accord with the conveyance direction of
the succeeding page after the preceding page passes through the FD entrance sensor (PS1).

[3]

[1]

[2]

fd501to2005c

[1] Entrance gate [3] Straight mode


[2] Punch mode or folding mode

19
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Sub tray gate


Switching is made between the main tray paper exit and the sub tray paper exit by the sub tray gate solenoid
(SD9). In the case of the main tray paper exit, the SD9 remains OFF.
FD-501

When exiting the 1st sheet of paper into the sub tray, switch the SD9 a specified period of time after the start
button is turned ON.
For the 2nd and the succeeding sheets of paper, SD9 is energized in accord with the paper exit direction of the
succeeding page after the preceding page passes through the intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13).

[1]

[3]

[2]

fd501to2006c

[1] Sub tray gate [3] Sub tray paper exit


[2] Main tray paper exit

20
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. CONVEYANCE SECTION

C. S size gate
Switching is made according to the paper size and the presence of folding. The drive of the gate is made by S
size gate solenoid (SD3). In the punch mode with no folding and in the case of the S size paper, SD3 remains

FD-501
OFF.
When conducting the folding operation or when feeding the 1st sheet of large size paper, switch SD3 a specified
period of time after the start button is turned ON.
For the 2nd and the succeeding sheets of paper, switch the SD9 in accord with the paper exit direction of the
succeeding page after the preceding page passes through the punch conveyance sensor (PS5).
S size paper: The length in the sub scan direction is 216 mm or less.

[1]

[4]

[2]
[3]

fd501to2007e

[1] S size gate [3] Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)


[2] In the case of the folding (regardless of the [4] In the case of the S size paper with a punch
presence of a punch) only

21
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

D. L size gate
When folding the paper, the conveyance path is switched back and forth for each paper conveyance to prevent
the succeeding paper from coming into contact with the trailing edge of the L size paper that is in folding pro-
FD-501

cess.
The drive of the gate is made by the L size gate solenoid (SD4).
L size paper: The length in the sub scan direction is 216 mm or more.

[1]

[2]

fd501to2008c

[1] L size gate (SD4-OFF position) [2] Punch registration sensor (PS6)

22
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. CONVEYANCE SECTION

For the control of the L size gate, SD4 stands by at the OFF position (outer path) for the 1st sheet of paper to
pass through.
The 1st sheet of paper turns ON SD4 a specified period of time after the punch registration sensor (PS6) turns

FD-501
ON, and makes the switch to the inner path.
When the 2nd sheet of paper turns ON PS6, SD4 turns OFF after a specified period of time to make the switch
to the outer path.
The above operations are repeated for each sheet of paper.

L size gate solenoid (SD4)


Paper passes Outer path
through the L size
gate Inner path

Punch registration sensor (PS6)

fd501to2039c

4.3.2 Conveyance line speed control


The conveyance line speed of each conveyance section varies according to the type of paper and paper weight.

A. Line speed switching


The following list shows each of conveyance sections and the range of the conveyance line speed.

Conveyance section Conveyance line speed


Entrance conveyance section 290 to 1000 mm/s
Intermediate conveyance section 800 to 1000 mm/s
Punch conveyance section 490 to 1000 mm/s
Main tray paper exit section 205 to 1000 mm/s
Sub tray paper exit section 500 mm/s

23
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.3 Alignment control


On paper conveyed to the punching position, an alignment operation is made by the 2 alignment plates to
improve the accuracy of the punch hole positioning and the folding. And its home position is detected by the
FD-501

alignment plate home sensor (PS10). When the start button is turned ON, M12 rotates in the forward direction to
move the alignment plates /Fr and /Rr to the standby position of the paper size.
When the paper is conveyed to the punch position in a specified number of steps after it passes through the FD
entrance sensor (PS1), the roller solenoid /1 (SD5), the roller solenoid /2 (SD6), the roller solenoid /3 (SD7) and
the roller solenoid /4 (SD8) release the pressure of each roller and M12 conducts the alignment operation.
The roller solenoids that release each of the rollers from pressure are modified according to the size and the
direction of paper aligned.
A specified period of time after completion of punching the last paper, M12 rotates in the reverse direction to
bring the alignment plate back to the home position.

FD entrance sensor (PS1)

Punch conveyance motor (M2)

F
Alignment
motor (M12) R

Roller solenoid (SD5, 6, 7, 8)

[1] [2] [3] [4] fd501to2040c

[1] Start signal ON [3] Alignment operation


[2] Move to the standby position [4] Move to the home position

24
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. PUNCH SECTION

5. PUNCH SECTION
5.1 Composition

FD-501
Punch rear claw

Punch hole switching


Punch scraps box mechanism

fd501to2009c

1 25
5. PUNCH SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5.2 Drive
5.2.1 Rear registration drive
FD-501

[1]

[3]

[2]
fd501to2010c

[1] Punch registration motor (M13) [3] Punch rear claw


[2] Paper

26
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. PUNCH SECTION

5.2.2 Punch drive

FD-501
[8] [9] [10]

[7] [1]

[6] [3] [2]

[5] [4] fd501to2011c

[1] Rotation when punching 3 holes (as seen from the front) [6] Eccentric cam
[2] Rotation when punching 2 holes (as seen from the front) [7] Front direction
[3] Punch motor (M10) [8] 3-hole punch edge
[4] 2-hole punch edge [9] Eccentric cam
[5] One-way gear (2-hole punch) [10] One-way gear (3-hole punch)

5.3 Operation
A. Punch control
Punching is made by holding down the trailing edge of paper with the punch rear claw that is driven by the
punch registration motor (M13), while driving the eccentric cam by the punch motor (M10).
After alignment operations, the roller solenoids /1 to /4 are turned ON to let paper be placed in the unfixed con-
dition. The paper, however, is held by the curvature of the conveyance section. And then, the punch registration
motor (M13) rotates a specified number of steps and the punch rear claw holds the trailing edge of paper to
move it to the punching position. After a specified period of time, the punch motor (M10) drives for punching.
After completion of punching, M13 returns the punch rear claw to the home position. The position of the home
position is detected by the punch registration home sensor (PS11).

B. Punch hole switching control


The punch hole is switched according to the rotational direction of the punch motor (M10).
In the case of 2 holes, M10 rotates counterclockwise to drive the 2-hole punch edge. And in the case of 3 holes,
M10 rotates clockwise to drive the 3-hole punch edge.
The position of the 2-hole punch edge is detected by the 2-hole punch home sensor (PS8) and the position of
the 3-hole punch edge is detected by the 3-hole/4-hole punch home sensor (PS9).

27
5. PUNCH SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Punch scraps box control


The setting of the punch scraps box is detected by the punch scraps box set sensor (PS12), and the full condi-
tion of the punch scraps box is detected by the punch scraps full sensor (PS26).
FD-501

28
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION

6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION


6.1 Composition

FD-501
3rd folding
mechanism

2nd folding
mechanism

Folding gate
1st folding
mechanism

Registration roller

fd501to2012c

1 29
6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.2 Drive
6.2.1 Conveyance drive
FD-501

[1]

[2]
M6

M5

[4]

[3]

M4

fd501to2013c

[1] Coupling [3] Folding gate


[2] The pulley operates as an idler due to the [4] Folding gate solenoid (SD15)
bearing

30
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION

6.2.2 Folding drive

FD-501
[1]

M16

[2]

[3]

M15

[4]

[5]

M14

[6]

fd501to2014c

[1] 3rd folding roller /1 mounting board [4] 2nd folding guide
[2] 3rd folding guide [5] 1st folding roller /1 mounting board
[3] 2nd folding roller /1 mounting board [6] 1st folding guide

31
6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3 Operation
6.3.1 Registration control
FD-501

The paper that has passes through the punch registration sensor (PS6) and arrives at the folding conveyance
section is pressed against the registration roller to make adjustments for skew. A specified period of time after
the PS6 turns ON, the 1st folding motor (M4) resumes the conveyance of paper. When no folding operation is
made, no registration control is made.
However, no folding is made on the paper that has entered the folding conveyance section from the folding
entrance sensor side. The paper is conveyed vertically as is and exited to the main tray or the sub tray.

[3]

[1]

[2]

fd501to2015c

[1] Punch registration sensor (PS6) [3] Folding entrance sensor (PS52)
[2] Registration roller

32
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION

6.3.2 Conveyance path switching


Switching is made between the 2nd folding conveyance path and the 3rd folding conveyance path by the fold-
ing gate solenoid (SD15).

FD-501
In the case of other than the Z-fold, a specified period of time after the 1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)
turns ON, SD15 turns ON to convey the paper to the 2nd folding after the 1st folding. In the case of the Z-fold,
SD15 remains OFF and the paper is conveyed to the 3rd folding after the 1st folding.

[3]

[2]

[1]

fd501to2016c

[1] In the case of other than the Z-fold [3] In the case of the Z-fold
[2] Folding gate

33
6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Timing chart of the 1st folding roller /1 (Other folding rollers are also controlled in the same manner.)
FD-501

Punch registration sensor (PS6)

Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)

1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)

1st folding motor (M4)

Conveyance
1st folding roller /1
Folding
1st folding release motor (M14)

2nd folding motor (M5)

[1] [2] fd501to2041c

[1] Change of the 1st folding roller /1 to the [2] Change of the 1st folding roller /1 to the
folding position conveyance position

34
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION

6.3.3 1st folding control


A. Conveyance/folding switching control
The switching between conveyance and folding is made by moving the 1st folding roller /1. This switching is

FD-501
made when the eccentric cam is driven by the 1st folding release motor (M14).
After the 1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51) turns ON, the paper is conveyed by a specified number of steps.
While the paper is being conveyed, the 1st folding roller gears /1 [1] and /2 [4] rotate in the same direction since
these 2 gears are interlocked each other through the idle gear [2].
After conveying the paper by the prescribed number of steps, M14 rotates until it gets to a specified number of
steps. This rotates the eccentric cam [5] to allow the idle gear arm [3] to separate the idle gear [2] from the 1st
folding roller gears /1 [1] and /2 [4]. At the same time, when M14 starts up, the cam provided on the inside of the
1st roller gear /2 [4] rotates to allow the 1st roller /1 and 1st roller /2 to contact each other closely to rotate 1st
roller /1. get the gears engaged.
The phases of the 1st folding roller gears /1 [1] and the 1st folding roller gears /2 [3] are not aligned in the depth
direction. Therefore, they do not engage with each other after the idle gear [2] has been separated.

[1]
[1]
[2]

[2]

[3] [4]

[4]
[6]

[5]

fd501to2017c

[1] 1st folding roller gear /1 [4] 1st folding roller gear /2
[2] Idle gear [5] Eccentric cam
[3] Idle gear arm [6] Seen from the FD side

1 35
6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

And in parallel with this, when the 1st folding release motor (M14) starts up, the winding-up of the wire that pulls
the folding guide [2] to the right side is loosened to allow the folding guide [2] to push out the paper in the clear-
ance between the 1st folding rollers /1 [1] and /2 [3]. As a result, the paper gets caught in the rollers to be
FD-501

folded.

[1]

[2]

[3]

fd501to2018c

[1] 1st folding roller /1 [3] 1st folding roller /2


[2] Folding guide

36
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION

6.3.4 2nd folding control


A. Conveyance/folding switching control
The switching between conveyance and folding is made by moving the 2nd folding roller /1. This switching is

FD-501
made when the eccentric cam is driven by the 2nd folding release motor (M15).
After the 2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53) turns ON, the paper is conveyed by a specified number of
steps. While the paper is being conveyed, the 2nd folding roller gears /1 [1] and /2 [4] rotate in the same direc-
tion since these 2 gears are interlocked each other through the idle gear [2].
After conveying the paper by the prescribed number of steps, M15 rotates until it gets to a specified number of
steps. This rotates the eccentric cam [5] to allow the idle gear arm [3] to separate the idle gear [2] from the 2nd
folding roller gears /1 [1] and /2 [4]. At the same time, when M14 starts up, the cam provided on the inside of the
2nd roller gear /2 [4] rotates to allow the 2nd roller /1 [1] and 2nd roller /2 to contact each other closely to rotate
the 2nd roller /1.
The phases of the 2nd folding roller gears /1 [1] and the 2nd folding roller gears /2 [3] are not aligned in the
depth direction. Therefore, they do not engage with each other after the idle gear [2] has been separated.

[1]

[1]
[2]
[2]

[4]

[3]

[4]

[5] [6]

fd501to2019c

[1] 2nd folding roller gear /1 [4] 2nd folding roller gear /2
[2] Idle gear [5] Eccentric cam
[3] Idle gear arm [6] Seen from the FD side

1 37
6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

And in parallel with this, when the 2nd folding release motor (M15) starts up, the winding-up of the wire that pulls
the folding guide [2] to the right side is loosened to allow the folding guide [2] to push out the paper in the clear-
ance between the 2nd folding rollers /1 [1] and /2 [3]. As a result, the paper gets caught in the rollers to be
FD-501

folded.

[4]
[1]

[2]

[3]

fd501to2020c

[1] 2nd folding roller /1 [3] 2nd folding roller /2


[2] Folding guide [4] Direction of paper exit

38
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION

B. Gate fold assist control


In the case of the Gate fold, the 2nd folding roller solenoid (SD18) turns ON a specified period of time after the
1st folding motor (M14) starts folding. When SD18 starts up, the 2nd roller is pressed firmly. This is a measure

FD-501
taken to avoid a multiple fold that is apt to occur at the folding section of paper when the 2nd folding is made.

fd501to2021c

39
6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.5 3rd folding control


A. Conveyance/folding switching control
The switching between conveyance and folding is made by moving the 3rd folding roller /1. This switching is
FD-501

made when the eccentric cam is driven by the 3rd folding release motor (M16).
After the 3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54) turns ON, the paper is conveyed by a specified number of steps.
While the paper is being conveyed, the 3rd folding roller gears /1 [1] and /2 [4] rotate in the same direction since
these 2 gears are interlocked each other through the idle gear [2].
After conveying the paper by the prescribed number of steps, M16 rotates until it gets to a specified number of
steps. This rotates the eccentric cam [5] to allow the idle gear arm [3] to separate the idle gear [2] from the 3rd
folding roller gears /1 [1] and /2 [4]. At the same time, when M16 starts up, the cam provided on the inside of the
3rd roller gear /2 [4] rotates to allow the 3rd roller /1 [1] and 3rd roller /2 to contact each other closely to
rotate the 3rd roller /1. The plases of the 3rd folding roller gears /1 [1] and the 3rd folding roller gears /2 [3] are
not aligned in the depth direction. Therefore, they do not engage with each other the idle gear [2] has been sep-
arated.

[1]

[2]
[1]

[2]

[4]

[3]
[6]

[4]

[5]
fd501to2022c

[1] 3rd folding roller gear /1 [4] 3rd folding roller gear /2
[2] Idle gear [5] Eccentric cam
[3] Idle gear arm [6] Seen from the FD side

40 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING CONVEYANCE SECTION

And in parallel with this, when the 3rd folding release motor (M16) starts up, the winding-up of the wire that pulls
the folding guide [2] to the left side is loosened to allow the folding guide [2] to push out the paper in the clear-
ance between the 3rd folding rollers /1 [1] and /2 [3]. As a result, the paper gets caught in the rollers to be

FD-501
folded.

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

fd501to2023

[1] 3rd folding roller /1 [3] 3rd folding roller /2


[2] Folding guide [4] Direction of paper exit

41
7. MAIN TRAY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7. MAIN TRAY SECTION


7.1 Composition
FD-501

Main tray

Main tray paper exit


sensor (PS18)

Main tray upper


limit sensor (PS20)

Main tray paper full


sensor (PS7)

Main tray lower limit


sensor (PS22)

fd501to2035c

42 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 7. MAIN TRAY SECTION

7.2 Drive

FD-501
[1]

[2]

[3]

fd501to2036c

[1] Main tray [3] Tray up/down motor (M11)


[2] Up/down wire

43
7. MAIN TRAY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7.3 Operation
7.3.1 Main tray up/down control
FD-501

The up/down operation of the main tray is controlled by rotating the tray up/down motor (M11) in the normal or
reverse direction.

A. Main tray paper detection


A specified period of time after the main tray paper exit sensor (PS18) turns ON, M11 starts up to bring down
the main tray until the main tray upper limit sensor (PS20) turns OFF, and then bring it up again until PS20 turns
ON.
After the paper is exited, PS20 maintains the distance between the upper surface of the paper exited in the main
tray (the surface of the main tray when no paper exited) and the paper exit opening at a fixed distance to prevent
the paper exited from having an uneven edge.

B. Switching the operation of the main tray


The main tray is set so that it normally does not operate.
When letting the main tray operate, insert the short connector [2] into the CN90 [1].

Caution:
• Letting the main tray operate with the next option connected may cause damages to the machine.
Be absolutely sure not to connect the short connector.

[2]
[1]

fd501to2037c

44
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 8. SUB TRAY SECTION

8. SUB TRAY SECTION


8.1 Composition

FD-501
Sub tray paper full sensor (PS17)

fd501to2024c

1 45
8. SUB TRAY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

8.2 Drive
FD-501

[1]

[3]

M3

[2]

fd501to2025c

[1] Paper exit solenoid (SD12) [3] Sub tray paper exit roller
[2] Sub tray paper exit roller

46
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 8. SUB TRAY SECTION

8.3 Operation
8.3.1 Sub tray full detection control

FD-501
When the paper that has been exited in the sub tray gets to a specified thickness, the sub tray paper full sensor
(PS17) [2] turns OFF, and the "sub tray paper full" information is sent to the main body. Upon receipt of this infor-
mation, the main body displays the message on the operation LCD.
When the folded paper on the sub tray is unfolded and the sub tray paper full sensor (PS46) [1] turns ON, the
"sub tray paper full" information is also sent to the main body.

[1]

[2]

fd501to2026c

[1] Sub tray folding paper full sensor (PS46) [2] Sub tray paper full sensor (PS17)

8.3.2 Line speed switching


Paper conveyed by the intermediate conveyance motor (M3) is decelerated for each sheet of paper to be exited
into the sub tray.

FD entrance sensor (PS1)

Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS10)


Intermediate [2]
conveyance
motor (M3) Deceleration

[1] fd501to2042c

[1] Deceleration of the intermediate conveyance [2] High speed rotation


motor (M3)
* The time period up to the deceleration can be changed by the process speed on the main body side.

2 47
9. PI SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

9. PI SECTION
9.1 Composition
FD-501

Paper pick-up mechanism

Manual operation
Paper separation
mechanism

Multi feed sensor


Paper set sensor

Paper size VR
(main scan direc-
tion)
Paper size sensor
(sub scan direc-
Lift plate tion)

fd501to2027c

48 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 9. PI SECTION

9.2 Drive
9.2.1 Tray lift drive

FD-501
[1]

[4]

[2]

[3]

fd501to2028c

[1] Paper lift motor /Up (M8) [3] PI lift plate /Lw
[2] Paper lift motor /Lw (M9) [4] PI lift plate /Up

49
9. PI SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

9.2.2 Paper feed drive

[10] [11]
FD-501

[1]

[2]

[9]

[8]

[7]

[6]

[5]

[4]

[3]
fd501to2029c

[1] Separation roller /Up [7] Pick-up roller /Lw


[2] PI registration clutch /Up (CL1) [8] PI conveyance motor (M7)
[3] PI registration clutch /Lw (CL2) [9] Rotational direction of separation roller /Up
[4] Separation roller /Lw [10] Pick-up roller /Up
[5] Rotational direction of separation roller /Lw [11] Paper feed roller /Up
[6] Paper feed roller /Lw

50
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 9. PI SECTION

9.2.3 Pick-up drive

[5] [1]

FD-501
[2]

[3]

[4] fd501to2030c

[1] Spring [4] PI pick-up solenoids /Up (SD13) and /Lw


[2] Direction of spring force (SD14)
[3] Release arm [5] Pick-up rollers /Up and /Lw

51
9. PI SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

9.3 Operation
9.3.1 Size detection control
FD-501

For the size detection of a paper, there are the following two directions for each of the tray /Up and the tray /Lw:
that is, the main scan direction and the sub scan direction.
The size detection in the sub scan, when the PI paper set sensors /Up (PS44) and /Lw (PS45) [6] turn ON, is
made by the following 3 sensors: PI maximum size sensors /Up (PS47) and /Lw (PS48) [1], L size sensors /Up
(PS35) and /Lw (PS41) [2] and S size sensors /Up (PS36) and /Lw (PS42) [3].
When the PS44 and PS45 are OFF, the tray is judged "paper empty."
The size detection in the main scan is made by the paper size VR /Up (VR31) and /Lw (VR32) [4] that are inter-
locked with the paper regulation plate [5].

[1]

[2]

[3]

[6]

[4]

[5] fd501to2031c

[1] PI maximum size sensors /Up (PS47) and / [4] Paper size VR /Up (VR31) and /Lw (VR32)
Lw (PS48) [5] Paper regulation plate
[2] L size sensors /Up (PS35) and /Lw (PS41) [6] PI paper set sensors /Up (PS44) and /Lw
[3] S size sensors /Up (PS36) and /Lw (PS42) (PS45)

52
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 9. PI SECTION

9.3.2 Up/down control


For the up/down of the tray, when the paper lift motors /Up (M8) [1] and /Lw (M9) [7] rotate in the normal and
reverse directions, the lift arms /Up [11] and /Lw [9] start up to bring up and down the PI lift plates /Up [12] and

FD-501
/Lw [10]. The lower limit position is detected by the PI lift plate home sensors /Up (PS34) [2] and /Lw (PS40) [8].
The upper limit position is detected by the PI upper limit sensors /Up (PS32) [4] and /Lw (PS38) [6] at the posi-
tion to which the actuators /Up [3] and /Lw [5] are pushed up by the PI lift plate.
When the PI paper set sensors /Up (PS44) and /Lw (PS45) are ON with the main body start button ON, M8 and
M9 turn ON to bring up the PI lift plate. When PS32 and PS38 turn ON, M8 and M9 stop.
While in the copy/print operation, when PS32 and PS38 turn OFF from ON, M8 and M9 turn ON again to bring
up the plate until PS32 and PS38 turn ON.
When PS44 and PS45 turn OFF with no paper left, M8 and M9 make a reverse rotation to move down the PI lift
plate until PS34 and PS40 turn ON.

[12] [1] [2]

[3]

[4]

[11]

[5]
[10]

[6]

[9] [8] [7] fd501to2032c

[1] Paper lift motor /Up (M8) [7] Paper lift motor /Lw (M9)
[2] PI lift plate home sensor /Up (PS34) [8] PI lift plate home sensor /Lw (PS40)
[3] Actuator /Up [9] Lift arm /Lw
[4] PI upper limit sensor /Up (PS32) [10] PI lift plate /Lw
[5] Actuator /Lw [11] Lift arm /Up
[6] PI upper limit sensor /Lw (PS38) [12] PI lift plate /Up

53
9. PI SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

9.3.3 Pick-up mechanism


The picking-up of the paper [6] is made when the PI pick-up solenoids /Up (SD13) and /Lw (SD14) [5] turn ON.
The release arm that is pressed down by the spring [1] in the direction of [2] presses down the paper feed arm
FD-501

[4] to place the pick-up rollers /Up and /Lw [7] in the release condition. When SD13 and SD14 [5] turn ON, the
release arm is released upward and the pick-up rollers /Up and /Lw [7] go down by their own weight. The pick-
up roller that is rotated by the PI conveyance motor (M7) presses down the paper to pick it up.

[6] [7] [1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5] fd501to2033c

[1] Spring [5] PI pick-up solenoids /Up (SD13) and /Lw


[2] Direction of the spring force (SD14)
[3] Release arm [6] Paper
[4] Paper feed arm [7] Pick-up rollers /Up and /Lw

Paper feed arm retaining lever [1] is provided in the pick-up roller section to prevent multi feed.
By moving the paper feed arm retaining levers [1] on the front and back inward, the pick-up rollers on the front
and back are secured while the roller in the middle presses against paper.
Multi feed is prevented by reducing the pressure against paper when feeding papers.

[1]

[2] fd501to2044c

54 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 9. PI SECTION

9.3.4 Separation mechanism


The separation roller [4] is driven in the direction opposite to the paper conveyance [2]. However, when no paper
is conveyed or only one sheet of paper is conveyed, the frictional force generating between the paper feed roller

FD-501
[1] and the separation roller [4] or the paper and the separation roller is greater than the frictional force of the
torque limiter [3]. Accordingly, the separation roller [4] rotates in the direction of the paper conveyance [2] to con-
vey paper to the vertical conveyance section.
When 2 or more sheets of paper are conveyed, the frictional force between these sheets of paper is smaller than
the frictional force of the torque limiter [3] and the separation roller [4] rotates in the reverse direction to prevent
the lower most paper from being conveyed.
When the PI registration clutches /Up (CL1) and /Lw (CL2) turn ON according to the PI paper feed demand sig-
nal, the paper feed roller [1], the separation roller [4], and the pick-up roller [7] rotate to convey the paper one at
a time.

[7] [1]

[6]

[2]

[5] [4]

[3]

fd501to2034c

[1] Paper feed rollers /Up and /Lw [5] 2nd sheet of paper
[2] Conveyance direction of a sheet of paper [6] 1st sheet of paper
[3] Torque limiter [7] Pick-up rollers /Up and /Lw
[4] Separation rollers /Up and /Lw

55
9. PI SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

9.3.5 Multi feed detection control


To detect a multi feed while in the PI paper feed, the PI conveyance path is provided with the multi feed sensor.
The multi feed sensor is a ultrasonic sensor made up of a pair of a sender and a receiver. This sensor receives
FD-501

ultrasonic waves sent from the multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB1) [1] by the multi feed detection board /2
(MFDB2) [2].
Based on the difference in the amount of ultrasonic waves received when a single sheet of paper [1] and the plu-
ral sheets of paper [4] pass through between the sender and the receiver, a check is made to see if paper has
been multi fed or not.
The multi feed detection function turns ON (operates) when the LED on the lower side is turned on by the multi
feed detection function selection button on the FD operation board (FDOB) and when no selection is made. And
it turns OFF (does not operate) when the LED on the upper side is turned on.

[3] [4]

[2] [1] [5] fd501to2038c

[1] Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB1) [4] More than one sheet of paper
[2] Multi feed detection board /2 (MFDB2) [5] Layer of air
[3] One sheet of paper

9.3.6 Paper empty detection control


The detection of the presence of paper in the tray section while in the print stop is made by the PI empty sen-
sors /Up (PS33) and /Lw (PS39). And also, the paper empty detection while in the print is made by the PI set
sensors /Up (PS44) and /Lw (PS45) to stop the paper feed from the trays /1 to /5 when PS44 and PS45 detect
the trailing edge of the last paper.

56
SERVICE MANUAL Theory of Operation

LS-501/502

2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for improve-
ment of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the corresponding
page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2007/11 3.0 Revision in relation to change of description


2006/09 2.0 Revision in relation to launching of C6500
2004/10 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

LS-501/502
LS-501/502

OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. UNIT COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

COMPOSITION/OPERATION
4. COUPLING CONVEYANCE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3.1 Door open/close mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3.2 Jam release lever lock mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
5. ENTRANCE CONVEYANCE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
5.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
5.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.3.1 Path switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.3.2 Conveyance line speed control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5.3.3 Paper cooling mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
6. CONVEYANCE SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
6.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
6.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6.2.1 Stacker tray/sub tray conveyance drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6.2.2 Coupling conveyance/grip belt/paper press arm drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
6.2.3 Stacker tray up down drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6.2.4 Shift unit/alignment plate drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
6.2.5 Rear stopper/job partition plate drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
6.2.6 Front stopper/paper press arm drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.3.1 Stacker tray conveyance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.3.2 Coupling conveyance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.3.3 Sub tray conveyance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

i
CONTENTS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
LS-501/502

Blank page

ii
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

„ OUTLINE

LS-501/502
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type

Type Grip conveyance type horizontal stacker


Conveyance method Entrance convey- Roller conveyance method
ance
Stacker tray con- Grip conveyance method
veyance
Sub tray convey- Roller conveyance method
ance
Coupling convey- Roller conveyance (LS-501 only)
ance
Alignment method Movable alignment lever (stacker tray only)
Method of stacking Horizontal stack- Mixing of original sizes not allowed (stacker tray only)
ing
Shifting method Conveyance Shift amount: 20 mm (stacker tray only)
direction shift

B. Functions

Mode Stacker tray non- Exited into the stacker tray with no processing made.
sort mode
Sub tray mode Exited into the sub tray with no processing made.
Stacker tray sort Exited into the stacker tray after being shifted (20mm).
mode
Coupling mode Exited into the post-processing unit with no processing
made.
Maximum number of Stacker tray 5,000 sheets (80 g/m2)
sheets loadable Sub tray 200 sheets (80 g/m2)

1 1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Type of paper

Paper size Stacker tray • When 5,000 sheets loaded


LS-501/502

SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S


13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18,
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
size entry : (Max. 324 x 460 mm)
• When 3,000 sheets loaded
Coated paper (Sub-scan direction is 380 mm or longer)
Custom paper*2 : (Max. 330 x 483 mm,
Min.210 x 148mm)
• When 2,000 sheets loaded
B5, A5

*1 1050 only *2 C6500 only


*3 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
Sub tray SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5,
A5S*2, B6S*2, A6S*2
13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3
Tab paper*4 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S,
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
Custom paper*2 : (Max. 330 x 487 mm,
Min. 100 x 148 mm)
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5,
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S,
51/2 x 81/2, size entry : (Max.324 x
460 mm)

*1 1050 only *2 C6500 only


*3 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
*4 C6500: only A4 and 81/2 x11. Operation of paper exit
with tab area at the trail edge side is not assured.
Paper weight Stacker tray 50 to 244 g/m2
Sub tray 50 to 300 g/m2

2 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

D. Maintenance

Maintenance Same as the main body.

LS-501/502
E. Machine data

Power source LS-501 AC100 to 240V (DC5V is supplied from the main body)
LS-502 24V DC (supplied from the main body)
Maximum power consump- 143W or less
tion
Dimensions 785 (W) x 723 (D) x 1,020 (H) mm
Weight Approx. 110 kg

F. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH

Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.

2 3
2. UNIT COMPOSITION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

2. UNIT COMPOSITION
LS-501/502

[8] [9] [10] [1]

[7]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[6]

[5] ls502to1001c

[1] Shift unit [6] Stacker tray conveyance section


[2] 1st gate [7] Coupling conveyance section
[3] Entrance conveyance section [8] Sub tray
[4] Stacker tray [9] Sub tray conveyance section
[5] Hand cart [10] 2nd gate

4
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PAPER PATH

3. PAPER PATH

LS-501/502
[3]

[2]

[1]

ls502to1002c

[1] Stacker tray non-sort/sort mode [3] Sub tray mode


[2] Coupling mode

5
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
LS-501/502

Blank page

6
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. COUPLING CONVEYANCE SECTION

„ COMPOSITION/OPERATION

LS-501/502
4. COUPLING CONVEYANCE SECTION
4.1 Composition

Coupling conveyance Entrance convey-


lock solenoid (SD11) ance lock solenoid
(LS-501 only) (SD5)

Front door lock


solenoid (SD4)

ls502to2001c

4.2 Drive

[4] [1]

[3] [2] ls502to2002c

[1] Entrance conveyance lock solenoid (SD5) [3] Coupling jam release lever
[2] Entrance jam release lever [4] Coupling conveyance lock solenoid (SD11)

1 7
4. COUPLING CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3 Operation
LS-501/502

4.3.1 Door open/close mechanism


While the LS is in operation, the front door is locked by the front door lock solenoid (SD4), thus making it impos-
sible to open and close it. However, while in the coupling conveyance (coupling mode) or while exiting paper into
the sub tray (sub tray mode), the front door can be opened and closed.
Pressing the paper removing switch on the stacker tray operation board (TOB) brings down the stacker tray.
And when the stacker tray arm release sensor (PS15) is turn on, SD4 turns off immediately.
The lock is released due to SD4 being turned off and the front door can be opened and closed.

4.3.2 Jam release lever lock mechanism


The entrance guide plate and the coupling guide plate are provided with a jam release lever to release jams. The
operation of each of the jam release levers is made by the entrance conveyance lock solenoid (SD5) and the
coupling conveyance lock solenoid (SD11).

ON/OFF timing of SD5 and SD11

Operation timing
ON When the stacker tray goes up, and while in printing
(Lock)
OFF While in standing by, when the stacker tray goes down after completion of printing,
(Release) and when the front door is open (except in coupling mode and in sub tray mode)

8
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. ENTRANCE CONVEYANCE SECTION

5. ENTRANCE CONVEYANCE SECTION

LS-501/502
5.1 Composition

Paper cooling fan


Paper cooling fan motor (FM4)
motor /2 (FM6) 2nd gate

Paper cooling fan


motor /1 (FM2)

1st gate

Paper cooling fan


motor /Rr (FM5)

Paper cooling fan


motor /Fr (FM1)

Paper cooling fan


motor /Mi (FM3)

ls502to2003c

1 9
5. ENTRANCE CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5.2 Drive
LS-501/502

[1] [2]

[3]

[4]

[8] [7] [6] [5] ls502to2004c

[1] 2nd gate solenoid (SD10) [5] Entrance roller


[2] Coupling conveyance roller /2 [6] 1st gate
[3] Conveyance motor (M2) [7] Coupling conveyance roller /1
[4] 1st gate solenoid (SD1) [8] 2nd gate

10
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. ENTRANCE CONVEYANCE SECTION

5.3 Operation

LS-501/502
5.3.1 Path switching
The path along which paper conveyed to the entrance guide plate is conveyed varies according to the operation
mode. The switching of the conveyance path is made by the 1st gate and the 2nd gate.

A. 1st gate
The switching of the conveyance path is made between the stacker tray paper exit (stacker tray non-sort mode
and stacker tray sort mode) and the sub tray paper exit (sub tray mode) and the coupling conveyance (coupling
mode).

[1]

[3] [2] ls502to2005c

[1] Sub tray mode/coupling mode [3] Stacker tray non-sort mode/stacker tray
[2] 1st gate sort mode

11
5. ENTRANCE CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. 2nd gate
The conveyance path is switched between the sub tray paper exit (sub tray mode) and the coupling conveyance
LS-501/502

(coupling mode).

[2] [3]

[1] ls502to2006c

[1] Coupling mode [3] 2nd gate


[2] Sub tray mode

12
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. ENTRANCE CONVEYANCE SECTION

5.3.2 Conveyance line speed control


The conveyance process speed of the entrance roller and the coupling conveyance rollers 1/ and 2/ that are

LS-501/502
driven by the conveyance motor (M2) varies according to the conveyance process speed of the main body.
These operations are common to all the modes.

A. When the main body process speed is 1000 mm/s:

[1] [2] [3] [4]

Entrance sensor (PS4)

Conveyance motor 1000 mm/s


(M2)
490 mm/s

ls502to2007c

[1] Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON [3] 2nd sheet of paper
[2] 1st sheet of paper [4] 3rd sheet of paper

B. When the main body process speed is 490 mm/s:

[1] [2] [3] [4]

Entrance sensor (PS4)

Conveyance motor 1000 mm/s


(M2)
490 mm/s

ls502to2008c

[1] Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON [3] 2nd sheet of paper
[2] 1st sheet of paper [4] 3rd sheet of paper

13
5. ENTRANCE CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5.3.3 Paper cooling mechanism


Paper conveyed to the LS is likely to curl up due to fusing heat.
LS-501/502

Heat storage accumulated in paper stacked during continuous printing may cause tacking (sheets of paper
sticking hard each other by toner) when toner that has been fused is re-fused and adheres. So, fresh air is blown
on the paper from under the entrance guide plate and above the path guide of the upper surface of the paper
stack section, thus cooling down the paper to correct curling and prevent tacking.

[4] [5]

[3] [2] [1] ls502to2028c

[1] Paper cooling fan motor /Rr (FM5) [4] Paper cooling fan motor /1 (FM2)
[2] Paper cooling fan motor /Mi (FM3) [5] Paper cooling fan motor /2 (FM6)
[3] Paper cooling fan motor /Fr (FM1)

14
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. CONVEYANCE SECTION

6. CONVEYANCE SECTION

LS-501/502
6.1 Composition
Paper press sole-
noid /3 (SD8)
Decurler roller
Paper empty
sensor (PS6) Paper press arm
Grip belt

Paper empty
Front stopper detection actuator Job partition Paddler
solenoid (SD9) plate
Sub tray full
sensor (PS9)

Conveyance sen-
sor /3 (PS17)

Paper detection
sensor (PS19)

Guide plate

Hand cart

ls502to2009c

1 15
6. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.2 Drive
LS-501/502

6.2.1 Stacker tray/sub tray conveyance drive

[6]

[1]

[2]

[5] [4] [3] ls502to2010c

[1] Sub tray paper exit motor (M3) [4] Paddler


[2] Conveyance motor (M2) [5] Sub tray conveyance roller
[3] Decurler roller [6] Sub tray paper exit roller

16
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. CONVEYANCE SECTION

6.2.2 Coupling conveyance/grip belt/paper press arm drive

LS-501/502
[8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13]
[14]

[15]

[7]

[6]

[5] [4] [3] [2] [1] ls502to2011c

: LS-501 only

[1] Paper press arm /1 [9] Coupling conveyance roller /5 : LS-501 only
[2] Stacker tray paper empty detection actuator [10] Paper press solenoid /2 (SD7)
[3] Grip belt [11] Coupling conveyance roller /4 : LS-501 only
[4] Grip conveyance motor (M4) [12] Paper press arm /2
[5] Coupling conveyance motor (M6) : LS-501 only [13] Coupling conveyance roller /3
[6] Coupling paper exit roller : LS-501 only [14] Coupling conveyance motor (M6) : LS-502 only
[7] Coupling conveyance roller /7 : LS-501 only [15] Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6)
[8] Coupling conveyance roller /6 : LS-501 only

17
6. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.2.3 Stacker tray up down drive


LS-501/502

[4] [5]

[1]

[3]

[2] ls501t2c001a

[1] Wire [4] Stacker tray


[2] Belt [5] Stacker tray up down arm
[3] Stacker tray up down motor (M1)

18 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. CONVEYANCE SECTION

6.2.4 Shift unit/alignment plate drive


LS drawing as seen from above. On the right side is the main body.

LS-501/502
[5] [6]

[1]

[4] [3] [2] ls502to2013c

[1] Guide rail [4] Shift unit


[2] Alignment plate [5] Shift unit motor (M5)
[3] Alignment motor (M7) [6] Guide rail

19
6. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.2.5 Rear stopper/job partition plate drive


LS-501/502

[1]

[4]

[3] [2] ls502to2014c

[1] Rear stopper [3] Rear stopper solenoid (SD3)


[2] Job partition plate [4] Job partition solenoid (SD2)

20
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. CONVEYANCE SECTION

6.2.6 Front stopper/paper press arm drive

LS-501/502
[2] [1]

[2] [1]

[3]

[6] [4]
[5]

[4]

ls502to2015c

[1] Spring [4] Spring


[2] Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8) [5] Front stopper
[3] Paper press arm /3 [6] Front stopper solenoid (SD9)

21
6. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3 Operation
LS-501/502

6.3.1 Stacker tray conveyance


While in the stacker tray non-sort mode and the stacker tray sort mode, paper is conveyed into the stacker tray.

A. Decurler
Paper that has passed through the 1st gate is conveyed to the grip belt by the decurler roller. At this time, the
correction of curled paper is made by the decurler roller.

B. Grip conveyance
Paper conveyed by the decurler roller enters and is help by the grip provided on the grip belt. The paper held by
the grip is conveyed to the section above the stacker tray by the rotation of the grip belt.
Two grips are provided on the grip belt and each one of them conveys paper one after the other. The position
where the grip is waiting for paper from the decurler roller is controlled by the grip conveyance home sensor
(PS5).

[5] [6] [7]

[4] [3] [2] [1] ls502to2016c

[1] Paper [5] Grip


[2] Decurler roller [6] Grip belt
[3] Grip [7] Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
[4] Stacker tray

22
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. CONVEYANCE SECTION

C. Front stopper control


Paper conveyed by the grip strikes against the front stopper equipped to the shift unit and is released from the

LS-501/502
grip. At this time, the shift unit has been moved to the position specified in advance for each paper size.
Two types of the front stoppers, more specifically, a movable type and a stationary type, are employed. In
stacker tray non-sort mode, only the movable type front stopper is employed. A distance of 20 mm is kept
between the position where the movable type front stopper stops and the position in which the stationary type
front stopper is, which is the shift distance.
For the front stopper solenoid (SD9) that drives the movable type front stopper, a latch-type solenoid is
employed that is not required to be energized to maintain the ON state. However, a latch-type solenoid requires
a different control signal for each ON and OFF action.

[8] [9] [10]

[7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] ls502to2017c

[1] Entrance sensor (PS4) [6] Grip


[2] Paper [7] Stacker tray
[3] Movable type front stopper [8] Grip belt
[4] 20 mm [9] Shift unit
[5] Stationary type front stopper [10] Grip

23
6. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(1) Stacker tray non-sort mode


LS-501/502

[1] [3] [5] [6] [7]

Entrance sensor (PS4)

Shift unit motor (M5)

Front stopper Latch ON signal


solenoid (SD9)
Latch OFF signal

[8]
[2] [4] ls502to2018c

[1] Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON [5] 2nd sheet of paper
[2] The shift unit starts to move [6] 3rd sheet of paper
[3] 1st sheet of paper [7] Last sheet of paper
[4] Movable type front stopper ON [8] Movable type front stopper OFF

(2) Stacker tray sort mode

[1] [3] [5] [6] [8]

Entrance sensor (PS4)

Shift unit motor (M5)

Front stopper Latch ON signal


solenoid (SD9)
Latch OFF signal

[10]
[2] [4] [7] [9] ls502to2019c

[1] Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON [6] Shift of the 1st sheet of paper
[2] The shift unit starts to move [7] Movable type front stopper OFF
[3] 1st sheet of paper [8] Shift of the last sheet of paper
[4] Movable type front stopper ON [9] Movable type front stopper OFF secured
[5] Last sheet of paper [10] Movable type front stopper OFF secured

24
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. CONVEYANCE SECTION

D. Job partition plate


In stacker tray sort mode, the trailing edge of the shift paper is restricted by the job partition plate and the paper

LS-501/502
is exited onto the stacker tray 20 mm shifted from the non-shift paper. At this time, the upper surface of the non-
shift paper does not come to the same level as the lower edge of the job partition plate and the 1st sheet of the
shift paper is in possibility of getting into the lower side of the job partition plate. To prevent this, the job partition
plate is attached to the upper surface of the non-shift paper that has been exited to restrict the entry of the
paper.
For the job partition solenoid (SD2) that drives the job partition plate, a latch-type solenoid is employed that is
not required to be energized to maintain the ON state. However, a latch-type solenoid requires a different control
signal for each ON and OFF action.

[5]

[4] [3] [2] [1] ls502to2023c

[1] Entrance sensor (PS4) [4] Stacker tray


[2] Job partition plate [5] Shift paper
[3] Non-shift paper

25
6. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(1) Stacker tray non-sort mode


Ex.: Letter 4 sheets
LS-501/502

[1] [2] [4] [6] [8]

Entrance sensor (PS4)

Job partition Latch ON signal


solenoid (SD2)
Latch OFF signal

[9]
[3] [5] [7] ls502to2021c

[1] Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON [6] 3rd sheet of paper
[2] 1st sheet of paper [7] Job partition plate close
[3] Job partition plate close [8] Last sheet of paper
[4] 2nd sheet of paper [9] Job partition plate close
[5] Job partition plate close

(2) Stacker tray sort mode


Ex.: Letter 2 sheets

[1] [2] [4] [5] [7]

Entrance sensor (PS4)

Job partition Latch ON signal


solenoid (SD2)
Latch OFF signal

[3] [6] [8] ls502to2022c

[1] Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON [5] 1st sheet of non-shift paper
[2] 1st sheet of shift paper [6] Job partition plate close
[3] Job partition plate open (shift amount: 20 mm) [7] 2nd sheet of non-shift paper
[4] 2nd sheet of shift paper [8] Job partition plate close

26
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. CONVEYANCE SECTION

E. Rear stopper control


While in the stacker tray sort mode is in shifting, the rear stopper is left open and this plays as a guide for the

LS-501/502
trailing edge of paper.
To assist the separation of paper released from the grip, the paddle is rotated at a high speed.
For the rear stopper solenoid (SD3) that drives the rear stopper, a latch-type solenoid is employed that is not
required to be energized to maintain the ON state. However, a latch-type solenoid requires a different control
signal for each ON and OFF action.

[5] [1]

[4] [3] [2] ls502to2020c

[1] Paddler [4] Paper position while in the stacker tray sort mode
[2] Entrance sensor (PS4) [5] Paper position while in the stacker tray non-sort mode
[3] Rear stopper

27
6. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(1) Stacker tray non-sort mode


Ex.: Letter 4 sheets
LS-501/502

[1] [2] [5] [8] [11]

Entrance sensor (PS4)

Rear stopper Latch ON signal


solenoid (SD3)
Latch OFF signal

[13]
[3] [4] [6] [7] [9] [10] [12] ls502to2029c

[1] Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON [8] 3rd sheet of paper
[2] 1st sheet of paper [9] Rear stopper open
[3] Rear stopper open [10] Rear stopper close
[4] Rear stopper close [11] 4th sheet of paper
[5] 2nd sheet of paper [12] Rear stopper open
[6] Rear stopper open [13] Rear stopper close
[7] Rear stopper close

(2) Stacker tray sort mode


Ex.: Letter 2 sheets

[1] [2] [4] [6] [9]

Entrance sensor (PS4)

Rear stopper Latch ON signal


solenoid (SD3)
Latch OFF signal

[11]
[3] [5] [7] [8] [10] ls502to2024c

[1] Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON [7] Rear stopper open
[2] Shift of the 1st sheet of paper [8] Rear stopper close
[3] Rear stopper open [9] Non-shift of the 2nd sheet of paper
[4] Shift of the 2nd sheet of paper [10] Rear stopper open
[5] Rear stopper close [11] Rear stopper close
[6] Non-shift of the 1st sheet of paper

28
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. CONVEYANCE SECTION

F. Paper press arm


The paper that has been released from the grip is pressed one at a time onto the stacker tray by the paper pres-

LS-501/502
sure arms /1, /2 and /3 to be loaded on the stacker tray. However, the operation of the paper pressure arm /2 is
limited only to the paper size larger than B4.

[1] [2] [3] [4]

Entrance sensor (PS4)

Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6)

Paper press solenoid /2 (SD7)

Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)


ls502to2025c

[1] Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON [3] 2nd sheet of paper
[2] 1st sheet of paper [4] Last sheet of paper

G. Alignment plate control


Paper loaded on the stacker tray is aligned by the alignment plate for each sheet of paper.

[1] [3] [5] [7] [9]

Entrance sensor (PS4)

Alignment motor (M7)


Alignment plate home
sensor (PS12)

[10] [11]
[2] [4] [6] [8] ls502to2026c

[1] Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON [6] Alignment of the 2nd sheet of paper
[2] Movement to a position specified for each [7] 3rd sheet of paper
paper size [8] Alignment of the 3rd sheet of paper
[3] 1st sheet of paper [9] Last sheet of paper
[4] Alignment of the 1st sheet of paper [10] Alignment of the last sheet of paper
[5] 2nd sheet of paper [11] Return to the home position

29
6. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

H. Stacker tray up down control


The detection of the upper surface of paper loaded on the stacker tray is made by the paper empty sensor (PS6)
LS-501/502

through the paper press arm /3. When PS6 is turned off by loading paper that has been exited, the stacker tray
up down motor (M1) turns on to lower the stacker tray down to the position at which PS6 turns on. The stacker
tray is thus held at a fixed height when paper is being exited.
The number of sheets of paper loaded on the stacker tray is detected by the 2000 sheets stacked sensor
(PS13) and the 5,000 sheets stacked sensor (PS14) provided on the up down path of the stacker tray and dis-
played on the operation panel. (3,000 sheets stacked detection is made by the main unit.)
When the hand cart once pulled out is put back to its original position, the stacker tray moves up to return to its
home position. If the paper detection sensor (PS19) detects that papers are loaded on the stacker tray, the tray
stops moving up in order to prevent the alignment plate from being damaged by the uplifted paper.

I. Hand cart detection mechanism


The set condition of the hand cart is detected by the hand cart set switch (RS1). And the set condition of the
stacker tray is detected by checking to see if the light from the stacker tray set LED (LED1) gets to the stacker
tray set sensor (PS1).

6.3.2 Coupling conveyance


In coupling mode, paper is conveyed to the device connected to the subsequent stage of the LS through the
coupling conveyance section.

A. Line speed switching


When paper is conveyed from the main body, the conveyance motor (M2) at the entrance conveyance section is
rotated at the same speed as the conveyance speed of the main body. When paper is conveyed to the LS, the
speed of rotation of M2 is increased up to 1,000 mm/s to convey paper.

6.3.3 Sub tray conveyance


In sub tray mode, paper is exited into the sub tray.

A. Line speed switching

[1] [2] [3] [4]

Entrance sensor (PS4)

Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS10)

1000 mm/s
Sub tray paper exit
motor (M3) 490 mm/s

350 mm/s
ls502to2027c

[1] Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON [3] 2nd sheet of paper
[2] 1st sheet of paper [4] Last sheet of paper

B. Paper full control


When the number of the sheets of paper discharged on the sub-tray gets to 200, the sub tray full sensor (PS9)
turns on to give indication of "paper full" on the operation panel.

30 1
SERVICE MANUAL Theory of Operation

FS-503

2007.11
Ver. 4.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for improve-
ment of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the corresponding
page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2007/11 4.0 Revision in relation to change of description


2006/11 3.0 Specification changes in relation to revision of 1050e
2006/09 2.0 Revision in relation to launching of C6500
2004/10 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

FS-503
FS-503

OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. UNIT COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

COMPOSITION/OPERATION
4. PAPER CONVEYANCE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.1 Conveyance path switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
5. SUB TRAY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
6. STACKER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
6.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
6.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
6.2.1 Stacker entrance roller/paddle drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
6.2.2 Stack assist plate/rear stopper drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
6.2.3 Intermediate roller/paper exit arm drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6.2.4 Alignment drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
6.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6.3.1 Stacker conveyance speed control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6.3.2 Intermediate roller control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6.3.3 Stack assist control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.3.4 Rear stopper control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.3.5 Alignment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.3.6 Stacker paper exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
7. STAPLER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
7.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
7.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
7.2.1 Stapler movement/rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
7.2.2 Stapler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
7.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7.3.1 Stapler movement control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7.3.2 Staple control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
8. MAIN TRAY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
8.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
8.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
8.2.1 Tray up/down drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
8.2.2 Main tray paper exit drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
8.2.3 Paper exit opening drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
8.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

i
CONTENTS Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

8.3.1 Paper exit opening control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38


8.3.2 Main tray up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
FS-503

ii
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

„ OUTLINE

FS-503
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type

Type Staple-cut type multi staple device

B. Functions
(1) Functions

Straight mode Exited into the main tray with no processing made.
Shift mode Exited into the main tray after being shifted.
Sub tray mode Exited into the sub tray with no processing made.
Staple mode Exited into the main tray after being flat-stapled.
Subset staple mode Bundles of flat-stapled sheets of paper and single sheets of paper being exited
at random into the main tray.

(2) Staple

Maximum number of 100 sheets of 50 to 81 g/m2 paper


sheets to be flat-stapled (50 sheets for paper the length of which is 400 mm or longer)
(Plain paper) 60 sheets of 82 to 91 g/m2 paper
(50 sheets for paper the length of which is 400 mm or longer)
50 sheets of 92 to 130 g/m2 paper
40 sheets of 131 to 161 g/m2 paper
25 sheets of 162 to 244 g/m2 paper
Stapling position 1 staple at the rear (45°), 1 staple at the front, and 2 staples at the center

1 1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

(3) Maximum number of sheets loadable

Main tray Straight/Shift 3,000 sheets: A4, A4S, B5, B5S


FS-503

(Weighing 50 to 244 g/ 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S


m2 paper length 16K*3, 16KS*3
smaller than -279mm) 1,500 sheets: SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2
(Weighing 50 to 300 g/ 13 x 19*2 (straight only), 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14,
m2 paper length - 81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
279mm or larger) 8K*3
wide paper*1: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5,
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
51/2 x 81/2,
size entry : (Max. 324 x 460 mm)
500 sheets : A5, A5S*2, B6S*2 (straight only),
51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
Tab paper*4 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
custom size (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min.
182 x 140 mm)
Custom paper : 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140
mm)
C6500 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 148 x 148
mm)

*1 1050 only *2 C6500 only


*3 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
*4 C6500: only A4 and 81/2 x11. Operation of paper exit with tab
area at the trail edge side is not assured.
Staple mode Staple sheet Set
2 to 9 150 (paper length 182 to 364mm)
75 (other than paper length 182 to 364mm)
10 to 20 50
21 to 30 30
31 to 40 25
41 to 50 20
51 to 60 15
61 to 100 10

2 2
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Sub tray SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2 A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S*2, B6S*2, A6S*2
(Weighing 50 to 300 g/ 13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
2
m ) 81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13

FS-503
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3
Tab paper*4 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
custom size (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm)
Custom paper : 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
C6500 (Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
size entry : (Max. 324 x 460 mm)

*1 1050 only *2 C6500 only


*3 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
*4 C6500: only A4 and 81/2 x11. Operation of paper exit with tab area at the trail
edge side is not assured.

C. Type of paper
(1) Staple

Paper size SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S, B5, A5
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2*1
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3
Tab paper*4 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, custom size (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min.
182 x 140 mm)
Custom paper : 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
C6500 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 210 x 148 mm)
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
size entry : (Max. 324 x 460 mm)

*1 1050 only *2 C6500 only


*3 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
*4 C6500: only A4 and 81/2 x11. Operation of paper exit with tab area at the
trail edge side is not assured.
Applicable paper Plain paper, high-quality paper, book paper
Paper weight Main tray 50 g/m2 to 244 g/m2

D. Maintenance

Maintenance Same as the main body

3 3
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

E. Machine data

Power source 24/5V DC (supplied from the main body)


FS-503

Maximum power consump- 110VA


tion
Dimensions When the main tray is pulled out: 915 (W) x 656 (D) x 1020 (H) mm
When the main tray is set in: 798 (W) x 656 (D) x 1020 (H) mm
When the main tray is removed: 544 (W) x 656 (D) x 1020 (H) mm
Weight Approx. 80 kg

F. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)

Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.

4
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 2. UNIT COMPOSITION

2. UNIT COMPOSITION

FS-503
[5]

[1]

[4]

[3]

[2]

fs503to1001c

[1] Paper conveyance section [4] Main tray section


[2] Stapler section [5] Sub tray section
[3] Stacker section

1 5
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

3. PAPER PATH
FS-503

[1]

[2]

[3]

fs503to1002c

[1] Sub tray paper path [3] Main tray paper path (only while in stapling)
[2] Main tray paper path (straight/sort/staple)

6 1
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER CONVEYANCE SECTION

„ COMPOSITION/OPERATION

FS-503
4. PAPER CONVEYANCE SECTION
4.1 Composition

Tray gate

Bypass gate

fs503to2001c

1 7
4. PAPER CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

4.2 Drive

[1]
FS-503

[2]

[3] fs503to2002c

[1] Conveyance motor (M1) [3] Bypass solenoid (SD5)


[2] Gate solenoid (SD2)

8
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER CONVEYANCE SECTION

4.3 Operation
4.3.1 Conveyance path switching

FS-503
A. Tray gate control
The tray gate switches the paper conveyance path between the main tray and the sub tray.
The tray gate is normally set to the conveyance path to the main tray. When paper is exited to the sub tray, how-
ever, the gate is switched to the path to the sub tray through the drive of the solenoid (SD2).

B. Bypass gate control


The bypass gate is provided on the paper path to the stacker section. Even while in the staple operation, the
bypass gate conveys the next page to reduce a loss of time for a high productivity.
The drive of the bypass gate [1] is made by the bypass solenoid (SD5) [2]. The operation of SD5 is limited only to
the small-sized paper (A4, B5 and 81/2 x 11) in the staple mode.
For the 1st page on and after the 2nd copy, paper is sent to the regular route [3]. SD5 operates only on the 2nd
page to send paper to the bypass route [4]. The 1st and 2nd pages are put upon one another to be conveyed to
the stacker simultaneously. On and after the 3rd page, SD5 is released and paper is sent on the regular route a
sheet of paper at a time.

[1] [4]
[1]

[3] [3]

[2] [2]

fs503to2003c

[1] Bypass gate [3] Regular route


[2] Bypass solenoid (SD5) [4] Bypass route

(1) In the case of the 1st copy


The bypass solenoid (SD5) does not operate when the paper of the 1st copy is passing through it.

9
4. PAPER CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

(2) In the case of the 2nd and subsequent copies


A specified period of time after the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the trailing edge of the 1st page of the
2nd copy, the bypass solenoid (SD5) turns ON to draw the 2nd page of the 2nd copy into the bypass route. A
FS-503

specified period of time after the PS4 detected the trailing edge of the 2nd page of the 2nd copy, the bypass
solenoid turns OFF.
SD5 does not turn on when the 3rd and subsequent pages are being conveyed.

[1] [2] [3]

FNS entrance sensor (PS4)

Conveyance motor (M1)

Bypass solenoid (SD5)

[4] fs503to2030c

[1] 1st copy [3] 3rd copy


[2] 2nd copy [4] Drawing of the 2nd page of the 2nd copy
into the bypass

10
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 5. SUB TRAY SECTION

5. SUB TRAY SECTION


5.1 Composition

FS-503
Sub tray Sub tray paper full sensor (PS30) Sub tray paper exit roller

fs503to2004c

5.2 Drive

[1] [2]

fs503to2005c

[1] Sub tray paper exit motor (M6) [2] Sub tray paper exit roller

1 11
5. SUB TRAY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

5.3 Operation
A. Sub tray paper full detection control
FS-503

When paper that has been exited into the sub tray gets to the specified thickness, the sub tray paper full sensor
(PS30) turns ON to send the "sub tray paper full" information to the main body. Then, the main body displays the
massage on the operation panel.

[1] [2]

fs503to2006c

[1] Paper exited [2] Sub tray paper full sensor (PS30)

B. Conveyance speed switching control


Paper conveyed by the conveyance motor (M1) is decelerated for each sheet of paper to be exited into the sub
tray, thus preventing paper from having an uneven edge.

Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)

Sub tray paper Hi-speed


exit motor (M6)
Deceleration

[1] fs503to2031c

[1] Deceleration of the sub tray paper exit motor (M6)

12
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. STACKER SECTION

6. STACKER SECTION
6.1 Composition

FS-503
Alignment plate

Stack assist plate

Paddle
Stacker
entrance belt
Swing roller
Rear stopper

Flat-stapling
Paper exit stopper
arm

fs503to2007c

1 13
6. STACKER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

6.2 Drive
6.2.1 Stacker entrance roller/paddle drive
FS-503

[1]

[6]

[5]

[2]

[4] [3]
fs503to2008c

[1] Stacker entrance belt [4] Stacker entrance motor (M13)


[2] Swing roller [5] Paddle
[3] Stacker entrance roller [6] Paddle motor (M2)

14
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. STACKER SECTION

6.2.2 Stack assist plate/rear stopper drive

FS-503
[1]

[2]

[3]

[6]

[4]

[5]

fs503to2009c

[1] Stack assist home sensor (PS32) [4] Rear stopper home sensor (PS35)
[2] Stack assist plate [5] Rear stopper motor (M26)
[3] Rear stopper [6] Stack assist motor (M24)

15
6. STACKER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

6.2.3 Intermediate roller/paper exit arm drive


FS-503

[9]
[1]
[8]

[10]

[1]

[10] [2]
[3]

[4]
[8]

[7] [5]

[6]

fs503to2010c

[1] Intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7) [6] Paper exit arm motor (M23)
[2] Intermediate roller open close motor (M25) [7] Paper exit arm home sensor (PS9)
[3] Eccentric cam [8] Intermediate roller /Lw
[4] Intermediate roller home sensor (PS33) [9] Coupling
[5] Paper exit arm [10] Intermediate roller /Up

16
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. STACKER SECTION

6.2.4 Alignment drive

FS-503
[6] [1]

[2]
[5]

[3]
[4]
fs503to2011c

[1] Alignment plate /Rr [4] Alignment motor /Fr (M22)


[2] Alignment motor /Rr (M5) [5] Alignment home sensor /Fr (PS31)
[3] Alignment home sensor /Rr (PS8) [6] Alignment plate /Fr

17
6. STACKER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

6.3 Operation
6.3.1 Stacker conveyance speed control
FS-503

Paper conveyed by the conveyance motor (M1) is sent to the stacker when the stacker entrance motor (M13) is
decelerated a specified period of time after the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) turns ON and before it runs
through the stacker entrance roller.

6.3.2 Intermediate roller control


The roller drive of the intermediate roller /Lw is transmitted from the main tray paper exit motor (M7) by the belt
and the coupling, and the transmission of the conveyance power to paper is made by the pressure/release of
the intermediate roller /Up.

A. Non-staple mode control


While in the non-staple mode, when the start signal is turned ON, the intermediate roller /Up [1] is driven up to
the nip standby position by the cam [2] of the intermediate roller open close motor (M25).
The home position of the intermediate roller /Up open/close operation is detected by the intermediate roller
home sensor (PS33) [3].

[1]

[2]

[3]

fs503to2039c

[1] Intermediate roller /Up [3] Intermediate roller home sensor (PS33)
[2] Cam of the intermediate roller open close
motor (M25)

18
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. STACKER SECTION

While in the print operation, the pressure/release of the intermediate roller /Up [1] onto the intermediate roller /Lw
[2] is made by the intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7) [3].
When paper is being conveyed to the stacker, SD7 turns ON to release the nip, and paper that passes through

FS-503
the opening between the intermediate roller /Up [1] and the intermediate roller /Lw [2] is conveyed to the stacker.
When paper is being exited, SD7 turns OFF and the intermediate roller /Up [1] is pressed against the intermedi-
ate roller /Lw [2] by the pressure of the spring. The paper is nipped before being exited.

[1]

[3]

[2]

[4]

fs503to2012c

[1] Intermediate roller /Up [3] Intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7)
[2] Intermediate roller /Lw [4] Paper

[2]

FNS entrance sensor (PS4)

Intermediate roller open close motor (M25)

Alignment motors /Fr (M22), /Rr (M5)

Intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7)

[1] [3] [4] [5] [5] [5] [5]


fs503to2032c

[1] Start signal ON [4] Alignment operation


[2] Movement of the intermediate roller /Up to [5] Paper nip by the intermediate rollers /Up
the nip standby position and /Lw
[3] Nip release of the intermediate roller /Up

19
6. STACKER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Staple mode control


While in the staple mode operation, through the initial operation made when the start signal is turned ON, the
intermediate roller /Up [1] is moved to the evacuation position by the eccentric cam [2] that is driven by the inter-
FS-503

mediate roller open close motor (M25).

[1]

[2]

[3]

fs503to2013c

[1] Intermediate roller /Up [3] Intermediate roller home sensor (PS33)
[2] Eccentric cam

20
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. STACKER SECTION

6.3.3 Stack assist control


The stack assist plate is a paper pressure plate that is used to increase the speed to put paper in the stacker for
an increased productivity.

FS-503
The stack assist plate [1] is driven by the stack assist motor (M24). When being conveyed to the stacker section,
each sheet of paper is pressed at the position near the rear end of the paper [2] to be stacked at a speed faster
than a free fall.
The stack assist plate is driven by 65° from the home position in the staple mode and by 80° in the shift and
straight mode. The home position is detected by the stack assist home sensor (PS32) [3].

[2]
[3]

[1]

fs503to2014c

[1] Stack assist plate [3] Stack assist home sensor (PS32)
[2] Paper

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

Stacker assist Forward


motor (M24)
Reverse

[1] [2] [3] fs503to2033c

[1] Start signal ON [3] Movement of the stack assist plate to the
[2] Paper pressure by the stack assist plate evacuation position

6.3.4 Rear stopper control


The rear stopper is a paper rear stopper when paper is exited in the non-staple (straight/sort) mode. This short-
ens the conveyance distance to the main tray for an improved productivity.
The rear stopper is driven and released by the rear stopper motor (M26) in the staple mode.
The set state in the non-staple mode (the position at which paper is stopped by the rear stopper) is the home
position of the rear stopper and this is detected by the rear stopper home sensor (PS35).

21
6. STACKER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.5 Alignment control


A. Horizontal alignment
The horizontal alignment is made by the 2 alignment plates, that is, alignment plate /Fr and alignment plate /Rr.
FS-503

These 2 alignment plates are driven independently by each of the alignment motor /Fr (M22) and the alignment
motor /Rr (M5).
The home position of the alignment plate /Fr is detected by the alignment home sensor /Fr (PS31) and that of
the alignment plate /Rr is detected by the alignment home sensor /Rr (PS8).

(1) Straight mode


In the straight mode, each sheet of paper sent to the stacker is aligned by the alignment plate /Fr and the align-
ment plate /Rr before being exited to the straight position.

22
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. STACKER SECTION

(2) Shift mode


In the shift mode, each time a sheet of paper is sent to the stacker, the alignment plate /Fr [1] and the alignment
plate /Rr [2] shift to the rear to convey the paper [3] to the shift position before exiting it.

FS-503
[3]
[2]

[1]

fs503to2015c

[1] Alignment plate /Fr [3] Paper


[2] Alignment plate /Rr

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

Alignment motor /Fr (M22)

Alignment motor /Rr (M5)

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6]


fs503to2034c

[1] Start signal ON [4] Alignment operation for each sheet of paper
[2] Home position search [5] Move the paper to the shift position in the rear
[3] Movement to the size position [6] Move the paper to the shift position in the front

23
6. STACKER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

(3) Staple mode


In the staple mode, the alignment operation is made by the alignment plates /Fr and /Rr for each sheet of paper
that has been sent to the stacker. After the last sheet of paper of the copy is conveyed to the stacker section,
FS-503

the alignment operation for the staple is made for stapling.

B. Vertical alignment
In the staple mode, for the vertical alignment of paper, the paper is pushed against the flat-stapling stopper by
the paddle that is driven by the paddle motor (M2).
The vertical alignment is assisted by the swing roller that is interlocked with the paddle by M2.

[2]

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

Paddle motor (M2)

Stapler motors /Fr (M31), /Rr (M30)

[1] [3] fs503to2035c

[1] Start sinal ON [3] Stapling


[2] Stapling of the 1st sheet of paper

6.3.6 Stacker paper exit


A. Non-staple control
In the non-staple mode, the paper exit is made by the nip of the intermediate rollers /Up and /Lw.

B. Staple control
In the staple mode, the paper exit is made by the paper exit arm that is driven by the paper exit arm motor
(M23). The home position of the paper exit arm is detected by the paper exit arm home sensor (PS9).

[2]

Stapler motors /Fr (M31), /Rr (M30)

Paper exit arm motor (M23)

Paper exit arm home sensor (PS9)

[1] [3] [4] fs503to2036c

[1] Start signal ON [3] Movement to the paper exit arm standby
[2] Stapling position
[4] Paper exit operation of paper bundle

24
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. STAPLER SECTION

7. STAPLER SECTION
7.1 Composition

FS-503
Stapler /Fr Stapler /Rr

Staple scraps box


fs503to2016c

1 25
7. STAPLER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

7.2 Drive
7.2.1 Stapler movement/rotation
FS-503

[7] [8] [1]

[2]

[6]

[3]
[5] [4]
fs503to2017c

[1] Cam [5] Stapler /Fr


[2] Stapler rotation home sensor (PS14) [6] Stapler movement motor (M11)
[3] Stapler rotation motor (M4) [7] Stapler movement home sensor (PS11)
[4] Stapler /Rr [8] Belt

26
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. STAPLER SECTION

7.2.2 Stapler

FS-503
[1]
[5]

[2]

[4]

[3]
fs503to2018c

[1] Staple cut/bending arm [4] Stapling arm


[2] Stapler motors /Rr (M30), /Fr (M31) [5] Pressure plate
[3] Eccentric cam

27
7. STAPLER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

7.3 Operation
7.3.1 Stapler movement control
FS-503

For stapler movements, there are two types, that is, the horizontal movement of the stapler intervals and the
rotation of the stapler /Rr. Movement is made according to the staple mode.
The horizontal movement of the stapler is made by the stapler movement motor (M11). The stapler /Rr and the
stapler /Fr are fixed on the upper side and the lower side of a belt that forms a loop and moved respectively in
the opposite direction by the motor M11.
The home position of the horizontal movement is detected by the stapler movement home sensor (PS11).
The 45° rotational movement of the stapler /Rr for the one-corner stapling at rear is made by the stapler rotation
motor (M4).
The home position of the rotational movement is detected by the stapler rotation home sensor (PS14).

A. 1 staple
(1) 1 staple/at front
When the start signal is turned ON, the stapler movement motor (M11) also turns ON to move the stapler to the
position according to the paper size.

(2) Size movement in 1 staple/one-corner stapling at rear


When the start signal is turned ON, the stapler movement motor (M11) turns ON to move the stapler to the posi-
tion according to the paper size. After a specified period of time, the stapler rotation motor (M4) also turns ON to
rotate the stapler /Rr and move it diagonally.
When a staple empty condition of the stapler /Rr is detected at the one-corner stapling at rear, M4 is driven to
replace the cartridge and the stapler is returned to its vertical position.

B. 2 staples
When the start signal is turned ON, the stapler movement motor (M11) also turns ON to move the stapler to the
position according to the paper size.

28
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. STAPLER SECTION

7.3.2 Staple control


The staple control is made by the stapler motors /Rr (M30) and /Fr (M31) to drive the eccentric cam.
The inside [2] of the eccentric cam [1] is provided with the cam groove [4] of the pressure arm [3] and the pin [6]

FS-503
of the staple cut/clinch arm [5]. The outside [7] of the eccentric cam is also provided with the cam groove [9] of
the stapling arm [8].
Each time the eccentric cam makes a 1/4 turn, each of the following operations is made: 1. paper pressure, 2.
stapling, 3. staple cut/clinch, and 4. return to the home position. A series of the operations complete in a full
turn.
The home position is detected by the stapler home sensors /Rr (PS40), /Fr (PS41).

[5] [1]

[9] [4]

[7] [2]

[6]

[8] [3] fs503to2019c

[1] Eccentric cam [6] Pin (for staple cut/clinch)


[2] Inside [7] Outside
[3] Pressure arm [8] Stapling arm
[4] Cam groove (for pressure arm) [9] Cam groove (for stapling arm)
[5] Staple cut/clinch arm

29
7. STAPLER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

A. Paper pressure
When the eccentric cam rotates 90° from the home position, the cam groove [1] on the inside drives the pin [3]
provided on the pressure arm [2] in the arrow-marked direction. The pressure arm [2] drives the pressure plate
FS-503

[4] and presses the clinch side hard against the staple side [5] to press the paper [6].
At the same time, the pin [8] provided in the groove [7] on the outside of the cam drives the stapling arm [9]. The
pin [10] at the tip of the stapling arm moves along the groove [12] of the pressure claw [11], and drives the pres-
sure claw [11] with the lever to press the paper.
The following figure left shows a cam on the outside and the figure right shows a cam on the inside.

[6] [6]
[4]
[5]
[3] [11]
[12]
[1]

[10]
[7]
[2]

[9]
[8]
fs503to2020c

[1] Cam groove [7] Cam groove (for stapling arm)


[2] Pressure arm [8] Pin
[3] Pin [9] Stapling arm
[4] Pressure plate [10] Pin
[5] Staple side [11] Pressure claw
[6] Paper [12] Groove

30
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. STAPLER SECTION

B. Stapling control
When the eccentric cam rotates from 90° to 180°, the cam groove [1] on the outside drives the pin [3] provided
on the stapling arm [2] in the arrow-marked direction. The pin at the tip [4] of the stapling arm pushes up the sta-

FS-503
pling blade [5] to push out the staple [6], punch out the paper [7] and staple it.
At the same time, to make preparation for the next stapling, the staple is bent at 90° by the staple bending blade
[8].

[7]
[6]
[5]

[5]

[4]
[1]

[2]

[8]
[3]

fs503to2021c

[1] Cam groove [5] Stapling blade


[2] Stapling arm [6] Staple
[3] Pin [7] Paper
[4] Pin at the tip [8] Staple bending blade

31
7. STAPLER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

C. Staple cut/clinch control


When the eccentric cam rotates from 180° to 270°, the pin [1] provided on the inside drives the staple cut/clinch
arm [2] in the arrow-marked direction.
FS-503

At the start of rotation, the lever operation of the staple cut/clinch arm [2] rotates the coupling metal fitting [3] to
pull the pin [4] in the arrow-marked direction and the staple [7] inserted into the round hole [6] of the staple cut
blade [5] is cut. Staple scraps that have been cut drop into the duct to be collected in the staple scraps box.
With the further rotation of the eccentric cam, the tip of the presser metal fitting [8] that is interlocked with the
staple cut/clinch arm [2] pushes down the clinch metal fitting [9] to clinch the staple [7] that has been cut. When
the eccentric cam rotates up to 270°, the clinch operation is completed. After completion of clinching, the
eccentric cam rotates to the home position to complete a series of operations.

[8]
[8]
[9] [3]
[9]

[7]

[5] [4]
[7]
[6]
[1]

[5]
[2]

fs503to2022c

[1] Pin [6] Round hole


[2] Staple cut/clinch arm [7] Staple
[3] Coupling metal fitting [8] Presser metal fitting
[4] Pin [9] Clinch metal fitting
[5] Staple cut blade

32
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. STAPLER SECTION

D. Cartridge detection
The presence of a cartridge or the incorrect setting of a cartridge is detected by the cartridge set sensors /Rr
(PS42), /Fr (PS43). When there is no cartridge or the cartridge is set incorrectly, an error message is displayed

FS-503
on the operation section.

E. Staple detection
When the staples run short, the staple empty sensors /Rr (PS44), /Fr (PS45) detect this condition and display an
error message on the operation section.

F. Staple tip detection


The tip of the staple is detected by the staple ready sensors /Rr (PS46), /Fr (PS47).
While in the stapling operation, the staple ready sensors determine that the staples have been clogged when the
PS46 and PS47 do not turn on within a specified period of time after the staple home sensors /Rr (PS 40), /Fr
(PS41) turn off, and rotate the stapler motors /Rr (M30), /Fr (M31) in the reverse direction up to the home posi-
tion.

G. Staple scraps box detection


The presence of a staple scraps box or the incorrect setting of a box is detected by the stapler scraps box set
sensor (PS34). When there is no staple scraps box or it is set incorrectly, an error message is displayed on the
operation section.

33
8. MAIN TRAY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

8. MAIN TRAY SECTION


8.1 Composition
FS-503

Paper exit
opening unit
Main tray paper
exit roller

Paper pressure
arm

Main tray

Lift wire

fs503to2023c

34 1
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. MAIN TRAY SECTION

8.2 Drive
8.2.1 Tray up/down drive

FS-503
[6] [7]

[1]

[2] [3]

[5]

[4]
fs503to2024c

[1] Counter reset sensor (PS15) [5] Lift wire


[2] Tray lower limit sensor (PS3) [6] Main tray
[3] Tray up down motor (M3) [7] Lift pulley /Up
[4] Lift pulley /Lw

35
8. MAIN TRAY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

8.2.2 Main tray paper exit drive


FS-503

[5] [1]

[4]

[3] [2]

fs503to2025c

[1] Main tray paper exit motor (M7) [4] Main tray paper exit roller
[2] Coupling [5] Paper exit opening solenoid (SD9)
[3] Paper pressure arm

36
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. MAIN TRAY SECTION

8.2.3 Paper exit opening drive

FS-503
[6]

[1]

[5]

[2]

[4]

[3]

fs503to2026c

[1] Cam [4] Main tray paper exit roller


[2] Paper exit opening motor (M8) [5] Paper exit opening unit
[3] Paper exit opening home sensor (PS12) [6] Drive bar

37
8. MAIN TRAY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

8.3 Operation
8.3.1 Paper exit opening control
FS-503

When paper is too long and protruding, the paper exit opening is opened and closed for alignment.
There are 3 opening positions available according to the mode and the paper length.
For paper shorter than the following length, the paper exit opening is opened neither in the non-staple mode nor
the staple mode.

Mode Angle of the opening Paper length in the sub scan direction
Non-staple Approx. 27° More than 239 mm
Staple Approx. 44° More than 400 mm
Staple Approx. 55° More than 219 mm, less than 400 mm

For the open/close of the paper exit opening, the paper exit motor (M8) rotates and the deformed cam [1] lifts up
the entire paper exit opening unit [2] to open the paper exit opening. The open/close of the paper exit opening is
detected by the paper exit opening home sensor (PS12) [3].

[7]

[6]
[6] [7]
[4]
[5] [5]

[1]
[4]

[2]

[3]

fs503to2027c

[1] Deformed cam [5] Position at 27°


[2] Paper exit opening unit [6] Position at 44°
[3] Paper exit opening home sensor (PS12) [7] Position at 55°
[4] Position at 0°

A. Non-staple control
When the paper length is less than 239 mm, paper exit unit is not opened.
When the paper length is 239 mm or longer, paper exit unit is opened by 27°.
Turn ON the start signal while in the M8 open the paper exit unit to about 27°. Close the paper exit unit after the
alignment.

38
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. MAIN TRAY SECTION

B. Staple control
When the paper length is less than 219 mm, paper exit unit is not opened.
When the paper length is 219 mm or longer and less than 400 mm, paper exit unit is opened by 55°.

FS-503
When the paper length is 400 mm or longer, paper exit unit is opened by 44°.
Open angle is narrow for 400 mm or longer due to the differences of the number of stapled pages.
# of stapled pages:Less than 400 mm 100 pages
400 mm or longer 50 pages

C. Sub-set staple control


Sub set staple control avoids exited papers misalignment when sub set staple is used.
Paper holding arm is driven by paper exit solenoid (SD9).
When stapled sheets of paper are exited, paper holding arm presses previously exited sheets since they are
misaligned by staples.
When exiting sheets without staple, paper holding arm does not operate.
As control timing, SD9 is turned ON by staple operation.
In predetermined time after stapled sheets go through stacker empty sensor (PS20), SD9 is turned OFF.
The timing of turning OFF SD9 is when 2/3 of stapled sheets are exited.

[3]

[2]

[1]
fs503to2028c

[1] Paper [3] Paper exit opening solenoid (SD9)


[2] Paper presser arm

39
8. MAIN TRAY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

8.3.2 Main tray up/down control


The driving force of the tray up down motor (M3) rotates the lift pulley by the belt and the gear to wind up the lift
wire. The main tray goes up or down according to the direction in which the up/down wire is wound up. When
FS-503

the lift pulley /Lw rotates clockwise as seen from the front, the main tray goes up and when it rotates counter-
clockwise, the tray goes down.

A. Non-staple up/down control


According to the FS operation signal from the main body, the tray up down motor (M3) raises the tray until the
tray upper limit sensor (PS2) turns ON.
When paper passes through the main tray paper exit sensor (PS10), M3 lets down the tray. M3 raises up the tray
again a specified period of time after PS2 turns OFF and stops it when PS2 turns ON. The above steps are
repeated for each sheet of paper.

[2]

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS10)

Tray upper limit sensor (PS2)


Tray up down UP
motor (M3)
DOWN

[1] fs503to2037c

[1] Start signal ON [2] Paper exited

B. Staple control
When the stacker empty sensor (PS20) detects the trailing edge of paper, the main tray is brought down by the
tray up down motor (M3). And M3 reverses the rotation after a specified period of time to bright up the tray. It
stops when the stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7) turns ON.

[2]

Stacker empty sensor (PS20)

Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7)


Tray up down UP
motor (M3)
DOWN

[1] fs503to2038c

[1] Start signal ON [2] Paper bundle exited

40
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. MAIN TRAY SECTION

C. Main tray paper detection


The tray upper limit sensor (PS2) and the stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7) maintain the distance
between the upper surface of the paper exited in the main tray (or the main tray upper surface when no paper is

FS-503
exited) and the paper exit opening at a specified distance to prevent any uneven paper exit from occurring.
While in the continuous print mode, the FS uses a software to count the number of sheets of paper exited and
stops printing when the count reaches the maximum number of sheets loadable for each paper size.
However, when paper has been exited is removed while in printing, the tray goes up to turn ON the counter
reset sensor (PS15). This resets the software counter, thus allowing paper to be exited without limit.
The tray lower limit sensor (PS3) detects the lowest limit of the tray. In the intermittent print mode, the total num-
ber is not added up by the software counter and the PS3 is used to restrict the number of sheets of paper.

[5]

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

fs503to2029c

[1] Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7) [4] Tray lower limit sensor (PS3)
[2] Tray upper limit sensor (PS2) [5] Main tray
[3] Counter reset sensor (PS15)

41
8. MAIN TRAY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007
FS-503

Blank page

42
SERVICE MANUAL Theory of Operation

FS-520/607

2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2007/11 3.0 Revision in relation to change of description


Revision in relation to launching of FS-520 and correc-
2007/06 2.0
tion of an error in writing
2006/09 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

FS-520/607
FS-520/607

OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. UNIT CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1 Non-sort/sort/group mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2 Sub tray mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.3 Stapling mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.4 Folding/saddle stitching mode (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.5 Tri-folding mode (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

COMPOSITION/OPERATION
4. TRANSFER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.3.1 Punch registration control (available only when PK is installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.3.2 FS transfer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.3.3 Gate drive control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.3.4 Bypass gate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4.3.5 Shift control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
4.3.6 Paper exit roller control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
4.3.7 Paper exit opening solenoid control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
4.3.8 Paper exit opening control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
4.3.9 Sub tray paper exit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
5. MAIN TRAY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
5.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
5.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
5.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
5.3.1 Tray lift control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
6. STACKER SECTION (FS-520) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
6.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
6.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
6.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
6.3.1 Alignment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
6.3.2 Stopper control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
6.3.3 Stacker entrance transfer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
6.3.4 Stacker paper exit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
7.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
7.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
7.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
7.3.1 Alignment /Up control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
7.3.2 Alignment /Lw control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
7.3.3 Stopper control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

i
CONTENTS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7.3.4 Stacker entrance transfer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48


7.3.5 Stacker paper exit control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
FS-520/607

8. STAPLER SECTION (FS-520) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55


8.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
8.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
8.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
8.3.1 Stapler movement control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
8.3.2 Stapler control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
9. STAPLER SECTION (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
9.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
9.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
9.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
9.3.1 Stapler movement control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
9.3.2 Stapler control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
10. FOLDING/SADDLE STITCHING/TRI-FOLDING SECTION (FS-607) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
10.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
10.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
10.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
10.3.1 Folding knife control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
10.3.2 Folding transfer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
10.3.3 Tri-folding gate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

ii
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

„ OUTLINE

FS-520/607
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type

Type Stapling device (FS-520)


Multi folding multi stapling device (FS-607)

B. Functions
(1) Functions

Non-sort mode Exited to the main tray with no processing made.


Sort/group mode Exited to the main tray after being shifted for every copy.
Sub tray mode Exited to the sub tray with no processing made.
Stapling mode Exited to the main tray after being stapled.
Saddle stitching mode Exited to the booklet tray with the paper folded into two after being stitched and
folded at the center of the paper (FS-607 only).
Folding mode Exited to the booklet tray with the paper folded into two at its center (FS-607
only).
Tri-folding mode Exited to the booklet tray after being overlapped up to 3 sheets and being tri-
folded (FS-607 only).

1 1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Stapling

Max. flat-stapling FS-520 50 sheets of 64 to 80 g/m2 (plain paper, high-quality paper, color paper),
FS-520/607

capacity 40 sheets (coated paper)


40 sheets of 81 to 105 g/m2 (plain paper), 30 sheets (high-quality paper,
color paper), 25 sheets (coated paper)
30 sheets of 106 to 135 g/m2 (plain paper, high-quality paper), 25 sheets
(color paper), 20 sheets (coated paper)
20 sheets of 136 to 209 g/m2 (plain paper, high-quality paper), 15 sheets
(color paper)
Up to 2 sheets of 200g/m2 can be added unless the total number of
sheets exceeds the above capacity.
staple position At coner Parallel or skew depending on
the paper size
At 2 places Symmetry at the center with
162 mm pitches
FS-607 50 sheets of 64 to 80 g/m2 (plain paper, high-quality paper), 30 sheets
(color paper, coated paper)
30 sheets of 81 to 105 g/m2 (plain paper, high-quality paper), 16 sheets
(color paper, coated paper)
Up to 2 sheets of 200g/m2 can be added unless the total number of
sheets exceeds the above capacity.
staple position Front parallel / back 45° 1 position diagonally, 2 posi-
tions at the center
Max. saddle stitching FS-607 20 sheets of 64 to 80 g/m2
capacity 16 sheets of 81 to 105 g/m2
Up to 2 sheets of 200g/m2 can be added unless the total number of
sheets exceeds the above capacity.
staple position variable (128 to 168mm)

(3) Folding (FS-607)

Max.Folding 3 sheets of 64 to 105 g/m2 paper


Max.Tri-folding 3 sheets of 64 to 80 g/m2 paper
1 sheet of 81 to 105 g/m2 paper

2 2
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

(4) Max. paper capacity

Main tray FS-520 Non-sort 3000 sheets: A4, A4S, B5, B5S

FS-520/607
(Weighing 80g/ mode, sort/ 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
m2) group mode 16K, 16KS
1500 sheets: SRA3*1, A3, B4, SRA4S
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14,
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K
wide paper: Max. 320 x 450mm
500 sheets: A5, A5S *1, B6S *1
51/2 x 81/2S *1
Tab paper*3 : A4, 81/2 x 11
Custom paper : Max. 314 x 458mm, Min.*2 182 x 148 mm
Stapling mode Max. 1000 sheets
No. of sheets per stapling Size in the sub The others
scan direction is
150 to 417 mm
2 to 9 100 copies 50 copies
10 to 20 50 copies 50 copies
21 to 30 30 copies 30 copies
31 to 40 25 copies 25 copies
41 to 50 20 copies 20 copies
FS-607 Non-sort 2500 sheets: A4, A4S, B5, B5S
mode, sort/ 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
group mode 16K, 16KS
1500 sheets: A3, B4, SRA4S,
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14,
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K
500 sheets: A5, A5S *1, B6S *1
51/2 x 81/2S *1
Tab paper*3 : A4, 81/2 x 11
Custom paper : Max. 314 x 458mm, Min.*2 182 x 148 mm
Stapling mode Max. 1000 sheets
No. of sheets per stapling Size in the sub The others
scan direction is
418mm or longer
2 to 9 50 copies 100 copies
10 to 20 50 copies 50 copies
21 to 30 30 copies 30 copies
31 to 40 25 copies 25 copies
41 to 50 20 copies 20 copies

1 3
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Booklet tray Saddle stitch- Size in the sub scan direction is 299 mm or longer : 15 cop-
(Weighing 80g/m2) ing mode ies in 5 sheets of saddle stitching
FS-520/607

(FS-607 only) other than the above : 20 copies in 5 sheets of saddle stitching
Folding mode Size in the sub scan direction is 299 mm or longer : 25 cop-
ies in 3 sheets of folding
other than the above : 33 copies in 3 sheets of folding
Tri-folding 50 copies in 1 sheet of folding
mode
Sub tray 100 sheets : SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S, B6S,
(Weighing 80g/ A6S
m2) 13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Tab paper*3 : A4, 81/2 x 11
Custom paper : Max. 330 x 487mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm

*1 Non-sort mode only


*2 Non-sort mode is 128 x 148 mm
*3 Operation of paper exit with tab area at the trail edge side is not assured.

C. Type of paper
(1) Stapling mode

Paper size A3, B4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5


12 x 18*1, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Tab paper*2 (A4, 81/2 x 11)
Custom paper (Max. 314 x 458 mm, Min. 182 x 182 mm)
Applicable paper Plain paper, high-quality paper, color paper, coated paper (same as the main
body)
Paper weight 60 to 209 g/m2 (FS-520)
64 to 105 g/m2 (FS-607)

*1 FS-607 only
*2 Operation of paper exit with tab area at the trail edge side is not assured.

(2) Saddle stitching mode (FS-607)

Paper size A3, B4, SRA4S, A4S


12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S
8K
Custom paper (Max. 314 x 458 mm, Min. 210 x 279 mm)
Applicable paper Plain paper, high-quality paper, color paper, coated paper
Paper weight 64 to 105 g/m2

4 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

(3) Folding mode (FS-607)

Paper size SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4S, A4S

FS-520/607
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x14, 81/2 x11S,
8K
Custom paper (Max. 314 x 458 mm, Min. 210 x 279 mm)
Applicable paper Plain paper, high-quality paper, color paper, coated paper
Paper weight 64 to 105 g/m2

(4) Tri-folding mode (FS-607)

Paper size A4S


81/2 x11S
Applicable paper Plain paper, high-quality paper, color paper, coated paper
Paper weight 64 to 105 g/m2

D. Maintenance

Maintenance Same as the main body.

E. Machine data

Power source 24/5VDC (supplied from the main body)


Maximum power consump- 80W or less
tion
Dimensions When the main tray is pulled out: 790.5 (W) x 656 (D) x 990 (H) mm
When the main tray is set in: 674.5 (W) x 656 (D) x 990 (H) mm
Weight Approx. 60 kg (FS-520)
Approx. 65 kg (FS-607)

F. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)

Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.

2 5
2. UNIT CONFIGURATION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

2. UNIT CONFIGURATION
FS-520/607

For FS-520 and FS-607, the conveyance section and the main tray section are common but the stacker section
and the stapler section are different.

Transfer section

Stacker section
(FS-520)

Main tray section

Stapler section
(FS-607)

Stapler section
(FS-520)
Stacker section
Folding/saddle stitching/tri-folding section (FS-607) (FS-607)
a04dt1c001cb

6 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PAPER PATH

3. PAPER PATH

FS-520/607
3.1 Non-sort/sort/group mode

[6]

[5]
[1]

[2]
[4]

[3]

FS-607 only

a04dt1c002cb

[1] Paper path from PI (PI-502 installed) [4] Main tray


[2] Paper path from the main body [5] Paper exit unit
[3] Gate [6] Shift unit (sort/group mode only)

1 7
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.2 Sub tray mode


FS-520/607

[1]
[4]

[2]

[3]

FS-607 only

a04dt1c003cb

[1] Paper path from PI (PI-502 installed) [3] Gate


[2] Paper path from the main body [4] Sub tray

8 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PAPER PATH

3.3 Stapling mode

FS-520/607
[8]
[1]

[7] [2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

FS-607 only

a04dt1c004cb

[1] Paper path from PI (PI-502 installed) [5] Flat-stapling stopper


[2] Paper path from the main body [6] Stapler *
[3] Gate [7] Main tray
[4] Clincher * [8] Paper exit unit

* Illustrations of the clincher and the stapler are same as those of FS-607.

1 9
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.4 Folding/saddle stitching mode (FS-607)


FS-520/607

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[8]

[5]

[6]
[7]

15jmt1c001na

[1] Paper path from PI (PI-502 installed) [5] Folding knife


[2] Paper path from the main body [6] Saddle stitching stopper
[3] Gate [7] Booklet tray
[4] Clincher [8] Stapler

10 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PAPER PATH

3.5 Tri-folding mode (FS-607)

FS-520/607
[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]
[7]

[5]
[6]

15jmt1c002na

[1] Paper path from PI (PI-502 installed) [5] Saddle stitching stopper
[2] Paper path from the main body [6] Booklet tray
[3] Gate [7] Tri-folding stopper
[4] Folding knife

1 11
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
FS-520/607

Blank page

12
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. TRANSFER SECTION

„ COMPOSITION/OPERATION

FS-520/607
4. TRANSFER SECTION
4.1 Composition

Sub tray paper full sensor


Shift unit (PS19)

Sub tray paper exit sensor


(PS1)
Shift roller
Gate

Paper exit unit


PI transfer roller
Main tray exit paper
sensor (PS6)

Entrance roller

FNS entrance sensor


(PS4)

Transfer roller /A

Transfer roller /B
Main tray exit roller Intermediate transfer roller
Bypass gate

a04dt2c005ca

13
4. TRANSFER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.2 Drive
FS-520/607

[15] [16] [17] [18] [19] [20] [21] [1]

[2]

[14]

[3]

[13]

[4]
[12]
[11]
[5]

[10]
[6]
[9] [8] [7]

a04dt2c001ca

[1] FNS transfer motor (M1) [12] Shift roller


[2] PI transfer roller [13] Main tray exit roller
[3] Entrance roller [14] Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)
[4] Transfer roller /A [15] Paper exit roller motor (M7)
[5] Transfer roller /B [16] Sub tray paper exit motor (M21)
[6] Bypass gate [17] Sub tray paper exit roller
[7] Intermediate transfer roller [18] Paper exit motor (M8)
[8] Bypass gate solenoid (SD5) [19] Shift roller motor (M2)
[9] Paper exit belt [20] Sub tray transfer roller
[10] Paper exit arm [21] Gate motor (M12)
[11] Gate

14
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. TRANSFER SECTION

4.3 Operation

FS-520/607
4.3.1 Punch registration control (available only when PK is installed)
The FNS conveyance motor (M1) turns OFF temporarily to stop conveyance of paper when the specified time
has passed since paper exit sensor (PS37) detected the leading edge of the paper. Thus the paper is pressed
against the entrance roller forming a loop to correct the bend. When the specified time has passed, M1 turns
ON to restart conveying the paper.The above operation is not performed when conveying a large paper (220
mm and longer in the sub scan direction) and in the non-punchingmode.
When punching the paper conveyed from PI, the loop is formed on the PI's side. For details, refer to PI-502 ser-
vice manual.

[4]
[1]

[2]

[3]

a04dt2c002ca

[1] Main body [3] Loop


[2] Entrance roller [4] PK (option)

15
4. TRANSFER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.2 FS transfer control


The FS transfer is conducted by the 24V DC motor controlled by the FNS control board (FNSCB).
FS-520/607

A. Door switch control


The FS transfer drive control is started when transmitting the start signal from the main body. However, en error
message is transmitted to the main body PRCB and the control is not started if the door switch (MS1) turns OFF.

B. FS transfer control
The FNS transfer motor (M1) rotates in high speed when pressing the start button. In the mode the paper is
exited from the main body in slow speed, M1 rotates in slow speed when the main body paper exit sensor
(PS37) turns ON. Then it rotates in high speed after a specified period of time since the FNS entrance sensor
(PS4) turns ON.
When exiting to the main tray, M1 rotates in middle speed to in sync with the FS paper exit line speed after a
specified period of time since PS4 detects the trailing edge of the paper. Then after a specified period of time,
M1 returns to rotate in high speed and waits for the subsequent paper.

16
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. TRANSFER SECTION

4.3.3 Gate drive control


The gate switches among the paper transfer path to the main tray, the one to the sub tray, and the one to the

FS-520/607
stacker.

A. Gate operation
The gate motor (M12) drives the gate cam [2], and then 2 cams /UP [3] and /Lw [4] of the gate cum drive the 2
gates /UP [5] and /Lw [6] respectively. The gate home sensor (PS16) [7] detects the home position.

[1]
[7]
[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]
[6]
15jkt2c004na

[1] Gate motor (M12) [5] Gate /Up


[2] Gate cam [6] Gate /Lw
[3] Cam /Up [7] Gate home sensor (PS16)
[4] Cam /Lw

B. Gate control
The FNS control board (FNSCB) controls the gate.
The gate turns ON when transmitting the FS operation signal from the main body, and then it stops either at the
sub tray (home position) [1], stacker [2], or main tray [3]. It does not move when exiting to the sub tray because
the sub tray is the home position.
When completing the printing, the gate home sensor (PS16) detects the home position and stops the gate.

[1] [2] [3] 15jkt2c005na

[1] Sub tray (home position) [3] Main tray


[2] Stacker

17
4. TRANSFER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.4 Bypass gate control


The bypass gate is located in the paper path to the stacker section. The bypass gate is the gate to transfer the
FS-520/607

subsequent paper during the stapling operation for eliminating the time loss and increasing the productivity.

A. Bypass gate operation


The bypass gate solenoid (SD5) [2] drives the bypass gate [1].
For the small size paper (A4, B5, and 81/2 x 11), it operates only for the 1st page of the 2nd and following copies
to transfer the paper to the bypass route [3]. The 2nd page of the 2nd and following copies is transferred to the
regular route [4] and overlapped under the 1st page, and then the transferred to the stacker section.

[3]

[3]
[1] [4]

[2]

15jkt2c006na

[1] Bypass gate [3] Bypass route


[2] Bypass gate solenoid (SD5) [4] Regular route

18
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. TRANSFER SECTION

B. Bypass gate control


The bypass gate only operates for the small size paper (A4, B5, and 81/2 x 11) in the stapling mode. The FNS

FS-520/607
control board (FNSCB) controls the bypass gate solenoid (SD5).
When stapling 2 sheets of paper for 3 copies, SD5 operates as follows.

(1) For the 1st copy


When the paper for the 1st copy is transferred, the bypass gate solenoid (SD5) does not operate.

(2) For the 2nd copy


The bypass gate solenoid (SD5) turns ON and draws the 1st paper of the 2nd copy to the bypass after a speci-
fied period of time since the staple operation for the 1st copy is started [4]. SD5 turns OFF after a specified
period of time since the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the trailing edge of the paper [6].

(3) For the 3rd and following copies


The bypass gate (SD5) turns ON and draws the 1st paper of the 3rd copy to the bypass after a specified period
of time since the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the trailing edge of the last paper of the 2nd copy [7]. SD5
turns OFF after a specified period of time since PS4 detects the trailing edge of the paper [8].

[1] [2] [3]

FNS entrance sensor (PS4)

FNS transfer motor (M1)

Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)

Stapler movement motor (M11)

[4] [5][6] [7] [8] 15jkt2c007na

[1] The 1st copy [5] Drawing the 1st paper of the 2nd copy to
[2] The 2nd copy the bypass
[3] The 3rd copy [6] Trailing edge of the 1st paper of the 2nd copy
[4] Stapling operation for the 1st copy started [7] Trailing edge of the last paper of the 2nd copy
[8] Trailing edge of the 1st paper of the 3rd copy

19
4. TRANSFER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.5 Shift control


The FNS transfer motor (M1) drives the shift roller. The shift roller moves itself backward to shift the paper while
FS-520/607

transferring the paper to the main tray.

A. Shift operation
During conveying the paper to the main tray [1], the crank mechanism [3] shifts the shift movable section [5]
including the shift roller [4] approximately 30 mm backward [6] to shift and exit the paper when shift roller motor
(M2) [2] rotates.
The shift roller home sensor (PS18) [7] detects the shift position.

[7] [2]
[4]

[5]

[1] [3]

[3]

[2]

[5] [4]
[6]
[7] 15jkt2c008na

[1] To the main tray [5] Shift movable section


[2] Shift roller motor (M2) [6] Rear
[3] Crank mechanism [7] Shift roller home sensor (PS18)
[4] Shift roller

20
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. TRANSFER SECTION

B. Shift control
In the sort/group mode, the shift roller motor (M2) turns ON [2] and shifts the shift movable section after a spec-

FS-520/607
ified period of time since the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the trailing edge of the paper [1]. The FNS
transfer motor (M1) drives the shift roller. It shifts the paper while transferring it.
M2 stops when the shift roller completes the shift operation and the shift roller home sensor (PS18) turns ON [3].
Then, M2 turns ON [4] again after a specified period of time since it stops. It stops when PS18 turns OFF [5].
This operation replaces the shift movable section to its original position, and then it stands by for the subsequent
paper to be shifted.
These operations are repeated for every paper to offset it.

[1]

FNS entrance sensor (PS4)

930 mm/s
FNS transfer motor
(M1) 400 mm/s

Shift roller motor (M2)

Shift roller home sensor (PS18)

[2] [3] [4] [5] 15jkt2c009na

[1] Trailing edge of the paper detected [4] Moving to the home position started
[2] Shift started [5] Moving to the home position completed
[3] Shift completed

21
4. TRANSFER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.6 Paper exit roller control


The paper exit roller motor (M7) controlled by the FNS control board (FNSCB) drives the main tray paper exit
FS-520/607

roller and the paper exit belt.

A. Non-sort/sort/group mode
The paper exit roller motor (M7) rotates in high speed when the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the leading
edge of the paper [1]. M7 rotate in low speed [2] and exits the paper after a specified period of time since PS4
detects the trailing edge of the paper.
To transfer the subsequent paper, M7 rotate in high speed again after a specified period of time since the main
tray paper exit sensor (PS6) detects the trailing edge of the paper [3].
M7 stops after a specified period of time since PS6 detects the last paper.

FNS entrance sensor (PS4)

Paper exit roller 400 mm/s


motor (M7)
253 mm/s

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)

[1] [2] [3] 15jkt2c010na

[1] Leading edge of the paper detected [3] Preparing to transfer the subsequent paper
[2] Paper exit started

B. Stapling mode (when the paper length is B5S or longer in the sub scan direction)
Transmitting the FNS signal [1] from the main body, the paper exit roller motor (M7) rotates to drive the paper exit
belt in the stacker section. M7 stops and the paper exit arm moves to the home position for the stapling mode
when the paper exit belt home sensor (PS9) turns ON [3].
The paper exit opening is open if the paper length is longer than B5S in the sub scan direction. The paper exit
motor (M8) closes the paper exit opening when the stapling operation is completed. M7 rotates to drive the
paper exit arm when the paper exit home sensor (PS12) detects the opening is closed [6]. The paper exit arm
lifts up the paper to the paper exit roller, and then the paper exit roller exits the paper to the main tray.
M7 stops when PS9 turns ON [7].

Paper exit roller motor (M7)

Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)

Paper exit motor (M8)

Paper exit home sensor (PS12)

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] 15jkt2c030na

[1] FNS signal turned ON [5] Closing the paper exit opening
[2] Opening the paper exit opening [6] Paper exit opening closed
[3] Paper exit arm home position [7] Paper exit arm home position
[4] Stapling operation completed

22
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. TRANSFER SECTION

4.3.7 Paper exit opening solenoid control


The paper exit roller is usually releasing the nip except when exiting the paper because its rotation is slower than

FS-520/607
the transfer roller. However, the nip movable section moves to nip the paper when the paper reaches to the
paper exit opening.

A. Paper exit opening solenoid operation


When the paper reaches to the paper exit opening, the paper exit opening solenoid (SD4) [1] moves the nip
movable section [2] to nip the paper by pressurizing the nip roller [4] to the main tray paper exit roller [3] and exit
the paper to the main tray direction [5].
The main tray paper exit sensor (PS6) [6] detects the paper exit.

[1] [1]
[5]
[4]

[4]
[2]

[6]
[2] [3] 15jkt2c011na

[1] Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4) [4] Nip roller


[2] Nip movable section [5] To the main tray
[3] Main tray exit roller [6] Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)

B. Timing to turn ON the paper exit opening solenoid


(1) Non-sort/sort/group mode
The paper exit opening solenoid (SD4) turns ON after a specified period of time since the FNS entrance sensor
(PS4) detects the trailing edge of the paper.

(2) Stapling mode


The paper exit opening solenoid (SD4) turns ON to nip the paper after a specified period of time since the sta-
pling operation is completed.

C. Timing to turn OFF the paper exit opening solenoid


In all modes, the paper exit opening solenoid (SD4) turns OFF after a specified period of time since the main tray
paper exit sensor (PS6) detects the paper.

23
4. TRANSFER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.8 Paper exit opening control


In the stapling mode (when the paper length is B5S or longer in the sub scan direction) and the folding/saddle
FS-520/607

stitching/tri-folding mode, the paper exit opening is opened from the beginning of the printing operation to the
end of the stapling operation because the paper protrudes.

A. Paper exit opening/closing operation


The paper exit opening unit [3] opens/closes by the crank mechanism [2] when the paper exit motor (M8) [1]
rotates. The paper exit home sensor (PS12) [4] detects the opening/closing of the paper exit opening.

[3] [2] [3]

[2]
[1]

[1]

[4]
[4] a04dt2c003ca

[1] Paper exit motor (M8) [3] Paper exit unit


[2] Crank mechanism [4] Paper exit home sensor (PS12)

24
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. TRANSFER SECTION

B. Paper exit opening/closing control


(1) Stapling mode (when the paper length is B5S or longer in the sub scan direction)

FS-520/607
Transmitting the FNS signal [1] from the main body, the paper exit motor (M8) rotates [2] to open the paper exit
opening.
When the stapling operation completes, M8 turns ON [3] again to close the paper exit opening. It stops when
the paper exit home sensor (PS12) detects the paper exit opening is closed.
These operations are repeated for every stapled bundle.

[5]

Stapler motor /Fr (M14)


Clincher motor /Fr (M15)
Stapler motor /Rr (M9)
Clincher motor /Rr (M10)
Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)

Paper exit home sensor (PS12)

Paper exit motor (M8)

[1] [2] [3] [4] 15jkt2c013na

[1] FNS start signal turned ON [4] Paper exit opening closed
[2] Opening the paper exit opening [5] Paper nipped by the paper exit opening
[3] Closing the paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)

(2) Folding/saddle stitching/tri-folding mode (FS-607 only)


Transmitting the start signal [1] from the main body, the paper exit motor (M8) rotates [2] to open the paper exit
opening.
M8 turns ON [3] again to close the paper exit opening after a specified period of time since the folding paper exit
sensor (PS25) or the folding full sensor (PS29) detects the trailing edge of the last page. It stops when the paper
exit home sensor (PS12) detects the paper exit opening is closed [4].

Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)

Paper exit home sensor (PS12)

Paper exit motor (M8)

[1] [2] [3] [4] 15jkt2c014na

[1] FNS start signal turned ON [3] Closing the paper exit opening
[2] Opening the paper exit opening [4] Paper exit opening closed

1 25
4. TRANSFER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.9 Sub tray paper exit control


The sub tray paper exit motor (M21) controlled by the FNS control board (FNSCB) drives the sub tray paper exit
FS-520/607

roller.

A. Sub tray paper exit motor (M21) control


The sub tray paper exit motor (M21) rotates in high speed when the sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1) detects the
leading edge of the paper.
M21 rotates in low speed after a specified period of time since the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the trail-
ing edge of the paper. M21 stops after a specified period of time since PS1 detects the trailing edge of the
paper.

B. Sub tray full detection


When the exited paper on the sub tray reached to a specified thickness, the sub tray full sensor (PS19) turns ON
and the sub tray full information is sent to the main body. Then, the main body displays the message on its dis-
play panel.

26
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. MAIN TRAY SECTION

5. MAIN TRAY SECTION

FS-520/607
5.1 Composition

Paper exit unit


Main tray exit roller

Main tray

Lift wire

a04dt2c004ca

27
5. MAIN TRAY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5.2 Drive
FS-520/607

[5] [1]

[2]

[4]

[3]
15jkt2c015na

[1] Lift pulley /Up [4] Lift pulley /Lw


[2] Lift wire [5] Main tray
[3] Main tray lift motor (M3)

28
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. MAIN TRAY SECTION

5.3 Operation

FS-520/607
5.3.1 Tray lift control
A. Tray lift operation
The worm gear installed in the shaft of the main tray lift motor (M3) [6] winds up the lift wire.
It lifts up or down the main tray [9] depending on the winding direction. Rotating the lift pulley /Lw clockwise and
counterclockwise in view of front, the main tray is lifted up and down respectively.

[1]
[9]
[2]

[3]

[8]

[4]

[5]

[7] [6]

15jkt2c016na

[1] Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7) [6] Main tray lift motor (M3)
[2] Main tray upper limit sensor (PS2) [7] Lift pulley /Lw
[3] Counter reset sensor (PS15) [8] Lift pulley /Up
[4] Main tray lower limit sensor (PS3) [9] Main tray
[5] Timing belt

B. Paper detection
The main tray upper limit sensor (PS2) [2] and the stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7) [1] keep the speci-
fied distance between the upper surface of the paper exited to the main tray (the upper surface of the main tray
if there is no exited paper) and the paper exit opening to eliminate the misalignment of the exited paper.
During the consecutive printing operation, FS counts the number of exited paper and stops the printing when it
reaches the maximum capacity.
If the exited paper is ejected during the printing operation, the tray moves up and the counter reset sensor
(PS15) [3] turns ON and resets the counter. It makes possible to exit paper with no limitation.
The main tray lower limit sensor (PS3) [4] detects the lower limit of the tray. During the intermittent printing oper-
ation, PS3 controls the capacity of the paper exit because the counter does not integrate the total number of
exited paper.

29
5. MAIN TRAY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Tray lift control


The main tray lift motor (M3) lifts up and down the main tray by rotating in the forward and reverse direction
FS-520/607

respectively. The FNS control board (FNSCB) controls M3.

(1) Non-sort/sort/group mode


Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body, the tray lift motor (M3) lifts up the tray until the main tray upper
limit sensor (PS2) turns ON.
M3 lifts down the tray when the paper passes the main tray paper exit sensor (PS6). M3 lifts up the tray again
after a specified period of time since the PS2 turns OFF, and then stops when PS2 turns ON.
These operations are repeated for every paper.

[2]

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)

Main tray upper limit sensor (PS2)

UP
Tray lift motor (M3)
DOWN

[1] 15jkt2c017na

[1] FNS start signal turned ON [2] Paper exited to the main tray

(2) Stapling mode


Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body, the tray lift motor (M3) lifts up the tray until the stapler paper exit
upper limit sensor (PS2) turns ON.
The tray lift motor (M3) lifts down the main tray after a specified period of time since the paper exit roller motor
(M7) turns ON. After a specified period of time, M3 rotates in the reverse direction to lift up the main tray, and
then stops when the stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7) turns OFF.

[2]

400 mm/s
Paper exit roller
motor (M7) 253 mm/s
Reverse

Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7)

Tray lift motor (M3) UP

DOWN

[1] [3] [4] 15jkt2c018na

[1] FNS start signal turned ON [3] Main tray lifted down
[2] Paper bundle exited to the main tray [4] Main tray lifted up

30
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. STACKER SECTION (FS-520)

6. STACKER SECTION (FS-520)

FS-520/607
6.1 Composition

Alignment home sensor (PS8)


Alignment plate /Up

Paper exit belt home sensor


(PS9)

Paper exit arm Stacker entrance motor (M13)

Paper exit belt Alignment motor /Up (M5)

Stacker empty sensor Stacker entrance roller


(PS20)

Stacker entrance sensor


(PS5)

Swing belt

a0drt2c001ca

1 31
6. STACKER SECTION (FS-520) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.2 Drive
FS-520/607

[12]

[1]

[2]

[11] [3]

[2] [4]

[4] [5]

[10] [9] [6]


[6]

[8]
[7]

a0drt2c001cb

[1] Coupling (from M7) [7] Paper assist roller


[2] Alignment motor /Up (M5) [8] Paper exit belt
[3] Paper assist motor (M51) [9] Swing belt /Lw
[4] Stacker entrance motor (M13) [10] Swing belt /Up
[5] Paper assist solenoid (SD51) [11] Paper exit arm
[6] Stacker entrance roller [12] Alignment plate /Up

32 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. STACKER SECTION (FS-520)

6.3 Operation

FS-520/607
6.3.1 Alignment control
The alignment motor /Up (M5) rotates in the forward/reverse direction to open/close the alignment plate /Up to
perform the alignment of the paper transferred to the stacker in the main scan direction.

[3]

[2]
[1]

FRONT
15jkt2c031na

[1] Alignment motor (M5) [3] Alignment plate /Up


[2] Alignment home sensor (PS8)

A. Alignment operation
The alignment motor /Up (M5) rotates to open/close the alignment plate /Up via the alignment belt /Up.
The alignment home sensor /Up (PS8) detects the home position of the alignment plate /Up.

B. Alignment control
Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body, the alignment motor /Up (M5) rotates to close the alignment
plate, and then it stops the alignment plate at the standby position that is a little wider than the paper width.
M5 performs the alignment operation by rotating in the forward and reverse direction to move the alignment
plate back and forth after a specified period of time since the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects the trailing
edge of the paper. The alignment operation is performed for every paper.

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

Alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)

Alignment motor / CLOSE


Up (M5)
OPEN

[1] [2] [3]


15jkt2c020na

[1] FNS start signal turned ON [3] Alignment operation


[2] Standing by for the paper at the paper size

1 33
6. STACKER SECTION (FS-520) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.2 Stopper control


The secured 5 stoppers determine the position where the paper transferred to the stacker stops. When stapling
FS-520/607

at the corner, the 3 stoppers excluding the 2 outside stoppers secured to the stapler unit determine the position
because the stapler moves to the front and rear sides.

15jkt2c021na

34 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. STACKER SECTION (FS-520)

6.3.3 Stacker entrance transfer control


The stacker entrance motor (M13) drives the stacker entrance roller, swing belt /Up, and the swing belt /Lw to

FS-520/607
transfer the paper to the stacker, align the trailing edge of the paper, and adjust the staple wait timing.

A. Stacker entrance operation


The downsizing of the device is achieved by adopting the stack method whose incline angle is approximately
70°. The corrugation roller is adopted for the stacker entrance roller [5] to assist the paper exit to the stacker.
After the paper falls to the stacker, the swing belts /Up [7], /Lw [6] and the paper guide (FS-505 only) align the
paper with its trailing edge.
To assist in aligning the curled paper with the trailing edge according to the number of sheets stacked and the
paper size, the paper assist solenoid (SD51) [3] pressurizes the paper while the paper assist motor (M51) [1]
drives the paper assist roller [2].

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[7] [5]

[6]

a0drt2c002cb

[1] Paper assist motor (M51) [5] Stacker entrance roller


[2] Paper assist roller [6] Swing belt /Lw
[3] Paper assist solenoid (SD51) [7] Swing belt /Up
[4] Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

1 35
6. STACKER SECTION (FS-520) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Stacker entrance transfer control


(1) Stapling mode (the paper size is not A4, B5, or 81/2 x 11, without the bypassing operation)
FS-520/607

Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body [1], the stacker entrance motor (M13) turns ON and rotates in
high speed.
M13 rotates in low speed to transfer the paper in low speed [3] when the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects
the trailing edge of the paper. When the paper assist roller is driven, the paper assist motor (M51) and the paper
assist solenoid (SD51) operate to assist the stacking operation. M13 rotates in high speed and stands by for the
subsequent paper after a specified period of time since it rotates in low speed.
After the last paper of the copy passes, M13 stops when the stapling operation is started.
M13 turns ON and rotates in high speed to stand by for the subsequent paper when the paper exit motor (M8)
completes the closing operation.

[2] [4] [7]

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

Stacker entrance High speed


motor (M13)
Low speed

Paper assist motor (M51)

Paper assist solenoid (SD51)

Stapler motors (M9 and M14)

Paper exit motor (M8)

[6]
[1] [3] [5] 15jkt2c023na

[1] FNS start signal turned ON [5] Stapling operation


[2] 1st to 9th paper [6] Closing the paper exit opening
[3] Paper transferred to the stacker in low speed [7] Standing by for the paper of the subsequent
[4] Paper assist roller in operation copy

36 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. STACKER SECTION (FS-520)

(2) Stapling mode (the paper size is A4, B5, or 8 /2 x 11, with the bypassing operation)
1

The 1st copy is transferred by the same operation for the paper whose size is other than A4, B5, or 81/2 x 11.

FS-520/607
When transferring the 1st and 2nd paper of the 2nd and following copies, the stacker entrance motor (M13)
stops after a specified period of time since the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects the trailing edge of the last
paper of the 1st copy [3]. To prevent the paper of the 2nd copy is transferred to the stacker before the stapling
operation for the 1st copy is completed, the 1st paper for the 2nd copy stands by in the bypass path.
The stacker entrance motor (M13) turns ON and rotates in high speed after a specified period of time since the
FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the trailing edge of the 2nd paper. Then the 1st and 2nd paper are over-
lapped and transferred to the stacker.

[3] [4] [5]

FNS entrance sensor (PS4)


Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
High speed
Stacker entrance
motor (M13) Low speed

Stapler motor /Fr (M14)

[1] [2] [6] 15jkt2c024na

[1] FNS start signal turned ON [4] 1st paper of the 2nd copy
[2] Paper transferred to the stacker in low speed [5] 2nd paper of the 2nd copy
[3] Trailing edge of the last paper of the 1st [6] 1st and 2nd paper of the 2nd copy trans-
copy detected ferred simultaneously

When transferring the 3rd and following paper of the 2nd and following copies, the paper is transferred to the
stacker by the same operation for the paper of the 1st copy.

1 37
6. STACKER SECTION (FS-520) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.4 Stacker paper exit control


The paper exit roller motor (M7) controlled by the FNS control board (FNSCB) drives the paper exit belt of the
FS-520/607

stacker via the coupling gear.

A. Paper exit belt operation


The paper exit arm [2] mounted on the paper exit belt [1] exits the paper to the main tray in the stapling mode.
The paper exit roller motor (M7) [4] drives the paper exit belt [1] via the coupling pin [3].
The paper exit belt home sensor (PS9) [5] detects the home position of the paper exit arm.

[4]

[3]

[2]

[5]

[1]

a0drt2c003cb

[1] Paper exit belt [4] Paper exit roller motor (M7)
[2] Paper exit arm [5] Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
[3] Coupling pin

38 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. STACKER SECTION (FS-520)

B. Paper exit arm control


(1) Stapling mode (when the paper length is shorter than B5S in the paper feed direction)

FS-520/607
Completing the stapling operation, the paper exit roller motor (M7) rotates to drive the paper exit belt in the
stacker section. The paper exit arm lifts up the paper to the paper exit roller, and then the paper exit roller exits
the paper to the main tray. M7 stops when the paper exit belt home sensor (PS9) turns ON.

(2) Stapling mode (when the paper length is B5R or longer in the paper feed direction)
Completing the stapling operation, the paper exit motor (M8) rotates. When the paper exit home sensor (PS12)
detects the paper exit opening is closed, the paper exit roller motor (M7) rotates to drive the paper exit arm in
the stacker section. The paper exit arm lifts up the paper to the paper exit roller, and then the paper exit roller
exits the paper to the main tray.
M7 stops when the paper exit belt home sensor (PS9) turns ON.

1 39
7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607)


FS-520/607

7.1 Composition

Alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)


Alignment plate /Up

Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)

Paper exit arm


Stacker entrance motor (M13)

Paper exit belt Alignment motor /Up (M5)

Stacker empty sensor Stacker entrance roller


(PS20)

Saddle stitching
Stacker entrance sensor
stopper motor (M18)
(PS5)

Swing belt Alignment home


sensor/Lw (PS24)

Flat-stapling stopper

Alignment motor /Lw


(M16)
Saddle stitching stopper
home sensor (PS23)

Saddle stitching stopper


Alignment plate /Lw

a04dt2c006ca

40 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607)

7.2 Drive

FS-520/607
[11] [12] [13] [14] [15]

[1]

[2]
[3]

[4]

[10] [5]

[6]

[7]

[9] [8] 15jmt2c001na

[1] Coupling (from M7) [9] Alignment plate /Lw


[2] Alignment motor /Up (M5) [10] Flat-stapling stopper release solenoid /Fr (SD8),
[3] Stacker entrance motor (M13) Flat-stapling stopper release solenoid /Rr (SD7)
[4] Stacker entrance roller [11] Paper assist roller
[5] Flat-stapling stopper /Fr, Flat-stapling stopper /Rr [12] Paper assist solenoid (SD51)
[6] Alignment motor /Lw (M16) [13] Paper exit arm
[7] Saddle stitching stopper [14] Paper assist motor (M51)
[8] Saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) [15] Alignment plate /Up

41
7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7.3 Operation
FS-520/607

7.3.1 Alignment /Up control


In the stapling/saddle stitching/tri-folding mode, the alignment motor /Up (M5) rotates in the forward/reverse
direction to open/close the alignment plate /Up to perform the alignment of the paper transferred to the stacker
in the main scan direction.

[3]

[2]
[1]

FRONT
15jmt2c023na

[1] Alignment motor (M5) [3] Alignment plate /Up


[2] Alignment home sensor (PS8)

A. Alignment /Up operation


The alignment motor /Up (M5) rotates to open/close the alignment plate via the alignment belt.
The alignment home sensor /Up (PS8) detects the home position of the alignment plate.

B. Alignment /Up control


Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body, the alignment motor /Up (M5) rotates to close the alignment
plate /Up [1], and then it stops the alignment plate at the standby position that is a little wider than the paper
width [2].
M5 performs the alignment operation by rotating in the forward and reverse direction to move the alignment
plate /Up back and forth after a specified period of time since the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects the
trailing edge of the paper. The alignment operation is performed for every paper [3].

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

Alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)

Alignment motor CLOSE


/Up (M5)
OPEN

[1] [2] [3] 15jmt2c002na

[1] Closing the alignment plate /Up (FNS signal) [3] Alignment operation for every paper
[2] Standby position of the alignment plate /Up

42
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607)

7.3.2 Alignment /Lw control


In the saddle stitching/folding/tri-folding mode, the alignment plate /Up and the alignment plate /Lw move back

FS-520/607
and forth to align the paper in the main scan direction.
The alignment motor /Lw (M16) performs the alignment operation by rotating in the forward and reverse direc-
tion to move the alignment plate back and forth.

[1]

[2]

[3]
FRONT
15jmf5c024na

[1] Alignment plate home sensor /Lw (PS24) [3] Alignment plate /Lw
[2] Alignment motor /Lw (M16)

A. Alignment /Lw operation


The alignment motor /LW (M16) rotates to open/close the alignment plate via the alignment belt.
The alignment home sensor /Lw (PS24) detects the home position of the alignment plate.

B. Alignment /Lw control


In the saddle stitching/folding/tri-folding mode, transmitting the FNS signal from the main body, the alignment
motor /Lw (M16) rotates to close the alignment plate /Lw [1], and then it stops the alignment plate at the
standby position that is a little wider than the paper width [2].
M16 performs the alignment operation by rotating in the forward and reverse direction to move the alignment
plate /Lw back and forth after a specified period of time since the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects the
trailing edge of the paper. The alignment operation is performed for every paper [3].

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

Alignment plate home sensor /Lw (PS24)

Alignment motor CLOSE


/Lw (M16)
OPEN

[1][2] [3] 15jmt2c003na

[1] Closing the alignment plate /Lw (FNS signal) [3] Alignment operation for every paper
[2] Standby position of the alignment plate /Lw

43
7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7.3.3 Stopper control


The stopping position in vertical direction of paper conveyed to the stacker is different among the stapling mode,
FS-520/607

the saddle stitching mode, and the folding mode.


2 stoppers (the saddle stitching stopper and the flat-stapling stopper) control the stopping position of paper.

A. Stopper operation
In the stapling mode, the flat-stapling stopper [1] is set on the paper path by the pushing pressure by the spring
[2]. The flat-stapling stopper [1] determines the position of the leading edge of the fallen paper.
In the saddle stitching/folding/tri-folding mode, the flat-stapling release solenoids (SD7 and SD8) turn ON and
evacuate the flat-stapling stopper from the paper path. Then, the paper falls down to the saddle stitching stop-
per [3] without contacting with the flat-stapling stopper.
The saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) [5] moves the saddle stitching stopper up and down in accordance
with the paper size. The saddle stitching stopper home sensor (PS23) [6] detects the home position.

[1]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]

[6]

[3]

[3] 15jmt2c004na

[1] Flat-stapling stopper [4] Flat-stapling stopper release solenoids (SD7 and SD8)
[2] Spring [5] Saddle stitching stopper motor (M18)
[3] Saddle stitching stopper [6] Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (PS23)

44
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607)

B. Stopper control
(1) Folding mode

FS-520/607
Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body [1], the saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) rotates [2] to move
down the saddle stitching stopper to the stopping position in accordance with the paper size.
After completing the alignment operation of the last paper [3], M18 rotates [4] to move down the saddle stitching
stopper to the folding position.
After completing the folding operation, when the folding paper exit sensor (PS25) detects the trailing edge of the
paper bundle, M18 rotates [5] to move up the saddle stitching stopper to the alignment position in accordance
with the paper size and stand by for the paper of the subsequent copy.

[3]

Alignment motor /Up (M5)

Alignment motor /Lw (M16)

Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (PS23)

Saddle stitching UP
stopper motor (M18)
DOWN
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)

[1] [2] [4] [5] 15jmt2c005na

[1] FNS start signal turned ON [4] Moving to the folding position for the paper size
[2] Moving to the alignment position for the [5] Moving to the alignment position for the
paper size subsequent copy
[3] Last paper of the copy aligned

45
7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Saddle stitching mode


Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body [1], the saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) rotates [2] to move
FS-520/607

down the saddle stitching stopper to the stopping position in accordance with the paper size.
After completing the stapling operation [3], the alignment motors /Up (M5) and /Lw (M16) open the alignment
plate and M18 rotates [4] to move down the saddle stitching stopper to the folding position.
After completing the folding operation, when the folding paper exit sensor (PS25) detects the trailing edge of the
paper bundle, M18 rotates [5] to move up the saddle stitching stopper to the saddle stitching position in accor-
dance with the paper size and stand by for the paper of the subsequent copy.

[3]

Stapler motor /Fr (M14)


Clincher motor /Fr (M15)
Stapler motor /Rr (M9)
Clincher motor /Rr (M10)
Alignment motor /Up (M5)

Alignment motor /Lw (M16)

Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (PS23)

Saddle stitching stop- UP


per motor (M18)
DOWN
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)

[1] [2] [4] [5] 15jmt2c006na

[1] FNS start signal turned ON [4] Moving to the folding position for the paper size
[2] Moving to the saddle stitching position for [5] Moving to the saddle stitching position for
the paper size the subsequent copy
[3] Stapling operation

46
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607)

(3) Tri-folding mode


Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body [1], the saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) rotates [2] to move

FS-520/607
down the saddle stitching stopper to the stopping position in accordance with the paper size.
After completing the alignment operation of the last paper [3], M18 rotates [4] to move down the saddle stitching
stopper to the 1st folding position in the tri-folding.
After completing the folding operation, when the folding paper exit sensor (PS25) detects the trailing edge of the
paper bundle, M18 rotates [5] to move up the saddle stitching stopper to the alignment position in accordance
with the paper size and stand by for the paper of the subsequent copy.

[3]

Alignment motor /Up (M5)

Alignment motor /Lw (M16)

Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (PS23)

Saddle stitching stop- UP


per motor (M18)
DOWN

Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)

[1] [2] [4] [5] 15jmt2c007na

[1] FNS start signal turned ON [4] Moving to the 1st folding position
[2] Moving to the alignment position for the [5] Moving to the alignment position for the
paper size subsequent copy
[3] Last paper of the copy aligned

(4) Flat-stapling mode


The saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) does not operate in the flat-stapling mode.

47
7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7.3.4 Stacker entrance transfer control


The stacker entrance motor (M13) drives the stacker entrance roller, swing belt to transfer the paper to the
FS-520/607

stacker, align the trailing edge of the paper, and adjust the staple wait timing.

A. Stacker entrance operation


The downsizing of the device is achieved by adopting the stack method whose incline angle is approximately
70°. The corrugation roller is adopted for the stacker entrance roller [5] to assist the paper exit to the stacker.
After the paper falls to the stacker, the swing belt [6] align the paper with its trailing edge.
To assist in aligning the curled paper with the trailing edge according to the number of sheets stacked and the
paper size, the paper assist solenoid (SD51) [1] pressurizes the paper while the paper assist motor (M51) [3]
drives the paper assist roller [2].

[1]
[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]
[7] [6]

15jmt2c008na

[1] Paper assist solenoid (SD51) [5] Stacker entrance roller


[2] Paper assist roller [6] Swing belt
[3] Paper assist motor (M51) [7] Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
[4] Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

48
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607)

B. Stacker entrance transfer control


(1) Stapling mode (the paper size is not A4, B5, or 81/2 x 11, without the bypassing operation)

FS-520/607
Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body [1], the stacker entrance motor (M13) turns ON and rotates in
high speed.
M13 rotates in low speed [3] when the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects the trailing edge of the paper and
then the paper assist roller starts to rotate to transfer the paper to the stacker in low speed. When the paper
assist roller is driven, the paper assist motor (M51) and the paper assist solenoid (SD51) operate to assist the
stacking operation. M13 rotates in high speed and stands by for the subsequent paper after a specified period
of time since it rotates in low speed.
After the last paper of the copy passes, M13 stops when the stapling operation is started [5].
M13 turns ON [6] and rotates in high speed to stand by for the subsequent paper when the paper exit motor
(M8) completes the closing operation.

[2] [4] [7]

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

High speed
Stacker entrance
motor (M13) Low speed

Paper assist motor (M51)

Paper assist solenoid (SD51)

Stapler motors (M9 and M14)

Paper exit motor (M8)

[1] [3] [5] [6] 15jmt2c009na

[1] FNS start signal turned ON [5] Stapling operation


[2] 1st to 9th paper [6] Closing the paper exit opening
[3] Paper transferred to the stacker in low [7] Standing by for the paper of the subsequent
speed copy
[4] Paper assist roller in operation

49
7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Stapling mode (the paper size is A4, B5, or 8 /2 x 11, with the bypassing operation)
1

The 1st copy is transferred by the same operation for the paper whose size is other than A4, B5, or 81/2 x 11.
FS-520/607

When transferring the 1st and 2nd paper of the 2nd and following copies, the stacker entrance motor (M13)
stops after a specified period of time since the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects the trailing edge of the last
paper of the 1st copy [3]. To prevent the paper of the 2nd copy is transferred to the stacker before the stapling
operation for the 1st copy is completed, the 1st paper for the 2nd copy stands by in the bypass path.
The stacker entrance motor (M13) turns ON and rotates in high speed after a specified period of time since the
FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the trailing edge of the 2nd paper [5]. Then the 1st and 2nd paper are over-
lapped and transferred to the stacker [6].

[3] [4] [5]

FNS entrance sensor (PS4)

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

High speed
Stacker entrance
motor (M13)
Low speed

Stapler motor /Fr (M14)

[1] [2] [6] 15jmt2c010na

[1] FNS start signal turned ON [4] 1st paper of the 2nd copy
[2] Paper transferred to the stacker in low speed [5] 2nd paper of the 2nd copy
[3] Trailing edge of the last paper of the 1st [6] 1st and 2nd paper of the 2nd copy trans-
copy detected ferred simultaneously

When transferring the 3rd and following paper of the 2nd and following copies, the paper is transferred to the
stacker by the same operation for the paper of the 1st copy.

50
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607)

(3) Folding/saddle stitching mode


Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body [1], the stacker entrance motor (M13) turns ON and rotates in

FS-520/607
high speed.
M13 rotates in low speed [2] to transfer the paper in low speed when the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects
the trailing edge of the paper. M13 rotates in high speed and stands by for the subsequent paper after a speci-
fied period of time since it rotates in low speed.
M13 stops after completing the alignment operation [4] of the last paper of the copy [3].
M13 turns ON and rotates in high speed to stand by for the subsequent paper when the folding paper exit sen-
sor (PS25) detects the trailing edge of the paper bundle [5].

[3] [6]

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

Stacker entrance High speed


motor (M13)
Low speed

Alignment motors /Up (M5) and /Lw (M16)

Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)

[1] [2] [4] [5] 15jmt2c011na

[1] FNS start signal turned ON [4] Last paper of the copy aligned
[2] Paper transferred to the stacker in low speed [5] Folding paper exit operation
[3] Last paper of the copy [6] Standing by for the paper of the subsequent
copy

51
7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(4) Tri-folding mode


Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body [1], the stacker entrance motor (M13) turns ON and rotates in
FS-520/607

high speed.
M13 rotates in low speed [2] to transfer the paper in low speed when the stacker entrance sensor (PS5) detects
the trailing edge of the paper. M13 rotates in high speed and stands by for the subsequent paper after a speci-
fied period of time since it rotates in low speed.
M13 stops after completing the alignment operation of the last paper of the copy [3] and the movement of the
saddle stitching stopper to the tri-folding position [4].
M13 turns ON and rotates in high speed to stand by for the subsequent paper when the folding paper exit sen-
sor (PS25) detects the trailing edge of the paper bundle [5].

[3] [6]

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

High speed
Stacker entrance
motor (M13) Low speed

DOWN
Saddle stitching stop-
per motor (M18)
UP
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)

[1] [2] [4] [5] 15jmt2c012na

[1] FNS start signal turned ON [4] Saddle stitching stopper moving to the tri-fold-
[2] Paper transferred to the stacker in low speed ing position

[3] Last paper of the copy [5] Tri-folding paper exit operation
[6] Standing by for the paper of the subsequent
copy

52
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607)

7.3.5 Stacker paper exit control


The paper exit roller motor (M7) controlled by the FNS control board (FNSCB) drives the paper exit belt of the

FS-520/607
stacker via the coupling gear.

A. Paper exit belt operation


The paper exit arm [2] mounted on the paper exit belt [1] exits the paper to the main tray in the stapling mode.
The paper exit roller motor (M7) [4] drives the paper exit belt via the coupling pin [3].
The paper exit belt home sensor (PS9) [5] detects the home position of the paper exit arm.

[4]

[3]

[2]

[5]

[1]

15jmt2c013na

[1] Paper exit belt [4] Paper exit roller motor (M7)
[2] Paper exit arm [5] Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
[3] Coupling pin

53
7. STACKER SECTION (FS-607) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Paper exit arm control


(1) Stapling mode (when the paper length is shorter than B5S in the sub scan direction)
FS-520/607

Completing the stapling operation, the paper exit roller motor (M7) rotates to drive the paper exit belt in the
stacker section. The paper exit arm lifts up the paper to the paper exit roller, and then the paper exit roller exits
the paper to the main tray. M7 stops when the paper exit belt home sensor (PS9) turns ON.

(2) Stapling mode (when the paper length is B5S or longer in the paper feed direction)
Completing the stapling operation, the paper exit motor (M8) rotates. When the paper exit home sensor (PS12)
detects the paper exit opening is closed, the paper exit roller motor (M7) rotates to drive the paper exit arm in
the stacker section. The paper exit arm lifts up the paper to the paper exit roller, and then the paper exit roller
exits the paper to the main tray.
M7 stops when the paper exit belt home sensor (PS9) turns ON.

(3) Folding/saddle stitching mode


After completing the stapling operation, the saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) drives the saddle stitching
stopper to move the paper to the folding position. To prevent the paper exit arm to contact with the paper
standing by at the folding position, the paper exit arm does not rotate.

(4) Tri-folding mode


The paper exit roller motor (M7) rotates in the reverse direction to assist in transferring the paper to the tri-folding
position after completing the paper alignment operation. M7 stops when the paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
turns ON.

54
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 8. STAPLER SECTION (FS-520)

8. STAPLER SECTION (FS-520)

FS-520/607
8.1 Composition

Stapler /Fr Stapler /Rr

Stapler movement home sensor (PS11) Stapler movement motor (M11)


a0drt2c002ca

1 55
8. STAPLER SECTION (FS-520) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

8.2 Drive
FS-520/607

[11] [12] [13] [14] [1] [2] [3]

[4]

[5]
[10] [9] [8] [7]

[6]
15jkt2c026na

[1] Stapler /Rr [8] Stapler movement motor (M11)


[2] Stapler rotation shaft /Rr [9] Stapler movement home sensor (PS11)
[3] Rack mounting platform [10] Stapler drive rack /Fr
[4] Stapler spring /Rr [11] Stapler spring /Fr
[5] Parallel stapling position [12] Stapler rotation shaft /Fr
[6] One-corner stapling position [13] Stapler /Fr
[7] Stapler drive rack /Rr [14] Pinion gear

56 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 8. STAPLER SECTION (FS-520)

8.3 Operation

FS-520/607
8.3.1 Stapler movement control
A. Stapler movement operation
Since the stapler /Fr [11] and the stapler /Rr [1] operate symmetrically, the explanation is given of the stapler /Rr
[1].
The stapler movement motor (M11) [9] moves the stapler. When M11 rotates as shown in [10], it drives the sta-
pler drive rack [8] backward with the stapler via the pinion gear [12].
The stapler spring [6] always applies a rotational force to [7] on the stapler. However, the stapler does not rotate
because the height of the stapler guide roller [3] is restricted to the same height as the stapler rotational shaft by
the rack mounting platform [4].
When the stapler moves backward, the guide roller is pressed into the flute [5] on the rack mounting platform
and the stapler rotates as much as the difference to the stapler rotation shaft [2] so that the stapler moves to the
one-corner stapling position.

[11] [12] [1] [2] [3] [4]


[5]
[6]

[10] [9] [8] [7]


15jkt2c029na

[1] Stapler /Rr [7] Pressed by the spring


[2] Stapler rotation shaft /Rr [8] Stapler drive rack /Rr
[3] Guide roller [9] Stapler movement motor (M11)
[4] Rack mounting platform [10] Rotational direction at the one-corner stapling
[5] Flute [11] Stapler /Fr
[6] Stapler spring /Rr [12] Pinion gear

B. Stapler movement control


(1) Size movement in 1 staple
Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body, the stapler movement motor (M11) turns ON to widen the dis-
tance between the staplers. It stops when they are positioned at the specified positions.

(2) 2 staples
The staplers do not move because the stapling operation is performed at the home position.

1 57
8. STAPLER SECTION (FS-520) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

8.3.2 Stapler control


The stapling operation is performed by the stapler motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14).
FS-520/607

A. Stapling operation
In the stapling operation, the stapler motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14) [3] in the staplers /Rr and /Fr drive the
clincher side [2] to press the paper [1]. Then, the staple is pushed out from the stapler side [4] and bent at the
clincher side.

[1]

[4]

[2]

[3] 15jkt2c027na

[1] Paper [3] Stapler motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14)
[2] Stapler (clincher side) [4] Stapler (stapler side)

58 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 8. STAPLER SECTION (FS-520)

B. Staple control
(1) Stapling

FS-520/607
After completing the alignment operation of the alignment plate, the stapler motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14) per-
form the stapling operation.
The stapling operation is completed when the stapler motor home sensors /Rr (PS30) and /Fr (PS31) in the sta-
plers /Rr and /Fr detect the home position and turn ON.

(2) Clogged staple detection


During the stapling operation, it is determined that the staple has been clogged and the stapler motors /Rr (M9)
and /Fr (M14) turn OFF if the stapler motor home sensors /Rr (PS30) and /Fr (PS31) do not turn ON after a spec-
ified period of time since they turn OFF.

(3) Cartridge detection


The cartridge set switches /Rr (SW1) and /Fr (SW3) detect the presence of a cartridge or the incorrect setting of
a cartridge.
When no cartridge is set or it is set incorrectly, the main body displays the error message on its display panel.

(4) Staple detection control


When the staples run out, the staple empty switches /Rr (SW2) and /Fr (SW4) turn ON and the main body dis-
plays the error message on its display panel.

1 59
9. STAPLER SECTION (FS-607) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

9. STAPLER SECTION (FS-607)


FS-520/607

9.1 Composition

Stapler rotation motor (M6)


Stapler /Rr

Stapler movement motor


Stapler movement (M11)
home sensor (PS11)

Stapler /Fr

Clincher rotation motor


(M4)
Stapler rotation home sensor
(PS13)
Clincher /Rr

Clincher rotation home sensor (PS14)


Clincher /Fr
a04dt2c007ca

60 1
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 9. STAPLER SECTION (FS-607)

9.2 Drive

FS-520/607
[9] [10]

[2] [10] [11]


[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]

[1]

[2]

[5] [4] [3]


[6]
[4] [3]

15jmt2c014na

[1] Stapler movement motor (M11) [7] Stapler /Fr


[2] Upper side of the timing belt [8] Stapler movement home sensor (PS11)
[3] Clincher rotation motor (M4) [9] Stapler /Rr
[4] Clincher /Rr [10] Stapler rotation motor (M6)
[5] Clincher /Fr [11] Timing belt
[6] Lower side of the timing belt

61
9. STAPLER SECTION (FS-607) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

9.3 Operation
FS-520/607

9.3.1 Stapler movement control


The staplers move in the horizontal direction for adjusting their distance. The stapler at the rear also rotates. The
movement is made according to the stapling mode.

A. Horizontal movement operation


The stapler movement motor (M11) [1] moves the staplers in the horizontal direction.
The stapler /Rr [8] and the clincher /Rr [3] are mounted at the top [2] of the timing belt [9] and the stapler /Fr [6]
and the clincher /Fr [4] are mounted at the bottom [5] of the timing belt.
The stapler movement home sensor (PS11) [7] detects the distance between the stapler and the clincher.

[2] [9]
[7] [8]
[6]
[5]

[1]

[2]

[3]
[4]
[5] 15jmt2c015na

[1] Stapler movement motor (M11) [6] Stapler /Fr


[2] Upper side of the timing belt [7] Stapler movement home sensor (PS11)
[3] Clincher /Rr [8] Stapler /Rr
[4] Clincher /Fr [9] Timing belt
[5] Lower side of the timing belt

62
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 9. STAPLER SECTION (FS-607)

B. Rotational movement operation


The stapler /Rr and the clincher /Rr rotate 45° for performing 1 staple/one-corner stapling at rear.

FS-520/607
The stapler rotation motor (M6) [10] rotates the stapler /Rr [9] and the clincher rotation motor (M4) [5] rotates the
clincher /Rr [7].
The ball rock mechanism that consists of the ball [1] and the spring [2] securely locks the stapler and the clincher
at 0° or 45°.
The illustrations [3] and [4] show the mechanism locked and unlocked respectively.

[10]

[9]

[5]

[8] [1] [2]


[7]
[6]

[3] [4] 15jmt2c016na

[1] Ball [6] Clincher rotation home sensor (PS14)


[2] Spring [7] Clincher /Rr
[3] Locked [8] Stapler rotation home sensor (PS13)
[4] Unlocked [9] Stapler /Rr
[5] Clincher rotation motor (M4) [10] Stapler rotation motor (M6)

63
9. STAPLER SECTION (FS-607) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Stapler movement control


(1) Size movement in 1 staple/front and 2 staples
FS-520/607

Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body, the stapler movement motor (M11) turns ON to widen the dis-
tance between stapler and clincher. It stops when they are positioned at the specified positions.
M11 turns ON after a specified period of time since the main tray paper exit sensor (PS6) detects the last paper.
M11 stops when the stapler movement home sensor (PS11) turns ON.

(2) Size movement in 1 staple/one-corner stapling at rear


Transmitting the FNS signal from the main body [1], the stapler movement motor (M11) turns ON to widen the
distance between the stapler and the clincher [2]. The stapler rotation motor (M6) and the clincher rotation motor
(M4) turn ON to rotate the stapler /Rr and the clincher /Rr and move them diagonally [3] after a specified period
of time since M11 turns ON.
M4 and M6 turn ON and rotate the stapler /Rr and the clincher /Rr to the home position [5] after a specified
period of time since the trailing edge of the last paper passes the main tray paper exit sensor (PS6). The rota-
tions are stopped when the stapler rotation home sensor (PS13) and the clincher rotation home sensor (PS14)
turn ON. At the same time, M11 turns ON [6], and it stops when the stapler movement home sensor (PS11)
turns ON.

[2] [6]

Stapler movement home sensor (PS11)

Stapler movement CLOSE


motor (M11)
OPEN

Stapler rotation home sensor (PS13)

Stapler rotation Forward


motor (M6)
Reverse

Clincher rotation home sensor (PS14)

Clincher rotation Forward


motor (M4)
Reverse
Stapler motor /Rr (M9)

Clincher motor /Rr (M10)

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)

[4]
[1] [3] [5] 15jmt2c017na

[1] FNS start signal turned ON [4] Stapling operation


[2] Stapler /Rr and clincher /Rr moving horizon- [5] Stapler /Rr and clincher /Rr moving to the
tally home position rotational
[3] Stapler /Rr and clincher /Rr rotating 45° [6] Stapler /Rr and clincher /Rr moving to the
home position horizontally

64
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 9. STAPLER SECTION (FS-607)

9.3.2 Stapler control


The stapling operation is performed by the stapler motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14) and the clincher motors /Rr

FS-520/607
(M10) and /Fr (M15).

A. Stapling operation
In the stapling operation, the stapler motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14) in the staplers /Rr and /Fr [6] push out the
paper press section [4] to the clinchers [2] by the cam mechanism [5] to hold the paper [1] and punch out the
staples [3]. Then, the clincher motors /Rr (M10) and /Fr (M15) in the staplers /Rr and /Fr bend the staples.

[6] [1]
[2]

[3]

[5]

[4]

[2]

[3] [6]
15jmt2c018na

[1] Paper [4] Paper press section


[2] Clincher [5] Cam mechanism
[3] Staple [6] Staplers /Rr and /Fr

65
9. STAPLER SECTION (FS-607) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Staple control
(1) Stapling
FS-520/607

After completing the alignment operation of the alignment plate, the stapler motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14) per-
form the stapling operation. After a specified period of time, the clincher motors /Rr (M10) and /Fr (M15) bend
the staples.
The stapling operation is completed when the clincher motor home sensors /Rr (PS32) and /Fr (PS33) and the
stapler motor home sensors /Rr (PS30) and /Fr (PS31) detect the home position and turn ON.

(2) Clogged staple detection


During the stapling operation, it is determined that the staple has been clogged and the stapler motors /Rr (M9)
and /Fr (M14) and the clincher motors /Rr (M10) and /Fr (M15) rotate in the reverse direction to replace the sta-
plers and the clinchers to the home positions if the stapler motor home sensors /Rr (PS30) and /Fr (PS31) and
the clincher motor home sensors /Rr (PS32) and /Fr (PS33) do not turn ON after a specified period of time since
they turn OFF.

(3) Cartridge detection


The cartridge set switches /Rr (SW1) and /Fr (SW3) detect the presence of a cartridge or the incorrect setting of
a cartridge.
When no cartridge is set or it is set incorrectly, the main body displays the error message on its display panel.

(4) Staple detection control


When the staples run out, the staple empty switches /Rr (SW2) and /Fr (SW4) turn ON and the main body dis-
plays the error message on its display panel.

66
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. FOLDING/SADDLE STITCHING/TRI-FOLDING SECTION (FS-607)

10. FOLDING/SADDLE STITCHING/TRI-FOLDING SECTION (FS-607)

FS-520/607
10.1 Composition

Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6)

Folding paper exit sensor


(PS25)
Folding knife home sensor (PS22)
Tri-folding gate

Folding transfer motor


(M20)
Folding full sensor
(PS29)

Tri-folding stopper

Folding knifeg

Folding roller

Folding full LED Folding knife motor


Tri-folding roller (PS29) (M19)

Folding pass-through
sensor (PS26) Saddle stitching
stopper
a04dt2c008ca

1 67
10. FOLDING/SADDLE STITCHING/TRI-FOLDING SECTION (FS-607) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.2 Drive
FS-520/607

[6] [7]
[1]
[5]

[4]

[2]
[3]
15jmt2c019na

[1] Folding knife [5] Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6)


[2] Folding knife motor (M19) [6] Tri-folding gate
[3] Folding transfer motor (M20) [7] Folding roller
[4] Tri-folding roller

68
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. FOLDING/SADDLE STITCHING/TRI-FOLDING SECTION (FS-607)

10.3 Operation

FS-520/607
10.3.1 Folding knife control
The folding knife motor drives the folding knife. The folding knife is used in the folding/saddle stitching/tri-folding
mode. In the tri-folding mode, it is used at the 1st folding.

A. Folding knife operation


The folding knife motor (M19) rotates the crank shaft a half turn via the gear and pushes the paper [2] to the nip
section with the folding knife [5].
The folding rollers [4] draw and fold the paper.
The position of the saddle stitching stopper [6] controls the folding position.

[4] [1]
[5]

[2]

[3]
[6]

15jmt2c020na

[1] Folding knife home sensor (PS22) [4] Folding roller


[2] Paper [5] Folding knife
[3] Folding pass-through sensor (PS26) [6] Saddle stitching stopper

B. Folding knife control


The folding knife motor (M19) turns ON and sticks out the folding knife to the paper after a specified period of
time since the folding pass-through sensor (PS26) [3] detects the paper and the saddle stitching stopper stops
at the folding position.
M19 stops when the folding knife reciprocates and the folding knife home sensor (PS22) [1] turns OFF.

69
10. FOLDING/SADDLE STITCHING/TRI-FOLDING SECTION (FS-607) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.3.2 Folding transfer control


The folding transfer motor (M20) drives the folding roller. Then, the folding roller drives the tri-folding roller.
FS-520/607

A. Folding transfer control


The folding knife motor (M19) turns ON [2] after a specified period of time since the folding pass-through sensor
(PS26) detects the paper and the saddle stitching stopper stops at the folding position. When M19 turns ON the
folding knife home sensor (PS22), the folding transfer motor (M20) turns ON [3] and drives the folding roller to
perform the 1st folding and the tri-folding roller to perform the 2nd folding at the tri-folding operation, and then it
exits the paper to the booklet tray.
M20 stops after a specified period of time since the folding paper exit sensor (PS25) detects the trailing edge of
the paper bundle.

[5]

Folding pass-through sensor (PS26)

Saddle stitching UP
stopper motor (M18) DOWN

Folding knife home sensor (PS22)

Folding knife motor (M19)

Folding transfer 80 mm/s


motor (M20)
400 mm/s
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)

[1] [2] [3] [4] 15jmt2c021na

[1] Saddle stitching stopper moved [3] Paper fold


[2] Paper pressed to the folding roller by the [4] Paper transferred
folding knife [5] Standby position of the folding knife

B. Booklet full detection


The folding full sensor (PS29) that consists of the LED light emitting section and the light receiving section
detects the booklet tray paper full.
It determines the booklet tray is full if the exited paper shields the folding full sensor for the specified period of
time.

70
Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. FOLDING/SADDLE STITCHING/TRI-FOLDING SECTION (FS-607)

10.3.3 Tri-folding gate control


The tri-folding gate switches between the folding/saddle stitching path and the tri-folding path. The tri-folding

FS-520/607
gate solenoid (SD6) drives the tri-folding gate.

A. Tri-folding 2nd folding operation


The tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6) [5] drives the tri-folding gate [6] to switch the paper path to the tri-folding path
for leading the paper exited from the folding roller [1] to the tri-folding stopper [4].
To perform the 2nd folding, the loop [2] formed when the paper contacts with the tri-folding stopper are drawn
between the folding roller and the tri-folding roller [3]. Then the paper is exited to the booklet tray [8].
The position of the tri-folding stopper determines the folding position in the 2nd folding.

[1]
[5] [9]
[6] [7]

[2]

[4]

[8]

[3] [3]
15jmt2c022na

[1] Folding roller [6] Tri-folding gate


[2] Loop [7] Paper
[3] Tri-folding roller [8] Booklet tray
[4] Tri-folding stopper [9] Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
[5] Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6)

B. Tri-folding gate control


After the saddle stitching stopper stops at the tri-folding position, the tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6) [5] turns ON
and drive the tri-folding gate [6] to switch the paper path to the tri-folding stopper.
SD6 turns OFF after a specified period of time since the folding paper exit sensor (PS25) [9] detects the trailing
edge of the paper bundle.

71
10. FOLDING/SADDLE STITCHING/TRI-FOLDING SECTION (FS-607) Theory of Operation Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
FS-520/607

Blank page

72
SERVICE MANUAL Theory of Operation

PI-502

2007.11
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for improve-
ment of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the corresponding
page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2007/11 2.0 Revision in relation to change of description


2006/09 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

PI-502
PI-502

OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.1 Auto sheet feeding (online operation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.2 Manual sheet feeding (offline operation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

COMPOSITION/OPERATION
4. PAPER FEED SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.1 Paper feed drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.2 Tray lift drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3.1 Tray lift mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3.2 Pick-up mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3.3 Separation mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.3.4 Registration control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.3.5 Paper size detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

i
CONTENTS Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007
PI-502

Blank page

ii
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

„ OUTLINE

PI-502
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type

Type Torque limiter separation type seat feeding device

B. Functions

Auto sheet feeding (online Feeds the sheet to FS automatically under the instruction from the main body.
operation)
Manual sheet feeding Feeds the sheet to FS under the instruction from the operation panel of PI.
(offline operation) You can select the following 5 post processing modes:
• 1 staple/back mode
• 2 staples (flat-stapling) mode
• Punch mode (when PK-512/513 is installed on FS)
• Saddle stitching mode
• Tri-folding mode

Note
• The tray /Lw only supports the manual sheet feeding.

C. Type of paper

Paper size Tray /Up A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5


81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2
16K, 16KS
Custom paper (Max.216 x 297 mm, MIn. 182 x 139 mm)
Tray /Lw A3, B4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Custom paper (Max.314 x 458 mm, MIn. 182 x 139 mm)
Paper type Plain paper, recycle paper, color paper, special paper, coated paper, high-quality paper
Paper weight 50 to 200 g/m2
Capacity Tray /Up, /Lw 200 sheets (80 g/m2) or 30 mm or less in height
Paper curling
[1]
a

15jft1c001na

a Curling: 10 mm or less
[1] 5 papers

1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

D. Maintenance

Maintenance Same as the main body.


PI-502

E. Machine data

Power source 24/5V DC (supplied from the main body)


Maximum power consump- 30W or less
tion
Dimensions 511 (W) x 620 (D) x 220 (H) mm
Weight Approx. 10.5 kg

F. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)

Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.

2 1
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM

2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM


Tray /Up section Pick-up /Up section

PI-502
Separation /Up section

Conveyance
section

Tray /Lw section

Pick-up /Lw section


Separation /Lw section 15jft2c001na

3
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

3. PAPER PATH
3.1 Auto sheet feeding (online operation)
PI-502

[1]

[2] 15jft1c002na

[1] Paper path from the tray /Up [2] Paper path from the tray /Lw

3.2 Manual sheet feeding (offline operation)

[1]

15jft1c003na

[1] Paper path from the tray /Lw

4
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

„ COMPOSITION/OPERATION

PI-502
4. PAPER FEED SECTION
4.1 Composition

Tray /Up Pick-up roller /Up


Paper feed roller /Up

Separation
roller /Up

Conveyance
roller /Up

Paper feed
roller /Lw

Tray /Lw Conveyance


roller /Lw

Pick-up roller /Lw


Separation roller /Lw a04ht2c001ca

5
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

4.2 Drive
4.2.1 Paper feed drive
PI-502

[1] [2] [3] [4]


[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

[9]

[10]

[14]
[13] [11]
[12]
[18]

[17] [15]

[16]
15jft2c002nb

[1] Pick-up roller /Lw [10] Paper feed roller /Lw


[2] Pick-up roller /Up [11] Conveyance roller /Lw
[3] Pick-up solenoid /Up (SD201) [12] Separation roller /Lw
[4] Paper feed roller /Up [13] Pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD202)
[5] Transfer clutch (MC201) [14] Transfer motor (M203)
[6] Separation roller /Up [15] Pick-up solenoid /Up (SD201), /Lw (SD202)
[7] Transfer clutch /Lw (MC202) [16] Front
[8] Conveyance roller /Up [17] Pick-up roller /Up and /Lw
[9] Registration clutch (MC203) [18] Paper feed roller /Up and /Lw

6
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

4.2.2 Tray lift drive

PI-502
[3]

[1]

[2] 15jft2c003nb

[1] Front [3] Tray lift motor /Up (M201)


[2] Tray lift motor /Lw (M202)

7
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

4.3 Operation
4.3.1 Tray lift mechanism
PI-502

The tray lift motors /Up (M201) [2] and /Lw (M202) [7] move up and down the trays /Up and /Lw by rotating in
the forward and reverse direction to drive the lift arms /Up [10] and /Lw [4] and move up and down the lift plates
/Up [8] and /Lw [6], respectively.
At the upper limit positions, the tray upper limit sensors /Up (PS205) [1] and /Lw (PS209) [3] detect the actuators
lifted up by the lift plates.
At the lower position of the tray, the tray lower limit sensors /Up (PS204) [9] and /Lw (PS210) [5] detect the actu-
ators coupled with the lift arms /Up and /Lw.

[9] [10]
[8]
[1]

[7]

[2]

[3]

[6]

[5] [4]
15jft2c004na

[1] Tray upper limit sensor /Up (PS205) [6] Tray lift plate /Lw
[2] Tray lift motor /Up (M201) [7] Tray lift motor /Lw (M202)
[3] Tray upper limit sensor /Lw (PS209) [8] Tray lift plate /Up
[4] Lift arm /Lw [9] Tray lower limit sensor /Up (PS204)
[5] Tray lower limit sensor /Lw (PS210) [10] Lift arm /Up

8
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

4.3.2 Pick-up mechanism


The pick-up solenoids /Up (SD201) [2] and /Lw (SD202) turn ON to pick up the paper. The release arm [5] held
upward by the spring [1] lifts up the pick-up roller mounting plate [4] to release the pick-up roller [3]. When

PI-502
SD201 and SD202 turn ON, the release arm moves backward, and then the pick-up roller mounting plate and
the pick-up roller fall down by their own weight. The pick-up roller driven by the transfer motor (M203) presses
the paper and picks it up to transfer it to the separation section.

[4] [5]

[1]

[3] [2] 15jft2c005nb

[1] Spring [4] Pick-up roller mounting plate


[2] Pick-up solenoid /Up (SD201) [5] Release arm
[3] Pick-up roller

9
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.3 Separation mechanism


The separation roller [4] is driven to rotate in the opposite direction from the paper transfer direction [2]. When
transferring no or 1 sheet of paper, the separation roller rotates in the paper transfer direction to transfer the
PI-502

paper to the paper transfer section because the frictional force between the paper feed roller [1] or the paper
and the separation roller [4] is stronger than the frictional force of the torque limiter [3].
When transferring 2 or more sheets of paper, the separation roller rotates in the reverse direction to prevent the
bottom sheet from being transferred because the frictional force between the sheets is stronger than the fric-
tional force of the torque limiter [3].

[7]
[6] [1]

[2]

[5]

[3]
[4]
15jft2c006na

[1] Paper feed roller [5] 2nd sheet


[2] Paper transfer direction [6] 1st sheet
[3] Torque limiter [7] Pick-up roller
[4] Separation roller

10
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 4. PAPER FEED SECTION

4.3.4 Registration control


Transmitting the FS start signal [1], the transfer motor (M203) rotates in low speed and the pick-up solenoids /
UP (SD201) and /Lw (SD202) turn ON. At the time, the tray lift motors /Up (M201) and /Lw (M202) rotate in the

PI-502
forward direction to lift up the trays /Up and /Lw.
M201 and M202 stop when the tray upper limit sensors /Up (PS205) and /Lw (PS209) turn ON [2], and after a
specified period of time, the transfer clutch /Up (MC201) and /Lw (MC202) turn ON and the paper is picked up
from the tray. Only 1 sheet of paper is transferred by the transfer roller because of the separation roller.
M203 rotates in high speed when the paper reaches the paper passage sensors /Up (PS201) and /Lw (PS206)
[3]. At the time, the paper is pressed against the transfer roller and forms a loop because the registration clutch
(MC203) is OFF. After a specified period of time, MC203 turns ON [4] and M203 drives the paper to FS.
M203 switches to rotate in low speed to feed the subsequent paper since the paper passed PS201/PS206 [5],
and then MC203 turns OFF after a specified period of time.

Transfer motor Low speed


(M203)
HIgh speed
Transfer clutch /Lw (MC202)

Tray lift motor /Lw (M202)

Tray upper limit sensor /Lw (PS209)

Pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD202)

Paper passage sensor /Lw (PS206)

Registration clutch (MC203)

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] 15jft2c007na

[1] FS start signal turned ON [4] Registration clutch (MC203) turned ON


[2] Tray reached at the upper limit [5] Trailing edge of the paper passed the paper
[3] Paper reached the paper passage sensors / passage sensors /Up (PS201) and /Lw
Up (PS201) and /Lw (PS206) (PS206)

11
4. PAPER FEED SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.5 Paper size detection control


The paper size VRs /Up (VR201) [1] and /Lw (VR202) [3] coupled with the side guide [2] detects the paper size in
the main scan direction.
PI-502

The paper set sensors /Up (PS203) [5] and /Lw (PS212) [4] and the L size sensor /Lw (PS208) [6] detects the
paper size in the sub scan direction.

[1]

[6] [2]

[5] [4] [3]


15jft2c008na

[1] Paper size VR /Up (VR201) [4] Paper set sensor /Lw (PS212)
[2] Side guide plate [5] Paper set sensor /Up (PS203)
[3] Paper size VR /Lw (VR202) [6] L size sensor (PS208)

12
SERVICE MANUAL Theory of Operation

PK-512/513

2007.11
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for improve-
ment of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the corresponding
page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2007/11 2.0 Revision in relation to change of description


2006/09 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

PK-512/513
PK-512/513

OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. UNIT COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

COMPOSITION/OPERATION
4. PUNCH SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.1 Punch shift drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4.2.2 Punch drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.3.1 Punch standby position movement control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.3.2 Punch position correction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.3.3 Punch control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5. PUNCH SCRAPS BOX SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5.3.1 Punch scraps box control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

i
CONTENTS Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007
PK-512/513

Blank page

ii
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

„ OUTLINE

PK-512/513
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type

Type FS-integrated type punching operation device

B. Functions

Punching method Stops and punches every paper


No. of holes PK-512: 2 holes/3 holes (inch) or 2 holes/4 holes (metric)
PK-513: 4 holes
Hole diameter φ 6.5 mm (2 holes/4 holes), φ 8.0 mm (3 holes)
Hole pitch PK-512: 80 mm (2 holes/4 holes), 108 mm (3 holes)
PK-513: 21, 70, 21 mm
Supported mode Punch mode, straight mode
Applicable post processing Sort, group, staple
mode

C. Type of paper

Paper size PK-512 (2 holes): A3, B4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S
11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
PK-512 (3 holes/4 holes): A3, B4, A4, B5
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11
8K, 16K
PK-513: A3, B4, A4, B5
Applicable paper Plain paper, high quality paper, color paper, coated paper (same as the main
body)
Paper weight 60 to 128 g/m2
Punch prohibited paper Label paper, tab paper, transparency film, 2nd base paper, holed paper, and the
other paper that may interfere with the operation of the punch unit or the punch
blade.
Paper curling
a [1]

15knt1c001na

a Curling (10 mm or less)


[1] 5 sheets of paper

1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

D. Maintenance

Maintenance Same as the main body.


PK-512/513

E. Machine data

Power source 24/5V DC (supply from the main body)


Maximum power 40 W or less
consumption
Dimensions 130 (W) x 470 (D) x 115 (H) mm
Weight Approx. 3 kg

F. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)

NOTE
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.

2 1
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 2. UNIT COMPOSITION

2. UNIT COMPOSITION

PK-512/513
Punch section

Punch scraps box


section

15kjt2e001na

3
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

3. PAPER PATH
PK-512/513

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

15kjt1c002na

[1] Paper path from PI [3] Paper path from the main body
[2] Punch unit [4] Punch scraps box

4
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 4. PUNCH SECTION

„ COMPOSITION/OPERATION

PK-512/513
4. PUNCH SECTION
4.1 Composition

Punch blade Paper size sensor (PS305)


Punch unit

Punch blade
Entrance roller
a04et2e001ca

5
4. PUNCH SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

4.2 Drive
PK-512/513

4.2.1 Punch shift drive

[6] [7] [1]

[5] [3] [2]

[4]

15kjt2c002na

[1] Punch unit [5] Punch shift motor (M302)


[2] Guide shaft [6] Rack
[3] Belt [7] Punch shift home sensor (PS303)
[4] Front

6
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 4. PUNCH SECTION

4.2.2 Punch drive


A. PK-512 (2 to 3 holes)

PK-512/513
[3] [1]

[1]

[12] [13] [2]

[2]

[3]

[10] [11]
[9]
[3]
[8]

[7] [4]
[6] [5]

[10] [11]

[9] [3]
[8]
[7] [4]
[5] [6]

15kjt2e007nb

[1] Punch motor (M301) [8] Groove of the switching cam


[2] Eccentric cam [9] Projection of the punch blade
[3] Slide link [10] Projection of the switching cam
[4] Switching cam [11] Punch blade
[5] When the punch blade is driven [12] Punch blade of the 3-hole punch
[6] When the punch blade is not driven [13] Punch blade of the 2-hole punch
[7] Switching cam shaft

7
4. PUNCH SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

B. PK-512 (2 to 4 holes)
PK-512/513

[3] [1]

[1]

[12] [13] [2]

[2]

[3]

[10] [11]
[9]
[3]
[8]
[7] [4]
[6] [5]

[10] [11]
[9]
[3]
[8]
[7] [4]
[5] [5]

a04et2f002ca

[1] Punch motor (M301) [8] Groove of the switching cam


[2] Eccentric cam [9] Projection of the punch blade
[3] Slide link [10] Projection of the switching cam
[4] Switching cam [11] Punch blade
[5] When the punch blade is driven [12] Punch blade of the 4-hole punch
[6] When the punch blade is not driven [13] Punch blade of the 2-hole and 4 hole punch
[7] Switching cam shaft

8
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 4. PUNCH SECTION

C. PK-513

PK-512/513
[4]

[1]

[2]

[3]

15kjt2c003nb

[1] Eccentric cam [3] Punch blade


[2] Drive arm [4] Punch motor (M301)

9
4. PUNCH SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

4.3 Operation
PK-512/513

4.3.1 Punch standby position movement control


Turning ON the device, the punch shift motor (M302) rotates to move the punch unit [6] to the home position
until the punch shift home sensor (PS303) turns ON.
Selecting the punch mode, M302 rotates to move the punch unit [6] so that the paper size sensor (PS305) [1] of
the punch unit [6] is positioned 5 mm inward [2] from the side edge of the paper.
PS305 consists of 5 sensors. Each sensor detects the following paper.
Sensor Paper size
1 A5S, 51/2 x 81/2S
2 B5S, 16KS
3 A4S, A5, 81/2 x 11S, 81/2 x 14S, 51/2 x 81/2, 81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
4 B4, B5, 8K, 16K
5 A3, A4, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11
* The sensors are numbered 1 to 5 from the front side

And, when the stand-by position is 5 mm for B5 and B4 paper sizes, the corner of the paper passes through
below the punch hole and the stand-by position is changed to 1.5 mm to prevent the hitching of the paper.

The punch unit returns to the home position at the end of the job.

[5] [6] [1]


[2]

[3]

[4]
15kjt2c004na

[1] Paper size sensor (PS305) [4] Paper


[2] Moving distance from the paper edge [5] Punch blade
[3] Paper transfer direction [6] Punch unit

Note
• In the model PK-512, the paper size sensor (PS305) is positioned on the front side and its opera-
tion is contrary to that in the above illustration on the right and left sides.

10
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 4. PUNCH SECTION

4.3.2 Punch position correction control


For the punch unit positioned from the side edge of the paper to the inside (see "4.3.1 Punch standby position

PK-512/513
movement control"), the punch position is adjusted in the following procedure so that punching is made sym-
metrically to the center of paper at all times. The punch position correction is operated by moving the punch unit
back and forth while conveying the paper.
• When the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the leading edge of the paper, the punch unit [11] is moved to
the rear side until the paper size sensor (PS305) [2] detects the side edge of the paper. If you conduct the
punch operation on the paper conveyed from PI, it is started when the paper entrance sensor /Up (PS201)
or /Lw (PS206) detects the leading edge of the paper.
• Then, the punch unit [11] is moved to the front side until PS305 [2] detects the side edge of the paper (the
side edge reference position detection).
• Once it detects the side edge reference position [3], the punch unit is moved further [11] so that the center
of the punch blade [1] is positioned to the center of the paper [5]. The moving distance and its direction are
depending on the paper size. It is stopped temporarily at the side edge reference position if it is moved to
the rear side.

[10] [11] [1] [2]


[3]

[9] [8]
[7]

[6]

[5] [4]
15kjt2c005na

[1] Center of the punch blade [7] Punch unit moving direction
[2] Paper size sensor (PS305) [8] Rear side
[3] Side edge reference position [9] Front side
[4] Paper [10] Punch blade
[5] Center of the paper [11] Punch unit
[6] Paper transfer direction

Note
• In the model PK-512, the paper size sensor (PS305) is positioned on the front side and its opera-
tion is contrary to that in the above illustration on the right and left sides.

11
4. PUNCH SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.3 Punch control


A. Registration loop control
PK-512/513

The FNS conveyance motor (M1) turns OFF temporarily to stop conveyance of paper when the specified time
has passed since paper exit sensor (PS13) detected the leading edge of the paper. Thus the paper is pressed
against the entrance roller forming a loop to correct the bend. When the specified time has passed, M1 turns
ON to restart conveying the paper.
The above operation is not performed when conveying a large paper (220 mm and longer in the sub scan direc-
tion) and in the non-punching mode.
When punching the paper conveyed from PI, the loop is formed on the PI's side. For details, refer to PI-502
SHB.

[4] [2]
[1]

[3]
[2]

15kjt2j006nb

[1] Main body [3] Loop


[2] Entrance roller [4] PK

12
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 4. PUNCH SECTION

B. Punch control (PK-512)


The FNS transfer motor (M1) is driven by the main body start signal.

PK-512/513
In the punching mode, the motor M1 stops temporarily after the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects the rear edge of paper.
At the same time, the punch motor (M301) [3] rotates in the direction according to the number of punched
holes. Number of punched holes of PK-512 is switched between 2 to 4 and 2 to 3 holes depending on the
country. The motor M301 drives the slide link in the main scanning direction through the eccentric cam. As a
result, the projection of the switching cam is pushed in the slide link moving direction and the switching cam is
rotated around its axis. And then the punching blade [7] lowers to punch a hole. The projection of the punch
blade is fitted into the groove of the switching cam.
Moving distance of the slide link [5] is controlled by detecting the eccentric cam actuator [4] with the punch
home sensor (PS301) [1]. When the actuator rotates 180 degrees, first punching is completed. In the second
punching, M301 is reversed. When the actuator reverses 180 degrees, punching is completed. Forward and
reverse rotations are repeated alternately.
The rotating speed of M301 is controlled by detecting the rotation of the punch encoder plate [6] fixed to the
axis of M301 with the punch encoder sensor (PS306) [2].
Then, M301 reverses and the punch home sensor (PS301) [1] returns to ON and the M301 stops finally.
When a specified time elapsed after M1 stops temporarily, M1 resumes rotating and paper is transferred.

[1]

[2]
[7] [6]

[3]

[4] [1]
[5]

[8]

[1]

[9]

15kjt2e008na

[1] Punch home sensor (PS301) [7] Punching blade


[2] Punch encoder sensor (PS306) [8] Operation of 3-hole punching in the 2 to 3 hole
[3] Punch motor (M301) mode and 4-hole punching in the 2 to 4 hole mode
[4] Actuator [9] Operation of 2-hole punching in the 2 to 3 hole
[5] Slide link mode and 2-hole punching in the 2 to 4 hole mode
[6] Punch encoder plate

13
4. PUNCH SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

(1) 2 to 3 holes mode


In the 2 to 3 punched hole mode, the groove of the switching cam of the 3-hole punching blade is shaped so
PK-512/513

that the rear side is concentric with the rotating axis and the front side is curved toward the rotating axis. For this
reason, when the switching cam is rotated clockwise, the punching blade is driven downward and when the
cam is rotated counterclockwise, the punching blade is not driven. The shape of the groove of the punching
blade for 2 holes is contrary to it on the right and left sides. When the switching cam is rotated counterclock-
wise, the punching blade is driven.

(2) 2 to 4 holes mode


In the 2 to 4 holes mode, the 2 punching blades at both ends are driven only when the switching cam is rotated
clockwise in the same way as in the 2 to 3 hole mode. As the 2 punching blades at the center should be driven
in both cases of 2 or 4 hole punching, shape of the groove of the switching cam is symmetrical on the right and
left sides and both the front and rear sides are curved in the rotating axis direction.

14
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007 4. PUNCH SECTION

C. Punch control (PK-513)


Transmitting the start signal from the main body, the FNS conveyance motor (M1) rotates.

PK-512/513
In the punch mode, M1 stops temporarily a specified period of time after the FNS entrance sensor (PS4) detects
the trailing edge of the paper.
At the same time, the punch motor (M301) [9] drives the shaft [10] to rotate a full circle. The eccentric cams [2]
rotate in sync with the shaft to move down the punch blade [1] to conduct the punch operation. M301 stops
and the punch operation is completed when the punch home sensor (PS301) [3] turns ON.
M1 rotates again to convey the paper a specified period of time after it stops temporarily.

[2]
[10]
[1]

[2]

[9]

[8]

[3]

[7] [4]
[2]

[5]

[1]

[6]

15kjt2c001na

[1] Punch blade [6] Paper


[2] Eccentric cam [7] Punch blade at the upper position
[3] Punch home sensor (PS301) [8] Front side
[4] Punch blade at the lower position [9] Punch motor (M301)
[5] Drive arm [10] Shaft

15
5. PUNCH SCRAPS BOX SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov. 2007

5. PUNCH SCRAPS BOX SECTION


PK-512/513

5.1 Composition

Punch scraps box full sensor


(PS302)
Punch scraps box set
sensor (PS304)

Punch scraps box

Front side
15kjt2e009nb

5.2 Drive
The punch scraps box section comprises no moving parts.

5.3 Operation
5.3.1 Punch scraps box control
A. Punch scraps box full detection
The punch scraps generated by the punch operation falls in the punch scraps box [3]. The punch scraps box full
sensor (PS302) [1] turns ON and transmits the "no punch scraps box" information to the main body when the
punch scraps box becomes full of punch scraps.

B. Punch scraps box detection


The punch scraps box set sensor (PS304) detects whether the punch scraps box is set or not. PS304 turns
OFF and transmits the "no punch scraps box" information to the main body if the punch scraps box is not set.

16
SERVICE MANUAL Theory of Operation

SD-501

2007.11
Ver. 4.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for improve-
ment of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the corresponding
page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2007/11 4.0 Revision in relation to change of description


2006/11 3.0 Specification changes in relation to revision of 1050e
2006/09 2.0 Revision in relation to launching of C6500
2005/04 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

SD-501
SD-501

OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. UNIT COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

COMPOSITION/OPERATION
4. HORIZONTAL CONVEYANCE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.2.1 Entrance conveyance drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.2.2 Horizontal conveyance drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.2.3 Gate drive/subtray pressure/release drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.3.1 Conveyance path switching operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.3.2 Conveyance line speed switch control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.3.3 Subtray exit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.3.4 Subtray paper full detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
5. RIGHT ANGLE CONVEYANCE SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
5.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
5.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5.2.1 Right angle conveyance drive/alignment drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5.2.2 Overlap drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.3.1 Paper overlap control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.3.2 Alignment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.3.3 Right angle conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
6. FOLDING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
6.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
6.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.2.1 Folding entrance drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.2.2 Folding conveyance drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
6.2.3 Folding blade drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
6.2.4 Folding main scan alignment drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
6.2.5 Folding sub scan alignment/center folding exit drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
6.2.6 Guide shaft drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
6.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
6.3.1 Folding entrance conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
6.3.2 Folding main scan alignment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
6.3.3 Folding control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
6.3.4 Folding sub scan alignment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6.3.5 Guide shaft control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
7.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
7.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

i
CONTENTS Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

7.2.1 Saddle stitching alignment drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51


7.2.2 Saddle stitching hold drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
7.2.3 Clincher up down drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
SD-501

7.2.4 Stapler/clincher movement drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53


7.2.5 Stapler/clincher drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
7.2.6 Bundle arm rotation drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
7.2.7 Bundle arm movement drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
7.2.8 Bundle arm assist drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
7.2.9 Bundle clip drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
7.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
7.3.1 Saddle stitching alignment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
7.3.2 Stapler/clincher movement control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7.3.3 Saddle stitching hold control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
7.3.4 Clincher up down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
7.3.5 Stapler control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
7.3.6 Bundle arm control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
7.3.7 Bundle arm assist control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
7.3.8 Bundle clip control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
8.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
8.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
8.2.1 Bundle press stage lift drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
8.2.2 Bundle press movement drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
8.2.3 Bundle registration drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
8.2.4 Bundle press drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
8.2.5 Bundle exit drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
8.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
8.3.1 Bundle press stage up down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
8.3.2 Bundle press movement control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
8.3.3 Bundle press control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
8.3.4 Bundle registration control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
8.3.5 Bundle exit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
9. TRIMMER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
9.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
9.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
9.2.1 Trimmer press drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
9.2.2 Trimmer blade drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9.2.3 Trimmer board drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
9.2.4 Paddle drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
9.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
9.3.1 Trimmer press control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
9.3.2 Trimmer blade control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
9.3.3 Trimmer board control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
9.3.4 Trimmer paddle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

ii
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

„ OUTLINE

SD-501
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type

Type Saddle stitching unit with fore-edge trimming and multi-folding function

B. Functions
(1) Functions

Subtray exit Exits paper to the subtray without any process.


Coupling exit Conveys paper to the succeeding device without any process.
Saddle stitching Exits paper to the bundle exit tray after being center folding and saddle stitch-
ing.
Saddle stitching with trim- Exits to the bundle exit tray after being center folding, saddle stitching, and
ming trimming processes.
Multi center folding Exits to the bundle exit tray after being center folding on one or more sheets of
paper.
Multi letter folding Exits to the tri-folding tray after being letter folding process on one or more
sheets of paper.

(2) Maximum tray capacity

Subtray 200 sheets


Z-Folding 20 sheets
Folding 40 sheets
Bundle exit tray Center folding/ sheet set
trimming 2 to 10 More than 50
11 to 20 More than 30
21 to 40 More than 20
41 to 50 More than 15
Multi center folding 30 sets
Tri-folding exit tray Multi letter folding 20 sets

2 1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

C. Type of paper
(1) Coupling/subtray mode
SD-501

Paper size SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4*2, SRA4S*2, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5,
A5S*2, B6S*2, A6S*2
13 x 19*2, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
51/2 x 81/2*1, 51/2 x 81/2S*2
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3, 16KS*3
Tab paper*4 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, custom size (Max. 324 x 460 mm,
Min. 182 x 140 mm)
Custom paper : 1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
C6500 (Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2,
size entry : (Max. 324 x 460 mm)

*1 1050 only *2 C6500 only


*3 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
*4 C6500: only A4 and 81/2 x11. Operation of paper exit with tab area at the
trail edge side is not assured.
Paper weight 50 to 300 g/m2

2 1
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

(2) Saddle stitching mode

Paper size SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4S*2, A4S, B5S

SD-501
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16K*3
Custom paper : Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 257mm
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4S, B5S, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11S,
size entry: (Max. 324 x 460 mm)

*1 1050 only *2 C6500 only


*3 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
Paper weight 50 to 244g/m2
Maximum saddle Plain 1050 Paper weight Number of the sheets
stitching sheets paper Plain paper Coated paper
and 50 to 81 g/m2 50 *1 30 *1
coated
82 to 91 g/m2 30 *1 15 *1
paper:
92 to 130 g/m2 20 *1 10 *1
131 to 161 g/m2 15 *1 5 *1
162 to 209 g/m2 10 —
210 to 244 g/m2 5 —
*1 One sheet can be switched to a thick paper (200 g/m2)
C6500 Paper weight Number of the sheets
Plain paper Coated paper/
Color copy paper
64 to 80 g/m2 50 *1 30 *1
81 to 105 g/m2 30 *1 15 *1
106 to 135 g/m2 20 *1 10 *1
136 to 162 g/m2 15 *1 5 *1
163 to 209 g/m2 10 —
210 to 256 g/m2 5 —
*1 One sheet can be switched to a thick paper (200 g/m2)
Staple position Can be automatically changed (90 to 165 mm) in accordance with paper size.

[1]

[2]

15ant1c006na

[1] = [Paper size] /2 ± 2 mm


[2] = [Paper size] /4 ± 2 mm

3 3
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

Folding height

[1]
SD-501

15ant1c011na

Folding sheets [1] Folding height


A3 B4 A4S
12 x 18 81/2 x 14 81/2 x 11S
11 x 17 (301 mm to 400 mm) (261 mm to 300 mm)
(401 mm or
more)
2 to 5 35 mm or less 40 mm or less 45 mm or less
6 to 15 45 mm or less 50 mm or less Not defined
16 to 30 50 mm or less 55 mm or less
31 to 50 60 mm or less 65 mm or less
(The above information is applied when paper weight is 64 g/m2 and no thick cover
is not used.)

4
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

(3) Trimming mode

Paper size SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4S*2, A4S, B5S

SD-501
12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16KS*3
Custom paper :1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
C6500 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, MIn. 182 x 257 mm)
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4S, B5S, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11S,
size entry: (Max. 324 x 460 mm)

*1 1050 only *2 C6500 only


*3 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
Paper weight 50 to 244 g/m2
Maximum trimming sheets 50 sheets (80 g/m2) or 49 sheets (80 g/m2) + 1 sheet (200 g/m2)
(The above is the number of the printed paper before folding. The number of
fore-edge (after folding) is double.)

3 5
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

(4) Multi center folding mode

Paper size SRA3*2, A3, B4, SRA4S*2, A4S, B5S


SD-501

12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S


81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K*3, 16KS*3
Custom paper :1050 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, Min. 182 x 140 mm),
C6500 (Max. 324 x 460 mm, MIn. 182 x 257 mm)
Wide paper*1 : A3, B4, A4S, B5S, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11S,
size entry : (Max. 324 x 460 mm)

*1 1050 only *2 C6500 only


*3 C6500: supported in all the destinations.
1050: only supported in Taiwan and China.
Paper weight 50 to 244 g/m2
Maximum folding sheets Paper weight Sheets
50 to 81 g/m2 5 sheets
82 to 130 g/m2 3 sheets
131 to 244 g/m2 2 sheets
Folding precision
(for 1 sheet)
[1]

15ant1c009na

[1] = [Paper size] /2 ± 1.5 mm

[1] 15ant1c008na

[1] = 1.5 mm or less

6 3
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

(5) Multi letter folding mode

Paper size A4S, 81/2 x 11S

SD-501
Paper weight 50 to 91 g/m2
Maximum folding Paper weight Sheets
sheets 50 to 81 g/m2 5 sheets
82 to 91 g/m2 3 sheets
Folding precision Original size [1] [2] [3]
(for 1 sheet) A4S 97.5 ± 4 mm 102.0 ± 4 mm 1.5 mm or less
81/2 x 11S 91.6 ± 4 mm 96.1 ± 4 mm

[3]

[3]
[1]
[2]

15ant1c010na

D. Maintenance

Maintenance Same as the main body.

E. Machine data

Power source AC100 to 240V, DC5V (DC5V is supplied from the main body)
Maximum power consump- 270 W
tion
Dimensions When the bundle exit tray is stored: 1,170 (W) x 775 (D) x 1,020 (H) mm
When the bundle exit tray is pulled out: 1,170 (W) x 1,441 (D) x 1,020 (H) mm
Weight Approx. 263 kg

F. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)

Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.

3 7
2. UNIT COMPOSITION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

2. UNIT COMPOSITION
SD-501

[1]

[2]

[7]

[3]
[6]

[5]

[4]

15ant1c001na

[1] Folding section [5] Trimmer section


[2] Right angle conveyance section [6] Saddle stitching section
[3] Bundle process section [7] Horizontal conveyance section
[4] Left side view

8
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 3. PAPER PATH

3. PAPER PATH
A. Coupling exit/subtray exit mode

SD-501
[3] [2] [1]

15ant1c002na

[1] Horizontal conveyance [3] Coupling exit


[2] Subtray exit

9
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Multi letter folding mode


SD-501

[1]

[4] [5] [7] [6] [8]

[3]

[2]

[10] [9]
15ant1c003na

[1] Stack to the right angle conveyance section [6] Paper exit
[2] Right angle conveyance [7] Stack movement of the paper exit
[3] Conveyance to the folding section [8] Front side view
[4] 1st folding [9] Top side view
[5] 2nd folding [10] Right side view

10
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 3. PAPER PATH

C. Multi center folding/saddle stitching mode


(1) From the paper exit from the main body to the center folding

SD-501
[1]

[4] [5] [6]

[3]

[2]

[8] [7]
15ant1c004na

[1] Stack to the right angle conveyance section [5] Release from the folding roller
[2] Right angle conveyance [6] Front side view
[3] Conveyance to the folding section [7] Top side view
[4] Center folding (1st folding) [8] Right side view

11
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

(2) From the center folding to the paper exit


SD-501

[1]

[7]

[2]

[3]

[4] [5] [6] [8]


15ant1c005na

[1] Conveyance from the folding section to the [5] Paper exit
saddle stitching section [6] Stack movement of the paper exit
[2] Movement by the bundle arm [7] Front side view
[3] Movement by the clip [8] Left side view
[4] Conveyance to the trimmer section
(only for saddle stitching mode)

12
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 4. HORIZONTAL CONVEYANCE SECTION

„ COMPOSITION/OPERATION

SD-501
4. HORIZONTAL CONVEYANCE SECTION
4.1 Composition

Subtray paper full Horizontal convey- Horizontal Entrance


Sub tray sensor (PS12) ance gate conveyance conveyance

Entrance gate
15ant2c001nb

1 13
4. HORIZONTAL CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

4.2 Drive
4.2.1 Entrance conveyance drive
SD-501

[1]

[2]

[5] [4] [3] 15ant2c002nb

[1] Entrance roller [4] Front side view


[2] Entrance conveyance motor (M1) [5] Conveyance roller
[3] Overlap assist roller

4.2.2 Horizontal conveyance drive

[2] [3] [4] [5] [3]

[1] 15ant2c003na

[1] Front side view [4] Horizontal conveyance motor (M2)


[2] Exit roller [5] Subtray exit roller
[3] Conveyance roller

14
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 4. HORIZONTAL CONVEYANCE SECTION

4.2.3 Gate drive/subtray pressure/release drive

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6]

SD-501
15ant2c004na

[1] Subtray exit roller [4] Horizontal conveyance gate


[2] Roller release solenoid /4 (SD4) [5] Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)
[3] Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid (SD3) [6] Entrance gate

15
4. HORIZONTAL CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

4.3 Operation
4.3.1 Conveyance path switching operation
SD-501

A. Entrance gate solenoid control


The entrance gate switches the path to the horizontal conveyance section and one to the right angle convey-
ance section. The switch is conducted by the entrance gate solenoid (SD1). The right angle conveyance path is
selected when SD1 turns OFF and the horizontal conveyance path is selected when it turns ON.
In the coupling exit mode and the subtray exit mode, SD1 turns ON and sets the entrance gate to the horizontal
conveyance section when the main body print signal turns ON. SD1 turns OFF after the paper exit.

B. Horizontal conveyance gate control


The horizontal conveyance gate switches the path to the subtray section and the coupling conveyance path to
the succeeding device. The switch is conducted by the horizontal conveyance gate solenoid (SD3). The cou-
pling conveyance path is selected when SD3 turns OFF and the subtray path is selected when it turns ON.

4.3.2 Conveyance line speed switch control


The conveyance is conducted by the entrance conveyance motor (M1) and the horizontal conveyance motor
(M2).
M1 and M2 turn ON when the main body start signal [1] turns ON. M1 switches its rotational speed in accor-
dance with the main body line speed [3] when the main body exit sensor turns ON [2]. Then it switches its rota-
tional speed to high speed [4] to convey the paper when it receives the paper trailing edge signal (when the
paper trailing edge passes through the fusing).

[2]

Main body exit sensor

Entrance High speed


conveyance
motor (M1) Low speed

Horizontal conveyance motor (M2)

[1] [3] [4] 15ant2c005na

[1] Main body start signal [3] M1 switching to a low speed


[2] Main body exit sensor ON [4] Main body paper trailing edge signal

16
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 4. HORIZONTAL CONVEYANCE SECTION

4.3.3 Subtray exit control


When exiting the paper to the subtray, the paper is prevented to be misaligned by releasing the nipping of the
subtray exit roller by the roller release solenoid /4 (SD4) to nip the paper only at the trailing edge and slowing

SD-501
down the paper by the subtray exit roller that is rotating in low speed for every paper. The horizontal conveyance
sensor /1 (PS2) [1] and the subtray exit sensor (PS11) [2] detect the paper exited to the subtray.

[4] [3] [2] [1]

15ant2c006na

[1] Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS2) [3] Roller release solenoid (SD4)
[2] Subtray exit sensor (PS11) [4] Subtray exit roller

The roller release solenoid /4 (SD4) turns ON [2] to release the nipping of the subtray exit roller [3] after a speci-
fied period of time since the horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS2) detects the leading edge of paper [1]. SD4
turns OFF [5] and the subtray exit roller nips at the trailing edge of paper [6] after a specified period of time since
PS2 detects the trailing edge of paper [4]. This control is conducted for every paper exited to the subtray.

[4]

Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS2)

Subtray exit sensor (PS11)

Roller release solenoid /4 (SD4)

[1] [2] [3] [5] [6] 15ant2c007na

[1] Detection of the leading edge of paper [4] Detection of the trailing edge of paper
[2] SD4 ON [5] SD4 OFF
[3] Release of nip [6] Nipping at the trailing edge of paper

4.3.4 Subtray paper full detection control


The subtray paper full detection is conducted by the subtray paper full sensor (PS12) via the actuator.
PS12 turns ON under normal circumstances. The subtray paper full condition is detected and the subtray paper
full signal is transmitted to the main body when the actuator is pressed by stacked paper and PS12 turns OFF.
Then, the main body displays the message on its operation panel.

17
5. RIGHT ANGLE CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

5. RIGHT ANGLE CONVEYANCE SECTION


5.1 Composition
SD-501

Right angle conveyance gate


Alignment claws

Alignment Right angle convey-


section ance roller /1

Right angle convey-


ance roller /2

Overlap section

Overlap stopper

Right angle conveyance Right angle conveyance


15ant2c008nb
roller /1 (Driven) roller /3 (Driven)

18 1
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 5. RIGHT ANGLE CONVEYANCE SECTION

5.2 Drive
5.2.1 Right angle conveyance drive/alignment drive

SD-501
[1]

[2]

[3]

[11]

[10]

[9]

[6] [7]

[8]

[4]
[5] 15ant2c009na

[1] Alignment claws [7] Right angle conveyance roller /4


[2] Torque limiter [8] Right angle conveyance roller /3
[3] Roller release solenoid /1 (SD5) [9] Right angle conveyance roller /2
[4] Front side direction [10] Right angle conveyance motor (M6)
[5] Top side view [11] Right angle conveyance roller /1
[6] Roller release solenoid /2 (SD6)

19
5. RIGHT ANGLE CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

5.2.2 Overlap drive


SD-501

[7] [8]

[6]

[1]

[2]

[5] [4] [3] 15ant2c010nb

[1] Overlap stopper [5] Front side view


[2] Overlap motor (M13) [6] Right angle conveyance gate
[3] Right side view [7] Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2)
[4] Overlap home sensor (PS17) [8] Overlap assist roller

20 1
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 5. RIGHT ANGLE CONVEYANCE SECTION

5.3 Operation
5.3.1 Paper overlap control

SD-501
A. Overlap mechanism
When the folding operation is conducted for more than one sheet of paper, they are overlapped in the right angle
conveyance section, and then conveyed to the folding section.
The overlap mechanism is the mechanism to overlap the paper in adequate paper conveyance order. The oper-
ation is conducted by the right angle conveyance gate [1] driven by the right angle conveyance gate solenoid
(SD2) [7] and the overlap stopper [5] driven by the overlap motor (M13) [3]. The overlap home sensor (PS17) [4]
detects the home position of the overlap stopper.
The overlap stopper [5] is positioned at the position where the trailing edge of paper [2] is positioned 20 mm
below from the right angle conveyance gate [1] in accordance with the paper size when it stands by for the
paper.
When the SD2 is turned off, the paper from the main body is conveyed into between the right-angle conveyance
gate [1] and the overlap assist roller [8]. Then the paper is conveyed further by the overlap assist roller [8] driven
by the entrance conveyance motor (M1) and stopped by the overlap stopper.

[1]

[2]
[7]
[8]

[3]

[4]

[6] [5] 15ant2c011nb

[1] Right angle conveyance gate [5] Overlap stopper


[2] Trailing edge of paper [6] Front side view
[3] Overlap motor (M13) [7] Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2)
[4] Overlap home sensor (PS17) [8] Overlap assist roller

1 21
5. RIGHT ANGLE CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

The first stacked sheet of paper [5] is conveyed while the overlap stopper is located at the standby position [4].
Before conveying the second paper, right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2) turns ON to move the right
angle conveyance gate [6] to the right [7]. At the time, overlap motor (M13) moves the overlap stopper 30 mm
SD-501

upward [3]. It transfers the stacked paper to the left side of the right angle conveyance gate. The right angle
conveyance gate is replaced [9] to clear the conveyance path. The subsequent paper [8] passes the right side of
the right angle conveyance gate and the paper is overlapped in adequate order. Then, M13 moves the overlap
stopper downward [1].
The same as the second sheet is conducted until all of sheets are stacked.

[7] [8] [9]

[6]

[5]

[1]
[4] [3] [2] 15ant2c012nb

[1] Overlap stopper moving 30 mm downward [6] Right angle conveyance gate
[2] Front side view [7] Right angle conveyance gate moved
[3] Overlap stopper moving 30 mm upward [8] 2nd paper
[4] Standby position of the overlap stopper [9] Right angle conveyance gate replaced
[5] 1st paper

22 1
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 5. RIGHT ANGLE CONVEYANCE SECTION

B. Overlap control
(1) Multi letter folding mode control
In the multi letter folding mode, up to 5 sheets are stacked in the right angle conveyance section and conveyed

SD-501
to the folding section. The multi letter folding is available only with paper of 50 to 91 g/m2 in weight and is
unavailable with others.
The overlap motor (M13) turns ON when the main body start signal [1] turns ON and moves the overlap stopper
upward to its standby position.
Turning ON the right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2) [3] after a specified period of time since the entrance
sensor (PS1) detects the trailing edge of the paper, the right angle conveyance gate is switched, M13 moves the
paper upward [4], and isolate the paper from the conveyance gate by transferring it to the left side of the right
angle conveyance gate. Turning OFF SD2 [5], the conveyance gate opens and waits for the subsequent paper.
Conveying the subsequent paper through the right side of the right angle conveyance gate [6] and detecting the
trailing edge of paper by the entrance sensor (PS1) [7], M13 moves the overlap stopper downward [8]. When the
trailing edge of paper passes under the right angle conveyance gate, SD2 turns ON [9] to switch the right angle
conveyance gate and M13 moves up the overlap stopper [10] to send the conveyed sheets of paper to the left
side of the right angle conveyance gate. Then, SD2 turns OFF [11] and stands by for the subsequent paper.
The overlap stopper moves down to the standby position and stands by for the 1st paper of the subsequent set
[12] after a specified period of time since PS1 detects the trailing edge of last paper of the set.

[4] [7] [10]

Entrance sensor (PS1)

Overlap motor Up
(M13)
Down

Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2)

[12]
[1] [2] [3] [5] [6] [8] [9] [11] 15ant2c074na

[1] Main body start signal [7] Trailing edge of the subsequent paper detected
[2] Overlay stopper moved to its standby position [8] Paper moved downward
[3] Right conveyance gate switched [9] Right conveyance gate switched
[4] Paper isolated [10] Paper isolated
[5] Conveyance path cleared [11] Conveyance path cleared
[6] Subsequent paper conveyed [12] Overlay stopper moved to its standby posi-
tion

23
5. RIGHT ANGLE CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Center folding/saddle stitching mode control


In the center folding and saddle stitching modes, 1, 2, or 3 sheets of paper are stacked and conveyed to the
folding section. The number of the stacked sheets is different depending on its paper weight and the convey-
SD-501

ance pattern.
Normal paper (less than 130 g/m2): up to 3 sheets are stacked and conveyed to the folding section.
Thick paper (more than 131 g/m2): due to the limit of the folding performance, up to 2 sheets are stacked and
conveyed to the folding section.

• Normal paper
For the 1st set, 2 sheets of paper are stacked and conveyed to the folding section at first. Similarly, 2 sheets of
paper are stacked and conveyed to the folding section for the subsequent sheets. At the final conveyance, 2
sheets are conveyed (if the total number of the paper is even) or 1 sheet is conveyed (if the number is odd). It
does not convey 3 sheets at a time for the odd case because the timing to transmit the information such as the
page count, the paper type, and so on is too late when the printing is conducted from a PC.
For the 2nd and following set, 3 sheets of paper are stacked and conveyed to the folding section at first to take
adequate time to conduct the folding operation for the preceding set. At the final conveyance, 2 sheets are con-
veyed (if the total number of the paper is even) or 3 sheets are conveyed (if the number is odd).

• Thick paper
Up to 2 sheets of paper can be stacked for the thick paper.
For every set, 2 sheets of paper are stacked and conveyed to the folding section at first. Similarly, 2 sheets of
paper are stacked and conveyed to the folding section for the subsequent sheets. At the final conveyance, 2
sheets are conveyed (if the total number of the paper is even) or 1 sheet is conveyed (if the number is odd).

• Using PI function
The same as the thick paper control is conducted because the paper type information cannot be obtained in the
print job using PI.

24
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 5. RIGHT ANGLE CONVEYANCE SECTION

5.3.2 Alignment control


A. Alignment mechanism
The alignment is conducted by driving the alignment claws [2] by the right angle conveyance motor (M6) [5]

SD-501
through the belt [3] and the torque limiter [4].
The alignment claws move to the rear of the shelter direction [7] and are stopped by the mechanical stoppers [1]
through the torque limiter when M6 is rotating toward the paper conveyance direction. Rotating M6 in the
reverse direction, the alignment claws push the edge of paper to conduct the alignment [6].

[4] [5] [6] [7]

[1]

[3] [2]

15ant2c013na

[1] Mechanical stoppers [5] Right angle conveyance motor (M6)


[2] Alignment claws [6] Aligning direction
[3] Belt [7] Shelter direction
[4] Torque limiter

25
5. RIGHT ANGLE CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Alignment control
The right angle conveyance motor (M6) rotates in the reverse direction when the main body start signal [1] turns
ON and the alignment claws move to the standby position [2] in accordance with the paper size.
SD-501

No alignment operation is conducted for the 1st paper. M6 rotates in the reverse direction to align paper with the
alignment claws [3] after a specified period of time since the entrance sensor (PS1) detects the trailing edge of
2nd paper. Then, M6 rotates in the forward direction to replace the alignment claws to the standby position [4].
M6 rotates to convey the paper to the folding section [6] and evacuate the alignment claws to the home position
after a specified period of time after the alignment operation [5] for the last paper of the set. After a specified
period of time after the right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6) detects the leading edge of paper, M6 rotates in
the reverse direction to move the alignment claws to the standby position [7] for the subsequent copy.

[7]

Entrance sensor (PS1)

Right angle Forward


conveyance
motor (M6) Reverse

Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] 15ant2c075na

[1] Main body start signal [5] Alignment operation


[2] Alignment claws moved to the standby position [6] Paper conveyed to the folding section
[3] Alignment operation [7] Alignment claws moved back to the standby position
[4] Alignment claws moved back to the standby
position

26
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 5. RIGHT ANGLE CONVEYANCE SECTION

5.3.3 Right angle conveyance control


A. Right angle conveyance mechanism
In the right angle conveyance, the right angle conveyance motor (M6) and the roller release solenoids /1 (SD5)

SD-501
[5] and /2 (SD6) [10] convey the paper.
When conveying the paper to the overlap section, the paper falls vertically [6] to the overlap stopper [7] by its
own weight after conveyed by the overlap assist roller. At the time, the press by the right angle conveyance roller
/1 [3] is released by default since the conveyance direction is not the rotational direction of the right angle con-
veyance roller /1 [3] but the axial direction of the right angle conveyance roller /1.
After stacking and aligning the specified number of papers, the roller release solenoid /1 (SD5) [5] turns ON to
nip the paper and convey the paper to the position rotated 90° from the right side to the front side [8]. The roller
release solenoid /3 (SD7) [14] is OFF to release the pressure of the folding entrance roller by default since the
upper edge of the paper [1] passes over the folding entrance roller [13].
When conveying the paper from the right angle conveyance section to the folding section [12], the roller release
solenoid /2 (SD6) [10] turns ON to release the pressure of the right angle conveyance roller /4 [9] and convey the
paper to the folding section by nipping the paper with the folding entrance roller [13].

[14] [1]

[2]

[13] [3]

[12]
[4]
[11]

[10] [5]

[9] [6]

[8]
[7]

15ant2c014na

[1] Upper edge of the paper path [8] Right angle conveyance
[2] Entrance sensor (PS1) [9] Right angle conveyance roller /4
[3] Right angle conveyance roller /1 [10] Roller release solenoid /2 (SD6)
[4] Right angle conveyance sensor /1 (PS5) [11] Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)
[5] Roller release solenoid /1 (SD5) [12] Paper conveyed to the folding section
[6] Paper conveyed to the overlap section [13] Folding entrance roller
[7] Overlap stopper [14] Roller release solenoid /3 (SD7)

1 27
5. RIGHT ANGLE CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Conveyance control
The roller release solenoid /1 (SD5) turns ON to press the right angle conveyance roller /1 [2] after a specified
period of time since the entrance sensor (PS1) detects the trailing edge of last paper of the set [1]. After the
SD-501

alignment operation [3], the right angle conveyance motor (M6) rotates in the forward direction to convey the
paper to the front side [4] by rotating 90°. At this time, the roller release solenoid (SD7) turns OFF a specified
period of time after the entrance sensor (PS1) detects the trailing edge of paper and releases the pressure of the
folding entrance roller /1 [5]. A specified period of time after the right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6) detects
the leading edge of paper, SD7 turns ON to pressure the folding entrance roller /1 and nip [6] the upper section
of paper that has been conveyed to the front side. And also, a specified period of time after that, when the roller
release solenoid /2 (SD6) turns ON to release the right angle conveyance roller /4 [7] and convey the paper to
the folding section.

[1] [3] [4]

Entrance sensor (PS1)

Right angle Forward


conveyance
motor (M6) Reverse

Roller release solenoid /1 (SD5)

Roller release solenoid /2 (SD6)

Roller release solenoid /3 (SD7)

Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)

[2] [5] [6] [7] 15ant2c076na

[1] Trailing edge of the last paper of the set detected [5] Folding entrance roller pressure release
[2] Right angle conveyance roller /1 pressure [6] Folding entrance roller pressure
[3] Paper alignment [7] Right angle conveyance roller /4 pressure release
[4] Paper conveyance

28
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING SECTION

6. FOLDING SECTION
6.1 Composition

SD-501
Alignment claws /Fr Conveyance belt
(main scan) (tri-folding) 2nd folding blade Folding roller /3

Folding roller /2

Alignment stop-
per /Rr
(main scan)

Folding roller /1 1st folding blade


Folding exit Folding alignment
Guide shaft stoppers /Rt
claws
(Center folding exit) (sub scan)
(sub scan) 15ant2c015nb

1 29
6. FOLDING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

6.2 Drive
6.2.1 Folding entrance drive
SD-501

[4]

[3] [2] [1]


15ant2c016na

[1] Folding entrance motor (M3) [3] Folding entrance roller /1


[2] Right side view [4] Roller release solenoid /3 (SD7)

30
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING SECTION

6.2.2 Folding conveyance drive

SD-501
[7] [8] [9] [1]

[2]

[3]

[6] [5] [4] 15ant2c017na

[1] One way clutch [6] Right side view


[2] Oscillation connecting gear [7] Exit belt
[3] Folding conveyance motor (M4) [8] Folding roller /3
[4] Folding roller /2 [9] Tri-folding exit clutch (CL1)
[5] Folding roller /1

31
6. FOLDING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

6.2.3 Folding blade drive

[8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14]


SD-501

[1]
[7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] 15ant2c018na

[1] 1st folding blade motor (M18) [8] 2nd folding blade motor (M19)
[2] Folding roller /2 [9] 2nd folding blade home sensor /2 (PS23)
[3] 1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21) [10] 2nd folding blade home sensor /1 (PS22)
[4] 1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20) [11] 2nd folding blade
[5] 1st folding blade [12] Folding roller /3
[6] Folding roller /1 [13] Spring (pressing the folding rollers /2 and /3)
[7] Right side view [14] Spring (pressing the folding rollers /1 and /2)

32
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING SECTION

6.2.4 Folding main scan alignment drive

[1]

SD-501
[8]

[2]

[6] [7]

[5] [4] [3] 15ant2c019na

[1] Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19) [5] Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7)
[2] Alignment stoppers /Rr [6] Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 (PS18)
[3] Right side view [7] Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr2 (PS49)
[4] Alignment claws /Fr [8] Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr (M14)

33
6. FOLDING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

6.2.5 Folding sub scan alignment/center folding exit drive


SD-501

[7] [8] [9] [1]

[6]

[2]

[5] [4] [3] 15ant2c020na

[1] Folding alignment stoppers /Rt [6] Front side direction


[2] Home position stoppers /Rt [7] Folding sub scan alignment home sensor (PS56)
[3] Folding exit home sensor (PS24) [8] Folding exit claws
[4] Torque limiter [9] Alignment stoppers /Lt
[5] Folding sub scan alignment motor (M8)

34
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING SECTION

6.2.6 Guide shaft drive

[4]

SD-501
[3] [2] [1] 15ant2c021na

[1] Guide shaft home sensor (PS46) [3] Front side view
[2] Guide shaft motor (M25) [4] Guide shaft

35
6. FOLDING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

6.3 Operation
6.3.1 Folding entrance conveyance control
SD-501

A. Mechanism
The folding entrance motor (M3) and the roller release solenoid /3 (SD7) [5] conduct the folding entrance con-
veyance operation.
The paper [1] conveyed from the right angle conveyance section is conveyed to the folding entrance with the
pressure of the folding entrance roller /1 [7] released. Once the right angle conveyance is completed, SD7 [5]
turns ON to pressure the nipping of the folding entrance roller /1 and the roller release solenoid /2 (SD6) [3] turns
ON to release the right angle conveyance roller /4, M3 convey the paper to the folding section.
The folding entrance sensor (PS60) [6] detects the paper at the folding entrance.

[5] [6] [7]

[4]

[3] [2] [1] 15ant2c022na

[1] Paper [5] Roller release solenoid /3 (SD7)


[2] Right angle conveyance roller /4 [6] Folding entrance sensor (PS60)
[3] Roller release solenoid /2 (SD6) [7] Folding entrance roller /1
[4] Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)

36
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING SECTION

B. Control
The roller release solenoid /3 (SD7) turns ON to nip the paper with the folding entrance roller [2] after a specified
period of time since the right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6) detects the leading edge of paper [1], and then

SD-501
the roller release solenoid /2 (SD6) turns ON to release the nip of the right angle conveyance roller /4 [3] after a
specified period of time. Then the folding entrance motor (M3) turns ON and conveys the paper to the folding
section [4].
At the time, the folding conveyance motor (M4) rotates in the reverse direction [5] to prevent the paper from
being caught between the folding rollers /1 and /2.
SD7 turns OFF to release the pressure of the folding entrance roller [7] after a specified period of time since the
entrance sensor (PS1) detects the trailing edge of last paper of the subsequent set [6] and it stands by for the
paper of the subsequent set being conveyed to the front side of the right angle conveyance section.

[1] [4] [6]

Entrance sensor (PS1)

Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)

Folding entrance motor (M3)

Roller release solenoid /2 (SD6)

Roller release solenoid /3 (SD7)

Folding Forward
conveyance
motor (M4) Reverse

[2][3] [5] [7] 15ant2c078na

[1] Last paper of the 1st set [5] Caught-protection to the folding section
[2] Folding entrance roller nipped [6] Last paper of the subsequent set
[3] Nip of the right angle conveyance roller /4 released [7] Nip of the folding entrance roller released
[4] Folding entrance conveyance

37
6. FOLDING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.2 Folding main scan alignment control


A. Mechanism
In the folding main scan alignment, the alignment stoppers /Rr [5] driven by the folding main scan alignment
SD-501

motor /Rr (M14) stop at the appropriate position in accordance with the paper size, and then the alignment
claws /Fr [2] driven by the folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7) conduct the alignment operation. The
home position of the alignment claws /Fr is detected by the folding main scan alignment home sensors /Fr1
(PS18) [8] and /Fr2 (PS49) [7] and the home position of the alignment tab /Rr is detected by the folding main
scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19) [4].
The alignment claws /Fr [2] convey [6] the paper by pushing its trailing edge once the paper passes the folding
entrance roller /3 [3] and until the leading edge of paper contacts with the alignment stopper /Rr [5] because
there is no conveyance roller between the folding entrance conveyance roller /3 and the alignment stopper /Rr.

[5] [6] [7] [8]

[1]

[4]
[2]

[3] 15ant2c023na

[1] Front side direction [5] Alignment stoppers /Rr


[2] Alignment claws /Fr [6] Paper conveyance
[3] Folding entrance roller /3 [7] Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr2 (PS49)
[4] Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19) [8] Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 (PS18)

38
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING SECTION

B. Control
The folding main scan alignment motor /Rr (M14) drives the alignment stoppers /Rr to the appropriate position in
accordance with the paper size [2] when the main body start signal [1] turns ON.

SD-501
The folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7) rotates in the forward direction to let [3] the alignment claws /Fr
push the trailing edge of paper for conveyance after a specified period of time since the folding entrance sensor
(PS60) detects the trailing edge of paper, and then M7 stops after a specified period of time [4]. The alignment
stoppers /Rr push the leading edge of paper to conduct the alignment. M7 rotates in the reverse direction [5],
and after a specified period of time it rotates in the forward direction to conduct the alignment again [6].
M7 rotates in the reverse direction to replace the alignment claws to the home position [7] when the 1st folding
blade home sensor /1 (PS20) detects the completion of the folding operation. M7 starts rotating to replace the
alignment claws to the home position for subsequent set when PS21 detects the completion of the folding oper-
ation since the 1st folding blade conducts the reciprocal operation in which the 1st folding blade home sensor /
1 (PS20) and the 1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21) counter changes their positions at each folding oper-
ation. M7 stops rotating when the folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 (PS18) detects the home posi-
tion of the alignment claws.
Transmitting the print termination signal from SD, M14 rotates to move the alignment stoppers to the home posi-
tion [8]. It stops rotating when the folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19) detects the home posi-
tion of the alignment stoppers.

[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]

Folding main Forward


scan alignment
motor /Fr (M7) Reverse
Folding main Forward
scan alignment
motor /Rr (M14) Reverse

Folding entrance sensor (PS60)

Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 (PS18)

Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr2 (PS49)

Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19)

1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20)

1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21)

[1] 15ant2c079na

[1] Main body start signal [5] Alignment claws /Fr shelter operation
[2] Alignment stopper /Rr moved for appropriate paper size [6] Alignment operation
[3] Paper conveyed by the alignment claws /Fr [7] Alignment claws /Fr moved to the home position
[4] Alignment operation [8] Alignment stoppers /Rr moved to the home position

1 39
6. FOLDING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.3 Folding control


A. Mechanism
Folding consists of the 1st folding and 2nd folding.
SD-501

The 1st folding is conducted in the multi letter folding mode, the multi center folding mode, and the saddle
stitching mode. The 2nd folding is conducted only in the multi letter folding mode.
In the 1st folding operation, the 1st folding blade [7] pushes and inserts the paper between the folding rollers /1
[8] and /2 [3].
The folding rollers /1 and /2 are pressured each other by the spring [2]. The 1st folding blade is driven by the 1st
blade motor (M18) [4] via the crank mechanism [5].
In the 2nd folding operation, the 2nd folding blade [13] pushes and inserts the paper between the folding rollers
/2 [3] and /3 [14].
The folding rollers /2 and /3 are pressured each other by the spring [15]. The 2nd folding blade is driven by the
2nd blade motor (M19) [10] via the crank mechanism [11].
The folding sensor /2 (PS44) [9], the folding sensor /1 (PS7) [1], and the folding passage sensor (PS8) [12] detect
the paper.

[10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15]

[1]

[2]

[9] [8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] 15ant2c024na

[1] Folding sensor /1 (PS7) [9] Folding sensor /2 (PS44)


[2] Spring [10] 2nd folding blade motor (M19)
[3] Folding roller /2 [11] Crank mechanism
[4] 1st folding blade motor (M18) [12] Folding passage sensor (PS8)
[5] Crank mechanism [13] 2nd folding blade
[6] Right side view [14] Folding roller /3
[7] 1st folding blade [15] Spring
[8] Folding roller /1

40
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING SECTION

B. Tri-folding control
(1) Operation
After the initial operation, the 1st folding blade [8] is at the standby position /1 [5]. In the actuator [7], the 1st fold-

SD-501
ing blade home sensor /2 (PS21) [3] turns ON and the 1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20) [6] turns OFF.
When the paper [9] is conveyed to the folding section and the 1st folding blade motor (M18) is rotated [2], the
crank [4] rotates 90° to project the 1st folding blade to the paper and push the paper [12] between the folding
roller /1 [10] and /2 [11] with its edge. At the time, the actuator also rotates 90° so that PS21 [3] and PS20 [6]
turns OFF and ON respectively.
M18 keeps rotating in the same direction [13], and then the crank [4] stops when it reaches at the standby posi-
tion /2 [1] (PS20 turns OFF) where is 180° opposite from the standby position /1. In the 1st folding operation for
the subsequent set, M18 rotates in the reverse direction [14] and the crank [4] also rotates 180° in the reverse
direction to conduct the 1st folding operation.
The 2nd folding operation is operated as in the 1st folding operation.

[11] [12]

[10]

[9]

[8]

[7] [14]

[13]

[5] [2] [1]


[6] [4] [3] 15ant2c025na

[1] Standby position /2 [8] 1st folding blade


[2] Projecting position [9] Paper
[3] 1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21) [10] Folding roller /1
[4] Crank [11] Folding roller /2
[5] Standby position /1 [12] Paper inserted
[6] 1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20) [13] Rotational direction to the standby position /2
[7] Actuator [14] 1st folding for the subsequent set

41
6. FOLDING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Control
When the folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7) stops rotating at the completion of the paper alignment
operation, the 1st folding blade motor (M18) turns ON and starts rotating in the reverse direction. The 1st folding
SD-501

blade folds and inserts the paper between the folding rollers /1 and /2. When the 1st folding blade home sensor
/1 (PS20) turns ON, the folding conveyance motor (M4) turns ON to conduct the 1st folding [2]. M18 stops when
PS20 turns OFF. Then, M4 turns OFF and the 1st folding operation is completed [4] after a specified period of
time since the folding passage sensor (PS8) detects the leading edge of paper.
After a specified period of time since PS8 turns ON, the 2nd folding blade motor (M19) turns ON and rotates in
the reverse direction to start the 2nd folding operation. When the 2nd folding blade home sensor /1 (PS22) turns
ON, M4 rotates in high speed to perform the 2nd folding, and then the tri-folded paper is conveyed to the tri-
folding exit. M19 stops when PS22 turns OFF.
In the 1st folding operation for the subsequent set, M18 rotates in the forward direction to conduct the 1st fold-
ing [7] and stops rotating when the 1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21) turns ON [8]. In the 2nd folding
operation, M19 rotates in the forward direction to conduct the 2nd folding [9] and stops rotating when the 2nd
folding blade home sensor /2 (PS23) turns ON [10].

[1] [2] [4] [5] [7] [9]

High speed
Folding
conveyance Low speed
motor (M4)
Reverse

Folding main Forward


scan alignment
motor /Fr (M7) Reverse

Forward
1st folding blade
motor (M18)
Reverse

1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20)

1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21)

2nd folding blade Forward


motor (M19)
Reverse

2nd folding blade home sensor /1 (PS22)

2nd folding blade home sensor /2 (PS23)

Folding passage sensor (PS8)

[10]
[3] [6] [8] 15ant2c080na

[1] Paper alignment operation completed [6] 2nd folding blade motor (M19) stopped
[2] 1st folding [7] 1st folding by M18 rotating the forward direction
[3] 1st folding blade motor (M18) stopped [8] M18 stopped
[4] 1st folding completed [9] 2nd folding by M19 rotating the forward direction
[5] 2nd folding [10] M19 stopped

42
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING SECTION

C. Tri-folding exit control


(1) Operation
In the multi letter folding exit, the driving force of the folding conveyance motor (M4) is transmitted via the tri-fold-

SD-501
ing exit clutch (CL1).
CL1 turns ON and the exit belt [4] is driven approximately 7 mm to convey the paper to the front side for every
paper exit.
The tri-folding paper full sensor (PS10) [3] detects the paper when it is reached at the front, and then the main
body displays the message on its operation panel.

[3] [4]

[1]

[2] 15ant2c081na

[1] Tri-folding exit sensor (PS9) [3] Tri-folding paper full sensor (PS10)
[2] Right side view [4] Exit belt

(2) Control
The tri-folding exit clutch (CL1) turns ON and drives the exit belt [1] and stops it [2] after a specified period of
time when the tri-folding exit sensor (PS9) detects the leading edge of paper.
The folding conveyance motor (M4) stops [3] after a specified period of time since PS9 detects the trailing edge
of paper.

Folding conveyance motor (M4)

Tri-folding exit clutch (CL1)

Tri-folding exit sensor (PS9)

[1] [2] [3] 15ant2c082na

[1] Exit belt driven [3] Folding conveyance motor (M4) stopped
[2] Exit belt stopped

43
6. FOLDING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

D. Center folding control


When the folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7) stops at the completion of the paper alignment operation,
the 1st folding blade motor (M18) turns ON and rotates in the reverse direction [2] to let the 1st folding blade
SD-501

insert the paper between the folding rollers /1 and /2. When the 1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20) turns
ON, the folding conveyance motor (M4) rotates in the reverse direction to rotate the folding rollers /1 and /2 in
the reverse direction to release the paper. When PS20 turns OFF, M18 and M4 stop rotating [3].
In the folding operation for the subsequent set, M18 rotates in the forward direction [4] and it stops when the 1st
folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21) turns ON [5].

[1] [2] [4]

Folding Forward
conveyance
motor (M4) Reverse
Folding main Forward
scan alignment
motor /Fr (M7) Reverse

1st folding blade Forward


motor (M18)
Reverse

1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20)

1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21)

[3] [5] 15ant2c083na

[1] 1st folding blade is projected with the paper [4] M18 rotating the forward direction
[2] Folding conveyance motor (M18) rotating the [5] M18 rotating the reverse direction
reverse direction
[3] M18 and M4 stopped

44
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING SECTION

6.3.4 Folding sub scan alignment control


A. Mechanism
The folding sub scan alignment operation is conducted in the multi letter folding mode and is conducted with the

SD-501
folding exit claws [13] and the folding alignment stoppers /Rt [3] driven by the folding sub scan alignment exit
motor (M8) [8].
The folding exit claws move to the right [14] and the folding alignment stoppers /Rt move to the left [2] when M8
rotates in the reverse direction [9]. The folding alignment stoppers /Rt are contacted with the alignment stopper
[1] and stopped by the torque limiter [7]. The folding exit claws move to the positions for the paper width of A4R
or 8.5 x 11R and conduct the folding sub scan alignment operation, and then the folding is conducted.
In the multi center folding mode and the saddle stitching mode, M8 rotates in the forward direction to move the
folding exit claws to the left [11] after the folding operation. Once the folding exit claws make a round, they con-
duct the paper exit operation to the saddle stitching section. At the time, the folding alignment stoppers /Rt
moving to the right [4] are contacted with the alignment stopper [5] and stopped by the torque limiter [7].
The home position of the folding exit claws in the alignment operation is detected by the folding sub scan align-
ment home sensor (PS56) [12]. The initial position and the center folding exit operation are detected by the fold-
ing exit home sensor (PS24) [6].

[11] [12] [13] [14]


[1]
[2]

[10] [3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[9] [8] [7] 15ant2c026na

[1] Alignment stopper [8] Folding sub scan alignment exit motor (M8)
[2] Direction at the alignment operation (to the left) [9] M8 rotated in the reverse direction
[3] Folding alignment stoppers /Rt [10] Folding sensor /2 (PS44)
[4] Direction at the center folding exit operation (to the right) [11] Direction at the center folding exit operation
[5] Home position stopper [12] Folding sub scan alignment home sensor (PS56)
[6] Folding exit home sensor (PS24) [13] Folding exit claws
[7] Torque limiter [14] Direction at the alignment operation (to the right)

45
6. FOLDING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Folding sub scan alignment control


The folding sub scan alignment exit motor (M8) rotates in the reverse direction to conduct the alignment opera-
tion in the sub scan direction [2] after a specified period of time since the right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)
SD-501

detects the trailing edge of paper and the alignment operation in the main scan direction is conducted [1]. When
the folding sub scan alignment home sensor (PS56) detects the folding exit claws, M8 conducts the alignment
by pressing the side of the paper, and then it stops [3]
The M8 conducts the shelter operation and stops [4] after a specified period of time since PS6 detects the trail-
ing edge of paper.

[1]

Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)

Folding main Forward


scan alignment
motor /Fr (M7) Reverse

Folding sub Forward


scan alignment
motor (M8) Reverse

Folding sub scan alignment home sensor (PS56)

[2] [3] [4] 15ant2c084na

[1] Alignment operation in the main scan direction [3] M8 stopped


[2] Alignment operation in the sub scan direction [4] Shelter operation

46
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING SECTION

C. Center folding exit operation


The folding sub scan alignment exit motor (M8) does not conduct the alignment operation in the sub scan direc-
tion in the multi center folding/saddle stitching mode. It conducts the operation only when it exits the paper to

SD-501
the saddle stitching section.
M8 drives the folding exit claws to conduct the paper exit operation [2] to the saddle stitching section after a
specified period of time since the folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7) completes the realignment opera-
tion in the main scan direction [1] (after the center folding operation). After a specified period of time since the
folding sensor /2 (PS44) detects the trailing edge of paper, M8 rotates in low speed [3] and conduct the home
position search operation, and then it stops [4] when the folding exit home sensor (PS24) turns ON.

[1] [2] [3] [4]

Folding main Forward


scan alignment
motor /Fr (M7) Reverse
High speed
Folding sub
scan alignment Low speed
motor (M8)
Reverse

Folding exit home sensor (PS24)


Folding sensor /2 (PS44)

15ant2c085na

[1] Realignment operation in the main scan direction [3] M8 switched to the low speed
[2] Paper exit operation started [4] Stopped at home position

47
6. FOLDING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.5 Guide shaft control


A. Mechanism
The guide shaft [2] holds the fold line [4] from the bottom and makes certain of the stack [3] in the saddle stitch-
SD-501

ing section when the folding exit claws [7] exit the folded paper [1] to the saddle stitching section.
The guide shaft is projected [5] in sync with the paper exit only when the first folded paper for each set is exited
and put away immediately to the folding section [6]. In the subsequent paper exit, the guide shaft does not oper-
ate because the paper [3] stacked in the saddle stitching section works as the guide.

[4] [5] [6] [7] [1]

[3] [2] 15ant2c027na

[1] Folded paper [5] Projection direction of the guide shaft


[2] Guide shaft [6] Storage direction of the guide shaft
[3] Stacked paper [7] Folding exit claws
[4] Fold line

48
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 6. FOLDING SECTION

B. Guide shaft control


The guide shaft motor (M25) turns ON [2] and the guide shaft is projected after a specified period of time since
the folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7) completes the realignment operation in the main scan direction

SD-501
[1] (after the folding operation). The guide shaft conducting the back and forth operation by the belt rotation
stops when the guide shaft home sensor (PS46) turns ON [3].

[1] [2] [3]

Folding main Forward


scan alignment
motor /Fr (M7) Reverse

Guide shaft motor (M25)

Guide shaft home sensor (PS46)

15ant2c086na

[1] Realignment operation in the main scan direction [3] Guide shaft motor (M25) stopped
[2] Guide shaft projected

C. Folding unit lock control


During the print operation, the folding unit lock solenoid (SD8) locks the folding unit to prevent the guide shaft or
the folding exit claws from damage due to pulling out the folding unit by mistake.
When the paper get jammed, the positions of the guide shaft and the folding exit claws are monitored. SD8
turns OFF and releases the lock only when both the folding exit home sensor (PS24) and the guide shaft home
sensor (PS46) detect the home position.

49
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION


7.1 Composition
SD-501

Saddle stitching Saddle stitching Saddle stitching


Stapler hold /Up hold /Lw alignment plate

Clip

Bundle arm

Bundle arm
assist plate

Clincher

15ant2c028nb

50 1
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

7.2 Drive
7.2.1 Saddle stitching alignment drive

SD-501
[6] [7] [8] [1]

[2]
[5] [4] [3] 15ant2c029na

[1] Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (M9) [5] Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt (PS29)
[2] Folding sensor /2 (PS44) [6] Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt (M16)
[3] Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt (PS28) [7] Saddle stitching alignment plate /Lt
[4] Front side view [8] Saddle stitching alignment plate /Rt

7.2.2 Saddle stitching hold drive

[8]

[7]

[1]

[6] [5] [4] [2]

[3] 15ant2c030na

[1] Saddle stitching hold /Up [5] Eccentric cam


[2] Arm [6] Saddle stitching press home sensor (PS27)
[3] Left side view [7] Saddle stitching hold motor (M21)
[4] Spring [8] Stapler

51
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

7.2.3 Clincher up down drive


SD-501

[8]

[7]

[6]

[1]

[2]

[5] [4] [3] 15ant2c031na

[1] Left side view [5] Clincher up down motor (M20)


[2] Roller [6] Spring
[3] Eccentric cam [7] Clinchers /Rt, /Lt
[4] Clincher up down home sensor (PS26) [8] Saddle stitching hold /Lw

52
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

7.2.4 Stapler/clincher movement drive

SD-501
[1]

[8] [2]

[4]

[7] [3]

[5]

[6]

[1]
15ant2c032na

[1] Top side view [5] Stapler movement home sensor (PS25)
[2] Stapler /Rt [6] Stapler movement motor (M15)
[3] Clincher /Rt [7] Clincher /Lt
[4] Front side view [8] Stapler /Lt

53
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

7.2.5 Stapler/clincher drive


SD-501

[8]

[1]

[2]

[3]

[7] [5]

[4]

[6]
15ant2c077na

[1] Stapling arm [5] Staple


[2] Staple bending arm [6] Left side view
[3] Clincher plate [7] Eccentric cam
[4] Clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9) and /Lt (SD10) [8] Stapler motors /Rt (M29), /Lt (M39)

54
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

7.2.6 Bundle arm rotation drive

[1]

SD-501
[7]
[2]

[3]

[6] [5]

[4]
15ant2c033na

[1] Bundle arm [5] Guide shaft


[2] Slide guide [6] Fulcrum shaft
[3] Left side view [7] Bundle arm rotation home sensor (PS31)
[4] Bundle arm rotation motor (M22)

55
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

7.2.7 Bundle arm movement drive

[1]
SD-501

[3]

[2]

[4]
[6] [5] 15ant2c034na

[1] Bundle arm [4] Bundle arm motor (M10)


[2] Guide shaft [5] Bundle arm home sensor (PS32)
[3] Folding sensor /2 (PS44) [6] Fulcrum shaft

56
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

7.2.8 Bundle arm assist drive

SD-501
[5] [1]

[3]

[2]
[4] 15ant2c035na

[1] Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor (PS39) [4] Bundle arm assist home sensor (PS38)
[2] Left side view [5] Bundle arm assist motor (M26)
[3] Bundle arm assist plate

57
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

7.2.9 Bundle clip drive


SD-501

[9] [10]

[1]

[8]

[7]

[6] [5]
[2]

[4] [3] 15ant2c036nb

[1] Bundle clip upper limit sensor (PS33) [6] Release roller
[2] Bundle clip motor (M11) [7] Wire
[3] Left side view [8] Spring
[4] Bundle clip lower limit motor (PS30) [9] Release plate /Up
[5] Release plate /Lw [10] Clip

58 1
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

7.3 Operation
7.3.1 Saddle stitching alignment control

SD-501
A. Mechanism
In the saddle stitching alignment, the saddle stitching alignment plates /Lt [2] and /Rt [8] align the center folded
paper [5] in the sub scan direction.
The saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt (M16) [3] drives the saddle stitching alignment plate /Lt [2] in the sub
scan direction via the belt by rotating in the forward and reverse directions. The saddle stitching alignment plate
/Lt moves to the position for the appropriate paper size when the main body start signal turns ON, and it does
not move during the print operation. It return to the position at the saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt
(PS29) [4] after the print operation.
The saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (M9) [7] drives the saddle stitching alignment plate /Rt [8] in the sub
scan direction via the belt by rotating in the forward and reverse directions. The alignment operation is con-
ducted by M9 by rotating in the forward and reverse directions every time the center folded paper is conveyed.
It return to the position at the saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt (PS28) [6] after the print operation.

[7] [8]
[1]

[2]
[6]

[3]

[5]

[4] 15ant2c037na

[1] Front side direction [5] Paper


[2] Saddle stitching alignment plate /Lt [6] Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt (PS28)
[3] Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt (M16) [7] Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (M9)
[4] Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt [8] Saddle stitching alignment plate /Rt
(PS29)

59
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Control
The saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt (M16) rotates in the reverse direction when the main body start signal
[1] turns ON and the saddle stitching alignment plate /Lt moves to the position for the appropriate paper size [2].
SD-501

The saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (M9) rotates in the forward direction and the saddle stitching alignment
plate /Rt conducts the preliminary alignment operation [4] when the folding sensor /2 (PS44) at the exit of the
folding section detects the trailing edge of the paper [3]. Then, M9 rotates in the forward direction to conduct the
alignment operation [5] when the paper is stacked at the stapler position. After a specified period of time, M9
rotates in the reverse direction to go back the saddle stitching alignment plate to its home position and stands
by for the subsequent set [6].
For the last paper of the set [7], M9 rotates in the reverse direction to go back the saddle stitching alignment
plate to its home position when the saddle stitching press motor (M21) [8] is completed with holding the paper.

[7]

Folding sensor /2 (PS44)

Saddle stitching Forward


alignment motor
/Rt (M9) Reverse

Saddle stitching Forward


alignment motor
/Lt (M16) Reverse

Saddle stitching press motor (M21)

[9]
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [8] 15ant2c087na

[1] Main body start signal [6] Moved to the home position
[2] Moved for appropriate paper size [7] Last paper of the set
[3] Detected the trailing edge of paper [8] Held the paper with the saddle stitching hold
[4] Preliminary alignment operation [9] Moved to the home position
[5] Alignment operation

60
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

7.3.2 Stapler/clincher movement control


A. Mechanism
The staplers/clinchers move to the stapling position in accordance with the paper size.

SD-501
The stapling position is different for every paper size to make the stapling distance half of the paper size.
The staplers /Rt [10] and /Lt [8] are fixed to the belt /Up [9] and the clinchers /Rt [2] and /Lt [4] to the belt /Lw [1].
They are moved in the sub scan direction by the stapler movement motor (M15) [5] via the connecting shaft [6].
To prevent the tooth skipping of the belts /Up and /Lw at the maintenance, the gear-shaped rotating knob [7] is
provided on the connecting shaft [6]. Rotating the knob, you can manually move the staplers /Rt and /Lt and the
clinchers /Rt and /Lt simultaneously.

[7] [8] [9] [10]

[6]

[5] [4] [3] [2] [1] 15ant2c038na

[1] Belt /Lw [6] Connecting shaft


[2] Clincher /Rt [7] Rotating knob
[3] Stapler movement home sensor (PS25) [8] Stapler /Lt
[4] Clincher /Lt [9] Belt /Up
[5] Stapler movement motor (M15) [10] Stapler /Rt

B. Control
The stapler movement motor (M15) rotates in the forward direction when the main body start signal turns ON
and moves the staplers and the clinchers to the position for the appropriate paper size.
They go back to their home position at the end of the printing operation.

61
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

7.3.3 Saddle stitching hold control


A. Mechanism
The saddle stitching hold is the mechanism to prevent the paper misalignment at stapling. The saddle stitching
SD-501

hold /Up [1] moves down to the saddle stitching hold /Lw [2] at its lower position and hold the center folded
paper [3] at the fold line from both up and down.
The eccentric cam [5] moves the saddle stitching hold /Up [1] up and down via the arm [6].

[6]

[1]

[5]

[2]

[3]

[4] 15ant2c039na

[1] Saddle stitching hold /Up [4] Left side view


[2] Saddle stitching hold /Lw [5] Eccentric cam
[3] Center folded paper [6] Arm

62
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

The saddle stitching hold /Up [6] is enforced by the spring [3] toward the saddle stitching hold /Lw [5]. When the
saddle stitching press motor (M21) rotates the eccentric cam [2] via the gear [1], the arm [4] moves along with
the shape of the eccentric cam and the saddle stitching hold /Up is lowered by the spring [3].

SD-501
The saddle stitching hold /Up [6] holding the center folded paper at its lower position is pushed up to its upper
position by the saddle stitching hold /Lw [5] during the stapling operation. This allows the paper to be moved
from the lower position to the upper position without any misalignment.
The saddle stitching press home sensor (PS27) [8] detects the home position of the eccentric cam.

[8]
[6] [7]
[1]

[5]

[4] [3] [2] 15ant2c040na

[1] Gear [5] Saddle stitching hold /Lw


[2] Eccentric cam [6] Saddle stitching hold /Up
[3] Spring [7] Front side direction
[4] Arm [8] Saddle stitching press home sensor (PS27)

63
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Control
(1) Saddle stitching mode
At the end of the paper alignment operation [1], the saddle stitching press motor (M21) rotates to move the sad-
SD-501

dle stitching hold /Up downward [2] and hold the paper between the saddle stitching holds /Up and /Lw. Then,
the clincher up down motor (M20) starts rotating and the saddle stitching hold /Up is pushed up by the saddle
stitching hold /Lw while holding the paper [3]. M20 rotates in the reverse direction and lowers the saddle stitch-
ing hold /Lw [5] when the clinching operation [4] is started. The saddle stitching hold /Up is also lowered by the
spring. M21 turns ON and go back the saddle stitching hold /Up to its standby position [6] after a specified
period of time since the clinching operation is started.

[1] [5]

Saddle stitching Forward


alignment
motor /Rt (M9) Reverse

Clincher up down Forward


motor (M20)
Reverse

Clinchers /Rt (SD9), /Lt (SD10)

Saddle stitching press motor (M21)

Saddle stitching press home sensor (PS27)

[2] [3] [4] [6] 15ant2c088na

[1] Alignment operation [4] Clinching operation


[2] Saddle stitching hold /Up moved down [5] Saddle stitching hold /Lw moved down
[3] Saddle stitching hold /Lw moved up [6] Saddle stitching hold /Up moved up

(2) Multi center folding mode


At the end of the paper alignment operation [1], the saddle stitching press motor (M21) rotates to move the sad-
dle stitching hold /Up downward [2] and stack the paper securely. Then, M21 keeps rotating to move the saddle
stitching hold /Up upward to its standby position [3].

[1]

Saddle stitching Forward


alignment motor
/Rt (M9) Reverse

Saddle stitching press motor (M21)

Saddle stitching press home sensor (PS27)

[2] [3] 15ant2c089na

[1] Alignment operation [3] Saddle stitching hold /Up moved up


[2] Saddle stitching hold /Up moved down

64
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

7.3.4 Clincher up down control


A. Mechanism
The clincher shelters at the lower position to obtain space between the stapler and the clincher when the paper

SD-501
is conveyed between them.
After the alignment operation, the saddle stitching hold /Up [7] moves down and holds the center folded paper
[6]. Then the eccentric cam [5] drives the saddle stitching hold /Lw [2] and the clincher [3] to push up the saddle
stitching hold /Up [7] to the position where the stapler [1] is positioned while holding the center folded paper.

[1]

[2]
[7]
[3]

[6]

[5] [4] 15ant2c041na

[1] Stapler [5] Left side view


[2] Saddle stitching hold /Lw [6] Center folded paper
[3] Clincher [7] Saddle stitching hold /Up
[4] Eccentric cam

65
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

The clincher [7] moves down to the lower position by its own weight and moves upward by the clincher up down
motor (M20).
The roller [2] attached to the arm [5] is pushed up and the clincher is contacted with the stapler when M20
SD-501

rotates the eccentric cam [3]. The paper between the clincher and the stapler is hold securely by the spring [6].
Once the stapling operation is completed, M20 rotates in the reverse direction to go back the eccentric cam,
and then the clincher moves down by its own weight.

[8]

[3] [4]
[7]

[6]

[1]

[9]

[5] [2] [5] [4] [3] [2] 15ant2c042na

[1] Left side view [6] Spring


[2] Roller [7] Clinchers /Rt, /Lt
[3] Eccentric cam [8] Saddle stitching hold /Lw
[4] Clincher up down home sensor (PS26) [9] Front side direction
[5] Arm

66
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

B. Control
The clincher moves up or down only in the saddle stitching mode.
Once the saddle stitching press motor (M21) moves down the saddle stitching hold /Up [1], the clincher up

SD-501
down motor (M20) rotates in the forward direction to move up the clinchers /Rt and /Lt and the saddle stitching
hold /Lw [2]. M20 is stopped when the clincher up down home sensor (PS26) turns ON.
M20 rotates in the reverse direction to move down the clinchers /Rt and /Lt and the saddle stitching hold /Lw
when the clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9) and /Lt (SD10) starts the clinching operation [4]. They are stopped at the
lower position [5] when PS26 turns OFF.

[2] [3] [5]

Clincher up Forward
down motor
(M20) Reverse

Clincher up down home sensor (PS26)

Clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9), /Lt (SD10)

Saddle stitching press motor (M21)

[1] [4] 15ant2c090na

[1] Saddle stitching hold /Up stopped at lower position [4] Clinching operation
[2] Clinchers /Rt and /Lt moved up [5] Clinchers /Rt and /Lt stopped at lower position
[3] Clinchers /Rt and /Lt stopped at the upper
position

67
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

7.3.5 Stapler control


A. Mechanism
The stapler operation is conducted by the stapler motors /Rt (M29) and /Lt (M30) [10] and the clincher solenoids
SD-501

/Rt (SD9) and /Lt (SD10) [5].


The stapler operation is detected by the stapler home sensors /Rt (HS1) and /Lt (HS3) [8] and the clincher start
sensors /Rt (HS2) and /Lt (HS4) [11]. HS1, HS2, HS3, and HS4 are hall element sensors and control the position
of the magnet [12] of the rotating eccentric cam [9].
M29 and M30 [10] drive the staple bending arm [3] and the stapling arm [2] via the eccentric cam [9]. The staple
bending arm bends the rolled staple [6] into the U-shape and the stapling arm staples it toward the clincher.
Then the SD9 and SD10 bend the staple by driving the clincher plate [4]. The stapling operation is completed by
these operations.
The staple empty switches /Rt (SW1) and /Lt (SW2) [7] detect whether the staple or cartridge is set or not.

[11] [12]
[10] [1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[9] [8] [7] [6]

[5]

15ant2c091na

[1] Front side direction [8] Stapler home sensors /Rt (HS1) and /Lt (HS3)
[2] Stapling arm [9] Eccentric cam
[3] Staple bending arm [10] Stapler motors /Rt (M29), /Lt (M30)
[4] Clincher plate [11] Clincher start sensors /Rt (HS2) and /Lt (HS4)
[5] Clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9), /Lt (SD10) [12] Magnet
[6] Staple
[7] Staple empty switches /Rt (SW1) and /Lt
(SW2)

68
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

B. Control
(1) Stapling control
The stapler motors /Rt (M29) and /Lt (30) start the stapling operation [2] when the clincher up down home sen-

SD-501
sor (PS26) detects that the clinchers /Rt and /Lt are contacted with the stapler unit [1].
The clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9) and /Lt (SD10) bend the staple and the stapling operation is completed when
the clincher start sensors /Rt (HS1) and /Lt (HS3) in the stapler unit turn ON [3]. M29 and M30 stop and return to
the home position [4] when the stapler home sensors /Rt (HS1) and /Lt (HS3) detects the home position.

[1]

Clincher up down home sensor (PS26)

Stapler motors /Rt (M29), /Lt (M30)

Clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9), /Lt (SD10)

Stapler home sensors (HS1) and /Lt (HS3)

Clincher start sensors /Rt (HS2) and /Lt (HS4)

[2] [3] [4] 15ant2c092na

[1] Clincher contacted [3] Clinching operation


[2] Stapling operation [4] Returned to the home position

(2) Staple and cartridge detection


When the remaining amount of the staple becomes 20 or the cartridge is not set, the staple empty switches /Rt
(SW1) and /Lt (SW2) turn ON and the main body displays the message on its operation panel.

69
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

7.3.6 Bundle arm control


The bundle arm [4] rotates and moves in the sub scan direction.
It rotates to convey the paper from the stapling section to the bundle clip section and moves in the sub scan
SD-501

direction to catch/release the paper.


In the multi center folding mode, the bundle arm rotates to the stapling position after the last paper of the set is
conveyed. In the saddle stitching mode, it rotates after the stapling operation.
By moving the bundle arm, the tip of the bundle arm is inserted under the fold line of the paper and the paper is
caught [1].
The caught paper is conveyed to the bundle clip section [2] by the rotation of the bundle arm. The bundle arm
moves in the outside of the sub scan direction and releases the paper [3] when the bundle clip holds the paper
at the folding side.

[1]

[4]

[2]

[3]

15ant2c043na

[1] Paper catch [3] Paper release


[2] Conveyance [4] Bundle arm

70
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

A. Bundle arm movement mechanism


The bundle arm [5] is driven by the bundle arm motor (M10) [6] to catch/release the paper [4] in the sub scan
direction via the belt.

SD-501
The bundle arm home sensor (PS32) [1] detects the home position of the bundle arm.

[4] [5] [6]

[1]

[2]
[3] 15ant2c044na

[1] Bundle arm home sensor (PS32) [4] Paper


[2] Front side direction [5] Bundle arm
[3] Guide shaft [6] Bundle arm motor (M10)

71
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Bundle arm rotation mechanism


The bundle arm rotation motor (M22) [2] drives the bundle arm [8] via the belt, slide guide [5], and guide shaft [6].
When M22 drives the slide guide [5] in the main scan direction, the guide shaft [6] passing through the long hole
SD-501

of the slide guide is rotated, and then the bundle arm [8] is rotated around the fulcrum. When it is driven to the
paper [3] side, M22 stops where the ring [7] is contacted with the guide plate [4].
The bundle arm rotation home sensor (PS31) [9] detects the home position of the bundle arm.

[9]
[6]

[5]

[1]

[2]

[3]

[8]

[1]

[4]

[7] [6] [5] 15ant2c045na

[1] Front side direction [6] Guide shaft


[2] Bundle arm rotation motor (M22) [7] Ring
[3] Paper [8] Bundle arm
[4] Guide plate [9] Bundle arm rotation home sensor (PS31)
[5] Slide guide

72
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

In the rotation drive of the bundle arm [8], the slide guide [5] has to be overrun to be sure to make the ring [7] of
the bundle arm contact with the guide plate [6]. To prevent any parts from damage due to the overrun, the guide
shaft [3] can be moved by the shock absorbing guide [4] and the spring [2].

SD-501
[8]

[1]
[7]

[2]

[6]

[5]
[3]

[4]

15ant2c046na

[1] Front side direction [5] Slide guide


[2] Spring [6] Guide plate
[3] Guide shaft [7] Ring
[4] Shock absorbing guide [8] Bundle arm

73
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

C. Bundle arm control


The bundle arm motor (M10) rotates in the reverse direction when the main body start signal [1] turns ON and
moves the bundle arm to the appropriate position in accordance with the paper size.
SD-501

The bundle arm rotation motor (M22) rotates in the forward direction to rotate the bundle arm to the stapling
section [3] after a specified period of time since the folding sensor /2 (PS44) detects the trailing edge of paper of
the last set. It stops the bundle arm in an upright position [4] when the bundle arm rotation home sensor (PS31)
turns OFF.
Then, M22 rotates again [5] to drive the bundle arm until it is contacted with the guide plate on the stapling sec-
tion [6]. The timing for M22 to restart the rotation [5] is different between in the multi center folding mode and in
the saddle stitching mode.
• Multi center folding mode: When the saddle stitching press home sensor (PS27) detects the saddle stitch-
ing hold /Up has been moved to the its upper position.
• Saddle stitching mode: After a specified period of time since the clincher up down home sensor (PS26)
detects that the clinchers are contacted with the staplers.
M10 inserts the tip of the bundle arm under the fold line of the paper [7] when the bundle arm assist motor (M26)
starts the assisting operation by pushing up the trailing edge of paper at the back side and M10 stops after a
specified period of time [8].
M22 rotates in the reverse direction to convey the paper to the bundle clip section when M10 stops [8]. It stops
after a specified period of time since PS31 turns ON.
M10 rotates in the forward direction to pull out the bundle arm from the paper and take shelter it from the con-
veyance path [11] after a specified period of time since the bundle clip starts to catch the paper [10]. M10 stops
when the bundle arm home sensor (PS32) turns ON [12].
M10 rotates in the reverse direction to go back the bundle arm to its standby position [13] for the subsequent
set after a specified period of time since it stops.

74
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

[14] [9] [11] [12][13]

SD-501
Folding sensor /2 (PS44)

Bundle arm assist motor (M26)

Clincher up down home sensor (PS26)

Bundle arm Forward


motor (M10)
Reverse

Bundle arm Forward


rotation motor
(M22) Reverse

Bundle arm rotation home sensor (PS31)

Bundle arm home sensor (PS32)

Bundle clip Forward


motor (M11)
Reverse

[1][2] [3] [4] [5] [6][7] [8] [10] 15ant2c093na

[1] Main body start signal [8] Insertion completed and conveyance started
[2] Bundle arm moved in accordance with the paper size [9] Conveyance completed
[3] Bundle arm started to rotate [10] Paper clip caught paper
[4] Bundle arm stopped in an upright position [11] Bundle arm shelter operation
[5] Bundle arm restarted to rotate [12] Shelter completed
[6] Bundle arm contacted with the guide plate [13] Bundle arm moved for the subsequent set
[7] Bundle arm inserted under the fold line [14] Time chart of the saddle stitching mode

75
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

7.3.7 Bundle arm assist control


A. Mechanism
The bundle arm assist mechanism is the mechanism to assist the paper conveyance of the bundle arm rotation
SD-501

drive to be conducted without fault. It pushes up the fore edge side of the paper [6] with the bundle arm assist
plate [4] to tilt it to the front.
The bundle arm assist motor (M26) [2] drives the bundle arm plate [4] via the belt.
The bundle arm assist upper limit sensor (PS39) [1] detects the upper home position and the bundle arm assist
home sensor (PS38) [3] detects the lower home position.
The bundle arm assist plate [4] waits at the position 5 mm below the fore edge side of the paper during standby.
To keep the error to a minimum, the small size paper (313 mm or less) and the large size paper (314 mm or
more) are moved to the standby position from the position of PS39 and PS38 respectively since the standby
position for the paper is positioned by the driving time of M26 (DC brush motor).
In the bundle arm assist operation, the fore edge side of the paper is pushed up 35 mm (or until PS39 turns ON).

[6]
[1]

[2]

[5]

[4]
[3]
15ant2c065na

[1] Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor (PS39) [4] Bundle arm assist plate
[2] Bundle arm assist motor (M26) [5] Front side direction
[3] Bundle arm assist home sensor (PS38) [6] Paper

76
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

B. Control
(1) Small size paper (313 mm or less)
For the small size paper, the bundle arm assist motor (M26) rotates in the forward direction when the main body

SD-501
start signal [1] turns ON to drive the bundle arm assist plate at the home position to the position at the bundle
arm assist upper limit sensor (PS39) [2]. After a specified period of time, M26 rotates in the reverse direction to
drive the bundle arm assist plate from the upper limit position to the standby position in accordance with the
paper size [3] and stands by for the paper.
Then, M26 rotates in the forward direction to push up the fore edge side of the paper [6] for assisting the bundle
arm to be inserted under the fold line of the paper. The operation timing [6] of M26 is different between in the
multi center folding mode and in the saddle stitching mode.
• Multi center folding mode: When the bundle arm is contacted with the guide plate of the stapler section [4]
by the bundle arm rotation motor (M22).
• Saddle stitching mode: When the clincher moves downward [5] at the end of the stapling operation.
M26 rotates in the forward direction to assist the bundle arm to convey the paper [7] after a specified period.
Then the bundle arm assist plate go back to the standby position and stands by for the subsequent set [8].

[2] [3] [6] [7] [8]


[9]

Bundle arm Forward


assist motor
(M26) Reverse

Bundle arm assist home sensor (PS38)

Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor (PS39)

Clincher up Forward
down motor
(M20) Reverse

Bundle arm Forward


rotation motor
(M22) Reverse

[1] [4] [5] 15ant2c095na

[1] Main body start signal [6] Assist of the insertion of the bundle arm
[2] Movement to the upper limit [7] Assist of the bundle arm conveyance
[3] Bundle arm moved in accordance with the [8] Bundle arm moved in accordance with the
paper size paper size
[4] Bundle arm contacted with the guide plate [9] Time chart of the saddle stitching mode
[5] Clincher moved down

77
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Large size paper (314 mm or more)


For the large size paper, the bundle arm assist motor (M26) rotates in the forward direction when the main body
start signal [1] turns ON to drive the bundle arm assist plate to the standby position in accordance with the
SD-501

paper size [2] and stands by for the paper.


The subsequent operation is conducted in the same manner as for the small size paper.

[2] [5] [6] [7]


[8]

Bundle arm assist Forward


motor (M26)
Reverse

Bundle arm assist home sensor (PS38)

Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor (PS39)

Clincher up Forward
down motor
(M20) Reverse

Bundle arm Forward


rotation motor
(M22) Reverse

[1] [3] [4] 15ant2c096na

[1] Main body start signal [5] Assist of the insertion of the bundle arm
[2] Bundle arm moved in accordance with the paper size [6] Assist of the bundle arm conveyance
[3] Bundle arm contacted with the guide plate [7] Bundle arm moved in accordance with the
[4] Clincher moved down paper size
[8] Time chart of the saddle stitching mode

78
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

7.3.8 Bundle clip control


A. Mechanism
The bundle clip is the mechanism to hold the paper that the bundle arm conveyed to the slope and convey the

SD-501
paper to the bundle press stage with its fore edge side to the trimmer section.
The bundle clip catches, releases, and conveys the paper. It catches the paper at the upper limit position [1],
conveys it [2], and then release it at the lower limit position [3].

[1]

[2]

[3]
15ant2c047na

[1] Catching [3] Releasing


[2] Conveying

79
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

The bundle clip motor (M11) [5] drives the bundle clip [1] up [8] and down [7] via the gear and belt.
The spring [9] provides the bundle clip the force to catch the paper, and the wire [2] and the winding shaft [3]
open the bundle clip to release the paper.
SD-501

The upper limit of the bundle clip is detected by the bundle clip upper limit sensor (PS33) [4] and the lower limit
is detected by the bundle clip lower limit sensor (PS30) [6].

[9] [1]

[2]

[3]

[8]

[7] [4]

[6] [5] 15ant2c048na

[1] Bundle clip [6] Bundle clip lower limit sensor (PS30)
[2] Wire [7] Down
[3] Winding shaft [8] Up
[4] Bundle clip upper limit sensor (PS33) [9] Spring
[5] Bundle clip motor (M11)

80
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION

The bundle clip is closed all the time except when it is located at the upper and lower limit position. When the
bundle clip moves up [1], the release roller /Up [6] gets onto [7] the release plate /Up [8]. Then the wire winding
shaft [4] rotates [3] and takes up the wire [5] to open the bundle clip.

SD-501
In the same way, when the bundle clip moves down [2], the release roller /Lw [10] gets onto [12] the release
plate /Lw [11] and then the wire winding shaft [4] rotates [9] and takes up the wire [5] to open the bundle clip.

[5] [6] [7] [8]

[1] [10] [4] [3]

[2] [1]
[5]

[12] [11] [10] [4] [9] 15ant2c049na

[1] Up [7] Getting over at up


[2] Down [8] Release plate /Up
[3] Wire winding rotation [9] Wire winding rotation
[4] Wire winding shaft [10] Release roller /Lw
[5] Wire [11] Release plate /Lw
[6] Release roller /Up [12] Getting over at down

81
7. SADDLE STITCHING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Control
The bundle clip motor (M11) rotates in the forward direction to move up the bundle clip until the bundle clip
upper limit sensor (PS33) turns ON [2] after a specified period of time since the bundle assist motor (M26) starts
SD-501

the assisting operation [1]. Then, the bundle clip stops with its clip opened.
The bundle arm conveys the paper from the stapling section to the bundle clip section, and then the bundle arm
rotation motor (M22) stops [3]. After a specified period of time, M11 rotates in the reverse direction to move
down the bundle clip and close the bundle clip to catch the paper, and then M11 stops after a specified period
of time [4]
When the bundle arm motor (M10) completes the shelter operation [5], M11 rotates in the reverse direction to
move down the bundle clip [6]. The bundle clip opens the clip to release the paper [7] and M11 stops when the
bundle clip lower limit sensor (PS30) turns ON.
M11 rotates in the forward direction to move up the bundle clip after a specified period of time since M11 stops.
Then, M11 stops to move the bundle clip at the standby position for the subsequent set after a specified period
of time since PS30 turns OFF [8].

[3] [5] [8]

Bundle arm Forward


motor (M10)
Reverse
Bundle arm Forward
rotation motor
(M22) Reverse

Bundle arm assist motor (M26)

Bundle clip Forward


motor (M11)
Reverse

Bundle clip upper limit sensor (PS33)

Bundle clip lower limit motor (PS30)

[1] [2] [4] [6] [7] 15ant2c099na

[1] Assisting operation by the bundle arm [5] Bundle arm shelter operation
[2] Bundle clip opened [6] Conveyed by the bundle clip
[3] Paper conveyance by the bundle arm completed [7] Paper released
[4] Paper caught [8] Returned to the standby position for the sub-
sequent set

82
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION

8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION


8.1 Composition

SD-501
Trimmer scraps Bundle press Bundle press
removal fan (FM1) Up down wire stage plate Exit claws

Bundle regis-
tration plate Bundle tray
paper full sen-
sor (PS61)

Shutter Registration
claws

Trimmer scraps Trimmer scraps full Scraps box Bundle exit con- Bundle exit tray
press plate sensor (PS41) veyance belt
15ant2c050nb

1 83
8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

8.2 Drive
8.2.1 Bundle press stage lift drive
SD-501

[10] [11] [12] [13] [1]

[9]
[2]

[8]

[7]

[3]

[6]
[4]

[5]
15ant2c051na

[1] Bundle registration plate [8] Bundle press stage up down home sensor (PS35)
[2] Bundle registration plate wire [9] Bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45)
[3] Lift wire [10] Bundle press stage up down motor (M24)
[4] Bundle press stage [11] Over-winding-prevention stopper
[5] Front side direction [12] Wire winding shaft
[6] Bundle exit auxiliary roller [13] Bundle registration plate home sensor (PS16)
[7] Knob

84
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION

8.2.2 Bundle press movement drive

[1]

SD-501
[5] [4] [3] [2] 15ant2c052na

[1] Bundle press [4] Left side view


[2] Bundle press movement home sensor (PS36) [5] Bundle press movement motor (M17)
[3] Bundle press stage

8.2.3 Bundle registration drive

[1]
[6]

[5]

[4] [3] [2] 15ant2c053na

[1] Exit claws [4] Registration claws


[2] Left side view [5] Bundle registration home sensor (PS34)
[3] Bundle press stage [6] Bundle registration motor (M12)

1 85
8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

8.2.4 Bundle press drive


SD-501

[9]

[1]

[8]

[7]
[5]

[4]
[2]
[3]
[6]

15ant2c054nb

[1] Bundle press plate /Up [6] Front side direction


[2] Release wire /Rt [7] Bundle press lower limit sensor (PS47)
[3] Wire winding shaft [8] Bundle press home sensor (PS37)
[4] Bundle press motor (M23) [9] Spring
[5] Release wire /Lt

86 1
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION

8.2.5 Bundle exit drive

SD-501
[13]

[1]

[12]

[11]

[10]

[9]

[8] [2]
[7] [6] [5] [4] [3] 15ant2c055nb

[1] Bundle exit conveyance belt [8] Trimmer scraps press plate
[2] Left side view [9] Pin
[3] Bundle exit drive belt [10] Trimmer scraps press claws
[4] Actuator [11] Scraps press home sensor (PS48)
[5] Belt [12] Shutter
[6] Bundle exit motor (M5) [13] One-way clutch (for pressing the trimmer
[7] One-way clutch (for the bundle exit convey- scraps)
ance belt)

1 87
8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

8.3 Operation
8.3.1 Bundle press stage up down control
SD-501

The bundle press stage conducts the up and down operation to convey and exit the paper by the switch back
method.
The bundle press stage is moved up [7] to decrease the angle difference when receiving the paper [8] conveyed
by the bundle clip from the slope [1]. The bundle press stage exits the paper [5] to the bundle exit tray at the hor-
izontal position [4] at the paper exit.
The bundle registration plate [6] and the bundle exit auxiliary roller [3] move up and down together with the up
and down operation of the bundle press stage.

[7] [8]
[1]

[2]

[3]

[6] [5] [4] 15ant2c057na

[1] Slope [5] Paper path at the paper exit


[2] Front side direction [6] Bundle registration plate
[3] Bundle exit auxiliary roller [7] Bundle press stage (upper position)
[4] Bundle press stage (horizontal position) [8] Paper path to the bundle press stage

The registration claws [3] push in the paper to make sure that the paper is conveyed to the bundle press stage
when the bundle press stage [4] receives the paper from the bundle clip [6].

[5] [6]

[1]

[2]

[4] [3] 15ant2c061na

[1] Slope [4] Bundle press stage


[2] Front side direction [5] Paper conveyance
[3] Registration claws [6] Bundle clip

88
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION

A. Mechanism
The bundle press stage up down motor (M24) [12] rotates the wire winding shaft [14] and winds up the lift wire
[3]. During the initial phase, the wire is tightened and the wire arm [4] comes to the horizontal position but the

SD-501
bundle press stage [5] doesn't move up. At the time, as the wire arm comes horizontal, the bundle registration
plate wire [2] is loosen and the bundle registration plate [1] moves down and works as the stopper against the
registration operation.
Then, the bundle press stage moves up as the wire winding shaft [14] rotates and winds up the up down wire [3]
and it stops when the bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45) [11] turns ON.
The home positions (shelter position) for the bundle registration plate and the bundle press stage are detected
by the bundle registration plate home sensor (PS16) [15] and the bundle press stage up down home sensor
(PS35) [10] respectively.
The over-winding-prevention stopper [13] prevents the over winding since you can move up and down the bun-
dle press stage manually by rotating the knob [9].

[12] [13] [14] [15] [1]

[11]
[2]

[10]

[9] [3]

[4]

[5]

[7]
[8]
[6] 15ant2c056na

[1] Bundle registration plate [9] Knob


[2] Bundle registration plate wire [10] Bundle press stage up down home sensor
[3] Lift wire (PS35)
[4] Wire arm [11] Bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45)
[5] Bundle press stage [12] Bundle press stage up down motor (M24)
[6] Bundle exit auxiliary roller arm [13] Over-winding-prevention stopper
[7] Front side direction [14] Wire winding shaft
[8] Bundle exit auxiliary roller [15] Bundle registration plate home sensor (PS16)

1 89
8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Control
(1) Trimming mode
The bundle press stage up down motor (M24) rotates in the forward direction to move up the bundle press
SD-501

stage [2] when the main body start signal [1] turns ON. M24 stops while holding the bundle press stage in slant-
ing position when the bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45) turns ON [3].
M24 rotates in the reverse direction to move down the bundle press stage [5] after the bundle clip releases the
paper, the bundle registration motor (M12) assists the paper conveyance operation, and the bundle press move-
ment motor (M17) conveys the paper to the paper conveyance position [4]. M24 stops when the bundle press
stage up down home sensor (PS35) turns ON [6].
M24 starts to rotate in the forward direction and moves up the bundle registration plate [8] to open the paper
path to the trimmer section when the bundle press motor (M23) completes the paper press operation after the
registration operation.
M24 moves up the bundle press stage [10] for the subsequent set when M12 completes the paper exit [9].

[7] [9]

Bundle press Forward *


movement
motor (M17) Reverse

Bundle press Forward


motor (M23)
Reverse

Bundle registra- Forward


tion motor
(M12) Reverse

Bundle press Forward


stage up down
motor (M24) Reverse

Bundle press stage up down home sensor (PS35)


Bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45)

Bundle registration plate home sensor (PS16)

[1] [2] [3] [4][5][6] [8] [10] 15ant2c100na

[1] Main body start signal [7] Paper press completed


[2] Bundle press stage moved up [8] Bundle registration plate moved up
[3] Stopped at the upper limit [9] Paper exit completed
[4] Paper conveyance assisting operation completed [10] Bundle press stage moved up
[5] Bundle press stage moved down
[6] Returning to the home position * Only for the paper of 297 mm or more
(before folding)

90
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION

(2) No trimming mode


The bundle press stage up down motor (M24) rotates in the forward direction to move up the bundle press
stage [2] when the main body start signal [1] turns ON. M24 stops while holding the bundle press stage in slant-

SD-501
ing position when the bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45) turns ON [3].
M24 rotates in the reverse direction to move down the bundle press stage [5] after the bundle clip releases the
paper, the bundle registration motor (M12) assists the paper conveyance operation, and the bundle press move-
ment motor (M17) conveys the paper to the paper conveyance position [4]. M24 stops when the bundle press
stage up down home sensor (PS35) turns ON [6].
M24 moves up the bundle press stage [8] for the subsequent set when M12 completes the paper exit [7].

[7]

Bundle press Forward *


movement
motor (M17) Reverse

Bundle press Forward


motor (M23)
Reverse

Bundle registra- Forward


tion motor
(M12) Reverse
Bundle press Forward
stage up down
motor (M24) Reverse

Bundle press stage up down home sensor (PS35)

Bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45)

Bundle registration plate home sensor (PS16)

[1] [2] [3] [4][5][6] [8]


15ant2c101na

[1] Main body start signal [6] Returning to the home position
[2] Bundle press stage moved up [7] Paper exit completed
[3] Stopped at the upper limit [8] Bundle press stage moved up
[4] Paper conveyance assisting operation completed
[5] Bundle press stage moved down * Only for the paper of 297 mm or more
(before folding)

91
8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

8.3.2 Bundle press movement control


The bundle press movement is the mechanism to convey the paper to the trimmer section by pressing the
paper with the press section to prevent the trimming skew at the trimmer operation after the paper registration
SD-501

operation.

A. Mechanism
The bundle press movement motor (M17) drives the bundle press section [9] in the main scan direction.
When receiving the paper with the bundle press stage [2], the bundle press section [9] moves 100 mm back-
ward from the home position to obtain the paper conveyance path.
When conducting the bundle registration operation, the bundle press section moves to the appropriate position
in accordance with the paper size.
The bundle press movement home sensor (PS36) [3] detects the home position of the bundle press section.
When the bundle press section moves to the home position, the metal plate [7] gets down the actuator [6] for
the trimmer registration sensor (PS55) [8] and obtains the paper conveyance path.
The bundle sensor /4 (PS54) [10] is for the paper jam detection.

[9] [8] [10] [1]

[8]

[6]

[5]
[7]

[2]
[6] [4] [3] 15ant2c058na

[1] Actuator [6] Actuator


[2] Bundle press stage [7] Metal plate
[3] Bundle press movement home sensor (PS36) [8] Trimmer registration sensor (PS55)
[4] Actuator [9] Bundle press section
[5] Front side direction [10] Bundle sensor /4 (PS54)

92
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION

B. Control
(1) Trimming mode
The bundle press movement motor (M17) rotates in the reverse direction to move the bundle press section to

SD-501
the paper conveyance position [2] after specified period of time since the bundle clip motor (M11) starts convey-
ing the paper [1]. Then M17 rotates in the forward direction to move the bundle press section to the appropriate
press standby position in accordance with the paper size [3].
M17 rotates in the reverse direction and searches for the press position [6] for the paper when the bundle press
stage up down home sensor (PS35) detects that the bundle press stage has been moved down [5]. M17 stops
the bundle press section at the appropriate position in accordance with the paper size [7] after a specified period
of time since the trimmer registration sensor (PS55) turns OFF.
M17 searches the home position [8] and then moves the bundle press section to the paper trimming position [9]
after a specified period of time since the bundle press motor (M23) completes the paper press operation.
The bundle press section is returned to the home position [10] after a specified period of time since the trimming
operation is completed.

[1] [2] [3] [4][6] [7] [8] [9] [10]

Bundle clip Forward


motor (M11)
Reverse

Bundle press Forward *


movement
motor (M17) Reverse

Bundle press Forward


motor (M23)
Reverse
Bundle press movement home sensor (PS36)

Trimmer registration sensor (PS55)

Bundle press stage up down home sensor (PS35)

Trimmer blade motor (M31)

[5] 15ant2c102na

[1] Conveyed by the bundle clip [7] Stopped at the press position
[2] Moved to the paper conveyance position [8] Searching the home position
[3] Moved to the press standby position [9] Moved to the trimming position
[4] Home position detected [10] Returning to the home position
[5] Bundle press stage moved down
[6] Searching the press position * Only for the paper of 297 mm or more
(before folding)

93
8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

(2) No trimming mode


The bundle press movement motor (M17) rotates in the reverse direction to move the bundle press section to
the paper conveyance position [2] after a specified period of time since the bundle clip motor (M11) starts con-
SD-501

veying the paper [1]. Then M17 rotates in the forward direction to move the bundle press section to the appro-
priate press position in accordance with the paper size [3].
M17 rotates in the forward direction to return the bundle press section to the home position [5] when the bundle
press stage up down home sensor (PS35) detects that the bundle press stage has been moved down [4].

[1] [2] [3] [5]

Bundle clip Forward


motor (M11)
Reverse

Bundle press Forward *


movement
motor (M17) Reverse

Bundle press movement home sensor (PS36)

Bundle press stage up down home sensor (PS35)

[4] 15ant2c103na

[1] Conveyed by the bundle clip [4] Bundle press stage up down home position
[2] Moved to the shelter position [5] Returning to the home position
[3] Moved to the press position * Only for the paper of 297 mm or more
(before folding)

94
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION

8.3.3 Bundle press control


The bundle press is the mechanism to hold the paper during trim operation to prevent the trimming skew after
the paper registration operation.

SD-501
A. Mechanism
The bundle press plates /Up [1] and /Lw [15] hold the paper. The bundle press plate /Up is pulled to the bundle
press plate /Lw [15] (to the direction to hold and press the paper) by the spring [13] via the press wires /Rt [2]
and /Lt [12]. The bundle press plate /UP [1] moves down by the spring [13] when the wire winding shaft [4] is
rotated by the bundle press motor (M23) [5] and the release wires /Rt [3] and /Lt [6] are released. The force of
the spring presses the paper.
When M23 keeps rotating, the press wire /Lt [6] is loosen and the bundle press lower limit sensor (PS47) [8]
turns OFF by the actuator [9] due to the spring [10], and then the paper press position is detected.
The wire winding shaft [4] winds the release wires /Rt [3] and /Lt [6] to move up the bundle press plate /Up [1] for
releasing the press on the paper [16] when M23 rotates in reverse.
The bundle press home sensor (PS37) [11] detects the home position of the bundle press plate /Up [1].

[12]

[13] [1]
[11]

[10]

[2]

[6]
[3]
[9]
[8] [7] [5] [4]
[14]
[16]

[15]

15ant2c059nb

[1] Bundle press plate /Up [9] Actuator


[2] Press wire /Rt [10] Spring
[3] Release wire /Rt [11] Bundle press home sensor (PS37)
[4] Wire winding shaft [12] Press wire /Lt
[5] Bundle press motor (M23) [13] Spring
[6] Release wire /Lt [14] Bundle press plate /Up (down)
[7] Front side direction [15] Bundle press plate /Lw
[8] Bundle press lower limit sensor (PS47) [16] Bundle press plate /Up (up)

1 95
8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Control
The bundle press motor (M23) rotates in the forward direction to conduct the paper press operation [2] to press
the paper properly when the bundle press movement motor (M17) completes the press position search [1]. M23
SD-501

rotates in the reverse direction to move up the bundle press plate /Up slightly to prevent the paper from becom-
ing loose [4] when the bundle press lower limit sensor (PS47) detects the lower limit [3] and turns OFF.
M23 rotates in the forward direction to press the paper [5] after a specified period of time since the trimmer reg-
istration sensor (PS55) detects the completion of the registration operation.
M23 rotates in the reverse direction to return the bundle press plate /Up to the home position [7] when the trim-
mer blade motor (M31) completes the paper trimming operation [6].

[1][2] [5] [7]

Bundle press Forward


movement
motor (M17) Reverse

Forward
Bundle press
motor (M23) Reverse

Trimmer registration sensor (PS55)

Bundle press home sensor (PS37)

Bundle press lower limit sensor (PS47)

Trimmer blade motor (M31)

[3][4] [6] 15ant2c105na

[1] Searching the press position completed [5] Press


[2] Press operation [6] Trimming completed
[3] Lower limit detected [7] Returning to the home position
[4] Press release

96
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION

8.3.4 Bundle registration control


The paper registration operation reforms the skew at trimming.

SD-501
A. Mechanism
The bundle registration motor (M12) drives the registration claws [4].
Two registration claws [4] conduct the registration by making the paper [14] contact [3] with the bundle registra-
tion plate [13] from the gutter side.
In the registration operation, the bundle press section [7] conducts the pressing by moving to the appropriate
position in accordance with the paper size. To conduct the bundle registration, the registration claws [4] press
the paper until the actuator [2] on the bundle press section comes in the upright position and the trimmer regis-
tration sensor (PS55) [1] turns ON.
The bundle exit claws [9] are located at the 180° opposite to the registration claws on the belt. M12 rotates in
the reverse direction [10] to exit the paper at the paper exit.
The home position of the registration claws [4] is detected when the registration claws push the actuator [11]
and turns ON the bundle registration home sensor (PS34) [12].

[14] [1] [2]

[13]

[3]

[4]

[12]

[11]

[5]
[10] [9] [8] [7] [6] 15ant2c060na

[1] Trimmer registration sensor (PS55) [8] Bundle sensor /4 (PS54)


[2] Actuator [9] Bundle exit claws
[3] Registration direction [10] Drive direction of the bundle exit tabs
[4] Registration claws [11] Actuator
[5] Left side view [12] Bundle registration home sensor (PS34)
[6] Bundle sensor /2 (PS15) [13] Bundle registration plate
[7] Bundle press section [14] Paper

97
8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Control
The bundle registration motor (M12) rotates in the reverse direction when the main body start signal turns ON
and the registration claws move to the standby position in accordance with the paper size [2].
SD-501

The bundle registration motor (M12) rotates in the reverse direction to conduct the paper conveyance assisting
operation [4] and the preregistration operation [5] after a specified period of time since the bundle clip motor
(M11) starts conveying the paper [3]. Then M12 stops when the registration claws reach at the specified posi-
tion.
M12 rotates in the reverse direction and conducts the registration operation [7] with the registration claws when
the bundle press motor (M23) completes the press releasing operation [6]. The registration claws stop when the
trimmer registration sensor (PS55) turns ON [8].
M12 rotates in the forward direction to move the registration claws to the specified shelter position [10] when
M23 completes the press operation [9].
M12 rotates in the forward direction to let the bundle exit claws push the paper to conduct the paper exit oper-
ation [12] after a specified period of time since the trimmer blade motor (M31) completes the trimming operation
[11]. M12 stops when the bundle registration home sensor (PS34) turns ON [13]. M12 rotates in the reverse
direction to move the bundle exit claws to the standby position [14] after a specified period of time. Then it
stands by for the subsequent set.

[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [9][10] [12] [14]

Forward
Bundle clip
motor (M11) Reverse

Bundle press Forward


motor (M23)
Reverse

Bundle registra- Forward


tion motor
(M12) Reverse

Trimmer registration sensor (PS55)

Trimmer blade motor (M31)

Bundle registration home sensor (PS34)

[13]
[1] [7] [8] [11] 15ant2c106 na

[1] Main body start signal [8] Registration operation completed


[2] Moved to the standby position [9] Paper press completed
[3] Conveyance by the bundle clip started [10] Shelter operation
[4] Paper conveyance assisted [11] Trimming completed
[5] Pre-registration [12] Paper exit operation
[6] Press release [13] Home position detected
[7] Registration [14] Moved to the standby position

98
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION

8.3.5 Bundle exit control


A. Mechanism
(1) Bundle exit mechanism

SD-501
The paper is exited to the bundle exit tray [12].
The paper exited to the bundle exit tray is conveyed to the front by the bundle exit conveyance belt [1] and
stacked.
The bundle exit motor (M5) [5] drives the bundle exit conveyance belt [1] via the bundle exit drive belt [4] and the
bundle exit belt drive shaft [3].
M5 drives the bundle exit conveyance belt for a specified period of time to convey the paper to the front [13] for
every paper exit.
The bundle exit tray is expandable. The bundle tray set sensor (PS58) [9] detects whether the bundle exit tray is
stored or not.
M5 also drives the scrap press plate [11]. In each drive path from M5 to the bundle exit drive belt and the scraps
press plate, there is a one-way clutch respectively that switches the rotational direction of M5. Therefore, the
bundle exit drive and the scraps press plate are not driven simultaneously.

[12] [13]

[1]

[2]

[11]

[3]
[10]

[4]

[9]
[5]

[8]

[6]

[7] 15ant2c062na

[1] Bundle exit conveyance belt [8] Scrap press claws


[2] Bundle exit auxiliary roller [9] Bundle tray set sensor (PS58)
[3] Bundle exit belt drive shaft [10] Trimmer scraps full sensor (PS41)
[4] Bundle exit drive belt [11] Scraps press plate
[5] Bundle exit motor (M5) [12] Bundle exit tray
[6] Scraps press home sensor (PS48) [13] Front side direction
[7] Scraps box set sensor (PS40)

99
8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Bundle exit tray expanding mechanism


The bundle exit tray is expandable. The folded bundle exit conveyance belt [6] is also expanded [1] when the
bundle exit tray is expanded. At the time, it also moves the bundle exit conveyance belt drive shaft [5] for the
SD-501

bundle exit conveyance belt [1] and [6].

[5]

[6]

[4]

[3]

[1]

[2]

15ant2c063na

[1] Bundle exit conveyance belt (expanded) [4] Bundle exit drive belt
[2] Folding stand [5] Bundle exit conveyance belt drive shaft
[3] Drive shaft [6] Bundle exit conveyance belt (folded)

100
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION

(3) Trimmer scraps press mechanism


Trimmer scraps press is executed by driving the bundle exit motor (M5). The M5 motor drives the pins [10] via
the scraps press craws [4] on the belt [5] to move the scraps press plate [2] forward, then the trimmer scraps are

SD-501
pressed by the plate. The spring [11] pushes the scraps press plate to put it back.
The trimmer scraps press is carried out when the actuator [8] turns on the scraps press home sensor (PS48) [9]
with the press position of the scraps press plate is at the home position
The maximum travel distance of the scraps press plate is 200 mm.
The trimmer scraps press is carried out when the trim is performed five times or when the total trimmed number
of sheets becomes 60 sheets (30 sheets before folding) or more.

[10] [11]

[9]

[1]

[8]

[7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2]


15ant2c064nb

[1] Front side direction [6] Trimming position


[2] Scraps press plate (maximum movement [7] Backmost position
position) [8] Actuator
[3] Home position [9] Scraps press home sensor (PS48)
[4] Scrap press claws [10] Pin
[5] Belt [11] Spring

1 101
8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

(4) Shutter mechanism


When the spring [10] pushes the scraps press plate [2] to its backmost position, the shutter arm [6] is pushed up
and the shutter [9] is opened. On the other hand, the shutter is closed when the scraps press plate is moved for-
SD-501

ward from the back most position to the position [3] by the spring of the shutter arm.
Opening the shutter allows the guide sheet [7], which is attached to the shutter, to be straightened [8] due to the
tension. Closing the shutter allows slack in the guide sheet to widen the dropping path of scraps.
Before trimming, the scraps press plate moves 50 mm [3] from the backmost position and stops to be ready for
trimming.
The shutter repeats opening/closing operation by shuttling the scraps press plate 50mm back and forth in each
trimming operation. This shutter operation creates vibration with the guide sheet to shake off the trimmer scraps.

[8] [9] [10]

[7]

[6]

[1]

[5]

[4] [3] [2]


15ant2c117na

[1] Front side direction [6] Shutter arm


[2] Scraps press plate [7] Guide sheet
[3] Shutter closing position [8] Guide sheet (straightened)
[4] Shutter opening position [9] Shutter
[5] Scraps press claws [10] Spring

102 1
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION

B. Trimmer scraps removal control


The scraps removal fan (FM1) [3] blows air [4] to make sure to put the trimmer scraps to the scraps box.

SD-501
[5] [6]

[4] [3] [2] [1] 15ant2c115na

[1] Left side view [4] Air


[2] Bundle clip lower limit sensor (PS30) [5] Bundle press
[3] Trimmer scraps removal fan (FM1) [6] Bundle clip

The trimmer scraps removal fan (FM1) operates only in the trimmer mode.
When the main body start signal [1] turns ON, FM1 is rotated and the bundle clip releases [2] the paper, FM1
stops for a time to prevent the paper from having the uneven edge. When the bundle press motor (M23) com-
pletes the paper press [3], FM1 is rotated again to send air so that sheet trimming scraps get in the scraps box
without fail.

Bundle press Forward


motor (M23)
Reverse

Trimmer scraps removal fan (FM1)


Bundle clip lower limit sensor (PS30)

[1] [2] [3] 15ant2c116na

[1] Main body start signal [3] Paper press operation completed
[2] Bundle clip released the paper

103
8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

C. Bundle exit control


The bundle exit motor (M5) rotates in the forward direction and the bundle exit conveyance belt conveys the exit
paper [2] after a specified period of time since the trimmer blade motor (M31) completes the trimming [1]. M5
SD-501

stops after a specified period of time since the bundle exit sensor /2 (PS57) detects the trailing edge of paper [3].

[2]

Bundle exit Forward


motor (M5)
Reverse

Trimmer blade motor (M31)

Bundle exit sensor /2 (PS57)

[1] [3] 15ant2c107na

[1] Trimming completed [3] Trailing edge of paper detected


[2] Bundle exit conveyance

[1] 15ant2c114na

[1] Bundle exit sensor /2 (PS57)

104
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION

D. Shutter / trimmer scraps press control


When the trimming is executed with the shutter closed, the bundle exit motor (M5) starts rotating forward to exit
paper [1]. Then the scraps press plate moves backward to drop the trimmer scraps with the shutter opened [2].

SD-501
After a specified period of time since the paper exit is finished [3], the M5 motor rotates in reverse to move the
scraps press plate frontward 50 mm and stops [4] with the shutter closed. Then the next trimming is excused in
this condition. After a specified period of time from paper exit when the trimming is performed five times or when
the total trimmed number of sheets becomes 60 sheets (30 sheets before folding) or more after the previous
scraps press operation, the M5 motor starts rotating in reverse to start the press operation. When the press
operation is started, the shutter opened by the paper exit operation is closed again [7]. When the scraps press
home sensor (PS48) detects that the scraps press plate is at the home position, the M5 motor stops [8] and
next operation of the trimming and paper exit [9] is performed.

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5][6][7] [9]

Forward
Bundle exit
motor (M5) Reverse

Scraps press home


sensor (PS48)

[8]
15ant2c118na

[1] Start of paper exit [6] Start of press operation


[2] Shutter is opened [7] Shutter is closed
[3] Paper exit completed [8] Press position stop
[4] Shutter is closed [9] Start of paper exit
[5] Finish of paper ejection

1 105
8. BUNDLE PROCESSING SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

E. Bundle exit paper full control


The bundle tray paper full sensor (PS61) [1] detects the bundle exit paper full. The main body displays the mes-
sage on its operation panel when the paper full is detected.
SD-501

[1] 15ant2c109na

[1] Bundle tray paper full sensor (PS61)

F. Trimmer scraps full control


The trimmer scraps full sensor (PS41) detects the paper scraps full of the scraps box. When the PS 41 is turned
on for three seconds after the paper exit operation driven by the (M5) is finished, the scraps is detected as full.
The main body displays the message on its operation panel when the paper scraps full is detected.

G. Trimmer scraps tray set detection


The scraps box set sensor (PS40) detects whether the scraps box is set or not. The main body displays the
message on its operation panel when the scraps box is not set.

106 1
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 9. TRIMMER SECTION

9. TRIMMER SECTION
9.1 Composition

SD-501
Trimmer press plate

Front side direction

Trimmer paddle Trimmer blade Trimmer board


15ant2c119na

1 107
9. TRIMMER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

9.2 Drive
9.2.1 Trimmer press drive
SD-501

[4] [5] [6] [7] [8]

[3] [2] [1]


15ant2c067na

[1] Trimmer board [5] Press drive screw


[2] Press arm [6] Trimmer press home sensor (PS53)
[3] Trimmer press motor (M32) [7] Trimmer press upper limit sensor (PS52)
[4] Slide block [8] Trimmer press plate

108
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 9. TRIMMER SECTION

9.2.2 Trimmer blade drive

SD-501
[5] [6] [7] [8]

[4] [3] [2] [1] 15ant2c068na

[1] Trimmer blade drive screw [5] Trimmer blade


[2] Drive plate [6] Trimmer blade home sensor (PS50)
[3] Drive guide holes [7] Trimmer blade upper limit sensor (PS51)
[4] Drive shafts [8] Trimmer blade motor (M31)

109
9. TRIMMER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

9.2.3 Trimmer board drive


SD-501

[1]

[2]

[6]

[7]

[5]
[4] [3]
15ant2c069na

[1] Trimmer board solenoid (SD11) [5] Trimmer board


[2] Trimmer board replacement sensor (PS59) [6] One-way clutch
[3] Pinion [7] Front side direction
[4] Rack

110
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 9. TRIMMER SECTION

9.2.4 Paddle drive

SD-501
[1]

[2]

15ant2c120na

[1] Trimmer paddle [2] Trimmer paddle motor (M33)

1 111
9. TRIMMER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

9.3 Operation
9.3.1 Trimmer press control
SD-501

A. Mechanism
The trimmer press is the mechanism to hold the paper at its fore-edge side to prevent the trimming misalign-
ment.
There is approximately 5 mm of opening at the home position. The press arms [4] press the paper with the trim-
mer board [2] when the trimmer press motor (M32) [1] drives and the slide blocks [7] move to the closing direc-
tion [8]. M32 detects the completion of the paper press via overcurrent.
M32 rotates in the reverse direction to widen the opening to approximately 20 mm before conveying the paper
to the trimmer section if the number of the print paper is 16 or more (32 or more for the saddle stitched paper).
The trimmer press home sensor (PS53) [6] and the trimmer press home sensor (PS52) [5] detect the home posi-
tion and 20 mm of opening respectively.

[6] [7] [8]

[5]

[1]

[4] [3] [2] 15ant2c070na

[1] Trimmer press motor (M32) [5] Trimmer press upper limit sensor (PS52)
[2] Trimmer board [6] Trimmer press home sensor (PS53)
[3] Front side direction [7] Slide blocks
[4] Press arms [8] Press direction

112
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 9. TRIMMER SECTION

When changing the trimming position of the trimmer board or replacing the trimmer board via the I/O check
mode, M32 rotates in the reverse direction to move up the press board higher than the position of the trimmer
press upper limit sensor (PS52) and release the trimmer board [3] by pushing the trimmer board retaining spring

SD-501
[2] by the plate [1]. At the time, the opening is approximately 23 mm. The position is detected via overcurrent.

[3] [2] [1] 15ant2c071na

[1] Plate [3] Trimmer board


[2] Trimmer board retaining spring

113
9. TRIMMER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Control
(1) The number of the print paper is 16 or more (32 or more for the saddle stitched paper)
The trimmer press motor (M32) rotates in the reverse direction [2] when the bundle clip motor starts conveying
SD-501

the paper [1]. When the trimmer press upper limit sensor (PS52) [3] detects upper limit position of the trimmer
board, M32 is stopped and waits for the paper. At this time, the opening is approximately 20 mm.
M32 rotates in the forward direction to press the paper when the paper is conveyed to the opening by the bun-
dle press movement motor (M17) [4]. M32 stops when the overcurrent is detected [5].
The returning operation to the home position [7] is conducted when the trimmer blade motor (M31) completes
the trimming [6].

[1] [2] [4] [5]

Bundle clip motor (M11)


Bundle press Forward
movement
motor (M17) Reverse

Trimmer press Forward


motor (M32)
Reverse

Trimmer blade Forward


motor (M31)
Reverse

Trimmer press upper limit sensor (PS52)

Trimmer press home sensor (PS53)

[3] [6] [7] 15ant2c110na

[1] Conveyance by the bundle clip started [5] Trimmer press completed
[2] Opening operation [6] Trimming completed
[3] Stopped when the opening is approx. 20 mm [7] Returning operation to the home position
[4] Conveyance of the trimmed paper completed

(2) The number of the print paper is 15 or less (30 for the saddle stitched paper)
The trimmer press motor (M32) rotates in the forward direction to press the paper without widening the opening
when the paper is conveyed to the opening.

114 1
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 9. TRIMMER SECTION

9.3.2 Trimmer blade control


A. Mechanism
The trimming is conducted by the trimmer blade driven by the trimmer blade motor (M31) while the paper is

SD-501
pressed by the trimmer press.
The drive shafts [4] moves up in a slanting direction along with the drive guide holes [2] when M31 pulls the trim-
mer blade retaining plate [5] to the direction [1]. It trims the paper with the trimmer blade [6] attached on the trim-
mer blade retaining plate [5].
The completion of the trimming is detected by the overcurrent of M31 caused when the trimmer blade retaining
plate [5] is contacted with the trimmer stoppers [7] attached to the trimmer press plate.
If the overcurrent of M31 is not detected even if the trimmer blade keeps moving up, the trimmer blade upper
limit sensor (PS51) detects the upper limit.

[7]

[5]

[6]

[1]

[5]

[4]

[3] [2] 15ant2c072na

[1] Trimming direction [5] Trimmer blade retaining plate


[2] Drive guide holes [6] Trimmer blade
[3] Front side direction [7] Trimmer stoppers
[4] Drive shafts

115
9. TRIMMER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Control
The trimmer blade motor (M31) starts the trimming [2] when the trimmer press motor (M32) completes the press
and stops [1]. M31 stops when the overcurrent is detected [3].
SD-501

M31 starts the returning operation to the home position [5] when the bundle press motor (M23) starts releasing
the press [4]. M31 stops when the trimmer blade home sensor (PS50) turns ON [6].

[1] [4]

Bundle press Forward


motor (M23)
Reverse

Trimmer press Forward


motor (M32)
Reverse

Forward
Trimmer blade
motor (M31) Reverse

Trimmer blade home sensor (PS50)

[2] [3] [5] [6] 15ant2c112na

[1] Trimmer press completed [4] Releasing the press started


[2] Trimmer operation [5] Returning operation to the home position
[3] Stopped by the overcurrent [6] Home position detected

116
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 9. TRIMMER SECTION

9.3.3 Trimmer board control


A. Mechanism
The trimmer operation may be conducted improperly due to the damage on the trimmer board if the trimmer

SD-501
board is subjected to the trimmer blade many times at the same position. For this reason, the trimmer board is
slid 1 mm backward for sheet cutting each time a job of 700 times trimming is completed.
The trimmer board solenoid (SD11) [1] slides the trimmer board [5] with its fixing released by the trimmer press
motor (M32).
The pinion [3] pushes the rack [4] 0.5 mm every time SD11 turns ON. The rotation of the pinion is transmitted to
the rack by the one-way clutch [6] and pushes the trimmer board when SD11 turns ON. The pinion does not
rotate and push the trimmer board when SD11 turns OFF by the one-way clutch.
Each time a job of 700 times trimming is completed, SD11 is turned on twice to move the trimmer board 1 mm.
The trimmer board can be slid up to approximately 26 mm. The main body displays the message on its opera-
tion panel when the trimmer board replacement sensor (PS59) [2] turns ON. The trimmer operation is prohibited
when the trimming is conducted 700 times since PS59 turns ON.

Note
• For C6500, the operation timing of the trimmer board solenoid can be selected among 700/500/300
(700 by default), and the travel distance can be selected among 1.0/1.5/2.0 mm (1.0 by default)
from “Finisher adjustment” in service mode.
• For 1050, if the DIPSW22-5 setting in service mode is changed to 1, the operation timing of the
trimmer board solenoid becomes selectable among 700/500/300 (700 by default) on the adjust-
ment screen in the user mode.
• The barr may occur on the trimmed edge of the paper before the movement cycle of the trimmer
board depending on the paper type.

[1]

[2]

[6]

[7]

[5]
[4] [3]
15ant2c073na

[1] Trimmer board solenoid (SD11) [4] Rack


[2] Trimmer board replacement sensor (PS59) [5] Trimmer board
[3] Pinion [6] One-way clutch

1 117
9. TRIMMER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Control
The trimmer press motor (M32) starts the returning operation [2] to the home position when the 700th trimmer
operation [1] is completed. M32 does not stop by defection of the trimmer press home sensor (PS53) [3]. The
SD-501

opening keeps widening until the overcurrent of M32 is detected [4]. When M32 stops, the trimmer board sole-
noid (SD11) turns ON and OFF twice [5] to move the trimmer board 1 mm. Then, M32 starts the returning oper-
ation to the home position [6].

[4] [5] [6]

Trimmer board solenoid (SD11)

Trimmer press Forward


motor (M32)
Reverse

Forward
Trimmer blade
motor (M31) Reverse

Trimmer press upper limit sensor (PS52)

Trimmer press home sensor (PS53)

[1] [2] [3] 15ant2c113na

[1] 700th trimmer operation [4] Overcurrent of M32 detected


[2] Opening operation of the trimmer press [5] Trimmer board moved 1 mm
[3] Home position detected [6] Returning operation to the home position

118
Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007 9. TRIMMER SECTION

9.3.4 Trimmer paddle


A. Mechanism
The trimmer paddle [2] is provided to prevent the saddle-stitched paper from creating trails with scraps by get-

SD-501
ting into the paper during the press operation, and to drop the scraps forcibly. The trimmer paddle is driven by
the trimmer paddle motor (M33).
Trimming amount is 15mm or less: The M33 motor rotates in reverse [1] to drop [3] the trimming scraps with the
trimming paddle.
Trimming amount is more than 15mm: The M33 motor rotates forward to rake and drop the scraps to the wider
dropping path [4].

[5]

[1]

[2]
[4]

[3]

15ant2c121na

[1] Trimmer paddle (M33) reverse direction [4] Dropping path


[2] Trimmer paddle (Trimming amount is more than 15mm)
[3] Dropping path [5] Trimmer paddle (M33) forward direction
(Trimming amount is 15mm or less)

1 119
9. TRIMMER SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.4.0 Nov. 2007

B. Control
In trimming mode, the trimmer paddle motor (M33) starts forward/reverse rotation after paper clipping is oper-
ated by the bundle clip motor (M11), and then the M33 motor stops when the trimming JOB is finished.
SD-501

If the trimming amount value is set in the "Trimming adjustment" in service mode, the forward/reverse rotation of
motor is controlled by the trimming amount that is added the adjusted value. (Edges of standard sized paper is
trimmed by 2mm even when the adjutment value is set to 0.)

120 1
SERVICE MANUAL Theory of Operation

PB-501

2007.11
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

Revision in relation to the corresponding to bizhub PRO


2007/11 2.0
C6500/C6500P
2006/11 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

PB-501
PB-501

OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3. PAPER PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.1 Exit to the Sub Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.2 Perfect Binding Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

CONFIGURATION/OPERATION
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.3.1 Gate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.3.2 Entrance conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.3.3 Intermediate conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.3.4 Cover paper conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.3.5 Sub tray exit release control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.3.6 Sub tray full-status detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4.3.7 Cover paper multi feed detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5. SC SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
5.3.1 SC section operation overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
5.3.2 SC entrance conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
5.3.3 SC switchback conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
5.3.4 SC main scan alignment control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
5.3.5 Sub scan alignment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
5.3.6 SC papers conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
5.3.7 Clamp entrance movement control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
5.3.8 SC stopper control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
5.3.9 SC pressure arm control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
6. CLAMP SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
6.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
6.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
6.3.1 Clamp alignment control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
6.3.2 Clamp control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
6.3.3 Clamp rotation control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
6.3.4 Book thickness detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
7. PELLET SUPPLY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
7.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
7.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
7.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

i
CONTENTS Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

7.3.1 Pellet supply operation overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62


7.3.2 Pellet supply arm control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
7.3.3 Pellet supply control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
PB-501

7.3.4 Pellet supply amount control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68


7.3.5 Pellet remaining amount detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
7.3.6 Pellet supply door opening/closing detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
7.3.7 Stirring stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
8. GLUE TANK SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
8.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
8.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
8.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
8.3.1 Glue tank unit movement control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
8.3.2 Glue apply roller control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
8.3.3 Glue tank lifting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
8.3.4 Cover paper glue control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
8.3.5 Glue temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
9.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
9.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
9.2.1 Cover paper tray lift drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
9.2.2 Paper feed drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
9.2.3 Pick-up drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
9.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
9.3.1 Plate up/down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
9.3.2 Pick-up mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
9.3.3 Separation mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
9.3.4 Paper feed mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
9.3.5 Air assist mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
9.3.6 Cover paper tray empty detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
9.3.7 Paper feed assist plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
10.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
10.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
10.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
10.3.1 Cover paper table section operation overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
10.3.2 Cover paper conveyance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
10.3.3 Cover paper trimming control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
10.3.4 Cover paper alignment drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
10.3.5 Cover paper table up down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
10.3.6 Cover paper folding plate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
10.3.7 Cover paper conveyance arm control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
10.3.8 Cover paper lifting (supporting) control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
10.3.9 Book exit control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
10.3.10 Waste paper control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
11. BOOK STOCK SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
11.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
11.2 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
11.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
11.3.1 Book stock section operation overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
11.3.2 Book conveyance & movement control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

ii
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 CONTENTS

11.3.3 Book conveyance belt control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132


11.3.4 Book conveyance up down control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
11.3.5 Book movement control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

PB-501
11.3.6 Book stopper control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
11.3.7 Book full status detection control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
12. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
12.1 Fan control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
12.2 Door opening/closing control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

iii
CONTENTS Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007
PB-501

Blank page

iv
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

„ OUTLINE

PB-501
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type

Type Simplified perfect binding machine (Consoled hot-melt type)

B. Functions

Perfect binding mode Automatically binds and stocks in a book stock section.
Binding sheets and thickness Min. 10 sheets
Max.
-1050-
All paper types (plain paper, high-quality paper,
color paper, coated paper)
300 sheets or 30 mm
-C6500-
Plain paper 300 sheets or 30 mm
High-quality paper, color paper, coated paper
150 sheets or 15 mm
Binding sheets with Z-fold sheets: See the
table below*
- Single-sided print -
No. of Z-fold sheets Max. No. of unfold sheets Total
1 sheet 200 sheets 201 sheets
2 sheets 150 sheets 152 sheets

- Double-sided print -
No. of Z-fold sheets Max. No. of unfold sheets Total
1 sheet 200 sheets 201 sheets
2 sheets 150 sheets 152 sheets
3 sheets 100 sheets 103 sheets
4 sheets 50 sheets 54 sheets

- Single-sided/double-sided print (printer function)-


When the unfold sheet is single-sided, the specification is same
as that of single-sided print.
When the unfold sheet is double-sided, the specification is same
as that of double-sided print.
* : When DIPSW37-2 is set to 1(ON), it is possible to release the limit of the total
sheets.

1 1
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

Perfect binding mode Book stock capacity : Max. 11 books*1 x 2 rows*2 (book thickness: 30mm)
10 to 30 sheets book: 50 books
31 to 150 sheets book: 35 books or until the upper limit
PB-501

is detected.
151 to 300 sheets book: Until the upper limit is detected.
Cover paper tray : Selectable from the PB, main body, or PI.
PB cover paper tray capacity 1,000 sheets (82g/m2)
500 sheets (161g/m2)
Trimming : Selectable from Trim/Not trim.
*1: The available number of books may decrease due to curls of papers.
*2: When books have been stacked up to the limit at the first row, the first stack
is automatically moved to the second row, and piling books at the first row
is continued.
Sub tray mode Exit into the sub tray with no being processing mode.
Tray capacity: 200 sheets (80g/m2)
Warm-up time Approx. 20 minutes

C. Paper type
(1) Paper size

Perfect binding mode Inside paper : A4, B5, A5, A5S, 81/2 x 11, 51/2 x 81/2,
16K
Custom paper (Max. 307 (W) x 221 (L) mm)
Available only in Z-folding: 11 x 17, A3, B4, 81/2 x 14, A4S,
81/2 x 11S, 12 x 18
Cover paper : Max. 307 (W) x 472 (L) mm
Vertical (main scan direction) Same size as the inside paper.
Horizontal (sub scan direction) Wide L
L= book size in the sub scan direction x 2 + book thickness (book
spine) + 3mm (for trimming)
Sub tray mode SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S, B6S
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
81/4 x 13, 81/2 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13, 71/4 x 101/2,
71/4 x 101/2, 51/2 x 81/2, 51/2 x 81/2S
Custom paper (Max. 331 (W) x 488 (L) mm, Min.100 (W) x 139 (L) mm),
Wide paper, Standard index paper*1
*
1 Operation of paper exit with tab area at the trail edge side is not warranty.

(2) Paper weight

Perfect binding mode -1050-


Inside paper : 62 to 91g/m2
Cover paper : 82 to 161g/m2

-C6500-
Inside paper : 64 to 105g/m2
Cover paper : 75 to 162g/m2
Sub tray mode 50 to 300g/m2

2 1
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

D. Maintenance

Maintenance Same as the main body.

PB-501
E. Machine data

Power source Inch: 120VAC 60Hz


Metric: 230VAC 50Hz
5VDC (supplied from the main body)
Power consumption 720W or less
Dimensions 1,303 (W) x 1,223 (H) x 775(D) mm
Binding section: 740 (W) x 1,223 (H) x 775 (D) mm
Book stock section: 563 (W) x 740 (H) x 685 (D) mm
Weight Approx. 210kg

F. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30 °C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)

Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.

1 3
2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

2. UNIT CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM


PB-501

[6] [7] [8] [1]

[5]

[4]

[2]

[3]

a075t1c001ca

[1] Conveyance section [5] Glue tank section


[2] Cover paper table section [6] Pellet supply section
[3] Cover paper supply section [7] Sub compile (SC) section
[4] Book stock section [8] Clamp section

4
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 3. PAPER PATH

3. PAPER PATH
3.1 Exit to the Sub Tray

PB-501
[1]

[2]

a075t1c002ca

[1] Exit to the sub tray [2] Exit from the FD sub tray

5
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

3.2 Perfect Binding Mode


A. Conveyance of inside papers to the clamp section and conveyance of cover paper
PB-501

[4]

[1]

[2]

[3]

a075t1c003ca

[1] Conveyance of inside papers [3] Conveyance of cover paper from the PB
[2] Conveyance of cover paper from the main tray
body [4] Switchback conveyance

6
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 3. PAPER PATH

B. Clamping and glue application

PB-501
[2]

[1]

a075t1c004ca

[1] Switchback conveyance [2] Bypass conveyance

7
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

C. Glue application to cover paper and cover paper folding operation


PB-501

[1]

a075t1c005ca

[1] Cover paper folding operation

8
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 3. PAPER PATH

D. Book stock

PB-501
[2]

[1] a075t1c006ca

[1] Moving to the second row [2] Exit of the book

9
3. PAPER PATH Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007
PB-501

Blank page

10
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 4. CONVEYANCE SECTION

„ CONFIGURATION/OPERATION

PB-501
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION
4.1 Configuration

SC entrance sensor (PS2)

Sub tray full sensor (PS5)


Bypass gate
Sub tray
Sub tray exit sensor (PS4)

Sub tray conveyance


roller

Sub tray gate

Entrance sensor
(PS1)

Intermediate
conveyance roller
Entrance Entrance gate
conveyance roller

Cover paper entrance sensor


Cover paper (PS3)
conveyance roller
Cover paper conveyance
sensor /4 (PS78)

Multi feed detection board /1


(MFDTB71)

Multi feed detection


board /2 (MFDTB72)
Cover paper feed roller
Cover paper conveyance
sensor /5 (PS79)
a075t2c001ca

11
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

4.2 Drive
A. Entrance conveyance drive/Intermediate conveyance drive/Cover paper conveyance drive
PB-501

[5]

[1]

[2]

[4] [3]
a075t2c002ca

[1] Entrance conveyance motor (M1) [4] Cover paper feed motor (M74)
[2] Registration roller (to the cover paper supply [5] Intermediate conveyance motor (M2)
section)
[3] Paper feed roller (to the cover paper supply
section)

12
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 4. CONVEYANCE SECTION

B. Entrance gate drive/Bypass gate drive/Sub tray gate drive/Sub tray exit & separation drive

PB-501
[6] [7] [8] [1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

a075t2c003ca

[1] Sub tray exit solenoid (SD4) [5] Entrance gate


[2] Sub tray gate solenoid (SD3) [6] Bypass gate solenoid (SD2)
[3] Sub tray gate [7] Bypass gate
[4] Entrance gate solenoid (SD1) [8] Paper exit driven roller

13
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

4.3 Operation
4.3.1 Gate control
PB-501

A. Entrance gate control


• The entrance gate switches the paper path for the cover paper used for perfect binding so that the paper
conveyed from the FD’s PI or the main body is conveyed to the cover paper table section.
• The entrance gate solenoid (SD1) activates the gate. When the SD1 is Off, the gate is opened to convey the
cover paper toward the sub tray gate, and when the SD1 becomes On, the gate is changed to make a
paper path toward the cover paper table section.
• The SD1 stays Off while the inside papers for perfect binding are conveyed, or while they are exit on the sub
tray. It is kept On while cover paper is conveyed from the FD’s PI or the main body.

(1) When cover paper being conveyed from the main body
1. When a print job is received, the entrance gate solenoid (SD1) turns Off [1] to open the entrance gate toward
the sub tray gate.
2. Cover paper is conveyed through the entrance gate [2].
3. When the paper exit sensor (PS3) of the main body detects the leading edge of the cover paper, the SD1
turns On to switch the entrance gate direction toward the cover table section [4].
4. Once a prescribed time period has elapsed after the cover paper entrance sensor (PS3) detects the trailing
edge of cover paper [4], the SD1 turns Off to switch the entrance gate direction toward the sub tray gate.

[1] [2] [3]

Paper exit sensor (main body PS3)

Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)

Cover paper entrance sensor (PS3)

[4] a075t2c004ca

[1] Print start signal is received [3] Cover paper leading edge detection
[2] Cover paper conveyance [4] Cover paper trailing edge detection

B. Sub tray gate control


• The sub tray gate switches the paper path for inside papers used for perfect binding between toward the
SC section and toward the sub tray to be exit.
• The sub tray gate is activated by the sub tray gate solenoid (SD3). When the SD3 is Off, the gate is opened
toward the SC section, and when the SD3 becomes On, the gate direction is switched toward the sub tray
to exit inside papers.
• While inside papers are exit on the sub tray, the SD3 turns On upon receiving a print job, and turns Off when
the job is finished.

14
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 4. CONVEYANCE SECTION

C. Bypass gate control


• The SC section is designed to stack a certain number of inside papers (n) of the subsequent book while the
previous book inside papers are glued at the clamp section. The bypass gate [3] operates to lay two next

PB-501
inside paper (“n+1”th and “n+2”th) one on top of another and keep them until the stacked “n” inside papers
at the SC section are conveyed to the clamp section [1]. This saves time for conveying the inside paper and
increases productivity.
• The bypass gate is activated by the bypass gate solenoid (SD2).

[2] [3] [4]

[1]

a075t2c005ca

[1] “n” inside papers of subsequent book [3] Bypass gate


[2] “n+1”th inside paper of subsequent book [4] “n+2”th inside paper of subsequent book

(1) Control
1. The bypass gate solenoid (SD2) turns On when a prescribed time has elapsed after the SC entrance sensor
(PS2) detects the trailing edge [1] of the “n+1”th inside paper of subsequent book.
2. The solenoid turns Off when a prescribed time period has elapsed after the “n+2”th inside paper is laid over
the “n+1”th inside paper, and the SC entrance sensor (PS2) detects the trailing edge of the “n+2”th inside
paper [2].

[1] [2]

SC entrance sensor (PS2)


Bypass gate solenoid (SD2)
a075t2c006ca

[1] Detection of trailing edge of “n+1”th inside [2] Detection of trailing edge of “n+2”th inside
paper of subsequent book paper of subsequent book

15
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

4.3.2 Entrance conveyance control


• The entrance conveyance roller, sub tray conveyance roller, main body cover paper conveyance roller, and
the cover paper conveyance roller are driven by the entrance conveyance motor (M1). The drive force is
PB-501

transmitted via the gear and the timing belt.

A. Perfect binding mode


(1) When feeding cover paper from the PB cover paper tray
• The entrance conveyance motor (M1) starts to turn at high speed upon receiving a print job.
• The M1 stops when the job is finished.

(2) When feeding cover paper from the main body


1. The entrance conveyance motor (M1) starts to turn at high speed [1] upon receiving a print job.
2. When the main body paper exit sensor (PS3) is turned On [4] by the leading edge of the cover paper, the M1
starts to turn at the same speed as that of the main unit.
3. Upon detection of the trailing edge of the cover paper by the PS3, the M1 starts to turn at high speed [5] to
convey the paper.

[1] [2] [4] [5]

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)

Cover paper entrance sensor (PS3)

Entrance conveyance High speed


motor (M1) Main body
speed
[3] a075t2c007ca

[1] Print start signal is received [4] Changes to the same speed as that of the
[2] Paper main unit
[3] Change of main body process speed [5] Changes to high speed rotation

16
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 4. CONVEYANCE SECTION

B. Sub tray exit mode


(1) Large size double side mode, single side main unit straight mode (320mm or longer in the sub
scan direction)

PB-501
1. The entrance conveyance motor (M1) starts to turn at high speed [1] upon receiving a print job, and starts to
decelerate [2] in accordance with the main body process speed when the entrance sensor (PS1) detects the
leading edge of paper.
2. After the specified time period from the entrance sensor (PS1), the M1 starts to turn at high speed again.

[1] [2]
Fusing paper exit sensor (main body PS22)

Entrance sensor (PS1)

Entrance conveyance High speed


motor (M1) Main body
speed

a075t2c008ca

[1] Print start signal is received [2] Change of main body process speed

(2) Small size all modes, large size main unit reverse paper exit mode (320mm or shorter in the sub
scan direction)
• The entrance conveyance motor (M1) starts to turn at high speed upon receiving a print job.

4.3.3 Intermediate conveyance control


• The intermediate conveyance roller is driven by the drive force of the intermediate conveyance motor (M2)
transmitted via the gear and the timing belt.

A. Perfect binding mode


• The intermediate conveyance motor (M2) starts to rotate when a print job is received.

B. Sub tray exit mode


• The intermediate conveyance motor (M2) does not work.

4.3.4 Cover paper conveyance control


• The cover paper conveyance section and the cover paper conveyance roller are driven by the drive force of
the cover paper feed motor (M74) transmitted via the gear, timing belt, and the coupling.
• The M74 stops when a prescribed time period has elapsed after the cover paper conveyance sensor/4
(PS78) detects the trailing edge of the cover paper.
• For more information on the feeding operation, see “9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION”. (See P.81)

4.3.5 Sub tray exit release control


• The sub tray release operation is performed to align edges of papers exit onto the sub tray.
• The operation is activated by the sub tray exit solenoid (SD4). The sub tray exit roller separates from the
spring when the SD4 becomes On, and the roller moves to push the spring when the SD4 turns Off.

17
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

(1) When paper size is large (320mm or longer in the sub scan direction)
1. When a prescribed time period has elapsed after the entrance sensor (PS1) detects the leading edge of
paper [1], the sub tray exit solenoid (SD4) turns On to release the sub tray exit roller from the spring [2].
PB-501

2. The SD4 turns Off to make the roller push the spring [3] when a prescribed time period has elapsed after the
PS1 detects the trailing edge of the paper.

[1] [3]
Entrance sensor (PS1)

Sub tray exit solenoid (SD4)

[2] a075t2c009ca

[1] Paper leading edge detection [3] The sub tray exit roller pushes against the
[2] The sub tray exit roller separates from the spring
spring

(2) When paper size is small (320mm or shorter in the sub scan direction)
1. After the entrance sensor (PS1) detects the trailing edge of paper, the sub tray exit solenoid (SD4) turns On
to make the sub tray exit roller separate from the spring [1].
2. The SD4 turns Off to make the roller push the spring [2] when a prescribed time period has elapsed after the
PS1 detects the trailing edge of the paper.

[1] [2]
Entrance sensor (PS1)

Sub tray exit solenoid (SD4)

a075t2c010ca

[1] The sub tray exit roller separates from the [2] The sub tray exit roller pushes against the
spring spring

4.3.6 Sub tray full-status detection control


• When the sub tray becomes full, the full-status is detected by the sub tray full sensor (PS5).

18
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 4. CONVEYANCE SECTION

4.3.7 Cover paper multi feed detection control


• When multiple papers are conveyed from the PB cover paper tray at a time, the supersonic sensors; multi
feed detection board /1 (MFDTB71) [2] and /2 (MFDTB72) [1] detect the error. The MFDTB71 transmits a

PB-501
supersonic wave and the MFDTB72 receives it.

[1] [2]

a075t2c011ca

[1] MFDTB72 [2] MFDTB71

19
5. SC SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

5. SC SECTION
5.1 Configuration
PB-501

Switchback roller

Straight gate

SC alignment plate

SC entrance roller

Pressure arm

Clamp entrance roller

Straight gate FD alignment plate

Switchback roller

SC entrance roller

SC paper detection sensor


SC alignment plate (PS16)

SC roller Pressure arm

Clamp entrance roller

SC stopper FD alignment plate


a075t2c021ca

20
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 5. SC SECTION

5.2 Drive
A. SC entrance conveyance drive/Switchback conveyance drive/Paper conveyance drive

PB-501
[1] [2] [3]

[4]

[5]

[7]

[6]

a075t2c022ca

[1] SC switchback conveyance motor (M12) [5] SC roller


[2] SC switchback roller [6] Clamp entrance roller
[3] SC entrance conveyance motor (M11) [7] SC bundle conveyance motor (M17)
[4] SC entrance roller

21
5. SC SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

B. Switchback release drive

[12] [13] [1]


PB-501

[11]
[2]

[10]

[9]
[3]
[4]
[8] [5]

[7]

[6]

a075t2c023ca

[1] SC switchback release motor (M13) [8] Pressure plate


[2] SC switchback arm pressure detection [9] Switchback spring
sensor (PS12) [10] Switchback cam
[3] One-way clutch [11] Switchback arm
[4] Pressure cam [12] One-way clutch
[5] SC switchback roller [13] SC switchback spring pressure detection
[6] Pressure bracket sensor (PS13)
[7] Pressure spring

22
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 5. SC SECTION

C. SC roller release drive/Clamp entrance release drive

PB-501
[1] [2] [3]

[4]

[6] [5] a075t2c024ca

[1] SC roller cam [4] Clamp entrance roller release motor (M20)
[2] SC roller release motor (M18) [5] Clamp entrance driven roller
[3] Clamp entrance roller cam [6] SC driven roller

23
5. SC SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

D. Clamp entrance movement drive


PB-501

[1]

[2]

[3]
[5]

[4]

a075t2c025ca

[1] Clamp entrance movement motor (M19) [4] FD alignment plate


[2] SC roller [5] Clamp entrance movement HP sensor (PS18)
[3] Clamp entrance roller

24
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 5. SC SECTION

E. SC main scan alignment drive

[3] [4] [1]

PB-501
[2]
a075t2c026ca

[1] SC alignment HP sensor (PS14) [3] SC alignment plate/Fr


[2] SC alignment motor (M15) [4] SC alignment plate/Rr

F. Sub scan alignment drive

[1]
[2]

a075t2c027ca

[1] FD alignment plate [2] FD alignment solenoid (SD11)

25
5. SC SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

G. SC stopper drive/SC pressure arm drive/Straight gate drive


PB-501

[5]

[1]

[4]
[3]

[2]
a075t2c028ca

[1] SC pressure arm solenoid (SD13) [4] SC stopper solenoid (SD12)


[2] SC pressure arm [5] Straight gate solenoid (SD91)
[3] SC stopper

26
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 5. SC SECTION

5.3 Operation
5.3.1 SC section operation overview

PB-501
• The SC section is provided to stack a certain number of papers for subsequent book while papers for the
previous book being glued at the clamp section and the glue tank section.
• The number of papers stacked in the SC section varies depending on the print mode and paper size.
(Example: A4-sized one-side printed paper can be stacked up to about 46 sheets.)

A. Operation overview
1. A page [2] for the first book [3] goes to the SC section and then goes to the clamp section. Once the page
[2] is set in the SC section, the SC stopper [4] is released, and the page is conveyed to the clamp section by
the SC switchback roller [1], SC roller [5], and the clamp entrance roller [6]. All inside papers for the first book
are conveyed to the clamp section in this manner one by one.
2. When the last page of the first book reaches the clamp section, the SC stopper [7] moves back to its original
position, and the SC driven roller [5] and the clamp entrance driven roller [6] move away from their paper-
feed position. A certain number of papers (n) for the next book are stacked in the SC section by the SC
switchback roller [1].

[1]
[5]

[2]
[6]

[4]

[3] [7]

[8]
[3]
a075t2c029ca

[1] Switchback roller [5] SC driven roller


[2] Page [6] Clamp entrance driven roller
[3] Page for the first book [7] Page for the next book
[4] SC stopper [8] All inside papers for the first book

27
5. SC SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

3. When binding of the first book is finished, the clamp unit inclines from its upright position to receive paper for
the next book. At the same time, the SC stopper [7] moves to open the path, and the SC driven roller [1] and
clamp entrance driven roller [5] go into the position to convey the paper (n) [6] stacked in the SC section.
PB-501

During the above operation, the next two papers (“n+1”th [4] and “n+2”th [2]) are set in the bypass gate [3].
4. The two papers are conveyed to the clamp section at a time.
5. The rest of the papers for the book are conveyed to the clamp section one by one in the same manner as for
the first book.

[1]

[2]
[7]

[3]
[6]

[4]

[5]

a075t2c030ca

[1] SC driven roller [5] Clamp entrance driven roller


[2] “n+2”th page [6] Stacked inside papers (n)
[3] Bypass gate [7] SC stopper
[4] “n+1”th page

28
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 5. SC SECTION

5.3.2 SC entrance conveyance control


• The SC entrance roller is driven by the drive force of the SC entrance conveyance motor (M11) transmitted
via the belt.

PB-501
A. Control
1. The SC entrance conveyance motor (M11) starts to turn at low speed [1] upon receiving a print job.
2. The M11 speed changes to high speed when the SC entrance sensor (PS2) detects the trailing edge of
paper [2].
3. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the M11 acceleration, the M11 returns to low speed [3] before the
paper goes through the SC entrance roller.
4. The above conveyance operation is carried out for the last paper of the first book [4] and the first page [5] to
the “n”th page [6] of the next book (n=37 to 38 when the papers are A4 sized and one-side printed).
5. The M11 stops to stop the SC entrance roller when the PS2 detects [7] the trailing edge of “n+1”th page.
6. When the PS2 detects [8] “n+2”th paper trailing edge, the M11 starts to turn at high speed [9] to convey the
“n+1”th and “n+2”th papers at a time.
7. The rest of the papers for the second book are conveyed in the same manner as for the first book, and the
papers for the subsequent books are conveyed in the same manner as for the second book.

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]


SC entrance sensor (PS2)
High
SC entrance conveyance speed
motor (M11) Medium
speed

[9]
a075t2c031ca

[1] Print start signal is received [7] Trailing edge detection of “n+1”th page of
[2] Paper trailing edge detection by PS2 second book
[3] M11 changes to low speed [8] Trailing edge detection of “n+2”th page of
[4] First book second book
[5] First page of the second book [9] M11 turns at high speed
[6] “n”th page of the second book

29
5. SC SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

5.3.3 SC switchback conveyance control


• The SC switchback roller is driven by the SC switchback conveyance motor (M12). The releasing operation
of the roller is driven by the SC switchback release motor (M13).
PB-501

A. SC switchback roller release mechanism


• The SC switchback release motor (M13) drives the pressure cam [3] and the switchback cam [9].
The forward rotation of the motor drives the pressure cam [3] and the reverse rotation of the motor drives
the switchback cam [9].
• The SC switchback roller [4] has three preset positions for releasing (kept away from the driven roller),
pressing strongly or lightly against the driven roller.
• The “pressing strongly” status of the SC switchback roller [4] is used when conveying inside paper to the
clamp section, and the roller becomes the “pressing lightly” status when conveying inside paper to the SC
section so that the paper are properly stopped by the SC stopper.
• The pressure cam position is detected by the SC switchback arm pressure detection sensor (PS12) [2], and
the position of the switchback cam is detected by the SC switchback spring pressure detection sensor
(PS13) [6]. When the pressure cam is at its home position, the PS12 is On, while the PS13 is Off when the
switchback cam is at its home position.

PS12 PS13 SC switchback roller status (position)


ON OFF Releasing (kept away from the driven
roller)
OFF OFF Pressing strongly against the driven
roller
ON ON Pressing lightly against the driven
roller
ON OFF Not used (“pressing strongly” status)

30
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 5. SC SECTION

[6] [1]

PB-501
[2]

[5]

[3]

[4]
a075t2c032ca

[1] SC switchback release motor (M13) [4] SC switchback roller


[2] SC switchback arm pressure detection sen- [5] Switchback cam
sor (PS12) [6] SC switchback spring pressure detection
[3] Pressure cam sensor (PS13)

31
5. SC SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

(1) Switchback cam drive (light pressure)


• The switchback cam [1] rotates counterclockwise [5] to switch the SC switchback roller [4] position
between releasing and light pressing while the pressure cam [3] is at its home position.
PB-501

• While the SC switchback spring pressure detection sensor (PS13) is Off, the SC switchback roller is in the
release position (kept away from the driven roller).
• When the PS13 becomes On [2], the SC switchback roller moves to lightly press against the driven roller.
• The PS13 is kept Off while the switchback cam is at its home position.

[1] [2]

[5]

[3]

[4]

a075t2c033ca

[1] Switchback cam (home position) [4] SC switchback roller


[2] Switchback cam (light pressure) [5] Rotating direction of the switchback cam
[3] Pressure cam

32
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 5. SC SECTION

(2) Pressure cam drive (strong pressure)


• The pressure cam [2] rotates clockwise [4] to switch the SC switchback roller [5] position between releasing
and strong pressing. The switch operation of the pressure cam is made while the switchback cam [1] is at

PB-501
its home position.
• While the SC switchback arm pressure detection sensor (PS12) is On, the SC switchback roller is in the
release position (kept away from the driven roller).
• When the PS12 becomes Off [3], the SC switchback roller moves to strongly press against the driven roller.

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

a075t2c034ca

[1] Switchback cam (home position) [4] Rotation direction of the pressure cam
[2] Pressure cam (home position) [5] SC switchback roller
[3] Pressure cam (PS12 is Off)

33
5. SC SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

B. SC switchback roller control


• Inside papers of the first book are conveyed to the clamp section one by one without being stacked at the
SC section.
PB-501

• When conveying inside papers to the clamp section without stacking them in the SC section, the SC
switchback roller position is switched between releasing and strong pressing. And the rotation direction of
the roller is also switched between forward and reverse.
• When conveying inside papers of the next and subsequent books, a certain number of papers (n) are first
stacked in the SC section, and the stacked inside papers are conveyed to the clamp section at a time.
“n+1”th paper and the subsequent papers are conveyed to the clamp section one by one without being
stacked at the SC section.
• When stacking papers in the SC section, the SC switchback roller position is switched between releasing
and light pressing. During the stacking, the SC switchback roller rotates in the reverse direction.

(1) First book


1. The SC switchback conveyance motor (M12) starts to turn in the reverse direction [1] upon receiving of a
print job. The switchback roller is in its release position to make paper go to the SC section.
2. The M12 reverses the direction of rotation (starts to turn in the forward direction) after the SC entrance sen-
sor (PS2) detects the trailing edge of paper [2]. At the same time, the SC switchback release motor (M13)
starts to rotate in the forward direction.When the SC switchback arm pressure detection sensor (PS12) turns
Off, the M13 stops and the switchback roller is strongly pressed against the driven roller [4].
3. The inside papers are nipped between the switchback roller and the driven roller strongly [4] and conveyed
to the SC section by the forward rotation of the roller.
4. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the PS2 detects the trailing edge of the paper, the M12 reverses
the direction of rotation [5] to convey inside papers to the clamp section.
5. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the PS2 detects the trailing edge of the paper, the M13 starts to
turn in the forward direction again to move the switchback roller away from the driven roller [6], and when the
PS12 turns On, the motor stops.
6. The operations described above are repeated until the last page [7] of the first book reaches the clamp sec-
tion.

[1] [2] [3] [7]


SC entrance sensor (PS2)

SC switchback Forward
conveyance motor
(M12) Reverse

SC switchback Forward
release motor (M13)
Reverse
SC switchback arm pressure detection sensor (PS12)

[4] [6]
[5] a075t2c035ca

[1] Print start signal is received [5] Switchback conveyance start


[2] Paper trailing edge detection by PS2 [6] Releasing (kept away from the driven roller)
[3] M12 forward rotation and strong pressure [7] Last page of the first book
[4] Roller strong pressed status

34
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 5. SC SECTION

(2) The second and subsequent books


1. The SC switchback conveyance motor (M12) continues to turn in the reverse direction after the last page [1]
of the previous book is conveyed to the clamp section [2].

PB-501
2. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the SC entrance sensor (PS2) detects the trailing edge of the first
page of the next book [3], the SC switchback release motor (M13) starts to rotate in the reverse direction [4].
3. When the SC switchback spring pressure detection sensor (PS13) turns On, the M13 stops and the switch-
back roller is lightly pressed against the driven roller. The inside papers are then conveyed to the SC section
and stopped by the SC stopper.
4. After the PS2 detects the trailing edge of the paper, the M13 reverses the direction of rotation again. Then
the switchback roller is moved away from the driven roller to accept the next page.
5. The above operations are repeated until a certain number of papers (n) are stacked in the SC section.
6. While the next two papers (“n+1”th page [5] and “n+2”th page [6]) are set in the bypass gate, the stacked n
papers are conveyed to the clamp section at a time.
7. When the PS2 detects the trailing edge of the “n+2”th page, the M12 starts to turn in the forward diretion. At
the same time, the M13 also starts to turn in the forward direction to strongly push the switchback roller
against the driven roller. After the “n+1”th page and the “n+2”th page are conveyed to the clamp section
through the SC section at a time, the following papers are conveyed to the clamp section one by one in the
same manner as for the first book.

[1] [3] [5] [6]

SC entrance sensor (PS2)

SC switchback Forward
conveyance motor
(M12) Reverse

SC switchback Forward
release motor (M13)
Reverse
SC switchback arm pressure detection sensor (PS12)
SC switchback spring pressure detection sensor
(PS13)
[2] [4]
a075t2c036ca

[1] The last page of the previous book [4] The roller is lightly pressed against the
[2] Conveyance of the last page of the first driven roller
book [5] “n+1”th page
[3] Detection of the first page of the next book [6] “n+2”th page

35
5. SC SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

5.3.4 SC main scan alignment control


• The SC alignment motor (M15) drives the SC alignment plate/Fr and /Rr via the belt to move them by 9 mm
as they are shaken. This movement aligns the edges of the papers stacked in the SC section in the main
PB-501

scan direction.
• The alignment operation is carried out every time a page is stacked in the SC section when stacking a cer-
tain number of papers of the second or subsequent books.
• While inside papers are conveyed to the clamp section without being stacked in the clamp section, this
alignment operation is not performed.

(1) Control
1. Upon receiving of a print job, the SC alignment motor (M15) starts to turn in the reverse direction to move
the SC alignment plate/Fr and /Rr until the both plates are set at the position 9mm outer than the paper
edges [1].
2. After the SC entrance sensor (PS2) detects the trailing edge of the first page of the second or subsequent
book, the M15 starts to turn in the reverse direction to carry out the main-scan- direction alignment by
means of the SC alignment plate/Fr and /Rr.
3. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the PS2 detection, the M15 starts to turn in the forward direction
to move the SC alignment plate/Fr and /Rr back to their standby positions.
4. Every time a page is stacked in the SC section, this alignment operation is performed.

Note
• The set positions of the two alignment plates (the distance between the two plates) can be
adjusted in the service mode.

[1]

SC entrance sensor (PS2)

Forward (open)
SC alignment motor
(M15) Reverse (close)

SC alignment HP sensor (PS14)

a075t2c037ca

[1] Print start signal is received

36
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 5. SC SECTION

5.3.5 Sub scan alignment control


• The FD alignment solenoid (SD11) drives the FD alignment plate [4] so that the inside papers [2] are hit
against the reference plate [3] of the clamp section to be aligned in the sub scan direction.

PB-501
• The timing of the movement is detected by the SC paper detection sensor (PS16).

[1]

[4]

[2]

[3]
a075t2c038ca

[1] SC paper detection sensor (PS16) [3] Reference plate


[2] Paper [4] FD alignment plate

(1) Control
1. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the PS16 detects the trailing edge of the first page of the first
book [1], the SD11 turns On if the clamp alignment plate/Fr and /Rr are closed for alignment operation.
2. The SD11 turns Off after a prescribed time has passed since its becomes On, and waits for the next page.
3. Until the last page [2] reaches the clamp section, the sub-scan-direction alignment is performed every time a
page comes to the section.
4. After the PS16 detects trailing edge of n paper (from the first page to the “n”th page) of the second book [3],
the alignment operation is performed.
5. The alignment operation is also carried out for the two papers (“n+1”th and “n+2”th page) laid one on top of
another at the bypass gate.

[1] [2] [3]

SC paper detection sensor (PS16)

FD alignment solenoid (SD11)

a075t2c039ca

[1] Paper trailing edge detection by PS16 [3] Paper


[2] Last page of the first book

37
5. SC SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

5.3.6 SC papers conveyance control


• The SC bundle conveyance motor (M17) [9] drives the SC roller and the clamp entrance roller.
• The SC roller release motor (M18) [5] drives the SC driven roller [7] via the cam [8] to move the roller away
PB-501

from (release) or contact with (press) the opposite roller.


• The press/release operation of the roller is detected by the SC roller release sensor (PS17) [6]. While the
roller is pressed against the opposite roller, the PS17 is kept On.
• The clamp entrance roller release motor (M20) [1] drives the cam [3] and the clamp entrance roller [4] to
move them away from (release) or contact with (press) the opposite roller.
• The press/release operation of the roller is detected by the clamp entrance roller release sensor (PS19) [2].
While the roller and the cam are in the pressed status, the PS19 is kept On.

[7]

[8]

[9]

[6]

[5] [4] [3] [2] [1]


a075t2c040ca

[1] Clamp entrance roller release motor (M20) [6] SC roller release sensor (PS17)
[2] Clamp entrance roller release sensor (PS19) [7] SC driven roller
[3] Cam [8] Cam
[4] Clamp entrance driven roller [9] SC bundle conveyance motor (M17)
[5] SC roller release motor (M18)

38
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 5. SC SECTION

(1) Control
1. Upon receiving of a print job, the SC bundle conveyance motor (M17) starts to rotate [1], and the inside
paper are conveyed to the clamp section one by one by means of the SC roller and the clamp entrance

PB-501
roller.
2. When the SC paper detection sensor (PS16) detects the trailing edge of the last paper [2], the SC roller
release motor (M18) starts to rotate to start stacking paper in the SC section. When a prescribed time has
elapsed after the M18 starts to rotate, the M17 stops to stop conveying paper to the clamp section. The
clamp entrance roller release motor (M20) also starts to rotate to release the clamp entrance roller [3].
3. The M18 stops when the PS17 becomes Off, and the M20 stops when the PS19 becomes Off. The next
paper are kept stacked in the SC section until the clamp section is ready for them.
4. The M18 starts to rotate again [5] after a prescribed time has passed since the SC entrance sensor (PS2)
detects [4] the trailing edge of the last page of the paper to be stacked in the SC section.
5. When the SC roller is set in the position for paper conveyance after the PS17 becomes On, the M17 starts
to rotate to convey the stacked paper.
6. When the leading edges of the paper go through the clamp entrance, the M20 starts to rotate to convey the
paper to the clamp section.
7. Then the next two paper set in the bypass gate are conveyed to the clamp section at a time. All the above
operations are repeated for the subsequent books.

[1] [2] [4]


SC entrance sensor (PS2)

SC paper detection sensor (PS16)

SC bundle conveyance motor (M17)

SC roller release motor (M18)

SC roller release sensor (PS17)

Clamp entrance roller release motor (M20)


Clamp entrance roller release sensor (PS19)

[3] [5]
a075t2c041ca

[1] Print start signal is received [4] Trailing edge of “n”th page detection
[2] Trailing edge of the last page of each book [5] The SC roller is set in the position for paper
detection conveyance
[3] Clamp entrance roller moves away from the
paper conveyance position

39
5. SC SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

5.3.7 Clamp entrance movement control


• The clamp entrance movement motor (M19) drives the clamp entrance assy [4] via the belt.
• The clamp entrance assy consists of the clamp entrance roller [2], FD alignment plate [3], SC pressure arm
PB-501

[1], and the SC paper detection sensor (PS16) [5].


• The FD alignment plate is moved by the clamp entrance assy movement in accordance with the paper size.

[1]

[2]

[5] [3]
[4]

a075t2c042ca

[1] SC pressure arm [4] Clamp entrance assy


[2] Clamp entrance roller [5] SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
[3] FD alignment plate

40
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 5. SC SECTION

(1) Control
1. When the clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25) becomes On [1] and the clamp section is set at the compil-
ing position, the clamp entrance movement motor (M19) reverses its rotation direction to lower the clamp

PB-501
assy. The motor stops [2] when the clamp assy is set at the position corresponding to the paper size, and
the clamp assy becomes ready for accepting the next paper.
2. When the clamp motor (M22) initiates clamping operation [3], the M19 starts to turn in the forward direction
to lift the clamp entrance assy until the assy reaches the position out of way of the clamping operation. The
clamp entrance movement HP sensor (PS18) detects that the assy reaches the position (the sensor
becomes On), and the M19 is stopped [5].
3. The above operations are repeated for each book.

[1] [2] [4]


Forward
Clamp entrance movement motor
(M19) Reverse

Clamp entrance movement HP sensor (PS18)

Clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25)

Clamp motor (M22)

[3] a075t2c043ca

[1] Clamp section is set at the compiling position [3] Clamping starts
[2] Movement of clamp entrance assy in [4] Clamp entrance assy is in its home position
accordance with paper size

41
5. SC SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

5.3.8 SC stopper control


• The SC stopper is activated by the SC stopper solenoid (SD12) and closes the paper feed path toward the
clamp section in order to stack paper in the SC section.
PB-501

(1) Control
1. Upon receiving of a print job [1], the SC stopper solenoid (SD12) turns On to move the SC stopper away
from the paper path (open the path).
2. When the SC paper detection sensor (PS16) detects the trailing edge of the last page of each book, the
SD12 turns Off to set the SC stopper to close the path [2].
3. When the SC roller release sensor (PS17) becomes On and the SC roller holds down a bundle of paper, the
SD12 turns On to move the SC stopper out of the path [3].

[1] [2] [3]

SC paper detection sensor (PS16)

SC stopper solenoid (SD12)

SC roller release sensor (PS17)

a075t2c044ca

[1] Print start signal is received [3] Move SC stopper out of the paper path
[2] Set SC stopper to close the paper path

42
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 5. SC SECTION

5.3.9 SC pressure arm control


• The SC pressure arm [2] presses paper [3] conveyed from the SC section to neatly stack paper in the clamp
section.

PB-501
• The timing of the movement is detected by the SC paper detection sensor (PS16) [1].

[1]

[2]

[3]

a075t2c045ca

[1] SC paper detection sensor (PS16) [3] Paper


[2] SC pressure arm

(1) Control
1. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the SC paper detection sensor (PS16) detects the paper trailing
edge [1], the SC pressure arm solenoid (SD13) turns On to make the SC pressure arm press paper [2].
2. The SD13 becomes Off to move the SC pressure arm back to its original position [3] after a prescribed time
has passed since the PS2 detected the trailing edge of the paper.
3. The above operations are also performed when a bundle of paper [4] or two paper [5] are conveyed to the
clamp section.

[1] [4] [5]


SC paper detection sensor (PS16)

SC pressure arm solenoid (SD13)

[2] [3]
a075t2c046ca

[1] Trailing edge paper detection [4] Conveyance of a bundle of paper


[2] Pressure arm presses paper [5] Conveyance of two paper at a time
[3] SC pressure arm goes back to its original
position

43
6. CLAMP SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

6. CLAMP SECTION
6.1 Configuration
PB-501

Clamp rotation assy


Reference plate

Clamp alignment
Clamp paper sensor (PS28) plate/Rr
Clamp fixing plate

Book thickness sensor


(PS29)
Clamp pressure plate
Clamp alignment plate/Fr Clamp paper LED (LED21)

a075t2c047ca

44
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 6. CLAMP SECTION

6.2 Drive
A. Clamp drive

PB-501
[7] [8]

[6]

[1]

[5]
[4] [3] [2]
a075t2c048ca

[1] Clamp pressure sensor (PS23) [5] Front side


[2] Clamp pressure plate [6] Clamp motor (M22)
[3] Clamp fixing plate [7] Book thickness sensor (PS29)
[4] Pressure drive plate [8] Clamp HP sensor (PS22)

45
6. CLAMP SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

B. Clamp rotation drive


PB-501

[4] [5] [1]

[3]

[2]

a075t2c049ca

[1] Clamp rotation assy [4] Clamp rotation motor (M23)


[2] Reference plate [5] Clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25)
[3] Clamp rotation HP sensor (PS24)

46
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 6. CLAMP SECTION

C. Clamp alignment drive

PB-501
[4] [1]

[3] [2]
a075t2c050ca

[1] Clamp alignment HP sensor (PS21) [3] Clamp alignment plate/Fr


[2] Clamp alignment plate/Rr [4] Clamp alignment motor (M21)

47
6. CLAMP SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

6.3 Operation
6.3.1 Clamp alignment control
• The clamp alignment motor (M21) drives the clamp alignment plate/Fr and /Rr via the belt in order to line up
PB-501

edges of paper stacked in the clamp section in the main scan direction.
• The main-scan-direction alignment operation is performed when the following paper are set in the clamp
section; all inside paper of the first book, “n” paper of the subsequent books stacked in the SC section, the
next two paper (“n+1”th and “n+2”th paper) of the subsequent books, and “n+3”th and the subsequent
page.

(1) Control
1. Upon receiving a print job, the clamp alignment motor (M21) starts to turn in the reverse direction to move
the clamp alignment plate/Fr and /Rr to the positions 9mm outer than the paper edges [1].
2. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the SC paper detection sensor (PS16) detects [2] the trailing edge
of the first page of the first book, the M21 starts reverse rotation again to perform the main-scan-direction
alignment [3] with the clamp alignment plate/Fr and /Rr.
3. Then, while the FD alignment solenoid (SD11) turns On and paper edges in the sub scan direction are lined
up [4], the M21 turns in the forward direction to move the clamp alignment plate/Fr and /Rr away from the
paper [5].
4. The SD11 is kept On until the sub-scan-direction alignment for the last page of the first book [6] is finished.
When the SD11 turns Off and the pressure toward the papers is released, the M21 starts to turn in the
reverse direction to press the bundle of paper from its front and back sides [8].
5. When the clamp pressure sensor (PS23) turns On and clamping the paper is finished, the M21 starts to turn
in the forward direction to release the paper [9].
6. After a prescribed time has passed since the PS16 detects the trailing edge of the “n” paper [10] stacked in
the SC section, the alignment operations are performed.
7. The alignment operation is also carried out for the two paper (“n+1”th and “n+2”th page) laid one on top of
another [11] at the bypass gate.

[1] [2] [4] [6] [7] [9] [10] [11]

SC paper detection sensor (PS16)

FD alignment solenoid (SD11)


Forward
(open)
Clamp alignment motor (M21)
Reverse
(close)
Clamp alignment HP sensor (PS21)

Clamp pressure sensor (PS23)

[3][5] [8]
a075t2c051ca

[1] Movement of clamp plates in accordance [7] Alignment in sub scan direction is in
with paper size progress
[2] Trailing edge of the first page [8] Pressing a bundle of paper from its front and
[3] Line up edges in main scan direction back
[4] Alignment in sub scan direction is in [9] A bundle of paper is released from the pres-
progress sure
[5] Plates move back to their standby position [10] A bundle of “n” paper
[6] Last page of the first book

48
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 6. CLAMP SECTION

6.3.2 Clamp control


• A bundle of paper stacked in the clamp section is clamped by the clamp fixing plate and the clamp pres-
sure plate.

PB-501
A. Mechanism
1. The gap between the clamp fixing plate [7] and the clamp pressure plate [1] is 45 mm when the clamp HP
sensor (PS22) [6] is On [2].
2. Before applying pressure by the clamp motor (M22), the pressure drive plate [5] is move to the left side.
3. The clamp pressure plate moves together with the pressure drive plate [5].
4. When the clamp pressure sensor (PS23) [4] becomes On after applying pressure to the papers, the clamp-
ing operation is finished [3].

[6] [7]

[1]

[2]

[5]

[3]

[4]
a075t2c052ca

[1] Clamp pressure plate [5] Pressure drive plate


[2] Home position [6] Clamp HP sensor (PS22)
[3] Finish of clamping [7] Clamp fixing plate
[4] Clamp pressure sensor (PS23)

49
6. CLAMP SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

B. Control
1. When alignment of the last page is finished [1] by the clamp alignment motor (M21), the clamp motor (M22)
starts to turn in the reverse direction to close the clamp pressure plate.
PB-501

2. Upon completion of clamping, the clamp pressure sensor (PS23) turns On and the M22 stops [2].
3. After the spine edges of the compressed inside paper is evened up, the cover paper table up down motor /
Fr (M46) and /Rr (M47) lift the cover paper table, and the M22 starts to turn in the forward direction. Then,
the clamp pressure plate opening operation is started [3].
4. The M22 stops when the clamp HP sensor (PS22) becomes Off.

[1] [3] [4]


Forward (open)
Clamp alignment motor (M21)
Reverse (close)

Forward (open)
Clamp motor (M22)
Reverse (close)

Clamp HP sensor (PS22)

Clamp pressure sensor (PS23)

Cover paper table up Forward (up)


down motor
/Fr (M46), /Rr (M47) Reverse (down)

[2]
a075t2c053ca

[1] Clamp pressure plate is closed [3] Clamp pressure plate is opened
[2] Completion of clamping [4] Clamp pressure plate returns to its home
position

50
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 6. CLAMP SECTION

6.3.3 Clamp rotation control


• A bundle of inside papers of a book is clamped and rotated to be glued on its spine.

PB-501
A. Clamp assy angle change/fixing mechanism
• The clamp rotation assy is rotated by the drive force of the clamp rotation motor (M23).
There are three preset tilt angles of the clamp rotation assy as shown below.
Home position: 45 degrees
Clamping: 50 degrees
Glueing: 90 degrees

51
6. CLAMP SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

(1) Angle change mechanism


• The tilt angle of the clamp assy is changed for clamping and glueing as described below.
• When the clamp rotation assy is in its home position and the clamp pressure plate [7] is also in its home
PB-501

position [3], the tab [6] of the pressure plate presses [2] the release cover [4], and the pin [1] of the switch
arm [12] is inserted in the clamp angle stopper notch [11] to stop the rotation of the clamp rotation assy at
the angle for clamping.
• When the clamp rotation assy is in its home position, and the clamp pressure plate is not [5], the switch arm
drops by its own weight as the tab of the clamp pressure plate is not pressing the release cover. Because of
this, the switch arm pin is not inserted in the clamp angle stopper notch, and the clamp rotation assy keeps
rotating until the glue angle stopper notch [10] is inserted over the shaft [8] [9].
• The tilt angle of the clamp assy cannot be changed directly between the clamping angle and the glueing
angle. To change the angle, the assy first needs to go back to the home position to release the stoppers.

[10] [11] [12] [1]


[9]

[8]

[2]

[5] [3]

[7] [6] [4] a075t2c124ca

[1] Pin [7] Clamp pressure plate


[2] Release [8] Shaft
[3] Clamp pressure plate is at its home position [9] Engaging of notch and shaft to stop at glue-
[4] Release bar ing angle
[5] Clamp pressure plate is out of its home [10] Glueing angle stopper notch
position [11] Clamping angle stopper notch
[6] Tab of the clamp pressure plate [12] Switch arm

52
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 6. CLAMP SECTION

(2) Fixing of the clamp rotation assy


• While clamping or glueing is performed, the clamp rotation assy is locked by the corresponding stopper.
Moreover, the clamp rotation motor (M23) [5] rotates the gear [1] 10 degrees [2] to pull the spring [4] apply-

PB-501
ing the spring force to the assy in order to reinforce the fixing state of the assy. The clamp rotation assy is
securely fixed by the operations.
• The clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25) detects that the prescribed pressure is applied to the clamp
rotation assy and becomes On.

[3] [4] [5]

[2]

[1]
a075t2c125ca

[1] Gear [4] Spring


[2] Gear rotates 10 degrees to apply spring [5] Clamp rotation motor (M23)
force to the assy
[3] Clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25)

53
6. CLAMP SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

B. Reference plate opening/closing mechanism


(1) Opening/closing of the reference plate
• The reference plate [5] opens/closes in synchronization with the rotation of the clamp rotation assy [1].
PB-501

1. When the clamp rotation assy stops at the angle for glueing, the release arm [8] presses the reference plate
mounting bracket [6] down by means of , and the reference plate is separated from a bundle of inside
papers. The separation of the reference plate prevents the paper edges from being damaged by the plate
when the clamp rotation assy is upstanding.
2. Further rotation [3] of the reference plate mounting bracket [6] makes the pin [7] go down [2], and the refer-
ence plate is released [4] from the spring [9].
3. The reference plate goes back to its home position by means of the reference mounting bracket [6] which
pushes up the pin [7].
4. While clamping operation is in progress, the reference plate is fixed at the upper position by means of the
spring [10].
5. When the clamp pressure plate returns to its home position, the release arm [8] is pushed up by the tab [11]
of the clamp pressure plate and moved back to its standby position.

[7] [8]
[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[6]
[5]

[8] [12] [11] [10] [8] [7] [9] a075t2c126ca

[1] Clamp rotation assy [7] Pin


[2] Pin of the reference plate goes down [8] Release arm
[3] Rotation of the reference plate mounting bracket [9] Spring (for release)
[4] Release of the reference plate [10] Spring (for applying pressure)
[5] Reference plate [11] Tab of the clamp pressure plate
[6] Reference plate mounting bracket [12] Pin

54
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 6. CLAMP SECTION

(2) Paper guard tabs mechanism for clamping


• The reference plate [6] has paper guard tabs [2] to prevent inside papers [4] from going off the reference
plate while they are clamped [1].

PB-501
• While the reference plate contacts with the stopper, the paper guard tabs are protruding.
• When the reference plate is opened [3], the paper guard tabs are retracted [5] so as not to damage the
paper edges.

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[6] [5]

a075t2c127ca

[1] Clamped [4] Inside papers


[2] Paper guard tabs [5] Paper guard tabs retracted
[3] When the reference plate is opened [6] Reference plate

55
6. CLAMP SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

C. Control
1. Upon receiving of a print job [1], the clamp rotation motor (M23) starts to turn in the reverse direction.
2. The M23 stops when the clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25) becomes On, and the clamp rotation assy
PB-501

is set at the compiling position [2].


3. When clamping of the inside papers by the clamp motor (M22) is finished [3], the M23 starts to turn in the
forward direction to rotate the clamp rotation assy 15 degrees counterclockwise.
4. The M23 stops [4] when the clamp rotation HP sensor (PS24) becomes On. The tilt angle of the gear is 15
degrees when the assy returns to the home position, however, the clamp rotation assy rotates 5 degrees as
the gear has rotated 10 degrees more separately for fixing the assy. As the result, the clamp rotation assy tilt
angle changes from 50 degrees for clamping to 45 degrees (home position). At this time, since the clamp
pressure plate is out of the home position, the pin is free from the clamp angle stopper notch, which allows
the clamp rotation assy to rotate to the glueing angle.
5. After a prescribed time has elapsed, the M23 starts to turn in the reverse direction to rotate the clamp rota-
tion assy clockwise [5].
6. When the PS25 turns On, the assy is fixed by the spring, and the M23 stops [6]. At this time, the gear has
rotated 55 degrees, however, it has rotated 10 degrees more than the clamp rotation assy in order to secure
the assy, the clamp rotation assy rotates 45 degrees clockwise from its home position and becomes upright
state (90 degress).
7. When the clamp paper sensor (PS28) detects [7] that the bundle of paper is released from the clamp, the
M23 starts to turn in the forward direction to return the clamp rotation assy to the home position.
8. The M23 stops [8] when the PS24 becomes On, and the clamp rotation assy stops at its home position (tilt
angle of 45 degrees).At this time, since the clamp pressure plate is in the home position, the pin is engaged
with the clamp angle stopper notch, which allows the clamp rotation assy to rotate to the clamping angle.
9. Then, the M23 starts to turn in the reverse direction [9] to move the clamp rotation assy to the clamping
position [10] and stops when the PS25 becomes On.

[1] [2] [3] [4][5] [7] [8] [9] [10]


Clamp paper sensor (PS28)

Forward (open)
Clamp motor (M22)
Reverse (close)

Clamp HP sensor (PS22)

Forward (release)
Clamp rotation motor (M23)
Reverse (apply
pressure)
Clamp rotation HP sensor (PS24)

Clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25)

[6] a075t2c128ca

56
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 6. CLAMP SECTION

6.3.4 Book thickness detection control


• The book thickness is detected by the book thickness sensor (PS29).
• The detected thickness is used to determine the trimming amount of the cover paper.

PB-501
A. Mechanism
• The clamp pressure plate [1] is moved by winding up the wire [6] .
• When the wire [6] is wound up, the encoder plate [4] rotates.
• The book thickness sensor (PS29) [5] detects and counts how much the encoder scale is rotated.
• The sensor continue the counting until the clamp pressure sensor (PS23) [2] becomes On.

[5]
[4] [6]

[3]

[2] [1]

a075t2c054ca

[1] Clamp pressure plate [4] Encoder scale


[2] Clamp pressure sensor (PS23) [5] Book thickness sensor (PS29)
[3] Clamp HP sensor (PS22) [6] Wire

57
6. CLAMP SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

B. Control
1. When the clamp HP sensor (PS22) switches to On from Off, pulse count by the book thickness sensor
(PS29) is started [1].
PB-501

2. The pulse count is stopped [2] when the clamp pressure sensor (PS23) turns On.
3. During the initial operation at power-ON, the no paper status data is detected and memorized as an initial
data. The book thickness is determined according to the difference.

Forward (open)
Clamp motor (M22)
Reverse (close)

Clamp HP sensor (PS22)

Clamp pressure sensor (PS23)

Book thickness sensor (PS29)

[1] [2]
a075t2c055ca

[1] Count start [2] Count end

58
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 7. PELLET SUPPLY SECTION

7. PELLET SUPPLY SECTION


7.1 Configuration

PB-501
Stirring stick

Pellet remain sensor


(PS36) Stirring comb

Front

Pellet count sensor


(PS37)
Conveyance belt

Shutter

Pellet count
LED (LED32)

Pellet supply arm


a075t2c056ca

59
7. PELLET SUPPLY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

7.2 Drive
A. Pellet supply drive
PB-501

[5] [1]

[4]

[2]

[3]

[1]
a075t2c057ca

[1] Plate cam [4] Stirring comb


[2] Pellet supply motor (M33) [5] Shaking plate
[3] Pellet conveyance belt

60
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 7. PELLET SUPPLY SECTION

B. Pellet supply arm drive

PB-501
[6]

[1]

[2]
[5]

[4]

[3]

a075t2c058ca

[1] Pellet supply arm lower limit sensor (PS39) [4] Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor (PS38)
[2] Shutter [5] Drive arm
[3] Pellet supply arm [6] Pellet supply arm motor (M34)

61
7. PELLET SUPPLY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

7.3 Operation
7.3.1 Pellet supply operation overview
PB-501

• The pellet supply arm [4] is moved above the glue tank [5] to supply pellets [1].
Then the pellets [1] are conveyed by the pellet conveyance belt [2] to drop them into the glue tank.
• The timing to supply pellets into the glue tank is determined by the glue tank temperature sensor/Up (TH2)
provided in the glue tank unit. As the molten glue inside the glue tank decreases, the TH2 surface not
soaked in the glue becomes wider. This finally causes the TH2 temperature lower than a prescribed level,
and it is judged that the glue is getting low and another pellets need to be supplied.
• Checking the TH2 temperature is carried out in the following timing.
a. When the glue tank HP sensor (PS33) becomes On after glueing operation.
• The amount of pellets supplied at a time varies depending on the thickness of the book.

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

a075t2c059ca

[1] Pellet [4] Pellet supply arm


[2] Pellet conveyance belt [5] Glue tank
[3] Shutter

62
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 7. PELLET SUPPLY SECTION

7.3.2 Pellet supply arm control


• The pellet supply arm is activated by the pellet supply arm motor (M34). When the pellet supply arm moves
above the glue tank, the shutter is opened to drop pellets in the glue tank.

PB-501
• Except when supplying pellets, the arm is kept at its home position in order to prevent the arm from the
evaporated glue or radiant heat rose from the glue tank. In this case, the shutter shuts down to stop the
pellets from dropping down by the vibration. They are dropped next time the pellets are supplied.

A. Control
1. When the glue tank temperature sensor /Up (TH2) detects a temperature lower than 132 degrees, the pellet
supply arm motor (M34) starts to turn in the forward direction [1].
2. When the pellet supply arm reaches the pellet supply position (above the glue tank) and the pellet supply
arm upper limit sensor (PS38) becomes On, the M34 stops [2].
3. When a prescribed time has elapsed after a certain number of pellets is counted by the pellet count sensor
(PS37), the M34 starts reverse rotation to move the arm back to its home position [3].
4. When the pellet supply arm reaches the home position and the pellet supply arm lower limit sensor (PS39)
becomes On, the M34 stops.

[1] [2] [3] [4]

Glue tank temperature 132 °C


sensor /Up (TH2)

Forward
Pellet supply
arm motor (M34) Reverse

Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor (PS38)

Pellet supply arm lower limit sensor (PS39)

Pellet count sensor (PS37)

a075t2c060ca

[1] Pellet supply arm motor (M34) forward rota- [3] The arm starts to return to its home position
tion starts [4] The arm is set at its home position
[2] The arm stops at the pellet supply position

B. Pellet supply stopping operation


• When all the inside papers have stacked up, while the pellet supply arm motor (M34) is turning in the for-
ward direction, the M34 reverses the rotation direction to move the pellet supply arm back to the home
position.

63
7. PELLET SUPPLY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

7.3.3 Pellet supply control

A. Mechanism
PB-501

• The pellet conveyance belt, the shaking plate, and the stirring comb are driven by the pellet supply motor
(M33).

(1) Pellet conveyance belt


• The pellets [5] are conveyed by the pellet conveyance belt moved by the motor.
• The conveyance roller [3] presses the pellet conveyance belt [4] by means of the spring force.
• The tension plate [2] is pulled by the spring and applies tension [1] to the pellet conveyance belt in order to
keep the belt in a constant tension while the belt is shaking to convey pellets.

[1]
[5]

[2]

[4]

[3]

a075t2c061ca

[1] Belt tension [4] Pellet conveyance belt


[2] Tension plate [5] Pellet
[3] Conveyance roller

64
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 7. PELLET SUPPLY SECTION

(2) Shaking the pellet conveyance belt


• The pellet supply motor (M33) rotates the plate cam [2] and the rotation force is transmitted to the shaking
plate [1] via the connecting plate [3].Then the introduction roller [5] is driven to shake the pellet conveyance

PB-501
belt [4] in synchronization with the belt rotation movement.

[1] [1]

[2]

[3]
[5]

[4]
a075t2c062ca

[1] Shaking plate [4] Conveyance belt


[2] Plate cam [5] Introduction roller
[3] Connecting plate

65
7. PELLET SUPPLY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

(3) Stirring comb


• The pellets are stirred by the stirring comb which is shaking.
• The pellet supply motor (M33) moves the plate cam [4] in synchronization with the pellet conveyance belt
PB-501

movement, and the cam moves the stirring comb mounting plate [2] up and down via the shaking plate [3]
in order to shake the stirring comb [1].

[1]

[2]

[3]
[4]

a075t2c063ca

[1] Stirring comb [3] Shaking plate


[2] Mounting plate [4] Plate cam

66
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 7. PELLET SUPPLY SECTION

B. Control
(1) Normal operation
1. When the pellet supply arm moves to the pellet supply position and the pellet supply arm upper limit sensor

PB-501
(PS38) becomes On, the pellet supply motor (M33) starts to rotate to start supplying pellets [1] to the glue
tank.
2. The M33 stops to stop the pellet supply operation when a certain number of pellets is counted by the pellet
count sensor (PS37).

[1] [2]

Pellet supply motor (M33)

Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor (PS38)

Pellet count sensor (PS37)

a075t2c064ca

[1] Supplying pellets is started [2] Supplying pellets is finished

(2) When the PS37 does not count the prescribed number of pellets
• When the number of pellets counted by the pellet count sensor (PS37) do not reach the specified amount
within the specified time, the pellet supply motor (M33) stops. At the next pellet supply, the M33 rotates in
reverse direction for three seconds and then starts forward rotation. This prevents the pellets from getting
stuck in the conveyance belt section.

(3) Pellet supply stopping operation


• When all the inside papers have stacked up, while the pellet supply motor (M33) is turning, the M33 stops.

67
7. PELLET SUPPLY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

7.3.4 Pellet supply amount control


(1) Pellet passage detection
• The pellets passed through the pellet supply path are detected by the pellet count LED (LED32) and the
PB-501

pellet count sensor (PS37). (the sensor turns On/Off for every two or three pellets.)

(2) Control
• The amount of pellets to be supplied is calculated as a required number of counts to be counted by the pel-
let count sensor (PS37) based on the glue consumption expected according to the book thickness
detected at the last time.
• When the calculated count is reached, pellet supply is stopped.

7.3.5 Pellet remaining amount detection


• While the pellet supply arm is in the home position turning the pellet supply arm lower limit sensor (PS39)
On, the detection of remaining amount of pellets inside the pellet supply hopper is carried out.
• When the remaining amount of pellets becomes about 300g, the pellet supply hopper is detected as empty.
• When one second has elapsed after the pellet remain sensor (PS36) switches to Off from On, a message to
notify the empty status appears on the main body touch panel.

7.3.6 Pellet supply door opening/closing detection


• The pellet supply door is equipped with the pellet supply door switch (MS1) [1] and the pellet supply door
sensor (PS40) [2].
• When the MS1 is turned Off, a 24VDC supplied to the pellet supply motor (M33) is shut off to stop the motor.
• When the PS40 detects the above status, a message appears on the main body touch panel.

[1]

[2]

[3]

a075c2c130cb

[1] Pellet supply door switch (MS1) [2] Stirring stick


[2] Pellet supply door sensor (PS40)

7.3.7 Stirring stick


• The stirring stick is provided to manually stir the pellets when the pellets are stuck to the lower part of the
pellet supply hopper.

68 1
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 8. GLUE TANK SECTION

8. GLUE TANK SECTION


8.1 Configuration

PB-501
Glue apply position LED Scrape plate Scrape bar
(LED31)

Glue apply
position detection
sensor (PS32)

Glue apply roller

Cover paper
glue roller

Glue tank Glue tank temperature


Glue apply roller
sensor /Up (TH2)
heater (H2)

Glue tank temperature


sensor /Md (TH3) Glue tank temperature
sensor /Lw (TH4)
Glue tank heater (H1)

Timing belt
a075t2c065ca

69
8. GLUE TANK SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

8.2 Drive
A. Glue tank movement drive
PB-501

[5] [6]

[1]

[2]

[4]

[3]
a075t2c066ca

[1] Front side [4] Glue tank HP sensor (PS33)


[2] Glue tank movement limit sensor (PS31) [5] Glue tank movement motor (M31)
[3] Glue tank unit [6] Timing belt

B. Glue apply roller drive

[3] [4]

[1]

[2] a075t2c067ca

[1] Front side [3] Glue apply roller


[2] Glue apply roller motor (M32) [4] Cover paper glue roller

70
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 8. GLUE TANK SECTION

C. Glue apply roller drive

PB-501
[8]

[6] [7]

[5] [2]
[4] [3] [1] a075t2c068ca

[1] Arm [5] Left side view


[2] Front side view [6] Glue apply roller
[3] Glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31) [7] Cover paper glue roller
[4] Glue tank up solenoid /2 (SD33) [8] Glue tank

D. Cover paper glue lifting drive

[5] [6]

[4] [1]
[3] [2] a075t2c069ca

[1] Front side view [4] Left side view


[2] Glue tank base plate [5] Glue apply roller
[3] Cover paper glue up solenoid (SD32) [6] Cover paper glue roller

71
8. GLUE TANK SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

8.3 Operation
8.3.1 Glue tank unit movement control
PB-501

A. Mechanism
• The glue tank unit is moved by the drive force of the glue tank movement motor (M31) transmitted via the
timing belt. The gap [5] between the glue tank HP sensor (PS33) and the center [7] of the inside papers [6]
is 322.5 mm.
• The glue apply position detection sensor (PS32) [3] detects the edge of the inside papers.

[5] [6] [7] [1]

[10]

[2]
[4]

[3]

a075t2c070ca

[1] Front side [5] 322.5 mm


[2] Glue tank movement limit sensor (PS31) [6] Inside papers
[3] Glue apply position detection sensor (PS32) [7] Center of the inside papers
[4] Glue tank HP sensor (PS33)

72
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 8. GLUE TANK SECTION

B. Control
1. When the upright movement of the clamp section is finished turning the clamp rotation pressure sensor
(PS25) On, the glue tank movement motor (M31) starts to turn in the forward direction at high speed to

PB-501
move the glue tank frontward [1]. This operation applies glue to the spine of the inside papers.
2. When the glue tank movement limit sensor (PS31) becomes On after a prescribed time has elapsed since
the PS25 turns On, the M31 pauses [3].
3. Then, the M31 starts reverse rotation at low speed [4] , and the glue apply position detection sensor (PS32)
starts to detect edges of the inside papers.
4. After the PS32 becomes On upon detection of the inside papers edge, the M31 shifts to high speed [5] to
move the glue tank backward applying glue to the spine again.
5. When the glue tank HP sensor (PS33) becomes On after a prescribed time has elapsed since the PS32
turns On, the M31 stops [7].

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6]

Clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25)

High speed
For-
ward Low speed
Glue tank
movement motor
(M31) Reve Low speed
rse
High speed

Glue tank HP sensor (PS33)

Glue tank movement limit sensor (PS31)

Glue apply position detection sensor (PS32)

a075t2c071ca

[1] Clamp rotation assy is upright [4] Shifts to high speed upon detection of edge
[2] Decelerates at the position 2 mm before the of inside papers
limit [5] Decelerates before the home position
[3] Stops at the limit position [6] Stops at the home position

73
8. GLUE TANK SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

8.3.2 Glue apply roller control


A. Mechanism
• The glue apply roller motor (M32) drives the glue apply roller and the cover paper glue roller via the gear.
PB-501

• As the glue apply roller rotates, a 1.5mm-thickness layer of molten glue is formed on the roller’s metal sur-
face due to the viscosity of the glue.

B. Control
• The glue apply roller motor (M32) starts to rotate when the glue tank temperature sensor/Md (TH3) detects
a prescribed temperature *1.
• When the glue applying mode is switched to standby mode, the M32 stops.

*1 Default: 145 degrees C (changeable in the service mode)

74
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 8. GLUE TANK SECTION

8.3.3 Glue tank lifting control


A. Mechanism
• The glue apply roller is lifted to the glue apply position when the glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31) [3] and /2

PB-501
(SD33) [4] become On.
• The arm [5] is activated by the SD31 and SD33 to lift the roller [2], and the glue tank [1] is lifted being
rotated pivoted to the cover paper roller shaft.

[5] [1]

[4] [3] [2] a075t2c072ca

[1] Glue tank [4] Glue tank up solenoid /2 (SD33)


[2] Roller [5] Arm
[3] Glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31)

75
8. GLUE TANK SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

• While the SD31 and the SD33 are On, the gap between the level tangent line [5] of the metal surface [1] of
the glue apply roller and the spine surface [7] of inside papers [6] is about 1 mm *1.
• To secure the strength of the book, the thickness of glue is changed depending on the thickness of the
PB-501

book.
-1050-
The glue thickness is 0.8 mm regardless of the book thickness.

-C6500-
The book thickness is less than 7 mm : The glue thickness is 0.8 mm.
The book thickness is more than 7 mm : The glue thickness is 1.2 mm.
• The scrape plate [2] and the scrape bar [4] scrape off excess glue from the spine of inside papers.
• While the SD31 and SD33 are On, the scrape plate is placed 0.5 mm *2 away from the metal surface of the
glue apply roller.
• While the SD31 and SD33 are On, the scrape bar contacts with the metal surface of the glue apply roller
(0.0mm *2 gap).

*1 The glue application quantity can be adjusted by the mechanical adjustment “Glue apply roller gap adjust-
ment”.
*2 The thickness of molten glue layer to be formed on the roller surface can be adjusted by the mechanical
adjustment “Glue tank positioning”.

[6] [7] [8] [1]

[2]

[5]

[4]

[3]
a075t2c073ca

[1] Metal surface of the glue apply roller [5] Level tangent line
[2] Scrape plate [6] Inside papers
[3] Front side [7] Spine surface
[4] Scrape bar [8] Layer of molten glue

76 1
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 8. GLUE TANK SECTION

B. Control
1. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the clamp section is set at its upright position [1] turning the
clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25) On, the glue tank assy starts movement toward the front side.

PB-501
While the glue tank assy is moving, the glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31) and /2 (SD33) become On to lift the
glue apply roller to apply glue to the spine of inside papers [2].
2. When the glue has applied along the inside paper spine by a length of 5 mm longer than the paper length
during a predetermined time period after the PS25 turns On, the SD31 and SD33 become Off to lower the
glue apply roller [3].
3. Then, the glue tank assy starts to move backward. The second glue application [4] during the backward
movement is activated when the SD31 and SD33 turn On again at the time the glue apply roller passed the
inside paper edge through by 4 mm, which is the timing when a predetermined time has elapsed after the
glue apply position detection sensor (PS32) detects the inside paper edge.
4. During a predetermined time period after the PS32 turns On, the SD31 and SD33 turn Off [5] at the position
the glue apply roller passed trailing edge of the inside paper through by 4 mm.

Note
• The sensors On/Off timing can be changed in the service mode.

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5]


Clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25)

Glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31) , /2 (D33)

Glue apply position detection sensor (PS32)

a075t2c074ca

[1] Clamp rotation assy is upright [4] Glue application during backward move-
[2] Glue application during frontward movement ment
[3] Completion of glue application [5] Completion of glue application

77
8. GLUE TANK SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

8.3.4 Cover paper glue control


A. Mechanism
• The cover paper glue up solenoid (SD32) [5] lifts the cover paper roller side [9] of the glue tank base plate
PB-501

[2].
• The glue tank up solenoid/1 (SD31) [4] and /2 (SD33) [3], which lift the glue apply roller [8] side of the glue
tank, are also attached to the glue tank base plate, and as the result, the whole glue tank assy is lifted.

[8] [9]
[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]
[6]
a075t2c075ca

[1] Glue tank [6] Pivot shaft


[2] Glue tank base plate [7] Left side view
[3] Glue tank up solenoid /2 (SD33) [8] Glue apply roller
[4] Glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31) [9] Cover paper roller
[5] Cover paper glue up solenoid (SD32)

B. Control
-1050-
• The cover paper glue up solenoid (SD32) turns ON/OFF at the same time as the glue tank up solenoid/1
(SD31) and /2 (SD33). However, during backward movement of the glue tank, SD32 turns OFF with a spec-
ified time delay after the SD31 and SD33 turns OFF.
-C6500-
• The control differs depending on the book thickness.

When the book thickness in less than 7 mm,


The cover paper glue up solenoid (SD32) turns ON/OFF at the same time as the glue tank up solenoid/1
(SD31) and /2 (SD33). However, during backward movement of the glue tank, SD32 turns OFF with a spec-
ified time delay after the SD31 and SD33 turns OFF.

When the book thickness in less than 7 mm,


Turns OFF at all times.

78 1
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 8. GLUE TANK SECTION

8.3.5 Glue temperature control

A. Mechanism

PB-501
• The glue tank heater (H1) heats the glue tank bottom to melt the pellets.
• The glue apply roller heater (H2) heats the glue apply roller to keep the glue adhered to the roller surface at
a constant viscosity.

B. Temperature detection
The temperature of the glue apply roller [8] is detected by the glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1) [7], and
that of the glue tank [5] is detected by the glue tank temperature sensor /Up (TH2) [6], /Md (TH3) [3], and /Lw
(TH4) [2].

(1) TH1
• Detects temperature of the center portion of the glue apply roller, and the glue apply roller heater (H2) [9] is
controlled according to the detected temperature.
• The target temperature is 165 degrees C .

(2) TH2
• This sensor is provided on the inner surface of the glue tank, at the position 29 mm above the bottom of the
tank, in order to detect glue level.
• When the glue runs low, the glue surface becomes lower, and finally the TH2 comes out of the glue. This
causes a sudden drop in temperature of the TH2.The temperature drop is detected as a low glue level, and
activates the pellet supply operation.
• The threshold temperature is 132 degrees C.*1

*1 Changeable in the service mode.

(3) TH3
• This sensor is also provided on the inner surface of the glue tank, at the position 15.4 mm above the tank
bottom, to detect the viscosity of the molten glue. According to the detected result, rotating or not rotating
the glue apply roller is determined.
• The threshold temperature is 145 degrees C.*1

*1 Changeable in the service mode.

79
8. GLUE TANK SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

(4) TH4
• The glue tank temperature sensor/Lw (TH4) is provided on the inner bottom surface of the glue tank and
detects temperature of the glue tank heater (H1) [3] to control the heater.
PB-501

• The target temperature is 185 degrees C.

[5] [6] [7] [8]

[1]

[4]

[3] [2] a075t2c076ca

[1] Glue apply roller heater (H2) [5] Glue tank


[2] Glue tank temperature sensor/Lw (TH4) [6] Glue tank temperature sensor/Up (TH2)
[3] Glue tank heater (H1) [7] Glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1)
[4] Glue tank temperature sensor/Md (TH3) [8] Glue apply roller

C. Control
(1) Glue apply roller heater (H2) control
• The H2 is turned On/Off according to a temperature detected by the glue apply roller temperature sensor
(TH1) in order to keep 165 degrees C.
• When the temperature drops/rises 1 degree from the target temperature, the H2 turns On/Off.

(2) Glue tank heater (H1) control


• The H1 is turned On/Off according to a temperature detected by the glue tank temperature sensor/Lw
(TH4) in order to keep 185 degrees C.
• When the temperature drops/rises 1 degree from the target temperature, the H1 turns On/Off.

80
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION

9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION


9.1 Configuration

PB-501
Cover paper empty sensor (PS71)

Cover paper tray fan Pick-up roller

Conveyance roller

Cover paper feed roller

Separation roller

Cover paper tray lift plate


a075t2c012ca

81
9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

9.2 Drive
9.2.1 Cover paper tray lift drive
PB-501

[1] [2]

[7] [8] [3]

[4]

[6] [5] [4]


a075t2c013ca

[1] Cover paper tray lift wire/Fr1 and /Rr1 [5] Cover paper tray lift motor (M73)
[2] Cover paper tray lift wire/Fr2 and /Rr2 [6] One-way gear
[3] Cover paper tray lift plate [7] Lift release coupling gear
[4] Pulley [8] Torque limiting gear (oil damper)

82
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION

9.2.2 Paper feed drive

[4]

PB-501
[1]

[5]

[6] [7] [2]

[8]

[10] [3]

[9]

[13] [12] [11]


a075t2c014ca

[1] PB backside [8] Cover paper separation clutch (MC72)


[2] Backside of cover paper tray [9] Pick-up roller
[3] Center of cover paper tray [10] Cover paper feed roller
[4] Cover paper feed motor (M74) [11] Conveyance roller
[5] Coupling [12] Torque limiter
[6] Cover paper pick up clutch (MC71) [13] Separation roller
[7] Coupling

83
9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

9.2.3 Pick-up drive


PB-501

[2]

[1]

a075t2c015ca

[1] Cover paper pick up solenoid (SD71) [2] Pick-up roller

84
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION

9.3 Operation
9.3.1 Plate up/down control

PB-501
A. Up operation
• The cover paper tray lift plate is lifted with the cover paper tray lift wire wound up around the pulley by the
drive force of the cover paper tray lift motor (M73) [1].

B. Down operation
• When the cover paper tray is pulled out, the coupling gear [4] that transmits the motor drive force from the
motor shaft [2] to the pulley [3] is separated by the release lever [5]. (the lever goes down by its own weight)

[4]

[3]

[2] [1] [5]


a075t2c016ca

[1] Cover paper tray lift motor (M73) [4] Coupling gear
[2] Motor shaft [5] Release lever
[3] Pulley

• The torque limiting gear [1] works only when lowering the cover paper tray lift plate in order to lower the
plate slowly by its own weight.

[1]

a075t2c017ca

[1] Torque limiting gear

85
9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

C. Operation timing
(1) When cover paper is set
• When cover papers are loaded on the tray, the cover paper tray lift motor (M73) starts to rotate to lift the
PB-501

cover paper lift plate.


• The M73 stops when the cover paper tray upper limit sensor (PS74) [1] turns On.
(2) While feeding cover paper
• While cover papers being fed, the PS74 turns Off due to a decrease in stacking height of papers, and the
M73 starts to rotate again.
• The M73 keeps rotating to lift the cover paper lift plate until the PS74 turns On again.

[1]

a075t2c132ca

[1] Cover paper tray upper limit sensor (PS74)

86
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION

9.3.2 Pick-up mechanism


• Picking up the cover paper is activated when the cover paper pick up solenoid (SD71) turns off.

PB-501
A. Control
1. With cover paper feed signal, cover paper feed motor (M74), cover paper pick up clutch (MC71) and cover
paper separation clutch (MC72) turn on, and rotate the pick-up roller which is pressing down the cover
paper with its own weight, and starts the paper feeding of the cover paper [1].
2. When the cover paper conveyance sensor/1 (PS75) is turned on by the leading edge of the cover paper,
M74, MC71, MC72 are temporary turned off, and cover paper feeding is stopped [2].
3. After the specified time, M74, MC71, MC72 are turned back on, and the leading edge of the cover paper is
sent to the cover paper conveyance sensor/2 (PS76), then M74, MC71 are turned off again [3].
4. After the specified time, M74, MC71, MC72 are turned back on, and the leading edge of the cover paper is
sent to the cover paper conveyance sensor/3 (PS77), then M74, MC71, MC72 are turned off again [4].
5. After the specified time, M74, MC71, MC72 and the cover paper pick up solenoid (SD71) are turned on, the
pick up roller is put back to its original position, and the cover paper is conveyed by only the paper feed roller
and the conveyance roller [5].
6. When the leading edge of the cover paper turns the cover paper conveyance sensor/4 (PS78) on, M74,
MC71, MC72, SD71 turn off [6].
7. After the specified time, M74 rotates at high speed, cover paper is conveyed by only the conveyance roller
while MC72 turns on and the next cover paper is sent to the reverse direction to be separated [7].
8. After the back edge of the cover paper has passed the PS76, MC72 and SD71 turn off, and the paper feed-
ing of the first sheet of cover paper completes [8].

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]


High
Cover paper feed speed
motor (M74) Medium
speed
Cover paper pick up clutch (MC71)

Cover paper separation clutch (MC72)

Cover paper pick up solenoid (SD71)

Cover paper conveyance sensor/1 (PS75)

Cover paper conveyance sensor/2 (PS76)

Cover paper conveyance sensor/3 (PS77)

Cover paper conveyance sensor/4 (PS78)

a075t2c018ca

[1] Cover paper supply signal on [6] Conveyed to PS78


[2] Conveyed to PS75 [7] Conveyance of conveyance roller only
[3] Conveyed to PS76 [8] Pick up paper feeding of first sheet of cover
[4] Conveyed to PS77 paper complete
[5] Pick up roller goes back to its original posi-
tion

87
9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

9.3.3 Separation mechanism


• The drive force of the cover paper feed motor (M74) is transmitted to the separation roller [4] via the torque
limiter [3] when the cover paper separation clutch (MC72) [2] is On.
PB-501

• The separation roller [4] is driven in the direction opposite to the cover paper feeding direction. However, the
roller rotates in the same direction with the paper feed direction as long as one sheet of cover paper or no
paper is fed because the friction force between the cover paper feed roller [1] and separation roller [4], or
paper and the separation roller is larger than the torque limited by the torque limiter [3].
• When multi-feed occurs, the separation roller reverses the rotation direction to feed the lower sheet that
contacts with the roller back to the tray because the friction force drops due to the multi-feed and becomes
lower than the torque limited by the torque limiter.

[7] [1]

[6] [2]

[5]
[3]
[4]
a075t2c019ca

[1] Cover paper feed roller [5] Second sheet of cover paper
[2] Cover paper separation clutch (MC72) [6] First sheet of cover paper
[3] Torque limiter [7] Pick-up roller
[4] Separation roller

9.3.4 Paper feed mechanism


• The cover paper feed motor (M74) drives the conveyance roller. Cover papers fed from the feeding section
are conveyed to the conveyance section by the conveyance roller.

88
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION

9.3.5 Air assist mechanism


• The cover paper tray is equipped with the cover paper tray fan/1 (M71) and /2 (M72), which blow air [4] to
the cover papers [3] from the front and back cover paper guides.

PB-501
• Using the tray fans is effective especially when feeding heavy paper or coated paper. However, using them
for plain paper may cause a feeding trouble.

[4]

[1]

[2]

[3] a075t2c020ca

[1] Cover paper tray fan/1 (M71) [3] Cover paper


[2] Cover paper tray fan/2 (M72) [4] Air-blowing

A. Operation timing
• When receiving a print job, cover paper tray fan/1 (M71), /2 (M72) turn on, and after the specified time,
cover paper feed motor (M74) turns on.

9.3.6 Cover paper tray empty detection


• The cover paper empty sensor (PS71) detects an empty status of the cover paper tray.

89
9. COVER PAPER SUPPLY SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

9.3.7 Paper feed assist plate


(1) Purposes
The paper feed assist plates (P/N 56UA4070) can be attached to the pick-up roller to adjust the pressure to
PB-501

cover paper applied from the roller.By changing the number of plates to be attached to the roller depending on
the cover paper type, paper feed accuracy can be improved.
Using the plates is effective especially when feeding coated cover paper or similar type that is likely to stick
tightly causing no-feed trouble.
The paper feed assist plate weighs about 10 g and up to four plates can be attached to one pick-up roller in nor-
mal condition. When the surface of the cover paper is powdery, up to eight plates can be attached. Increase or
decrease the number of plates according to paper type or condition to improve cover paper feed accuracy.

(2) Configuration
The paper feed assist plate package includes the following items.
• [1] Paper feed assist plate: 4 pcs.
• [2] Screw (M3 to M8): 2 pcs.
The above package is provided with the main body. The package is separately available as service part.

[1]

[2]

1050to2312c

90 1
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION


10.1 Configuration

PB-501
Cover paper lift plate/Lt Book exit belt/Fr
Cover paper conveyance
arm/Lt Cover paper Book exit belt/Rr Cover paper
conveyance roller/Lt conveyance roller/Rt
Cover paper sensor/Lt Cover paper align-
ment plate/Rr Cover paper lift
(PS46) plate/Rt

Cover paper
conveyance
arm/Rt

Cover
Cover paper paper sen-
folding plate/Lt sor/Rt
(PS45)

Cover paper
folding plate/Rt

Front
side

Cutter
Cover paper Cover paper table entrance roller
alignment plate/Fr
Cover paper switchback sensor (PS44)

Cover paper table up down belt/ Cover paper table up down belt/Fr_Rr
Rr_Rt

Cover paper table


up down belt/Fr_Lt
Cover paper table
up down belt/
Rr_Lt  Front
side

a075t2c077ca

91
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

10.2 Drive
A. Cover paper table up down/Fr and /Rr drive
PB-501

[6]
[5]

[4]

[1]

[3] [2]
a075t2c078ca

[1] Cover paper table up down belt/Rr_Rt [4] Cover paper table up down belt/Fr_Lt
[2] Cover paper table up down belt/Fr_Rt [5] Cover paper table up down belt/Rr_Lt
[3] Cover paper table up down motor/Fr (M46) [6] Cover paper table up down motor/Rr (M47)

92
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

B. Cover paper alignment drive

[3]

PB-501
[4]

[2]

[1]
a075t2c079ca

[1] Cover paper alignment motor (M41) [3] Cover paper alignment plate/Rr
[2] Cover paper alignment HP sensor (PS41) [4] Cover paper alignment plate/Fr

C. Cover paper conveyance drive

[3] [4] [1]

[2] a075t2c080ca

[1] Cover paper table entrance roller [3] Cover paper conveyance roller/Lt
[2] Cover paper conveyance motor (M45) [4] Cover paper conveyance roller/Rt

93
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

D. Book exit drive

[1]
PB-501

[2] a075t2c081ca

[1] Book exit belt/Fr, /Rr [2] Book exit motor (M42)

94
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

E. Cover paper folding plate/Rt and /Lt drive

PB-501
[8]
[9]

[8]
[1]

[7]

[6]

[2]

[5]

[4] [3] a075t2c082ca

[1] Cover paper folding plate/Rt [6] Cover paper folding plate HP sensor/Lt
[2] Cover paper folding plate HP sensor/Rt (PS49)
(PS48) [7] Cover paper folding plate position sensor
[3] Cover paper folding pressure sensor (PS52) (PS51)
[4] Cover paper folding motor/Rt (M48) [8] Cover paper folding plate/Lt
[5] Cover paper folding plate encoder sensor [9] Cover paper folding motor/Lt (M49)
(PS50)

95
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

F. Cover paper conveyance arm/Rr and /Lt drive


PB-501

[7]
[6]
[1]

[2]
[5]

[4] [3]
a075t2c083ca

[1] Cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [5] Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor/Lt
[2] Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor/Rt (PS43)
(PS42) [6] Cover paper conveyance arm/Lt
[3] Cover paper conveyance arm motor/Rt (M43) [7] Cover paper lift plate/Lt
[4] Cover paper conveyance arm motor/Lt (M44)

G. Cover paper lift drive

[1]

[2] a075t2c084ca

[1] Cover paper lift plate/Rt [2] Cover paper lift solenoid (SD41)

96
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

H. Cutter drive

PB-501
[2] [3]
[4]

[1]
a075t2c085ca

[1] Cutter [3] Cutter end position switch (SW42)


[2] Cutter HP switch (SW41) [4] Cutter motor (M50)

97
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

10.3 Operation
10.3.1 Cover paper table section operation overview
PB-501

1. The cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [4] and /Lt [10] are activated upon receiving of a print job, and they are
pressed against the cover paper conveyance roller/Rt [5] and /Lt [8].
2. When a cover paper is fed [7], alignment operation is carried out by the cover paper alignment plate/Rr and
/Fr [6].
3. After the thickness of inside papers [11] is detected by clamping operation made by the clamp pressure
plate [12], the cover paper is fed backward (switchback) [2].
4. The backward feeding is made to feed the cover paper to the roller cutter assy so that the paper edge pro-
trudes away from the cover paper switchback sensor (PS44) [3] by the trimming amount.
5. The cover paper edge is trimmed by the roller cutter [1] and then the paper is conveyed leftward again.
6. Alignment operation to attach the cover paper to the inside papers is carried out.
7. The cover paper is moved to left and right by the reverse/forward rotation of the cover paper conveyance
roller/Rt and /Lt in order to be positioned properly with reference to the cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46) [9] as
starting point.

[11] [12]

[1]

[2]
[10]

[9]
[8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3]
a075t2c086ca

[1] Roller cutter [7] Cover paper conveyance


[2] Switchback conveyance [8] Cover paper conveyance roller/Lt
[3] Cover paper switchback sensor (PS44) [9] Cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46)
[4] Cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [10] Cover paper conveyance arm/Lt
[5] Cover paper conveyance roller/Rt [11] Bundle of inside papers
[6] Cover paper alignment plate/Rr, /Fr [12] Clamp pressure plate

98
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

8. When the alignment operation of the cover paper completes and CD alignment plate returns to home posi-
tion, the cover paper folding plate/Rt [3] and /Lt [5] are opened [4].
9. When the cover paper on the lifted unit attaches to the spine of inside papers [8], the book spine backing

PB-501
plate [1] presses against the spine to securely attach the cover paper.
10. The cover paper folding plate/Rt and /Lt are moved inward to press [6] the both edge surfaces of the spine
to create the perfect corners. During up and down operation of the cover paper table unit, the cover paper
conveyance arm/Rt [9] and /Lt [7] are moved away from the cover paper so as not to let the paper pulled by
the arms.
11. The pressures to the spine are applied for three seconds for the glue to fully harden.

[7] [8] [9]

[6]

[1]
[5] [4] [3] [2]
a075t2c087ca

[1] Book spine backing plate [6] Apply pressure


[2] Lift of cover paper table unit [7] Cover paper conveyance arm/Lt
[3] Cover paper folding plate/Rt [8] Bundle of inside papers
[4] Opening [9] Cover paper conveyance arm/Rt
[5] Cover paper folding plate/Lt

99
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

12. The cover paper folding plate/Rt and /Lt are opened, and the cover paper table unit is lowered [3].
13. While the cover paper table is going down, the inside papers of the book [7] are held by the clamp pressure
plate [8]. Since the both sides of the cover paper [9] bow, the cover paper lift plate/Lt [5] integrated with the
PB-501

cover paper conveyance arm/Lt [6] supports the left side of the cover paper. The right side of the paper is
supported by the cover lift plate/Rt [2]. The cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [1] is moved away from the
cover paper lift plate/Rt.
14. The book exit belt [4] is moved to the position to receive the book.

[7] [8] [9]

[1]
[6]

[2]

[5]

[4] [3]

a075t2c088ca

[1] Cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [6] Cover paper conveyance arm/Lt
[2] Cover paper lift plate/Rt [7] Book
[3] Going down [8] Clamp pressure plate
[4] Book exit belt [9] Cover paper
[5] Cover paper lift plate/Lt

100
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

15. When the book exit belt is set at the receiving position, the cover paper table unit is lifted again.
16. When lifting the unit is started, the cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [2] and /Lt [3] are folded [1] [4] to keep
them from contact with the clamp section.

PB-501
[4] [1]

[3]

[2]

a075t2c089ca

[1] The arm is folded [3] Cover paper conveyance arm/Lt


[2] Cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [4] The arm is folded

101
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

17. When the book (inside papers) [8] is released from the clamp pressure plate [9], the cover paper table unit is
lowered.
18. At the start of the unit lowering operation, the cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [2], /Lt [7], and the cover
PB-501

paper folding plate/Rt [3], /Lt [4] are returned to their home positions.When the cover paper lift plate/Lt [6]
returns to its home position, it flips the left side of the cover paper up toward the inside papers.
19. The book exit belt [5] is activated after a prescribed time has elapsed since the table unit lowering operation
is started so that the belt starts to move at the same time the book contacts with the belt and the book is
laid down on the belt.

[8] [9]

[1]

[7]

[2]
[6]

[5] [4] [3]


a075t2c090ca

[1] Clamp pressure plate releases the inside [5] Book exit belt
papers [6] Cover paper lift plate/Lt
[2] Cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [7] Cover paper conveyance arm/Lt
[3] Cover paper folding plate/Rt [8] Book
[4] Cover paper folding plate/Lt [9] Clamp pressure plate

102
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

20. The cover paper table unit goes down to its home position, and then goes up until the book exit belt surface
becomes horizontal to the book conveyance belt [3] surface.
21. The book exit belt [1] starts to move again to convey the book [3] on it to the book stock section.

PB-501
[3]

[2]

[1]

a075t2c091ca

[1] Book exit belt [3] Book


[2] Book conveyance belt

103
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

10.3.2 Cover paper conveyance control


A. Mechanism
• The cover paper table entrance roller [3], the cover paper conveyance roller/Rt [5] and /Lt [6] are driven by
PB-501

the cover paper conveyance motor (M45) drive force transmitted via the gear and the belt.
• A cover paper is conveyed being nipped between the driven rollers [9] and [10] provided on the tips of the
cover paper conveyance roller/Rt, /Lt and the cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [1], /Lt [8].
• On the cover paper conveyance path, the cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45) [4], /Lt (PS46) [7] and the cover
paper switchback sensor (PS44) [2] are provided.
• The PS44 is used to position the cover paper to be trimmed.
• PS45 is the starting point of when carrying in cover paper to the up/down cover paper section. Cover paper
is carried in after specified time from when PS45 detected the leading edge of the paper, cover paper stops
and alignment operation is carried out.
• The PS46 is used to position the cover paper to be attached to the spine of inside papers.

[9]
[10]

[8]

[1]

[7] [2]
[6] [5] [4] [3]
a075t2c092ca

[1] Cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [6] Cover paper conveyance roller/Lt
[2] Cover paper switchback sensor (PS44) [7] Cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46)
[3] Cover paper table entrance roller [8] Cover paper conveyance arm/Lt
[4] Cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45) [9] Driven roller/Rt
[5] Cover paper conveyance roller/Rt [10] Driven roller/Lt

104
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

B. Control
(1) When conveying cover paper from the PB cover paper tray
1. Upon receiving of a print job, the cover paper conveyance motor (M45) starts to turn in the forward direction

PB-501
[1].
2. The M45 stops [2] when a prescribed time has elapsed after the cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45) detects the
leading edge of the cover paper.
3. When clamping the inside papers is finished, the book thickness sensor (PS29) detects the last pulse and
the book thickness information is obtained. Then the M45 starts reverse rotation [3] to convey the cover
paper toward the roller cutter assy.
4. The cover paper is conveyed until it reaches the position to be trimmed off by the amount determined
according to the paper size setting and the book thickness information, and the M45 stops [4].
5. When the cutter end position switch (SW42) detects [5] the finish of the cutting operation, the M45 starts for-
ward rotation to convey the cover paper leftward to be aligned.
6. The M45 stops [6] when a prescribed time has elapsed after the PS44 detects the trailing edge of the cover
paper.
7. When the alignment operation by the cover paper alignment motor (M41) is finished [7], the cover paper is
conveyed rightward by the M45 reverse rotation for the next positioning operation.
8. The M45 keeps rotating to position the cover paper properly to be attached to the inside papers until the
cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46), the reference sensor for the positioning, turns Off [8].
9. After a prescribed time has elapsed, the M45 starts forward rotation to convey the cover paper leftward [9]
and stops [10] after the PS46 detects the leading edge of the cover paper.

[1] [2] [3] [4] [6] [7] [9] [10]


Clamp pressure sensor (PS23)
For-
Cover paper alignment
ward
motor (M41)
Rever
se
Cover paper conveyance For-
motor (M45) ward
Reve
rse
Cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45)

Cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46)

Cover paper switchback sensor (PS44)

Cutter end position switch (SW42)

[5] [8] a075t2c093ca

[1] Print start signal is received [5] Trimming is completed


[2] Cover paper conveyance to the cover paper [6] Cover paper stops for alignment
table is finished [7] Cover paper alignment is finished
[3] Starting conveyance toward the roller cutter [8] Cover paper positioning reference search
assy [9] Starting cover paper positioning
[4] Stop at the trimming position [10] Cover paper positioning is completed

105
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

10.3.3 Cover paper trimming control


A. Mechanism
• The cutter motor (M50) drives the roller cutter via the pulley and the wire.
PB-501

• The front side is the home position and the trimming is carried out when the cover paper is moved to the
back side from the front side.

B. Control
1. When the cover paper is conveyed to the trimming position by the cover paper conveyance motor (M45), the
motor stops [1] and the cutter motor (M50) starts forward rotation to start the trimming operation.
2. When the cutter blade cut the paper and reaches the limit position, the cutter end position switch (SW42)
turns On and the M50 stops. At the same time, the M45 starts forward rotation to convey the cover paper.
3. When the conveyance by the M45 is finished [3], the M50 starts to rotate again to make the cutter return to
its home position.
4. When the cutter is set in its home position [4], the cutter HP switch (SW41) becomes On and the M50 stops.

[1] [3]
For-
Cover paper conveyance ward
motor (M45) Rever
se
For-
Cutter motor (M50) ward
Rever
se
Cutter HP switch (SW41)

Cutter end position switch (SW42)

[2] [4] a075t2c094ca

[1] Start of cutting [3] Starting HP return operation


[2] Trimming is completed [4] Cutter is set in its HP

106
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

10.3.4 Cover paper alignment drive


A. Mechanism
• The cover paper alignment motor (M41) drives the cover paper alignment plate/Fr [2], /Rr [5], the book exit

PB-501
belt/Fr [3], and /Rr [4] for changing their positions.
• The cover paper alignment plate/Rr presses the cover paper against the cover paper alignment plate/Fr to
position the cover paper properly, and the alignment accuracy is judged by the cover paper alignment/Fr.

[5]

[4]
[1]

[3] [2]
a075t2c095ca

[1] Cover paper [4] Book exit belt/Rr


[2] Cover paper alignment plate/Fr [5] Cover paper alignment plate/Rr
[3] Book exit belt/Fr

107
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

B. Control
(1) Cover paper trimming mode
1. Upon receiving of a print job [1], the cover paper alignment motor (M41) starts forward rotation to set the
PB-501

alignment parts in the positions for the alignment operation, and stops [2].
2. After the conveyance arm/Rt and /Lt move away from the cover paper conveyance roller/Rt and /Lt by the
cover paper conveyance arm motor/Rt (M43) and /Lt (M44), and the arms stops, the M41 starts forward
rotation to position the cover paper to be trimmed [3].
3. When the cover paper is set at the trimming position with the cover paper alignment plate/Rr and /Fr holding
down the both sides of the paper, the M41 stops [4].
4. The conveyance arm/Rt and /Lt are pressed against the cover paper conveyance roller/Rt and /Lt [5] by the
M43 and M44 drive force. Then the M41 starts reverse rotation to move the cover paper alignment plate/Rr
and /Fr away from the cover paper, and stops.
5. When the cover paper trimming is finished, the cover paper alignment operation [6] to be attached to the
inside papers is performed in the same manner as for the trimming.
6. When positioning the cover paper by the cover paper conveyance motor (M45) is finished, the M41 starts
reverse rotation to perform preparation operation [7] for the next cover paper table lifting operation.
7. The M41 stops [8] when the cover paper alignment HP sensor (PS41) becomes On.

[1] [2]
Cover paper alignment HP
sensor (PS41)
Cover paper For-
alignment motor ward
Rever
(M41)
se
Cover paper For-
conveyance arm ward
motor/Rt (M43) Rever
se
Cover paper con- For-
veyance motor ward
(M45) Rever
se
[5] a075t2c093ca

[1] Print start signal is received [6] Positioning (alignment) cover paper to be
[2] Setting the plates and belts ready for the attached to inside papers
conveyance [7] Starting preparation for cover table lifting
[3] Positioning (alignment) cover paper to be operation
trimmed [8] Alignment-related parts return to its home
[4] Stops at the trimming position position
[5] Returning to the cover paper conveyance
position

(2) Cover paper Not trimming mode


When the sub-scanning direction length of inside papers is over 182 mm, the first positioning operation for trim-
ming is not performed. Only the positioning operation for attaching the cover to the inside papers is performed.
However, when the inside paper is smaller than B5 size, alignment is done twice, once when cover paper is car-
ried in, and the other after leading edge positioning is done.

108
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

10.3.5 Cover paper table up down control


A. Mechanism
• The cover paper table up down motor/Fr (M46) drives the cover paper table up down belt/Fr_Rt [9] and /

PB-501
Fr_Lt [5], and the cover paper table up down motor/Rr (M47) drives the cover paper table up down belt/
Rr_Rt [1] and /Rr_Lt [2].
• The cover paper table upper limit sensor/Fr (PS26) [3] detects that the front side of the cover paper table
that is driven by the M46 reaches the upper limit.
• The cover paper table upper limit sensor/Rr (PS27) [4] detects that the rear side of the cover paper table
that is driven by the M47 reaches the upper limit.
• The cover paper table HP sensor/Fr (PS47) [7] detects that the front side of the cover paper table is in its
home position, and the cover paper table HP sensor/Rr (PS53) [8] detects that the rear side of the cover
paper table is in the home position.

[3] [4]

[1]

[2]

[1] [9]

[5]

[6]

[2] [8] [7] a075t2c097ca

[1] Cover paper table up down belt/Rr_Rt [6] Front side


[2] Cover paper table up down belt/Rr_Lt [7] Cover paper table HP sensor/Fr (PS47)
[3] Cover paper table upper limit sensor/Fr (PS26) [8] Cover paper table HP sensor/Rr (PS53)
[4] Cover paper table upper limit sensor/Rr (PS27) [9] Cover paper table up down belt/Fr_Rt
[5] Cover paper table up down belt/Fr_Lt

109
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

B. Control
1. When applying glue to the spine of inside papers is finished and the glue tank HP sensor (PS33) turns On,
the cover paper table up down motor/Fr (M46) and /Rr (M47) start forward rotation to lift the cover paper
PB-501

table [1].
2. During a prescribed time period after the cover paper table upper limit sensor/Fr (PS26) and /Rr (PS27)
become On, the cover paper is pressed against the spine of inside papers, and then M46 and M47 stop [2].
3. After the book spine ends are neatly folded, the cover paper folding motor/Rt (M48) moves the cover paper
folding plate/Rt away from the book and stops, then, the cover paper table is lowered by the reverse rotation
of the M46 and M47 [3].
4. The M46 and M47 keeps rotating until the cover paper table reaches the position to receive the book, and
they stops [4].
5. When the cover paper alignment motor (M41) drives the book exit belt (attached to the cover paper align-
ment plate/Fr and /Rr) to the position to receive the book, and stops, the M46 and M47 start forward rota-
tion to lift the cover paper table [5].
6. The motors stop [6] when the cover paper table reaches to the position to receive the book.
7. When the clamp HP sensor (PS22) turns On upon completion of opening movement of the clamp pressure
plate (the book is released from the plate), the M46 and M47 starts reverse rotation to lower the cover paper
table [7] to receive the book.
8. The M46 and M47 stop when the cover paper table HP sensor/Fr (PS47) and /Rr (PS53) detect that the
cover paper table reaches its home position.
9. When the book exit motor (M42) drives the book exit belt to convey the book to the predetermined position
and stops, the M46 and M47 starts forward rotation to lift the cover paper table [9].
10. In order to align the surface of the book exit belt with that of the book conveyance belt in the book stock
section, the cover table is lifted by 60 mm and the M46 and M47 stop [10].
11. When the book end sensor (PS61) turns On detecting that the book has exit to the book stock section [11],
the M46 and M47 starts reverse rotation to lower the cover paper table until the PS47 and PS53 become
On, and the motors stop [12].

110
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

[1] [2] [3] [5] [8] [9][10] [12]


Clamp HP sensor (PS22)

PB-501
Glue tank HP sensor (PS33)
For-
Cover paper alignment ward
motor (M41) Rever
se
Cover paper table For-
up down motor/Fr ward
(M46), /Rr (M47) Rever
se
Cover paper table upper limit
sensor/Fr (PS26), /Rr (PS27)
Cover paper table HP sensor/Fr
(PS47), /Rr (PS53)
For-
Cover paper folding ward
motor/Rt (M48) Rever
se
Book exit motor (M42)

Book end sensor (PS61)

[4] [6] [7] [11]


a075t2c098ca

[1] Completion of glue application [7] Starting book receiving operation


[2] Completion of pressing the book spine [8] Stops at the home position
[3] Starting to lower the cover paper table for [9] Starting lifting to the book exit position
preparing book receiving operation [10] Lifting by 60 mm
[4] Standby for receiving book [11] Book exit is finished
[5] Book exit belt movement is finished [12] Returning to the home position
[6] Going up and stopping at the position to
receive book

111
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

10.3.6 Cover paper folding plate control


A. Mechanism
(1) Outline
PB-501

• In order to let the book spin ends to form perfect corners, the cover paper folding motor/Rt (M48) and /Lt
(M49) move the cover paper folding plate/Rt [1] and /Lt [3] respectively inward to press the book spine [6]
from left and right sides with the spine pressed by the book spine backing plate [2].
• The cover paper folding plate/Lt is used as the reference position [4], and the cover paper folding plate/Rt
presses the book against the plate/Lt by means of spring force.
• The standby position of the cover paper folding plate/Lt is 15 mm [5] leftward from the reference position
[4], and that of the cover paper folding plate/Rt is 15 mm [7] rightward from the right end of the book
regardless of the book thickness.

[5] [6] [7] [8]

[3] [2] [4] [1] [3] [2] [1]


a075t2c099ca

112
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

(2) Pressure mechanism


1. The cover paper folding motor/Rt (M48) [5] drives the cover paper folding operation via the gear.
2. The pressure applied to the book is detected by the cover paper folding pressure sensor (PS52) [4].

PB-501
3. The cover paper folding plate encoder sensor (PS50) [6] detects how much the M48 has rotated.

[2] [3] [4]

[1]

[2]

[3]
[4]

[6]

[5]
a075t2c100ca

[1] Cover paper folding plate/Rt [4] Cover paper folding pressure sensor (PS52)
[2] Book [5] Cover paper folding motor/Rt (M48)
[3] Pressure drive plate/Rt [6] Cover paper folding plate encoder sensor (PS50)

113
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

B. Control
1. When the cover paper table up down motor /Fr (M46) and /Rr (M47) start to rise to stick the cover paper to
the book spine and cover paper alignment completes, when the CD alignment plate returns to home posi-
PB-501

tion, the cover paper folding motor /Rt (M48) and /Lt (M49) start forward rotation to move the cover paper
folding plate/Rt and /Lt outward [1].
2. The M49 stops [2] when a prescribed time has elapsed after the cover paper folding plate position sensor (PS51) turns On.
3. The M48 stops [3] when the cover paper folding plate encoder sensor (PS50) has count certain pulses cor-
respond to the book thickness.
4. When the M46 and M47 stop upon completion of pressing the cover paper against the spine of inside papers, the
M48 and M49 start reverse rotation to move the cover paper folding plate/Rt and /Lt inward (toward the book) [4].
5. When the cover paper folding plate/Lt has moved to the reference position during a prescribed time period
after the cover paper folding plate HP sensor/Lt (PS49) turns On, the M49 stops [5].
6. When the cover paper folding pressure sensor (PS52) turns On [6], the PS50 starts to count again until the
pressure plate moves 3 mm pressing the book, and then the M48 stops [7].
7. The M48 and M49 start forward rotation to release the book from the pressure [8].
8. The M49 stops [9] when the cover paper folding plate/Lt reaches its standby position after the PS51 turns On.
9. The M48 stops [10] when the cover paper folding plate/Rt reaches its standby position after the PS50
counted certain pulses.
10. When the M46 and M47 start to rotate to lower the cover paper table, the M48 and M49 start to drive to
return the cover paper folding plates to their home positions [11].

[1] [3] [4] [7] [8] [10] [11]


Cover paper table up For-
down motor/Fr (M46), /Rr ward
(M47) Reve
rse
For-
Cover paper folding ward
motor/Rt (M48) Rever
se
Cover paper folding plate HP
sensor/Rt (PS48)
Cover paper folding plate
encoder sensor (PS50)
Cover paper folding pressure sensor
(PS52)
For-
Cover paper folding ward
motor/Lt (M49) Rever
se
Cover paper folding plate HP sensor/Lt (PS49)
Cover paper folding plate position
sensor (PS51)
[2] [5] [6] [9] a075t2c101ca

[1] Movement to the standby position [7] Stops applying a certain pressure to the book
[2] Cover paper folding plate/Lt stops at the [8] Releasing book after pressing it for a certain
standby position time to harden the glue
[3] Cover paper folding plate/Rt stops at the [9] Cover paper folding plate/Lt stops at the
standby position standby position
[4] Starts to fold cover paper [10] Cover paper folding plate/Rt stops at the
standby position
[5] Cover paper folding plate/Lt stops at the ref- [11] Returning to the home position
erence position
[6] Start to apply pressure to the book

114
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

10.3.7 Cover paper conveyance arm control


A. Mechanism
• The cover paper conveyance arm/Rt [5] and /Lt [9] press/separate the driven rollers [4] [11] against/from the

PB-501
cover paper conveyance roller/Rt [7] and /Lt [8].
• The cover paper conveyance arm/Lt is equipped with the cover paper lift plate/Lt [10] which lifts the left side
of the cover paper to prevent it from being fold while the cover paper alignment plates are moved inward to
attach the cover paper to the inside papers.
• The cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt (M43) and /Lt (M44) drive the cover paper conveyance arm/Rt
and /Lt via the pins [2][14].
• While conveying a cover paper, the pins [2] [14] come off the cutouts [1] [12] of the cover paper conveyance
arms, and the cover paper conveyance roller/Rt and /Lt are pressed against the paper by means of the
spring force [3] [13].
• The cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor/Rt (PS42) [6] and /Lt (PS43) [15] detect that the arms are in
their home positions.The upright positions of the paper cover conveyance arm/Lt and /Rt are their home
positions.

[1]
[14]

[2]

[13]

[3]

[12]
[11]

[10]
[4]
[9]

[5]
[6]

[8]
[7]

a075t2c102ca

115
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

• The table below shows the preset angles of the cover paper conveyance arms for each operation.

Operation Cover paper conveyance arm/Lt Cover paper conveyance arm/Rt


PB-501

[1] [2]
Home position [1] [2] +90 degrees +90 degrees
Cover paper conveyance [3] -30.4 degrees -8 degrees
Cover paper alignment, attachment [4] -29.4 degrees -7 degrees
Temporary lowering of cover paper table +25.4 degrees +41.2 degrees
(for book exit belt preparation) [5]
Re-lifting of cover paper table (to receive -14.1 degrees +15.3 degrees
book) [6]

[1] [5]

[2]
[6]

[4]

[3] a075t2c103ca

[1] Cover paper conveyance arm/Lt [5] Temporary lowering of cover paper table (for
[2] Cover paper conveyance arm/Rt book exit belt preparation)
[3] Cover paper conveyance [6] Re-lifting of cover paper table (to receive
[4] Cover paper alignment, attachment book)

116
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

B. Control
(1) Cover paper trimming mode
1. Upon receiving of a print job [1], the cover paper conveyance arm morot/Rt (M43) and /Lt (M44) start for-

PB-501
ward rotating to make the driven rollers provided on the tips of the arms press against the conveyance roller/
Rt and /Lt, and the motors stop [2].
2. When the cover paper conveyance motor (M45) stops [3] after conveying the cover paper to the cover paper
table, the M43 and M44 start reverse rotation to move the driven rollers away from the paper [4].
3. When the cover paper alignment motor (M41) stops [5] after making the arms press against the both edges
of the cover paper for alignment, the M43 and M44 start forward rotation to hold down the paper with the
driven rollers [6] to prevent the paper from moving.
4. When the cover paper trimming is finished, the cover paper alignment operation [7] to be attached to the
inside papers is performed in the same manner as for the trimming.
5. When a prescribed time has elapsed after the cover paper table is lifted [8] by the cover paper table up down
motor/Fr (M46) and /Rr (M47), the cover paper folding plate/Rt and /Lt start to move inward to fold the cover
paper along the inside papers, and at the same time, the M43 and M44 start reverse rotation to move the
driven rollers away from the paper [9].
6. When the cover paper table starts temporary lowering to prepare for receiving the book by means of the
M46 and M47 drive forces, the M43 and M44 start reverse rotation [10] to support the both sides of the
cover paper with the cover paper lift plate/Lt and /Rt. This prevents the cover paper from being unexpect-
edly folded by the cover paper alignment plate/Fr and /Rr.
7. When the M41 stops [11] after setting the book exit belt/Fr and /Rr at the book receiving position, the cover
paper table starts to move upward again, and at the same time, the M43 and M44 start forward rotation to
move the arms so that they do not contact with the clamp section.
8. When the cover paper table starts to move downward receiving the book, the M43 and M44 drives the arms
to return them to the home positions [13].

117
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

[1] [2] [3] [5] [7] [9] [11][12][13]

For-
PB-501

Cover paper alignment ward


motor (M41) Rever
se
For-
Cover paper conveyance ward
arm motor/Rt (M43) Rever
se
Cover paper conveyance arm HP
sensor/Rt (PS42)
For-
Cover paper conveyance ward
arm motor/Lt (M44) Rever
se
Cover paper conveyance arm HP sen-
sor/Lt (PS43)
For-
Cover paper conveyance ward
motor (M45) Rever
se
Cover paper table up For-
ward
down motor/Fr (M46), /Rr Reve
(M47) rse
[4] [6] [8] [10] a075t2c104ca

[1] Print start signal is received [8] Starting lifting the cover paper table
[2] Driven rollers are pressed against the con- [9] Driven rollers release the paper for cover
veyance rollers paper folding operation
[3] Cover paper conveyance is completed [10] Temporary lowering of the cover paper table
[4] The driven rollers release the paper [11] Book exit belt is set to standby
[5] Positioning (alignment) cover paper to be [12] Moving the arms to avoid contact with
trimmed is finished clamp section
[6] Driven rollers are pressed against the paper [13] Returning to the home position
[7] Positioning (alignment) cover paper to be
attached to inside papers

(2) Cover paper Not trimming mode


When the sub-scanning direction length of inside papers is over 182 mm, the first positioning operation for trim-
ming is not performed. Only the positioning operation for attaching the cover to the inside papers is performed.
However, when the inside paper is smaller than B5 size, alignment is done twice, once when cover paper is car-
ried in, and the other after leading edge positioning is done.

118
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

10.3.8 Cover paper lifting (supporting) control


A. Mechanism
• The cover paper lift plate/Rt is activated by the cover paper lift solenoid (SD41).

PB-501
• The cover paper lift plate/Rt supports the right side of the cover paper to prevent it from bowing downward
and being unexpectedly folded when the cover paper table is temporary lowered for setting the book exit
belt at the standby position.

B. Control
1. When the cover paper table up down motor/Fr (M46) and /Rr (M47) stop after lowering the table for setting
the book exit belt at the standby position, the cover paper lift solenoid (SD41) is activated to move the cover
paper lift plate in order to support the right side of the cover paper.
2. The SD41 turns Off when the cover paper alignment motor (M41) stops after setting the book exit belt at the
standby position.

For-
ward
Cover paper alignment motor
(M41) Rever
se

For-
ward
Cover paper table up down motor/
Fr (M46), /Rr (M47)
Reve
rse

Cover paper lift solenoid (SD41)

[1] [2]
a075t2c105ca

[1] Supporting cover page with the cover lift [2] Ending supporting cover paper
plate

119
10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

10.3.9 Book exit control


A. Mechanism
• The book exit motor (M42) drives the book exit belt/Fr and /Rr.
PB-501

B. Control
1. After the cover paper is folded along the inside papers, the cover paper table up down motor/Fr (M46) and /
Rr (M47) start reverse rotation to lower the cover paper table [1].
2. When the book spine corner touches the book exit belt surface (when a prescribed time has elapsed after
the table starts to go down), the book exit motor (M42) starts to rotate at low speed so that the book is
slowly laid down on the belt [2].
3. When a prescribed time has elapsed after starting the rotation, the M42 stops [3].
4. The M42 starts high-speed rotation to exit the book [4] toward the book stock section when the M46 and
M47 have moved the cover paper table upward by 60 mm so that the book exit belt horizontally aligns with
the book conveyance belt in the book stock section.
5. The M42 stops [5] when the book end sensor (PS61) turns On detecting that the book has conveyed to the
book stock section.

For-
Cover paper table up
ward
down motor/Fr (M46), /Rr
(M47)
Reve
rse

Book exit motor (M42)

Book end sensor (PS61)

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5]


a075t2c106ca

[1] Cover paper table goes down to convey the [3] Temporary stop of M42
book to the belt [4] Exiting book toward the stock section
[2] Receiving the book [5] Completion of exiting book

120
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 10. COVER PAPER TABLE SECTION

10.3.10 Waste paper control


• The waste box full sensor (PS80) [1] detects a full status of the waste box by receiving a light reflected off
the waste paper in the box.

PB-501
• The waste box set sensor (PS81) [2] is provided to detect whether the waste box is properly set or not. The
actuator of the waste box activates the sensor.

[2]

[1]

a075t2c107ca

[1] Waste box full sensor (PS80) [2] Waste box set sensor (PS81)

121
11. BOOK STOCK SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

11. BOOK STOCK SECTION


11.1 Configuration
PB-501

Book end sensor (PS61) Book load limit sensor (PS65)

Book upper limit


LED (LED61)
Book conveyance
arm/Rr
Book convey-
ance arm/Fr
Book guide/Rr
Book guide/Fr Book conveyance
belt/Rr

Book convey-
ance belt/Fr

Book sensor/2
(PS67)

Book sensor/1 (PS66) Book stopper

Book movement belt


a075t2c108ca

122
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 11. BOOK STOCK SECTION

11.2 Drive
A. Book conveyance drive

PB-501
[11]

[10] [1]

[2]

[3]

[9]
[4]
[8]
[7]

[6] [5]
a075t2c109ca

[1] Book conveyance belt movement motor [7] Book conveyance arm/Fr
(M62) [8] Guide shaft/Rt
[2] Book conveyance arm/Rr [9] Guide shaft/Lt
[3] Book guide/Rr [10] Timing belt
[4] Book conveyance belt/Rr [11] Book conveyance belt movement HP sen-
[5] Book conveyance belt/Fr sor (PS62)
[6] Book guide/Fr

123
11. BOOK STOCK SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

B. Book conveyance belt drive


PB-501

[3] [1]

[2]

a075t2c110ca

[1] Book conveyance belt/Rr [3] Book conveyance belt motor (M61)
[2] Book conveyance belt/Fr

124
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 11. BOOK STOCK SECTION

C. Book conveyance up down drive

PB-501
[5]

[4]

[1]
[3]

[2]

a075t2c111ca

[1] Book conveyance belt up down motor [3] Book lift wire/Fr
(M63) [4] Guide shaft/Lt
[2] Guide shaft/Rt [5] Book lift wire/Rr

125
11. BOOK STOCK SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

D. Book movement drive


PB-501

[2] [3] [1]

a075t2c112ca

[1] Book movement motor (M64) [2] Book movement belt

E. Book stopper drive

[1]

[4]

[3] [2]

a075t2c113ca

[1] Book stopper [3] Front side


[2] Book stopper HP sensor (PS68) [4] Book stopper motor (M65)

126
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 11. BOOK STOCK SECTION

11.3 Operation
11.3.1 Book stock section operation overview

PB-501
1. Upon receiving of a print job, the book conveyance arm/Fr and /Rr [3] and the book stopper [1] are moved to
the positions correspond to the selected paper size.
2. The book conveyance belt [5] is driven in synchronization with the drive of the book exit belt [6] in the cover
paper table section, and the conveyance belt receives the book from the exit belt.
3. The book guide/Fr and /Rr [4] are moved to the positions where they contact with the book side edges to
align the book.
4. The book is conveyed downward until it reaches to the position to be stacked.
5. The book conveyance arm/Fr and /Rr are opened to drop the book onto the book movement belt [3].

[4] [5]

[6]

[3] [2] [1]


a075t2c114ca

[1] Book stopper [4] Book guide/Fr, /Rr


[2] Book conveyance arm/Fr, /Rr [5] Book conveyance belt
[3] Book movement belt [6] Book exit belt

127
11. BOOK STOCK SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

6. When books have been stacked to the upper limit, the stack of books [1] is moved to the second row [3] by
the book movement belt [2], then, stacking the subsequent books in the first row is continued.
PB-501

[4]

[3]

[2] [1]
a075t2c115ca

[1] Stack of books at the first row [3] Second row


[2] Book movement belt

128
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 11. BOOK STOCK SECTION

11.3.2 Book conveyance & movement control


A. Mechanism
• The book conveyance belt movement motor (M62) [1] drives the book movement arm/Fr [8] and /Rr [2] via

PB-501
the timing belt.
• The book movement arm/Fr and /Rr move in the main scan direction along the guide shaft/Rt [5] and /Lt [9].
• The book conveyance belt movement HP sensor (PS62) is provided to detect whether the arms in their
home position or not.
• The guide shaft/Fr and /Rr are moved up or down by the book conveyance belt up down motor (M63).
• The book movement arm/Fr and /Rr include the book conveyance belt/Fr [6], /Rr [3], and the book guide/Fr
[7], /Rr [4].
• Registration regulating plate/Fr [7], /Rr [4] slides along the guide shaft/Rt [5], /Lt [9].

[9] [10] [11] [1]

[2]

[3]

[8] [7] [6] [5] [4]


a075t2c116ca

[1] Book conveyance belt movement motor [7] Book guide/Fr


(M62) [8] Book movement arm/Fr
[2] Book movement arm/Rr [9] Guide shaft/Lt
[3] Book conveyance belt/Rr [10] Timing belt
[4] Book guide/Rr [11] Book conveyance belt movement HP sen-
[5] Guide shaft/Rt sor (PS62)
[6] Book conveyance belt/Fr

129
11. BOOK STOCK SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

(1) Operation
1. When receiving a book from the cover paper table section [1], the book movement arm/Fr [6] and /Rr [11]
are moved to the positions correspond to the book size, and the book guide/Fr [7] and /Rr [10] are set at the
PB-501

positions 17 mm outer the book edges [9].


2. Then the book guides are moved inward to the positions 2 mm away from the book edges to align the book
to be stacked.
3. When the book is conveyed downward to the position to be stacked, the book movement arm/Fr [6] and /Rr
[10] are moved outward to drop the book [3].

[10] [9] [8] [7]


[6]
[11]

[1]

[5]

[2]

[3]

[4] a075t2c118ca

[1] Standby/receiving book [6] Book movement arm/Fr


[2] Aligning the book and conveying it down- [7] Book guide/Fr
ward [8] Gap between the book edge and the guide
[3] Releasing the book is 17 mm in the standby status
[4] Book drops [9] Book
[5] Gap between the book edge and the guide [10] Book guide/Rr
is 2 mm during alignment [11] Book movement arm/Rr

130
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 11. BOOK STOCK SECTION

B. Control
1. Upon receiving of a print job [1], the book conveyance belt movement motor (M62) starts forward rotation to
move the book movement arm/Fr and /Rr to the positions correspond to the book size [2].

PB-501
2. When the book end sensor (PS61) turns On [3], the M62 starts forward rotation again to move the book
guide/Fr and /Rr inward until the gap between the guides and book edges become 2 mm to perform align-
ment [4].
3. When the book conveyance belt lower limit sensor (PS64) turns On [5], the M62 starts reverse rotation to
move the arms to home position and stops [6]. However, when there are subsequent books, book convey-
ance assy moves the book movement arms to standby position after returning to the upper limit home posi-
tion.
4. After releasing the book, the M62 reverse rotation is continued until the arms stop at their home positions [7]
turning On the book conveyance belt movement HP sensor (PS62).

[1] [2] [3] [6]

Book end sensor (PS61)


For-
Book conveyance belt ward
movement motor (M62) Rever
se
Book conveyance belt movement HP
sensor (PS62)
Book conveyance belt lower limit
sensor (PS64)
[4] [5] [7]
a075t2c119ca

[1] Print start signal is received [5] Start to move the arms to their standby
[2] Stop the arms at the positions correspond position
to the book size [6] Stopping at the standby position
[3] Receiving the book is completed [7] Returning to the home position
[4] Guides stop at the positions for alignment

131
11. BOOK STOCK SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

11.3.3 Book conveyance belt control


A. Mechanism
• The book conveyance belt motor (M61) drives the book conveyance belt.
PB-501

• The book conveyance belt/Fr [2] and /Rr [1] receive the book conveyed from the cover paper table section.
• The completion of the receiving operation is detected by the book end sensor (PS61) [3] that turns On by
being pressed by the book.

[3]

[2]
[1]

a075t2c120ca

[1] Book conveyance belt/Rr [3] Book end sensor (PS61)


[2] Book conveyance belt/Fr

B. Control
1. The book conveyance belt motor (M61) starts to drive upon starting of the book exit motor (M42) to receive
the book [1] conveyed from the cover paper table section.
2. The M61 stops [2] when the book end sensor (PS61) turns ON.

Book exit motor (M42)

Book conveyance belt motor (M61)

Book end sensor (PS61)

[1] [2]
a075t2c121ca

[1] Book conveyance belt drive [2] Receiving the book is completed

132
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 11. BOOK STOCK SECTION

11.3.4 Book conveyance up down control


A. Mechanism
• The book conveyance assy [5] is moved up and down with the book lift wire/Fr [4] and /Rr [3] driven by the

PB-501
book conveyance belt up down motor (M63) [1].
• The book conveyance belt HP sensor (PS63) [6] detects whether the book conveyance assy is at its upper
limit home position or not. The book conveyance belt lower limit sensor (PS64) [2] provided at the bottom of
the book movement arm/Rr detects whether the book conveyance assy is at its lower limit position (top
surface of the stacked books or the movement belt position).

[1]

[6]

[5]
[2]

[3]

[4]

a075t2c122ca

[1] Book conveyance belt up down motor [3] Book lift wire/Rr
(M63) [4] Book lift wire/Fr
[2] Book conveyance belt lower limit sensor [5] Book conveyance assy
(PS64) [6] Book conveyance belt HP sensor (PS63)

133
11. BOOK STOCK SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

B. Control
1. When the book alignment driven by the book conveyance belt movement motor (M62) is finished, the book
conveyance belt up down motor (M63) starts forward rotation to lower the book conveyance assy [1].
PB-501

2. The M63 stops when the book conveyance belt lower limit sensor (PS64) turns On [2].
3. When the M62 stops [3], the M63 starts reverse rotation to lift the book conveyance assy.
4. The M63 stops [4] when the book conveyance belt HP sensor (PS63) detects that the assy reaches its
upper home position.

[1] [3]
For-
Book conveyance belt move- ward
ment motor (M62) Rever
se
For-
Book conveyance belt up down ward
motor (M63) Rever
se
Book conveyance belt HP sensor (PS63)

Book conveyance belt lower limit sensor (PS64)

[2] [4]
a075t2c123ca

[1] Book conveyance assy starts to go down [3] Releasing book is completed
[2] Stopping at the book release position [4] Returning to the home position

134
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 11. BOOK STOCK SECTION

11.3.5 Book movement control


A. Mechanism
• The book movement motor (M64) drives the book movement belt.

PB-501
• The belt moves the first row of books to the second row.

B. Control
(1) During printing
• The book movement motor (M64) is allowed to drive only when the book sensor/2 (PS67) is Off (no stack of
books exist at the second row).
• When the book load limit sensor (PS65) detects that books has been stacked up to the limit at the first row,
the M64 starts to drive the belt and stops when the PS67 turns On.

(2) Book manual movement


• The book sensor/1 (PS66) is On. The book movement motor (M64) is allowed to drive only when the book
sensor/2 (PS67) is Off.
• When the book movement button is turned On, the book movement motor (M64) starts to drive the belt,
and stops when the PS67 turns On.

135
11. BOOK STOCK SECTION Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

11.3.6 Book stopper control


A. Mechanism
• The book stopper supports the stacked books to prevent them from falling down.
PB-501

• The book stopper motor (M65) drives the book stopper.


• The book stopper HP sensor (PS68) detects whether the book stopper is at is home position or not.

B. Control
• Upon receiving of a print job, the book stopper motor (M65) starts forward rotation to move the stopper to
the position correspond to the book size.
• When the job is finished, the M65 starts reverse rotation to return the stopper to its home position, and the
motor stops when the book stopper HP sensor (PS68) turns On.

11.3.7 Book full status detection control


• When books have been stacked up to the limit at the first row, the full-status is detected by the book load
limit sensor (PS65) and notified by the book upper limit LED (LED61).
• Since any light to the PS65 is blocked while the book conveyance assy is moving up or down, the PS65
status is checked only while the book conveyance belt HP sensor (PS63) is On.
• Even when the PS65 is not detecting the full-status, continuing stacking books cannot be made under the
following conditions.
(1) When stacked books size is the same
Book thickness is classified into three levels; a, b, and c, and allowable number of books to be stacked is
determined according to the combination of a, b, and c as shown in the table below.
Book a: 10 to 30 sheets
Book b: 31 to 150 sheets
Book c: 151 to 300 sheets
Mixing more than two among the a, b, and c-level books in one stack is not allowed.
Books already stacked Books to be stacked over
Book a Book b Book c
Book a 50 copies in total (30 - a) copies (20 - a) copies
Book b (35 - b) copies 35 copies in total (20 - b) copies
Book c 30 copies 30 copies Until detected by
PS65

*Stacking more books is stopped when the result of the calculations shown in the table become negative
value.
*Stacking more books is stopped when the PS65 detects full status even when the result of the calculations
is positive.

(2) When stacked books is deffrent


Only one book is stacked on the books already stacked at the 1st row, the stacked books are move to the
2nd raw, then the succeeding books are stacked on the empty place of the 1st row.

136 1
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 12. OTHERS

12. OTHERS
12.1 Fan control

PB-501
1. Configuration

[1]

[3]

[2]
a075t2c129ca

[1] Exhaust fan/1 (M80) [3] Pellet supply cooling fan motor (M4)
[2] Exhaust fan/2 (M81)

A. Pellet supply cooling fan motor (M4)


(1) Purposes
• The fan cools the air above the molten glue surface in the glue tank in order to maintain a temperature dif-
ferential to molten glue. This allows the glue tank temperature sensor/Up (TH2) to detect a drop in temper-
ature precisely when it comes out of the molten glue that is getting low in order to notify that pellets need to
be supplied.

(2) On timing
• The M4 turns On upon completion of warm-up of the glue tank.
• The M4 turns On when the temperature sensor/Md (TH3) detects the temperature around the middle in the
glue tank is higher than the preset temperature.

(3) Off timing


• The M4 turns Off when the temperature sensor/Md (TH3) detects the temperature around the middle in the
glue tank is lower than the preset temperature.

137
12. OTHERS Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007

B. Exhaust fan/1 (M80), /2 (M81)


(1) Purposes
• The fans are provided to prevent an excessive increase in temperature inside the PB-501 exhausting air and
PB-501

deodorize.

(2) On timing
• The M80 and M81 turn On upon completion of warm-up of the glue tank.
• The M80 and M81 turn On when the temperature sensor/Md (TH3) detects the temperature around the
middle in the glue tank is higher than the preset temperature.

(3) Off timing


• The M80 and M81 turn Off when the temperature sensor/Md (TH3) detects the temperature around the
middle in the glue tank is lower than the preset temperature.

138
Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007 12. OTHERS

12.2 Door opening/closing control


• When the front door, upper door, and stacker door are opened with the front door switch (MS2), upper door

PB-501
switch (MS3), and stacker door switch (MS4) [3] turned Off, a 24 VDC/2 (DCPU/2) supply is shut down to
stop all operations instantly.
• When the pellet supply door is opened with the pellet supply door switch (MS1) turned Off, the pellet supply
motor (M33) is stopped instantly.
• During initialization and printing operations, the front door lock solenoid (SD80), book door solenoid (SD61)
turn on, and disables the stacker door to open/close. During idling, jam occurrence or in service mode,
SD80 and SD61 turn off and open/close of the front door is enabled.
• A message is displayed in the touch panel when the stacker door sensor (PS57) switches from on to off.

[1]

[2]

[3]

a075t2c131ca

[1] Book door solenoid (SD61) [3] Stacker door switch (MS4)
[2] Stacker door sensor (PS57)

139
12. OTHERS Theory of Operation Ver.2.0 Nov.2007
PB-501

Blank page

140
© 2007 KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Printed in Japan
Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid
CCA03U-M-TE3
disclosure of confidential information.
SERVICE MANUAL Field Service

C6500/C6500P/
C5500

2007.11
Ver. 3.0
FIELD SERVICE TOTAL CONTENTS

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS ..............................................................S-1


IMPORTANT NOTICE ................................................................................................S-1
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION .........................S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS .................................................................................................S-2
SAFETY INFORMATION ...............................................................................................S-13
IMPORTANT NOTICE ..............................................................................................S-13
INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE .....................................................S-14
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT ....................................................S-16
Legal restrictions on copying .......................................................................................... C-1
Composition of the service manual ................................................................................. C-2
Notation of the service manual ....................................................................................... C-3

bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500


OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE............................................................................................................ 13
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ........................................................................................... 241
TROUBLESHOOTING................................................................................................ 507
APPENDIX.................................................................................................................. 601
* For particulars, see the contents of the main body.

DF-609
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 17
* For particulars, see the contents of DF-609.

PF-601/HT-504
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 45
* For particulars, see the contents of PF-601/HT-504.

LU-202/HT-503
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 29
* For particulars, see the contents of LU-202/HT-503.

RU-503/504
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
* For particulars, see the contents of RU-503/504.

i
FD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 49
* For particulars, see the contents of FD-501.

LS-501/502
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 23
* For particulars, see the contents of LS-501/502.

FS-503
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 39
* For particulars, see the contents of FS-503.

FS-520/607
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 7
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 41
* For particulars, see the contents of FS-520/607.

PI-502
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 11
* For particulars, see the contents of PI-502.

PK-512/513
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................... 9
* For particulars, see the contents of PK-512/513.

SD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 9
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 67
* For particulars, see the contents of SD-501.

ii
PB-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 77
* For particulars, see the contents of PB-501.

iii
Blank Page

iv
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS


Read carefully the Safety and Important Warning Items described below to understand
them before doing service work.

IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as
the risk of damage to the product, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter
called the KMBT) strongly recommends that all servicing be performed only by KMBT-
trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this product to improve its performance after this Service
Manual was printed. Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that
the information contained in this Service Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to
the product while servicing the product for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the
course of technical training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of
the product properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.

DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER,


WARNING AND CAUTION
In this Service Manual, each of three expressions " DANGER", " WARNING", and
" CAUTION" is defined as follows together with a symbol mark to be used in a limited
meaning.
When servicing the product, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment,
repair, maintenance, etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.

DANGER: Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury

WARNING: Action having a possibility of suffering death or serious injury

CAUTION: Action having a possibility of suffering a slight wound, medium


trouble and property damage

Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:

:Precaution when using the


copier. General Electric hazard High
precaution temperature

:Prohibition when using the


copier. General Do not touch Do not
prohibition with wet hand disassemble

:Direction when using the


copier. General Unplug Ground/Earth
instruction

S-1
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY WARNINGS
[1] MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA
BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Konica Minolta brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is
achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network.
Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical,
physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving
at proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unauthorized modifications involve
a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore
strictly prohibited. The points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reason-
ing behind this policy.

Prohibited Actions

DANGER
• Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.

• Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT.


Safety will not be assured, leading to a risk of fire and
injury.

• Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with


wire, metal clips, solder or similar object.

• Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between


relay contacts)

• Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.)


Safety will not be assured, leading to a risk of fire and
injury.

• Making any modification to the product unless instructed


by KMBT

• Using parts not specified by KMBT

S-2
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

[2] POWER PLUG SELECTION


In some countries or areas, the power plug provided with the product may not fit wall outlet
used in the area. In that case, it is obligation of customer engineer (hereafter called the CE)
to attach appropriate power plug or power cord set in order to connect the product to the
supply.

Power Cord Set or Power Plug

WARNING
• Use power supply cord set which meets the following
criteria:
AC230V
- provided with a plug having configuration intended for
the connection to wall outlet appropriate for the prod-
uct's rated voltage and current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- provided with three-conductor cable having enough cur-
rent capacity, and
AC208V 240V
- the cord set meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to fire or electric shock.
• Attach power plug which meets the following criteria:
- having configuration intended for the connection to wall
outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and
current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to the product connect-
ing to inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity,
grounding), and may result in fire or electric shock.

• Conductors in the power cable must be connected to ter-


minals of the plug according to the following order:
• Black or Brown: L (line)
• White or Light Blue: N (neutral)
• Green/Yellow: PE (earth)
Wrong connection may cancel safeguards within the
product, and results in fire or electric shock.

S-3
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

[3] CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE


Konica Minolta brand products are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all
applicable safety standards are met, in order to protect the customer and CE from the risk
of injury. However, in daily use, any electrical equipment may be subject to parts wear and
eventual failure. In order to maintain safety and reliability, the CE must perform regular
safety checks.

1. Power Supply

Connection to Power Supply

WARNING
• Check that mains voltage is as specified.
Connection to wrong voltage supply may result in fire or
electric shock. ?V

• Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same


configuration as the plug.
Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to kw
inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity,
grounding), and may result in fire or electric shock.
If proper wall outlet is not available, advice the customer
to contact qualified electrician for the installation.
• Plug the power cord into the dedicated wall outlet with a
capacity greater than the maximum power consumption.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may
result.

• If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall


outlet, the total load must not exceed the rating of the wall
outlet.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may
result.

• Make sure the power cord is plugged in the wall outlet


securely.
Contact problems may lead to increased resistance,
overheating, and the risk of fire.

S-4
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Connection to Power Supply

WARNING
• Check whether the product is grounded properly.
If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded product, you
may suffer electric shock while operating the product.
Connect power plug to grounded wall outlet.

Power Plug and Cord

WARNING
• When using the power cord set (inlet type) that came with
this product, make sure the connector is securely inserted
in the inlet of the product.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with
the fixture properly.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not connected to the prod-
uct securely, a contact problem may lead to increased
resistance, overheating, and risk of fire.

• Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or


pinched by a table and so on.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.

• Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check


whether the sheath is damaged.
If the power plug, cord, or sheath is damaged, replace
with a new power cord or cord set (with plug and connec-
tor on each end) specified by KMBT.
Using the damaged power cord may result in fire or elec-
tric shock.

• Do not bundle or tie the power cord.


Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.

S-5
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Power Plug and Cord

WARNING
• Check whether dust is collected around the power plug
and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing
dust may result in fire.

• Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet
hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.
• When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the
cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and
electric shock.

Wiring

WARNING
• Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords
in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.

• When an extension cord is required, use a specified one.


Current that can flow in the extension cord is limited, so
using a too long extension cord may result in fire.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken
up. Fire may result.

S-6
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

2. Installation Requirements

Prohibited Installation Places

WARNING
• Do not place the product near flammable materials or vola-
tile materials that may catch fire.
A risk of fire exists.

• Do not place the product in a place exposed to water such


as rain.
A risk of fire and electric shock exists.

When not Using the Product for a long time

WARNING
• When the product is not used over an extended period of
time (holidays, etc.), switch it off and unplug the power
cord.
Dust collected around the power plug and outlet may
cause fire.

Ventilation

CAUTION
• The product generates ozone gas during operation, but it
will not be harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases,
ventilate the room.
a. When the product is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple products at the same time

Fixing

CAUTION
• Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the product may
slide, leading to a injury.

S-7
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

3. Servicing

Inspection before Servicing

CAUTION
• Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant docu-
mentation (service manual, technical notices, etc.) and
proceed with the inspection following the prescribed pro-
cedure in safety clothes, using only the prescribed tools.
Do not make any adjustment not described in the docu-
mentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the prod-
uct may break and a risk of injury or fire exists.

• Before conducting an inspection, be sure to disconnect


the power plugs from the product and options.
When the power plug is inserted in the wall outlet, some
units are still powered even if the POWER switch is
turned OFF. Arisk of electric shock exists.

• The area around the fixing unit is hot.


You may get burnt.

Work Performed with the Product Powered On

WARNING
• Take every care when making adjustments or performing
an operation check with the product powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check
with the external cover detached, you may touch live or
high-voltage parts or you may be caught in moving gears
or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.

• Take every care when servicing with the external cover


detached.
High-voltage exists around the drum unit. A risk of elec-
tric shock exists.

S-8
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Safety Checkpoints

WARNING
• When taking a report of problems from a user, check each
part and repair properly.
A risk of product trouble, injury, and fire exists.

• Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other
damages.
The user or CE may be injured.
• Do not allow any metal parts such as clips, staples, and
screws to fall into the product.
They can short internal circuits and cause electric shock
or fire.

• Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.


Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.

• Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electri-


cal parts and electrode units such as a charging corona
unit.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of product trouble or
fire.

• Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.


Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.

• Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for


deterioration and sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.

• Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit (P/H unit)


incorporating a laser, make sure that the power cord has
been disconnected.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of
loss of eyesight.

S-9
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Safety Checkpoints

WARNING
• Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply
power with the write unit shifted from the specified mount-
ing position.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of
loss of eyesight.

• When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lith-


ium battery specified in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose
of the used lithium battery using the method specified by
local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.
• After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g.,
optical lamp and fixing lamp), be sure to check the installa-
tion state.
A risk of fire exists.

• Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and


check whether the interlock functions properly.
If the interlock does not function, you may receive an
electric shock or be injured when you insert your hand in
the product (e.g., for clearing paper jam).
• Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp
edges, burrs, or other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.

• Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connec-


tors, etc. that were removed for safety check and mainte-
nance have been reinstalled in the original location. (Pay
special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of product trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.

S-10
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Handling of Consumables

WARNING
• Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care
must be taken not to breathe excessive amounts or let the
substances come into contact with eyes, etc. It may be
stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water
immediately. When symptoms are noticeable, consult a
physician.

• Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.


You may be burned due to dust explosion.

Handling of Service Materials

CAUTION
• Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.
Isopropyl alcohol and acetone are highly flammable and
must be handled with care. A risk of fire exists.

• Do not replace the cover or turn the product ON before


any solvent remnants on the cleaned parts have fully
evaporated.
A risk of fire exists.

• Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take


care not to spill any liquid. If this happens, immediately
wipe it off.
A risk of fire exists.

• When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.


Breathing large quantities of organic solvents can lead to
discomfort.

S-11
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

4. Fuse
Fuse
CAUTION
• CAUTION
Double pole / neutral fusing

• ATTENTION
Double pôle / Fusible sur le neutre

5. Used Batteries Precautions


Handling of batteries
CAUTION
• ALL Areas
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
• Germany
VORSICHT!
Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemäßem Austausch der Batterie.
Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einen vom Hersteller empfohlenen gleichwertigen Typ.
Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers.
• France
ATTENTION
Il y a danger d’explosion s’il y a remplacement incorrect de la batterie.
Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du même type ou d’un type équivalent recom-
mandé par le constructeur.
Mettre au rebut les batteries usagées conformément aux instructions du fabricant.
• Denmark
ADVARSEL!
Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering.
Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type.
Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandøren.
• Finland, Sweden
VAROlTUS
Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu.
Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin.
Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti.
VARNING
Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte.
Använd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparat-
tillverkaren.
Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion.
• Norway
ADVARSEL
Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri.
Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten.
Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner.

S-12
SAFETY INFORMATION

SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Admin-
istration implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976.
Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States.

This copier is certified as a "Class 1" laser product under the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard
according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emit-
ted inside this copier is completely confined within protective housings and external covers,
the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.

S-13
SAFETY INFORMATION

INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE


Caution labels shown below are attached in some areas on/in the machine.
When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should
be taken to avoid burns and electric shock.

a03up0e001ca

S-14
SAFETY INFORMATION

a03up0e002ca

CAUTION:
• You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any
caution label to keep yourself away from. Do not remove caution labels. And also,
when the caution label is peeled off or soiled and cannot be seen clearly, replace
it with a new caution label.

S-15
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT

MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF


AN ACCIDENT
1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately
take emergency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further
damage.
2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evalua-
tion must be carried out quickly and KMBT must be notified.
3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded
through direct on-site checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.
4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations speci-
fied by every distributor.

S-16
Legal restrictions on copying
Certain types of originals must never be copied with the purpose or intent to pass copies of
such originals off as the originals.
The following is not a complete list, but is meant to be used as a guide to responsible copy-
ing.

<Financial Instruments>
• Personal checks
• Traveler’s checks
• Money orders
• Certificates of deposit
• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
• Stock certificates

<Legal Originals>
• Food stamps
• Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Checks or drafts drawn by government agencies
• Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Passports
• Immigration papers
• Motor vehicle licenses and titles
• House and property titles and deeds

<General>
• Identification cards, badges, or insignias
• Copyrighted works without permission of the copyright owner

In addition, it is prohibited under any circumstances to copy domestic or foreign currencies,


or works of art without permission of the copyright owner.
When in doubt about the nature of an original, consult with legal counsel.

Detail
In order to prohibit the illegal reproduction of certain originals, such as paper currency, this
machine is equipped with a counterfeit prevention feature.
Due to the counterfeit prevention feature that this machine is equipped with, images may be
distorted.

C-1
Composition of the service manual
This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:

<Theory of Operation section>

OUTLINE: System configuration, product specifications,


unit configuration, and paper path
COMPOSITION/OPERATION: Configuration of each unit, explanation of the operating
system, and explanation of the control system
This section gives, as information for the CE to get a full understanding of the product, a
rough outline of the object and role of each function, the relationship between the electrical
system and the mechanical system, and the timing of operation of each part.

<Field service section>

OUTLINE: System configuration, and product specifications


MAINTENANCE: Service schedule *, maintenance steps,
list of service tools and directions for use *,
firmware version up method *,
and removal/reinstallation methods of major parts
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING: Utility menu mode *, Service mode *, security and mechan-
ical adjustment
TROUBLESHOOTING*: List of jam codes, their causes, operation when a jam
occurs and its release method, and list of error codes,
their causes, operation when a warning is issued and esti-
mated abnormal parts.
APPENDIX*: Parts layout drawings, connector layout drawings, timing
chart, overall layout drawing

This section gives, as information required by the CE at the site (or at the customer's
premise), a rough outline of the service schedule and its details, maintenance steps, the
object and role of each adjustment, error codes and supplementary information.

The details of items with an asterisk "*" are described only in the service manual of
the main body.

C-2
Notation of the service manual
A. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:

(1) bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500: Main body


(2) Microsoft Windows 95: Windows 95
Microsoft Windows 98: Windows 98
Microsoft Windows Me: Windows Me
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0: Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT
Microsoft Windows 2000: Windows 2000
Microsoft Windows XP: Windows XP
When the description is made in combination of the OS's mentioned above:
Windows 95/98/Me
Windows NT 4.0/2000
Windows NT/2000/XP
Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XP

B. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or
the registered trademark of each company.

C. Electrical parts and signals


Those listed by way of example below are not exhaustive, but only some instances among
many.

Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description


IN
PS
Sensor PS Door PS1 Sensor detection signal
SIG
102 PS
24V Power to drive the solenoid
Solenoid SD DRV
Drive signal
SOL
24V Power to drive the clutch
Clutch CL DRV
Drive signal
SOL

C-3
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description
24V Power to drive the motor
CONT Drive signal
DRV1
Motor M
DRV2
Drive signals of two kinds
D1
D2
_U
_V
_W
Drive signals (control signals) of three kinds
DRV1
DRV2
DRV3
D1
D2
D3
D4
DRV A
DRV A
DRV B Drive signals (control signals) of four kinds
DRV B Motor, phases A and B control signals
A
Motor M /A
B
/B
AB
BB
CLK, PLL PLL control signal
LCK, Lock, LD PLL lock signal
FR Forward/reverse rotation signal
EM, Lock, LCK, LD Motor lock abnormality
BLK Drive brake signal
P/S Power/stop
S/S
Operating load start/stop signal
SS
CW/CCW, F/R Rotational direction switching signal
ENB Effective signal
TEMP_ER Motor temperature abnormality detection signal
24V Power to drive the fan motor
CONT, DRIVE Drive signal
Fan FM
HL Speed control signal (2 speeds)
EM, Lock, LCK, FEM Detection signal
Others TH1.S, ANG Analog signal

C-4
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description
SG, S.GND, S_GND Signal ground
Ground
PG, P.GND Power ground
DCD Data carrier detection
SIN Serial input
SOUT Serial output
DTR Data terminal operation available
GND Signal ground (earth)
Serial com-
DSR, DSET Data set ready
munication
RTS Transmission request signal
CTS Consent transmission signal
RI Ring indicator
TXD Serial transmission data
RXD Serial reception data

D. Paper feed direction


When the direction in which paper is fed is in parallel with the longer side of paper, the
paper feed direction like this is referred to as the longitudinal feed.
And the paper feed direction that is perpendicular to the longitudinal feed is referred to as
the transverse feed.
When specifying the longitudinal feed, "S (abbreviation for Short Edge Feeding)" is added
to the paper size. For the transverse feed, no specific notation is employed.
However, when only the longitudinal feed is specified for one and the same paper size with
no specification made for the transverse feed, "S" is not added even when being fed longi-
tudinally.

<Example>

Paper size Feed direction Notation


Transverse feed A4
A4
Longitudinal feed A4S
A3 Longitudinal feed A3

C-5
Blank Page

C-6
SERVICE MANUAL Field Service

C6500/C6500P/
C5500
Main body

2007.11
Ver. 3.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.

NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

2007/11 3.0 Revision due to the addition of a new optional unit (PB)
Revision in relation to launching of bizhub PRO C5500
2007/06 2.0
and FS-520
2006/09 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500

OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

MAINTENANCE
3. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.1 Maintenance item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.1.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.1.2 DF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.1.3 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.1.4 LU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.1.5 RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.1.6 FD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.1.7 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.1.8 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.1.9 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.1.10 PB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.2 Replacement parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.2.1 Periodically replacement parts list (PRO C6500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.2.2 Spot replacement parts list (PRO C6500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.2.3 Periodically replacement parts list (PRO C5500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.2.4 Spot replacement parts list (PRO C5500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.3 Concept of parts life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.3.1 Life value of consumables and parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.3.2 Conditions for life specifications values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.4 Maintenance procedure of the housing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.4.1 Replacing the Dust-proof filter /1 assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.4.2 Replacing dust-proof filter /2 assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.5 Maintenance procedure of the photoconductor section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.5.1 Process unit disassembly flowchart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.5.2 Opening/closing toner supply section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.5.3 Pulling out the process unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.5.4 Removing drum cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.6 Maintenance procedure of the charging section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.6.1 Replacing the charging corona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.6.2 Replacing the charging dust-proof filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.7 Maintenance procedure of the intermediate transfer section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.7.1 Removing/installing the transfer belt unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.7.2 Replacing the belt cleaning blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.7.3 Replacing 1st transfer roller /Y, /M, /C and /K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.7.4 Replacing the transfer belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.7.5 Replacing the 2nd transfer roller /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.7.6 Replacing the separation claw assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.7.7 Replacing the belt cleaner unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

i
CONTENTS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.7.8 Replacing the toner collection sheet /1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60


bizhub PRO C6500

3.7.9 Replacing the 2nd transfer roller /Lw and the transfer earth plate assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
/C6500P/C5500

3.7.10 Replacing the belt separation claw solenoid (SD1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62


3.7.11 Replacing the separation discharging assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
3.8 Maintenance procedure of the developing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.8.1 Replacing the developer /Y, /M, /C, /K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.8.2 Replacing the developing unit /C, /M, /Y, /K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.9 Maintenance procedure of the toner collection box assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3.9.1 Replacing the toner collection box assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3.10 Maintenance procedure of the paper feeding section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.10.1 Replacing the pick-up roller/paper feed roller rubber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.10.2 Replacing the separation roller rubber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.10.3 Replacing the paper feed clutch/pre-registration clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
3.11 Maintenance procedure of the bypass feed tray section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
3.11.1 Replacing the pick-up roller/paper feed roller rubber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
3.11.2 Replacing the separation roller rubber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
3.11.3 Replacing the paper feed clutch/BP (MC6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
3.12 Maintenance procedure of the vertical conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
3.12.1 Replacing the intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
3.13 Maintenance procedure of the registration section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.13.1 Replacing the cleaning stay assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.13.2 Replacing the registration roller assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
3.14 Maintenance procedure of the ADU section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.14.1 Replacing the intermediate conveyance clutch/2 (MC4) and /3 (MC5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.14.2 Replacing the ADU conveyance clutch/1 (MC1), /2 (MC2), /3 (MC3),
and the ADU pre-registration clutch (MC18). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3.15 Maintenance procedure of the reverse/paper exit section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
3.15.1 Replacing Reverse decurler roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
3.15.2 Replacing the paper exit decurler roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3.16 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
3.16.1 Removing/installing the fusing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
3.16.2 Replacing the fusing drive gear /B and the fusing duct 2 assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
3.16.3 Replacing the fusing drive gear /M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3.16.4 Replacing the fusing lamp /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
3.16.5 Replacing the fusing roller /2, fusing bearing, and fusing drive gear /O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
3.16.6 Replacing the fusing belt, fusing roller /1, insulating sleeve /Up,
fusing bearing /Up, and belt regulation sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
3.16.7 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /4 (L5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
3.16.8 Replacing the fusing roller /Lw, fusing bearing /Lw, and insulating sleeve /Lw . . . . . . . . . . . 111
3.16.9 Replacing the sensor mounting plate A assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
3.16.10 Replacing the sensor stay B assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
3.16.11 Replacing the fusing paper exit roller /Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.16.12 Replacing the fusing regulation gear /A and the fusing limiter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
3.17 Maintenance procedure of OT-502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
3.17.1 Replacing the paper retainer roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
3.17.2 Replacing the paper exit roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
3.17.3 Replacing the paper exit driven roller/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
4. SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
4.1 Service material list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
4.2 Jig list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
4.3 Mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

ii
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

4.3.1 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

bizhub PRO C6500


4.3.2 Operating environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

/C6500P/C5500
4.3.3 Major functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
4.3.4 Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
4.3.5 Usage of the mail remote notification system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
4.3.6 Mail sending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
5.1 ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
5.1.1 Types of ISW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
5.1.2 Firmware data flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
5.1.3 Settings on the main body side while in ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
5.2 ISWTrns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
5.2.1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
5.2.2 Installation of the ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
5.2.3 Usage of the ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
5.2.4 Error list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
5.3 USB memory ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
5.3.1 Usage of the USB memory ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
5.3.2 Main body error list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
5.4 Internet ISW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
5.4.1 OUTLINE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
5.4.2 Operating environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
5.4.3 Initial settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
5.4.4 Internet ISW using the Web Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
5.4.5 Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
5.4.6 Notes for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
5.4.7 Internet ISW using the operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
5.4.8 Authentication of the proxy server in the Internet ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
5.5 Counter list obtaining with USB memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
5.5.1 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
5.5.2 List that can be obtained. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
5.5.3 Obtaining method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
6. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
6.1 Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
6.1.1 Scanner section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
6.1.2 Write section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
6.1.3 Photoconductor section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
6.1.4 Intermediate transfer section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
6.1.5 Fusing unit section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
6.2 Disassembly/reassembly parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
6.3 Disassembly/reassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
6.3.1 Removing/reinstalling rear cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
6.3.2 Removing/reinstalling left cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
6.3.3 Removing/installing right cover/Up1, /Up2, /Up3, /Lw1 and /Lw2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
6.3.4 Removing/reinstalling original glass assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
6.3.5 Removing/reinstalling upper cover/Fr, /Rt, and Lt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
6.3.6 Removing/reinstalling upper cover /Rr1 and /Rr2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
6.3.7 Removing/installing main board unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
6.3.8 Removing/installing CCD unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
6.3.9 Removing/installing exposure unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

iii
CONTENTS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.10 Removing/installing exposure lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195


bizhub PRO C6500

6.3.11 Removing scanner wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196


/C6500P/C5500

6.3.12 Reinstalling the scanner wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198


6.3.13 Removing/installing write unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
6.3.14 Removing/installing process unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
6.3.15 Removing/reinstalling image correction unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
6.3.16 Removing/installing belt collectin pipe, vertical conveyance pipe
and horizontal conveyance pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
6.3.17 Removing/reinstalling ADU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
6.3.18 Replaceing the lock lever/1, /2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
6.3.19 Removing/reinstalling paper feed tray /1, /2 and /3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling tray up/down wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
6.3.21 Removing/installing temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1), thermostat /1 (TS1) and /2 (TS2) . . . . 226
6.3.22 Removing/installing temperature sensor /2 (TEMS/2) and thermostat /3 (TS3) . . . . . . . . . . . 229
6.3.23 Removing/reinstalling OT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
6.4 Commercially available parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
6.4.1 Installing the status indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
6.4.2 Installing the key counter (KCT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
7.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
8. UTILITY MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
8.1 List of utility mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
9. ADUSTMENT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
10. SERVICE MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
10.1 List of service mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
10.2 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
10.2.1 Start and exit service mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
10.3 Machine adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
10.3.1 Restart Timing Adjustment (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
10.3.2 Centering Adjustment (Printer Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
10.3.3 FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
10.3.4 CD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
10.3.5 Lead Edge Erase Adjustmet (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
10.3.6 Registration Loop Adj. (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
10.3.7 Pre-registration Adj. (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
10.3.8 Belt Line Speed Adj. (Printer Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
10.3.9 Writing Init. Pos. Memory (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
10.3.10 Color Registration Adj. (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
10.3.11 Color Registration/Manual (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
10.3.12 Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
10.3.13 CD Skew Adj. (Printer Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
10.3.14 Recall Standard Data (Printer Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
10.3.15 Restart Timing Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
10.3.16 Centering Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
10.3.17 FD-Mag. Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
10.3.18 Recall Standard Data (Scanner Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
10.3.19 Scanner smooth tone/color (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
10.3.20 Printer gamma adjustment (Quality Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

iv
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

10.3.21 Sharpness adjustment (Quality Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

bizhub PRO C6500


10.3.22 Contrast adjustment (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

/C6500P/C5500
10.3.23 Image Distinction Level (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
10.3.24 ACS adjustment (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
10.3.25 Density adjustment (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
10.3.26 Tone adjustment (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
10.3.27 Recall standard data (Quality Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
10.3.28 Non-Image Area Erase Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
10.4 Process Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.4.1 1st transfer manual adj. (High Voltage Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.4.2 2nd transfer manual adj. (High Voltage Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.4.3 HV adj. (separation AC) (High Voltage Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.4.4 HV adj. (sepration DC) (High Voltage Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.4.5 Pre-transfer Guide HV check (High Voltage Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.4.6 Blade setting mode (Drum Peculiarity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.4.7 Automatic drum potential (Drum Peculiarity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
10.4.8 Auto gamma adjustment (Drum Peculiarity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
10.4.9 LD bias adjustment (Drum Peculiarity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
10.4.10 Automatic Developer Charge (Drum Peculiarity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
10.4.11 Toner density sensor Init. (Drum Peculiarity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
10.4.12 Initial drum rotation (Drum Peculiarity Adj.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
10.4.13 Surface potential sensor (Sensor output check). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
10.4.14 Maximum density sensor (Sensor output check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
10.4.15 Gamma sensor output (Sensor output check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
10.4.16 Toner Density Sensor (Sensor output check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
10.4.17 Drum Surfase potential (Sensor output check). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
10.4.18 Humidity/Temperature (Sensor output check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
10.4.19 Toner Density Return Mode (Sensor output check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
10.4.20 Covered Margin Fine Adj. (Process Fine Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
10.4.21 Develop AC Bias Fine Adj. (Process Fine Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.22 Develop AC Frequency (Process Fine Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
10.4.23 Toner Density Fine Adj. (Process Fine Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
10.4.24 Drum Tiny Rotation Interval (Interval/Quantity Adj.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
10.4.25 Auto. Refresh Interval (Interval/Quantity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
10.4.26 Toner Dens. Sensor Interval (Interval/Quantity Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
10.4.27 Recall standard data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
10.5 System Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
10.5.1 Software SW Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
10.5.2 Telephone Number Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
10.5.3 M/C Serial Number Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
10.5.4 Setup Date Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
10.6 Counter/data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
10.6.1 Maintenance Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
10.6.2 Data Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
10.6.3 Count of special parts (Parts Counter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
10.6.4 Count of each parts (Parts Counter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
10.7 State Confirmation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
10.7.1 I/O Check Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
10.7.2 Input check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
10.7.3 Output check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

v
CONTENTS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.7.4 Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
bizhub PRO C6500

10.7.5 Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
/C6500P/C5500

10.7.6 Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
10.7.7 Storing FD, SD, FS, PB adjustment data into EEPROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
10.7.8 Storing main body adjustment data into NVRAM board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
10.7.9 Line memory check on image processing board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
10.7.10 Hard disk check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
10.7.11 Replacement of the hard disks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
10.8 ADF adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
10.8.1 ADF Original Size Adj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
10.8.2 ADF Orig. Stop Position Adj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
10.8.3 ADF Sensor Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
10.8.4 ADF Registration Loop Adj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
10.9 Finisher Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
10.9.1 Staple Center Position (Stapler Position Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
10.9.2 Paper Width (staple) (Stapler Position Adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
10.9.3 Paper Width (straight) (Stapler Position Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
10.9.4 Paper Width Adjustment (Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
10.9.5 Hole-Punch Vertical Pos. (Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
10.9.6 Half Fold Position Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
10.9.7 Tri-Fold-in Pos. Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
10.9.8 Tri-Fold-out Pos. adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
10.9.9 Double Parallel Folds Pos. Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
10.9.10 Z-Fold Position Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
10.9.11 Gate Fold Position Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
10.9.12 Fold Regist Loop Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
10.9.13 Multi Folder (PI) Adj.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
10.9.14 Stacker Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
10.9.15 Staple Center Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
10.9.16 Staple Paper Width Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
10.9.17 Staple Pitch Adjustment (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
10.9.18 Half Fold Position Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
10.9.19 Tri-Fold Position Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
10.9.20 Fold Paper Width Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
10.9.21 Trimming Adjustment (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
10.9.22 Trimmer Receiver Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
10.9.23 Curl Reform Direction (RU Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
10.9.24 Cover trimming adjustment (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
10.9.25 Cover lead edge adj. (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
10.9.26 Spine corner forming pos. (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
10.9.27 Pasting start postion (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
10.9.28 Pasting Finish Position (Perfect Binder Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
10.9.29 Paste formation finish pos. (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
10.9.30 Temperature adjustment (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
10.9.31 Sub Compile CD width adj. (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
10.9.32 Clamp CD width adjustment (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
10.9.33 Cover up/down CD width adj. (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
10.9.34 Clamp FD position adj. (Perfect binder adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
10.9.35 Recall Standard Data (Finisher Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
10.9.36 Saddle Stitcher Stopper Adj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

vi
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

10.9.37 Half Fold Stopper Adj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455

bizhub PRO C6500


10.9.38 Vertical Position Adj. (Punch Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

/C6500P/C5500
10.9.39 Horizontal Position Adj. (Punch Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
10.9.40 Registration Adjustment (Punch Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
10.9.41 Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adj. (Punch Adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
10.9.42 Tri-Fold Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
10.9.43 2 Pos. Staple Pitch Adj.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
10.9.44 Paper Inserter Tray Size Adj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
10.9.45 Output quantity limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
10.9.46 Curl adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
10.10 Firmware version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
10.11 CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
10.11.1 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
10.11.2 Setup procedure of the CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system . . . . . 466
10.11.4 Detailed setup procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
10.11.5 Software SW setting for CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
10.11.6 Mail address setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
10.11.7 Modem First Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
10.11.8 Receiving the initial connection mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
10.11.9 Setup confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
10.11.10 Maintenance call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
10.11.11 Center call from manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
10.11.12 Confirm communication log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
10.11.14 Malfunction code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
10.11.15 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
10.12 List output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
10.12.1 List Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
10.13 Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
10.13.1 Running Test Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
10.13.2 Test Pattern Output Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
10.14 ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
10.15 CE/Administrator Security Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
10.15.1 List of CE/Administrator Security Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
10.15.2 Start and exit CE/Administrator Security Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
10.15.3 CE Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
10.15.4 CE Auth. Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
10.15.5 Admin. Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
10.15.6 Administrator Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
10.16 Fee Collection Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
10.16.1 List of Fee Collection Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
10.16.2 Start and exit Fee Collection Setting Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
10.16.3 Coin Vendor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
10.16.4 Management Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
11.1 Adjusting the paper feed roller/BP pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
11.2 (Maximum) paper feed (bypass) height adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
11.3 Pick-up movement amount adjustment (bypass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
11.4 Mis-centering adjustment of the paper feed tray /1, /2 and /3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505

vii
CONTENTS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

11.5 Separation pressure adjustment of the paper feed tray/1, /2 and /3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

TROUBLESHOOTING
12. JAM CODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
12.1 Jam code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
13. MALFUNCTION CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
13.1 Malfunction code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531

APPENDIX
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
14.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
14.1.1 Switch/sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
14.1.2 Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
14.1.3 Boards and others. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
14.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
14.3 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
14.4 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
14.5 RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
14.6 FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
14.7 LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
14.8 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
14.8.1 FS-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
14.8.2 FS-520/607. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
14.9 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
14.10 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
14.10.1 PK-512 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
14.10.2 PK-513 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
14.11 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
14.12 PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
15.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
15.1.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
15.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
15.2.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
15.3 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
15.3.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
15.4 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
15.4.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
15.5 RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
15.5.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
15.6 FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
15.6.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
15.7 LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
15.7.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
15.8 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
15.8.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
15.9 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
15.9.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
15.10 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
15.10.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715

viii
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 CONTENTS

15.11 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716

bizhub PRO C6500


15.11.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716

/C6500P/C5500
15.12 PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
15.12.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
16. TIMING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
16.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
16.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
16.3 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
16.4 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
16.5 FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
16.6 LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
16.7 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
16.7.1 FS-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
16.7.2 FS-520/607 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
16.8 PI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
16.9 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
16.9.1 PK-512 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
16.9.2 PK-513 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
16.10 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
16.11 PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
17.1 Main body 1/12
17.2 Main body 2/12
17.3 Main body 3/12
17.4 Main body 4/12
17.5 Main body 5/12
17.6 Main body 6/12
17.7 Main body 7/12
17.8 Main body 8/12
17.9 Main body 9/12
17.10 Main body 10/12
17.11 Main body 11/12
17.12 Main body 12/12
17.13 DF
17.14 PF 1/4
17.15 PF 2/4
17.16 PF 3/4
17.17 PF 4/4
17.18 LU
17.19 RU
17.20 FD
17.21 LS
17.22 FS
17.22.1 FS-503
17.22.2 FS-520/607
17.23 PI
17.24 PK
17.25 SD 1/4
17.26 SD 2/4
17.27 SD 3/4

ix
CONTENTS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

17.28 SD 4/4
bizhub PRO C6500

17.29 PB 1/4
/C6500P/C5500

17.30 PB 2/4
17.31 PB 3/4
17.32 PB 4/4

x
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

OUTLINE

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
A. System configuration (PRO C6500/PRO C6500P)

[22]
[21]
[2]

[20] [9]

[3]

[10] [23] [4]

[19]
[1]

[5]
[11]

[8]
[14]
[18] [6]

[7]
[13]

[17]
[12]

[14]
[16]

[13]

[15]

a03ut1c001cc

2 1
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

[1] Main body [13] Punch kit (PK-512/513)


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[2] Dehumidifier fan heater (HT-503) [14] Post inserter (PI-502)


[3] Large capacity paper feed tray (LU-202) [15] Flat stitching staple finisher (FS-520)
[4] Large capacity paper feed tray (PF-601) [16] Simplified perfect binding machine (PB-501)
[5] Dehumidifier fan heater (HT-504) [17] Saddle stitching unit (SD-501)
[6] Built-in type image controller (IC-408) [18] Large capacity stacker (LS-501)
[7] Server type image controller (IC-303/304) *2 [19] Punch and folding unit (FD-501)
[8] Hard disk (HD-506) [20] Staple finisher (FS-503)
[9] Output tray (OT-502) [21] Original cover (OC-506)
[10] Conveyance cooling unit (RU-503) [22] Auto double sided original feeder (DF-609) *1
[11] Conveyance cooling unit (RU-504) [23] Key counter
[12] Saddle stitching staple finisher (FS-607)

*1 In the case of PRO C6500P, no scanner/DF function is provided.


*2 PRO C6500/PRO C6500P only.

2 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

B. Configuration for optional device connection (PRO C6500/PRO C6500P)

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Any combination other than those listed below is not available.
• In the case of PRO C6500P, IC-408 and FS-520 cannot be connected.

No. Paper feeding option Combinations for finishing AC power to be connected to

1 PF-601 *1 RU-504 *4 FS-503 External (RU-504)

2 PF-601 *1 RU-503 *4 FD-501 External (FD-501)

3 PF-601 *1 RU-503 *4 SD-501 External (SD-501)

4 PF-601 *1 RU-503 *4 LS-501 External (LS-501)

5 PF-601 *1 RU-504 *4 FD-501 FS-503 *5


*1 *4
6 PF-601 RU-504 LS-501 FS-503 External (RU-504/LS-501)

7 PF-601 *1 RU-503 *4 LS-501 SD-501 External (LS-501/SD-501)

8 PF-601 *1 RU-503 *4 FD-501 LS-501 External (FD-501/LS-501)

9 PF-601 *1 RU-503 *4 FD-501 SD-501 External (FD-501/SD-501)

10 LU-202 *2 FS-607 *3 —

11 PF-601 *1 OT-502 —
*2 *3
12 LU-202 FS-520 —

13 LU-202 *2 OT-502 —

14 PF-601*1 RU-503*4 PB-501 External (PB-501)

15 PF-601*1 RU-503*4 FD-501 PB-501 External (FD-501/PB-501)

16 PF-601*1 RU-503*4 SD-501 PB-501 External (SD-501/PB-501)

17 PF-601*1 RU-503*4 FD-501 SD-501 PB-501 External (FD-501/SD-501/PB-501)

18 PF-601*1 RU-503*4 LS-501 PB-501 External (LS-501/PB-501)

19 PF-601*1 FS-607 *3 —

20 PF-601*1 FS-520 *3 —

21 PF-601*1 RU-504*4 SD-501 FS-503 External (RU-504/SD-501)

22 LU-202*2 RU-504*4 FS-503 External (RU-504)

23 LU-202*2 RU-504*4 FD-501 FS-503 External (RU-504/FD-501)

24 PF-601*1 RU-504*4 FD-501 SD-501 FS-503 External (RU-504/FD-501/SD-501)

*1 HT-504 can be connected to PF-601 arbitrarily.


*2 HT-503 can be connected to LU-202 arbitrarily.
*3 PK-511 or PI-502 can be connected to FS-520/607 arbitrarily.
*4 Use RU-503 or RU-504 as described below:
When connecting to FS-503 : RU-504
When not connecting to FS-503 : RU-503
RU-504 can be substituted for RU-503, but RU-503 cannot be used when connecting to FS-503.
*5 Metric destination : External (RU-504/FD-501)
Inch destination : External (RU-504)

2 3
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. System configuration (PRO C5500)


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[9]

[12]
[11]
[8] [2]

[6]

[3]
[10]

[13]

[1]
[9]

[8]
[5]

[4]

[7]

a03ut1c005ca

[1] Main body [8] Punch kit (PK-512/513)


[2] Dehumidifier fan heater (HT-503) [9] Post inserter (PI-502)
[3] Large capacity paper feed tray (LU-202) [10] Staple finisher (FS-520)
[4] Built-in type image controller (IC-408) [11] Original cover (OC-506)
[5] Hard disk (HD-506) [12] Auto double sided original feeder (DF-609)
[6] Output tray (OT-502) [13] Key counter
[7] Saddle stitching staple finisher (FS-607)

4 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

D. Configuration for optional device connection (PRO C5500)

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Any combination other than those listed below is not available.

No. Paper feeding option Combinations for finishing AC power to be connected to

1 LU-202 *1 FS-607 *2 —

2 LU-202 *1 FS-520 *2 —

3 LU-202 *1 OT-502 —

*1 HT-503 can be connected to LU-202 arbitrarily.


*2 PK-511 or PI-502 can be connected to FS-520/607 arbitrarily.

1 5
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

A. Type

Type Console type (floor-mounted type)


Copying method Four-drum tandem laser electrostatic method
Original stand Fixed
Original alignment Left rear standard
Photo conductor OPC
Writing method Two-beam laser scanning method
Paper capacity Three trays (500 sheets x 3, 80g/m2)
Multi bypass (250 sheets, 80g/m2)
PF-601 (3000 sheets x 2, 80g/m2)*1 *2
LU-202 (2500 sheets, 80g/m2)*1

*1 PF-601 and LU-202 are optional.


*2 PRO C6500/PRO C6500P only.

B. Functions

Original Sheet, book, solid object


Max. original size A3, or 11 x 17 (Custom paper is Max.303 x 438mm)
Copy size Tray1, 2, 3 SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, A4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5S
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 8 1/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Tab paper (A4, 81/2 x 11)
Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 140 x 182 mm)
Bypass feed SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S,
B6S, A6S,
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/2 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Tab paper (A4, 81/2 x 11)
Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 100 x 148 mm)
ADU SRA3, A3, B4, SRA4, SRA4S, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, A5S
13 x 19, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, 51/2 x 81/2S
81/2 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 8 x 13
8K, 16K, 16KS
Custom paper (Max. 330 x 487 mm, Min. 140 x 182 mm)

6 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Magnification Fixed magnifi- Inch: x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.545, x 1.294, x 1.214,

bizhub PRO C6500


cation x 0.785, x 0.772, x 0.647, x 0.500

/C6500P/C5500
Metric: x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.414, x 1.224, x 1.154,
x 0.866, x 0.816, x 0.707, x 0.500
Zoom magnifi- x 0.25 to x 4.00 (at the step of 0.1%)
cation
Warm-up time Inch: 390 seconds or less
Metric: 420 seconds or less
First copy out time Full color 6.5 seconds or less (A4 / 81/2 x 11)
Monochrome 6.5 seconds or less (A4 / 81/2 x 11)
Black-and-white 5.0 seconds or less (A4 / 81/2 x 11)
Continuous copy speed Full color 65 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*3
55 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*4
Monochrome 65 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*3
55 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*4
Black-and-white 65 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*3
55 copies /min. (A4 / 81/2 x 11)*4
Continuous copy count Up to 9,999 sheets
Resolution Scan Main scanning : 600 dpi Sub-scanning : 600 dpi
Write Main scanning : 600 dpi Sub-scanning : 600 dpi (1800 dpi *1)
Standard memory 256 MB for each color (Y, M, C, K)
Expansion memory 30 GB for each color (Y, M, C, K)
(HD-506)
No. of originals in memory Full color Line1/Line2/Dot1/Dot2: 23 sheets [5461 sheets*2]
(Reference value) Priority in high compression: 110 sheets [16384 sheets *2]
Conditions Original: KM #101/A3 (color)
Density: Standard
Mode: Text/Photo, printed original, life size
Memory capacity: Standard 256 MB
Black-and- Line1/Line2/Dot1/Dot2: 126 sheets or more [16384 sheets *2]
white/mono- Priority in high compression: 271 sheets or more [16384
chrome sheets *2]
Conditions Original: FAX test chart #4 /A4
Density: Standard
Mode: Text/Photo, printed original, life size
Memory capacity: Standard 256 MB
Interface section RJ45 Ethernet, Serial port (RS232-C), Service port, Serial port (USB
TypeB),Connector for printer controller

*1 When "smoothing" is selected at the print setting


*2 When HD-506 is installed.
*3 PRO C6500
*4 PRO C5500

1 7
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Available types of paper and ranges of paper weight


bizhub PRO C6500

Type of paper Tray1, 2, 3 Bypass feed


/C6500P/C5500

Plain paper
A4 or 81/2 x 11 or larger : 64 to 256 g/m2 64 to 300g/m2
A4 or smaller than 81/2 x 11 : 64 to 209 g/m2
High Quality paper
A4 or 81/2 x 11 or larger : 64 to 256 g/m2 64 to 300g/m2
2
A4 or smaller than 8 /2 x 11 : 64 to 209 g/m
1

Color Specific paper


A4 or 81/2 x 11 or larger : 64 to 256 g/m2 64 to 300g/m2
A4 or smaller than 81/2 x 11 : 64 to 209 g/m2
Coated_GL, ML, GO , MO U U
paper A4 or 81/2 x 11 or larger : 81 to 256 g/m2 64 to 300g/m2
A4 or smaller than 81/2 x 11 : 81 to 209 g/m2
Label paper*1 —
OHP film*1 *2
Index paper*1 *3
:Available U: Available only one sheet at a time —: Not available

*1 Paper type of the label paper can be Plain, High Quality, Color Specific, or Coated_GL, ML, GO, MO
paper. Available ranges of paper weight (thickness) of the label paper are the same with those of the corre-
sponding paper type.
*2 Print quality not guaranteed.
*3 Paper loading direction predetermined, single-sided printing only.

8
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

D. Materials

bizhub PRO C6500


Parts name Useful life Type name

/C6500P/C5500
24,000 prints*1
Toner bottle /Y TN610Y
23,000 prints*3
24,000 prints*1
Toner bottle /M TN610M
23,000 prints*3
24,000 prints*1
Toner bottle /C TN610C
23,000 prints*3
*1
35,000 prints
Toner bottle /K TN610K
34,000 prints*3
*2
200,000 prints
Drum cartridge DU-102
150,000 prints *4
200,000 prints *2
Developer /Y DV610 (Y)
150,000 prints *4
200,000 prints *2
Developer /M DV610 (M)
150,000 prints *4
*2
200,000 prints
Developer /C DV610 (C)
150,000 prints *4
*2
200,000 prints
Developer /K DV610 (K)
150,000 prints *4

*1 PRO C6500/PRO C6500P (A4 original at 5% coverage for each color.)


*2 PRO C6500/PRO C6500P (The end of actual useful life is reached when the number of sheets is printed,
or when the total drive distance reaches a certain level, whichever comes first.)
*3 PRO C5500 (A4 original at 5% coverage for each color.)
*4 PRO C5500 (The end of actual useful life is reached when the number of sheets is printed, or when the
total drive distance reaches a certain level, whichever comes first.)

1 9
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

E. Maintenance
bizhub PRO C6500

Every 200,000 prints*3


/C6500P/C5500

Maintenance cycle
Every 150,000 prints*4
Ave. number of prints*1 35,000 to 75,000 per month
Max. number of prints*1 Q zone*2 : 300,000 per month*3, 250,000 per month*4, 10,000 per day
B,C zone*2 : 150,000 per month, 8,500 per day
A zone*2 : 100,000 per month, 5,000 per day*3, 4,200 per day*4

*1 The number of prints include all monochrome, solid color, and full color printings.
*2 The zone mean a temp&humidity range indicated in the graph below.
*3 PRO C6500/PRO C6500P
*4 PRO C5500

80
70
A
Humidity (%RH)

60
B Q
40
30
20 C
10

10 18 20 23 30
Temperature (°C)
a03ut1c004ca

10 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

F. Machine data

bizhub PRO C6500


Power source Inch: AC208 to 240V 16A, 60Hz

/C6500P/C5500
Metric: AC230V 15A, 50Hz
Maximum power consump- Inch: 4,550W or less : PRO C6500 (B. When the type of the optional unit
tion connection configuration (P3) is No. 9)
3,800W or less : PRO C5500
3,950W or less (B. When the type of the optional unit connection
configuration (P3) is No. 10)
Metric: 4,060W or less : PRO C6500 (B. When the type of the optional unit
connection configuration (P3) is No. 9)
3,400W or less : PRO C5500
3,550W or less (B. When the type of the optional unit connection
configuration (P3) is No. 10)
Dimensions Main body + OC-506 786 (W) x 992 (D) x 1,056 (H) mm
Main body (PRO C6500) 3,852 (W) x 992 (D) x 1,414 (H) mm
+ DF-609 + RU-503 + LS-501
+ SD-501
Main body (PRO C5500) 2,139 (W) x 992 (D) x 1,414 (H) mm
+ DF-609 + LU-202 + FS-607
Weight Approx. 360kg

G. Operating environment

Temperature 10 to 30 °C
Humidity 10 to 80%RH (with no condensation)

Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.

1 11
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Blank page

12
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

MAINTENANCE

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.1 Maintenance item
Note
• For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.4 Maintenance procedure of
the housing section" to "3.16 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section"

3.1.1 Main body


• The alcohol described in this section represents the isopropyl alcohol.
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500)/Every 150,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
External Dust-proof filter /1 assy 1 Actual replacement
section A03UR701 cycle: Varies depend-
• Parts counter reset ing on the coverage,
(service mode) developing roller
drive distance and
temp/humidity.
Dust-proof filter /2 assy 1 Must be replaced
65AAR718 when replacing the
dust-proof filter /1
assy.
dust-proof glass /Y, / Cleaning pad
M, /C, /K
2 Scanner Scaner unit (glass, Mir- ( ) Blower brush/
section ror) alcohol/cleaning pad
3 Photo con- Charging dust-proof fil-
ductor sec- ter
tion Drum cartridge 4 Actual replacement
DU-102 cycle: 106 km of
• Parts counter reset drum drive distance,
(service mode) or 130 km of lubri-
cant applying roller
drive distance,
whichever comes
first.
4 Developing Developer /Y 1 Actual replacement
section DV610 (Y) cycle: 130km of the
• Parts counter reset developing roller
(service mode) drive distance
Developer /M 1
DV610 (M)
• Parts counter reset
(service mode)

1 13
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


bizhub PRO C6500

classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used


/C6500P/C5500

4 Developing Developer /C 1 Actual replacement


section DV610 (C) cycle: 130km of the
• Parts counter reset developing roller
(service mode) drive distance
Developer /K 1
DV610 (K)
• Parts counter reset
(service mode)
Developing unit /Y Alcohol/Hydro wipe
Developing unit /M
Developing unit /C
Developing unit /K
5 Intermediate Transfer belt unit 1
transfer sec- A03U5042
tion Toner collection sheet 1
65AAR756
Belt Cleaning blade 1 Actual replacement
A03U5530 cycle: 130km of belt
• Parts counter reset cleaning blade drive
(service mode) distance
1st transfer roller /Y 1
A03U5012
• Parts counter reset
(service mode)
1st transfer roller /M 1
A03U5012
• Parts counter reset
(service mode)
1st transfer roller /C 1
A03U5012
• Parts counter reset
(service mode)
1st transfer roller /K 1
A03U5004
• Parts counter reset
(service mode)
2nd transfer roller /Up 1
65AA2611
Belt drive roller Alcohol/Hydro wipe
2nd transfer roller /Lw 1
65AA4501
Separation discharg- 1
ing assy
A03UR704

14 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials

bizhub PRO C6500


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used

/C6500P/C5500
6 Registration Cleaning stay Assy Alcohol/cleaning pad
section
7 Paper feed Paper feed roller rub- Alcohol/cleaning pad
section ber
Separation roller rub-
ber
Pick-up roller
8 Bypass tray Paper feed roller rub-
section ber
Separation roller rub-
ber
Pick-up roller
9 Vertical con- Intermediate convey-
veyance sec- ance Roller /1
tion
10 ADU ADU conveyance roll-
ers
11 Fusing Fusing roller /Lw 1 Multemp FF-RM
section A03U7203
Fusing paper exit roller 2
/Up
A03U7225
Fusing paper exit roller Alcohol/cleaning pad
/Lw
12 OT-502 Paper retainer roller 2
65AA4849
Paper exit roller 1
A0438907
Paper exit driven roller 4
/2
65AA4818
13 Main body Maintenance counter
reset (service mode)

1 15
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 400,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500)/Every 300,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))
bizhub PRO C6500

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


/C6500P/C5500

classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used


1 Paper feed paper feed roller rub- 3 Actual replacement
section ber count: 125,000 feed
25SA4096
Separation roller rub- 3
ber
25SA4096
2 reverse/ Reverse decurler roller 1
paper exit A03U8605
section Reverse gate Alcohol/cleaning pad
3 Fusing Fusing roller /2 1 Multemp FF-RM
section A03U7202
Fusing belt 1
A03U7205
Belt regulation sleeve 2
A03U7250
Insulating sleeve /Up 2 Multemp FF-RM
A03U7295
Fusing bearing /Lw 2
Fusing roller /1 1
A03U7201
Fusing bearing /Up 2
A03U8078
Fusing drive gear /O 1
A03U8095
Fusing bearing 2
56UA7507
Fusing drive gear /B 1
A03U8082

C. Maintenance 3 (Every 450,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Photo con- Charging dust-proof fil- 1
ductor sec- ter
tion 65AAR767
2 Fusing sec- Fusing bearing /Lw 2
tion 26NA5371
Insulating sleeve /Lw 2 Multemp FF-RM
A03U7227

16 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

D. Maintenance 3 (Every 600,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))

bizhub PRO C6500


No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials

/C6500P/C5500
classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Photocon- Charging dust-proof fil- 1
ductor sec- ter
tion 65AAR767
2 Developing Developing unit /Y 1
section A03UR706
Developing unit /M 1
A03UR706
Developing unit /C 1
A03UR706
Developing unit /K 1
A03UR707
3 Intermediate Belt cleaner unit 1
transfer sec- A03UR748
tion • Parts counter reset
(service mode)
Separation claw Assy 3
65AAR753
4 Registration Cleaning stay Assy 1
section 65AAR780
5 Fusing Fusing limiter 1
section 65AA5365
Fusing bearing /Lw 2
26NA5371
Insulating sleeve /Lw 2 Multemp FF-RM
A03U7227
Fusing regulation gear 1
/A
65AA7747
Fusing duct /2 Assy 1
A03UR753

1 17
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

E. Maintenance 4 (Every 600,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))


bizhub PRO C6500

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


/C6500P/C5500

classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used


1 Developing Developing unit /Y 1
section A03UR706
Developing unit /M 1
A03UR706
Developing unit /C 1
A03UR706
Developing unit /K 1
A03UR707
2 Intermediate Belt cleaner unit 1
transfer sec- A03UR748
tion • Parts counter reset
(service mode)
Separation claw Assy 3
65AAR753
3 Registration Cleaning stay Assy 1
section 65AAR780
4 Fusing Fusing limiter 1
section 65AA5365
Fusing regulation gear /A 1 Multemp FF-RM
65AA7747
Fusing duct /2 Assy 1
A03UR753

F. Maintenance 4 (Every 1,000,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))


Maintenance 5 (Every 900,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Intermediate 2nd transfer earth plate 1
transfer sec- assy
tion 65AAR778
2 Reverse/ Paper exit decurler 1
paper exit roller
section A03U8926
Guide plate /Up Alcohol/cleaning pad
3 Fusing Fusing drive gear /M 1 Multemp FF-RM
section A03U8093

18 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

G. Maintenance 5 (Every 1,400,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))

bizhub PRO C6500


Maintenance 6 (Every 1,350,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))

/C6500P/C5500
No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Intermediate Belt separation claw 1
transfer sec- solenoid
tion 26NA8251
2 Bypass feed Paper feed roller rub- 2 Actual replacement
tray section ber count: 125,000 feed
25SA4096
3 Registration Registration roller assy 1
section 65LAR707

H. Maintenance 6 (Every 2,000,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))


Maintenance 7 (Every 1,950,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Vertical con- Intermediate convey- 1
veyance sec- ance clutch /1
tion 56AA8201
2 ADU Intermediate convey- 1
ance clutch /2
56AA8201
Intermediate convey- 1
ance clutch /3
56AA8201

I. Maintenance 7 (Every 2,400,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))


Maintenance 8 (Every 2,400,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Pick-up roller 3 Actual replacement
section 56AAR721 count: 800,000 feed
2 Fusing Fusing lamp /Up 1
section A03UM31F (Europe)
A03UM31E (U.S.A)
Fusing heater lamp /4 1
A03UM32F (Europe)
A03UM32E (U.S.A)
Sensor mounting plate 1
A assy
A03UR734
Sensor mounting plate 1
B assy
A03UR735

1 19
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

J. Maintenance 8 (Every 4,000,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))


bizhub PRO C6500

Maintenance 9 (Every 3,900,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))


/C6500P/C5500

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Paper feed clutch /1 1 Actual replacement
section 56AA8201 count: 2,000,000
Paper feed clutch /2 1 feed
56AA8201
Paper feed clutch /3 1
56AA8201
Pre-registration clutch /1 1
56AA8201
Pre-registration clutch /2 1
56AA8201
Pre-registration clutch /3 1
56AA8201
2 Bypass feed Pick-up roller 1 Actual replacement
tray section 65AAR789 count: 800,000 feed
Paper feed clutch /BP 1 Actual replacement
56AA8201 count: 2,000,000
feed

K. Spotted replacement parts (PRO C6500/C5500)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 ADU ADU conveyance 1 Actual replacement
clutch /1 count: 3,600,000
A03UM201 prints
2 ADU conveyance 1
clutch /2
A03UM201
3 ADU conveyance 1
clutch /3
A03UM201
4 ADU pre-registration 1
clutch
A03UM201

20 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.1.2 DF

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Maintenance 2 (Every 1,800,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500/C5500))

/C6500P/C5500
No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Paper feed roller 1 Actual replacement
section 13YH4064 count: 625,000 feed
Pick-up roller 1
13YH4039
Separation roller 1
20AJ4015

3.1.3 PF
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Pick-up rubber Alcohol/cleaning pad
section Paper feed roller
Separation roller
PF separation gear ( ) Alcohol/cleaning
section pad/multemp FF-RM
2 Conveyance Vertical conveyance Alcohol/cleaning pad
section roller /1
Horizontal convey-
ance roller /1

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 600,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Pick-up rubber 2 Actual replacement
section A03X5652 count: 300,000 feed
Paper feed roller 2
A03X5653
Separation roller 2
A03X5654

1 21
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Maintenance 3 (Every 2,400,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))


bizhub PRO C6500

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


/C6500P/C5500

classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used


1 Paper feed Paper feed clutch 2 Actual replacement
section 56AA8201 count: 2,000,000
Separation clutch 2 feed
56AA8201
2 Conveyance Vertical conveyance 1
section clutch /1
56AA8201
Vertical conveyance 1
clutch /2
56AA8201
Vertical conveyance 1
clutch /3
56AA8201
Horizontal convey- 1
ance clutch /1
56AA8201
Horizontal convey- 1
ance clutch /2
56AA8201
Pre-registration clutch 1
56AA8201

3.1.4 LU
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 prints (PRO C6500)/Every 150,000 prints (PRO C5500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Pick-up roller Alcohol/cleaning pad
section Paper feed roller
Separation roller
Pre-registration roller
Paper dust
removing brush
LU separation gear ( ) Alcohol/cleaning
section pad/multemp FF-RM

22 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 600,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500/C5500))

bizhub PRO C6500


No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials

/C6500P/C5500
classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Pick-up roller 1 Actual replacement
section A03X5652 count: 300,000 feed
Paper feed roller 1
A03X5653
Separation roller 1
A03X5654

C. Maintenance 3 (Every 2,400,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500/C5500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Paper feed clutch 1 Actual replacement
section 56AA8201 count: 2,000,000
Pre-registration clutch 1 feed
56AA8201

3.1.5 RU
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Conveyance Entrance roller /2 Alcohol/cleaning pad
section Entrance roller /1
Conveyance roller

3.1.6 FD
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 2,200,000 prints (PRO C6500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 PI section Paper feed rubber 2 Actual replacement
13QN-443 count: 100,000 feed
Separation rubber 2
56BA-575

B. Spotted replacement parts (PRO C6500)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 PI section Pick-up rubber 6 Actual replacement
50BA-574 count: 200,000 feed

1 23
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.1.7 FS
bizhub PRO C6500

A. FS-503
/C6500P/C5500

(1) Maintenance 1 (Every 600,000 prints (PRO C6500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Main tray Paper exit roller /A 8
section 122H4825

(2) Maintenance 2 (Every 3,000,000 prints (PRO C6500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Stapler Stapler unit /Fr 1 Actual replacement
section 15AA4222 count: 500,000 sta-
Stapler unit /Rr 1 ples
15AA-450

B. FS-520
(1) Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500)/Every 150,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Conveyance Paper exit roller /A 6
section (sponge roller)
122H4825
Paper exit roller /B 4
(sponge roller)
A04D8904
Intermediate convey- 4
ance roller
(sponge roller)
13QE4531

(2) Maintenance 2 (Every 400,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500)/Every 300,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Stacker Paper assist roller 1
section (sponge roller)
20AK4210
Cleaning plate Assy 1
A07RA741

24 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

(3) Spotted replacement parts (PRO C6500/C5500)

bizhub PRO C6500


No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials

/C6500P/C5500
classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Stapler sec- Stapler unit /Fr 1 Actual replacement
tion A07RA735 count: 500,000 sta-
Stapler unit /Rr 1 ples
A07RA736

C. FS-607
(1) Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500)/Every 150,000copies/prints (PRO C5500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Conveyance Paper exit roller /A 6
section (sponge roller)
122H4825
Paper exit roller /B 4
(sponge roller)
A04D8904
Intermediate convey- 4
ance roller
(sponge roller)
13QE4531

(2) Maintenance 2 (Every 400,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500)/Every 300,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Stacker sec- Paper assist roller 1
tion (sponge roller)
20AK4210

(3) Maintenance 3 (Every 1,000,000 copies/prints (PRO C6500)/Every 900,000 copies/prints (PRO C5500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Stapler sec- Stapler unit /Fr 1 Actual replacement
tion 15JM-501 count: 200,000 sta-
Stapler unit /Rr 1 ples
15JM-501

1 25
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.1.8 PI
bizhub PRO C6500

A. Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 prints (PRO C6500)/Every 150,000 prints (PRO C5500))
/C6500P/C5500

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Pick-up roller Alcohol/cleaning pad
section Paper feed roller
Separation roller

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 600,000 prints (PRO C6500/C5500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Paper feed roller 2 Actual replacement
section 13QN-446 count: 100,000 feed
Separation roller 2
13QN-443

C. Maintenance 3 (Every 1,000,000 prints (PRO C6500)/Every 900,000 prints (PRO C5500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Pick-up roller 2 Actual replacement
section 50BA-574 count: 200,000 feed

D. Maintenance 4 (Every 3,000,000 prints (PRO C6500/C5500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Torque limiter 2 Actual replacement
section 13QN4073 count: 600,000 feed

E. Spotted replacement parts (PRO C6500/C5500)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Paper feed Papaer feed clutch /Up 1 Actual replacement
section 13QN8201 count: 1,000,000
Papaer feed clutch /Lw 1 feed
13QN8201

26 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.1.9 SD

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Maintenance 1 (Every 600,000 prints (PRO C6500))

/C6500P/C5500
No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Trimmer sec- Trimmer board assem- 1 Actual replacement
tion bly count: 18,900 cuts
15AN5282
• Counter reset
(I/O check mode)

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 1,400,000 prints (PRO C6500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Trimmer sec- Trimmer blade assem- 1 Actual replacement
tion bly count: 37,500 cuts
15AN-570

C. Maintenance 3 (Every 4,000,000 prints (PRO C6500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Trimmer sec- Slide block /Rt Actual lubricated
2 tion Slide block /Lt cycle: every 100,000
3 Trimmer blade drive cuts or 0.5 year
screw /Up (whichever comes
first.)
4 Trimmer blade drive
screw /Lw
5 Trimmer stopper /Rt
6 Trimmer stopper /Lt

2 27
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

D. Spotted replacement parts (PRO C6500)


bizhub PRO C6500

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


/C6500P/C5500

classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used


1 Saddle Stapler assembly /Rt 1 Actual replacement
stitching sec- 15AN-550 count: 1,000,000
2 tion Stapler assembly /Lt 1 staples
15AN-550
3 Trimmer sec- Trimmer blade motor 1 Actual replacement
tion 15AN8002 count: 200,000 cuts
4 Trimmer press motor 1
15AN8002
5 Bundle pro- Bundle press stage 1 Actual replacement
cessing sec- gear count:500,000 sets
tion 15AN7719 (Bundle exit tray)

E. Spotted lubrication (PRO C6500)

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Trimmer Trimmer board gear Actual lubricated
2 section Trimmer blade gear /Up cycle: every
3 Trimmer blade gear /Lw 200,000 cuts or
1 year
4 Press drive screw /Rt
(whichever comes
5 Press drive screw /Lt
first.)
6 Trimmer press plate
guide rail /Rt
7 Trimmer press plate
guide rail /Lt

28 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.1.10 PB

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Maintenance 1 (Every 200,000 prints (PRO C6500))

/C6500P/C5500
No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Conveyance Entrance sensor Blower brush
section
2 SC entrance sensor
3 Sub tray conveyance Drum cleaner/
roller cleaning pad

4 Intermediate convey-
ance roller
5 Entrance conveyance
roller
6 Cover paper convey-
ance roller
7 Clamp section Reference plate
*4
8 Clamp pressure plate Plas guard No.2
shafts
*2
9 Glue tank Glue tank Tweezers, industrial
section wiper, multemp FF-RM
10 Filter
A0753724#
11 Cover paper Cover paper folding *1 Tweezers, industrial wiper
section plate
12 Book spine backing *1

plate
13 Book exit belt /Rr Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
14 Book exit belt /Fr
15 Cover paper
conveyance roller /Rt
16 Cover paper
conveyance roller /Lt
17 Cover paper table
entrance roller
18 Paper dust removing Blower brush
brush
19 Cover paper alignment *3 Plas guard No.2
plate shafts
20 Glue supply Pellet hopper Blower brush
21 Book stock Book load limit sensor
section
22 Book upper limit LED
23 Book sensor/1 and /2
24 Guide shaft/Rt and /Lt *5 Plas guard No.2
25 Book conveyance belt /Rr Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
26 Book conveyance belt /Fr
27 Book movement belt

2 29
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


bizhub PRO C6500

classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used


/C6500P/C5500

28 Cover paper Paper dust removing brush Blower brush


tray section
29 Paper dust removing roller
30 Conveyance roller Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
31 SC section Switchback roller
13GQ4519#
32 Switchback assist roller /Rr Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
33 Switchback assist roller /Fr

*1 Cleaning of the cover paper folding plate and the book spine backing plate is an abbreviated cleaning.
Remove adhered glue as necessary.
*2 Lubricate the glue apply roller motor drive connecting gear.
*3 Lubricate the cover paper alignment plate shafts.
*4 Lubricate the clamp pressure plate shafts.
*5 Lubricate the guide shaft/Rt and /Lt.

B. Spotted replacement parts (Every 500,000 cycle (PRO C6500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Cover paper Pick-up roller 1
tray section 55VA-484#
Paper feed roller 1
55VA-483#
Separation roller 1
55VA-483#

C. Spotted replacement parts (Every 3,000,000 cycle (PRO C6500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Cover paper Cover paper pick up 1
tray section clutch
56AA8201#
2 Cover paper separation 1
clutch
56AA8201#

D. Spotted replacement parts (Every 6,000 hours (C6500))

No. Unit Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials


classification Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement Tools used
1 Glue tank Cover paper glue roller 4
section drive gear bearing
A0753977

30 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.2 Replacement parts list

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
3.2.1 Periodically replacement parts list (PRO C6500)

Note
• For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.4 Maintenance procedure of
the housing section" to "3.16 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section".
• The parts count No. given in the table below represents the number of "Count of special parts" in
the Service mode.

A. Main body

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 External sec- Dust-proof filter /1 assy A03UR701 1 See P.40 2
2 tion Dust-proof filter /2 assy 65AAR718 1 Must be 3
replaced
Note when replac-
• In this filter an ozone filter is ing the dust-
included. proof filter /1
assy.
3 Photocon- Drum cartridge DU-102 4 See P.40 14, 16, 18, 20
4 ductor section Charging corona A03UR703 4 See P.40 6, 8, 10, 12
• Parts counter reset (Service
mode)
5 Charging dust-proof filter 65AAR767 1 600,000 5
6 Intermediate Belt Cleaning blade A03U5530 1 See P.40 37
7 transfer sec- 1st transfer roller /Y A03U5012 1 200,000 39
8 tion 1st transfer roller /M A03U5012 1 200,000 40
9 1st transfer roller /C A03U5012 1 200,000 41
10 1st transfer roller /K A03U5004 1 200,000 42
11 Transfer belt A03U5042 1 200,000 34
12 2nd transfer roller /Up 65AA2611 1 200,000 43
13 Separation claw assy 65AAR753 3 600,000 44
14 Belt cleaner unit A03UR748 1 600,000 35
15 Toner collection Sheet /1 65AAR756 1 200,000 36
16 2nd transfer roller /Lw 65AA4501 1 200,000 48
17 2nd transfer earth plate assy 65AAR778 1 1,000,000 50
18 Belt separation claw solenoid 26NA8251 1 1,400,000 47
19 Separation discharging assy A03UR704 1 200,000 49
20 Developing Developer /Y DV610 (Y) 1 See P.40 22
21 section Developer /M DV610 (M) 1 See P.40 24
22 Developer /C DV610 (C) 1 See P.40 26
23 Developer /K DV610 (K) 1 See P.40 28
24 Developing unit /Y A03UR706 1 600,000 30
25 Developing unit /M 1 600,000 31

1 31
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
bizhub PRO C6500

ment cycle No.


/C6500P/C5500

26 Developing Developing unit /C A03UR706 1 600,000 32


27 section Developing unit /K A03UR707 1 600,000 33
28 Toner collec- Toner collection box A03UR702 1 See P.40 1
tion box
29 Paper feed Pick-up roller 56AAR721 3 800,000 78, 79, 80
30 section Paper feed roller rubber 25SA4096 3 125,000 74, 75, 76
31 Separation roller rubber 25SA4096 3 125,000 74, 75, 76
32 Paper feed clutch /1 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 82
33 Paper feed clutch /2 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 83
34 Paper feed clutch /3 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 84
35 Pre-registration clutch /1 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 86
36 Pre-registration clutch /2 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 87
37 Pre-registration clutch /3 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 88
38 Bypass feed Pick-up roller 65AAR789 1 800,000 81
39 tray section Paper feed roller rubber 25SA4096 1 125,000 77
40 Separation roller rubber 25SA4096 1 125,000 77
41 Paper feed clutch /BP 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 85
42 Vertical con- Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 89
veyance sec-
tion
43 Registration Cleaning stay assy 65AAR780 1 600,000 92
44 section Registration roller assy 65LAR707 1 1,400,000 93
45 ADU section Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 90
46 Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 91
47 Reverse/ Reverse decurler roller A03U8605 1 400,000 94
48 paper exit paper exit decurler roller A03U8926 1 1,000,000 95
section
49 Fusing sec- Fusing drive gear /B A03U8082 1 400,000 61
50 tion Fusing duct 2 assy A03UR753 1 600,000 65
51 Fusing drive gear /M A03U8093 1 1,000,000 67
52 Fusing lamp /Up A03UM31F 1 2,400,000 68
A03UM31E
53 Fusing roller /2 A03U7202 1 400,000 51
54 Fusing bearing 56UA7507 2 400,000 66
55 Fusing drive gear /O A03U8095 1 400,000 63
56 Fusing belt A03U7205 1 400,000 53
57 Fusing roller /1 A03U7201 1 400,000 60
58 Insulating sleeve /Up A03U7295 2 400,000 57
59 Fusing bearing /Up A03U8078 2 400,000 62
60 Belt regulation sleeve A03U7250 2 400,000 54
61 Fusing heater lamp /4 A03UM32F 1 2,400,000 69
A03UM32E

32 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count

bizhub PRO C6500


ment cycle No.

/C6500P/C5500
62 Fusing sec- Fusing roller /Lw A03U7203 1 200,000 52
63 tion Fusing bearing /Lw 26NA5371 2 600,000 58
64 Insulating sleeve /Lw A03U7227 2 600,000 59
65 Sensor mounting plate A assy A03UR734 1 2,400,000 71
66 Sensor mounting plate B assy A03UR735 1 2,400,000 70
67 Fusing paper exit roller /Up A03U7225 2 200,000 55
68 Fusing regulation gear /A 65AA7747 1 600,000 64
69 Fusing limiter 65AA5365 1 600,000 56
70 OT-502 Paper retainer roller 65AA4849 2 200,000 113
71 Paper exit roller A0438907 1 200,000 111
72 Paper exit driven roller /2 65AA4818 4 200,000 112

B. Option

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 DF Paper feed roller 13YH4064 1 625,000 217
2 Pick-up roller 13YH4039 1 625,000 218
3 Separation roller 20AJ4015 1 625,000 219
4 PF Pick-up rubber 55VA4111 2 300,000 126, 130
5 Paper feed roller 55VA-483 2 300,000 127, 131
6 Separation roller 55VA-483 2 300,000 127, 131
7 Paper feed clutch /1 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 128
8 Paper feed clutch /2 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 132
9 Separation clutch /1 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 129
10 Separation clutch /2 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 133
11 Vertical conveyance clutch /1 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 134
12 Vertical conveyance clutch /2 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 135
13 Vertical conveyance clutch /3 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 136
14 Horizontal conveyance clutch /1 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 137
15 Horizontal conveyance clutch /2 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 138
16 Pre-registration clutch 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 139
17 LU Pick-up roller A03X5652 1 300,000 118
18 Paper feed roller A03X5653 1 300,000 119
19 Separation roller A03X5654 1 300,000 119
20 Paper feed clutch 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 120
21 Pre-registration clutch 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 121
22 FD Paper feed rubber 13QN-443 2 100,000 153, 156
23 Separation rubber 56BA-575 2 100,000 154, 157
24 FS-503 Stapler unit/Fr 15AA4222 1 500,000 144
25 Stapler unit/Rr 15AA-450 1 500,000 145
26 Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller) 122H4825 8 600,000 147

1 33
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
bizhub PRO C6500

ment cycle No.


/C6500P/C5500

27 FS-520 Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller) 122H4825 6 200,000 196


28 Paper exit roller /B (sponge roller) A04D8904 4 200,000 197
29 Intermediate conveyance roller 13QE4531 4 200,000 198
(sponge roller)
30 Paper assist roller (sponge roller) 20AK4210 1 400,000 209
31 Cleaning plate Assy A07RA741 1 400,000 215
32 FS-607 Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller) 122H4825 6 200,000 196
33 Paper exit roller /B (sponge roller) A04D8904 4 200,000 197
34 Intermediate conveyance roller 13QE4531 4 200,000 198
(sponge roller)
35 Paper assist roller (sponge roller) 20AK4210 1 200,000 209
36 Stapler unit /Fr 15JM-501 1 200,000 189
37 Stapler unit /Rr 15JM-501 1 200,000 190
38 PI Paper feed roller 13QN-446 2 100,000 201, 206
39 Separation roller 13QN-443 2 100,000 202, 207
40 Pick-up roller 50BA-574 2 200,000 200, 205
41 Torque limiter 13QN4073 2 600,000 203, 208
42 SD Trimmer board assembly 15AN5282 1 18,900 179
43 Trimmer blade assembly 15AN-570 1 37,500 178
44 PB Switchback roller 13GQ4519# 1 200,000 228
45 Filter A0753724# 1 200,000 234,235

34 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.2.2 Spot replacement parts list (PRO C6500)

bizhub PRO C6500


The parts shown below are not periodically replaced parts. However, be sure to replace them when they get to

/C6500P/C5500
the actual count value.

A. Main body

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 ADU section ADU conveyance clutch /1 A03UM201 1 3,600,000 96
2 ADU conveyance clutch /2 A03UM201 1 3,600,000 97
3 ADU conveyance clutch /3 A03UM201 1 3,600,000 98
4 ADU pre-registration clutch A03UM201 1 3,600,000 99

B. Option

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 FD Pick-up rubber 50BA-574 6 200,000 152, 155
2 FS-520 Stapler unit /Fr A07RA735 1 500,000 210
3 Stapler unit /Rr A07RA736 1 500,000 211
4 PI Paper feed clutch /UP 13QN8201 1 1,000,000 199
5 Paper feed clutch /Lw 13QN8201 1 1,000,000 204
6 SD Stapler assembly /Rt 15AN-550 1 1,000,000 176
7 Stapler assembly /Lt 15AN-550 1 1,000,000 177
8 Trimmer blade motor 15AN8002 1 200,000 180
9 Trimmer press motor 15AN8002 1 200,000 180
10 Bundle press stage gear 15AN7719 1 500,000 184
11 PB Pick-up roller 55VA-484# 1 500,000 229
12 Paper feed roller 55VA-483# 1 500,000 230
13 Separation roller 55VA-483# 1 500,000 230
14 Cover paper pick up clutch 56AA8201# 1 3,000,000 231
15 Cover paper separation clutch 56AA8201# 1 3,000,000 232
16 Cover paper glue roller drive gear A0753977 4 6,000 hours 237
bearing

2 35
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.2.3 Periodically replacement parts list (PRO C5500)


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.4 Maintenance procedure of
the housing section" to "3.16 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section".
• The parts count No. given in the table below represents the number of "Count of special parts" in
the Service mode.

A. Main body

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 External sec- Dust-proof filter /1 assy A03UR701 1 See P.40 2
2 tion Dust-proof filter /2 assy 65AAR718 1 Must be 3
replaced
when
replacing
the dust-
proof filter /1
assy.
3 Photo con- Drum cartridge DU-102 4 See P.40 14,16,18,20
4 ductor Charging corona A03UR703 4 See P.40 6,8,10,12
section • Parts counter reset (Service
mode)
5 Charging dust-proof filter 65AAR767 1 450,000 5
6 Intermediate Belt Cleaning blade A03U5530 1 See P.40 37
7 transfer sec- 1st transfer roller /Y A03U5012 1 150,000 39
tion
8 1st transfer roller /M A03U5012 1 150,000 40
9 1st transfer roller /C A03U5012 1 150,000 41
10 1st transfer roller /K A03U5004 1 150,000 42
11 Transfer belt A03U5042 1 150,000 34
12 2nd transfer roller /Up 65AA2611 1 150,000 43
13 Separation claw assy 65AAR753 3 600,000 44
14 Belt cleaner unit A03UR748 1 600,000 35
15 Toner collection Sheet /1 65AAR756 1 150,000 36
16 2nd transfer roller /Lw 65AA4501 1 150,000 48
17 2nd transfer earth plate assy 65AAR778 1 900,000 50
18 Belt separation claw solenoid 26NA8251 1 1,350,000 47
19 Separation discharging assy A03UR704 1 150,000 49
20 Developing Developer /Y DV610(Y) 1 See P.40 22
21 section Developer /M DV610(M) 1 See P.40 24
22 Developer /C DV610(C) 1 See P.40 26
23 Developer /K DV610(K) 1 See P.40 28
24 Developing unit /Y A03UR706 1 600,000 30
25 Developing unit /M 1 600,000 31
26 Developing unit /C 1 600,000 32
27 Developing unit /K A03UR707 1 600,000 33

36 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count

bizhub PRO C6500


ment cycle No.

/C6500P/C5500
28 Toner collec- Toner collection box A03UR702 1 See P.40 1
tion box
29 Paper feed Pick-up roller 56AAR721 3 800,000 78,79,80
30 section Paper feed roller rubber 25SA4096 3 125,000 74,75,76
31 Separation roller rubber 25SA4096 3 125,000 74,75,76
32 Paper feed clutch /1 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 82
33 Paper feed clutch /2 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 83
34 Paper feed clutch /3 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 84
35 Pre-registration clutch /1 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 86
36 Pre-registration clutch /2 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 87
37 Pre-registration clutch /3 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 88
38 Bypass feed Pick-up roller 65AAR789 1 800,000 81
39 tray section Paper feed roller rubber 25SA4096 1 125,000 77
40 Separation roller rubber 25SA4096 1 125,000 77
41 Paper feed clutch /BP 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 85
42 Vertical con- Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 56AA8201 1 1,950,000 89
veyance
section
43 Registration Cleaning stay assy 65AAR780 1 600,000 92
44 section Registration roller assy 65LAR707 1 1,350,000 93
45 ADU section Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 56AA8201 1 1,950,000 90
46 Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 56AA8201 1 1,950,000 91
47 Reverse/ Reverse decurler roller A03U8605 1 300,000 94
48 paper exit paper exit decurler roller A03U8926 1 900,000 95
section
49 Fusing sec- Fusing drive gear /B A03U8082 1 300,000 61
50 tion Fusing duct 2 assy A03UR753 1 600,000 65
51 Fusing drive gear /M A03U8093 1 900,000 67
52 Fusing lamp /Up A03UM31F 1 2,400,000 68
A03UM31E
53 Fusing roller /2 A03U7202 1 300,000 51
54 Fusing bearing 56UA7507 2 300,000 66
55 Fusing drive gear /O A03U8095 1 300,000 63
56 Fusing belt A03U7205 1 300,000 53
57 Fusing roller /1 A03U7201 1 300,000 60
58 Insulating sleeve /Up A03U7295 2 300,000 57
59 Fusing bearing /Up A03U8078 2 300,000 62
60 Belt regulation sleeve A03U7250 2 300,000 54
61 Fusing heater lamp /4 A03UM32F 1 2,400,000 69
A03UM32E
62 Fusing roller /Lw A03U7203 1 150,000 52
63 Fusing bearing /Lw 26NA5371 2 450,000 58
64 Insulating sleeve /Lw A03U7227 2 450,000 59

1 37
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
bizhub PRO C6500

ment cycle No.


/C6500P/C5500

65 Fusing sec- Sensor mounting plate A assy A03UR734 1 2,400,000 71


66 tion Sensor mounting plate B assy A03UR735 1 2,400,000 70
67 Fusing paper exit roller /Up A03U7225 2 150,000 55
68 Fusing regulation gear /A 65AA7747 1 600,000 64
69 Fusing limiter 65AA5365 1 600,000 56
70 OT-502 Paper retainer roller 65AA4849 2 150,000 113
71 Paper exit roller A0438907 1 150,000 111
72 Paper exit driven roller /2 65AA4818 4 150,000 112

B. Option

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 DF Paper feed roller 13YH4064 1 625,000 217
2 Pick-up roller 13YH4039 1 625,000 218
3 Separation roller 20AJ4015 1 625,000 219
4 LU Pick-up roller A03X5652 1 300,000 118
5 Paper feed roller A03X5653 1 300,000 119
6 Separation roller A03X5654 1 300,000 119
7 Paper feed clutch 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 120
8 Pre-registration clutch 56AA8201 1 2,000,000 121
9 FS-520 Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller) 122H4825 6 150,000 196
10 Paper exit roller /B (sponge roller) A04D8904 4 150,000 197
11 Intermediate conveyance roller 13QE4531 4 150,000 198
(spongeroller)
12 Paper assist roller (sponge roller) 20AK4210 1 300,000 209
13 Cleaning plate Assy A07RA741 1 300,000 215
14 FS-607 Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller) 122H4825 6 150,000 196
15 Paper exit roller /B (sponge roller) A04D8904 4 150,000 197
16 Intermediate conveyance roller 13QE4531 4 150,000 198
(sponge roller)
17 Paper assist roller (sponge roller) 20AK4210 1 300,000 209
18 Stapler unit /Fr 15JM-501 1 200,000 189
19 Stapler unit /Rr 15JM-501 1 200,000 190
20 PI Paper feed roller 13QN-446 2 100,000 201,206
21 Separation roller 13QN-443 2 100,000 202,207
22 Pick-up roller 50BA-574 2 200,000 200,205
23 Torque limiter 13QN4073 2 600,000 203,208

38 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.2.4 Spot replacement parts list (PRO C5500)

bizhub PRO C6500


The parts shown below are not periodically replaced parts. However, be sure to replace them when they get to

/C6500P/C5500
the actual count value.

A. Main body

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 ADU section ADU conveyance clutch /1 A03UM201 1 3,600,000 96
2 ADU conveyance clutch /2 A03UM201 1 3,600,000 97
3 ADU conveyance clutch /3 A03UM201 1 3,600,000 98
4 ADU pre-registration clutch A03UM201 1 3,600,000 99

B. Option

No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 FS-520 Stapler unit /Fr A07RA735 1 500,000 210
2 Stapler unit /Rr A07RA736 1 500,000 211
3 PI Paper feed clutch /Up 13QN8201 1 1,000,000 199
4 Paper feed clutch /Lw 13QN8201 1 1,000,000 204

1 39
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.3 Concept of parts life


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

3.3.1 Life value of consumables and parts

Parts name Replacement cycle Actual Life/Verification method


Drum cartridge Every 200,000 prints or When 106 km of drum drive distance, or
equivalent (PRO C6500) 130 km of lubricant applying roller drive
Every 150,000 prints or distance is reached, whichever comes
equivalent (PRO C5500) first.
On the user screen, the life counter shows
the remaining life with percentage (100%
is the end of life).
Developer Every 200,000 prints or 130km of developing roller drive distance.
equivalent (PRO C6500) On the user screen, the life counter shows
Every 150,000 prints or the remaining life with percentage (100%
equivalent (PRO C5500) is the end of life).
Toner collection box Assy Every 50,000 prints or When the waste toner full sensor (PS51)
equivalent (PRO C6500/ detects the waste toner full status.
C5500)
Charging coronas Every 100,000 prints or Charging time of the charging coronas is
equivalent (PRO C6500) 70 hours .
Every 75,000 prints or On the user screen, the life counter shows
equivalent (PRO C5500) the remaining life with percentage (100%
is the end of life).
Dust-proof filter /1 assy Every 200,000 prints or Varies depending on coverage, developing
equivalent (PRO C6500) roller drive distance, and temp./humidity.
Every 150,000 prints or On the user screen, the life counter shows
equivalent (PRO C5500) the remaining life with percentage (100%
is the end of life).
Belt cleaner blade Every 200,000 prints or 130km of the belt cleaner blade drive dis-
equivalent (PRO C6500) tance.
Every 150,000 prints or On the user screen, the life counter shows
equivalent (PRO C5500) the remaining life with percentage (100%
is the end of life).

3.3.2 Conditions for life specifications values


The replacement cycles (number of prints) are values calculated based on the actual life of parts when printing is
made under the conditions listed in the table below. Since the idle running time (when not creating an image) of
each part can vary widely depending on the print mode, the actual life cycle may become different between the
parts whose replacement cycle (number of sheets) are the same.

Item Descriptions
Printing method Full color six copies intermittently
Paper size A4
Coverage 5% coverage for each color
Environmental temp/humidity Q zone

40 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.4 Maintenance procedure of the housing section

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
3.4.1 Replacing the Dust-proof filter /1 assy
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Dust-proof filter /1 assy : Every 200,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: Varies depending on the cover-
age,the developing roller drive distance and temp/humidity) *1
: Every 150,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: Varies depending on the cover-
age,the developing roller drive distance and temp/humidity) *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the screw [1], and remove the filter cover
[1] [2]
[2].

a03uf2c001ca

2. Remove the Dust-proof filter /1 assy [1].


3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] a03uf2c002ca

1 41
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.4.2 Replacing dust-proof filter /2 assy


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


/C6500P/C5500

• Dust-proof filter /2 assy : Every 200,000 prints *1


: Every 150,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Loosen the two screws [1] and remove the filter
[1]
cover [2].

[2] a03uf2c003ca

2. Pull out the dust-proof filter /2 assy [2] from the fil-
[2] [1]
ter cover [1].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

a03uf2c004ca

42 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.5 Maintenance procedure of the photoconductor section

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
3.5.1 Process unit disassembly flowchart

Open the toner supply section.

Open the fan cover /Fr.

Pull out the process unit. Removing charging corona unit

Remove the transfer belt unit.

Removing drum cartridge Removing developing unit

Removing process unit

Removing image correction unit

43
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.5.2 Opening/closing toner supply section


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Procedure
/C6500P/C5500

1. Open the front door [1].


2. Loosen the screws [2] and [3], and open the toner
supply section [4].

Note
• Do not exert force on the toner supply section
when it is opened. Otherwise the hinge of the
toner supply section may be deformed.
• When closing the toner supply section, be
sure to tighten the screw two turns with your
fingers before using a screwdriver so as not
[2] [3] to strip the thread.

[1] [4]
a03uf2c037ca

44
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3. Remove the door lock [2] on the inside of the

bizhub PRO C6500


toner supply section [1], and attach the lock as a

/C6500P/C5500
stopper as shown in the figure.
4. When closing the toner supply section, follow the
removal steps in reverse.

Note
• When the toner supply section is opened, be
sure to use the door lock as a stopper so as
not to hit the toner supply section with the
process unit upon removal.
[2] [1]

[2] [1]
a03uf2c038ca

45
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.5.3 Pulling out the process unit


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• In order to prevent rollover accidents, safety feature of the product does not allow the process unit
and the ADU to be pulled out at the same time.
• Be sure to put the ADU in the main body before pulling out the process unit.
• If you cannot pull out the process unit, check the lock lever/1 and /2 for deformation and replace
them as necessary. (See P.220)

1. Open the toner supply section.


(See P.44)
2. Loosen the screw [1] and open the fan cover/Fr
[2].

[1] [2] a03uf2c039ca

3. Push the mount handle /Lt [1] and the process


[3]
mount handle /Rt [2] inward together to unlock
the process unit [3], and pull out the process unit
[3] by holding the handles.

[1] [2] a03uf2c040ca

46
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.5.4 Removing drum cartridge

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• Drum cartridge : Every 200,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: 106 km of drum drive distance, or 130
km of roller drive distance after lubrication, whichever comes first) *1
: Every 150,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: 106 km of drum drive distance,or 130
km of roller drive distance after lubrication, whichever comes first) *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure

Note
• The product installs four drum cartridges one each for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, and they
are common parts. However, do not use a once-used drum cartridge for another color, or the old
remaining toner and the new toner will mix up and the print quality will degrade.

1. Pull out the process unit.


(See P.46)
2. Remove the transfer belt unit.
(See P.50)
3. Lift up the both ends [2] of the drum stay/Up [1],
grab the ends, and remove the drum cartridge/Y
[3].
[2]
4. Remove the drum cartridge/M [4], /C [5], and /K
[8] [1] [7]
[6] in the same manner as step 3.

Note
• When installing drum cartridges, confirm that
the both ends of the cartridges are fitted in
the groove of the drum attachment block/Fr
[7] and /Rr [8]. (Drum attachment block/Fr [7]
and /Rr [8] shown on the left is the one for
yellow drum cartridge. Install magenta, cyan,
and black drum cartridges in the same man-
ner.)
• When installing the drum cartridge/K [6], be
careful not to entangle the sheet [9].
[5] [6] [9] [4] [3]
a03uf2c005ca
• Do not damage or touch the drum photocon-
ductor area with bare hands.
• When leaving drum cartridges, be sure to
spread a sheet over the cartridges to protect
from light, and put them in a dark place.

5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

1 47
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.6 Maintenance procedure of the charging section


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

3.6.1 Replacing the charging corona


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Charging corona : Every 100,000 prints *1
: Every 75,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure

Note
• The product installs four charging coronas one each for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, and
they are common parts. However, do not use a once-used charging corona for another color, or
the old remaining toner and the new toner will mix up and the print quality will degrade.

1. Open the toner supply section.


(See P.44)
2. Place the lever [2] of the charging corona [1] in its
lower right position, then pull the lever toward you
to remove the charging corona.
[1] 3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2]

8050ma3037

48 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.6.2 Replacing the charging dust-proof filter

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• Charging dust-proof filter : Every 600,000 prints *1
: Every 450,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section.
[3] [1]
(See P.44)
2. Remove the charging dust-proof filter [3] from the
charging suction assy [2] installed inside the toner
supply section [1].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] 8050ma3074

1 49
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.7 Maintenance procedure of the intermediate transfer section


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

3.7.1 Removing/installing the transfer belt unit

A. Procedure
1. Pull out the process unit.
[3] [2] [1] [3] [2] [1]
(See P.46)
2. Remove the screws [1], 1 each.
3. Loosen the two screws [2].
4. Turn the belt positioning shaft [3] counterclock-
wise, and remove the shaft.

a03uf2c041ca

5. Remove the supporting shaft [3] from the charging


[3] [1]
suction assy [2] installed inside of the toner supply
unit [1].

Note
• Supporting shaft is an assist device to let the
transfer belt unit stand by itself and the sup-
porting shaft should be made ready before-
hand when removing the transfer belt unit.

[2]
8050ma3044

50
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

[1] [2] 6. Lift up the handles [1] and remove the transfer belt

bizhub PRO C6500


unit [2].

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Do not damage or touch the transfer belt [3]
with bare hands.
• When removing the transfer belt unit, be sure
to hold the handles on both ends.

[3] a03uf2c042ca

7. Attach the supporting shaft [2] to the transfer belt


unit [1] and let the unit stand by itself.
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note
• Do not rotate the transfer belt when the trans-
fer belt unit is standing alone.

[2] [1] 8050ma3046

51
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Note
[1]
bizhub PRO C6500

• Before installing the transfer belt unit [1],


/C6500P/C5500

rotate the cam [3] clockwise as far as it will


go.
• When installing the transfer belt unit, align the
[2] guide pins [2] on the front and the rear of the
[2] unit with two notches of the transfer block/Fr
[4] and two notches of the transfer block/Rr
[5].
[3] Be careful not to hit the drum with the belt.

[5] [4] a03uf2c043ca

52
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.7.2 Replacing the belt cleaning blade

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• Belt Cleaning blade : Every 200,000 prints *1
: Every 150,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure

[4] [3]
1. Remove the belt cleaner unit.
(See P.59)
2. Remove the two springs [1].
3. Remove the C-clip [2], pull out the blade support
shaft [3], and remove the belt Cleaning blade [4].

Note
• When installing the belt cleaner unit, apply
setting powder to entire surface of the trans-
fer belt to which the belt cleaner unit is
attached. After applying setting powder,
[3]
[1] rotate the transfer belt tobrush all setting
powder off.
• Take extra care not to touch or damage the
blade of the belt Cleaning blade [4].

[2]
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
8050ma3049
steps in reverse.

1 53
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.7.3 Replacing 1st transfer roller /Y, /M, /C and /K


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


/C6500P/C5500

• Transfer roller /Y, /M, /C : Every 200,000 prints *1


: Every 150,000 prints *2
• Transfer roller /K : Every 200,000 prints *1
: Every 150,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt.
[1] [5] [7] [1]
(See P.55)
2. Place the transfer belt unit as shown in the figure
on the left.
3. Remove the C-clip [1].
4. Remove the bearing [2] and slide the stopper/4 [3]
to release the tip of the transfer release arm [4].
5. Slide and remove the 1st transfer roller/K [6].
[7] 6. Remove the 1st transfer roller/Y, /M, /C [5],1 each.
[7]
Note
[4] [3] [3] [4] • Do not touch the roller surface of the 1st
[7] [6] transfer roller. When handling the 1st transfer
roller, always grasp it by its metal shaft.
• Install the 1st transfer roller so that the shaft
surface with two grooves (one for E-ring, the
other is shallow) faces toward you.
• When installing the 1st transfer roller, confirm
8050ma3053 that the cables are securely fastened and the
plastic films on the cables are not twisted. If
[1] [2] 8050ma3055 the cables are not fastened, correct by press-
ing the cables against the metal frame side. If
the plastic films are twisted, move the films to
the center of the cables.

7. Remove the E-rings [7], two each from the four


1st transfer rollers.
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

54 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.7.4 Replacing the transfer belt

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• Transfer belt : Every 200,000 prints *1
: Every 150,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt unit.
[1] [1]
(See P.50)
2. Remove the belt cleaner unit.
(See P.59)
3. Remove the separation claw assy.
(See P.58)
4. Remove the two springs [1].

8050ma3053

1 55
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

[2] [3] [6] 5. Have the transfer belt unit [1] stand with its front
bizhub PRO C6500

side facing down.


/C6500P/C5500

6. Remove the screw [2] and release the handle [3].


7. Remove the two screws [4] and remove the shaft
[7] stopper [5].
8. Remove the screw [6] and remove the tension
plate /Rr [7].
[4] [5] 9. Remove the two screws [8] and remove the high
voltage power supply collar/Rr [9].
10. Remove the C-clip [10] and remove the bearing
[11].
11. Remove the transfer belt [12] by pulling it straight
up.
[12] 12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1]

[11] [8]

[10] [9] 8050ma3054

Note
• When installing the tension plate/Rr, be sure
to push the projection of the plate as far as it
will go as shown in the figure on the left. Do
not pinch the black sheet when tightening the
screw.
8050ma3152 • When installing the C-clip, lift up the shaft so
that the C-clip is securely fitted in the groove
of the shaft.
• Install the transfer belt with the UP SIDE mark
facing up.
• Hold the transfer belt by its both ends within
10 mm from the edge, and do not touch other
areas.
• Do not damage or touch the transfer belt with
bare hands.
• When installing the transfer belt cleaner unit,
apply setting powder to the entire surface of
the transfer belt to which the belt cleaner unit
is attached. After applying setting powder,
rotate the transfer belt to brush all setting
powder off.

56 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.7.5 Replacing the 2nd transfer roller /Up

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• 2nd transfer roller /Up : Every 200,000 prints *1
: Every 150,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt.
[2]
(See P.55)
2. Lift the 2nd transfer roller /Up [1] upward tempo-
rarily, and remove the roller obliquely downward.

Note
• the 2nd transfer roller /Up has been released
since the high voltage power supply collar /Rr
is removed.
[1] • Do not touch the roller surface of the 2nd
transfer roller /Up. When handling the 2nd
transfer roller /Up, hold it by its metal shaft.
• Install the transfer roller/Lw with the concave
1
shaft end facing down.

3. Remove the two bearings [2] from the 2nd trans-


2
fer roller /Up [1].
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2] [1] 8050ma3056

1 57
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.7.6 Replacing the separation claw assy


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


/C6500P/C5500

• Separation claw assy : Every 600,000 prints

B. Procedure

[3]
1. Remove the transfer belt unit.
(See P.50)
2. Remove the screw [1] and remove the separation
claw unit [2].

[4] Note
• Do not damage or touch the transfer belt [3]
with bare hands.
• Before installing the separation claw unit,
apply setting powder to half the area [4] of the
transfer belt [3]. After applying setting pow-
[2] der, rotate thetransfer belt to brush all setting
powder off.

[2]
[1]
8050ma3050

3. Remove the three screws [1], and remove the


three separation claw assys [2].
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1]

[2]

8050ma3051

58 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.7.7 Replacing the belt cleaner unit

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• Belt cleaner unit : Every 600,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: 130km of belt Cleaning blade drive dis-
tance)

B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt unit.
[2] [2]
(See P.50)
2. Holding the belt cleaner unit [1], remove the two
screws [2], and remove the belt cleaner unit.

Note
• Handle the belt cleaner unit gently when
removing the unit, or the toner accumulated
in between the toner guide roller and the belt
[1]
cleaning belt may spill. It is normal if the toner
is accumulated because the toner is used to
grind the belt surface. If the toner is spilled
over the separation tab unit, remove and
clean the unit.
• The belt cleaner unit consists of the belt
[3] cleaning roller unit and the following compo-
nents: Belt cleaning blade: 1
Spring: 2
8050ma3048 C-clip: 2
Blade support shaft: 1
Toner collection sheet /1: 1
Toner collection sheet /2: 1
Screw: 3
• Before installing the belt cleaner unit, apply
setting powder to the part [3] on the transfer
belt. After applying setting powder, rotate the
transfer belt tobrush all setting powder off.
• When installing the belt cleaner unit, insert
the tow guides at the both bottom ends of the
belt cleaner unit over the pins of the transfer
belt unit and tighten the screws.

3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

1 59
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.7.8 Replacing the toner collection sheet /1


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


/C6500P/C5500

• Toner collection Sheet /1 : Every 200,000 prints *1


: Every 150,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the belt cleaner unit.
(See P.59)
2. Remove the three screws [1], toner collection
sheet /2 [2], and the toner collection sheet /1 [3].

Note
• Do not bend or damage the PET sheet of the
toner collection sheet /1.

3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

[2] [3] 8050ma3159

60 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.7.9 Replacing the 2nd transfer roller /Lw and the transfer earth plate assy

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• 2nd transfer roller /Lw : Every 200,000 prints *1
: Every 150,000 prints *2
• 2nd transfer earth plate assy : Every 1,000,000 prints *1
: Every 900,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the separation discharging assy [1].
(See P.59)
[4] 2. Remove the screw [2] and remove the 2nd trans-
fer earth plate assy [3].
3. Remove the two C-clips [5].
4. Slide the two bearings [6] outward, and remove
the 2nd transfer roller /Lw [4].
5. Remove the two bearings [6] from the 2nd trans-
fer roller /Lw[4].
[1] [6]
Note
• Do not touch the roller surface of the 2nd
transfer roller /Lw [4] with bare hands. Always
hold the 2nd transfer roller/Lw by its shaft.
• When installing the 2nd transfer roller /Lw,
make sure that the shaft surface with a con-
cave portion is facing the rear side of the
[6] [5] device. (The concave portion should not face
[2] [3] [5] 8050ma3089 to the 2nd transfer earth plate assy.)

6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

1 61
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.7.10 Replacing the belt separation claw solenoid (SD1)


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


/C6500P/C5500

• Belt separation claw solenoid (SD1) : Every 1,400,000 prints *1


: Every 1,350,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer belt unit.
(See P.50)
Disconnect the connector [1].
2. Remove the screw [2] and release the cable [4]
from the cable clamp [3].
3. Remove the two screws [5] and remove the belt
separation claw solenoid (SD1) [6].

Note
• After installing the solenoid lever, check if the
shaft of SD1 slides smoothly.
[6]
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[5]

[2] [3] [4] [1] 8050ma3069

62 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.7.11 Replacing the separation discharging assy

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• Separation discharging assy : Every 200,000 prints *1
: Every 150,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section.
(See P.44)
2. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.86)
3. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.96)
4. Remove the screw [1], and remove the terminal
cover [2].

Note
• When installing the terminal cover, match the
[2] [1] projection [3] with the positioning hole [4].

[3][4]
a03uf2c045ca

5. Remove the two separation installation screws [1].


[2] [3]
6. Lift up the separation discharging assy [2], remove
the faston [3], and remove the separation dis-
charging assy [2].

Note
• When removing the faston from the separa-
tion discharging assy, pull out the cover sec-
tion of the faston straight.
• When installing the separation discharging
assy, tighten the separation installation screw
on the front side first positioning the assy
properly. Then tighten the other separation
[1] 8050ma3088
installation screw.
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

1 63
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.8 Maintenance procedure of the developing section


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

3.8.1 Replacing the developer /Y, /M, /C, /K


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Developer /Y, /M, /C, /K : Every 200,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: 130km of the developing
roller drive distance) *1
: Every 150,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: 130km of the developing
roller drive distance) *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the developing unit.
[4] [2] [1] [3] (See P.66)
2. Remove the fixing screw [2] on the plate [1], turn
the plate 90 degrees counterclockwise, and rotate
the upper side of the developing unit to eject the
developer. After that, repeat steps 3 and 4 to eject
all the developer.

Note
• Do not remove the cover [4] of the developing
unit or the developer charging funnel [3] when
8050ma3149
ejecting developer.
• After ejecting developer, be sure to put the
platel [1] back to its original position, and
secure the plate with a screw.

3. Attach the rotating jig [1] installed inside the toner


[1] [2]
supply unit to the coupling [2] on the agitator
screw side, and turn the jig in the direction of the
arrow.

Note
• Do not turn the coupling against the direction
of the arrow.

8050ma3150

64 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

4. Attach the rotating jig to the coupling [1] on the


[1]

bizhub PRO C6500


developing roller side, and turn the jig in the direc-

/C6500P/C5500
tion of the arrow.

Note
• Do not turn the coupling against the direction
of the arrow.
• After replacing the developing unit, be sure to
perform the “Toner Density Sensor Initial
Auto. adjustment.” in service mode.
(See P.301)

8050ma3151

65
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.8.2 Replacing the developing unit /C, /M, /Y, /K


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


• Developing unit /C : Every 600,000 prints
• Developing unit /M : Every 600,000 prints
• Developing unit /Y : Every 600,000 prints
• Developing unit /K : Every 600,000 prints

B. Procedure

Note
• Do not bend the teflon coated sheet attached to the developing roller side of the upper cover of
the developing unit.
• Always use a hydro wipe authorized as a CE tool to clean the developing unit. Use of paper or
cloth other than the specified cloth (hydro wipe) will contaminate the developing control plate
inside the developing unit with paper dust or lint and may cause white bands on images.
• The product installs four developing units one each for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, and they
are common parts. However, do not use a once-used developing unit for another color, or the old
remaining toner and the new toner will mix up and the print quality will degrade.

1. Open the toner supply section.


[2]
[3] (See P.44)
2. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the four
developing support plate [3] installed inside the
toner supply section [2].

Note
• When having the developing unit stand alone,
insert a developing support plate into the
[3] body of the developing unit and use the plate
[1] as a base so as to protect the bristle section
of the toner from contacting other parts.

3. Pull out the process unit.


(See P.46)

8050ma3062

66
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

4. Remove the screws [1], three each, and remove

bizhub PRO C6500


the upper side of the developing holding frames

/C6500P/C5500
[2] in the direction of the arrow.

[1] [2] [1] [2] a03uf2c050ca

5. Disconnect the four connectors [1] and remove


the three developing units /C, /M, /Y [2] and the
developing unit /K [3].
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note
• Before installing developing units without
black, attach labels included in each of the
four unit packages.

[1] [3] [2]


8050ma3064

67
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.9 Maintenance procedure of the toner collection box assy


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

3.9.1 Replacing the toner collection box assy


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Toner collection box assy : Every 50,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Open the toner collection door [1], and pull out the
[1]
toner collection box assy [2].

[2] a03uf2c051ca

2. Peel off the label [2] on the toner collection box


assy [1] and close the opening [3] of the toner col-
lection box assy [1] with the label.
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[3]
[2]

[2]

[1] 8050ma3008

68
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.10 Maintenance procedure of the paper feeding section

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
3.10.1 Replacing the pick-up roller/paper feed roller rubber
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Pick-up roller : Every 2,400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 800,000 feed)
(PRO C6500/C5500)
• Paper feed roller rubber : Every 400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 125,000 feed) *1
: Every 300,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 125,000 feed) *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure

Note
• The tray /1 was used to illustrate the replacement procedure below. The procedure is the same for
the tray /2 and tray/3.

1. Pull out the paper feed tray /1 [1].


2. Remove the four screws [2] and remove the paper
feed unit cover [3].

[2] [3] [2] [3] [3]

[1] a03uf2c052ca

1 69
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3. Disconnect the connector [1].


[5] [3] [2] [1]
bizhub PRO C6500

4. Remove the screw [2] and loosen the fixing shaft


/C6500P/C5500

screw [3].
5. Slide the paper feed unit [4] in the direction of the
arrow, and lift the unit to remove it disconnecting
the connector [5].

[4]

a03uf2c053ca

6. Remove the two C-clips [1], slide the two bearings


[1]
[2] outward, and remove the paper feed roller assy
[3].

Note
• Before installing the paper feed roller assy,
make sure the rollers are free of grease or
dust.

[2] [3] a03uf2c054ca

70
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

7. Remove the bearing [1].


[3] [2] [6] [5] [1]

bizhub PRO C6500


8. Remove the C-clip [2] and remove the pick-up

/C6500P/C5500
roller [3].

Note
• When installing the pick-up roller, be sure that
the arrow mark [4] is facing toward the C-clip
[2].

9. Remove the C-clip [5] and remove the paper feed


roller [6].

[4] [7] Note


• When installing the paper feed roller, be sure
that the arrow mark [7] is facing toward the
C-clip [5].

10. Remove the paper feed roller rubber [8] from the
[9] [8] paper feed roller.
a03uf2c055ca

Note
• When installing the paper feed roller rubber,
be sure that the painted mark [9] is facing
toward the arrow mark [7].

11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

71
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.10.2 Replacing the separation roller rubber


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


/C6500P/C5500

• Separation roller rubber : Every 400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 125,000 feed) *1
: Every 300,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 125,000 feed )*2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure

Note
• The tray /1 was used to illustrate the replacement procedure below. The procedure is the same for
the tray /2 and tray /3.

1. Remove the paper feed roller assy


[2] [1]
(See P.69)
2. Remove the C-clip [1] and remove the separation
roller [2].

Note
• Before installing the separation roller, make
sure the roller is free of grease or dust.

3. Remove the separation roller rubber [3] from the


separation roller [2].

[3] [4] [2] Note


• When installing the separation roller rubber,
be sure that the painted mark [4] is facing
toward the c-clip [1].

4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.
a03uf2c056ca

72 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.10.3 Replacing the paper feed clutch/pre-registration clutch

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• Paper feed clutch /1 - /3 (MC7, MC9, MC11) : Every 4,000,000 prints
(actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000 feed)
• Pre-registration clutch /1 - /3 (MC8, MC10, MC12) : Every 4,000,000 prints
(actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000 feed)

B. Procedure

Note
• The tray /1 was used to illustrate the replacement procedure below. The procedure is the same for
the tray /2 and tray /3.

1. Pull out the paper feed tray /1.


[9] [10] [4] [3] [1]
2. Remove the paper feed unit.
(See P.69)
3. Disconnect the connector [1].
4. Remove the C-clip [2] and remove the paper feed
clutch /1 (MC7) [3].

Note
• When installing MC7, match the stopper [4]
with the guide [5].

5. Disconnect the connector [6].


[8] [7] [6] [5] [2] a03uf2c057ca
6. Remove the C-clip [7] and remove the pre-regis-
tration clutch (MC8) [8].

Note
• When installing MC8, match the stopper [9]
with the guide [10].

7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

73
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.11 Maintenance procedure of the bypass feed tray section


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

3.11.1 Replacing the pick-up roller/paper feed roller rubber


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Pick-up roller : Every 4,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 800,000 feed)
• Paper feed roller rubber : Every 1,400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 125,000 feed) *1
: Every 1,350,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 125,000 feed) *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
[1]
(See P.86)
2. Remove the six screws [1] and remove the paper
feed solenoid cover [2].

[2] [1] a03uf2c058ca

3. Remove the C-clip [1].


[2] [1]
4. Remove the bearing [2] and remove the paper
feed roller unit [3].

[3] 8050ma3076

74 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

Note
[4] [3] [2]

bizhub PRO C6500


• When installing the paper feed roller unit [1],

/C6500P/C5500
be sure to fit the actuator [2] in the detection
section of the paper empty sensor/BP (PS47)
[3].
• When installing the paper feed roller unit [1],
bring the tip of the paper feed lift-up lever [4]
into contact with the undersurface of the
plate of the paper feed roller unit [1].

[1] 8050ma3079

5. Remove the C-clip [1], pull out the shaft [2], and
[2] [3]
remove the pick-up roller assy [3].
6. Remove the pick-up roller [4] from the pick-up
roller assy [3].

[4] [1] 8050ma3077

7. Remove the paper feed roller assy [2] from the


[4]
shaft [1].
8. Remove the paper feed roller rubber [3] from the
paper feed roller assy [2].

Note
• When installing the paper feed roller rubber,
be sure that the painted mark [4] is facing
toward the gear [5].

9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2] [3] [5] [1] a03uf2c059ca

75
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.11.2 Replacing the separation roller rubber


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


/C6500P/C5500

• Separation roller rubber : Every 400,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 125,000 feed) *1
: Every 300,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 125,000 feed) *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the pick-up roller and the paper feed
[6]
roller assy.
(See P.74)
2. Remove the two springs [1].
3. Remove the C-clip [2], pull out the shaft [3], and
remove the separation roller assy [4].
4. Remove the separation roller rubber [5] from the
[5] separation roller assy.

Note
• When installing the separation roller rubber,
be sure that the painted mark [6] is facing
toward the gear [7].

5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[3] [2] [4] [1] [7] a03uf2c060ca

76 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.11.3 Replacing the paper feed clutch/BP (MC6)

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• Paper feed clutch/BP (MC6) : Every 4,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 2,000,000 feed)

B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section.
[3]
(See P.44)
2. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.86)
3. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.96)
4. Remove the four screws [1]. (One screw is located
[2] [1] at the bottom of the ADU cover /Rt [2].)
5. Pull out the ADU cover /Rt [2] halfway, disconnect
the two connectors [3], and remove the ADU
cover /Rt [2].
6. Disconnect the connector [4].
7. Remove the screw [5] and remove the ADU
release lever [6].
8. Remove the two screws [7] and remove the ADU
cover /Lt [8].

[1] [2]
[8] [4] [5]

[7] [6] a03uf2c061ca

77
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

9. Disconnect the connector [1].


[3] [2]
bizhub PRO C6500

10. Remove the C-clip [2] and remove the paper feed
/C6500P/C5500

clutch/BP (MC6) [3].

[1] 8050ma3082

Note
[3] [1]
• When installing MC6 [1], match the stopper
[2] with the guide [3].

11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2] a03uf2c062ca

78
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.12 Maintenance procedure of the vertical conveyance section

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
3.12.1 Replacing the intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13)
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13) : Every 2,000,000 prints *1
: Every 1,950,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Lw1 and /Lw2.
[5] [4]
(See P.185)
2. Pull out the paper feed tray /1 [1], /2 [2], and /3
[3].
3. Remove the three screws [4] and remove the right
cover /Lw3 [5].

Note
• Remove the right cover/Up1 before installing
the LU-202.
(See P.185)

[1] [2] [3] a03uf2c063ca

1 79
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4. Push up the two tabs [2] and separate the vertical


bizhub PRO C6500

conveyance section [3] from the bypass up/down


/C6500P/C5500

cover [2].

[1] [2] [2] [1]

[2] [3] a03uf2c064ca

5. Remove the seven screws [1].


[1]
6. Pull out the vertical conveyance section [2], dis-
connect the connector [3], and remove the verti-
cal conveyance section [2].

Note
• Always close the vertical conveyance door
and tighten the screws when installing the
vertical conveyance section.

[10] [2] [3] a03uf2c065ca

7. Disconnect the connector [1].


[7] [6] [4] [3] [2]
8. Remove the E-ring [2], spacer [3], and the gear
[4].
9. Remove the C-clip [5] and remove the intermedi-
ate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13) [6].

Note
• When installing MC13, match the stopper [7]
with the guide [8].

10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.
[8] [5] [1]
a03uf2c066ca

80
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.13 Maintenance procedure of the registration section

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
3.13.1 Replacing the cleaning stay assy
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Cleaning stay assy : Every 600,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section.
[1] [2]
(See P.44)
2. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.86)
3. Remove the three screws [1] and remove the
cover [2].
4. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the clean-
ing stay assy [4].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[3] [4] [3] a03uf2c067ca

81
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.13.2 Replacing the registration roller assy


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


/C6500P/C5500

• Registration roller assy : Every 1,400,000 prints *1


: Every 1,350,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the cleaning stay assy.
(See P.81)
[5]
2. Remove the ADU cover /Rt, ADU release lever,
and ADU cover /Lt.
[4] (See P.77)
[7] [6] 3. Remove the terminal cover. (See P.63)
4. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the gear
cover [2].
5. Disconnect the connector [3] and remove the wire
from the two clamps.
6. Remove the C-clips [4] and remove the bearings
[5] at the both and rear sides on the registration
assy.
7. Remove the two screws [6] and remove the regis-
tration unit [7].

Note
• Before removing the registration unit [7],
[6] [1] [2] [8] open the conveyance guide plate/Up [8],
move the registration unit toward the rear
side of the ADU, and pull the shaft on the front
side out of the ADU panel.
• When installing the registration unit, be care-
ful not to scratch the surface of the guide
plate where contacts with paper.

[3] [5] [4]


8050ma3208

82 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

8. Remove the E-ring [1], registration gear [2], and


[5]

bizhub PRO C6500


the pin [3].

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• When installing the registration gear [2], make
sure you install the pin [3].

9. Remove the two springs [4].


10. Remove the two E-rings [5] and the two bearings
[6].

[6] [4]

[1] [3] [2]

[5] [4] [6] 8050ma3209

83
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

11. Disengage the hooked end [2] of the spring [1],


bizhub PRO C6500

and remove the registration roller assy [3].


/C6500P/C5500

Note
• Make sure to attach the spring [1] as shown
in the figure on the left.

[3]

[1] [2] 8050ma3210

84
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

12. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the spacer/1

bizhub PRO C6500


[3], /2 [4], registration regulating plate [5] (together
[2]

/C6500P/C5500
with the spring [6]), torque limiter [7], and pin/A [8]
from the registration roller assy [2].

Note
• When installing the registration regulating
plate, insert the two indentations [9] over the
two projections [10] on the torque limiter.

[1]
13. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[10] [5] [4]


[3]

[7]

[6]

[9]

[8] 8050ma3211

85
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.14 Maintenance procedure of the ADU section


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

3.14.1 Replacing the intermediate conveyance clutch/2 (MC4) and /3 (MC5)


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Intermediate conveyance clutch/2 (MC4) : Every 2,000,000 prints *1
: Every 1,950,000 prints *2
• Intermediate conveyance clutch/3 (MC5) : Every 2,000,000 prints *1
: Every 1,950,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section.
(See P.44)
2. While releasing the lock [2] of the ADU release
lever [1], turn the lever counterclockwise, and pull
out the ADU [3].

Note
• In order to prevent rollover accidents, safety
feature of the product does not allow the pro-
cess unit and the ADU to be pulled out at the
same time.
• Be sure to put the process unit in the main
[3]
body before pulling out the ADU.
• If you cannot pull out the ADU, check the lock
lever/1 and /2 for deformation and replace
them as necessary.
(See P.218)

[1] [2]
a03uf2c068ca

86 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3. Remove the ADU cover/Rt.

bizhub PRO C6500


[10] [9] [7] [5] [4]
(See P.77)

/C6500P/C5500
4. Disconnect the connector [1].
5. Remove the C-clip [2] and remove the intermedi-
ate conveyance clutch/2 (MC4) [3].

Note
• When installing MC4, match the stopper [4]
with the guide [5].

6. Disconnect the connector [6].


7. Remove the C-clip [7] and remove the intermedi-
[8] [6] [1] [3] [2] ate conveyance clutch/3 (MC5) [8].
a03uf2c069ca

Note
• When installing MC5, match the stopper [9]
with the guide [10].

8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

87
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.14.2 Replacing the ADU conveyance clutch/1 (MC1), /2 (MC2), /3 (MC3), and the ADU pre-regis-
bizhub PRO C6500

tration clutch (MC18)


/C6500P/C5500

A. Spot replacement parts/cycle


• ADU conveyance clutch/1 (MC1) : 3,600,000 prints
• ADU conveyance clutch/2 (MC2) : 3,600,000 prints
• ADU conveyance clutch/3 (MC3) : 3,600,000 prints
• ADU pre-registration clutch (MC18) : 3,600,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Open the toner supply section.
[4] [3] [2] [1] [4] [3] [2] [1]
(See P.44)
2. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.86)
3. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.96)
4. Remove the ADU cover/Rt.
(See P.77)
5. Remove the ADU cover/Lt.
(See P.77)
6. Disconnect the connector [1].
7. Remove the C-clip [2], and remove the MC1 and
the MC2 [3].

Note
• When installing the MC1 and the MC2, align
a03uf2c138ca the stopper [4] with the guide.

8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

88
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

9. Remove the three screws [1], and remove the


[1]

bizhub PRO C6500


ADU lock solenoid unit [2].

/C6500P/C5500
10. Disconnect the connector [3].
11. Remove the two C-clips [4], the ADU conveyance
clutch/3 (MC3) [5], and the ADU pre-registration
clutch (MC18) [7].
[2]
Note
• When installing the MC3 and the MC18, align
the stopper [6] with the guide [8].

12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[5] [7] [8]

[6] [4]

[3]

a03uf2c139ca

89
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.15 Maintenance procedure of the reverse/paper exit section


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

3.15.1 Replacing Reverse decurler roller


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Reverse decurler roller : Every 400,000 prints *1
: Every 300,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.86)
2. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.96)
3. Remove the two screws [1].
4. Release the hook [3] of the spring from the screw
[2], and remove the two screws [2], [4].
5. Remove the paper eject guide plate /4 assy [5].

[5]

[1]

[2] [3] [4]


8050ma3096

90 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

6. Remove the screw [1], and remove the knob [2].

bizhub PRO C6500


[11] [10] [9] [13] [12] 7. Remove the paper exit mounting plate/Fr [3] and

/C6500P/C5500
the spring [4].
8. Remove the two screws [5] and remove the bear-
ing [6].
9. Remove the E-ring [7], spacer [8], bearing [9], and
paper exit mounting plate/Rr [10].
10. Remove the spring [11] and the spacer [12].
11. Remove the bearing [13] and the reverse decurler
[8] [7] roller [14].
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[6] [14]

[5]

[4] [3] [2] [1]


8050ma3097

91
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.15.2 Replacing the paper exit decurler roller


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


/C6500P/C5500

• paper exit decurler roller : Every 1,000,000 prints *1


: Every 900,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the left cover.
[2]
(See P.184)
2. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.86)
3. Disconnect the two connectors [1].
4. Remove the four screws [2].

[1] a03uf2c070ca

92 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

5. Lower the front upper portion [2] of the paper exit

bizhub PRO C6500


unit [1], and remove the paper exit unit taking care

/C6500P/C5500
not to hit the frame [4] with the pin [3].

Note
• When installing the paper exit unit, insert the
tab [5] into the slot on the frame first.
[5] [2] [4]

[1]

[3]
a03uf2c071ca

6. Remove the four screws [1] and remove the


strengthening plate/Lt [2].

[1] [2] [1]

a03uf2c072ca

93
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7. Remove the E-ring [1] and the gear [2].


bizhub PRO C6500

[8] [3]
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• When installing the gear [2], be sure that the
arrow mark [3] is facing toward the E-ring [1].

8. Remove the E-ring [4] and the gear [5].


9. Remove the E-ring [6] and the gear [7].

Note
• When installing the gear [7], be sure that the
arrow mark [8] is facing toward the E-ring [6].

[7] [4] [5] [6] [2] [1]

a03uf2c073ca

94
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

10. Remove the E-ring [1] and the bearing [2].


[5]

bizhub PRO C6500


11. Remove the E-ring [3] and the bearing [4].

/C6500P/C5500
12. Remove the paper exit decurler roller [5].

[1] [2] [3] [4]


a03uf2c074ca

13. Remove the two E-rings [1], and remove the two
bearings [2].
14. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] [2] [2] [1]

a03uf2c075ca

95
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.16 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

3.16.1 Removing/installing the fusing unit

Caution:
• Immediately after turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), the fusing
section is very hot and you may get burnt. Be sure to start operations when the temperature cools
down sufficiently.

A. Procedure
1. Open the front door and the toner supply section.
[1] [2]
(See P.44)
2. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.86)
3. Remove the screw [1], and remove the connector
cover [2].
4. Disconnect the connector [3].

[3]

a03uf2c006ca

96
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

5. Remove the screw [1], and remove the knob [2].

bizhub PRO C6500


[1] [2]
6. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the fusing

/C6500P/C5500
cover /Fr [4].

[3] [4]
a03uf2c007ca

7. Disconnect the two connectors [1].


[2] [4]
8. Open the reverse/exit section [2].
9. Remove the screw [3] and remove the fusing unit
[4].

Note
• When installing/removing the fusing unit, be
sure to hold both ends of the unit and slide it
toward you in the direction of the arrow
before lifting up the unit.

10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.
[3] [1]

a03uf2c008ca

97
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.16.2 Replacing the fusing drive gear /B and the fusing duct 2 assy
bizhub PRO C6500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


/C6500P/C5500

• Fusing drive gear /B : Every 400,000 prints *1


: Every 300,000 prints *2
• Fusing duct 2 assy : Every 600,000 prints
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
[2] (See P.96)
2. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the fusing
cover/Rr [2].

[1]
a03uf2c009ca

98 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3. Disconnect the connector [1].

bizhub PRO C6500


4. Remove the screw [2] and release the fusing duct

/C6500P/C5500
2 assy [3].
5. Remove the screw [4] and remove the sensor
positioning plate assy [5].

Note
• Make sure that the fusing duct /2 assy is
released before removing the fusing drive
assy. If you attept to remove the fusing drive
assy with the fusing duct /2 assy secured,
fusing heater lamp /4 (L5) may be broken.
[7] [3] [2] [1] [6]
6. Remove the four screws [6] and remove the fusing
drive assy [7].

[4] [5] [6]


a03uf2c010ca

7. Remove the fusing drive gear /B [1].


[1]

Note
• When installing new fusing drive gear /B, be
sure to apply multemp FF-RM to its gear sec-
tion.
• When installing the fusing drive gear /B,
attach it so that the end surface with three
indentations [2] faces toward you.

[2]

a03uf2c011ca

99
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500

8. Pull out and remove the fusing duct/2 assy [1].


/C6500P/C5500

9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]
a03uf2c046ca

100
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.16.3 Replacing the fusing drive gear /M

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• Fusing drive gear /M : Every 1,000,000 prints *1
: Every 900,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
[3] [2] [1] [4]
(See P.96)
2. Remove the fusing drive assy.
(See P.98)
3. Remove the E-ring [1], spacer [2], and the fusing
drive gear/M [3].

Note
• When installing the fusing drive gear /M,
attach it so that the arrow mark [4] indicated
as shown in the figure.
• Before installing the fusing drive gear /M, be
sure to apply multemp FF-RM to the gear.

4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

a03uf2c012ca

1 101
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.16.4 Replacing the fusing lamp /Up


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


/C6500P/C5500

• Fusing lamp /Up : Every 2,400,000 prints

Note
• The fusing lamp /Up consists of the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2), /2 (L3), and /3 (L4).

B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.96)
2. Remove the fusing drive assy.
(See P.98)
3. Remove the screw [1] and remove the fusing duct
/5 assy [2].

Note
• When installing the fusing duct/5 assy, make
sure that the tip of the duct is placed under
the retention plate /2, or the fusing heater
[1] [2] lamp may be broken.
a03uf2c013ca

4. Disconnect the connector [1].


[3] [2] [1] 5. Remove the three screws [2] and remove the fus-
ing power supply plate/Up assy [3].

Note
• The cables [4] should remain attached to the
fusing power supply plate/Up assy.

[4] [2] a03uf2c014ca

102
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

6. Remove the screw [1] and remove the heater sup-

bizhub PRO C6500


[5] [3] [4]
porting plate /Rr [2].

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• When installing the heater supporting plate /
Rr, fit the projection [5] of the fusing lamp /Up
[4] in the slit [3].

[2] [1]
a03uf2c015ca

7. Disconnect the connector [1].


8. Remove the screw [2] and remove the heater sup-
porting plate /Fr [3].

[2] [3] [1]


a03uf2c016ca

9. Remove the fusing lamp/Up [1].

Note
• Make sure to remove the fusing lamp /Up in
the direction of the arrow.
• Do not touch the lamp of the fusing lamp /Up
with bare hands.
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] a03uf2c017ca

103
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.16.5 Replacing the fusing roller /2, fusing bearing, and fusing drive gear /O
bizhub PRO C6500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


/C6500P/C5500

• Fusing roller /2 : Every 400,000 prints *1


: Every 300,000 prints *2
• Fusing bearing : Every 400,000 prints *1
: Every 300,000 prints *2
• Fusing drive gear /O : Every 400,000 prints *1
: Every 300,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.96)
2. Remove the fusing drive assy.
(See P.98)
3. Remove the fusing lamp/Up.
(See P.102)
4. Remove the five screws [1] and remove the fusing
cover/Up assy [2].

[1] [2] [1]


a03uf2c018ca

5. Locate the removed fusing drive assy [1].


[2] [4] 6. Remove the two screws [2] and remove the two
fusing jigs [3].

Note
• When installing the fusing jigs, be sure not to
obstruct the screw holes [4].

[3] [1] a03uf2c019ca

104 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

7. Insert the two fusing jigs [2], one each into the two

bizhub PRO C6500


slits [1], and loosen the pressure of the fusing belt

/C6500P/C5500
[3].
8. Remove the three screws [4] and remove the roller
mounting plate [5].
9. Remove the fusing bearing [6].

[1] [2] [2] [1]


[3]

[4]

[5] [6] a03uf2c020ca

105
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10. Spread a hydro wipe [2] over the fusing belt [1].
[2] [1]
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• Do not touch the fusing belt with bare hands.

11. Insert a screwdriver [4] into the fusing roller /2


assy [3], and remove the fusing roller /2 assy while
holding the fusing belt.

Note
• When removing the fusing roller /2 assy,
through the hole [5] on the frame, be careful
[5] not to let the assy contact with the hole edge.

[3] [4] a03uf2c021ca

12. Remove the E-ring [1] and the fusing drive gear /O
[3]
[2].

Note
• When installing the fusing drive gear /O, be
sure that the arrow mark [3] is facing toward
the fusing bearing [4].
[1] [2] [4] • Before installing the fusing drive gear /O, be
sure to apply multemp FF-RM to the gear.

13. Remove the fusing bearing [4] from the fusing


roller /2 assy [5].
14. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[5]
a03uf2c022ca

106
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.16.6 Replacing the fusing belt, fusing roller /1, insulating sleeve /Up, fusing bearing /Up, and belt

bizhub PRO C6500


regulation sleeve

/C6500P/C5500
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Fusing belt : Every 400,000 prints *1
: Every 300,000 prints *2
• Fusing roller/1 : Every 400,000 prints *1
: Every 300,000 prints *2
• Insulating sleeve/Up : Every 400,000 prints *1
: Every 300,000 prints *2
• Fusing bearing/Up : Every 400,000 prints *1
: Every 300,000 prints *2
• Belt regulation sleeve : Every 400,000 prints *1
: Every 300,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure

[2]
1. Remove the fusing unit.
[3] [1]
(See P.96)
2. Remove the fusing drive assy.
(See P.98)
3. Remove the fusing lamp /Up.
(See P.102)
4. Remove the fusing roller /2 assy.
(See P.104)
5. Remove the two O-rings [1].
6. Remove the two insulating sleeve /Up [2] and the
two fusing bearing/Up [3].

Note
[4] [5]
• When installing the insulating sleeve /Up,
apply multemp FF-RM to the contact surface
with the fusing bearing /Up and the fusing
roller /1 assy [4].

7. Remove the fusing roller /1 assy [4] and the fusing


belt [5].

Note
• Do not touch the roller of the fusing roller /1
assy, nor the area other than the both ends of
[3] [2] [1]
the fusing belt.

a03uf2c023ca

1 107
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

8. Remove the fusing belt [2] from the fusing roller /1


[3]
bizhub PRO C6500

assy [1].
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• Install the fusing belt with the lot number [3]
facing to the far side.
[1]
• Be careful not to let the carriers adhere to the
inside of the fusing belt or the surface of the
fusing roller /1 assy. If the developer adheres,
image failures may occur.

[2]
a03uf2c024ca

[1] [2] [2] [1] 9. Remove the two O-rings [1] and the two belt regu-
lation sleeve [2].

Note
• Do not touch the roller of the fusing roller /1
[3].
• When laying the fusing roller /1 on the ground,
spread a hydro wipe [4] under it in order not
to let the developer adhere to the roller.

10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4] [3]

a03uf2c025ca

108
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.16.7 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /4 (L5)

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• Fusing heater lamp /4 (L5) : Every 2,400,000 prints

B. Procedure

[2]
1. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.96)
2. Remove the fusing drive assy.
(See P.98)
3. Remove the fusing lamp /Up.
(See P.102)
4. Remove the fusing roller /2 assy.
(See P.104)
5. Remove the fusing belt.
(See P.107)
6. Remove the two screws [1], and remove the fus-
ing access guide plate [2].
[1] a03uf2c026ca

[2] 7. Remove the two screws [1] and open the fusing
main unit/Up assy [2].

[1] [1]
a03uf2c027ca

109
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

8. Disconnect the connector [1].


bizhub PRO C6500

9. Remove the screw [2], and remove the fusing


/C6500P/C5500

duct/3 assy [3] and the fusing duct/4 assy [4].

[1] [2]

[4] [3]
a03uf2c028ca

10. Disconnect the connector [1] and remove the fus-


ing heater lamp/4 (L5) [2].

Note
• Do not touch the lamp of L5 with bare hands.
• When installing the L5, be sure to route the
white wire to the rear as shown in the figure.
• When installing the fusing ducts /3 assy and /
4 assy, make sure that the tip of the duct is
placed under the retention plate/1, or the fus-
ing heater lamp may be broken.
[2] [1] a03uf2c029ca
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

110
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.16.8 Replacing the fusing roller /Lw, fusing bearing /Lw, and insulating sleeve /Lw

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• Fusing roller/Lw : Every 200,000 prints *1
: Every 150,000 prints *2
• Fusing bearing/Lw : Every 600,000 prints *1
: Every 450,000 prints *2
• Insulating sleeve/Lw : Every 600,000 prints *1
: Every 450,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.96)
2. Remove the fusing drive assy.
(See P.98)
3. Remove the fusing lamp/Up.
(See P.102)
4. Remove the fusing roller/2 assy.
(See P.104)
5. Remove the fusing belt.
(See P.107)
6. Remove the fusing heater lamp/4 (L5).
[1] [2]
a03uf2c030ca (See P.109)
7. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the reten-
tion block/Rr assy [2].

1 111
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

[2] [1] 8. Loosen the screw [1] once and tighten it again at
bizhub PRO C6500

the position where the fusing separation plate


/C6500P/C5500

assy [2] is opened so that the plate works as a


stopper.
9. Remove the C-ring [3], insulating sleeve/Lw [4],
and fusing bearing/Lw [5].
[2]
Note
• When installing the insulating sleeve, apply
multemp FF-RM to the contact surface with
the fusing roller/Lw.

10. Remove the screw [6] and remove the retention


plate/1 [7].
11. Remove the fusing roller/Lw assy [8].

[8]

[6] [7] [5] [4] [3]


a03uf2c031ca

12. Remove the C-ring [1] and the gear [2].

[1] [2]
a03uf2c032ca

112
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

13. Remove the C-ring [1], insulating sleeve/Lw [2],

bizhub PRO C6500


and fusing bearing/Lw [3].

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• When installing the fusing roller/Lw [4] and
the insulating sleeve, apply multemp FF-RM
to each contact surface.

14. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1] [2] [3]


a03uf2c033ca

113
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.16.9 Replacing the sensor mounting plate A assy


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


/C6500P/C5500

• Sensor mounting plate A assy : Every 2,400,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.96)
2. Remove the fusing access guide plate.
(See P.109)
3. Disconnect the connector [1].
4. Remove the screw [2] and remove the sensor
mounting plate A assy [3].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] [3] [2]


a03uf2c034ca

114
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.16.10 Replacing the sensor stay B assy

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• Sensor stay B assy : Every 2,400,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.96)
2. Remove the fusing cover /Up assy.
(See P.104)
3. Remove the fusing cover /Rr.
(See P.98)
4. After removing the screw [1], loosen the screw [2]
[1] [2]
and remove the cover [3].

Note
• Make sure that the screw [2] comes free from
the cover [3] as the screw [2] cannot be taken
out.

[3]
a03uf2c035ca

115
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5. Remove the two screws [1] and the two cable


bizhub PRO C6500

[1] clamps [2].


/C6500P/C5500

6. Disconnect the connector [3].


7. Remove the screw [4] and remove the sensor stay
B assy [5].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] [3]
[4] [5]

a03uf2c036ca

116
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.16.11 Replacing the fusing paper exit roller /Up

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• Fusing paper exit roller /Up : Every 200,000 prints *1
: Every 150,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
(See P.96)
2. Open the fusing paper exit plate assy [1], and
keep it opened with a screwdriver [2] as shown in
the figure.

[1]

[2]
a03uf2c047ca

1 117
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3. Remove the two E-rings [1].


[3]
bizhub PRO C6500

[2]
4. Slide the shaft [2] in the direction of the arrow [3],
/C6500P/C5500

and remove the two fusing paper exit rollers /Up


[4].

[4] [1] [1] [4]


a03uf2c048ca

[1] 5. Remove the two bearings [2] from each fusing


paper exit roller /Up [1].
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] a03uf2c049ca

118
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.16.12 Replacing the fusing regulation gear /A and the fusing limiter

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle

/C6500P/C5500
• Fusing regulation gear /A : Every 600,000 prints
• Fusing limiter : Every 600,000 prints

B. Procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
2. Place the fusing unit softly on the level surface
with the paper feed side down.
3. Remove the E-ring [1].

[1] 8050ma3144

4. Slide the shaft [1] to the rear side, and remove the
[2] [1]
gear while matching the flat-cut surface [2] of the
shaft with the notch of the panel.

8050ma3145

5. Remove the E-ring [1].

[1] 8050ma3146

119
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6. Remove the fusing regulation gear/A [1] and the


bizhub PRO C6500

fusing limiter [2].


/C6500P/C5500

Note
• Be careful not to lose the pin [4] inserted in
the shaft [3].

7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4] [3] [2] [1] 8050ma3147

120
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.17 Maintenance procedure of OT-502

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
3.17.1 Replacing the paper retainer roller
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Paper retainer roller : Every 200,000 prints *1
: Every 150,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove OT-502.
[1]
(See P.231)
2. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the two
paper retainer roller assys [2].

[2]
a03uf2c076ca

3. Remove the E-ring [1], pull out the shaft [2], and
remove the paper retainer roller [3].
4. Remove the other paper retainer roller in the same
manner as step 3.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] [3] [1]


a03uf2c077ca

1 121
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.17.2 Replacing the paper exit roller


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


/C6500P/C5500

• Paper exit roller : Every 200,000 prints *1


: Every 150,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove OT-502.
(See P.231)
2. Remove the E-ring [1] and the gear [2].

Note
• When installing the gear, be sure that the
arrow mark [3] is facing toward the E-ring [1].

[3] [2] [1]

a03uf2c123ca

122 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

3. Remove the two E-rings [1] and the bearing [2].

bizhub PRO C6500


4. Remove the E-ring [3] and the bearing [4].

/C6500P/C5500
5. Remove the three screws [5], and remove the
paper exit roller mounting plate/Rr [6] and the
paper exit roller [7].
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2] [1] [6] [5]

[7] [6]

[3] [4]
a03uf2c124ca

123
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

3.17.3 Replacing the paper exit driven roller/2


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle


/C6500P/C5500

• Paper exit driven roller/2 : Every 200,000 prints *1


: Every 150,000 prints *2
*1 PRO C6500
*2 PRO C5500

B. Procedure
1. Remove OT-502.
(See P.231)
2. Remove the four screws [1] and the four roller
holders [2].
3. Remove the two paper exit driven roller assys [4]
from the four springs [3].

[4] [2] [3]

[3] [1]
a03uf2c078ca

4. Remove the E-ring [1] bearing [2], and paper exit


driven roller/1 [3].

[1] [2] [3]


a03uf2c079ca

124 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 3. PERIODIC CHECK

5. Remove the bearing [1].

bizhub PRO C6500


6. Remove the two E-rings [2] and remove the first

/C6500P/C5500
paper exit driven roller/2 [3].

[1] [2] [3]


a03uf2c080ca

7. Remove the two E-rings [2] and remove the 2nd


paper exit driven roller/2 [2].
8. Remove the other two paper exit driven rollers in
the same manner as step 4 - 7.
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] [2] a03uf2c081ca

125
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4. SERVICE TOOLS
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

4.1 Service material list


Name Shape Parts No. Remark
Setting powder 000V-19-0 25g

Cleaning pad 000V-18-1 10pcs/1pack

Hydro wipe 65AA-9920 10pcs/1pack

Multemp grease 00GR00260 25g


FF-RM

Plas guard No.2 00GR00020 25g

MOLYKOTE EM-30L 00GR00220 25g

126 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. SERVICE TOOLS

4.2 Jig list

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Name Shape Quantity Parts No. Remark
Thermostat jig /UF 1 A03UPJG2##

Thermostat jig /L 1 A03UPJG3##

Thermostat jig /UC 1 A03UPJG1##

Mirror positioning jig 2 7050K0020

Door switch jig 1 00M6-2-00

Color chart 1 9J06PJP1##


(A3 size)

Color chart 1 9J06PJP2##


(11 x 17 size)

Test chart 1 4040PJP1## Black-and-white


(A3 size)

Test chart 1 4040PJP2## Black-and-white


(11 x 17 size)

Adjustment chart 1 120A9711# For DF

Paper for fusing 1 65AA-991# For Multi-feed detec-


speed adjustment tion adjustment
(16 sheet/A3 size)

Drum cover 4 00VC-2-00

1 127
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Name Shape Quantity Parts No. Remark


bizhub PRO C6500

Blower brush 1 00VD-1000


/C6500P/C5500

Tester 1 00VE-1005

Stapler positioning 1 13QEJG010 For FS-607


jig

128 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. SERVICE TOOLS

4.3 Mail remote notification system

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
4.3.1 Outline
"Mail remote notification system" is a system that allows you to obtain a list print which can be output by the
main body using the Internet mail (E-mail).
Using this system dispenses not only with printing the list on paper but also visiting the users.
Sending a mail filled-in with a simple keyword to the main body allows you to receive by mail all sorts of list print
information of the main body.

4.3.2 Operating environments


In order to use the functions of "Mail remote notification system", the following conditions must be met. The
operation of the functions is available while in jams, malfunction and a low power mode. A mail sent to the main
body that is not operating does not get lost, but it is handled when the main body is activated again.

(1) The main body has a server that can receive a mail using POP3 or IMAP protocol.
(2) The main body has a mail server that can send a mail using SMTP protocol.
(3) In the following 4 cases, "Mail remote notification system" does not operate in the main body.
• When the main power switch (SW1) is turned off.
• When the power switch (SW2) is turned off.
• While the main body is in auto shut-off.
• When the "Enhance Security Mode" is set to ON (the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.)

4.3.3 Major functions


Sending a mail with a simple keyword allows you to use the following functions.

(1) The list print information of the main body you want to obtain can be received by mail.
List prints that can be obtained are the following 11 lists.
• Mode memory list
• User setting list
• Font pattern list
• Management list
• Adjustment list
• Use management list
• Counter list
• Coverage Data list
• Communication log list
• Audit log report
(2) The counter list can be checked by cellular phone.
(3) A password used for certification of a mail can be changed.
(4) Directions for use of "Mail remote notification system" can be received by mail.
To make use of the above functions, it is necessary to send a mail to the main body with a simple
keyword (command).
For particulars of the command, See "4.3.5 Usage of the mail remote notification system".

129
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.4 Initial setting


bizhub PRO C6500

To make use of "Mail remote notification system", it is necessary to register the network parameter on the main
/C6500P/C5500

body and the account on the mail server.

A. Setting from the operation panel


Set the IP address of the main body from the operation panel to connect the main body to the network. When
already set, proceed to "B. Setting from the Web Utilities".

(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Select [Utility/Counter] on the touch panel.
2 Press the [03 Machine Admin. Setting].
3 Press the [05 Network Setting].
4 Press the [01 Machine NIC Setting].
5 Enter "IP Address," "Subnet Mask," and "Gateway Address."
6 Restart the main body.

Note
• The IP address of the main body is normally assigned by the system administrator. For particulars,
contact the system administrator.

B. Setting from the Web Utilities


Enter the setting of the mail server from the Web Utilities. To use the Web Utilities, make preparations of a PC
that can be connected to the network.

Note
• No space is available in all items to be set. The following characters cannot be used for setting an
E-mail address.
()<>;:“[]
When an improper entry or setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to make corrections fol-
lowing the error massage. When no correction is made, a down load error of the program may
result.

(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Start the Web browser.
When a proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessible. For particulars,
contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer 6.02, Netscape Navigator 7.1
or Firefox 1.0 is recommended. However, no setting should be made from two or more browsers
simultaneously.

130
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. SERVICE TOOLS

Step Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


2 Specify the IP address of the main body that is entered from "A. Setting from the operating panel."

/C6500P/C5500
"Main page" is displayed when an access is made to the Web Utilities of the main body.

Copyright © 2000 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved.


3 "Main page screen"
Click [Extension for maintenance].
4 Enter the user name and the password in the window and click "OK."
User name: ce (small letter, cannot be changed)
Password: Enter the CE password. (Default: "92729272")

5 "Extension for maintenance screen"


Click "E-Mail Initial Setting."

131
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500

6 "E-Mail Initial Setting screen"


/C6500P/C5500

Set item Details


Enable E-mail noti- When using the mail remote notification system, select "Use." Default is "Not
fication use."
Time difference The time at which a mail was send out is calculated based on this value. For
time difference setting, enter the difference from the standard time UTC in
the range from -1200 (- 12 hour 00 minute) to +1200 (-12 hour 00 minute).
When no value is entered, +0000 (UTC) is set. (Ex.: In the case of Japan,
enter + 900.)
Sending mail Set the IP address of the SMTP server.
(SMTP) server
SMTP port number Set the port No. of the SMTP server. For default, 25 is set.
Sending mail Set the time-out of the SMTP connection. For default, 5 minutes is set.
(SMTP) server time
out
Interval between The main body check the receiving mail server to see if a mail is newly
fetching mails received. (An interval can be specified in the range from 1 minute to 60 min-
utes.) Taking into consideration the load on the network, this is usually set at
the interval of 10 minutes.
Receiving mail Set the IP address of the incoming mail server.
server
Kind of mail spool Select either of POP3 and IMAP. For default, [POP3] is selected.
POP3 (IMAP) Port Select "Use the default value" when using 110 for POP3, and 143 for IMAP.
number When using other than the default, select "Custom" and enter a port number
to be used.
User name on the Enter an account name assigned to the main body by the receiving mail
server server.
Password Enter a password to the account name above.
E-mail address of Enter the mail address of the main body its own. This is normally "mail
this copy machine account name@receiving mail server name."
Nickname Enter a nickname that is added to the title (subject) of a mail sent from the
main body. No entry cause no problem.

132
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. SERVICE TOOLS

Step Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


6

/C6500P/C5500
Set item Details
CE password Enter a password that is added to the title (subject) of a mail sent to the main
body. The main body uses this password for security check.
Also Notice to the • no: Default
administrator • only illegal mail: When a mail received by the main body does not match
with the password above, or when the mail size is in excess of a fixed
size (10k bytes), transfer the mail.
• all mails: Transfer all mails that use "Mail remote notification system."
Administrator When "only illegal mail" or "all mails" is selected, enter an E-mail address for
E-mail address transfer.
Announce delay A selection is made if the difference (time required) between the time when a
time in reply mail mail was sent to the main body and the time when the main body handled
the mail is indicated in the mail. For default, "No" is selected.
Enable POP (IMAP) After authentication is made by the receiving mail server, a selection is made
before SMTP to decide whether to send the mail or not. For default, "Yes" is selected.

7 After completion of entry, click the [Apply].


8 Conduct the mail sending/receiving test.
• Click "Sending and Receiving test" and a sending test and a receiving test are conducted collec-
tively to check to see if a test mail sent is correctly received.
When a test failed, re-check the set items following the error message.

Sending test A mail sending test is made on the SMTP server. A test mail is sent to "E-
mail address of this copy machine" set in Step 6.
Receiving test A receiving test is made on the receiving mail server. A test mail is received
from "E-mail address of this copy machine" set in Step 6.

9 Restart the main body.

133
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

4.3.5 Usage of the mail remote notification system


bizhub PRO C6500

For commands for communications with the main body and the details of options, see the table below.
/C6500P/C5500

Command Option Description Minimum


letters
GETLOG Send back the information specified in [Option]. G
ModeMemory Send back [Mode memory list] by mail. M
UserSetting Send back by [User setting list] mail. U
FontPattern Send back [Font pattern list] by mail. F
Management Send back [Management list] by mail. Ma
Adjustment Sent back [Adjustment list] by mail. A
UserManagement Send back [User management list] by mail. UseM
Counter Send back [Counter list] by mail. C
CoverageData Send back [CoverageData list] by mail. Cov
CommunicationLog Send back [Communication log list] by mail. Co
AuditLog Send back [Audit log report] by mail. Au
ALL Send back all of the above list prints by mail. AL
(Not specified) [Counter list] is edited so that it can be shown by cel-
lular phone. And this is sent back by mail.
CHPASS [OldPasswd][New- Change a password to be used for certification of a C
Passwd] mail.
[OldPasswd] Specify a password that is currently used.
[NewPasswd] Specify a new password.
HELP (Not specified) Send a help mail that describes the operating H
instructions of the commands above.

4.3.6 Mail sending


The command and option on the mail are recognized by the top letters without distinction between capital and
small letters. Accordingly, not all letters of the command must be typed. It is recognized by the minimum letters
in the above table.

Note
• Mail software can be used without discrimination by OS and a hand-held device or a free mail
using browser.
• Use the mail software in the text mode. A mail in the HTML mode cannot be used.
• For the mail software, as a condition for reception, 128 characters or more are recommended as
the maximum number of characters displayed in a line.
• There are one or more spaces or TAB required between a command and an option that are written
in the mail. However, a line feed is not allowed.
• Enter all the commands that are written in the mail in alphanumeric characters (ASCII characters).
When any other characters are used, an error message "Command Not Found" is sent back.
• Start a command written in the mail from the line head without space.
When there is a space or TAB found at the line head, the line is ignored.
• The maximum number of commands available in a mail is ten. Commands exceeding ten are
ignored.
• Do not paste an attached file to a mail sent to the main body. This may be treated as an illegal mail
according to the size of the attached file.

134
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 4. SERVICE TOOLS

• Do not enter a signature to a mail sent to the main body. A signature may be treated as a com-

bizhub PRO C6500


mand and sent back as an error mail.

/C6500P/C5500
• When the power is shut off while the main body is sending/receiving a mail or when the main body
is printing the list print, the same mail may be sent back twice.
• The maximum number of mails that can be received by the main body at a time is five. When more
mails than 5 is being receive by the mail server, they will be handled while in the next reception.

135
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

5.1 ISW
5.1.1 Types of ISW
A. ISWTrns
This is a software for Windows to rewrite the firmware, it rewrites firmware with the main body and the PC locally
connected with a parallel cable or a UBS cable.

Note
• When upgrading the ISWTrns version, be sure to uninstall the old version of ISWTrns before install-
ing the new version. When installed by overwriting, the USB driver may not be installed.
• When the main body uses the USB cable to conduct the ISW, it is necessary to install the USB
driver of the ISWTrns. For procedure for installation, see "5.2.3 Usage of the ISWTrns" "A. Installa-
tion of the USB driver (Windows2000/XP)".

B. USB memory ISW


Directly connect the USB memory to the service port of the main body, and use the program stored in the USB
memory to rewrite the firmware.

C. Internet ISW
Use the main body NIC to connect the main body to network environment, and use the FTP or the HTTP proto-
col to rewrite firmware via the program server on the Internet.
For the Internet ISW, the following methods are available.
• Internet ISW using Web Utilities
Rewrite the firmware by accessing the Web Utilities of the main body from the Web browser of the PC.
However, a network connected PC with the main body is required.
• Internet ISW using the operation panel
Rewrite the firmware using the operation panel.
• Internet ISW using mail remote notification system
Rewrite the firmware by sending mail to the main body and giving ISW instructions.

136
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

5.1.2 Firmware data flow

bizhub PRO C6500


The following shows the flow of the ISW data.

/C6500P/C5500
PC Overall control board Image memory control I/F board Printer control FNS control board (FNSCB)
(OACB) board (IMCB) (IFB) board (PRCB) FD control board (FDCB)
SD control board (SDCB)
LS control board (LSCB)
RU control board (RUCB)
PB control board (PBCB)
DF control board (DFCB)

When executing the ISW over the entire system, be sure to execute it in the order given below. (To minimize the
occurrence of malfunction resulting from the mismatch of the firmware version)

Step Type of programs


1 FD (H), FS-503 (N1), FS-607, FS-520 (N2), SD (B), LS (S), RU (R), PB (J), DF (F)
2 Printer control (c)
3 Overall control (I)

Note
• After replacing the OACB, be sure to conduct the ISW of the image control (Collective (I0)) first.
The main body power will not turn on if the overall control firmware is not in the OACB.
• Whenever the FDCB, FNSCB (FS-503), SDCB, LSCB, or PBCB is replaced, be sure to make the
main body model setting using the DIPSW (FD, FS, SD, PB) (refer to P.705,P.711, P.716, P.718), or
using the LS toggle SW (refer to LS-501/502 Field Service P.22) before conducting the ISW.

5.1.3 Settings on the main body side while in ISW


There are the following two ways for settings on the main body side.

A. Types of the setting


• Power ON mode
This mode is used when the firmware is not installed to the overall control board (OACB) or when it is dam-
aged. In this condition, ISW of the OACB is possible when sub power switch (SW2) is turned ON.

• Service mode
This mode is used when the firmware of the OACB is installed properly.

B. When upgrading the firmware

Target board Display when the power is turned ON Mode


Overall control board Normal Service mode
Other boards Normal Service mode

2 137
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. When writing the firmware newly (When replacing the board or when failed in rewriting the firm-
bizhub PRO C6500

ware)
/C6500P/C5500

Target board Display when the power is turned ON Mode


Overall control board Power save LED blinks in orange Power ON mode
No display on touch panel
Other boards Malfunction code display Service mode

(1) For the overall control board (OACB), when something is wrong with the firmware or no firmware
is written, the normal start-up cannot be made. In this condition, the power save LED blinks in
orange when power switch is turned ON and placed in the ISW stand-by mode.
In this status, write the OACB firmware (I1 to I5 all) in ISWTrns using a PC.

Note
• Firmware can only be written in ISWTrns.

(2) For other boards, when the firmware of the overall controller is normal and something is wrong
with other firmware, a malfunction code is shown on the touch panel when the power is turned
ON. In that case, enter the service mode and perform ISW normally.

138
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

5.2 ISWTrns

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
5.2.1 Specifications
A. ISWTrns (PC software)
(1) Operating environment of the software
• OS: Windows95/98/98SE/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP
• CPU: Pentium 75MHz or above
• Memory: 32MB or more
• Free space in hard disk: 100MB or more
• Others: PC provided with parallel (printer) or USB interface (type A)

(2) Transmission time


• Varies according to each PC.

(3) Parts required to conduct the ISW


• Personal computer (PC): 1
IBM-compatible PC/AT, Provided with D-sub25 pin parallel (printer) interface or USB interface
• ISWTrns setup program
• Parallel cable or USB cable: 1
• Firmware

Item Specifications
Board to be rewritten Overall control board (OACB), Printer control board (PRCB), DF control
board (DFCB), FNS control board (FNSCB), FD control board (FDCB),
SD control board (SDCB), LS control board (LSCB), RU control board
(RUCB), PB control board (PBCB)
Rewritable firmware Image control Collective (I0), I1 to I5
Printer control C
ADF F
Stapler (FS-503) N1
Stapler (FS-607,FS-520) N2
Multi-folder H
Saddle stitcher B
Stacker S
RU R
Perfect Binder J

Note
• For boards other than the above, ROM replacement is required.

2 139
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5.2.2 Installation of the ISWTrns


bizhub PRO C6500

Install the ISWTrns program to the PC.


/C6500P/C5500

(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Start the PC.
2 Copy the setup files to the PC and double click the [Setup.exe] file to start the install program.

Note
• When the old version of the ISWTrns remains, uninstall the old version first, and then
install the new version.
3 "ISWTrns setup screen"
Following the instructions on the screen, check the folder to which an installation is made, and then
click [Next].

Note
• For default, "C: \ Program Files \ KONICA MINOLTA
\ ISWTrns" is set as a folder to which an installation is made.
• When changing the folder to which an installation is made, click [Browse] and specify
the folder.
4 Following the instructions on the screen, check the folder to which the ISWTrns program is stored
and then click [Next].

Note
• For default, "ISWTrns" is set as a folder to which an installation is made.
• When changing the folder to which an installation is made, enter the folder name
directly, or select one from the existing folder displayed.
5 Following the instructions on the screen, click [Finish].
6 The installation of the ISWTrns program is automatically completed.

140
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


7 Select [ISWTrns] from the start menu or double-click the [ISWTrns] icon on the desk top to start up

/C6500P/C5500
the ISWTrns program.
8 "ISWTrns dialogue screen"
Click [OK] to set the storage folder of the firmware.

Note
• This screen is shown only when the program is started for the first time after installing
the ISWTrns.
9 "Option screen"
Click [Make Folder].

Note
• A folder (C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\ISWTrns) into which the ISWTrns program
is installed as a storage folder is set by default.
• When changing the storage folder, click [Browse] to specify it arbitrarily or enter it
directly in the editor box in full path.
• Clicking [Make Folder] creates hierarchical folders with the storage folder set above as
a route.

10 "Option screen"
Click [OK].

Note
• This operation allows the data folder created in step 9 to be stored in the INI file of the
ISWTrns program.

141
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5.2.3 Usage of the ISWTrns


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Installation of the USB driver (Windows2000/XP)


/C6500P/C5500

When a connection is made between the PC and the main body with a USB cable, the installation of the USB
driver is automatically started by the plug-and-play. However, this may result in the installation of the Windows
USB driver (USBPRINT.SYS), be sure to set the USB driver following the steps given below.

(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Connect one end of the USB cable to the main body.
2 Connect the other end of the USB cable to the USB connector of the PC.
3 From the screen below, select "Install from a list or specific location," and then click [Next].
The driver is stored in C:\WINDOWS\Drivers\Usb.

4 In the "Please choose your search and installation options" screen, select "Don't search. I will choose
the driver to install," and then click [Next].
5 Select USB driver in the driver selection screen and click [Next] to start the installation.
Driver name: KONICA MINOLTA Pro_C6500/C5500 USB Driver for ISW

6 When the "Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard" screen is displayed, click [Finish] to exit the
installation.

142 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


7 Check the "Device Manager screen" to see if the USB driver has been correctly installed.

/C6500P/C5500
Driver name: KONICA MINOLTA Pro_C6500/C5500 USB Driver for ISW

B. Setting the communication method


(1) Parallel port setup
When using ISWTrns program for parallel port data transfer, ECP mode settings of the PC parallel need to be
canceled. ISWTrns does not support parallel port data transfer in ECP mode. Because of the above, an error
occurs during transfer and cancels the transfer if it is done in ECP mode. Therefore using ISWTrns in a PC with
ECP settings, the ECP mode need to be canceled.

1) Cancelling procedure of the ECP port


Cancel the ECP mode following the procedure given below.

Step Operation
1 Start the PC.
2 Open "System" in the "Control panel" and select "Device manager" then look for LPT1 in the "Port
(COM and LPT)".
• ECP port when the LPT1 port is "ECP printer port (LPT1)"
• Normal parallel port when the LPT1 port is "Printer port (LPT1)"
3 When the printer port is set to ECP port, change the BIOS settings of the PC and cancel the ECP
port.

Note
• Contact the system administrator to cancel the ECP mode as it varies depending on the
PC to change the BIOS.

1 143
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Firmware copy
bizhub PRO C6500

By using the ISWTrns, copy the firmware to be transferred to the main body and save it into the specified folder.
/C6500P/C5500

(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Start the PC.
2 Select [ISWTrns] from the start menu or double click the [ISWTrns] icon on the desktop to start up the
ISWTrns.
3 Click [Option (O)] from the menu and then click [Option (O)].
4 "Option screen"
Click [Data Copy].

5 "File Copy screen"


Click [Browse].
Select the folder into which firmware is stored as a copied file.

Note
• The folder selected is shown in the upper display section of the "Original Files."
• In the lower display section of the "Original Files," the firmware related files stored in the
folder are shown.

6 Select a file you want to copy from the lower display section of the "Original Files."

Note
• The plural transferred files (rewritten data) can be selected.
• When copying all of the files that are displayed, skip this step and proceed to step 7.

144
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


7 Clicking [Copy] automatically copies the selected file into the specified folder created by installing the

/C6500P/C5500
ISWTrns.

Note
• When copying all of the files that are displayed in the lower display section of the "Origi-
nal Files", click [Copy All] instead of [Copy].
• In the upper display section of the "Copied Files", a folder name created at the setup of
the ISWTrns is displayed.
• In the list shown in the lower display section of the "Copied Files," the copy of which has
been successfully completed are listed in full path. In the "Failed to Copy Files", files the
copy of which have been failed are listed. As the causes of failure, following are consid-
ered.
A. There exists a file of the same name and "O/W" is not checked.
B. Cannot find the folder to be stored.
C. An overwrite is made on an overwrite-prohibited file.
• When changing a file that is currently stored into a new data, click the overwrite check
box to make a check mark.
8 After completion of copy, click [Refresh].
9 Click [Cancel] to get back to "option screen."
10 "Option screen"
Click [OK].

145
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

D. Preparation for transfer of the main body


bizhub PRO C6500

(1) Checking the firmware version


/C6500P/C5500

Before rewriting firmware, be sure to check the current firmware version following the procedure given below.

Step Operation
1 Enter the Service mode.
2 Press the [08 Firmware Version] in "Service Mode Menu" screen.
3 Press the [01 ROM Version] in the sub menu shown to the right of the screen.
4 " ROM Version Indication screen"

146
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

(2) ISW transfer standby

bizhub PRO C6500


Open the Service mode of the main body to put the ISW transfer in the standby condition.

/C6500P/C5500
Step Operation
1 Enter the Service mode.
2 Press the [12 ISW] in "Service Mode Menu" screen.
3 Press the [01 ISW] in the sub menu shown to the right of the screen.
4 "Board Type Selection" screen

5 Press the button corresponding to the firmware to be rewritten.


e.g.) <Image Control> Collective (I0)
"ISW Mode <Image Control: Collective (I0)> screen"

147
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

E. Connection to the main body


bizhub PRO C6500

(1) When using the parallel cable


/C6500P/C5500

Prepare the followings before connecting to the main body.


• PC which firmware have been copied.
• Parallel cable

1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Turn OFF the power of the main body.
2 Turn OFF the power of the PC.
3 Connect the parallel cable [2] to the IEEE1284 port [1] of the PC.

[1]

[2]

50gaf2c176na

4 Connect the parallel cable [1] of the PC to the ISW connector [2] of the main body.

[2]

[1]

a03uf2c132ca

148
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

(2) When using the USB cable

bizhub PRO C6500


Prepare the followings before connecting to the main body.

/C6500P/C5500
• PC which firmware have been copied.
• USB cable

1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Turn OFF the power of the main body.
2 Turn OFF the power of the PC.
3 Connect the UBS cable [2] to the USB port [1] of the PC.

[1]

[2]

50gaf2c178na

4 Connect the USB cable [1] of the PC to the ISW connector [2] of the main body.

[2]

[1]

a03uf2c133ca

149
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

F. Rewriting of firmware
bizhub PRO C6500

(1) Relationship between the ISW and the display of the operation panel
/C6500P/C5500

When the ISWTrns starts up, the main screen is displayed. In the main screen, the transmission file (firmware) is
selected, the information is displayed, the checksum and the transmission file are sent out. For detailed informa-
tion of the functions, refer to the following.

[2] [3]

[1] [4]
[5]

[6]
[7]

[8] [9]
[10]

[1] File status information list


View detailed information about the version file when firmware is selected.
[2] Select type frame
Select condition for a transfer file. When selecting all of the four types of the combo boxes, a folder [4] is set
from the information set in the ISWTrns.INI file. The setting of the selected combo boxes are saved to the
ISWTrns.INI file and it is displayed initially when started next time.
[3]Version selection frame
This frame let you select which version of a transfer file you want to be transmitted when more than one ver-
sion is stored in a folder.
[4] Version storage folder edit box
When the select type frame of [2] is decided, a folder name is displayed in full path from the information of
the data folder set in the option window and the INI file. When the firmware is in a folder other than the
specified data folder, this can be changed by clicking [Browse] [6] to specify the file location or entering
directly the file location. A firmware corresponding to the INI file conditions in the folder shown here is dis-
played in the list box of [5].
[5] Version file selection list box
Displays files that are in the folder selected at [4]. When more than one version files are stored in the same
folder, all versions are displayed in this list box. The list displayed here is sorted in the order of names, and
an item displayed last is selected when the list is displayed. Changing the selected item decides a firmware
version to be transmitted.
[6] Version file [Browse]
This key is used when the firmware is in a folder other than the specified data folder. Display the folder
selection screen to select the folder of [4].
[7] Send file information frame
Display the list of firmware to be actually transmitted based on the information selected in the frames [2] and
[3], and click [FileCheck] [9] to display the checksum of the file and the consistency (OK, NG, ??) of the
checksum.
[8] Send file information display list
When version files are selected at [5], files to be actually transmitted are displayed. The number of files actu-
ally transmitted is described in the checksum attached to the firmware. Click [FileCheck] at [9] to calculate
the checksum of the entire displayed files. And compare the obtained value with the checksum value stored
in the checksum file (*.sum) attached to the firmware to display the result.

150
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

[9] [FileCheck]

bizhub PRO C6500


With a transmission file displayed in "SendFile info" of [8], press this key to calculate the file checksum

/C6500P/C5500
(checksum of the entire file) of the displayed transmission file and show a result beside the transmission file.
And also, compare the result of the checksum with the checksum file attached to the firmware and display
the obtained result in the form shown below.
"OK": Accord
"NG": Not accord
"??": Checksum file (*.sum) not found
[10] [FileSend]
Starts the transmission of the transferred file.

(2) Procedure
e.g.) When the overall program (ALL) is written.

Step Operation
1 Start the ISWTrns program.
2 Click [Set-up (S)] from the menu and then click [Communication setting (C)].
3 "Set Communication" screen
Select a port through which the transmission is made and click [OK].

Note
• When [Parallel] is selected, be sure to specify [Port] as well.
4 Select the machine type, the destination and the board types.
Machine type: Pro_C6500 or Pro_C5500, Country: EU, Board type: I1/I5 (ALL)

5 The data to be used is displayed in the version selection frame and the send file information frame.

1 151
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500

6 Press the [FileCheck] to check if the file to be used has any problems.
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• The files (I1 to I5 all) of Pro_C5500 or Pro_C6500 cannot be written in Pro_C6500. Doing
so will be detected as model name abnormality and the data won’t be written in.
7 Place the main body in the ISW standby condition.

8 First, press [Start] on the touch panel, then click [FileSend] in ISWTrns.
9 The following window is displayed on the PC while in the file transfer.

152 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


10 The following screen is displayed when transmission of the file is complete.

/C6500P/C5500
"ISWTrns"

"Touch panel"

11 "ISWTrns"
Click [OK].
"Touch panel"
Press [Continue] when conducting the ISW successively.
To end ISW, press [End].
The main body automatically restarts when [End] is pressed.
12 Check the firmware version in the service mode to see if the ISW is completed successfully.

153
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5.2.4 Error list


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Overall control board firmware abnormality


/C6500P/C5500

When the main body detects an overall control board firmware abnormality after turning ON the power switch,
the power save LED turns ON with nothing displayed on the LCD of the operation panel (ISW stand-by condi-
tion). For details of the power save LED display, refer to the table below.

No. Operation Power save LED status


1 CPU in initialization when the power is turned on OFF
2 Flash memory in checking OFF
3 An error is detected while in memory check (ISW standby status) Blinks in orange
4 ISW processing (data being received from the PC and firmware being Blinks in green
written)
5 When abnormality is detected while in data transmission Blinks in red and green
alternately
6 When an error is detected while in writing firmware Blinks in red
7 Memory check completed successfully: During reboot OFF

B. ISWTrns error list


The ISWTrns displays messages when an error is shown or the operation is completed. The table below shows
the contents of the message and the status of the ISWTrns.

Message Status of the ISWTrns


Cannot open a checksum file Opening of a checksum file failed. Possible causes include a corrupted
file and a file in use.
Cannot read a checksum file Loading of a checksum file into memory failed. Possible causes include a
shortage of memory and an OS problem.
Cannot open a file Opening of a send file failed. Possible causes include a corrupted file and
a file in use.
Cannot open the LPT port Opening of the LPT port failed.
Communications port setup A call to GetCommState failed.
acquisition error
Communications port setup error A call to SetCommState failed.
Cannot open a send file Opening of a send file failed. Possible causes include a corrupted file and
a file in use.
Cannot send a Term Test file Transmission of a communications test block failed.
1. The main body is not ready to receive.
2. The cable is out of position.
3. Transmission of the wrong send file was attempted.
Unsuccessful file transmission The transmission of a send file failed. Possible causes include a cable
out of position.
Unsuccessful transmission to the Output to the LPT port failed. Possible causes include a cable out of
LPT port position.
Invalid folder name An invalid folder name was entered. Start a folder name with a drive
name, such as C:\.
Default data folder is not set. A data folder is not set in ISWTrns.INI.
Please select folder. This message is displayed when ISW Trns launches for the fist time.
Unsuccessful thread creation The creation of a thread failed.

154
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Message Status of the ISWTrns

bizhub PRO C6500


No send file available No file to copy file is selected or exists in the folder.

/C6500P/C5500
Unable to copy several files 1. The destination folder does not exist.
2. When the overwrite check box is not checked, an attempt is made to
copy to a file having the same file name.
3. An attempt is made to overwrite a protected file.
4. Any other cause (such as a file being used by another application or
OS problem)
Send file not found, or invalid file The number of divisions of a send file recorded in the checksum file and
name in the folder. Check. the number of files actually existing do not match.
1. When a file with an illegal name is in the data folder, or a file name that
seems to be illegal is displayed in the folder list.
2. The number of files in a divided file is wanting. Identify the wanting files
in the folder list and copy them again.
3. When the checksum file is damaged, copy it to the folder again.

C. Main body error list


The following shows the malfunction code.

Code Error Applicable program


41 Input data format abnormality Common
42 Input data model name abnormality
43 Input data board name abnormality
64 Rewritten address error F (DFCB)
81 Input device abnormality, such as input time-out Common
C1 Flash ROM deletion failure I (OACB)
C2 Flash ROM writing error
C3 Checksum abnormality
C4 Output device abnormality, such as output time-out Common
E1 Program SUM check error F (DFCB)
Flash ROM deletion failure C (PRCB) /H (FDCB)
E2 Flash ROM writing error /B (SDCB) /N (FNSCB)
/S (LSCB)
E3 Blank check error F (DFCB)
Communication error C (PRCB) /H (FDCB)
/B (SDCB) /N (FNSCB)
/S (LSCB)
100 Network, USB memory connection error Common
101 Network, USB memory file error
102 Communication error with the USB memory
4xx HTTP error (protocol regulations error, was able to connect to
network, but an error was returned from the server)
5xx FTP error (protocol regulations error, was able to connect to net-
work, but an error was returned from the server)

155
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

D. ISWTrms troubleshooting
bizhub PRO C6500

When an error occurs while in the execution of the ISWTrns program.


/C6500P/C5500

Condition Causes Measure taken


1 The ISWTrns does not The ISWTrns.EXE file is damaged Set it up again.
start up. The setup files itself is damaged. Check the setup files and set it up
again.
2 When an item in the The transferred file is not stored in the Check to see if the firmware file is
combo box is selected, specified folder. stored in the folder displayed in the
the transferred file is "File" text box of "Version." Use the
not displayed. "Data Copy" function if the file storage
location is unknown.
The data folder in the option screen is Check the setting of the data folder.
set incorrectly. Use the "Data Copy" function if the file
storage location is unknown.
The file name is illegal (or has been The file name must be used with no
changed.) change made. When the file name is
changed, the display or selection of
the file becomes unavailable. When
the file name is changed, return it to
former state.
The folder name is illegal (or has been When the folder name created by the
changed.) "Make Folder" in the option screen
has been changed, it cannot be
found. Return it to former state and
check it again.
3 "NG" is displayed while The transferred firmware is damaged. Copy the firmware and check it again.
in the file checksum. When "NG" still recurs, contact the
supplier of the firmware.
4 "??" is displayed while When the firmware was copied to the Copy the checksum file into the same
in the file checksum. PC, the copying of the checksum file folder as the one for the firmware at
(*.sum) was forgotten. the same time. (If you use the "Data
Copy" function, a copy is made auto-
matically.)

156
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Condition Causes Measure taken

bizhub PRO C6500


5 An error "Cannot The file is being used by anther pro- Exit another program. The error still

The transfer of the file failed.

/C6500P/C5500
open a file" is dis- gram or system. recurs, reboot Windows.
played.
An error "Cannot The connection of the cable is loos- Check the cable to see if it is con-
send a Term Test ened. nected securely or if there is any prob-
file" is displayed. lem found with the cable itself.
The main body is not in the receiving Check the main body to see if it is in
condition. the receiving condition.
An error "Unsuc- The connection of the cable is loos- Check the cable to see if it is con-
cessful transmis- ened. nected securely or if there is any prob-
sion to the LPT lem found with the cable itself.
port" is displayed. Wrong data has been sent. Check the file status screen to see if
the receiving mode on the main body
side (type of receiving board) corre-
sponds with the transferred file on the
PC side.
The length of the cable is out of spec- Use a cable the length of which is less
ifications. than 2 m.
The parallel port of the PC is set to Cancel the ECP mode with reference
the ECP mode. to the PC manual.
There is a compatibility problem Conduct a test with a PC that has a
between the parallel port of the PC track record of transmitting, and
and the port on the main body side. check if there is any compatibility
problem found.

157
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5.3 USB memory ISW


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

5.3.1 Usage of the USB memory ISW

Note
• The "Service Port Device" must be set to [On] in the settings menu mode of the "User Setting-Sys-
tem Setting-service Port Device", or the USB memory ISW cannot be used.

A. Procedure

Step Operation
1 Save the firmware to the USB memory in the folder structure described below.

PRO_C6500 PRO_C5500

I I

I0 I0

I1 I1

I2 I2

I3 I3

I4 I4

I5 I5

C C

H N

B N2

N F

N1

N2

Note
• Create the PRO_C6500 orPRO_C5500 folder directly under the USB memory route.
• Several firmware can be saved to a folder. However 24 files is the maximum it can dis-
play on the touch panel. Also, two byte font cannot be displayed.
• Maximum 40 letters for a file name.

158 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


2 Connect the USB memory [1] to the main body service port [2].

/C6500P/C5500
[2] [1]

a03uf2c134ca

3 Enter the Service mode.


4 "Service Mode Menu screen"
Press [12 ISW].
5 "ISW Menu screen"
Press [01 ISW].
6 "Board Type Selection screen"
Press [USB Memory ISW], once the 1shot message "Connection of a USB memory has been rec-
ognized." is displayed, press the button that is applicable to the firmware be rewritten.

159
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500

9 e.g.) <Image Control> Collective (I0)


/C6500P/C5500

The file in the USB memory applicable folder will be displayed. (Maximum 24 files)
Select the version of the file you want to rewrite, and press [OK]

Note
• From the file name, the file availability is judged and the result is shown by text color.
White: File effective as ISW.
Yellow: Special ROM file.
Red: File other than ISW or file for different destination.
• Press [Limit] to display only the effective files, files can be sorted by pressing [File
Name], [Date], [Size (byte)].

10 "External Memory Device ISW Mode" screen


Check the type and name of file to conduct ISW, and press [Start].

Note
• Press [File Select] to return to the file name selection screen.
• Press [ROM Select] to return to the board type selection screen.

160
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


11 The following screen is displayed when ISW is complete.

/C6500P/C5500
12 Press [Continue] when conducting the ISW successively.
To end the ISW, pull out the USB memory from the service port, then press [End].
The main body automatically restarts when [End] is pressed.
13 Check the firmware version in the service mode to see if the ISW is completed successfully.

5.3.2 Main body error list


When an error occurs during USB memory ISW operation, the malfunction code is displayed on the touch panel.
(See P.155)

161
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5.4 Internet ISW


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

5.4.1 OUTLINE
"Internet ISW" is a system to operate the ISW by the main body automatically receiving firmware from the pro-
gram server, using Web browser, main body operation panel, or Internet mail (E-mail) to direct the ISW. ISW can
be operated at the customer facility without carrying the program, if Internet ISW using main body operation
panel or Web browser is used. Also, with Internet ISW using mail remote notification system, ISW can be oper-
ated remotely.

5.4.2 Operating environment


To use the Internet ISW function, the following conditions must to be met.
• The main body must be connected to the network environment that allows the download of firmware from
the Internet by using ftp or http protocol.
The following four are status of "Internet ISW" not operating in the main unit.
• The main power switch (SW1) is OFF.
• The sub power switch (SW2) is OFF.
• The copier is in the auto shut-off mode.
• When the "Security Strengthen Set" is set to ON, the main body NIC other than the CS Remote Care can-
not be used.
• During print operation, or various JOB (including reserve JOB) exists, or suspended JOB exists during main
body idling.
• Using modes other than normal mode
• Paper jam has occurred
• Image file exists in the image memory
• Program type, board do not match

5.4.3 Initial settings


To use the Internet ISW, it is necessary to set in advance the network parameter, program server address and
the fire wall address etc. of the main body.

A. Settings from the operation panel


To introduce the main body into the network, set the IP address of the main body from the operation panel.
When this setting has been already made, proceed to "B. Settings from the Web browser" .

(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Press the [Utility Menu/Counter] key on the operation panel.
2 Press [03 Machine Admin. Setting].
3 Press [05 Network Setting].
4 Enter [01 Machine NIC Setting].
5 Type in [IP Address], [Subnet Mask], [Gateway Address].
6 Restart the main body by turning the sub power switch (SW2) OFF/ON.

Note
• The IP address etc. of the main body is normally assigned by the system administrator. For partic-
ulars, contact the system administrator.

162 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

B. Settings from the Web browser

bizhub PRO C6500


Enter the setting of the program server from the Web browser. At this time, in order to use the Web browser,

/C6500P/C5500
make preparations of the PC that can be introduced into the network.

Note
• For all the settings, "Space" cannot be set.
• When an incorrect setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to correct it following the error
message. Correcting no input error may result in the download error of the program.

(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Start up the Web browser.
When the proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessed.
For particulars, contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer 6.02,
Netscape Navigator 7.1 or Firefox 1.0 is recommended. However, be sure to avoid setting from two
or more browsers at a time.
2 Specify the IP address of the main body that is entered thorough "A. Settings from the operation
panel".
When you access the Web Utilities of the main body, "Main page screen" is displayed.
"Main page" screen

Copyright © 2000 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved.


3 "Main page screen"
Click [Extension for maintenance].
4 Enter user name and CE password in the window and press [OK].
User name: ce (small letter, cannot be changed)
Password: Enter the CE password. (Default: "92729272")

163
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500

5 "Extension for maintenance screen"


/C6500P/C5500

Click [Internet ISW].

6 "Internet ISW screen"


Click [Initial Setting].

164
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


7 "Proxy Server Setting screen"

/C6500P/C5500
Set the proxy server settings.
When using no proxy server (fire wall), proceed to the step 9.

Enable proxy Select the following.


When not using proxy: "no."
When using ftp proxy: "Use ftp proxy."
When using http proxy: "Use http proxy."
Proxy Server Type When selecting "Use ftp proxy" in "Enable Proxy," then select a
proxy server type from among the below.
Type 1: "User user@host"
Type 2: "OPEN host"
Type 3: "FW user => FW password => SITE host"
Type 4: "FW user => FW password => User user@host"

Note
• Types 2, 3, and 4 are unsupported.
• For authentication of proxy server, see "5.4.8 Authenti-
cation of the proxy server in the Internet ISW" .
Proxy Server IP Address When using the proxy server, set the IP address of the proxy
server.
Port Number When using the proxy server, set the number of the port that
uses the proxy server.
User name on the proxy When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Proxy Server Type" above
server set the account of the proxy server.
Password for the proxy server When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Proxy Server Type" above
set the password of the proxy server.

8 After completion of entry, click [Next] and then after checking the set items in the setting check
screen, click [Next]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in
red and then re-set the item.

165
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500

9 "Program Server Setting screen"


/C6500P/C5500

Set the program server settings. (When using the proxy)

Program Server Address Set the address of the server into which the program to be down
loaded is stored. Select the protocol to be used from the pull-
down menu left and enter the address after that in the text box
on the right. In the case of ftp, it is a relative path from the home
directory.
User name on the program Enter the account name of the program server.
server
Password for the program Enter the password of the program server.
server
Receiving time out Set the receiving time out of the program. When the time is out,
the down load of the program forcibly comes to an end, and the
system returns to the normal mode without conducting the ISW.

10 After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check screen,
click [Finish]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in red and
then re-set the item.
11 Set the program server settings. (When not using the proxy)

Protocol Select the protocol that receives the program.


Program Server IP Address Set the IP address of the server that stores the firmware to be
downloaded.
Target directory With http, set the path after the host domain. Also, with ftp, set
the relative pass from the home directory.
User name on the program Enter the account name of the program server.
server
Password for the program Enter the password of the program server.
server
Receiving time out Set the receiving time out of the firmware. When the time is out,
the down load of the firmware forcibly comes to an end, and the
system returns to the normal mode without conducting the ISW.

12 After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check screen,
click [Finish]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in red and
then re-set the item.

166
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


13 Conduct the Download test.

/C6500P/C5500
• In the down load test, "test.dat" is down loaded from the program server set in the initial setting
to check the connection. When the down load test failed, re-check the set items following the
error message.
• When the down load test is successfully completed, the communication speed and the esti-
mated receiving time are displayed as shown below. Refer to the "Receiving time out" setting.

• When the down load test failed, the response malfunction code from the server is display as
shown below. Since there may be a setting error, re-check the initialization.

167
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5.4.4 Internet ISW using the Web Utilities


bizhub PRO C6500

Using the Web Utilities of the main body allows the customer engineer, by just making a click from the browser,
/C6500P/C5500

to download the programs from the program server automatically for rewriting.

(1) Procedure

Step Operation
1 Proceed to "Internet ISW" on the Web Utilities.
"Internet ISW screen"
The firmware version of the board is displayed beside each of the board types.

2 Select one ISW intended board at the item of "ISW." When specifying a file name to be download,
enter it in the [File name] text box.

When firmware file name is not specified, it will be rewritten in the following files stored in the program
server.

I0 bootI0.bin C1 bootC1.bin N1 bootN1.bin B1 bootB1.bin


I1 bootI1.bin N2 bootN2.bin
I2 bootI2.bin F1 bootF1.bin S1 bootS1.bin
I3 bootI3.bin
I4 bootI4.bin H1 bootH1.bin R1 bootR1.bin
I5 bootI5.bin J1 bootJ1.bin

Note
• bootN1.bin is for FS-503, bootN2. bin is for FS-607, FS-520.

168 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


3 After completion of entry, click the [ISW].

/C6500P/C5500
If there is an input error, click [Back] following the message displayed in red and then enter the item
again.
4 ISW condition verification
Power save LED will blink green when downloading program. Also by the web screen, the present
operation status and errors can be checked.
• "ISW is downloading"
• "ISW is writing"
• "Finish"
• "ISW was canceled due to transferring problem"
• "ISW was canceled due to transferring overtime"
• "ISW was canceled due to writing proglem to flash memory"
5 The main unit will automatically restart and complete ISW when ISW is normally completed.
6 After the main unit has restarted, check that the firmware version has been updated successfully in
the "Internet ISW main screen".

5.4.5 Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system


When the customer engineer sends a mail that describes the key word briefly to the main body, the main body
that receives that mail can download the program from the program server to conduct the rewrite automatically.
For the operating environment and initial setting, see "4.3 Mail remote notification system".

(1) Usage of the Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system
For a command that is sent to the main body and its options, see the table given below.

Command Option Descriptions


ISW I0, I1, I2, I3, I4, I5 Specifies a board that execute ISW.
C1 I: Overall control board (OACB)
F1 C: Printer control board (PRCB)
H1 F: DF control board (DFCB)
N1 H: FD control board (FDCB)
N2 N1: FS-503 control board (FNSCB)
B1 N2: FS-607,FS-520 control board (FNSCB)
S1 B1: SD control board (SDCB)
R1 S1: LS control board (LSCB)
J1 R1: RU control board (RUCB)
J1: PB control board (PBCB)
By specifying "= firmware file name" following the option name, the
specified file in the program server can be turned into ISW.
e.g.) ISW I0=A03U001_00I0_G00_1000.bin
5 (minimum) Specify the time of validity of the mail. (Unit: in minutes) When no
1440 (maximum) specification is made, 90 minutes are employed.
When the time period after CE sends out a mail until the main body
receive the mail exceeds the time specified here, ISW is not con-
ducted.
e.g.) ISW I0 5
ISWHELP (Not specified) A help mail that describes the usage of the commands above is
returned.

1 169
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

When firmware file name is not specified, it will be rewritten in the following files saved in the program server.
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

I0 bootI0.bin C1 bootC1.bin N1 bootN1.bin B1 bootB1.bin


I1 bootI1.bin N2 bootN2.bin
I2 bootI2.bin F1 bootF1.bin S1 bootS1.bin
I3 bootI3.bin
I4 bootI4.bin H1 bootH1.bin R1 bootR1.bin
I5 bootI5.bin J1 bootJ1.bin

Note
• bootN1.bin is for FS-503, bootN2.bin is for FS-607, FS-520.

(2) Mail sending


Refer to "4.3 Mail remote notification system" for sending mail.

Note
• The number of commands that can be written down on a mail is only 1. When two or more com-
mands are written down, the second and the succeeding commands are ignored.

(3) Return mail


In the following cases, a mail is returned from the main body.
• After receiving an ISW start mail, the main body starts ISW. (A command sent and the firmware version
before ISW are written down.)
• When the ISW completed (sent command and the firmware version after ISW will be listed)
• When the time of validity of the mail expires. (A command sent is written down.)

5.4.6 Notes for use


(1) Notice to the administrator
When conducting the Internet ISW, be sure to notify the administrator of it and get approval from administrator in
advance.
Be sure to execute ISW with the main body not used. However, when the main body is in use (jobs present), the
Internet ISW does not operate.

(2) Power cut while in the ISW


While in the ISW rewrite, the operation panel and the power switch (SW2) are locked. However, when the main
power source is turned off due to power cut etc., the main body cannot start up.
However, this is a problem encountered while in the overall control board (OACB) rewrite. As for other errors
while in the ISW, they can be rewritten by the Internet ISW again.
Should the main body be not able to start due to the reason above, go to the actual place and use ISWTrns to
conduct the rewrite of the program.

170 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

5.4.7 Internet ISW using the operation panel

bizhub PRO C6500


When the customer engineer uses the Internet ISW from the operation panel, with no PC brought with, the main

/C6500P/C5500
body can download the program from the program server to conduct the rewrite automatically.

(1) Procedure
e.g.) When rewrite the overall control board (OACB) firmware (ALL).

Step Operation
1 Display "ISW Mode screen"

2 Press [Internet ISW] on the screen, then press [Collective (I0)] of the <Image Control>.

171
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Step Operation
bizhub PRO C6500

3 Press the [Start] and download the latest firmware to start the rewrite.
/C6500P/C5500

In a case in which the download of an old version firmware is required, press the [File Name Input]
key and enter the file name manually.

4 The following screen is displayed when ISW is complete.

5 Press [Continue] when conducting the ISW successively.


To end the ISW, press [End].
The main body will automatically restart when [End] is pressed.
6 Check the firmware version in the service mode to see if the ISW is completed successfully.

172
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

(2) Main body error list

bizhub PRO C6500


When an error occurs during Internet ISW operation, the malfunction code is displayed on the touch panel.

/C6500P/C5500
(See P.155)

5.4.8 Authentication of the proxy server in the Internet ISW


A. Proxy server
Proxy server which is provided on the inside of the fire wall is the generic name of a mail server that serves the
proxy of a client who receives an access demand (HTTP and FTP) from the client.

B. Authentication of the proxy server


There are four types of authentication methods for the proxy server.
The Internet ISW is corresponding to these four types.

C. Authentication type of the proxy server and the command list


(1) Type 1: User user@host
When accessing the outside through the proxy, authentication to the proxy server is not required.
When accessing the outside through the proxy server, the entry of the user name and password of the proxy
server is not required, this proxy authentication is likely to be used.

Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER User@host 331 Transmit the user name of the program server and the
program server address
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above

(2) Type 2: OPEN host


This is almost the same as the type 1, except for the exchange of commands while in authentication.
When all the settings are made correctly and no communication is available with type 1 authentication, apply this
type.

Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
OPEN host ftp expanded Transmit the program server address
function, defined
for each server
USER user 331 Transmit the user name of the program server
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above

173
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(3) Type 3: FW user = > FW password = > SITE host


bizhub PRO C6500

This is a type that requires the authentication to the proxy server itself when accessing the outside.
/C6500P/C5500

The information of the server you want to access, the user name and password of the proxy server (F/W) are
necessary.
In case of the user name and the password of the proxy server are required when accessing the outside through
the proxy server, this proxy authentication is likely to be used.

Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER FW user 331 Transmit the user name of the proxy server
PASS FW password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
SITE host ftp expanded Transmit the program server address
function, defined
for each server
USER user 331 Transmit the user name of the program server
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above

(4) Type 4: FW user = > FW password = > USER user @host


This is almost the same as the type 3, except for the exchange of commands while in authentication.
When all the settings are made correctly and no communication is available with type 3 authentication, apply this
type.

Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER FW user 331 Transmit the user name of the proxy server
PASS FW password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
USER user@host name 331 Transmit the user name of the program server and the
program server address
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above

D. Remark
For fwtk2.1 (for Unix) and Black Jumbo Dog (for Windows), the type 1 authentication is used. For most of the
proxy servers, the type 1 authentication is used. When the authentication type of the proxy server is not known,
you are recommended to make settings in type 1 authentication as a temporary measure.

174
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

5.5 Counter list obtaining with USB memory

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
5.5.1 Outline
By connecting a USB memory to the service port, the counter list information can be saved in the USB memory
in text file format.

5.5.2 List that can be obtained

(1) Counter list


(2) Mode memory list
(3) User setting list
(4) Use management list
(5) Audit log report
(6) Management list
(7) Adjustment list
(8) Coverage Data list
(9) Communication log list *
*Communication log list is output to the file when DIPSW30-1 is ON.

5.5.3 Obtaining method


A. Preparation
(1) Set the Service Port Device settings [On].
(2) Connect the USB memory to the Service Port.
B. Procedure

1 Press the [Utility Menu/Counter] key in the user mode.


2 Press [Details].
3 "Detail Counter List screen"
Press the key in the order of [Help] - [Utility Menu/Counter] - [Mode Check].
4 After the following message appears, remove the USB memory.

Note
• Do not remove the USB memory before the message disappears. The data is being output to the
file while the message is displayed.
• If the USB memory is removed while the message is displayed, the file cannot be saved properly.

C. File saving destination


The list print data file is saved to the root directory in the USB memory.

D. File name
The file name is defined as follows. When the same file name exists, it is overwritten with new data.
listprint + Machine type + Destination code + Serial No._Year_Date_Time.txt

e.g.) listprintA03U020000285_2007_0404_1749.txt

1 175
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

6.1 Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted


6.1.1 Scanner section
A. CCD unit
(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
• The eight screws for the CCD unit.
• The four attaching screws of the lens reference plate assy

[1]

[2]

[2]

[3] [4] a03uf2c125ca

[1] Screws not allowed to be removed [4] CCD unit


[2] Screws not allowed to be removed [5] Lens reference plate assy

(2) Reason for prohibition


Since the accuracy of the CCD unit is guaranteed as a unit, no accuracy is guaranteed if it is disassembled.
Therefore, screws that lead to the disassembly of the CCD unit must not be removed.
The lens reference plate assy is a reference for the positioning the CCD unit. If the lens reference plate assy is
removed, the optical axis of the CCD unit may become misaligned. Therefore, the attaching screws of the lens
reference assy must not be removed.

176
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

B. Mirror unit/Exposure unit

bizhub PRO C6500


(1) Parts not allowed to be removed

/C6500P/C5500
• Positions of the mirror unit and the exposure unit.

[1]
[2]

a03uf2c126ca

[1] Exposure unit [2] Mirror unit

(2) Reason for prohibition


The distance between the mirror unit and the exposure unit relates to the magnification of the sub-scan direction
for scanning the original. Therefore, the positions of the mirror unit and the exposure unit must not be arbitrarily
adjusted. Should the exposure unit and the scanner wire need to be removed, reinstallation of them must be
made using the optics unit adjustment jig.

177
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.1.2 Write section


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Write unit cover


/C6500P/C5500

(1) Parts not allowed to be removed


• The seven screws for the write unit installation

[1]

[1]

[2] a03uf2c127ca

[1] Screws not allowed to be removed [2] Write unit cover

(2) Reason for prohibition


A laser beam path runs through inside of the write unit. Opening the cover allows dust and dirt to enter deep into
the write unit and they may block the laser beam path. Therefore, the attaching screws of the write unit cover
must not be removed.

178
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

B. Installing section of the write unit

bizhub PRO C6500


(1) Parts not allowed to be removed

/C6500P/C5500
• The four attaching screws of the write unit mounting plate

[5] [6]

[1]
[2]

[4] [3] a03uf2c128ca

[1] Screws not allowed to be removed [4] Write unit /C


[2] Write unit mounting plate [5] Write unit /M
[3] Write unit /K [6] Write unit /Y

(2) Reason for prohibition


The write unit mounting plates are a reference for positioning the write units accurately with respect to the
drums. The removal of the write unit mounting plate may cause an image distortion by lack of parallelism
between the drum and the write unit. Therefore, the attaching screws of the write unit mounting plate must not
be removed.

179
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.1.3 Photoconductor section


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Parts not allowed to be removed


/C6500P/C5500

• An attaching screw of the drum cartridge end plate /Fr


• An attaching screw of the drum cartridge end plate /Fr

[4] [3]
[1] [2]

[5]

a03uf2c129ca

[1] Screws not allowed to be removed [4] End plate /Rr


[2] End plate /Fr [5] Drum cartridge
[3] Screws not allowed to be removed

B. Reason for prohibition


Clearance between the drum and the developing roller has been precisely adjusted by the position of the end
plate /Fr and Rr. Therefore, the attaching screws of the end plate /Fr and Rr must not be removed.

180
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6.1.4 Intermediate transfer section

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Parts not allowed to be removed

/C6500P/C5500
• An attaching screw of the tension adjusting plate

[2]

[1]

[3] a03uf2c130ca

[1] Screws not allowed to be removed [3] Tension adjusting plate


[2] Belt

B. Reason for prohibition


The belt tension has been precisely adjusted with the tension adjusting plate. Therefore, the attaching screw of
the tension adjusting plate must not be removed.

181
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.1.5 Fusing unit section


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Parts not allowed to be removed


/C6500P/C5500

• The two attaching screws of the pressure roller arm /Fr


• The two attaching screws of the pressure roller arm /Rr

[4] [3] [2] [1]

a03uf2c131ca

[1] Screws not allowed to be removed [3] Screws not allowed to be removed
[2] Pressure roller arm /Fr [4] Pressure roller arm /Rr

B. Reason for prohibition


The fusing belt position has been precisely adjusted by the pressure roller arm /Fr and /Rr. Therefore, the attach-
ing screw of the pressure roller arm /Fr and /Rr must not be removed.

182
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6.2 Disassembly/reassembly parts list

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Note
• The table below lists parts other than the periodically replaced part. The disassembly/reassembly
procedures of them are described on the following pages, however, except for the covers, they do
not need to be removed under normal conditions.
• For information on how to replace the periodically replaced parts, see "3.4 Maintenance proce-
dure of the housing section" to "3.17 Maintenance procedure of OT-502".

No. Section Part name Reference page


1 Cover Rear cover P.184
2 Left cover P.184
3 Right cover /Up1 P.185
4 Right cover /Up2 P.185
5 Right cover /Up3 P.185
6 Right cover /Lw1 P.185
7 Right cover /Lw2 P.185
8 Original glass assy P.186
9 Upper cover /Fr P.187
10 Upper cover /Rt P.187
11 Upper cover /Lt P.187
12 Upper cover /Rr1 P.188
13 Upper cover /Rr2 P.188
14 Main board unit P.188
15 Scanner section CCD unit P.190
16 Exposure unit P.192
17 Exposure lamp P.195
18 Scanner wire (for removing) P.196
19 Scanner wire (for installing) P.198
20 Write section Write unit P.201
21 Process section Process unit P.203
22 Image correction unit P.204
23 Toner collection sec- Belt collection pipe P.205
24 tion Vertical conveyance pipe P.205
25 Horizontal conveyance pipe P.205
26 ADU section ADU P.218
27 Lock lever /1 P.220
28 Lock lever /2 P.220
29 Paper feed section Paper feed tray P.222
30 Tray up/down wire P.223
31 Fusing unit Temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1) P.226
32 Thermostat /1 (TS1) P.226
33 Thermostat /2 (TS2) P.226
34 Temperature sensor /3 (TEMS/3) P.229
35 Thermostat /3 (TS3) P.229
36 OT OT P.231

183
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3 Disassembly/reassembly procedure


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

6.3.1 Removing/reinstalling rear cover


A. Procedure
1. Remove the filter cover.
[2] [3] [2]
(See P.42)
2. Loosen the two screws [1].
3. Remove the 13 screws [2] and then remove the
rear cover [3].
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] [2] [1]


a03uf2c082ca

6.3.2 Removing/reinstalling left cover


A. Procedure
1. Loosen the two screws [1].
[2] [3]
2. Remove the nine screws [2] and then remove the
left cover [3].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] [1] [2]


a03uf2c083ca

184
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6.3.3 Removing/installing right cover/Up1, /Up2, /Up3, /Lw1 and /Lw2

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Procedure

/C6500P/C5500
1. Remove the filter cover.
[7] [6] [5] [2]
(See P.42)
2. Open the bypass feed tray [1].
3. Loosen the two screws [2] and remove the right
cover/Up3 [3].
4. Remove the two screws [4] and remove the right
cover/Up2 [5].
5. Loosen the four screws [6] and remove the right
cover/Up1 [7].

[1] [4] [3]


a03uf2c084ca

6. Close the bypass feed tray [1].


[1] [4] [2]
7. Open the toner cellction door [2].
8. Loosen the two screws [3] and remove the right
cover/Lw2 [4].
9. Remove the two screws [5] and remove the right
cover/Lw1 [6].
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[6] [5] [3]


a03uf2c085ca

185
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.4 Removing/reinstalling original glass assy


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Procedure
/C6500P/C5500

1. Remove the three screws [1] and remove the orig-


[1] [2] [4] [3]
inal positioning plate /Rr [2].
2. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the scan-
ner cover /Rt [4].
3. Remove the two screws [5] and remove the origi-
nal glass assy [6].

[5] [6]
a03uf2c086ca

Note
[10] [7]
• When removing the original glass assy, do not
hold the original positioning plate /Lt [8], or
the glass [7] may come off since the plate and
glass are attached with each other only with
two-side tape. Be sure to hold the original
glass assy by its [9] and [10] portions.

4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[8] [9]
a03uf2c087ca

186
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6.3.5 Removing/reinstalling upper cover/Fr, /Rt, and Lt

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Procedure

/C6500P/C5500
1. Remove the original glass assy.
[4] [3] [2] [1]
(See P.186)
2. Open the toner supply section.
(See P.44)
3. Remove the screw [1] and remove the scanner
cover/Fr2 [2].
4. Remove the screw [3] and remove the scanner
cover/Fr1 [4].

a03uf2c088ca

5. Remove the three screws [1] and remove the


upper cover/Fr [2].

[1] [2]
a03uf2c089ca

6. Remove the screw cap [1].


[1] [2] [3]
7. Remove the two screws [2] and [3] and remove
the upper cover/Rt [4].

[4]
a03uf2c091ca

187
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

8. Remove the screw cap [1].


[1][2]
bizhub PRO C6500

9. Remove the two screws [2] and [3] and remove


/C6500P/C5500

the upper cover/Lt [4].


10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[4] [3]
a03uf2c091ca

6.3.6 Removing/reinstalling upper cover /Rr1 and /Rr2


A. Procedure
1. Remove the screw cap [1].
[5][6] [8] [7] [3] [4] [1][2]
2. Remove the two screws [2] and [3] and remove
the upper cover /Rr2 [4].
3. Remove the original glass assy.
(See P.186)
4. Remove the screw cap [5].
5. Remove the two screws [6] and [7], and remove
the upper cover /Rr1 [8].
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

a03uf2c092ca

188
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6.3.7 Removing/installing main board unit

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Procedure

/C6500P/C5500
1. Remove the rear cover.
[2] [1]
(See P.184) .
2. Remove the right cover/Up3.
(See P.185)
3. Remove the upper cover/Rr2.
(See P.188)
4. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the con-
nector cover/1 [2].
5. Remove the four screws [3] and remove the con-
nector cover/2 [4].

[3] [4] a03uf2c095ca

6. Disconnect the six connectors [1].


[1] [2]
7. Remove the four screws [2].

Note
• Be careful not to damage the connector [1] or
the wires when removing the main board unit.

[2] [1]
a03uf2c096ca

8. Put a screw driver [2] through the hook [1] and


[1] [4]
insert the tip [3] of the driver into the clearance.
Pull the screw driver toward you while pivoting it
on the tip to pull out the main board unit [4].
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

Note
• Be sure not to pinch the wires.

[3] [2]
a03uf2c097ca

189
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.8 Removing/installing CCD unit


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Procedure
/C6500P/C5500

1. Remove the original glass assy.


(See P.186)
2. Disconnect the connector [1].
3. Remove the 9 screws [2] and remove the CCD
cover [3].
4. Remove the screw [4] and remove the ribbon
cable cover [5].

[4] [5] [3]

[1] [2]
8050ma3141

5. Open the lock lever [1] to unlock the ribbon cable


[2], and disconnect the cable.

Note
• Connect the ribbon cable following the proce-
dure below.
• Open the lock lever [1] and insert the ribbon
cable [2] as far as it will go. Make sure the
conductive surface of the cable does not face
to the lock lever.
• Close the lock lever [1] to lock the ribbon
[1] [2] cable [2].
a03uf2c098ca

190
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6. Remove the four screws [1] and remove the CCD


[1] [2]

bizhub PRO C6500


unit [2].

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Never remove any screws other than the four
screws [1]. If they are removed, optical
adjustments that cannot be made in the field
service or stores are required.
• Never touch the lends with your hand, other-
wise it causes image quality problems.

7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


[2] a03uf2c099ca
steps in reverse.

191
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.9 Removing/installing exposure unit


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Disassembly procedure
/C6500P/C5500

1. Remove the original glass assy.


[2] [1] [1]
(See P.186)
2. Remove the upper cover/Fr, /Rt and Lt.
(See P.187)
3. Remove the 14 screws [1] and remove the stay
[2].

[1]
a03uf2c0100ca

4. Remove the screws [1],1 each, and remove the


[2] [1] [1] [2]
two wire holdings [2].
5. Turn the exposure unit [3] a little to take it upward
while keeping it in a horizontal position, and put
the unit on the scanner frame [4].

[4] [3]
a03uf2c101ca

192
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6. Disconnect the connector [1].


[4] [1]

bizhub PRO C6500


7. Remove the screw [2] and release the cable [4]

/C6500P/C5500
from the cable clamp [3].
8. Remove the exposure unit [5].

[2] [3] [5]

a03uf2c102ca

193
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Reassembly procedure
bizhub PRO C6500

1. Install the exposure unit to the main body.


/C6500P/C5500

[5] [4] [4] [5]


2. Move the V mirror unit [2] toward paper eject side
and put the optic unit positioning jigs [3] one for
each V mirror unit [2] and exposure unit [1]
through the holes on the frame at the front side
and through the holes on the other side frame.

Note
• Use the optic positioning jigs when reinstall-
ing the exposure unit.

3. Secure the exposure unit with the screws [4] and


the wire holdings [5], one for each side of the unit.
4. Remove the two optic positioning jigs [3].
5. Follow the removal steps in reverse from here.

[2] [1] [3]


a03uf2c103ca

194
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6.3.10 Removing/installing exposure lamp

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Procedure

/C6500P/C5500
1. Remove the exposure unit.
[3] [4]
(See P.192)
2. Cut the wire binding band [1] to release the cable
[2].
3. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the HP
detection plate [4].
4. Remove the two screws [5] and remove the expo-
sure lamp (L1) [6].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] [1] [5]

[6] [5]
a03uf2c104ca

195
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.11 Removing scanner wire


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Procedure
/C6500P/C5500

1. Remove the exposure unit.


[2]
(See P.192)
2. Loosen the screws [1] for each of two spring fixing
plates [2] and release the plates.

[1]
a03uf2c105ca

196
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

3. Release the wire terminal [3] of the scanner wire/

bizhub PRO C6500


Rr [2] from the spring fixing plate [1]. And then

/C6500P/C5500
remove the scanner wire/Rr [2] from each parts in
the following order: 1. Pulley/3 [4] 2. Outer side of
the V mirror pulley [5] 3. Pulley/2 [6]
4. Release the metal ball [8] of the scanner wire/Rr
[5] [2] from the wire stopper [7]. And then remove the
scanner wire/Rr [2] from each part in the following
order: 1. Inner side of the V mirror pulley [5] 2. Pul-
[4] [6] [3]
ley/1 [9]
5. Remove the scanner wire/Rr [2] from the drive
[9]
pulley [10].
6. Remove the scanner wire/Fr [11] following the
[10]
step 3 to 5.
[2]
Note
• The scanner wire /Fr and /Rr should be sym-
metrically installed.

[2] [7] [8]


[2]

[3]

[1]
[11]
8050ma3024

197
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.12 Reinstalling the scanner wire


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Procedure
/C6500P/C5500

1. Move the V mirror unit [1] toward paper eject side


and put the optic unit positioning jig [2] for the V
mirror unit [1] through the hole on the front side
frame and through the V mirror unit.

Note
• Be careful not to damage the mirror with the
optic positioning jig.
• When reinstalling the scanner wire, secure
the V mirror unit with the optic positioning jig.

[1] [2]
a03uf2c106ca

2. Put the metal ball [3] provided at each intermedi-


[6] [5] [1] ate section of the scanner wires/Fr [1] and /Rr [2]
into the drive pulley [4] installation hole. With this
[4]
as a starting point, wind the wire 3.5 turns [5] out-
wards and 3.5 turns [6] inwards.
[3] [8]
[7]
Note
• The scanner wire /Fr and /Rr are common
parts.
[8]
• Wind each scanner wire so that the wire ter-
[4] minal comes outer side of the drive pulley
while the metal ball [7] comes inner side of
the drive pulley.
• When winding each scanner wire, be sure to
[2] [5] [6]
pull out the both edges of wire from beneath
[4] the drive pulley.
• Be sure to wind the scanner wires to each
drive pulley intimately and in a single layer.
[3] [7]
8050ma3026 3. After winding the scanner wire/Fr [1] and /Rr [2],
secure each wire with the tape [8] to prevent the
wires from becoming unfastend.

198
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

4. Pass the scanner wire/Rr [2] (metal ball [3] side)

bizhub PRO C6500


[9] wound to the drive pulley [1] through the pulley/1

/C6500P/C5500
[4] and inward the V mirror pulley [5] in that order,
and then hook the metal ball [3] to the wire stop-
[10] per [6].
5. Pass the scanner wire/Rr [2] (wire terminal [7] side)
[2]
wound to the drive pulley [1] through the pulley/2
[8], outward the V mirror pulley [5] and the pulley/3
[9] in that order, and then hook the wire terminal
[7] to the spring fixing plate [10].
6. Reinstall the scanner wire/Fr [11] following the
[5] step 4 to 5.

[4] [6] [3]

FRONT

[2] [7] [8]


[2]

[3]

[1]
[11]
8050ma3027

199
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7. Fasten the screws [1] for each of two spring fixing


[2]
bizhub PRO C6500

plates [2] and secure the plates.


/C6500P/C5500

8. Follow the removal steps in reverse from here.

[1]
a03uf2c105ca

200
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6.3.13 Removing/installing write unit

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
WARNING
• Do not power the product when the write unit is not in its original position.
• Never remove the covers of the write unit with the product powered. If a laser beam is emitted and
strikes your eye, it may result in permanent vision loss.

Note
• Never remove the covers of the write unit, and even loosening the screws of the cover must be
avoided.
• Be careful not to touch the dust-proof glass when removing the write unit.
• Never remove the write unit for at least two minutes after turning the main power switch (SW1) off.

A. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover/Up1 and /Up2.
[2] [2]
(See P.185)
2. Disconnect the six connectors [1].
3. Remove the 10 screws [2] and remove the fan
mounting plate/Rt [3].

[2] [1] [3] [1]


a03uf2c107ca

4. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the write


[6] [8] [7] [1] [4] [3]
unit pressing plate [2].

Note
• When removing the write unit pressing plate,
be sure to do that while holding the upper of
the plate.

5. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the write


unit duct/Rr [4].
6. Remove the two screws [5] and remove the write
unit duct/Fr2 [6].
[10] [9] [5] [2] 7. Remove the two screws [7] and remove the write
a03uf2c108ca
unit duc/Fr1[8].
8. Remove the two screws [9] and remove the write
unit duct/Fr3 [10].

201
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

9. Disconnect the three connectors [1] and remove


[4][3] [2] [1]
bizhub PRO C6500

the write unit/Y [2], /M [3] and /C [4].


/C6500P/C5500

10. Disconnect the four connectors [5] and remove


the write unit/K [6].

Note
• The write unit/C, /M and /Y are common
parts.
• The write unit/C, /M, /Y and the write unit/K
differs in the number of connector.
• Never install the other write units to the place
where the write unit/K is to be installed.
[6] [5]
a03uf2c109ca
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

202
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6.3.14 Removing/installing process unit

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Procedure

/C6500P/C5500
1. Remove the transfer belt unit.
(See P.50)
2. Remove all drum cartridges.
(See P.47)
3. Remove all developing units.
(See P.66)
[4] [5] [2] [8] [1] [6] 4. Remove the two screws [1].

Note
• The transfer belt unit, drum cartridges, and
the developing units must have been removed
before removing the process unit.
• Do not remove the black screws.

5. Push back the process unit until the screw [5]


appears through each hole [4] of the guide rail/Lt
[2] and /Rt [3].
6. Remove the two screws [5], one each on the
guide rail/Lt [2] and /Rt [3].

Note
• Do not remove the black screws.

[6] 7. Pull out the process unit [6] again. And remove the
[7]
process unit from the guide rail/Lt [2] and /Rt [3]
following the procedure below.
Projections [7] on the guide rail /Lt are inserted in
the notches [8] of the process unit. And the
notches [10] on the process unit are engaged with
the projections [9] on the guide rail/Rt. Release
the process unit from the guide rail/Lt while sliding
the guide rail/Lt a little against the process unit,
then lift the process unit to release it from the
guide rail/Rt, and remove the process unit.
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[1] [9] [3] [5] [4] steps in reverse.

[10] a03uf2c110ca

203
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.15 Removing/reinstalling image correction unit


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Procedure
/C6500P/C5500

1. Remove the process unit.


(See P.203)
2. Disconnect the connector [1].
3. Remove the two screws [2] and remove the image
[4]
correction unit [3].

[2]
Note
• When removing the image correction unit, be
sure to remove the process unit beforehand.
• When removing the image correction unit,
avoid touching or exerting any force on the
[3] [1] [4] 8050ma3071
drum drive shaft [4].

4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

204
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6.3.16 Removing/installing belt collectin pipe, vertical conveyance pipe and horizontal conveyance

bizhub PRO C6500


pipe

/C6500P/C5500
A. Procedure

Note
• If a paper feed motor error (C-0101) or a transfer belt motor error (C-2220) occurs, clean the inside
of the pipes following the procedure below.

1. Remove the process unit.


(See P.203)
2. While releasing the lock [1] of the ADU release
lever [2], turn the lever counterclockwise.
3. While releasing the lock [3], hold the ADU release
lever and pull out the ADU [4].

Note
• With the process unit removed, ADU cannot
be pulled out without releasing the lock [3] in
order to avoid rollover accidents.

[2] [1] [3] [4]

a03uf2c111ca

4. Spread a sheet [2] just below the horizontal con-


veyance pipe /1 [1] since waste toner may spill out
from the pipe.

[2] [1] 8050ma3192

205
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5. Remove the seven screws [1] and loosen the


[1]
bizhub PRO C6500

screw [2].
/C6500P/C5500

[1]

[1] [2] 8050ma3193

206
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6. Hold the belt waste toner inlet [1] and the drum/K
[1]

bizhub PRO C6500


waste toner inlet [2], and remove the belt collec-

/C6500P/C5500
tion pipe [3], the vertical conveyance pipe /1 [4], /
2 [5], /3 [6] and /4 [7] with all those pipes con-
nected each other.

Note
• When removing the belt collection pipe and
the vertical conveyance pipe, be sure to
remove them while slightly tilting the belt
waste toner inlet side toward you.
• When installing the belt collection pipe and
the vertical conveyance pipe, insert the pro-
[3] jections located on rear side of each inlet into
holes of the main body.

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[2] 8050ma3194

207
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7. Remove the toner collection pipe [2] from the ver-


bizhub PRO C6500

[3] [2]
tical conveyance pipe/1 [1], and pull out the toner
/C6500P/C5500

oscillating plate [3].

[1]

8050ma3195

208
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

Note
[2]

bizhub PRO C6500


• When installing the toner oscillating plate,

/C6500P/C5500
insert the drive hole [4] of the toner oscillating
plate [3] over the guide pin [2] on the toner
collection pipe [1]. Turn the gear [5] to check
if the toner oscillating plate moves up and
down properly.

[4] [3] [1] [1]

[5] 8050ma3196

209
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

8. Remove the toner collection pipe/2 [2] from the


[2] [5] [1]
bizhub PRO C6500

toner collection pipe/1 [1].


/C6500P/C5500

9. Remove the E-ring [3] and the gear [4].


10. Pull out the toner collection screw [5] from the
toner collection pipe/1.
11. Clean off the waste toner in the toner collection
pipe/1 and /2.

Note
• When cleaning the toner collection pipe /2, be
careful not to lose the sponge [6] and [7].

[6] [7]

[4] [3] 8050ma3197

210
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

12. After uncoupling the vertical conveyance pipe into


[4] [6] [3] [6] [2] [6] [1]

bizhub PRO C6500


four parts [1][2][3][4], remove each inlet cap [5],

/C6500P/C5500
and clean off the waste toner inside the pipes.

Note
• When cleaning each vertical conveyance
pipe, be careful not to lose the four sponges
[6].
• When installing each inlet cap, match the
concave part [7] of the inlet cap with the con-
vex part [8] of the vertical conveyance pipe.

[6] [8] [7]

[5] 8050ma3198

211
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

13. Remove the toner collection box assy.


bizhub PRO C6500

(See P.68)
/C6500P/C5500

14. Remove the rear cover.


(See P.184) .
15. Remove the screw [1] and the flywheel/C [2].
16. Remove the screw [3] and the flywheel/K [4].

[1] [2]

[4] [3] 8050ma3199

17. Spread a sheet [3] below the joint part between


the horizontal conveyance pipe/1 [1] and the hori-
zontal conveyance pipe assy [2].

Note
• Waste toner may spill out of when the hori-
zontal conveyance pipe/2 is removed from
the conveyance pipe/1. Be sure to spread a
sheet to prevent the waste toner from spilling
on the internal components.

[1]
[2] [3] 8050ma3200

212
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

18. Remove the two screws [1] and pull out the hori-
[1]

bizhub PRO C6500


zontal conveyance pipe assy [3] from the horizon-

/C6500P/C5500
tal conveyance pipe /1 [2].

[3]

[3] [2] 8050ma3201

213
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

19. Remove the E-ring [1] and the gear [2].


bizhub PRO C6500

[2] [1]
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• When installing the gear, insert the D-cut
head [4] of the screw [3] into the D-shaped
hole [5] of the gear.

[4][5] [3] 8050ma3202

20. Remove the bearing [1].


[3]

Note
• Insert the bearing into the hole of the horizon-
tal conveyance pipe assy [2] checking their
shapes [3].

[2] [1] 8050ma3203

214
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

21. Pull out the screw [2] from the horizontal convey-
[2] [1]

bizhub PRO C6500


ance pipe assy [1].

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• The spacer [3] is installed to the gear side of
the screw. If the spacer come off or is
removed, be sure to reattach it as shown.

[2] [3] 8050ma3204

215
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

22. Remove the two screws [1] and remove the hori-
[1]
bizhub PRO C6500

zontal conveyance pipe/4 [2].


/C6500P/C5500

23. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the hori-
zontal conveyance pipe/3 [4].
24. Clean off the waste toner in each horizontal con-
veyance pipe/2 [5], /3 [4] and /4 [2].

[2] [2] [4] [5]

[4] [5]

[3] 8050ma3205

216
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

25. Remove the screw [1] and remove the horizontal

bizhub PRO C6500


conveyance pipe/1 [2].

/C6500P/C5500
26. Clean off the waste toner in the horizontal convey-
ance pipe/1.
27. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] [2] 8050ma3206

217
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.17 Removing/reinstalling ADU


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Procedure
/C6500P/C5500

1. Open the toner supply section.


[1]
(See P.44)
2. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.86)
3. Remove the fusing unit.
[2]
(See P.96)

[3]
4. Remove the ADU cover/Rt, ADU release lever,
and ADU cover/Lt.
(See P.77)
5. Remove the paper feed solenoid cover.
(See P.74)
6. Disconnect the two connectors [1].
7. Remove the screw [2] and release the ADU wire
binding assy [3].

8050ma3085

218
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

8. Remove the four screws [1].

bizhub PRO C6500


[1] [9] [1] [9]
9. Remove the screw [2].

/C6500P/C5500
10. Push back the ADU [6] until the screw [5] appears
through each hole [4] of the guide rail/Lt [3], and
remove the screws [5] one by one.

Note
• Do not remove the black screws.

11. Pull out the ADU [6] again and move the guide
pins [8] of the guide rail/Rt [7] within the elongate
hole so that the guide rail does not interfere with
removal of the ADU.
[7] [8] [10] 12. Remove the ADU [6] from the guide rail/Lt [3] and
/Rt [7].

Note
• When removing the ADU [6], be sure to per-
form the work with two people, one is on the
paper feed side, another is on the paper eject
side.
• When removing the ADU [6], the person who
performs on the paper feed side should hold
the ADU handle/Rt [10].
• When removing the ADU [6], the person who
[4] [5] [11] [2] [3] [6]
performs on the paper eject side shold hold
a03uf2c112ca
the stay [11].

13. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

219
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.18 Replaceing the lock lever/1, /2


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• Do not pull out the process unit and the ADU at a time or the main body may topple over. In order
to prevent rollover accidents, the lock lever/1 and /2 do not allow the process unit and the ADU to
be pulled out at the same time.
If you cannot pull out the process unit or the ADU, the lock lever/1 and /2 may be deformed as a
result of some operational error. Check the lock lever/1 and /2 for deformation and replace them
as necessary.
• Since the lock lever/1 and /2 are not the regular maintenance parts, they were located without
considering the convenience of replacement. You must remove the levers without directly viewing
them. Therefore, when replacing the lock lever/1 and /2, refer to the pictures for each steps to fig-
ure out their locations and how they are installed beforehand.

220
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

A. Procedure

bizhub PRO C6500


1. Open the toner supply section.
[6] [5]

/C6500P/C5500
(See P.44)
2. While releasing the lock of the ADU release lever,
turn the lever counterclockwise, and pull out the
ADU unit the screw [1] becomes accessible.

Note
• The ADU may not be pulled out smoothly
depending on deformation condition of the
lock lever/1 [2] and /2 [3]. If so, pull it slightly
harder to make space to access the screw
[1].

[3] [5] [1] [2] 3. Remove the screw [1] and remove the stopper [4].

Note
[4]
• When installing the stopper [4], match the
projection [5] with the positioning hole [6].

4. When the stopper [4] is removed, the force of the


[2] lock lever/1 [2] and /2 [3] disappears. Then pull
[3] only the ADU [7] further out.

[7] WARNING
[1] [3] [8]
• Never pull out the process unit or the main
body may topple over.

5. Remove the ring [8] and remove the lock lever/2


[3].
6. Remove the spring [9] from the lock lever/2 [3].
[9]
Note
• When replacing the levers, be sure to check if
[12] [10] [11] the direction of the spring [9] and the position
of the hook are correct.

7. Remove the three screws [10] and remove the


lever strengthening plate [11].
8. Remove the E-ring [12] and remove the lock lever/
[13]
1 [2].
9. Remove the spring [13] from the lock lever/1 [2].

Note
• When replacing the levers, be sure to check if
[2] 8050ma3220
the direction of the spring [13] and the posi-
tion of the hook are correct.

10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

221
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.19 Removing/reinstalling paper feed tray /1, /2 and /3


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Procedure
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• Configuration of paper feed tray/1 is the same for those of paper feed trays /2 and /3. The explana-
tion here is made by the example of paper feed tray/1.

1. Pull out the paper feed tray/1.


[1]
2. Remove the paper feed unit.
(See P.69)
3. Remove the four screws [1] and lift the paper feed
tray /1 [2] to remove it.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[1] [2]

8050ma3162

222
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling tray up/down wire

bizhub PRO C6500


Wire length

/C6500P/C5500
• Tray up/down wire/A and /C: 531mm
• Tray up/down wire/B and /D: 160mm

A. Procedure for removing the tray up/down wires

Note
• The tray/1 was used to illustrate the disassembly procedure. The procedure is the same for the
tray/2 and tray/3.

1. Pull out the paper feed tray/1.


[8] [7] [5] [6] [1]
2. Remove the paper feed unit.
3. Remove the paper feed tray/1.
4. Remove the three screws [1] and remove the wire
cover/FR [2].
5. Remove the two screws [3] and remove the wire
cover/FL [4].
6. Remove the three screws [5] and remove the wire
cover/RR [6].
7. Remove the two screws [7] and remove the wire
cover/RL [8].

[4] [3] [2] a03uf2c119ca

223
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

8. Remove the E-ring [1].


bizhub PRO C6500

[7] 9. Slide the drive pulley [2] in the direction of the


/C6500P/C5500

[6] arrow and remove the wire/C [3] and /D [4].


[3]
[5] 10. After removing the E-ring [5], remove the pulley [6]
and release the wire/C [3] and /D [4] from the wire
[8]
[4] cover [7].
11. Remove the screw [8] from the bottom of the
[1] paper feed tray/1 and remove the wire/D [4].
[2]
12. After removing the E-ring [9], remove the pulley
[15] [19] [18]
[10] and release the wire/C [3] from the wire cover
[11].
13. Remove the screw [12] from the bottom of the
[17]
paper feed tray/1 and remove the wire/C [3].
14. Remove the E-ring [13].
[20]
15. Slide the drive pulley [14] in the direction of the
[16] arrow and remove the wire/A [15] and /B [16].
16. After removing the E-ring [17], remove the pulley
[18] and release the wire/A [15] and /B [16] from
[14] [13] the wire cover [19].
17. Remove the screw [20] from the bottom of the
paper feed tray/1 and remove the wire/B [16].
18. After removing the E-ring [21], remove the pulley
[22] and release the wire/A [15] from the wire
cover [23].
19. Remove the screw [24] from the bottom of the
paper feed tray/1 and remove the wire/A [15].

[23] [22]

[21]

[15] [24]

[11]
[10]

[3]

[9] [12] 8050ma3168

224
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

B. Wiring procedure

bizhub PRO C6500


Note

/C6500P/C5500
[12] • The tray/1 was used to illustrate the following
[11] procedure. The procedure is the same for the
[4] [3] tray/2 and tray/3.
[13]

[8] 1. Secure the wire /C [3] to the fixing wire shaft [2] on
[10]
[9] the bottom of the paper feed tray with the screw
[16]
[1].
2. After winding the wire /C [3] to the pulley [4], insert
[14] [15] the wire/C over the shaft [6] and cover it with the
wire cover [5]. Then secure them with the E-ring
[7].
3. Secure the wire/D [10] to the fixing wire shaft [9]
[17] on the bottom of the paper feed tray with the
screw [8].
[18] 4. After winding the wire/C [3] and /D [10] to the pul-
ley [11], insert the wire/C and /D over the shaft
[13] and cover it with the wire cover [12]. Then
secure them with the E-ring [14].

Note
• Place the wire/C [3] on the outer side while
the wire/D [10] on the inner side to wind them
to the pulley [11].

5. Insert the wire/C [3] and /D [10] into the up/down


drive shaft [14]. After sliding the drive pulley [15] in
the direction of the arrow, secure it with the E-ring
[16].

Note
• Insert the wire/C [3] through the outer hole of
the up/down drive shaft while the wire/D [10]
through the inner hole.

6. Follow the step1 to 5 to install the wire/A [17] and


/B [18].

[17] Note
• After replacing the wires, manually turn the
[7] [5] up/down drive shaft to check if the up/down
[4] ptate moves smoothly.

[6]
[3] 7. Follow the removal steps in reverse from here.

[2] [1] 8050ma3169

225
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.3.21 Removing/installing temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1), thermostat /1 (TS1) and /2 (TS2)


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

A. Disassembly procedure
1. Remove the fusing unit.
[1]
(See P.96)
2. Remove the fusing cover /Up assy.
(See P.104)
3. Remove the fusing cover /Rr.
(See P.98)
4. Remove the cover.
(See P.115)
5. Remove the screw [1] and the four cable clamps
[2].
6. Disconnect the connector [3].
7. Remove the screw [4] and remove the tempera-
[5] [1] [2] [2] ture sensor /1 (TEMS/1) [5].

[4] [1]
a03uf2c113ca

8. Remove the screw [1], 1 each, and the three


[4] [2] [4]
cable clamps [2].
9. Disconnect fastons [3], two for each thermostat.

Note
• When disconnecting the fastons, be sure to
hold the base of the faston to pull it out. Never
hold the wire bindings to pull the faston out.

10. Remove the four screws [4] and remove the ther-
mostat/1 (TS1) and /2 (TS2) [6].

[1] [3] [6] [1] [3] [5] [1]


a03uf2c114ca

226
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

B. Reassembly procedure

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Be sure to adjust the positions of the thermostat/1 (TS1) and /2 (TS2) with a thermostat jig/UC /UF
before securing them. Be sure to apply threadlocker to the fixing screws.
• Be sure to adjust the positions with the fixing belt cooled down.

1. Secure the TS1 [1] and the TS2 [2] temporarily


[6] [1] [5] [7] [2] [3]
with the screws [3] 2 each.
2. Install four fastons [4] to the TS1 and TS2 (two for
each).
3. Insert the thermostat jig /UF [6], /UC [7] in
between the TS1 and the fusing belt [5].
4. Adjust the position of the TS1 so that the gap
between the TS1 and the fusing belt becomes the
same as the thickness of the thermostat jig /UC, /
UF, and secure with the screws [3].
5. Follow the step3 to 4 to secure the TS2.

[3] [4] [3] [4] a03uf2c120ca Note


• Be sure to adjust the positions of the TS1 and
TS2 so that the gap “a” between the TS1 or
the TS2 and the fusing belt becomes the
same as the thickness of the the thermostat
jig/UC /UF.
Standard value (UC): a = 1.2 ± 0.2 mm
Standard value (UF): a = 1.8 ± 0.2 mm

6. Apply the threadlocker to the four screws [3].


7. Follow the removal steps in reverse from here.

227
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

[1] Section to be adjusted


bizhub PRO C6500

[2] Part that should not be in between the thermostat


/C6500P/C5500

and the fusing belt


[1]
[3] Part that should be in between the thermostat
and the fusing belt
[2]

[3]

[1]

[2]

[3]
a03uf2c136ca

228
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6.3.22 Removing/installing temperature sensor /2 (TEMS/2) and thermostat /3 (TS3)

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
A. Disassembly procedure

1. Remove the fusing unit.


[3] [4]
(See P.96)
2. Remove the fusing access guide plate.
(See P.114)
3. Disconnect the connector [1].
4. Remove the two screws [2] and remove the tem-
perature sensor/2 (TEMS/2) [3].

Note
• Before installing the TEMS/2, make sure that
there is no contacts between the binding wire
and the fusing roller/Lw [4].
[2] [1]
a03uf2c115ca

5. Remove the screw [1] and remove the cable


[1] [3]
clamp [2].
6. Disconnect the two fastons [3].

Note
• When disconnecting the fastons, be sure to
hold the base of the faston to pull it out. Never
hold the wire bindings to pull the faston out.

7. Remove the two screws [4] and remove the ther-


mostat/3 (TS3) [5].

[2] [4] [5] a03uf2c116ca

229
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Reassembly procedure
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• Be sure to adjust the position of the thermostat/3 (TS3) with a thermostat jig/L before securing it.
Be sure to apply the threadlocker to the fixing screws.
• Be sure to adjust the position with the fusing belt cooled down.

1. Secure the TS3 [1] temporarily with the two


[4] [1] [5]
screws [2].
2. Connect the two fastons [3] to the TS3.
3. Insert the thermostat jig/L [5] in between the TS3
and the fusing roller/Lw [4].
4. Adjust the position of the TS3 so that the gap
between the TS3 and the fusing roller/Lw
becomes the same as the thickness of the jig, and
secure with the screw [2].

Note
• Be sure to adjust the position of the TS3 so
[3] [2] [3] a03uf2c121ca that the gap “a” between the TS3 and the fus-
ing roller/Lw becomes the same as the thick-
ness of the thermostat jig/L.
Standard value : a = 3 ± 0.2 mm

5. Apply the threadlocker to the two screws [2].

[1] Section to be adjusted


[2] Part that should not be in between the thermostat
and the fusing roller/Lw
[1]
[3] Part that should be in between the thermostat
and the fusing roller/Lw
[2]
Note
• Before installing the TS3, make sure that
there is no contacts between the binding wire
and the fusing roller/Lw.
[3]
a03uf2c137ca 6. Follow the removal steps in reverse from here.

230
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6.3.23 Removing/reinstalling OT

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
A. Procedure
1. Remove the left cover.
[1]
(See P.184)
2. Remove the four screws [1] and remove the OT
cover.

[2]

[1]
a03uf2c117ca

3. Disconnect the connector [1].


4. Remove the four screws [2] and remove the OT
[3].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2] [2]

[1] [3]
a03uf2c118ca

231
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.4 Commercially available parts


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

6.4.1 Installing the status indicator light


A. Configuration

Status indicator light Screws (x2)


a03uf2c145ca

232
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

B. Connector

bizhub PRO C6500


(1) Connector locations

/C6500P/C5500
[1]

a03uf2c146ca

[1] CN495

(2) Connector specifications

Connector Pin no. Signal Description Output timing Signal type


495 1 PAT1_DR Light on signal L signal output when Open collector
printing is possible.
2 PAT2_DR L signal output during
scanning or printing.
3 PAT3_DR L signal output when
the product stops
abnormally due to paper
jam, malfunction code,
no paper, no toner, etc.
4 PAT4_DR L signal output when
toner low message is
displayed.
5 24V DC24V power sup- At all times 24V, 500mA
ply
6 GND Ground — —

233
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Procedure
bizhub PRO C6500

1. Remove the upper cover /Rr2.


/C6500P/C5500

(See P.188)
2. Remove the cracked cover for pulling out the
cables [2] from the upper cover /Rr2 [1].

[1] [2] a03uf2c147ca

3. Remove the right cover /Up3.


(See P.185)
4. Insert the cables [2] of the status indicator light
through the upper part of the main board unit [1].

[1] [2] a03uf2c148ca

5. Connect the connector [2] of the status indicator


[1] [4] [5]
light to CN495 [1].

Note
• Route the cables [3] so that they do not make
contact with the flywheel [5] of the scanner
motor (M1) [4].

[2] [3]
a03uf2c149ca

234
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

6. Install the right cover/Up3 [1] and the upper


[2] [6]

bizhub PRO C6500


cover/Rr2 [2].

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Pull out the cables [3] of the status indicator
light through the cracked cover for pulling out
the cables [4] of the upper cover/Rr2.

7. Install the status indicator light [6] with the two


screws [5].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[4] [1] [6]

[5]

[3] a03uf2c150ca

235
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

6.4.2 Installing the key counter (KCT)


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Configuration
/C6500P/C5500

Key counter
Counter socket

a03uf2c151ca

B. Connector locations

[2]

[1]

a03uf2c152ca

[1] CN493 [2] Jumper connector (CN494)

236
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

C. Procedure

bizhub PRO C6500


1. Remove the upper cover/Rr2.

/C6500P/C5500
(See P.188)
2. Remove the cracked cover for key counter [2] of
the upper cover/Rr2 [1].

[1] [2] a03uf2c153ca

3. Remove the two screws [1] and the shield plate


[2].

[2] [1] a03uf2c154ca

4. Install the counter socket [1] with the two screws


[1] [2]
[2].

Note
• Be sure to use the two screws removed in
Step 3.
• Install the counter socket so that the arrow
mark [3] is facing upward.

[3] a03uf2c155ca

237
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

5. Disconnect the jumper connector (CN494) [2]


bizhub PRO C6500

from CN493 [1].


/C6500P/C5500

Note
• Be sure to keep the removed jumper connec-
tor (CN494).

[2] [1] a03uf2c156ca

6. Connect the connector [3] of the counter box [2]


[2] [1] [3]
to CN493 [1].

Note
• Route the cables [4] so that they do not make
contact with the flywheel [6] of the scanner
motor (M1) [5].

[4] [6] [5]


a03uf2c157ca

238
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 6. OTHERS

7. Install the upper cover /Rr2 [1].


[1]

bizhub PRO C6500


8. Attach the key counter [3] to the counter socket

/C6500P/C5500
[2].

Note
• Install the key counter so that the arrow mark
[4] is facing upward.

9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

[4] [3] a03uf2c158ca

239
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Blank page

240
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION

ADJUSTMENT/SETTING

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION
7.1 Composition
This part "ADJUSTMENT/SETTING" describes items to be adjusted and the method of adjustment that is
required by this machine, it also gives detailed explanations.

A. Checking before starting work


When conducting claims in the field, it is necessary to check first the following:
1. Are the power supply and voltage secured in accordance with the specifications?
2. Is the power supply properly grounded?
3. Is any equipment that repeatedly consumes a lot of electricity connected to the same power supply? (e.g.:
Electric noise sources such as elevator and air conditioner)
4. Are environmental conditions suitable for the machine?
• High temperature and high humidity, direct sunlight, air ventilation, etc.
• Levelness of the location on which the machine is installed.
5. Does the cause of poor images lie in the original itself?
6. Is density selected properly?
7. Is the original glass stained?
8. Is proper paper used for copy?
9. Are copy consumable replaced with new ones at their life? (e.g.: Developer, drum, cleaning blade, etc)
10. Is toner filled?

B. Checkpoints when conductions on-site service


Due attention should be paid to the following when repairing the machine.
1. Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet. Also, when operating the machine with the power
supplied, be careful of the scan of the exposure unit and be sure not to get caught by the gear.
2. The fusing section may be very hot. Be careful not to get burnt when handling it.
3. The developing unit is strongly magnetized. Be careful not to bring a watch and instrument near to the unit.
4. Be careful not to damage the drum with a tool.
5. Be careful not to touch IC directly with bare hands.

241
8. UTILITY MENU Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

8. UTILITY MENU
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

8.1 List of utility mode

01 Scan Send 01 Address Edit


Address 02 E-mail Title Setting
03 E-Mail Text Setting
02 User Set- 01 System Set- 01 Language Setting
ting ting 02 Unit Setting
03 Feed Tray 01 Paper Setting
Setting 02 Feed Tray Auto Selection
03 ATS Permit Setting
04 Auto Paper Type
05 Dehumidification Fan
04 Reset Set- 01 Auto Reset Setting
ting 02 Mode Reset Setting
05 Default Screen Setting
06 Preset Zoom Setting
07 Power Save Setting
08 Time and Date Setting
09 Buzzer Set- 01 Buzzer Volume Regulation
ting
02 Buzzer for Job Stop Set
010 Key Response Time
011 Short cut 01 Application
Key Setting 02 Quality Adjust.(Copy)
03 Quality Adjust.(Scanner)
04 Quality Adjust. Area Set
012 Service Port Device
02 Initial Setting 01 Copy Initial setting
02 Scan Initial setting
03 Common Setting
04 Copy Setting
05 Scan Setting
06 Printer Set- 01 Gray Text Outline Enhance
ting 02 Thin Line Enhancement
03 Reversed Text Enhancement
04 Blur Prevention

242
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 8. UTILITY MENU

02 User Set- 07 Image Qual- 01 Screen

bizhub PRO C6500


ting ity Setting 02 Screen Initial setting

/C6500P/C5500
03 Original Density shift
04 ACS adjustment
08 Change Password
03 Machine 01 System Set- 01 Power Save Setting
Admin. Setting ting 02 Time and Date Setting
03 Weekly 01 Weekly Timer On/Off Set
Timer Setting 02 Timer Setting
03 Timer Action On/Off Set
04 Lunch Hour Off Setting
05 Timer Interrupt Password Set
04 Operation 01 Lock/Delete 01 Copy Mode Memory
Prohibit Set Mode Memory 02 Scan Mode Memory
02 Change Prohibit Setting
03 Scanner Prohibit Setting
05 Expert 01 AES Level Adjustment
Adjustment 02 Erase Adjust- 01 Non-Image Area Erase
ment 02 Erase Operating Setting
03 ADF Frame Erase
03 Printer Adjust- 01 Restart Timing Adjustment
ment 02 Centering Adjustment
03 FD-Mag. Adjustment
04 CD-Mag. Adjustment
05 Lead Edge Erase Adjustment
06 Registration Loop Adj.
07 Pre-registration Adj.
04 Finisher 01 Stapler Position Adj.
Adjustment *1 02 Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.
03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.
04 Multi Folder (PI) Adj.
05 Stacker Adjustment
06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.
07 RU Adjustment
08 Perfect Binder Adjustment
04 Finisher 01 Saddle Stitcher Stopper Adj.
Adjustment *2 02 Half Fold Stopper Adj.
03 Punch Adjustment
04 Tri-Fold Adjustment

2 243
8. UTILITY MENU Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

03 Machine 01 System Set- 05 Expert 04 Finisher 05 2 Pos. Staple Pitch Adj.


bizhub PRO C6500

Admin. Setting ting Adjustment Adjustment*2 06 Paper Inserter Tray Size Adj.
/C6500P/C5500

07 Output quantity limit


08 Curl Adjustment
05 Scanner 01 Restart Timing Adjustment
Adjustment 02 Centering Adjustment
03 FD-Mag. Adjustment
06 Process 01 Front & Back Density
Adjustment 02 Toner Density Sensor
03 Toner Quantity/Exposure
07 Quality 01 Printer Gamma Offset Adj.
Adjustment 02 Printer Gamma Offset Auto Adj
03 Printer Gamma Sensor Adj.
04 Image Quality Stability
05 Custom Screen
08 Execute Adjust Operation
06 List/Count
07 Size Setting 01 Orig. Glass Size Detect
02 ADF Original Size Detect
03 Orig. Glass Minimum Detect
04 K size
05 ADF/Orig. Glass Priority
06 PI Size Priority
08 Perfect 01 Useful Paper Weight
Binding Setting 02 Paper Count Limit
03 Unfitting Cover Stop
02 Administrator Register

03 Scanner 01 Address Edit


Send Address 02 E-Mail Title Setting
03 E-Mail Text Setting
04 User Auth./ 01 Authentication Method
Account Track 02 User 01 Management Setting
Authentication 02 User Register
Set 03 User Counter
03 Account 01 Account Register
Track 02 Account Counter
04 Without Authentication
05 Network Set- 01 Machine NIC Setting
ting 02 E-Mail Initial Setting
06 Common Setting

244 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 8. UTILITY MENU

03 Machine 07 Copy Setting

bizhub PRO C6500


Admin. Setting 08 Scan Setting

/C6500P/C5500
09 System Con- 01 Administrator
nection
10 Security Set- 01 Administrator Password
ting 02 HDD Lock Password
03 Overwrite image data
04 Security Strengthen Set
04 Touch Screen Adjustment

*1 Depending on which options among the FS-503, FD, LS, SD, RU and PB-501 are installed, the enabled
adjustment items change.
*2 Depending on which option(s) among the FS-520, FS-607, PK, and PI is (are) installed, the enabled adjust-
ment items change.

2 245
9. ADUSTMENT LIST Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

9. ADUSTMENT LIST
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• This table shows the list of adjustment items when replacing a part. Items are numbered in a circle
by the priority if there is any.
• After replacing the developer, do NOT print until the toner density sensor initial automatic adjustment completes.
• When replacing the overall control board (OACB) due to damage of the board, be sure to remove
the NVRAM board (NRB) on the current OACB and install it to the new OACB.

Drum cartridge, Developer,


Transfer belt, Belt cleaner
Replacement parts/Others

Drum cartridge /Y,/M,/C,/K


Developer /Y,/M,/C,/K

Exposure of scanner/
After maintenance

Belt cleaner blade


implementation

Transfer belt

V mirror unit
CCD unit
Adjustment/setting items

blade
Machine Printer Adjustment Restart Timing Adjustment
Adjustment CD-Mag. Adjustment
Belt Line Speed Adjustment
Color Registration Adjustment
Color Registration/Manual
CD Skew Adjustment
Quality Adjustment Scanner smooth tone/color
Printer Gamma Offset Auto Adjustment
Printer gamma sensor adjustment
Printer Screen Gradation Adjustment
Process Drum Peculiarity Blade setting mode
Adjustment Adjustment Automatic gamma adjustment
LD bias adjustment
Automatic Developer Charge
TonerDensity Sensorunit
Initial drum rotation
System Setting Software SW Setting
Counter/Data Maintenance Counter
Parts Counter Count of special parts (reset)
State Confirmation I/O Check Mode
Finisher Stacker Adjustment Paper Width Adjustment
Adjustment Paper Length Adjustment
Punch Adjustment Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adj.
ISW ISW
Others Mirror unit positioning (require the jigs)
Dust-proof glass cleaning (Write unit)
Setting powder application
1st transfer roller installation direction (shaft groove
comes front side)
Transfer belt installation direction (UPSIDE mark comes
rear)
2nd transfer rollers/Up and /Lw installation direction
(Concave at the shaft edge comes front)
Fusing belt installation direction (lot number comes rear)
Fusing heater lamp installation direction (colored wiring
comes front)
Thermostat/UC, /UF, /L positioning (require the jigs)
NVRAM board (NRB) replacement
Main body NIC setting
Board DIPSW setting
Toggle switch setting
EEPROM remove and install
Stapler positioning (require the jigs)
Grip conveyance home sensor adjustment

246
Exposure lamp (L1)
Original glass
Write unit /K
Write unit /Y,M,C
Dust-proof glass /Y,M,C,K
Charging corona /Y,M,C,K
1st transfer roller /Y,M,C,K
2nd transfer roller /Up, /Lw
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Image correction unit


Color registration sensor
(PS8) /R (PS9)
Fusing belt
Fusing heater lamp /4
Thermostat /1 (TS1)
Thermostat /2 (TS2)
Thermostat /3 (TS3)
Stapler unit <FS-607>
Trimmer board assembly
Overall control board (OACB)
Printer control board (PRCB)
Image processingboard (IPB)
FNS control board
(FNSCB) <FS-503>
FNS control board (FNSCB)
LS control board (LSCB)
FD control board (FDCB)
SD control board (SDCB)
PB control board (PBCB)
PI drive board (PIDB)
Multi feed detection board <FD>
Multi feed detection board <PF>
Multi feed detection board <PB>

2
Punch drive board (PDB) <PK>
Paper edge sensor (PESB) <PK>
Hard disk /Y,/M,/C,/K
9. ADUSTMENT LIST

247
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10. SERVICE MODE


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

10.1 List of service mode


Adjustment/Setting Item Page
01 Machine 01 Printer Adjust- 01 Restart Timing Adjustment P.253
Adjustment ment 02 Centering Adjustment P.254
03 FD-Mag. Adjustment P.255
04 CD-Mag. Adjustment P.256
05 Lead Edge Erase Adjustment P.257
06 Registration Loop Adj. P.258
07 Pre-registration Adj. P.259
08 Belt Line Speed Adj. P.260
09 Writing Init. Pos. Memory P.260
10 Color Registration Adj. P.261
11 Color Registration/Manual P.262
12 PFU Dfeed Detect Adj. P.264
13 CD Skew Adj. P.266
14 Recall Standard Data P.267
02 Scanner Adjust- 01 Restart Timing Adjustment P.268
ment 02 Centering Adjustment P.269
03 FD-Mag. Adjustment P.270
04 Recall Standard Data P.271
03 Quality Adjust- 01 Scanner smooth tone/color P.272
ment 02 Printer gamma 01 Printer Gamma Offset Adj. P.273
adjustment 02 Printer Gamma Offset Auto Adj. P.275
03 Printer gamma sensor adj. P.277
04 Printer Screen Gradation Adj. P.279
03 Sharpness adjustment P.280
04 Contrast adjustment P.280
05 Image Distinction 01 Dot detect adjustment P.281
Level 02 Color text adjustment P.282
03 Dot/Text area adjustment P.283
06 ACS adjustment P.284
07 Density adjustment 01 AES adjustment P.285
02 Copy density adjustment P.286
03 Adjust Background P.287
04 B-Side Prevent P.288
08 Tone adjustment 01 Red P.289
02 Green P.290
03 Blue P.290
09 Recall standard data P.291
04 Non-Image Area Erase Check P.292

248
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Adjustment/Setting Item Page

bizhub PRO C6500


02 Process 01 High Voltage 01 1st transfer manual adj. P.294

/C6500P/C5500
Adjustment Adjustment 02 2nd transfer manual adj. P.294
03 HV adj. (separation AC) P.294
04 HV adj. (separation DC) P.294
05 Pre-transfer Guide HV check P.294
02 Drum Peculiar- 01 Blade setting mode P.294
ity Adj. 02 Automatic drum potential P.295
03 Auto gamma adjustment P.295
04 LD bias adjustment P.296
05 Automatic Developer Charge P.298
06 Toner Density SensorInit. P.301
07 Initial drum rotation P.301
03 Sensor output 01 Surface potential sensor P.302
check 02 Maximum density sensor P.302
03 Gamma sensor output P.302
04 Toner Density Sensor P.302
05 Drum Surface potential P.303
06 Humidity/Temperature P.303
07 Toner Density Return Mode P.304
04 Process Fine 01 Covered Margin Fine Adj. P.305
Adjustment 02 Develop Ac Bias Fine Adj. P.306
03 Develop AC Frequency P.307
04 Toner Density Fine Adj. P.308
05 Interval/Quan- 01 Drum TinyRotation Interval P.309
tity Adj. 02 Auto. Refresh Interval P.309
03 Toner Dens. Sensor Interval P.310
06 Recall standard data P.310
03 System Set- 01 Software SW Setting P.311
ting 02 Telephone Number Setting P.325
03 M/C Serial Number Setting P.325
04 Setup Date Input P.326
04 Counter/Data 01 Maintenance Counter P.327
02 Data Collection 01 Paper Size Counter(Total) P.330
02 Paper Size Counter(Copy) P.330
03 Paper Size Counter(Print) P.330
04 ADF Counter P.331
05 Coverage Data History P.332
06 Paper Jam History P.333
07 Jam Counter P.333
08 Copy Mode Counter(1) P.335
09 Copy Mode Counter(2) P.341

249
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Adjustment/Setting Item Page


bizhub PRO C6500

04 Counter/ 02 Data Collection 10 SC Counter P.345


/C6500P/C5500

Data 11 Paper Jam Sectional Counter P.333


12 Failure Sectional Counter P.345
13 SC data of time series P.349
03 Parts Counter 01 Count of special parts P.350
02 Count of each parts P.361
05 State Con- 01 I/O Check Mode P.364
firmation
06 ADF Adjust- 01 ADF Original Size Adj. P.417
ment 02 ADF Orig.Stop Position Adj. P.418
03 ADF Sensor Adjustment P.419
04 ADF Registration Loop Adj P.420
07 Finisher 01 Stapler Position 01 Staple Center Position P.421
Adjustment *1 Adj. 02 Paper Width (staple) P.422
03 Paper Width (straight) P.423
02 Multi Folder 01 Paper Width Adjustment P.424
(Punch) Adj. 02 Hole-Punch Vertical 01 2-Hole Punch P.425
Pos. 02 3-Hole Punch P.425
03 4-Hole Punch P.425
03 Multi Folder 01 Half Fold Position Adj. P.426
(Fold) Adj. 02 Tri-Fold-in Pos. Adj. P.427
03 Tri-Fold-out Pos. Adj. P.428
04 Double Parallel Pos. Adj. P.429
05 Z-Fold Position Adj. P.430
06 Gate Fold Position Adj. P.431
07 Fold Regist Loop Adj. P.432
04 Multi Folder (PI) Adj. P.432
05 Stacker Adjust- 01 Paper Width Adjustment P.433
ment 02 Paper Length Adjustment P.433
06 Saddle Stitcher 01 Staple Center Adj. P.434
Adj.
02 Staple Paper Width Adj. P.435
03 Staple Pitch Adjustment P.436
04 Half Fold Position Adj. P.437
05 Tri-Fold Position Adj. P.438
06 Fold Paper Width Adj. P.439
07 Trimming Adjustment P.440
08 Trimmer Receiver Adj. P.441
07 RU Adjustment 01 Curl Reform Direction P.441
08 Perfect Binder 01 Cover Trimming Adjustment P.442
Adjustment 02 Cover Lead Edge Adj. P.443
03 Spine Corner forming Pos. P.444
04 Pasting Start Postion P.445

250 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Adjustment/Setting Item Page

bizhub PRO C6500


07 Finisher 08 Perfect Binder 05 Pasting Finish Position P.446

/C6500P/C5500
Adjustment *1 Adjustment 06 Paste Formation Finish Pos. P.447
07 Temperature Adjustment P.448
08 Sub Compile CD Width Adj. P.449
09 Clamp CD Width Adjustment P.450
10 Cover Up/Down CD Width P.451
11 Clamp FD Position Adj. P.452
09 Recall standard Data P.453
07 Finisher 01 Saddle Stitcher Stopper Adj. P.454
Adjustment *2 02 Half Fold Stopper Adj. P.455
03 Punch Adjust- 01 Vertical Position Adj. P.456
ment 02 Horizontal Position Adj. P.457
03 Registration Adjustment P.458
04 Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adj. P.458
04 Tri-Fold Adjustment P.459
05 2 Pos. Staple Pitch Adj. P.460
06 Paper Inserter Tray Size Adj. P.461
07 Output quantity limit P.461
08 Curl Adjustment P.441
09 Recall Standard Data P.453
08 Firmware 01 ROM Version P.463
Version
09 CS Remote 01 CS Remote 01 E-Mail P.464
Care Care 02 Modem P.464
10 List Output Machine Management List P.484
Adjustment Data List P.484
Coverage Data List P.484
Font Pattern P.484
Communication Log List P.484
Memory Dump List P.484
11 Test Mode 01 Running Test Mode P.485
02 Test Pattern Output Mode P.486
12 ISW 01 ISW P.497

*1 Depending on which options among the FS-503, FD, LS, SD, RU and PB are installed, the enabled adjust-
ment items change.
*2 Depending on which option(s) among the FS-520, FS-607, PK, and PI is (are) installed, the enabled
adjustment items change.

2 251
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.2 Setting method


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Service mode allows you to adjust/set various settings on the machine. Data adjusted/set in this mode are
stored in NVRAM board (NRB).

10.2.1 Start and exit service mode


You can access the service mode while the power is both turned ON and OFF. In either way, the started service
mode is the same. Since starting up the service mode with the machine turned OFF skips the user mode, it is
preferred during machine setup before installing the consumables or when some malfunction code is occurring.

A. Starting and exiting service mode while the power is ON

1. Be sure that the ordinary copy screen is displayed.


2. Press [Utility Menu/Counter] key.
3. "Utility Menu screen"
Press the hard keys in the following order:
Stop → 0 → 0 → Stop → 0 → 1

Note
• If a CE Authentication is set, input the password to enter the service mode.
4. "Service Mode Menu screen"
Service mode is started.
5. Select the item you want to set.
A setting screen corresponding to each item appears.
6. Press [Exit] to exit the service mode.
7. The new settings will be effective after reboot.

B. Starting and exiting service mode while the power is OFF

1. While pressing [Utility Menu/Counter] key turn the sub power switch (SW2) ON.

Note
• If a CE Authentication is set, input the password to enter the service mode.
2. "Service Mode Menu screen"
Service mode is started.
3. Select the item you want to set.
A setting screen corresponding to each item appears.
4. Press [Exit] to terminate the service mode.
5. The new settings will be effective after reboot.

252 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.3 Machine adjustment

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
10.3.1 Restart Timing Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)
Adjust the image leading edge timing.
This adjustment changes the restart timing of the registration roller to adjust the image position in sub-scanning
direction.

Note
• Be sure the "FD-mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing this
adjustment.
(See P.255)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Printer Adjustment].
3. "Printer Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Restart Timing Adjustment].
4. "Restart Timing Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the item you want to adjust, and press [COPY].This adjustment can be per-
formed for each feed tray (trays, ADU), paper size (large, small), and paper type (plain paper, thick paper).

Note
• Large size: 300 mm and more (sub-scanning direction)
• Small size: Less than 300 mm (sub-scanning direction)
• Thick paper: Paper weight 106 g/m2 and more
5. "Copy screen"
Set the copy according to the item that has been adjusted and press the Start key to output a test pattern
(No. 16).
6. Check the leading edge timing.
20
Standard value 20 ± 0.5mm

57gaf3c007na

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [SERVICE].
8. "Restart Timing Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -60 (shorter) to +60 (longer) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

253
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.3.2 Centering Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the image mis-centering in main scanning direction on the printer.


/C6500P/C5500

This adjustment changes the laser writing start timing.

Note
• Be sure the "CD-mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.256)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Printer Adjustment].
3. "Printer Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Centering Adjustment].
4. "Centering Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the item you want to adjust, and press [COPY].
This adjustment can be performed for each feed tray (trays, ADU), paper size (large, small, 81/2 x 51/2 (trays
1 to 5) ), and paper type (plain paper, thick paper).

Note
• Large size: 300 mm and more (sub-scanning direction)
• Small size: Less than 300 mm (sub-scanning direction)
• Thick paper: Paper weight 106 g/m2 and more
5. "Copy screen"
Set the copy according to the item that has been adjusted and press the Start key to output a test pattern
(No. 16).
6. Fold the output page in half in main scanning direction, and check the discrepancy from the center line of
the print.
Standard value 0 ± 1.5mm or less
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Centering Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -40 (image in back) to +40 (image in front) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

254
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.3 FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust the magnification in sub-scanning direction.

/C6500P/C5500
This adjustment changes the speed of the polygon motor and adjusts the image magnification.

Note
• There are the following two methods to adjust the magnification of the printer in sub-scanning direction.
(1)FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)
Perform this adjustment when the magnification in sub-scanning direction has changed because of the worn
registration roller or paper shrinkage by heat.
(2)Belt Line Speed Adj. (Printer Adjustment)
Perform this adjustment under the conditions not mentioned above.
• Magnification adjustment on back side in sub-scanning direction is not reflected to the image in default. WHEN
ADJUSTING the magnification on back side, enter "User Setting - Common Setting" and turn the "Side 2 Lens
Adjustment mode" [On]. However, since the polygon motor speed is switched for back side, the print speed is
reduced up to 3/4.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Printer Adjustment].
3. "Printer Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 FD-Mag. Adjustment].
4. "FD-Mag. Adjustment screen"
Select the item you want to adjust, and press [COPY].
This adjustment can be performed for both sides at a time (all trays) or for back side (each tray).
5. "Copy screen"
Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No. 16).
6. Check the magnification in sub-scanning direction.
Standard value: 0.5% or less (when in life-size) 205.7 1
205.7 ± 1 mm or less

57gaf3c003na

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "FD-Mag. Adjustment screen"
Setting range • Printer FD-Mag. (both sides at a time): -100 (shorter) to +100 (longer)
• Other than the above: -80 (shorter) to +20 (longer)
1 step = 0.01%
9. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
10. Repeat steps 4 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

255
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.3.4 CD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the magnification in main scanning direction.


/C6500P/C5500

This adjustment changes the magnification in image processing prior to the laser exposure.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Printer Adjustment].
3. "Printer Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 CD-Mag. Adjustment].
4. "CD-Mag. Adjustment screen"
Select the item you want to adjust, and press [COPY].
This adjustment can be performed for both sides at a time (all trays) or for back side (each tray).
5. "Copy screen"
Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No. 16).
6. Check the magnification in main scanning direction.
Standard value: ± 0.5% or less (when in life-size)
190 ± 1 mm or less

190

57gaf3c004na

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "FD-Mag. Adjustment screen"
Setting range: -100 (shorter) to +100 (longer) 1 step = 0.01%
9. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
10. Repeat steps 4 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

256
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.5 Lead Edge Erase Adjustmet (Printer Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust the image erasure amount of the leading edge.

/C6500P/C5500
A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Printer Adjustment].
3. "Printer Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [05 LeadEdge Erase Asjustment].
4. "Lead Edge Erase Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No. 16).
6. Check the leading edge erasure amount.
a
Standard value a: 4 mm or less

57gaf3c029na

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Lead Edge Erase Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (narrower) to +40 (wider) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

257
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.3.6 Registration Loop Adj. (Printer Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the paper loop amount in the registration roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or paper jam-
/C6500P/C5500

ming in the registration section.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Printer Adjustment].
3. "Printer Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 Registration Loop Adj.].
4. "Registration Loop Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the item you want to adjust, and press [COPY].
This adjustment can be performed for feed tray (trays, ADU), paper size (large, small, 150 mm or less of
width), and paper type (plain paper, thick paper).

Note
• Large size: 300 mm and more (sub-scanning direction)
• Small size: Less than 300 mm (sub-scanning direction)
• Thick paper: Paper weight 106 g/m2 and more
5. "Copy screen"
Set the copy according to the item that has been adjusted and press the Start key to output a test pattern
(No. 16).
6. If the problem is not solved, press [SERVICE].
7. "Registration Loop Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -99 (smaller) to +99 (larger) 1 step = 0.1 mm
8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until the standard value can be obtained.

258
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.7 Pre-registration Adj. (Printer Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust the paper loop amount in the pre-registration roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or paper

/C6500P/C5500
jamming in the pre-registration section.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Printer Adjustment].
3. "Printer Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [07 Pre-registration Adj.].
4. "Pre-registration Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the item you want to adjust, and press [COPY].
This adjustment can be performed for feed tray (trays, ADU) and paper size (large, small).

Note
• Large size: 300 mm and more (sub-scanning direction)
• Small size: Less than 300 mm (sub-scanning direction)
5. "Copy screen"
Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No. 16).
6. If the problem is not solved, press [SERVICE].
7. "Pre-registration Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -99 (smaller) to +99 (larger) 1 step = 0.1 mm
8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until the standard value can be obtained.

259
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.3.8 Belt Line Speed Adj. (Printer Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the magnification in sub-scanning direction.


/C6500P/C5500

This adjustment charges line speed of the transfer belt.

Note
• There are the following two methods to adjust the magnification of the printer in sub-scanning
direction.
(1) FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)
Perform this adjustment when the magnification in sub-scanning direction has changed because
of the worn registration roller or paper shrinkage by heat.
(2) Belt Line Speed Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)
Perform this adjustment under the conditions not mentioned above.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Printer Adjustment].
3. "Printer Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Belt Line Speed Adj.].
4. "Belt Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No. 16).
6. Check the magnification in sub-scanning direction.
Standard value: ± 0.5% or less (when in life-size) 205.7 1
205.7 ± 1 mm or less

57gaf3c003na

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Belt Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -100 (shorter) to +100 (longer) 1 step = 0.01%
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

10.3.9 Writing Init. Pos. Memory (Printer Adjustment)

Note
• Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

260
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.10 Color Registration Adj. (Printer Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Perform this adjustment when there is a color registration error. Main Scan, Sub Scan, Horizontal (main scanning

/C6500P/C5500
direction magnification), and skew of color registration misalignment of Y, M, and C are automatically adjusted
relative to K.

Note
• This adjustment has a large correction area than that of the color registration adjustment in the user
mode. If the malfunction code C-4520 appears, perform this adjustment.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Printer Adjustment].
3. "Printer Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [10 Color Registration Adj.].
4. "Color Registration Adjustment screen"
Press [Start].
5. The color registration adjustment starts and a message "Completed" is shown in about 2 minutes.
If the error message appears, perform an error correction referring to the below.
• Error 1: It does not converge within the standard value.
The patch density may be too light. Check around the drum unit and perform the auto gamma
0. Then conduct this adjustment again.
• Error 2: The difference of the color registration is too much.
Check the installation position of the write unit.
• Error 3: Other
The other malfunction other than the auto color registration adjustment may occur. Restart the
main body in the normal mode to check for malfunction code.
6. "Color Registration Adjustment screen"
Misalignment amounts of Y, M, and C of "Main Scan", "Sub Scan", "Horizontal", and "Skew" relative to K
are displayed on the panel. (unit: pixel)

1 261
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.3.11 Color Registration/Manual (Printer Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Measure the misalignment amount of Y, M, and C relative to K of "Main Scan", Mag.(ALL) (whole magnification in
/C6500P/C5500

main scanning), "Mag.(PART)" (partial magnification in main scanning), "Sub Scan", "Incline" (skew), and "Scan
Bend" (main scanning), and adjust Mag.(PART) manually.

Note
• Be sure the "FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.255)
• Be sure the "CD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.256)
• Complete the "Color Registration Adj. (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.261)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Printer Adjustment].
3. "Printer Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [11 Color Registration/Manual].
4. "Color Registration Manual Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
[3]
Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start to output
the test pattern. Place the outputted test pattern [1] [2]
on the original glass securely against the original
positioning plate /Lt [2] and the original positioning
plate /Rr [3], and close the DF or original cover.

Note
• When placing the test pattern onto the original
glass, be sure to take care of the setting direc-
tion (with printing face down) and position.
• Check that the settings for all colors (Y, M, C, K)
in the [Test Pattern Output Mode] is set to 255. If [1]
not, it will cause an error.

8050fs1011

262
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

6. Press [SERVICE].

bizhub PRO C6500


Press [Start] to scan the test pattern using the scanner.

/C6500P/C5500
7. Shows the misalignment amount of Y, M, and C relative to K of "Main Scan", "Mag.(ALL)" (whole magnifi-
cation in main scanning), "Mag.(PART)" (partial magnification in main scanning), Sub Scan, "Incline"
(skew), and "Scan Bend" (main scanning) at "Rest" section on the touch panel. (unit: pixel).
8. Make sure that "OK" is displayed for all the items. If the value is out of standard, "NG" and an error code
will appear.
If "NG" appears for "Main Scan", "Mag.(ALL)", "Sub Scan", or "Incline", perform the Color registration
adjustment again.

Error code Descriptions Causes


Error 1 Cannot detect the chart pattern Chart misplacement
Error 2 The chart is placed upside down Chart misplacement
Error 3 Cannot detect the chart pattern Different chart is placed
Error 4 Adjustment impossible Software bug
Error 5 Value is out of standard Retry the adjustment
Error 6 Non-volatile data abnormality Check the installation position of
the NVRAM board
Error 7 Accessing to unassigned memory Software bug
Error 8 Memory-related abnormality Software bug
Error 9 Program error Software bug
Error 10 Chart is skewed Chart misplacement
Error 11 Image header information read error Software bug
Error 12 Arguments setting error Software bug
Error 13 Measurement error Chart misplacement or chart fail-
ure

9. If "NG" appears for "Main Scan", "Mag.(ALL)", or


"Mag.(PART)", open the toner supply section and
loosen two screws [1] located beside the developing
unit of a color from which an "NG" is displayed, and
slide the adjusting plate [2] up and down to adjust the
"Mag.(PART)" (partial magnification in main scanning).
Moving the adjusting plate [2] upward increases the
"Rest" of the "Mag.(PART)" (positive) and moving the
plate downward reduces the "Rest" (negative).
• Adjustment guideline
Move the adjusting plate [2] by referring to the "Rest"
of "Mag (PART)" (unit: pixel) displayed at the touch
panel. The scale of the adjusting plate [2] changes the [2]
"Rest" approx. 0.5 pixel per notch.

[1] a03uf3c007ca

2 263
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10. Press [Return] to return to [Printer Adjustment Menu] screen.


bizhub PRO C6500

11. Perform the Color registration adjustment (printer adjustment) with reference to "10.3.10 Color Registra-
/C6500P/C5500

tion Adj. (Printer Adjustment)".


12. Repeat steps 3 to 11 until "OK" is displayed.

10.3.12 Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PF)


Perform this adjustment when replacing the PF multi feed detection board (MFDTB) or the PF drive board
(PFDB), as well as when multi feeding is not detected properly for special papers (thin paper, thin coated paper,
thick paper, etc.).

Note
• The multi feed detection board/S and /R are adjusted in the manufacturing process as a pair of
upper and lower. Be sure to replace them as a pair.
• Be sure to perform the adjustment under normal room temperature (20 to 30 °C) that is similar
to the real environment where the machine is operated because the temperature sensor output
level varies with its surface temperature. (When you bring in a replacement part from a place
under a different temperature, leave the part and wait for the sensor surface temperature to reach
the room temperature before performing the adjustment.)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Printer Adjustment].
3. "Printer Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [12 PFU DFeed Detect Adj.].
4. Open the front door [1] of the PF, and open the jam.
[1]
processing guides PF2 [2] and PF5 [3] in the horizon-
tal conveyance section.

[3] [2]
a03uf3c025ca

264 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

5. Insert a sheet of paper [1] (part No. 65AA-991#, fus-


[4] [1]

bizhub PRO C6500


ing adjustment paper, 16 sheets/A3) while turning the

/C6500P/C5500
nkob PF4 [2], and close the jam processing guides
PF2 [3] and PF5 [4].
(When there isn’t paper [1], use 200 to 300 g/m2
paper.)

[3] [2]
a03uf3c026ca

6. "PFU DFeed Detect Adjustment screen"


Press "start"
7. If the multi feed detection adjustment is normally completed, "Completed" is displayed. If abnormally com-
pleted, "Error" is displayed. When the error message is is displayed, repeat steps 4 to 6.

Note
• When an error occurs, the adjustment data is not written but the data before the adjustment still
remains.
8. Remove the paper inserted in step 5.
9. Turn on the sub power switch and enter the I/O check mode.
10. Enter "18" with the numeric buttons. Confirm that "18-00" is displayed in the message display area.
11. Press [Access] key.
12. Enter "04" with the numeric buttons. Confirm that "18-04" is displayed in the message display area.
13. Insert a sheet of paper that the customer uses mainly (paper weight: 50 to 300 g/m2) and press Start key.
Make sure that "0" is displayed on the panel.
14. Insert one more sheet of paper (total: two sheets) that the customer uses mainly.
Make sure that "1" is displayed on the panel.
15. Remove the papers and install the removed parts.

2 265
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.3.13 CD Skew Adj. (Printer Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the CY2 lens in the write unit/K and corrects the image distortion of K in main scanning direction.
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• Image distortion of K in main scanning direction cannot be corrected by the Color registration
adjustment. (Adjusts YMC only.)
• Image distortion of K in main scanning direction can also be changed by conducting [Chart
Adjustment] of [Both Side Adj.] in the user mode.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Printer Adjustment].
3. "Printer Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [13 CD Skew Adj.].
4. "Crosswise Direction Skew Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No. 16).

Note
• When the Start key is pressed, CY2 lenses of YMCK are adjusted and the Color registration
adjustment is automatically started. When the adjustment is complete (approx. two minutes),
test pattern (No. 16) will be printed.
6. Check the skew in main scanning direction.
Standard value: ± 0.3% or less (difference between
280mm diagonal lines "a. b" is 0.84 mm or less) b

a03uf3c001ca

7. If the value is out of spec, press [SERVICE].


8. "Crosswise Direction Skew Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -30 to +30 1 step = 0.01 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

266
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.14 Recall Standard Data (Printer Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Restore the printer adjustment set values to factory initial data or installation initial data.

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Adjustment data of "Color Registration Adj.", "Color Registration/Manual", "PFU Dfeed detect
Adj.", and "CD Skew Ad." are not restored.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Printer Adjustment].
3. "Printer Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [14 Recall Standard Data].
4. "Recall Standard Data screen"
Press [Factory Initial Data] or [Installation Initial Data].

Note
• Selecting [Factory Default Data] restores various set values to factory initial data.
• Selecting [Installation Initial Data] restores to the adjustment values stored when I/O check
mode (code "91-00") was conducted.
5. Press [Yes] to restore standard data.
Press [No] to cancel the operation.

267
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.3.15 Restart Timing Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the image leading edge timing when scanning in platen mode.
/C6500P/C5500

This adjustment changes read start timing when scanning original in sub-scanning direction.

Note
• Be sure the "Restart Timing Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before perform-
ing this adjustment.
(See P.253)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Scanner Adjustment].
3. "Scanner Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Restart Timing Adjustment].
4. "Scanner Re-start Timing Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Set the test chart to the original glass and press Start key.
6. Check the leading edge timing.
Standard value: 0 ± 1.5mm
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Scanner Re-start Timing Adjustment screen"
When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
Setting range: -10 (image faster) to +20 (image slower) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

268
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.16 Centering Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust the image mis-centering of the main scan direction when scanning from the original glass and DF.

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Be sure the "Centering Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.254)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Scanner Adjustment].
3. "Scanner Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Centering Adjustment].
4. "Scanner Centering Adjustment screen"
Select the item you want to adjust, and press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
When you select [ADF Centering Adj-Front] or [ADF Centering Adj-Back], set the "Adjustment chart" on
the DF, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key. When you select [Orig. Glass Left Image], set the
"Test chart" on the original glass, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key.
6. Fold the output page in half in main scanning direction, and check the discrepancy from the center line of
the print.
Standard value (platen mode): 0 ± 1.5mm or less
Standard value (DF mode): 0 ± 2.0mm or less
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Scanner Centering Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -30 (image in front) to +30 (image in back) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

269
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.3.17 FD-Mag. Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the magnification in sub-scanning direction in platen mode and DF mode.


/C6500P/C5500

This adjustment changes scan speed.

Note
• Be sure the "FD-Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment)" have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.255)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Scanner Adjustment].
3. "Scanner Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 FD-Mag. Adjustment].
4. "Scanner FD-Mag. Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
Place a test chart on the original glass, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key.
6. Check the magnification in sub-scanning direction.
Standard value: 0.5% or less (same size)
200 ± 1 mm or less

200
57gaf3c005na

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Scanner FD-Mag. Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -40 (shorter) to +40 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

270
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.18 Recall Standard Data (Scanner Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Restore the scanner adjustment set values to factory initial data or installation initial data.

/C6500P/C5500
A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Scanner Adjustment].
3. "Scanner Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 Recall Standard Data].
4. "Recall Standard Data screen"
Press [Factory Initial Data] or [Installation Initial Data].

Note
• Selecting [Factory Default Data] restores various set values to factory initial data.
• Selecting [Installation Initial Data] restores to the adjustment values stored when I/O check
mode (code "91-00") was conducted.
5. Press [Yes] to restore standard data.
Press [No] to cancel the operation.

271
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.3.19 Scanner smooth tone/color (Quality Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Conduct the gradation correction of the scanner. When color reproduction is a poor condition, usually conduct
/C6500P/C5500

the "Auto gamma adjustment" of the "Process Adjustment".


Conduct this adjustment if color reproduction is a poor condition (especially in a high light area) after replacing
the CCD unit, exposure lamp (L1), original glass or each scanner mirror.

Caution:
• Scanner gradation (gamma) has been adjusted for each machine at factory. Please be noted that
the scanner gradation data is overwritten to the average value if the [Adj. data reset] in the "Scan-
ner Smooth Tone/Color Adjustment screen" is pressed.
• Once [Adj. data reset] is pressed, previous data cannot be restored.

A. Procedure

1. After replacing the part(s), set a "Color chart" on the original glass, A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start
key.

Note
• Press the hard key on the operation panel, not the soft key on the touch panel.
2. Check if there is no image background or problem in color balance.
3. If there is abnormality, enter Service mode.
4. "Service Mode Menu screen"
Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
5. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
6. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Scanner smooth tone/color].
7. "Scanner Smooth Tone/Color Adjustment screen"
Press [Adj. data reset].

Caution:
• Scanner gradation (gamma) has been adjusted for each machine at factory. Please be noted
that the scanner gradation data is overwritten to the average value if the [Adj. data reset] in
the "Scanner Smooth Tone/Color Adjustment screen" is pressed.
• Once [Adj. data reset] is pressed, previous data cannot be restored.

8. Press the [YES] key to overwrite the scanner gradation data to average value. Press [No] to cancel the
operation.

272 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.20 Printer gamma adjustment (Quality Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


When the color reproduction is in poor condition, conduct this adjustment to correct the gradation.

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Be sure the "Auto gamma adjustment" have been adjusted before performing this adjustment.
(See P.295)

(1) Printer Gamma Offset Adj.


Conduct this adjustment when the color reproduction varies with copy modes to adjust the gradation and the
background density in a high light area.

Note
• To adjust the printer gamma, perform the "Printer Gamma Offset Auto Adj." (See P.275). Only per-
form this adjustment when you want to make fine adjustments manually.

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Printer gamma adjustment].
4. "Printer Gamma Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Printer Gamma Offset Adj.].
5. "Printer Gamma Offset Adjustment screen"
Press [Next] or [Previous] to select the screen you want to adjust.

Note
• Line1, Line2, Dot1 and Dot2 correspond to the screen names in user mode.
• Contone is a screen used in the character section of Line1, Line2, Dot1, and Dot2.
• ED is a screen used when "Compression" is selected in user mode.
• Contone does not require the adjustment.
6. Press [COPY].
7. Select A4 or 81/2 X 11 paper and press Start key to print a test pattern.
8. Check the printed test pattern.
[1]
• Make sure that the high light density starting section
of C and K is uniform, and even between the gray
Y
reference lines [1].
M
C
K

8050fs1015

9. If they are not even, press [SERVICE].

1 273
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10. "Printer Gamma Offset Adjustment screen"


bizhub PRO C6500

Press the button of a color (C or K) you want to adjust, enter a value through the numeric button and press
/C6500P/C5500

[<<SET].
Setting range: -128 (lighter) to +127 (darker)
11. Repeat steps 6 to 10 until the standard value can be obtained.
12. Take notice of the gray gradation pattern [1] created
in C, M and Y, make sure that the gray balance at the Y
square marks line [2] and [3] is the same. M
C
K

[1]
[6] [5] [4] [2] [3] 8050fs1016

13. If the gray balance is not the same, press the color (Y or M) you want to adjust, enter a value through the
numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -128 (lighter) to +127 (darker)
• How to match the gray balance.
Take notice of the gray block [4] made up of 49 patches created in C, M and Y. In the 49 patches, M gets
darker toward right. And Y gets darker downward. C remains unchanged. The patch [5] at the center is
the same color as the gray [2]. The patches [6] positioned at the four corners of the patch [5] is the same
color as the gray [3]. Out of the 49 patches, select a gray of the same gray balance as the gray [6].
e.g.) When a patch on the lower right side is more suitable than the patch [5] at the center: Adjust M and
Y in the darker direction.
e.g.) When a patch on the upper left side is more suitable than the patch [5] at the center: Adjust M and Y
in the lighter direction.
14. Press [COPY].
15. Select A4 or 81/2 X 11 paper and press Start key to print a test pattern.
16. Repeat steps 13 to 15 until the standard value can be obtained.

274
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

(2) Printer Gamma Offset Auto Adj.

bizhub PRO C6500


Conduct this adjustment when the color reproduction varies with copy modes to adjust the gradation and the

/C6500P/C5500
background density in a high light area.

Note
• To adjust the printer gamma, perform this adjustment. Perform "Printer Gamma Offset Adj." (See
P.273) when you want make fine adjustments manually.

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Printer gamma adjustment].
4. "Printer Gamma Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 PrinterGammaOffsetAutoAdj.]
5. "Printer Gamma Offset Automatic Adj. screen"
Press [Next] or [Previous] to select the screen you want to adjust.

Note
• The adjustable screens are the same as the ones in Printer Gamma Offset Adjustment.
• The printer gamma offset value of each YMCK displayed are the current values, and they are
linked with the "Printer Gamma Offset Adj." values.
6. Press [Readjust].
To readjust press [Yes], and press [No] to cancel the operation.

Note
• When the gradation in high light area is way off, press [Adj. data reset] and reset the printer
gamma offset value to 0, then press [Readjust].
7. Press [COPY].
8. "Copy" screen
Select the A4 (for metric machine) or 81/2 x 11 (for inch machine) paper and press START key to print a test
pattern.

275
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

9. "Printer Gamma Offset Automatic Adj. screen"


[3] [4]
bizhub PRO C6500

Returns to the adjustment screen automatically when


/C6500P/C5500

test pattern is printed.


Place the outputted test pattern [1] on the original
glass securely against the original positioning plate/Lt
[3] and the original positioning plate/Rr [4].

[2]
Note
• Set the test pattern so that the green triangular
mark [2] comes to the left side.
(printed side face down)

[1]

a03uf3c030ca

10. Place 10 sheets of copy paper (white) on top of the test pattern and close the DF or the original cover.

Note
• Be sure to use white copy paper. Otherwise, the printer gamma cannot be corrected properly.
11. Press [Start].
12. The test pattern is scanned and the current YMCK values are updated.

Note
• Since the scanned result at the first scan is not examined, a "Completed" message does not
appear after the first scan.
• The quality judgement is made from the second scan. Make sure to repeat step 8 to 11 until the
"Completed" message appears.
13. "Printer Gamma Offset Automatic Adj. screen"
Press [COPY].
14. Perform the steps 8 to 11.
15. Confirm that "Completed" is displayed. If message other than "Completed" is displayed, repeat steps 13
to 14.

276
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

(3) Printer gamma sensor adj.

bizhub PRO C6500


When a poor color reproduction results even after the "Auto gamma adjustment" of the "Process Adjustment",

/C6500P/C5500
conduct this adjustment to correct gradation.
The printer gamma correction that is performed automatically on regular basis uses PGC sensor to read the pat-
tern on the transfer belt and there is a possibility that due to characteristic changes of PGC sensor, correction
may not be precise. This adjustment uses the scanner to correct the PGC sensor, enabling precise printer
gamma correction.

Note
• Use plain paper or color copy paper to carry out this adjustment. The color of test pattern
changes according to the colored paper, therefore precise adjustment cannot be gained.
• To reset the data to factory default, press [Adj. data reset]. Press [Yes] to reset the printer gamma
sensor adjustment to the factory default data, and [No] to keep the current data.

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Printer gamma adjustment].
4. "Printer Gamma Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Printer gamma sensor adj.].
5. "Printer Gamma Sensor Adjustment screen"
Select the screen you want to adjust.

Note
• The adjustable screens are the same as the ones in Printer Gamma Offset Adjustment.
• Whichever screen adjustment is carried out, perform the Contone adjustment together.
6. Press [COPY].
7. Select the A4 (for metric machine) or 81/2 x 11 (for inch machine) paper and press START key to print a test
pattern.
8. "Please load output paper...screen"
[3] [4]
Returns to the adjustment screen automatically when
test pattern is printed.
Place the outputted test pattern [1] on the original
glass securely against the original positioning plate /
Lt [3] and the original positioning plate /Rr [4].

[2]
Note
• Set the test pattern so that the green triangular
mark [2] comes to the left side. (printed side
face down)

[1]

8050fs1017

2 277
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

9. Place 10 sheets of copy paper (white) on top of the test pattern and close the DF or the original cover.
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• Be sure to use white copy paper. Otherwise, the printer gamma cannot be corrected properly.
10. Press [Start].
11. If the chart is scanned and it is normal, the gamma sensor adjustment will be carried out, printer gamma
correction is executed and "Completed" message will be displayed.
12. When an abnormality occurs, an error code is displayed for every cause. Correct the error referring to the
following and repeat steps 6 to 11.

Error code Descriptions Causes


Error 1 A crossmark cannot be detected Chart misplacement
Error 2 The chart is placed upside down Chart misplacement
Error 3 Cannot detect the chart pattern Different chart is placed
Error 4 Adjustment impossible Software bug
Error 5 Value is out of standard Retry the adjustment
Error 6 Non-volatile data abnormality Check the installation position of
the NVRAM board
Error 7 Accessing to unassigned memory Software bug
Error 8 Memory-related error Software bug
Error 9 Program error Software bug
Error 10 Chart is skewed Chart misplacement
Error 11 Image header information read error Software bug
Error 12 RBG data error Chart is different, or software bug
Error 13 Arguments setting error Software bug
Error 31 Sensor value error Retry the adjustment
Error 51 Regression calculation error Retry the adjustment
Error 52 Sequential number overflow Software bug
Error 53 Regression order error Software bug
Error 54 Select screen information error Software bug
Error 55 Color information error Software bug

278
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

(4) Printer Screen Gradation Adj

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust tone jump (in which gradation is not continuous).

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Perform this adjustment after replacing the image processing board (IPB).

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Printer gamma adjustment].
4. "Printer Gamma Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 Printer Screen Gradation Adj.].
5. "Printer Screen Gradation Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
6. Select A4 or 81/2 X11 paper and press Start key to print a test pattern.
7. Five sheets will be printed automatically so check that there are no tone jumps on the test patterns.
8. If tone jump has occurred, press [SERVICE].
9. "Printer Screen Gradation Adjustment screen"
Select the color that the tone jump has occurred in.
10. Enter the number subtracted one from the current value and press [<< SET].
Setting range: -3 to +1
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until there is no tone jump.

279
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.3.21 Sharpness adjustment (Quality Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Conduct the sharpness adjustment or, this is carried out when moire reproduced.
/C6500P/C5500

Perform this adjustment to change the center value of the sharpness adjustment in user mode.

Note
• This adjustment is only effective for images scanned by the scanner.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Sharpness adjustment].
4. "Sharpness Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
Place a "Color chart" on the original glass, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, and press Start.
6. Press [SERVICE].
7. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -5 (soft/less moire) to +5 (sharp/more moire)
8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until the appropriate value can be obtained.

10.3.22 Contrast adjustment (Quality Adjustment)


Adjust the contrast.
Perform this adjustment to change the center value of the contrast adjustment in user mode.

Note
• This adjustment is only effective for images scanned by the scanner.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 Contrast adjustment].
4. "Contrast Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
5. "Copy screen"
Place a "Color chart" on the original glass, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, and press Start.
6. Press [SERVICE].
7. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -5 (contrast increase) to +5 (contrast decrease)
8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until the appropriate value can be obtained.

280
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.23 Image Distinction Level (Quality Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust the threshold value of original image distinction.

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• The scanned image is distinguished into text, photo, dot, and colored text areas in image process-
ing, and a screen to be used is determined according to the distinction.
• This adjustment is used to increase the distinction accuracy of the original that the areas are
incorrectly distinguished once.
• To increase the distinction range of photo, perform the adjustment in user mode.
• This adjustment is only effective for images scanned by the scanner.

(1) Dot detect adjustment


Adjust the dot distinction threshold value of the original image.

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [05 Image Distinction Level].
4. "Image Distinction Level Menu screen"
Press [01 Dot detect adjustment].
5. "Dot Detect Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
6. Place an original you want to adjust on the original glass, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, and press Start key.
7. Dot detect pattern will be printed.
By this output pattern, you can find out what this image was distinguished into.
Cyan section: Distinguished as dot
White section: Distinguished as photo
Black section: Distinguished as black text
Magenta section: Distinguished as colored text
8. Press [SERVICE].
9. "Dot Detect Adjustment screen"
Select the color you wish to adjust, enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -5 (dot area decrease) to +5 (dot area increase)
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the appropriate value can be obtained.

281
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Color text adjustment


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the color text distinction threshold value of the original image.
/C6500P/C5500

Perform this adjustment to change the center value of the color text distinction function in user mode.

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [05 Image Distinction Level].
4. "Image Distinction Level Menu screen"
Press [02 Color text adjustment].
5. "Color Text Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
6. Place an original you want to adjust on the original glass, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, and press Start key.
7. Color text detect pattern will be printed.
By this output pattern, you can find out what this image was distinguished into.
Black section: Distinguished as black text
Magenta section: Distinguished as colored text
8. Press [SERVICE].
9. "Color Text Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -5 (color text area decrease) to +5 (color text area increase)
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the appropriate value can be obtained.

282 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

(3) Dot/Text area adjustment

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust the dot distinction and text distinction threshold values of the original image.

/C6500P/C5500
Perform this adjustment to change the center value of the text photo distinction function in user mode.

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [05 Image Distinction Level].
4. "Image Distinction Level Menu screen"
Press [03 Dot/Text area adjustment].
5. "Dot/Text Area Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
6. Place an original you want to adjust on the original glass, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, and press Start key.
7. Dot/text detect pattern will be printed.
By this output pattern, you can find out what this image was distinguished into.
Cyan section: Distinguished as dot
White section: Distinguished as photo
Black section: Distinguished as black text
Magenta section: Distinguished as colored test
8. Press [SERVICE].
9. "Dot/Text Area Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -5 (dot area increase/text area decrease) to +5 (dot area decrease/text area increase)
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the appropriate value can be obtained.

283
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.3.24 ACS adjustment (Quality Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Perform this adjustment when ACS (Automatic color selection) function does not work properly.
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• This adjustment is only effective for images scanned by the scanner.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 ACS adjustment].
4. "Place original and touch [SCAN] screen"
Place an original that the ACS does not work properly on the original glass and press [Scan].
5. Next to the "JUDGE:", the result "COLOR" or "BLACK" will be displayed.
6. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -5 (black) to +5 (color)
7. Repeat steps 4 to 6 until the appropriate value can be obtained.

284
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.25 Density adjustment (Quality Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust the AES density, copy density, background density, and B-side (see-through image) density.

/C6500P/C5500
This adjustment moves in parallel with shade direction without changing the printer gamma curve form and
adjusts the copy density.

Note
• This adjustment is only effective for images scanned by the scanner.

(1) AES adjustment


Adjust to change the center value selected in automatic copy density function in user mode.

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [07 Density adjustment].
4. "Density Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 AES adjustment].
5. "AES Adj. -Set value then touch [SCAN] screen"
Place an original that you want to change the AES density on the original glass and press [Scan].
6. Next to the "RESULT:", the numeric value will be displayed.
7. If the "RESULT" is other than 0, enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
(e.g.: If the "RESULT" is 2, input -2).
Setting range: -5 to +5
8. Repeat steps 5 to 7 until the "RESULT" becomes 0.

285
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Copy density adjustment


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the density for copying.


/C6500P/C5500

Perform this adjustment to change the center value of the "Original Density Shift" in user mode.

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [07 Density adjustment].
4. "Density Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Copy density adjustment].
5. "Copy Density Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the item you want to adjust.
6. Press [COPY].
7. "Copy screen"
Select the mode to adjust, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, place a "Color chart" on the original glass, and
press Start key.
8. Press [SERVICE].
9. "Copy Density Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -5 (lighter) to 5 +(darker)
10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 until the appropriate value can be obtained.

286
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

(3) Adjust Background

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust the background density (density of highlighted area) for copying.

/C6500P/C5500
In user mode only a batch adjustment is enabled. Therefore, it is impossible to perform individual adjustment for
original settings or color modes.

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [07 Density adjustment].
4. "Density Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Adjust Background].
5. "Background Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the item you want to adjust.
6. Press [COPY].
7. "Copy screen"
Select the mode to adjust, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, place a "Test chart" on the original glass, and press
Start key.
8. Press [SERVICE].
9. "Background Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -5 (lighter) to 5 +(darker)
10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 until the appropriate value can be obtained.

287
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(4) B-side Prevent


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the density of see-through image on back side of paper (density for shadow area) for copying.
/C6500P/C5500

In user mode only a batch adjustment is enabled. Therefore, it is impossible to perform individual adjustment for
original settings or color modes.

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [07 Density adjustment].
4. "Density Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 B-Side Prevent].
5. "B-Side Prevent screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the item you want to adjust.
6. Press [COPY].
7. "Copy screen"
Select the mode to adjust, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, place a text chart on the original glass, and press
Start key.
8. Press [SERVICE].
9. "B-Side Prevent screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -5 (lighter) to 0
10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 until the appropriate value can be obtained.

288
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.26 Tone adjustment (Quality Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Conduct the tone adjustment of red, green or blue.

/C6500P/C5500
Perform this adjustment to change the center value for the "Hue-Fine Adjustment" in the user mode.

Note
• This adjustment is only effective for images scanned by the scanner.

(1) Red
Adjust the density of red.

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Tone Adjustment].
4. "Tone Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Red].
5. "Red screen"
Press [COPY].
6. Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, place a "Color chart" on the original glass, and press Start key.
7. Press [SERVICE].
8. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -5 (lighter) to 5 +(darker)
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until it is appropriate.

289
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Green
bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the density of green.


/C6500P/C5500

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Tone Adjustment].
4. "Tone Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Green].
5. "Green screen"
Press [COPY].
6. Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, place a "Color chart" on the original glass, and press Start key.
7. Press [SERVICE].
8. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -5 (lighter) to 5 +(darker)
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until it is appropriate.

(3) Blue
Adjust the density of blue.

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Tone Adjustment].
4. "Tone Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Blue].
5. "Blue screen"
Press [COPY].
6. Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, place a "Color chart" on the original glass, and press Start key.
7. Press [SERVICE].
8. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -5 (lighter) to 5 +(darker)
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until it is appropriate.

290
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.3.27 Recall standard data (Quality Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Restore the quality adjustment set values to factory initial data or installation initial data.

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Adjustment data of "Scanner smooth tone/color" is not restored.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Quality Adjustment].
3. "Quality Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [09 Recall standard data].
4. "Recall Standard Data screen"
Press [Factory Initial Data] or [Installation Initial Data].

Note
• Selecting [Factory Default Data] restores various set values to factory initial data.
• Selecting [Installation Initial Data] restores to the adjustment values stored when I/O check
mode (code "91-00") was conducted.
5. Press [Yes] to restore standard data.
Press [No] to cancel the operation.

291
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.3.28 Non-Image Area Erase Check


bizhub PRO C6500

When installing the copier or moving its installation location, check to see if the "Non-Image Area Erase" of the
/C6500P/C5500

application function works satisfactorily. This also automatically adjusts sensitivity to correctly detect the non-
image area.

Preparation
• Open the DF or the original cover fully.
• Do not put anything on the original glass.
• Clean the original glass.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [01 Machine Adjustment].
2. "Machine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 Non-Image Area Erase Check].
3. "Non-Image Area Erase check screen"
Press [Start].
4. Check that the message below is displayed.

NORMAL adjustment selected.


The machine is set to appropriate parameters for Non-image Area Erase.

If any other message appears, refer to "B. Error message and Handling", and perform the Non-Iimage
Area Erase Check again.

292
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

B. Error message and Handling

bizhub PRO C6500


If an error is detected in the Non-Image Area Erase Check, error message as the following is displayed.

/C6500P/C5500
(1) Error message -1

Adjust for Moderate Brightness.


The Non-image area erase function may not operate correctly with dark (density) originals.

Handling 1
When the "Non-image area erase" function is not used very frequently, or when copy originals that have a dark
background are not copied very frequently in non-image area erase, the copier can be used in the current instal-
lation location. However, when copy originals that have a dark background are frequently copied, install the
copier in a location where less external light gets in (darker) than the present location, and check the non-image
area erase check mode again.

(2) Error message -2

Adjust for Extreme Brightness.


In many case, the non-image area erase function will not operate correctly.

Handling 2
When the"Non-image area erase" function is not used very frequently, the copier can be used in the current
installation location. However, if the "Non-image area erase" function is frequently used, install the copier in a
location where less external light gets in (darker) than the present location, and check the non-image area erase
check mode again. At this time, when there is a bright light source such as a fluorescent light installed directly
above the copier, reconsider the installation location, or take some measures to shield the light source and
check the mode again.

293
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.4 Process Adjustment


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

10.4.1 1st transfer manual adj. (High Voltage Adjustment)


Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10.4.2 2nd transfer manual adj. (High Voltage Adjustment)


Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10.4.3 HV adj. (separation AC) (High Voltage Adjustment)


Must not be used during maintenance/repair.

10.4.4 HV adj. (sepration DC) (High Voltage Adjustment)


Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10.4.5 Pre-transfer Guide HV check (High Voltage Adjustment)


Do not use this adjustment in the field.

10.4.6 Blade setting mode (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)


Perform this adjustment when changing the belt cleaning blade or the transfer belt. In this mode, toner is applied
onto the transfer belt then cleaned with the belt cleaning blade. This prevents the damages of the transfer belt
and the belt cleaning blade.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.].
3. "Drum Peculiarity Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Blade setting mode].
4. "Blade Setting Mode screen"
Press [Start]. This process completes in about 15 seconds and complete message is shown on the
screen.

294
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.4.7 Automatic drum potential (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)

bizhub PRO C6500


Measure the charging potential of each drum of Y, M, C, and K to adjust the developing bias value and the

/C6500P/C5500
charging voltage automatically. This adjustment is not necessary in the field. (Because this adjustment is
included in the "Auto gamma adjustment 0".)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu" screen


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu" screen
Press [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.].
3. "Drum Peculiarity Adjustment Menu" screen
Press [02 Automatic drum potential].
4. "Automatic Drum Potential screen"
Press [Start]. This process completes in about 10 seconds and the charging potential is displayed for
each line speed (1/1 speed, 2/3 speed and 1/2 speed) and for each color (Y, M, C and K) on the screen,
then a completion message will appear.

10.4.8 Auto gamma adjustment (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)


Adjust image stabilization automatically.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu" screen


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu" screen
Press [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.].
3. "Drum Peculiarity Adjustment Menu" screen
Press [03 Auto gamma adjustment]].
4. "Automatic Gamma Adjustment screen"
Press [Start]. This process completes in about 3.5 minutes and the developing DC bias value is displayed
for each line speed (1/1 speed, 2/3 speed and 1/2 speed) and for each color (Y, M, C and K) on the
screen, then a completion message will appear.

Note
• There are eight kinds of the "Auto gamma adjustment" (0 to 7), however, conduct "Auto gamma
adjustment 0" only in the field.
"Automatic gamma adjustment 0": Perform the Dmax density adjustment, dot diameter adjust-
ment, automatic drum potential adjustment, and the gamma adjustment for all screens.
"Automatic gamma adjustment 1 to 7": Performs the image stabilization adjustment by screen.
• When an abnormality occurs, an error code is displayed. Correct the error referring to the fol-
lowing.
Error 1: The gamma correction is unavailable due to the abnormal PGC sensor output.
When an error occurs, machine is controlled by using a correction value used
previously.

295
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.4.9 LD bias adjustment (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)


bizhub PRO C6500

Perform this adjustment after replacing the write unit.


/C6500P/C5500

Note
• Do not perform this adjustment except when replacing the write unit.

A. Procedure

1. Check the number on the barcode [1] pasted on


the new write unit and replace it.

* A177 B174 *

a03uf0c000ca

2. Enter Service mode.


3. "Service Mode Menu screen"
Press [02 Process Adjustment].
4. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.].
5. "Drum Peculiarity Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 LD bias adjustment].
6. "LD Bias Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] and select the color of the replaced write unit.
e.g.) After exchanging write unit/Y, press [Y1 Adjustment Data].
7. Input the number written on the barcode of the replaced write unit and press [<< SET]
e.g.) Barcode shown in step 1 was attached to the write unit/Y,
[Y1 Adjustment Data]: Input A value, 177
[Y2 Adjustment Data]: Input B value, 174
8. Press [Return] and press [SERVICE].
9. "Service Mode Menu screen"
Press [05 State Confirmation] and press [01 I/O Check Mode].

296
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10. Execute LD1/2 alarm data clear of the color that corresponds the write unit you have replaced.

bizhub PRO C6500


"Output check"

/C6500P/C5500
• 37-91: LD1/2 alarm data clear/Y
• 37-92: LD1/2 alarm data clear/M
• 37-93: LD1/2 alarm data clear/C
• 37-94: LD1/2 alarm data clear/K
11. Execute the LD alarm measurement in "Output check" 37-00.
• 37-90: LD alarm measurement

Note
• LD alarm data (laser power of the laser diode) can be checked using "Adjustment Data List" in "List
output".
• "Default" in "Adjustment Data List" shows first measurement data, which is the value obtained
when executing 37-00 after clearing the LD alarm data by "37-9*".
• "Setting" in "Adjustment data list normally shows "000". Measurement result of the LD alarm data
obtained by executing 37-00 will appear in the section, and the result will be overwritten each time
37-00 is executed.
• The value of the LD alarm level will decrease as the laser diode deteriorates.
• Steps 8 to 11 described above are the procedures to manage the history of the write unit replace-
ment.
12. Executing the LD1/2 Laser emission timing adjustment (main scanning) in "Output check" 46-00. (Adjust-
ment time: Max. 1 minute)

Note
• The adjustment is performed for all four colors at a time. "FIN" will appear in the "OUT" column dis-
played on the touch panel when the adjustment is completed successfully.
• If an abnormality is detected, an error code will be displayed
NG1 #: Deviation amount is larger than 70/100 pixel
NG2 #: Deviation amount is larger than 15/100 pixel
(Y, M, C, or K will appear at "#" to indicate which write unit is causing the error.)
13. Action when an error code displays
• When abnormality is found for two or more write units, only one error code of the color with a high priority
(priority order is YMCK) is displayed. Therefore, replace a damaged write unit according to the error code
and repeat 46-00 until "FIN" is displayed.
e.g.) When write unit/Y and /K are damaged.
"NG1Y" will displayed by the first execution of 46-00 → Replace the write unit/Y.
"NG1K" will displayed by the second execution of 46-00 → Replace the write unit/K.
"FIN" will displayed by the third execution of 46-00.

1 297
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.4.10 Automatic Developer Charge (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)


bizhub PRO C6500

In this mode, new developers are automatically charged after the current developers being discharged from the
/C6500P/C5500

developing unit manually.

Note
• Always carry out the "Toner density sensor initial auto. adjustment" after replacing the developer.
If printing is started without performing the "Toner density sensor initial auto. adjustment", a
proper image density cannot be obtained, and the developers need to be replaced.
• Do not open the cover of the developing unit. Otherwise, dust gets in the unit causing image fail-
ure.

A. Procedure

1. Open the toner supply section.(See P.44)


2. Remove the three screws [1] and remove the upper
[2] [1]
cover/Fr [2].

a03uf3c012ca

3. Pull out the supporting shaft [1].


[2] [5] [1] [4]
4. Loosen the two screws [2] and remove the devel-
oper charging plate [3].
5. Loosen the two screws [4] and remove the devel-
oper charging funnel/Lw [5].

[3] a03uf3c013ca

298
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

6. Set the developer charging plate [2] to the shoulder

bizhub PRO C6500


[1] [2]
screws [1] provided above the developing unit of a

/C6500P/C5500
color into which you are going to charge develop-
ers.

[1] [2]

a03uf3c014ca

299
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

7. Set the developer charging funnel /Lw [2] to the


bizhub PRO C6500

[3] [2] [1]


developer charging plate [1].
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• Be sure to attach the tip of the developer
charging funnel/Lw [2] securely to the toner
supply opening [3].

a03uf3c015ca

8. Set the developer charging funnel/Up [2] packaged


[2] [1]
together with developer to the developer charging
funnel/Lw [1].

Note
• The developer charge funnel/Up [2] is pack-
aged together with each developer. Be sure not
to reuse the funnel.

a03uf3c016ca

9. Enter Service mode.


10. "Service Mode Menu screen"
Press [02 Process Adjustment].
11. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.].
12. "Drum Peculiarity Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [05 Automatic Developer Charge].
13. "Automatic Developer Charge screen"
Select the color of developer.
14. Press the [Start], then pour a new developer into the developer charging funnel/Up.
15. Make sure that the developer has been charged successfully before pressing the [CANCEL].
16. When charging another developer, repeat steps 3 to 12.
17. Press [Return] to return to "Drum Peculiarity Adjustment Menu screen".
18. Put the installed parts back to their original positions.
19. Perform "Toner density sensor Init." adjustment.(See P.301)

300
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.4.11 Toner density sensor Init. (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)

bizhub PRO C6500


Carry out this adjustment after new developers are charged, and adjust the standard toner concentration of the

/C6500P/C5500
developer.
Measure developer permeability in the developing unit with TCR sensor, memorize the input voltage obtained
when the TCR sensor output voltage became the standard value to the NVRAM board (NRB).

Note
• After replaceing developer, do not execute printing without carrying out this adjustment. Other-
wise, a proper image density cannot be obtained, and the developers need to be replaced.
• The value displayed after the adjustment is a TCR sensor control voltage (input voltage) expressed
in 8 bit.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.].
3. "Drum Peculiarity Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 Toner Density Sensor Init.].
4. "Toner Density Sensor Initial Auto. Adj. screen"
Select the color of a developer that has been newly charged and then press the [Start].
5. A message "Completed" is displayed.

10.4.12 Initial drum rotation (Drum Peculiarity Adj.)


Conduct this operation after replacing the drum cartridge. This operation rotates the drum at low speed to lubri-
cate by the Lubricant applying roller it to protect the drum and the cleaning blade.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.].
3. "Drum Peculiarity Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [07 Initial drum rotation].
4. "Initial Drum Rotation screen"
Press [Start]. This process completes in about 10 seconds and complete message is shown on the
screen.

301
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.4.13 Surface potential sensor (Sensor output check)


bizhub PRO C6500

Measure uncharged potential of the drum before charging by the drum potential sensor (PRPS). (8 bit output)
/C6500P/C5500

Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10.4.14 Maximum density sensor (Sensor output check)


Measure uncharged potential of the transfer belt by the PGC sensor (PS11) and checks the baseline controlled
voltage for the maximum density correction. (8 bit output)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10.4.15 Gamma sensor output (Sensor output check)


Measure uncharged potential of the transfer belt by the PGC sensor (PS11) and checks the baseline controlled
voltage for the gamma correction. (8 bit output)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10.4.16 Toner Density Sensor (Sensor output check)


Checks the output voltage of the TCR sensor. (8 bit output)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Sensor output check].
3. "Sensor Output Check Menu screen"
Press [04 Toner Density Sensor].
4. "Toner Density Sensor Output screen"
Press [Next] or [Previous] to select the process speed (Line Speed1: 1/1, Line Speed2: 2/3 and Line
Speed3: 1/2) to be checked.
5. Select the color(S) to be checked.
6. Press [Start] to display the output value of the selected items.
7. Press [STOP] to end the check.
8. When checking another line speed, repeat steps 4 to 7.

302
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.4.17 Drum Surfase potential (Sensor output check)

bizhub PRO C6500


Check the V0 (charging potential) and the Vi (exposure potential) of drums (The potential output value multiplied

/C6500P/C5500
by four becomes voltage).

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Sensor output check].
3. "Sensor Output Check Menu screen"
Press [05 Drum Surface potential].
4. "Drum Surface Potential screen"
Press [Next] or [Previous] to select the process speed (Line Speed1: 1/1, Line Speed2: 2/3 and Line
Speed3: 1/2) to be checked.
5. Select the color(S) to be checked.
6. Press [Start] to display the V0 and Vi potential output value of selected items.
7. Press [STOP] to end the check.
8. When checking another line speed, repeat steps 4 to 7.

10.4.18 Humidity/Temperature (Sensor output check)


Check the output of the temperature/humidity sensor.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Sensor output check].
3. "Sensor Output Check Menu screen"
Press [06 Humidity/Temperature].
4. "Humidity/Temperature Output screen"
Press [Start] to display the humidity and temperature value of the items below.
Humidity/Temperature sensor 1: Temp/humidity sensor /1 (TEM/HUMS/1)*1
Humidity/Temperature sensor 2: Temp/humidity sensor /2 (TEM/HUMS/2)
Fixing Heat Roller Temp. (center): Temperature sensor/1 (TEMS/1)
Fixing Heat Roller Temp. (end): Temperature sensor/3 (TEMS/3)
Fixing Press Roller Temp. (center): Temperature sensor/2 (TEMS/2)

*1 When the PF is connected to: Temperature-humidity sensor (TEM/HUMS) of PF is used.


5. Press [STOP] to end the check.

1 303
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.4.19 Toner Density Return Mode (Sensor output check)


bizhub PRO C6500

Supply toner automatically up to the standard value for the developing unit, whose output value of the TCR sen-
/C6500P/C5500

sor is below the standard value (low toner concentration).

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Sensor output check].
3. "Sensor Output Check Menu screen"
Press [07 Toner Density Return Mode].
4. "Toner Density Recovery Mode screen"
Select the color(s) whose density needs to be recovered.
5. Press [Start] to supply toner to the developing unit with lower than the standard density value. When the
toner concentration reaches to the standard value, the main body stops.

Note
• The Output value and the State (ON/OFF) on the touch panel are corresponding to the TCR sen-
sor output value (8bits) and the state (ON/OFF) of toner supply operation.

304
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.4.20 Covered Margin Fine Adj. (Process Fine Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Change potential difference between the charging potential and the developing bias to prevent image back-

/C6500P/C5500
ground, white spots image, and carrier scattering.

Note
• Do not perform this adjustment when there is no problem. Unnecessary adjustment may cause
image failure (image background, white spot image) or damages to the drum and the cleaning
blade.
• There are several adjustment to reduce the image background.
As a priority of adjustment, adjust in the following order.
1)Develop AC Frequency
2)Covered Margin Fine Adj.
3)Toner Density Fine Adj.
• After changing the set value, conduct the auto gamma adjustment.
(See P.295)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 Process Fine Adjustment].
3. "Process Fine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Covered Margin Fine Adj.].
4. "Covered Margin Fine Adjustment screen"
Select the color(S) to be adjusted and enter the adjustment value with the numeric buttons, and press [<<
SET].
Adjustment range: -5 (carrier scattering /white spot image caused by carrier prevention) to +5 (image back-
ground prevention) 1 step = 6V

Note
• Take care that carrier scattering/white spot image caused by carrier prevention and image back-
ground prevention are trade off. When either of them is improved, the other is worsened.
5. Press [default] to restore the default settings.

1 305
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.4.21 Develop AC Bias Fine Adj. (Process Fine Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Change the developing AC bias to reduce noisy image (roughness due to white spot), and improve developing
/C6500P/C5500

ability (increase density in solid area).

Note
• After changing the set value, conduct the auto gamma adjustment. (See P.295)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 Process Fine Adjustment].
3. "Process Fine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Develop AC Bias Fine Adj.].
4. "Develop AC Bias Fine Adjustment screen"
Select the color(S) to be adjusted and enter the adjustment value with the numeric buttons, and press [<<
SET].
Adjustment range: -5 (noisy image prevention) to +5 (improve developing ability) 1 step = 0.1kV
5. Press [default] to restore the default settings.

306
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.4.22 Develop AC Frequency (Process Fine Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Change frequency of the developing AC bias to improve the image background and reproducibility of outline

/C6500P/C5500
characters on a colored background.

Note
• There are several adjustment to reduce the image background.
As a priority of adjustment, adjust in the following order.
1)Develop AC Frequency
2)Covered Margin Fine Adj.
3)Toner Density Fine Adj.
• After changing the set value, conduct the auto gamma adjustment.
(See P.295)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 Process Fine Adjustment].
3. "Process Fine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Develop AC Frequency].
4. "Develop AC Frequency Fine Adjustment screen"
Select the color(S) to be adjusted and enter the adjustment value with the numeric buttons, and press [<<
SET].
Adjustment range: -5 (improve reproducibility of outline characters on a colored background.) to +5
(image background prevention) 1 step = 0.3kHz
5. Press [default] to restore the default settings.

307
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.4.23 Toner Density Fine Adj. (Process Fine Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Change the TCR sensor control voltage to prevent image background, toner scattering, carrier scattering, white
/C6500P/C5500

spot caused by carrier.

Note
• There are several adjustment to reduce the image background.
As a priority of adjustment, adjust in the following order.
1)Develop AC Frequency
2)Covered Margin Fine Adj.
3)Toner Density Fine Adj.
• After changing the set value, conduct the auto gamma adjustment.
(See P.295)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 Process Fine Adjustment].
3. "Process Fine Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 Toner Density Fine Adj.].
4. "Toner Density Fine Adjustment screen"
Select the colors to be adjusted and enter the adjustment value with the numeric buttons, and press [<<
SET].
Adjustment range: -5 (image background, toner scattering prevention) to +5 (carrier scattering, white spot
caused by carrier prevention) 1 step = 0.1%
5. Press [default] to restore the default settings.

308 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.4.24 Drum Tiny Rotation Interval (Interval/Quantity Adj.)

bizhub PRO C6500


Change interval of low humidity environment correction control (rotates drums periodically) to improve image fail-

/C6500P/C5500
ures caused by a uneven drum charging potential (that occurs easily with low humidity).

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [05 Interval/Quantity Adj.].
3. "Interval/Quantity Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Drum Tiny Rotation Interval].
4. "Drum Small Rotation Interval screen"
Enter the adjustment value with the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Adjustment range: +1 to +5 1 step = One minute
5. Press [default] to restore the default settings.

10.4.25 Auto. Refresh Interval (Interval/Quantity Adj.)


Select the execution intervals and the toner consumption amount of the toner refresh mode. (Checks the aver-
age of print coverage for each color with each specific drive distance of the developing roller/K, and consumes
a certain amount of toner for the color that the print coverage is lower than 5% converted in A4 size after com-
pletion of printing.)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [05 Interval/Quantity Adj.].
3. "Interval/Quantity Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Auto. Refresh Interval].
"Automatic Refresh Interval screen"
Specify the settings of each adjustment item, "Execution existence", "Execution frequency" and "Refresh
quantity", and press [OK] to enable the new settings.
• Execution existence: [OFF], [ON]
• Execution frequency: [small] - Equivalent to A4 continuous 1,000 prints
[middle] - Equivalent to A4 continuous 500 prints
[large] - Equivalent to A4 continuous 330 prints
• Refresh quantity: [small] - Equivalent to A3 solid 3 sheets
[middle] - Equivalent to A3 solid 5 sheets
[large] - Equivalent to A3 solid 8 sheets
Note
• Execution frequency varies depending on environmental temperature and print modes.
4. Press [Cancel] to cancel the operation.

309
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.4.26 Toner Dens. Sensor Interval (Interval/Quantity Adj.)


bizhub PRO C6500

Change correction interval of the TCR sensor control voltage at 2/3 speed and 1/2 speed.
/C6500P/C5500

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [05 Interval/Quantity Adj.].
3. "Interval/Quantity Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Toner Dens. Sensor Interval].
4. "Toner Density Sensor Line Speed screen"
Select an interval and press [OK].
5. Press [Cancel] to cancel the operation.

10.4.27 Recall standard data


Restore the process adjustment set values to factory initial data or installation initial data.

Note
• Adjustment data of "Automatic drum potential" and the "LD bias adjustment" can be restored.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [02 Process Adjustment].
2. "Process Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 Recall standard data].
3. "Recall Standard Data screen"
Press [Factory Initial Data] or [Installation Initial Data].

Note
• Selecting [Factory Default Data] restores various set values to factory initial data.
• Select [Installation Initial Data] to retrieve the values from a backup in I/O check mode (code:
"91-00").
4. Press [Yes] to restore standard data.
Press [No] to cancel the operation.

310
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.5 System Setting

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
10.5.1 Software SW Setting
Set the software DIPSW.

Note
• Do not change any switch not described in the service manual.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [03 System Setting].
2. "System Setting Menu screen"
Press [01 Software SW Setting].
3. "Software Switch Setting Mode screen"
Press [T] / [S] or numeric buttons after pressing the "DIPSW number" and "Bit number" buttons.
4. Press [On(1)] or [Off(0)] to specify ON/OFF of the selected bit numbers.

B. Software Switch Setting Mode screen

[1]

[2] [3] [4] [5] a03uf3e001ca

[1] DIPSW data (indicates the 8bit values of the selected DIPSW numbers in hexadecimals from 00 to FF.)
[2] DIPSW number [4] Bit data: 1:ON, 0:OFF
[3] Bit number (0 to 7) [5] Numeric buttons

311
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Software DIPSW lists


bizhub PRO C6500

DIPSW Bit Function 0 1 Default setting


/C6500P/C5500

Japan Inch Metric


1 0 Display of process adjustment on user Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
screen
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Print stop method after displaying toner *1 *1 1 1 1
3 supply or waste toner full display *1 *1 0 0 0
4 Print when the maintenance count is reached Allowed Prohibited 0 0 0
5 Number of allowed print quantity after *2 *2 0 0 0
6 reaching the maintenance count *2 *2 0 0 0
7 *2 *2 0 0 0
2 0 Hard disk drive connection recognition Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 Line 1 screen switchover Previous screen New screen 1 1 1
6 — — — 1 1 1
7 Polygon motor rotation speed switchover Speed when 2/3 speed 0 0 0
print operation
is ended
3 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Malfunction code latch (C35## to C39##) Unlatched Latched 0 0 0
2 Reverse decurler roller preliminary rotation Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 I/O check mode output 15 memory clear Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
4 0 Air assist shutter open/close control (PF) Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
1 Paper exit decurler roller pressure setting/1 Normal Moist paper sup- 0 0 0
port
2 — — — 0 1 0
3 — — — 0 0 1
4 Paper exit decurler roller pressure setting/2 Normal Prevention of 0 0 0
wrinkle at lead
edge of paper in
duplex mode
5 APS when magnification is changed Enabled Disabled 0 1 0
6 Large size paper counting method - B&W Count as 1 *3 Count as 2 *3 0 1 0
(other than maintenance counter)
7 Large size paper count method - Color Count as 1 *3 Count as 2 *3 1 1 0
(other than maintenance counter)

312 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

DIPSW Bit Function 0 1 Default setting

bizhub PRO C6500


Japan Inch Metric

/C6500P/C5500
5 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 Fusing jam blank paper cleaning Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
5 Change of the size of the large size paper B4 / 81/2 X14 A3 / 11X17 0 0 0
(maintenance counter) (338mm) or (365mm) or
larger larger
6 Dust proof filter/1 life message display 180,000 prints: 200,000 prints: 0 0 0
timing near life end near life end
200,000 prints: 220,000 prints:
life end life end
7 Print when the dust proof filter/1 life Allowed Prohibited 0 0 0
count is reached
6 0 Faulty part isolation: FD fold and punch Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
function
1 Faulty part isolation: FD main tray paper Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
exit
2 Faulty part isolation: FD post insertion Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
function
3 Faulty part isolation: FS staple function Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
4 Faulty part isolation: FS main tray paper Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
exit
5 Faulty part isolation: FS Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
6 Faulty part isolation: LS main tray paper Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
exit (1st unit)
7 Faulty part isolation: LS main tray paper Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
exit (2nd unit)
7 0 Faulty part isolation: SD saddle stitching Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
1 Faulty part isolation: SD multi folding Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
2 Faulty part isolation: SD multi letter Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
3 Faulty part isolation: SD trimming Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
4 Faulty part isolation: SD coupling convey- Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
ance, sub tray paper exit
5 Faulty part isolation : PB cover paper Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
insertion
6 Faulty part isolation : PB binder function Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
7 Faulty part isolation : PB Normal Unavailable 0 0 0

2 313
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

DIPSW Bit Function 0 1 Default setting


bizhub PRO C6500

Japan Inch Metric


/C6500P/C5500

8 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 Counter action for the jam in the *4 *4 0 0 0
reverse/exit section
6 Large size paper count method Count as 1 Count as 2 1 1 1
(maintenance counter)
7 — 0 0 0
9 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 Copy quantity limit *5 *5 0 0 0
5 *5 *5 0 0 0
6 *5 *5 0 0 0
7 *5 *5 0 0 0
10 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Hard disk image memory Disabled Enabled 1 1 1
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Change of the size of the large size paper *6 *6 0 0 0
4 (other than maintenance counter) *6 *6 1 0 1
5 Custom size tolerance setting Only with ATS : Tray selection 0 0 0
tolerance is ± and ATS : toler-
2mm ance is ±
10mm
6 Private MIB count method (large size) Count as 2 Count as 1 1 1 1
7 — — — 1 1 1
11 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 Filter for jagged edges on slanting lines Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 Automatic paper supply Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
7 Jam code display Disabled Enabled 0 0 0

314 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

DIPSW Bit Function 0 1 Default setting

bizhub PRO C6500


Japan Inch Metric

/C6500P/C5500
12 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 Konica Minolta logo when power switch Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
is turned ON
13 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
14 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
15 0 CSRC connection selection Telephone line E-mail 1 1 1
1 CMS function screen display Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
2 Charging corona life display Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
3 FNS alarm stop method *7 *7 0 0 0
4 *7 *7 0 0 0
5 CS Remote Care connection recognition Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
6 Scan send address resetting after scan- Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
ning
7 LDAP function Disabled Enabled 0 0 0

2 315
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

DIPSW Bit Function 0 1 Default setting


bizhub PRO C6500

Japan Inch Metric


/C6500P/C5500

16 0 Scanner magnification setting Disabled Enabled 0 0 0


1 Box name Japanese input Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
2 Coin vendor type Parallel Serial 0 0 0
3 Counting of the key counter in the printer Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
mode
4 Display of machine install date in Utility Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
menu mode
5 Dehumidifier heater temperature control *8 *8 0 0 0
6 (LU/PF) *8 *8 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
17 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 1 1 1
2 — — — 1 1 1
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 Density selection at scanning the tab *9 *9 0 0 0
5 paper *9 *9 0 0 0
6 *9 *9 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
18 0 Faulty part isolation: Tray 1 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
1 Faulty part isolation: Tray 2 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
2 Faulty part isolation: Tray 3 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
3 Faulty part isolation: Tray 4 (LU) Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
4 Print during temperature control by dehu- Prohibited Allowed 0 0 0
midifier heater (LU/PF)
5 Faulty part isolation: FS center fold, sad- Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
dle stitch
6 Faulty part isolation: PI Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
7 Faulty part isolation: HDD Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
19 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Fusing upper and lower roller tempera- *10 *10 1 1 1
2 ture selection *10 *10 1 1 1
3 *10 *10 0 0 0
4 Multi feed detection (PF) Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
5 Faulty part isolation: PF Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
6 Developing motor stop control during *11 *11 0 0 0
7 printing *11 *11 0 0 0

316 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

DIPSW Bit Function 0 1 Default setting

bizhub PRO C6500


Japan Inch Metric

/C6500P/C5500
20 0 Group stapling Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
1 Image scanning area with “Page Margin“ Normal Original priority 0 0 0
mode
2 Total page number standard in "Stamp" Based on origi- Based on print 0 0 0
mode nal paper
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 Periodical black toner band creation on Normal Increased at the 0 0 0
the transfer belt edges
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
21 0 PB perfect binding limit number switcho- High-quality Plain paper 0 0 0
ver paper/color table
paper/coated
paper table
1 PB warm-up control switchover Warm up Not warm up 1 1 1
when power when power
switch is turned switch is turned
ON ON
2 PB heater control switchover Turn OFF the Not turn OFF 0 0 0
heater automati- the heater auto-
cally after com- matically after
pletion of completion of
perfect binding perfect binding
3 257-300g/m2 paper exit with its face up Not allowed Allowed 0 0 0
4 Faulty part isolation: Tray4 (PF) Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
5 Faulty part isolation: Tray5 (PF) Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
22 0 Machine NIC setting Disabled Enabled 1 1 1
1 Number of punch holes *12 *12 1 1 0
2 *12 *12 0 0 1
3 Image position for the custom size origi- Based on user Based on APS 0 0 0
nal (when using DF) selection at DF
4 Function of the power save key Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
5 SD trimming board adjustment display Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
6 Operation when FS runs out of staple Staple supply Selecting 0 0 0
request between staple
supply or staple
release
7 — — — 0 0 0

2 317
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

DIPSW Bit Function 0 1 Default setting


bizhub PRO C6500

Japan Inch Metric


/C6500P/C5500

23 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Precision of the color registration auto- Normal *13 Fine *13 0 0 0
matic correction (during printing)
3 Control of the color registration automatic Enabled *14 Disabled *14 0 0 0
correction (periodical correction)
4 The color registration automatic correc- Enabled *15 Disabled *15 0 0 0
tion in main scan direction (periodical cor-
rection)
5 Gamma correction (IC) Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 Punch auto switching (PK/FD) Disabled Enabled 1 1 1
24 0 Simple-gamma correction counter reset Reset when Not reset when 0 0 0
print job is print job is
started started
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 Image stabilization control Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
3 — — — 1 1 1
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
25 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Color registration automatic correction *16 *16 0 0 0
4 control *16 *16 0 0 0
5 Precision of the color registration auto- Normal *17 Speed prefer- 0 0 0
matic correction ence *17
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 Dehumidifier heater (standard heater) Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
26 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 Multi feed detection (PI/PB) Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
4 Printer auto centering correction (LU, PF) Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
5 Printer auto centering correction (ADU) Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0

318 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

DIPSW Bit Function 0 1 Default setting

bizhub PRO C6500


Japan Inch Metric

/C6500P/C5500
27 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
28 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
29 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 — — — 0 0 0
2 — — — 1 1 1
3 Inclusion of proof copy to the set copy Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
quantity
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
30 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Restriction of the display of the service Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
mode "List output"
2 — — — 0 0 0
3 — — — 1 1 1
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 PB perfect binding limit (includes Z-fold) Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — 0 0 0

2 319
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

DIPSW Bit Function 0 1 Default setting


bizhub PRO C6500

Japan Inch Metric


/C6500P/C5500

31 0 — — — 1 1 1
1 SRA4,SRA3 main tray paper exit of FS- Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
607
2 Z-fold max paper exit capacity: FS-503 *18 *18 0 0 0
3 main tray *18 *18 0 0 0
Z-fold, center-fold max paper exit capac-
ity: FD main tray
4 FS-503 Z-fold + Staple output number *19 *19 0 0 0
limit
5 *19 *19 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0
32 0 — — — 0 0 0
1 Contone output of solid text (IC) Disabled Enabled 1 1 1
2 Internal trapping (IC) Disabled Enabled 1 1 1
3 — — — 0 0 0
4 — — — 0 0 0
5 — — — 0 0 0
6 — — — 0 0 0
7 — — — 0 0 0

Note
• Bold boxes show default settings.

*1 Print stop method after displaying toner supply Mode 1-3 1-2
or waste toner full display
Stops after ejecting paper 0 0
This switch is to select whether to display process
in the machine
adjustment button on the [Paper Setting] screen of
Stops at a break between 0 1
[MACHINE] screen.
copy set
Stops at the end of the 1 0
current job
Does not stop 1 1

*2 Number of allowed print quantity after reaching Mode 1-7 1-6 1-5
the maintenance count
1,000 prints 0 0 0
2,000 prints 0 0 1
3,000 prints 0 1 0
4,000 prints 0 1 1
5,000 prints 1 0 0
1,000 prints 1 0 1
1,000 prints 1 1 0
1,000 prints 1 1 1

320 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

*3 Large size paper counting method (other than

bizhub PRO C6500


maintenance counter)

/C6500P/C5500
This switch is used to set count of large size paper
print as 1 or 2. It changes count method for other
than maintenance counter.
The related switches are DIPSW5-5, 8-6 and 10-3
through 4.
Default differs depending on the main body destina-
tion.
Europe: count as 1
North America: 11x17 count as 2, 81/2 x14 count as 1
Other: count as 2.

*4 Counter action for the jam in the reverse section Mode 8-5
When the jam occured with 8.5x11 thin-paper in the
Disabled 0
reverse exit section, prevents the papers from attach-
Enabled (Counter action for 1
ing together by hastening the reversing speed.
the jam)

*5 Copy quantity limit Mode 9-7 9-6 9-5 9-4


No limit 0 0 0 0
1 print 0 0 0 1
3 prints 0 0 1 0
5 prints 0 0 1 1
9 prints 0 1 0 0
10 prints 0 1 0 1
20 prints 0 1 1 0
30 prints 0 1 1 1
50 prints 1 0 0 0
99 prints 1 0 0 1
No limit 1 0 1 0
No limit 1 0 1 1
No limit 1 1 0 0
No limit 1 1 0 1
No limit 1 1 1 0
No limit 1 1 1 1

2 321
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

*6 Change of the size of the large size paper (other Mode 10-4 10-3
bizhub PRO C6500

than maintenance counter)


A3 / 11X17 or larger 0 0
/C6500P/C5500

This switch changes the standard of large size paper


All sizes are small 0 1
used for counter control other than maintenance
B4 / 81/2 X 14 / 8K or larger 1 0
counter.
81/2 X 13, 1 1
81/4 X 13, 81/8 X 131/4,
8 X 13 or larger

*7 FS alarm stop method Mode 15-4 15-3


This switch is used to select alarm stop condition.
Stop immediately after 0 0
Alarm stop means detection of the following states.
detection
FD/FS/LS tray lower limit, FD/FS/LS/SD tray paper
Stops at a break between 0 1
full, FD/PK punch waste full, FS staple waste full, SD
print set after detection
trimming waste full
Does not stop while 1 0
printing
Does not stop while 1 1
printing

*8 Dehumidifier heater temperature control (LU/ Mode 16-6 16-5


PF)
Environment temperature 0 0
With LU, PF option dehumidifier heater is connected,
+6 °C
this switch is used to set control temperature when
Environment temperature 0 1
dehumidifier fan heater control is set to [On (compul-
+8 °C
sory) ] in the Utility menu mode.
Environment temperature 1 0
+10 °C
Environment temperature 1 1
+6 °C

*9 Density selection at scanning tab paper Mode 17-6 17-5 17-4


This switch is used to select background density
Brightness level 80 0 0 0
when scanning tabed paper.
Brightness level 40 0 0 1
(Lightest)
Brightness level 60 0 1 0
Brightness level 100 0 1 1
Brightness level 120 1 0 0
Brightness level 160 1 0 1
Brightness level 200 1 1 0
Brightness level (Darkest) 1 1 1

322 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

*10 Fusing upper and lower roller temperature Mode 19-1 19-2 19-3

bizhub PRO C6500


selection
-30 °C 0 0 0

/C6500P/C5500
This switch is used to change the fusing standard
-20 °C 0 0 1
control temperature. Decrease temperature against
-10 °C 0 1 0
paper curling or waving and increase temperature
against insufficient fusing or fusing winding jam. Standard 0 1 1
Upper roller: standard 1 0 0
Lower roller: +10 °C
Standard 1 0 1
Standard 1 1 0
Standard 1 1 1

*11 Developing motor stop control during printing Mode 19-7 19-6
Normal 0 0
(automatic switchover)
Rotation at 1/4 speed 0 1
when image is not devel-
oped
OFF when image is not 1 0
developed
Normal 1 1
(automatic switchover)

*12 Number of punch holes Mode 22-2 22-1


This switch changes prohibition control by paper size,
2-hole 0 0
which differs depending on the number of punch
2/3-hole switchover 0 1
holes. It also changes the number of holes on the
2/4-hole switchover 1 0
punch hole select screen of user mode.
Swedish 4-hole
— 1 1

*13 Precision of the color registration automatic Mode 23-2


correction (during printing)
Normal 0
This switch changes accuracy of color registration
Fine 1
correction that is performed periodically during print-
ing. If fine is selected, the registration accuracy
improves by approx. 0.5 pixels, but the correction
time takes 2 minutes longer.

*14 Control of the color registration automatic cor- Mode 23-3


rection (periodical correction)
Enabled 0
Down time while in the continuous printing is reduced
Disabled 1
by disable the color registration correction that is per-
formed periodically. (Color registration correction
when the fusing temperature is lower than the speci-
fied temperature at power ON is not omitted.)

2 323
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

*15 The color registration automatic correction in Mode 23-4


bizhub PRO C6500

main scan direction (periodical correction)


Enabled 0
/C6500P/C5500

The color registration correction that is performed


Disabled 1
periodically can be disabled in the main scan direc-
tion only. This is used temporarily when there is a reg-
istration error along the main scan as a result of a
trouble around the transfer belt unit, or when isolating
faulty part.

*16 Color registration automatic correction control Mode 25-4 25-3


This switch is used to change the timing of periodical
Enabled 0 0
color registration correction control or disable the cor-
Disabled 0 1
rection.
No performed during 1 0
• Enable: Correction is performed by suspending
printing
print at specified print.
• Disable: Correction is omitted temporarily to — 1 1
reduce down time when the machine cannot be
used with malfunction code related to the drum
potential sensor or PGC sensor.
• No performed during printing: Correction that is
performed by suspending print at every specified
print is performed after the print job to reduce
down time.

*17 Precision of the color registration automatic Mode 25-5


correction
Normal 0
This switch changes accuracy of color registration
Speed preference 1
correction that is performed automatically. If speed
preference is selected, the correction time can be
shorten. Correction time of "speed preference" is
approx. 30 seconds.

*18 Z-fold max paper exit capacity: FS-503 main Mode 31-3 31-2
tray
50 sheets 0 0
Z-fold,center-fold max paper exit capacity: FD
40 sheets 0 1
main tray
30 sheets 1 0
This switch is used to select the max stacking capac-
ity of paper which is Z-folded or center-folded by FD 20 sheets 1 1
on the FS or FD main tray during continuous printing.
If folding performance is poor and causing paper jam
or dropping from tray, reduce the max stacking
capacity of folded paper using this switch.

*19 FS-503 Z-fold + Staple number limit Mode 31-5 31-4


5 sheets 0 0
This switch is used to set the max number of FS-503
8 sheets 0 1
Staple Z-folded papers included in 50 sheets (A3
10 sheets 1 0
size).
3 sheets 1 1

324 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.5.2 Telephone Number Setting

bizhub PRO C6500


Register telephone and fax numbers of a service center that will be displayed in help information or when a mal-

/C6500P/C5500
function occurs.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [03 System Setting].
2. "System Setting Menu screen"
Press [02 Telephone Number Setting].
3. "Customer Support TEL/FAX Setting screen"
Press either of [Service Center Tel (16)] or [Service Center Fax (16)] that you want to set.
4. Enter telephone number or fax number to be registered with the numeric buttons.

Note
• When a number is less than 16 digits, be sure to use hyphens or etc to fill up the blanks.
5. Press [OK] to register the data.
Press [Cancel] to cancel the operation.

10.5.3 M/C Serial Number Setting


Set and display the serial numbers of the main body and options.

Note
• The serial number of the main body cannot be changed.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [03 System Setting].
2. "System Setting Menu screen"
Press [03 M/C Serial Number Setting].
3. "Serial Number Setting Mode screen"
Select the option, then a keyboard screen appears. Enter a serial number using the alphanumeric buttons.
4. Press [OK] to register the data.
Press [Cancel] to cancel the operation.

325
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.5.4 Setup Date Input


bizhub PRO C6500

Set the starting date of the total counter that is displayed on the screen in the utility menu mode.
/C6500P/C5500

When the DIPSW 16-4 is set to "1", the starting date of the total counter is not displayed.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [03 System Setting].
2. "System Setting Menu screen"
Press [04 Setup Date Input].
3. "Setup Date Input screen"
Enter an installation date with the numeric buttons. Press [Set] to highlight the Year/Month/Date to be
entered.
4. Press [OK] to update the data.
Press [Cancel] to cancel the operation.

326
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.6 Counter/data

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
10.6.1 Maintenance Counter
Set or reset the maintenance counter cycle.

Note
• The maintenance cycle can be set either paper count (Quantity) or travel distance (m) of the devel-
oping roller/K (Distance). "Quantity" is selected by default.
• The count condition of the maintenance counter varies depending on the DIPSW8-6 settings.
0: 1 count for a single side of each paper exit, and 2 counts for a double side.
1: 2 counts for a single side of each large size paper exit (the definition of large size paper is set by
DIPSW10-3 and 4), and 4 counts for a double side. For those other than the large size, the count
is same as when set to "0."

A. Counter reset
After the maintenance is completed, reset the maintenance count using this mode.

Note
• Be sure to reset the maintenance counter after the periodic maintenance (every 200,000 prints
(PRO C6500)/every 150,000 prints (PRO C5500)).
If it is not reset, the warning message and icon for periodic maintenance will not be disappeared.

(1) Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [04 Counter/Data]
2. "Counter/Data Menu screen"
Press [01 Maintenance Counter].
3. "Maintenance Counter screen"
Press [Count Reset] to reset the maintenance counter.
4. "Reset confirmation screen"
Press [Yes] to reset.
The count is reset and the starting date is automatically entered.
Press [No] to cancel.

1 327
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Maintenance cycle setting


bizhub PRO C6500

Set the maintenance cycle counter.


/C6500P/C5500

Note
• The maintenance counter is predetermined. Be sure not to change the count value normally. Default setting
is set to 200,000 (PRO C6500)/150,000 (PRO C5500) prints and 130,000 m (PRO C6500/C5500).

(1) Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [04 Counter/Data]
2. "Counter/Data Menu screen"
Press [01 Maintenance Counter].
3. "Maintenance Counter screen"
Enter high digits of the cycle with the numeric buttons.
4. "Maintenance Counter screen"
Press [OK] to register the data. Press [Cancel] to cancel the opreration.

328 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.6.2 Data Collection

bizhub PRO C6500


Display the counter/data of the main body shown below on the touch panel.

/C6500P/C5500
Counter/data can also be checked in the CS Remote Care, List Output and Mail Remote Notification System.

• Paper Size Counter (Total)


• Paper Size Counter (Copy)
• Paper Size Counter (Print)
• ADF Counter
• Coverage Data History
• Paper Jam History
• Jam Counter
• Copy Mode Counter (1)
• Copy Mode Counter (2)
• SC Counter
• Paper Jam Sectional Counter
• Failure Sectional Counter
• SC data of time series

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [04 Counter/Data].
2. "Counter/Data Menu screen"
Press [02 Data Collection].
3. "Parts Counter Menu screen"
Press the counter/data item you want to check.
4. "Collecting Data screen"
Press [Next] or [Previous] to scroll the pages.

Note
• [Count Reset] is displayed on each screen of [Paper Jam Sectional Counter] and [SC data of
time series]
"Count Reset confirmation screen" appears when [Count Reset] is pressed. Press [Yes] to reset
the sectional count. Press [No] to cancel the count reset.
By resetting these data when you visit the customer of the maintenance implementation etc. you
can check the jam and malfunction occurrence count after it was visited last time.

329
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Paper Size Counter (Total/Copy/Print)


bizhub PRO C6500

Confirm the number of print of each paper size.


/C6500P/C5500

Note
• Maximum count number is 99,999,999.
• Count value is one count each for all kinds of paper size.

No. CSRC parameter Size Remarks


(B1,B6,B8,
BD,BE,BF)
01 00 Others
02 01 A3
03 02 A4
04 03 A5
05 04 A6
06 05 B4
07 06 B5
08 07 B6
09 08 12 x 18
10 09 11 x 17
11 0A 8.5 x 14
12 0B 8.5 x 11
13 0C 7.25 x 10.5
14 0D 5.5 x 8.5
15 0E F4
16 0F Post card
17 10 4x6
18 11 8K
19 12 16K
20 13 Long paper
21 14 A2
22 15 SRA3
23 16 SRA4
24 17 13 x 19
25 18 Infinite 1 Custom size: 196 mm or shorter in sub-scan direc-
tion.
26 19 Infinite 2 Custom size: 250 mm or shorter in sub-scan direc-
tion.
27 1A Infinite 3 Custom size: 330 mm or shorter in sub-scan direc-
tion.
28 1B Infinite 4 Custom size: 390 mm or shorter in sub-scan direc-
tion.
29 1C Infinite 5 Custom size: 391 mm or longer in sub-scan direc-
tion.

330
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

C. ADF Counter

bizhub PRO C6500


Confirm the number of originals fed in each DF mode.

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Maximum count number is 99,999,999.
• No.01 and No.02 counter do not double count with other counters.
• One count for single-sided, two counts for double-sided.

No. CSRC parameter Item Remarks


(F0)
01 00 N of originals fed in ADF mode/1 side
02 01 N of originals fed in ADF mode/2 side
03 02 N of originals fed in RDH mode Reserved
04 03 N of originals fed in RRDH mode Reserved
05 04 N of originals fed in LDF mode Reserved
06 05 N of originals fed in CFF mode Reserved
07 06 N of 1-sided SDF original fed Reserved
08 07 N of mix originals fed in ADF/1 side
09 08 N of mix originals fed in ADF/2 side
10 09 N of originals fed in 2in1 mode Reserved
11 0A N of 1-sided Z-folded original fed
12 0B N of 2-sided Z-folded original fed
13 0C N of 2-sided SDF original fed Reserved

331
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

D. Coverage Data History


bizhub PRO C6500

Confirm the average coverage of 5,000 print sheets of the latest 30 data for each of Y, M, C and K.
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• The coverage data is a calculated value based on the colored area and the transfer paper area of
the image data. Therefore, it is different from the toner consumption when actually printed.
• Up to 30 latest coverage data are maintained with the older ones deleted in sequence.

No. CSRC parameter Print count Coverage


(V0) (%)
01 00 Total (00.0 to 99.9)
02 01 Print count 1
03 02 Print count 2
04 03 Print count 3
05 04 Print count 4
06 05 Print count 5
07 06 Print count 6
08 07 Print count 7
09 08 Print count 8
10 09 Print count 9
11 0A Print count 10
12 0B Print count 11
13 0C Print count 12
14 0D Print count 13
15 0E Print count 14
16 0F Print count 15
17 10 Print count 16
18 11 Print count 17
19 12 Print count 18
20 13 Print count 19
21 14 Print count 20
22 15 Print count 21
23 16 Print count 22
24 17 Print count 23
25 18 Print count 24
26 19 Print count 25
27 1A Print count 26
28 1B Print count 27
29 1C Print count 28
30 1D Print count 29
31 1E Print count 30

332
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

E. Paper Jam History

bizhub PRO C6500


Confirm the latest 100 jams, it is possible to confirm jam code, total count, date of occurrence, tray used, paper

/C6500P/C5500
size, and magnification.

F. JAM/Paper Jam Sectional Counter


Confirm the number of jam occurrences for each jam code.

Note
• Maximum count is 999,999.
• The stationary jam is not included in the count.
• Jam code is displayed on the user mode screen when changing the DIPSW11-7 to 1.

No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item


parameter (Jam code) parameter (Jam code) parameter (Jam code)
(J0) (J0) (J0)
001 00 J-1001 031 1E J-1657 061 3C J-3254
002 01 J-1002 032 1F J-1658 062 3D J-5101
003 02 J-1003 033 20 J-1701 063 3E J-9201
004 03 J-1051 034 21 J-1702 064 3F J-9202
005 04 J-1101 035 22 J-1703 065 40 J-9251
006 05 J-1151 036 23 J-1704 066 41 J-9252
007 06 J-1201 037 24 J-1705 067 42 J-9301
008 07 J-1251 038 25 J-1706 068 43 J-9351
009 08 J-1301 039 26 J-1707 069 44 J-9401
010 09 J-1351 040 27 J-1708 070 45 J-9451
011 0A J-1501 041 28 J-1709 071 46 J-6101
012 0B J-1502 042 29 J-1710 072 47 J-6102
013 0C J-1551 043 2A J-1751 073 48 J-6103
014 0D J-1552 044 2B J-1752 074 49 J-6201
015 0E J-1601 045 2C J-1753 075 4A J-6203
016 0F J-1602 046 2D J-1754 076 4B J-6206
017 10 J-1603 047 2E J-1901 077 4C J-6209
018 11 J-1604 048 2F J-1902 078 4D J-6301
019 12 J-1605 049 30 J-1903 079 4E J-6304
020 13 J-1606 050 31 J-3201 080 4F J-6305
021 14 J-1607 051 32 J-3202 081 50 J-6501
022 15 J-1608 052 33 J-3203 082 51 J-6502
023 16 J-1609 053 34 J-3204 083 52 J-6504
024 17 J-1610 054 35 J-3205 084 53 J-6508
025 18 J-1651 055 36 J-3206 085 54 J-7101
026 19 J-1652 056 37 J-3207 086 55 J-7103
027 1A J-1653 057 38 J-3209 087 56 J-7105
028 1B J-1654 058 39 J-3251 088 57 J-7106
029 1C J-1655 059 3A J-3252 089 58 J-7107
030 1D J-1656 060 3B J-3253 090 59 J-7216

333
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item


bizhub PRO C6500

parameter (Jam code) parameter (Jam code) parameter (Jam code)


/C6500P/C5500

(J0) (J0) (J0)


091 5A J-7217 132 83 J-7666 173 AC J-7510
092 5B J-7218 133 84 J-7667 174 AD J-7511
093 5C J-7219 134 85 J-7668 175 AE J-7512
094 5D J-7220 135 86 J-7669 176 AF J-7513
095 5E J-7221 136 87 J-7670 177 B0 J-7514
096 5F J-7222 137 88 J-7671 178 B1 J-7515
097 60 J-7223 138 89 J-7672 179 B2 J-7516
098 61 J-7224 139 8A J-7673 180 B3 J-7517
099 62 J-7225 140 8B J-7674 181 B4 J-7518
100 63 J-7226 141 8C J-7675 182 B5 J-7519
101 64 J-7228 142 8D J-7676 183 B6 J-7520
102 65 J-7229 143 8E J-7677 184 B7 J-7521
103 66 J-7230 144 8F J-7678 185 B8 J-7522
104 67 J-7235 145 90 J-7679 186 B9 J-7523
105 68 J-7243 146 91 J-7680 187 BA J-7524
106 69 J-7248 147 92 J-7681 188 BB J-7540
107 6A J-7249 148 93 J-7682 189 BC J-7541
108 6B J-7250 149 94 J-7683 190 BD J-7542
109 6C J-7251 150 95 J-7684 191 BE J-7543
110 6D J-7281 151 96 J-7685 192 BF J-7561
111 6E J-7282 152 97 J-7686 193 C0 J-7562
112 6F J-7283 153 98 J-7687 194 C1 J-7563
113 70 J-7290 154 99 J-7688 195 C2 J-7564
114 71 J-7401 155 9A J-7689 196 C3 J-7565
115 72 J-7402 156 9B J-7690 197 C4 J-7566
116 73 J-7403 157 9C J-7691 198 C5 J-7567
117 74 J-7404 158 9D J-7692 199 C6 J-7568
118 75 J-7405 159 9E J-7693 200 C7 J-7569
119 76 J-7406 160 9F J-7696 201 C8 J-7570
120 77 J-7407 161 A0 J-7697 202 C9 J-7571
121 78 J-7408 162 A1 J-7698 203 CA J-7572
122 79 J-7409 163 A2 J-7108 204 CB J-7573
123 7A J-7410 164 A3 J-7501 205 CC J-7574
124 7B J-7411 165 A4 J-7502 206 CD J-7575
125 7C J-7412 166 A5 J-7503 207 CE J-7576
126 7D J-7660 167 A6 J-7504 208 CF J-7577
127 7E J-7661 168 A7 J-7505 209 D0 J-7578
128 7F J-7662 169 A8 J-7506 210 D1 J-7579
129 80 J-7663 170 A9 J-7507 211 D2 J-7580
130 81 J-7664 171 AA J-7508 212 D3 J-7581
131 82 J-7665 172 AB J-7509 213 D4 J-7582

334 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item

bizhub PRO C6500


parameter (Jam code) parameter (Jam code) parameter (Jam code)

/C6500P/C5500
(J0) (J0) (J0)
214 D5 J-7583 217 D8 J-3101 219 DA J-3151
215 D6 J-7584 218 D9 J-3102 220 DB J-3152
216 D7 J-7585

G. Copy Mode Counter (1)


Confirm the status of use of each copy mode.

Note
• Maximum count is 99,999,999.

No. CSRC Item Count condition


parameter
(F1)
001 00 1 → 1mode
002 01 1 → 2 mode
003 02 2 → 1 mode
004 03 2 → 2 mode
005 04 ADF 1>1 mode
006 05 ADF 2>2 mode
007 06 Mixed original mode
008 07 Tab original mode
009 08 Z-Folded original mode
010 09 LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Reg.)
011 0A LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Reg.)
012 0B LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Rev.)
013 0C LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Rev.)
014 0D Image: text/photo
015 0E Image: Text
016 0F Image: Photo
017 10 Image: Map
018 11 Custom Size
019 12 Corner Staple (Top Left)
020 13 Corner Staple (Top Right)
021 14 2 Positions Staple (Left Bind)
022 15 2 Positions Staple (Right Bind)
023 16 Left Bind
024 17 Right Bind Counts when the right binding booklet
is selected.
025 18 Top Bind
026 19 Triple-Fold
027 1A Fold & Staple

1 335
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. CSRC Item Count condition


bizhub PRO C6500

parameter
/C6500P/C5500

(F1)
028 1B Stacker 5000-sheets loading alarm
029 1C Uncollate
030 1D Offset uncollate
031 1E Collate
032 1F Offset Collate
033 20 Face Down
034 21 Face Up
035 22 1 to N
036 23 N to 1
037 24 —
038 25 Paper Inserter
039 26 Trimmer
040 27 Real size copy
041 28 Preset magnification E4
042 29 Preset magnification E3
043 2A Preset magnification E2
044 2B Preset magnification E1
045 2C Preset magnification R4
046 2D Preset magnification R3
047 2E Preset magnification R2
048 2F Preset magnification R1
049 30 User lens mode 1
050 31 User lens mode 2
051 32 User lens mode 3
052 33 Zoom
053 34 Vertical/Horizontal zoom
054 35 Maximum zoom
055 36 Minimum zoom
056 37 APS
057 38 AMS
058 39 AES
059 3A User density level 1
060 3B User density level 2
061 3C Interrupted copy
062 3D Auto image rotation cancellation
063 3E Insert Sheet
064 3F Chapters control
065 40 Combine Originals
066 41 Booklet Pagination
067 42 —
068 43 —

336 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

No. CSRC Item Count condition

bizhub PRO C6500


parameter

/C6500P/C5500
(F1)
069 44 Insert Image
070 45 Book Copy
071 46 Program Job
072 47 Non-image Area Erase
073 48 Neg./Positive Reverse
074 49 Auto repeat
075 4A Manual repeat
076 4B Standard Size repeat
077 4C Frame erase
078 4D Center erase
079 4E Image centering
080 4F All-image Area
081 50 Shift
082 51 Reduce & Shift
083 52 Image Overlay
084 53 Watermark
085 54 Built-in Stamp
086 55 Date/Time
087 56 Page
088 57 Numbering
089 58 Set quantity 1
090 59 Set quantity 2 - 5
091 5A Set quantity 6 - 10
092 5B Set quantity 11 or more
093 5C Time while power remote 1 is On Accumulation of time during which the
overall control board is powered (main
power switch is ON). (unit: min.)
094 5D Time while power remote 2 is On Time during which the power control
signal (REM2) is ON. (unit: min.)
095 5E Time while power remote 3 is On Time during which the power control
signal (REM3) is ON. (unit: min.)
096 5F Time while power remote 4 is On Time during which the power control
signal (REM4) is ON. (unit: min.)
097 60 Time during Low Power mode Time in the LOW POWER mode. (unit:
min.)
098 61 Time during warm up time Time for warm-up, before ready to
print status. (unit: min.)
099 62 Time during front door open Time during which the front door is
open. (unit: min.)
100 63 Ope. time in 1 side straight exit Time from the start of print and the
101 64 Ope. time in 1 side reverse exit end of print. (unit: sec.) (Down time
102 65 Operation time in 2 side print due to jam omitted)

337
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. CSRC Item Count condition


bizhub PRO C6500

parameter
/C6500P/C5500

(F1)
103 66 Operation time in ADF mode Time during which DF operates.(unit:
min.)
104 67 Morning Correction count Counts 1 per image stabilization con-
trol.
105 68 Time during APS sensor On Time during which the APS sensor is
ON. (unit: min.)
106 69 —
107 6A —
108 6B N of Fold & Staple used jobs
109 6C Fold & Staple Tri-Fold Full
110 6D N of ADF NF occured Number of DF no feed detection.
111 6E N of ADF special error1 occurred Number of original size miss-detection.
112 6F N of ADF special error2 occurred Number of next original information error.
113 70 N of ADF special error3 occurred Number of mixed size mode error
114 71 N of scanner scanned Counts 1 for pressing Start key in the
platen mode.
115 72 N of electrode cleaned
116 73 N of memory overflow Total count of No.124, 125, 126 and
the number of occurrences of HDD
reading over flow.
117 74 N of fusing alarm occurred
118 75 N of no toner stop occurred Total count of the four colors.
119 76 N of AGC retry
120 77 N of sub scan beam correct error
121 78 N of mis-centering correct error
122 79 N of ADF distortion adjust error
123 7A N of ADF distortion data error
124 7B Compression memory overflow
125 7C Page memory overflow (scan)
126 7D Page memory overflow (print)
127 7E FNS alarm (tray/trimming)
128 7F FNS alarm (staple)
129 80 Saddle Stitcher trimmer scraps box full alarm
130 81 N of ADF special error4 occurred Ready time out error
131 82 —
132 83 —
133 84 —
134 85 —
135 86 —
136 87 —
137 88 Saddle Stitcher staple alarm

338 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

No. CSRC Item Count condition

bizhub PRO C6500


parameter

/C6500P/C5500
(F1)
138 89 —
139 8A —
140 8B —
141 8C —
142 8D —
143 8E Punch
144 8F Z-Folding
145 90 Multi Folder Punch Waste Full
146 91 —
147 92 —
148 93 —
149 94 —
150 95 —
151 96 —
152 97 —
153 98 —
154 99 —
155 9A —
156 9B —
157 9C —
158 9D —
159 9E —
160 9F —
161 A0 —
162 A1 —
163 A2 —
164 A3 —
165 A4 —
166 A5 —
167 A6 —
168 A7 —
169 A8 —
170 A9 —
171 AA —
172 AB —
173 AC —
174 AD —
175 AE —
176 AF —
177 B0 —
178 B1 —

2 339
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. CSRC Item Count condition


bizhub PRO C6500

parameter
/C6500P/C5500

(F1)
179 B2 —
180 B3 —
181 B4 —
182 B5 —
183 B6 —
184 B7 —
185 B8 —
186 B9 —
187 BA —
188 BB —
189 BC —
190 BD —
191 BE —
192 BF —
193 C0 PB cover paper tray mode
194 C1 —
195 C2 —
196 C3 —
197 C4 Number of ejected paper on the sub tray (per-
fect binding)
198 C5 Number of ejected paper on the SC cection
(perfect binding)
199 C6 Number of times PB tray is pulled
200 C7 Number of times PB front door is opened/closed
201 C8 Number of times PB book stock cover opened/
closed
202 C9 Copy protection
203 CA Total number of PB perfect binding books
204 CB Total number of PB perfect binding books (0.0 to
10.0mm)
205 CC Total number of PB perfect binding books (10.1
to 20.0mm)
206 CD Total number of PB perfect binding books (20.1
to 30.0mm)
207 CE Number of PB total inside pages
208 CF PB total thickness

340 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

H. Copy Mode Counter (2)

bizhub PRO C6500


Confirm the status of use of each copy mode.

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Maximum count is 99,999,999.

No. CSRC Item Count condition


parameter
(F2)
001 00 ACS
002 01 Full color
003 02 Black
004 03 Single Color (Y)
005 04 Single Color (M)
006 05 Single Color (C)
007 06 Single Color (R)
008 07 Single Color (G)
009 08 Single Color (B)
010 09 DF Thick paper
011 0A DF Thin paper
012 0B Type: Printed paper
013 0C Type: Photo paper
014 0D Type: Copied paper
015 0E Type: Inkjet paper
016 0F B-side Prevent
017 10 Screen: Auto
018 11 Screen: Line1
019 12 Screen: Line2/Type1
020 13 Screen: Dot1
021 14 Screen: Dot2/Type1
022 15 Screen: Compression
023 16 Glossy
024 17 Density shift
025 18 Adjust Background
026 19 Red
027 1A Green
028 1B Blue
029 1C Hue adjustment
030 1D Saturation adjustment
031 1E Brightness adjustment
032 1F Color balance adjustment
033 20 Sharpness adjustment
034 21 Contrast adjustment
035 22 Image Distinction Level
036 23 Paper type: Plain

341
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. CSRC Item Count condition


bizhub PRO C6500

parameter
/C6500P/C5500

(F2)
037 24 Paper type: Coated-ML
038 25 Paper type: Color paper
039 26 Paper type: High quality
040 27 Paper type: Coated-GL
041 28 Paper type: Tab paper
042 29 Paper type: Color specific paper
043 2A Paper type: Coated-GO
044 2B Paper type: Coated-MO
045 2C Paper weight: 1
046 2D Paper weight: 2
047 2E Paper weight: 3
048 2F Paper weight: 4
049 30 Paper weight: 5
050 31 Paper weight: 6
051 32 Paper weight: 7
052 33 Paper weight: 8
053 34 Multi-page enlargement
054 35 Main tray: Face up
055 36 N of no toner stop occurred (Y)
056 37 N of no toner stop occurred (M)
057 38 N of no toner stop occurred (C)
058 39 N of no toner stop occurred (K)
059 3A N of toner recovery box is full
060 3B N of color registration adj.
061 3C N of auto stability control
062 3D —
063 3E —
064 3F —
065 40 Off mode time Time in OFF mode. (unit: min.)
066 41 —
067 42 —
068 43 Polygon motor ope. time Time during which the polygon motor
is ON. (unit: min.)
069 44 Develop motor ope. time (color) Time during which the color develop-
ing motor is ON. (unit: min.)
070 45 Develop motor ope. time (black) Time during which the black develop-
ing motor is ON. (unit: min.)
071 46 On time of PCL (color) Time during which the color erase
lamp is ON. (unit: min.)
072 47 On time of PCL (black) Time during which the black erase
lamp is ON. (unit: min.)

342
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

No. CSRC Item Count condition

bizhub PRO C6500


parameter

/C6500P/C5500
(F2)
073 48 Operation time in Scanner mode Time during which the scanner motor
is ON. (unit: min.)
074 49 Time while power (ADF) Time during which DF is energized at
24V. (unit: min.)
075 4A —
076 4B —
077 4C —
078 4D Auto Y toner refresh mode count Counts 1 per 1 operation.
079 4E Auto M toner refresh mode count
080 4F Auto C toner refresh mode count
081 50 Auto K toner refresh mode count
082 51 N of 4 toner refresh performed
083 52 N of MC toner refresh performed
084 53 —
085 54 —
086 55 —
087 56 —
088 57 Right & Left bind (originals)
089 58 Upper bind (originals)
090 59 Inside Print Multi Triple-Fold
091 5A Outside Print Multi Triple-Fold
092 5B Inside Print Triple-Fold-in
093 5C Outside Print Triple-Fold-in
094 5D Inside Print Triple-Fold-out
095 5E Outside Print Tri-Fold-out
096 5F Inside Print Double Parallel
097 60 Outside Print Double Parallel
098 61 Inside Print Gate Fold
099 62 Outside Print Gate Fold
100 63 Multi Half Fold
101 64 Inside Print Half Fold
102 65 Outside Print Half Fold
103 66 Main tray output
104 67 Stacker tray output
105 68 Stacker pile setting permit
106 69 Fold & Staple tray output
107 6A Tri-Fold tray output
108 6B Fold sub tray output
109 6C Stacker sub tray output
110 6D Fold & Staple sub tray output
111 6E Staple sub tray output

343
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. CSRC Item Count condition


bizhub PRO C6500

parameter
/C6500P/C5500

(F2)
112 6F Main tray output JOB
113 70 Stacker tray output JOB
114 71 Fold & Staple output JOB No.
115 72 Tri-Fold tray output JOB No.
116 73 Fold sub tray JOB
117 74 Stacker sub tray JOB
118 75 Fold & Staple sub tray JOB
119 76 Staple sub tray JOB
120 77 Multi Half Fold JOB
121 78 Inside Print Half Fold JOB
122 79 Outside Print Half Fold JOB
123 7A S.M.A.R.T (Y) Start/Stop Count Rotation/Stop times of the HDD/Y
spindle motor.
124 7B S.M.A.R.T (Y) Load Cycle Count Count of load/unload cycles of the
magnetic head of HDD/Y into landing
zone position.
125 7C S.M.A.R.T (Y) Loaded Hours Data reading time of the HDD/Y
(unit: min.)
126 7D S.M.A.R.T (M) Start/Stop Count Rotation/Stop times of the HDD/M
spindle motor.
127 7E S.M.A.R.T (M) Load Cycle Count Count of load/unload cycles of the
magnetic head of HDD/M into landing
zone position.
128 7F S.M.A.R.T (M) Loaded Hours Data reading time of the HDD/M
(unit: min.)
129 80 S.M.A.R.T (C) Start/Stop Count Rotation/Stop times of the HDD/C
spindle motor.
130 81 S.M.A.R.T (C) Load Cycle Count Count of load/unload cycles of the
magnetic head of HDD/C into landing
zone position.
131 82 S.M.A.R.T (C) Loaded Hours Data reading time of the HDD/C
(unit: min.)
132 83 S.M.A.R.T (K) Start/Stop Count Rotation/Stop times of the HDD/K
spindle motor.
133 84 S.M.A.R.T (K) Load Cycle Count Count of load/unload cycles of the
magnetic head of HDD/K into landing
zone position.
134 85 S.M.A.R.T (K) Loaded Hours Data reading time of the HDD/K
(unit: min.)
135 86 Paper Inserter Count
136 87 Perfect Binding (Copier)
137 88 Perfect Binding (Printer)
138 89 Number of exited perfect Binding sets

344 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

No. CSRC Item Count condition

bizhub PRO C6500


parameter

/C6500P/C5500
(F2)
139 8A Number of exited perfect Binding sets (Cover
paper trimming mode)
140 8B Number of exited perfect Binding sets (Cover
paper Not trimming mode)

I. SC Counter/Failure Sectional Counter

Note
• Maximum count is 99,999,999.
• The malfunction codes, C-35## to C-39##, are not counted when the DIPSW3-1 in service mode is
set to 1. (latched).

No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item


parameter (Code) parameter (Code) parameter (Code)
(E0) (E0) (E0)
001 00 C-0001 027 1A C-0311 053 34 C-0416
002 01 C-0002 028 1B C-0312 054 35 C-0417
003 02 C-0003 029 1C C-0313 055 36 C-0418
004 03 C-0101 030 1D C-0314 056 37 C-1005
005 04 C-0102 031 1E C-0315 057 38 C-1006
006 05 C-0103 032 1F C-0316 058 39 C-1007
007 06 C-0201 033 20 C-0317 059 3A C-1008
008 07 C-0202 034 21 C-0318 060 3B C-1101
009 08 C-0203 035 22 C-0319 061 3C C-1102
010 09 C-0204 036 23 C-0320 062 3D C-1103
011 0A C-0205 037 24 C-0321 063 3E C-1104
012 0B C-0208 038 25 C-0401 064 3F C-1105
013 0C C-0209 039 26 C-0402 065 40 C-1106
014 0D C-0211 040 27 C-0403 066 41 C-1107
015 0E C-0212 041 28 C-0404 067 42 C-1108
016 0F C-0213 042 29 C-0405 068 43 C-1109
017 10 C-0301 043 2A C-0406 069 44 C-1110
018 11 C-0302 044 2B C-0407 070 45 C-1111
019 12 C-0303 045 2C C-0408 071 46 C-1112
020 13 C-0304 046 2D C-0409 072 47 C-1113
021 14 C-0305 047 2E C-0410 073 48 C-1114
022 15 C-0306 048 2F C-0411 074 49 C-1115
023 16 C-0307 049 30 C-0412 075 4A C-1116
024 17 C-0308 050 31 C-0413 076 4B C-1124
025 18 C-0309 051 32 C-0414 077 4C C-1125
026 19 C-0310 052 33 C-0415 078 4D C-1126

2 345
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item


bizhub PRO C6500

parameter (Code) parameter (Code) parameter (Code)


/C6500P/C5500

(E0) (E0) (E0)


079 4E C-1127 120 78 C-1247 161 A1 C-1402
080 4F C-1132 121 79 C-1248 162 A2 C-1403
081 50 C-1137 122 7A C-1249 163 A3 C-1404
082 51 C-1138 123 7B C-1250 164 A4 C-1405
083 53 C-1140 124 7C C-1251 165 A5 C-1411
084 54 C-1141 125 7D C-1252 166 A6 C-1431
085 55 C-1142 126 7E C-1253 167 A7 C-1432
086 56 C-1143 127 7F C-1254 168 A8 C-1433
087 57 C-1201 128 80 C-1255 169 A9 C-1434
088 58 C-1202 129 81 C-1256 170 AA C-1451
089 59 C-1203 130 82 C-1257 171 AB C-1452
090 5A C-1204 131 83 C-1258 172 AC C-1453
091 5B C-1205 132 84 C-1259 173 AD C-2001
092 5C C-1206 133 85 C-1260 174 AE C-2002
093 5D C-1211 134 86 C-1261 175 AF C-2003
094 5E C-1212 135 87 C-1262 176 B0 C-2004
095 5F C-1213 136 88 C-1263 177 B1 C-2005
096 60 C-1214 137 89 C-1264 178 B2 C-2006
097 61 C-1215 138 8A C-1265 179 B3 C-2201
098 62 C-1216 139 8B C-1266 180 B4 C-2202
099 63 C-1221 140 8C C-1267 181 B5 C-2203
100 64 C-1222 141 8D C-1268 182 B6 C-2204
101 65 C-1223 142 8E C-1269 183 B7 C-2211
102 66 C-1224 143 8F C-1270 184 B8 C-2212
103 67 C-1225 144 90 C-1271 185 B9 C-2213
104 68 C-1226 145 91 C-1301 186 BA C-2214
105 69 C-1227 146 92 C-1302 187 BB C-2220
106 6A C-1228 147 93 C-1303 188 BC C-2221
107 6B C-1229 148 94 C-1304 189 BD C-2222
108 6C C-1230 149 95 C-1305 190 BE C-2301
109 6D C-1231 150 96 C-1306 191 BF C-2302
110 6E C-1232 151 97 C-1307 192 C0 C-2303
111 6F C-1233 152 98 C-1308 193 C1 C-2304
112 70 C-1234 153 99 C-1309 194 C2 C-2401
113 71 C-1235 154 9A C-1310 195 C3 C-2402
114 72 C-1241 155 9B C-1311 196 C4 C-2403
115 73 C-1242 156 9C C-1321 197 C5 C-2404
116 74 C-1243 157 9D C-1322 198 C6 C-2411
117 75 C-1244 158 9E C-1323 199 C7 C-2412
118 76 C-1245 159 9F C-1324 200 C8 C-2413
119 77 C-1246 160 A0 C-1325 201 C9 C-2414

346 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

120 78 C-1247 No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item

bizhub PRO C6500


parameter (Code) parameter (Code)

/C6500P/C5500
(E0, E1) (E1)
202 CA C-2421 243 F3 C-2823 284 1C C-3913
203 CB C-2422 244 F4 C-2824 285 1D C-3914
204 CC C-2423 245 F5 C-2831 286 1E C-3915
205 CD C-2424 246 F6 C-2832 287 1F C-3916
206 CE C-2431 247 F7 C-2833 288 20 C-4101
207 CF C-2432 248 F8 C-2834 289 21 C-4102
208 D0 C-2433 249 F9 C-2840 290 22 C-4103
209 D1 C-2434 250 FA C-2841 291 23 C-4104
210 D2 C-2441 251 FB C-3101 292 24 C-4111
211 D3 C-2442 252 FC C-3102 293 25 C-4112
212 D4 C-2443 253 FD C-3103 294 26 C-4113
213 D5 C-2444 254 FE C-3104 295 27 C-4114
214 D6 C-2451 255 FF C-3301 296 28 C-4120
215 D7 C-2452 256 00 C-3302 297 29 C-4301
216 D8 C-2453 257 01 C-3303 298 2A C-4501
217 D9 C-2454 258 02 C-3501 299 2B C-4502
218 DA C-2461 259 03 C-3502 300 2C C-4503
219 DB C-2462 260 04 C-3503 301 2D C-4504
220 DC C-2463 261 05 C-3504 302 2E C-4511
221 DD C-2464 262 06 C-3505 303 2F C-4512
222 DE C-2470 263 07 C-3506 304 30 C-4513
223 DF C-2701 264 08 C-3507 305 31 C-4514
224 E0 C-2702 265 09 C-3508 306 32 C-4520
225 E1 C-2703 266 0A C-3801 307 33 C-4521
226 E2 C-2704 267 0B C-3802 308 34 C-4522
227 E3 C-2711 268 0C C-3803 309 35 C-4701
228 E4 C-2712 269 0D C-3804 310 36 C-4702
229 E5 C-2713 270 0E C-3805 311 37 C-4703
230 E6 C-2714 271 0F C-3806 312 38 C-4705
231 E7 C-2720 272 10 C-3901 313 39 C-4706
232 E8 C-2721 273 11 C-3902 314 3A C-4708
233 E9 C-2801 274 12 C-3903 315 3B C-4709
234 EA C-2802 275 13 C-3904 316 3C C-4711
235 EB C-2803 276 14 C-3905 317 3D C-4712
236 EC C-2804 277 15 C-3906 318 3E C-4713
237 ED C-2811 278 16 C-3907 319 3F C-4714
238 EE C-2812 279 17 C-3908 320 40 C-4715
239 EF C-2813 280 18 C-3909 321 41 C-4716
240 F0 C-2814 281 19 C-3910 322 42 C-4717
241 F1 C-2821 282 1A C-3911 323 43 C-4718
242 F2 C-2822 283 1B C-3912 324 44 C-4719

347
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item


bizhub PRO C6500

parameter (Code) parameter (Code) parameter (Code)


/C6500P/C5500

(E1) (E1) (E1)


325 45 C-4720 366 6E C-6721 407 97 C-D0E9
326 46 C-4721 367 6F C-6722 408 98 C-D0EA
327 47 C-4722 368 70 C-6723 409 99 C-D0EB
328 48 C-4723 369 71 C-6724 410 9A C-D0EC
329 49 C-4724 370 72 C-6725 411 9B C-D0ED
330 4A C-4725 371 73 C-6801 412 9C C-D0EE
331 4B C-4840 372 74 C-7001 413 9D C-D0EF
332 4C C-4850 373 75 C-8001 414 9E C-D0F0
333 4D C-5001 374 76 C-8101 415 9F C-E001
334 4E C-5002 375 77 C-8102 416 A0 C-E002
335 4F C-5003 376 78 C-8103 417 A1 C-E003
336 50 C-5004 377 79 C-8401 418 A2 C-E004
337 51 C-5005 378 7A C-8402 419 A3 C-E005
338 52 C-5010 379 7B C-8403 420 A4 C-E006
339 53 C-5011 380 7C C-8404 421 A5 C-E007
340 54 C-5301 380 7D C-8405 422 A6 C-0322
341 55 C-5302 382 7E C-8406 423 A7 C-2851
342 56 C-5303 383 7F C-8407 424 A8 C-2852
343 57 C-6101 384 80 C-C101 425 A9 C-2853
344 58 C-6202 385 81 C-C102 426 AA C-2861
345 59 C-6301 386 82 C-C103 427 AB C-2862
346 5A C-6701 387 83 C-C104 428 AC C-2863
347 5B C-6702 388 84 C-C106 429 AD C-2871
348 5C C-6703 389 85 C-C107 430 AE C-2872
349 5D C-6704 390 86 C-C108 431 AF C-2873
350 5E C-6705 391 87 C-C109 432 B0 C-1009
351 5F C-6706 392 88 C-C111 433 B1 C-1010
352 60 C-6707 393 89 C-C112 434 B2 C-1011
353 61 C-6708 394 8A C-C113 435 B3 C-1330
354 62 C-6709 395 8B C-C114 436 B4 C-1331
355 63 C-6710 396 8C C-C115 437 B5 C-1332
356 64 C-6711 397 8D C-C120 438 B6 C-1333
357 65 C-6712 398 8E C-D0E0 439 B7 C-1334
358 66 C-6713 399 8F C-D0E1 440 B8 C-1406
359 67 C-6714 400 90 C-D0E2 441 B9 C-1435
360 68 C-6715 401 91 C-D0E3 442 BA C-1436
361 69 C-6716 402 92 C-D0E4 443 BB C-1437
362 6A C-6717 403 93 C-D0E5 444 BC C-1454
363 6B C-6718 404 94 C-D0E6 445 BD C-1501
364 6C C-6719 405 95 C-D0E7 446 BE C-1502
365 6D C-6720 406 96 C-D0E8 447 BF C-1504

348 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item No. CSRC Item

bizhub PRO C6500


parameter (Code) parameter (Code) parameter (Code)

/C6500P/C5500
(E1) (E1) (E1)
448 C0 C-1505 466 D2 C-1523 484 E4 C-1546
449 C1 C-1506 467 D3 C-1524 485 E5 C-1547
450 C2 C-1507 468 D4 C-1525 486 E6 C-1548
451 C3 C-1508 469 D5 C-1526 487 E7 C-1549
452 C4 C-1509 470 D6 C-1527 488 E8 C-1550
453 C5 C-1510 471 D7 C-1528 489 E9 C-1551
454 C6 C-1511 472 D8 C-1530 490 EA C-1552
455 C7 C-1512 473 D9 C-1531 491 EB C-1553
456 C8 C-1513 474 DA C-1532 492 EC C-1554
457 C9 C-1514 475 DB C-1534 493 ED C-1555
458 CA C-1515 476 DC C-1537 494 EE C-1556
459 CB C-1516 477 DD C-1538 495 EF C-1557
460 CC C-1517 478 DE C-1540 496 F0 C-1558
461 CD C-1518 479 DF C-1541 497 F1 C-1559
462 CE C-1519 480 E0 C-1542 498 F2 C-1560
463 CF C-1520 481 E1 C-1543 499 F3 C-1561
464 D0 C-1521 482 E2 C-1544 500 F4 C-1562
465 D1 C-1522 483 E3 C-1545 501 F5 C-C116

J. SC data of time series


Confirm the latest 20 malfunction code, it is possible to confirm SC code, total count, date of occurrence, time
of occurrence and machine condition (00: Idling, 01: Scanner operating, 02: Printer operating, 03: Scanner and
printer operating).

1 349
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.6.3 Count of special parts (Parts Counter)


bizhub PRO C6500

Confirm and reset the parts life counter.


/C6500P/C5500

When a part is replaced, reset the counter of the part that has been replaced to manage the service history.

A. Procedure for registration, confirmation and reset

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [04 Counter/Data].
2. "Counter/Data Menu screen"
Press [03 Parts Counter].a
3. "Parts Counter Menu screen"
Press [01 Count of special parts].
4. "Special Parts Count/Touch screen"
Press [Next] or [Previous] to scroll the pages and check the counts.
5. Press [T] or [S] to select the part name you want to reset.
6. Press [Count Reset].
7. "Reset confirmation screen"
Press [Yes] to reset.
Press [No] to cancel and return to "Special Parts Count/Touch screen".
8. To register the parts to CMS, press the buttons on the left side of the parts you want to register tick off.
Note
• To display the CMS screen on the user screen, set 1 in the DIPSW15-1 setting.

B. List of special parts counter

Note
• Be sure to reset the parts counter after replacing any parts listed below. Otherwise, image failure
or jam may occur.
1) Dust-proof filter /1 assy: No.002 Dust-proof filter /1 (Right side)
2) Charging coronas /Y, /M, /C, and /K: No. 006 to 013 Charging coronas /Y, /M, /C, and /K
3) Drum cartridges /Y, /M, /C, and /K: No. 014 to 021 Drum cartridges /Y, /M, /C, and /K
4) Developer /Y, /M, /C, and /K: No. 022 to 029 Enclosed developing /Y, /M, /C, and /K
5) Belt cleaner blade: No.037 and 038 Belt cleaning blade
6) 1st transfer rollers /Y, /M, /C, and /K: No. 039 to 042 1st transfer rollers /Y, /M, /C, and /K
• Maximum count is 99,999,999.
• When the counter exceeds the limit, the color of the character changes into red.

350
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

No. CSRC Part name Part number Count condition

bizhub PRO C6500


parameter

/C6500P/C5500
(Z1)
001 00 Toner collection box A03UA365 *1
002 01 Dust-proof filter/1 (Right side) A03UA122 Counted with the combination of
003 02 Dust-proof filter/2 (Rear side) 65AA-142 print coverage, drive distance of the
developing roller, humidity, and so
on. Shows the count in percentage
with respect to the end of its parts
life.
Counter reset No.002 and 003 are
linked to each other.
004 03 — —
005 04 Charging dust proof filter 65AA-387 *1
006 05 Charging corona/Y (Page) A03UA460 *2 Resetting this counter also
resets No.007.
007 06 Charging corona/Y (Time %) A03UA460 Counts the charging time and
shows the count in percentage with
respect to the end of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.006.
008 07 Charging corona/M (Page) A03UA460 *2 Resetting this counter also
resets No.009.
009 08 Charging corona/M (Time %) A03UA460 Counts the charging time and
shows the count in percentage with
respect to the end of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.008.
010 09 Charging corona/C (Page) A03UA460 *2 Resetting this counter also
resets No.011.
011 0A Charging corona/C (Time %) A03UA460 Counts the charging time and
shows the count in percentage with
respect to the end of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.010.
012 0B Charging corona/K (Page) A03UA460 *1 Resetting this counter also
resets No.013.
013 0C Charging corona/K (Time %) A03UA460 Counts the charging time and
shows the count in percentage with
respect to the end of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.012.
014 0D Drum cartridge/Y (Page) A03UA330 *2 Resetting this counter also
resets No.015.

351
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. CSRC Part name Part number Count condition


bizhub PRO C6500

parameter
/C6500P/C5500

(Z1)
015 0E Drum cartridge/Y (Distance %) A03UA330 Compares the drive distance of the
drum with that of the Lubricant
applying roller and shows the larger
count number in percentage with
respect to the end of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.014.
016 0F Drum cartridge/M (Page) A03UA330 *2 Resetting this counter also
resets No.017.
017 10 Drum cartridge/M (Distance %) A03UA330 Compares the drive distance of the
drum with that of the Lubricant
applying roller and shows the larger
count number in percentage with
respect to the end of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.016.
018 11 Drum cartridge/C (Page) A03UA330 *2 Resetting this counter also
resets No.019.
019 12 Drum cartridge/C (Distance %) A03UA330 Compares the drive distance of the
drum with that of the Lubricant
applying roller and shows the larger
count number in percentage with
respect to the end of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.018.
020 13 Drum cartridge/K (Page) A03UA330 *1 Resetting this counter also
resets No.021.
021 14 Drum cartridge/K (Distance %) A03UA330 Compares the drive distance of the
drum with that of the Lubricant
applying roller and shows the larger
count number in percentage with
respect to the end of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.020.
022 15 Enclosed Developing /Y (Page) A04PT700 *2 Resetting this counter also
resets No.023.
023 16 Enclosed Developing /Y (Dis- A04PT700 Counts the drive distance of the devel-
tance %) oping roller and shows the count in
percentage with respect to the end
of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.022.
024 17 Enclosed Developing /M A04PT800 *2 Resetting this counter also
(Page) resets No.025.

352
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

No. CSRC Part name Part number Count condition

bizhub PRO C6500


parameter

/C6500P/C5500
(Z1)
025 18 Enclosed Developing /M (Dis- A04PT800 Counts the drive distance of the devel-
tance %) oping roller and shows the count in
percentage with respect to the end
of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.024.
026 19 Enclosed Developing /C (Page) A04PT900 *2 Resetting this counter also
resets No.027.
027 1A Enclosed Developing /C (Dis- A04PT900 Counts the drive distance of the devel-
tance %) oping roller and shows the count in
percentage with respect to the end
of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.026.
028 1B Enclosed Developing /K (Page) A04PT600 *1 Resetting this counter also
resets No.029.
029 1C Enclosed Developing /K (Dis- A04PT600 Counts the drive distance of the devel-
tance %) oping roller and shows the count in
percentage with respect to the end
of its parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.028.
030 1D Developing unit/Y A03UA370 *2
031 1E Developing unit/M A03UA370
032 1F Developing unit/C A03UA370
033 20 Developing unit/K A03UB390 *1
034 21 Transfer belt A03U5042
035 22 Transfer belt cleaning unit A03UA515 *1 Resetting this counter also
resets No.036 to No.038.
036 23 Toner collection sheet/1 65AA-293 *1
037 24 Belt cleaning blade (Page) A03U5530 *1 Resetting this counter also
resets No.038.
038 25 Belt cleaning blade (Distance A03U5530 Counts the drive distance of the transfer
%) belt and shows the count in percent-
age with respect to the end of its
parts life.
Resetting this counter also resets
No.037.
039 26 1st transfer roller/Y A03U5012 *2
040 27 1st transfer roller/M A03U5012
041 28 1st transfer roller/C A03U5012
042 29 1st transfer roller/K A03U5004 *1
043 2A 2nd transfer roller/U 65AA2611
044 2B Transfer belt separation claw 65AA-287

353
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. CSRC Part name Part number Count condition


bizhub PRO C6500

parameter
/C6500P/C5500

(Z1)
045 2C — —
046 2D — —
047 2E Separation claw solenoid 26NA8251 1 count for each paper exit in the
single side mode, 2 counts in the
double side mode.
048 2F 2nd transfer roller/L 65AA4501 *1
049 30 Separation discharging unit A03UA522
050 31 Transfer earth plate unit 65AA-456 1 count for each paper exit in the
single side mode, 2 counts in the
double side mode.
051 32 Fusing roller/2 A03U7202 *1
052 33 Fusing roller/L A03U7203
053 34 Fusing belt A03U7205
054 35 Belt regulating sleeve A03U7250
055 36 Paper exit roller/Up A03U7225 1 count for each paper exit in the
single side mode, 2 counts in the
double side mode.
056 37 Fusing limiter 65AA5365 *1
057 38 Insulating sleeve/U A03U7295
058 39 Fusing bearing/L 26NA5371
059 3A Insulating sleeve/L A03U7227
060 3B Fusing roller/1 A03U7201
061 3C Fusing drive gear/B A03U8082
062 3D Fusing bearing/1 A03U8078
063 3E Fusing drive gear/O A03U8095
064 3F Fusing regulating gear 65AA7747
065 40 Fusing duct assy A03UA780
066 41 Fusing bearing/2 56UA7507
067 42 Fusing drive gear/M A03U8093
068 43 Fusing lamp/U A03UM31
(A) (E) (F)
069 44 Fusing lamp/L A03UM32
(A) (E) (F)
070 45 Fusing temp sensor assy/U A03UA768
071 46 Fusing temp sensor assy/L A03UA737
072 47 Center fusing temp. sensor/U 65AA8801
073 48 Center fusing temp. sensor/L 65AA8802
074 49 Feed-reverse rubber (Tray-1) 25SA4096 1 count for each paper exit from tray 1.
075 4A Feed-reverse rubber (Tray-2) 25SA4096 1 count for each paper exit from tray 2.
076 4B Feed/reverse rubber (Tray-3) 25SA4096 1 count for each paper exit from tray 3.
077 4C Feed/reverse rubber (By-pass) 25SA4096 1 count for each paper exit from by-
pass.

354
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

No. CSRC Part name Part number Count condition

bizhub PRO C6500


parameter

/C6500P/C5500
(Z1)
078 4D Paper feed roller (Tray-1) 56AA-458 1 count for each paper exit from tray1.
079 4E Paper feed roller (Tray-2) 56AA-458 1 count for each paper exit from tray 2.
080 4F Paper feed roller (Tray-3) 56AA-458 1 count for each paper exit from tray 3.
081 50 Paper feed roller (By-pass) 65AA-520 1 count for each paper exit from by-
pass.
082 51 Paper feed clutch (Tray-1) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray1.
083 52 Paper feed clutch (Tray-2) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray 2.
084 53 Paper feed clutch (Tray-3) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray 3.
085 54 Paper feed clutch (By-pass) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from by-
pass.
086 55 Pre-regist. clutch (Tray-1) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray1.
087 56 Pre-regist. clutch (Tray-2) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray 2.
088 57 Pre-regist. clutch (Tray-3) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray 3.
089 58 Intermediate convey. clutch/1 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray
2 and 3.
090 59 Intermediate convey. clutch/2 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit in the
091 5A Intermediate convey. clutch/3 56AA8201 single side mode, 2 counts in the
double side mode.
092 5B Registration cleaning sheet 65AA-462 1 count for each paper exit in the
093 5C Registration roller 65LA-464 single side mode, 2 counts in the
094 5D Decurler roller A03U8605 double side mode.

095 5E Paper exit decurler roller A03U8926 1 count for each paper exit.
096 5F ADU conveyance clutch/1 A03UM201 0 count for each paper exit in the
097 60 ADU conveyance clutch/2 A03UM201 single side mode, 1 counts in the
098 61 ADU conveyance clutch/3 A03UM201 double side mode.

099 62 ADU pre-registration clutch A03UM201


100 63 Exposure ON time A03UM301 Accumulation of time lamp is on.
(unit: min.)
101 64 Main power switch 55GA8601 1 count each time the main power
switch turns ON the power.
102 65 Sub power switch A03UM601 1 count each time the sub power
switch turns ON the power.
103 66 Door switch 40AA8501 1 count each time the front door is
104 67 Toner supply door switch 13GG-802 opened.
105 68 — —
106 69 — —
107 6A — —
108 6B — —
109 6C — —
110 6D — —

355
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. CSRC Part name Part number Count condition


bizhub PRO C6500

parameter
/C6500P/C5500

(Z1)
111 6E Paper exit roller A0438907 1 count for each paper exit.
112 6F Paper exit guide roller/2 65AA4818 (with 0T-502 installed).
113 70 Paper holding roller 65AA4849
114 71 — —
115 72 — —
116 73 — —
117 74 — —
118 75 LCT paper feed roller A03X5652 1 count for each paper exit from tray
119 76 LCT feed/reverse roller A03X5653/5654 4 (LU).
120 77 LCT feed clutch 56AA8201
121 78 LCT pre-registration clutch 56AA8201
122 79 — —
123 7A — —
124 7B — —
125 7C — —
126 7D PFU paper feed rubber (Tray 4) A03X5652 1 count for each paper exit from tray
127 7E PFU feed/rev roller (Tray 4) A03X5653/5654 4 (PF).
128 7F PFU feed clutch (Tray 4) 56AA8201
129 80 PFU reverse clutch (Tray 4) 56AA8201
130 81 PFU paper feed rubber (Tray 5) A03X5652 1 count for each paper exit from tray
131 82 PFU feed/rev roller (Tray 5) A03X5653/5654 5 (PF).
132 83 PFU feed/reverse roller (Tray 5) 56AA8201
133 84 PFU reverse clutch (Tray 5) 56AA8201
134 85 PFU Intermediate Convery. 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray
clutch/1 4 (PF).
135 86 PFU Intermediate Convery. 56AA8201
clutch/2
136 87 PFU Intermediate Convery. 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray
clutch/3 5 (PF).
137 88 PFU Pre-registration clutch 56AA8201
138 89 PFU Horizontal convery. 56AA8201
clutch/1
139 8A PFU Horizontal convery. 56AA8201
clutch/2
140 8B — —
141 8C — —
142 8D — —
143 8E — —
144 8F Staple/Front 15AA4222 1 count for each paper exit in the
145 90 Staple/Back 15AA-540 staple mode. (FS-503)

356 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

No. CSRC Part name Part number Count condition

bizhub PRO C6500


parameter

/C6500P/C5500
(Z1)
146 91 Solenoid/A 56QA8251 1 count for each paper exit in the
147 92 Paper exit roller/A 122H4825 sort, non-sort or staple mode. (FS-
503)
148 93 — —
149 94 — —
150 95 — —
151 96 — —
152 97 Feed roller/A Top 50BA-574 1 count for each PI /Up paper feed.
153 98 Reverse rubber/Top 13QN-443
154 99 Feed roller/B Top 50BA-575
155 9A Feed roller/A Low 50BA-574 1 count for each PI /Lw paper feed.
156 9B Reverse rubber/Low 13QN-443
157 9C Feed roller/B Low 56BA-575
158 9D Punch motor assy 15AG-573 1 count for each paper exit in the
punch mode. (FD)
159 9E Solenoid/A (release 1) 56QA8251 1 count for each paper exit in the
punch or the folding mode for all
size. (FD)
160 9F Solenoid/A (release 2) 56QA8251 1.1 count for each paper exit in the
folding mode for all size. (FD)
2. 1 count for each paper exit in the
punch mode with 220mm or longer
size. (FD)
161 A0 Motor assy 129U-108 1 count for each paper exit to the
main tray. (FD)
162 A1 — —
163 A2 — —
164 A3 — —
165 A4 — —
166 A5 Solenoid (Lead) 15AV8252 1 count for each paper exit in the
sort and the non-sort mode of all
size. (LS)
167 A6 Solenoid (ReSr) 15AV8253 1 count for each paper exit in the
sort and the non-sort mode of all
size. (LS)
168 A7 Solenoid (Center) 15AV8251 1 count for each paper exit in the
sort and the non-sort mode with
226 (W) X 295 (L) mm or larger size.
(LS)
169 A8 Solenoid (Curl) 15AV8255 1 count for each paper exit in the
sort and the non-sort mode of all
size. (LS)

1 357
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. CSRC Part name Part number Count condition


bizhub PRO C6500

parameter
/C6500P/C5500

(Z1)
170 A9 Up/Down motor 15AV8003 Count operation times of the stacker
tray operate up/down. (LS)
171 AA — —
172 AB — —
173 AC — —
174 AD — —
175 AE — —
176 AF Staple/Right 15AN-550 1 count for each paper set exit in the
177 B0 Staple/Left 15AN-550 saddle stitch mode. (SD)
178 B1 Trimmer edge 15AN-570 1 count for each paper set exit in the
179 B2 Trimmer receiver 15AN5282 trimmer mode. (SD)
180 B3 Trimmer edge drive motor 15AN8002
181 B4 Convey solenoid 15AN8251 1 count for each paper conveyance
182 B5 Solenoid 13QE8251 to the folding section. (SD)
183 B6 FNS solenoid 12QR8252 1 count for each paper conveyance
to the right angle conveyance sec-
tion. (SD)
184 B7 Gear/B 15AN7719 1 count for each paper set exit to
the bundle exit tray. (SD)
185 B8 Paper adjusting unit 15AN5092 1 count for each paper set exit in the
trimmer mode. (SD)
186 B9 — —
187 BA — —
188 BB — —
189 BC FNS stapler /F 15JM-501 1 count for each paper set exit in the
190 BD FNS stapler /R 15JM-501 1-staple, 2-staple or the saddle
stitching mode. (FS-607)
191 BE FNS shift motor 12QR-361 1 count each time an even number of
print is exited in the sort mode. (FS-520/
607).
192 BF FNS exit opening motor 12QR-361 1 count for each starting job for the size
A4S and 81/2 x 11S, and 1count at exit-
ing these size in staple mode. (FS-520/
607).
1 count at starting the fold and saddle
stitch mode. (FS-607).
193 C0 FNS folding knife motor 13QJ-502 1 count for each paper exit in the
folding, saddle stitching and tri-fold-
ing mode. (FS-607)
194 C1 By-pass gate solenoid 12QR-263 1 count for each paper exit for the A4,
B5, 81/2 x 11 and 16K sizes in the staple
mode. (FS-520/607).

358 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

No. CSRC Part name Part number Count condition

bizhub PRO C6500


parameter

/C6500P/C5500
(Z1)
195 C2 FNS tri-folding gate SD 12QR-263 1 count for each paper exit in the tri-
folding mode. (FS-607)
196 C3 Paper exit roller /A 122H4825 1 count for each paper exit in the
197 C4 Paper exit roller /B A04D8904 main tray. (FS-520/FS-607)
198 C5 Conveyance exit roller /4 13QE4531 1 count for each paper exit in the
staple, folding and tri-folding mode.
(FS-520/FS-607)
199 C6 PI conveyance clutch/U 13QN8201 1 count for each PI/Up paper feed.
200 C7 PI feed roller /A/U 50BA-574 (PI)
201 C8 PI feed roller /B/U 13QN-446
202 C9 PI reverse roller /U 13QN-443
203 CA PI torque limiter /U 13QN4073
204 CB PI conveyance clutch/L 13QN8201 1 count for each PI/Lw paper feed.
205 CC PI feed roller /A/L 50BA-574 (PI)
206 CD PI feed roller /B/L 50BA-575
207 CE PI reverse roller /L 13QN-443
208 CF PI torque limiter /L 13QN4073
209 D0 Paper conveyance roller /A 20AK4210 1 count for each paper exit in the
staple, folding and tri-folding mode.
(FS-607)
210 D1 Staple Assy /Fr A07RA733 1 count for each paper set exit, in
either of the 1-staple at front or the
2-staple mode. (FS-520)
211 D2 Staple Assy /Rr A07RA734 1 count for each paper set exit, in
either of the 1-staple at rear or the
2-staple mode. (FS-520)
212 D3 PK punching unit (2 hole) ***** 1 count for each punch operation.
213 D4 PK punching unit (3 hole) ***** (PK)
214 D5 PK punching unit (4 hole) *****
215 — — —
216 D7 — —
217 D8 ADF paper feed roller 13YH4064 Original feed count in all modes. (DF)
218 D9 ADF feed roller 13YH4039 Original feed count in all modes. (DF)
219 DA ADF Dfeed prevention roller 20AJ4015
220 DB — —
221 DC — —
222 DD — —
223 DE — —
224 DF PB sub tray exit solenoid 15ANR714 1 count for each paper exit on the
sub tray.

2 359
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

No. CSRC Part name Part number Count condition


bizhub PRO C6500

parameter
/C6500P/C5500

(Z1)
225 E0 PB SC roller release motor 13GQ8005 1 count for each paper exit on the
226 E1 PB SC stopper solenoid 15AA8251 stacker.
227 E2 PB SC pressure arm solenoid A07B746
228 E3 PB switchback roller 13GQ4519 1 count for each paper exit
229 E4 PB pick-up roller 55VA-464 1 count for each book exit in PB tray
230 E5 PB paper feed roller, separa- 55VA-463 cover mode.
tion roller
231 E6 PB cover paper pick up clutch 56AA8201
232 E7 PB cover paper separation 56AA8201
clutch
233 E8 PB roller cutter blade assy A0756230 1 count for each book exit in cover
trimming mode.
234 E9 PB filter /1 A0753724 1 count for each paper exit
235 EA PB filter /2 A0753724
236 EB PB straight gate solenoid 56QA8251 1 count for each book exit except in
PB tray cover mode.
237 EC PB Melt tank ASSY A075A39A 1 count for each hour of the glue
(A) (E) (F) apply roller rotation.

*1 Count in all color modes


DIPSW 8-6 = 0: 1 count for each paper exit in the single side mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
= 1: For large size, 2 counts for each paper exit in the single side mode, 4 counts for double.

*2 Count only in the full color or mono color mode


DIPSW 8-6 = 0: 1 count for each paper exit in the single side mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.
= 1: For large size, 2 counts for each paper exit in the single side mode, 4 counts for double.

360 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.6.4 Count of each parts (Parts Counter)

bizhub PRO C6500


This is used when you want to manage the service history of parts that are not registered in the "Count of spe-

/C6500P/C5500
cial parts".
For 30 data from No. 01 up to 30, confirm and reset of the name, P/N (parts number), limit value and print
count.
• 1 count for each paper exit exits of all sizes.
• When the counter exceeds the limit, the color of the character changes into red.

A. Procedure for registration and confirmation


(1) Procedure

1. "Sservice Mode Menu screen"


Press [04 Counter/Data].
2. "Ccounter/Data Menu screen"
Press [03 Parts Counter].
3. "Parts Counter Menu screen"
Press [02 Count of each parts].
4. "Each Part Count/Touch screen"
Press [Next] or [Previous] to scroll the pages, and press [T] or [S] to select the data number.
5. Select either [Name Setting], [P/N Setting], or [Limit Setting].
6. Enter the data you want to set or change.
[Parts Name]: Enter the part name. (8 digits)
[P/N] Enter the part number. (9 digits)
[Limit]: Enter the limit value. (8 digits)
7. Press [OK] to update the data.
Press [Cancel] to cancel updating.
8. To register the parts to CMS, press the buttons on the left side of the parts you want to register to tick off.

Note
• To display the CMS screen on the user screen, set 1 in the DIPSW15-1 setting.

361
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Procedure of reset
bizhub PRO C6500

(1) Procedure
/C6500P/C5500

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [04 Counter/Data].
2. "Counter/Data Menu screen"
Press [03 Parts Counter].
3. "Parts Counter Menu screen"
Press [02 Count of each parts].
4. "Each Part Count/Touch screen"
Press [Next] or [Previous] to scroll the pages, and press [T] or [S] to select the items you want to set or
check.
5. Press [Count Reset].
6. "Reset confirmation screen"
Press [Yes] to reset.
Press [No] to cancel and return to "Each Part Count/Touch screen".

362
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

C. The relation ship between the data No. and the CSRC parameter

bizhub PRO C6500


No. Part name P/N Count Limit Start date

/C6500P/C5500
CSRC CSRC CSRC CSRC CSRC
parameter parameter parameter parameter parameter
(Z4) (Z3) (G0) (H0) (H3)
001 00 00 00 00 00
002 01 01 01 01 01
003 02 02 02 02 02
004 03 03 03 03 03
005 04 04 04 04 04
006 05 05 05 05 05
007 06 06 06 06 06
008 07 07 07 07 07
009 08 08 08 08 08
010 09 09 09 09 09
011 0A 0A 0A 0A 0A
012 0B 0B 0B 0B 0B
013 0C 0C 0C 0C 0C
014 0D 0D 0D 0D 0D
015 0E 0E 0E 0E 0E
016 0F 0F 0F 0F 0F
017 10 10 10 10 10
018 11 11 11 11 11
019 12 12 12 12 12
020 13 13 13 13 13
021 14 14 14 14 14
022 15 15 15 15 15
023 16 16 16 16 16
024 17 17 17 17 17
025 18 18 18 18 18
026 19 19 19 19 19
027 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A
028 1B 1B 1B 1B 1B
029 1C 1C 1C 1C 1C
030 1D 1D 1D 1D 1D

363
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.7 State Confirmation


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

10.7.1 I/O Check Mode


This mode provide self-diagnostic functions (input/output check function) to check the condition of input (check-
ing the each signal to sensors) and output (checking and adjustment of the load operation).

A. I/O Check Mode screen

[1] [2] [3] [4]


a03uf3e002ca

[1] I/O Check code [3] Input check


[2] Multi code [4] Output check

364
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.7.2 Input check

bizhub PRO C6500


Check input condition of each signal to the sensors.

/C6500P/C5500
A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [05 State Confirmation].
2. "State Confirmation Menu screen"
Press [01 I/O Check Mode].
3. "I/O Check Mode screen"
Enter an input check code with the numeric buttons.
4. Press Access key to switch to the multi mode.
5. Enter the multi code with the numeric buttons.
6. The condition of the sensor (000/001 etc.) is displayed in the message box "IN".
7. When executing another input check, repeat steps 3 to 6.

B. List of sensors

Name Display and signal source


Multi code
High voltage, analog signal Classification

Symbol
Code

001 (High) 000 (Low)

0 0 TEM/ Temperature-humidity sensor (machine inner Display of humidity (%)


HUMS humidity)
1 TEM/ Temperature-humidity sensor (machine inner Display of temperature (°C)
HUMS temperature)
3 TEMSB Temperature sensor board Display of temperature (°C)
5 TEM/ Temp/humidity sensor /2 (machine inner Display of humidity (%)
HUMS/2 humidity)
6 TEM/ Temp/humidity sensor /2 (machine inner Display of temperature (°C)
HUMS/2 temperature)
7 TEMS1 Registration temperature sensor
1 4 PZS/Y Piezoelectric sensor /Y Toner No toner
5 PZS/M Piezoelectric sensor /M
6 PZS/C Piezoelectric sensor /C
7 PZS/K Piezoelectric sensor /K
8 PS60 Waste toner door sensor Box No box
9 PS52 Waste toner full sensor Full Empty
11 0 PS31 Paper empty sensor /1 Paper No paper
Paper feed conveyance

1 PS37 Paper empty sensor /2


2 PS43 Paper empty sensor /3
3 PS47 Paper empty sensor /PB
4 PS108 Paper empty sensor (LU)
5 PS3 Paper empty sensor /1 (PF)
6 PS11 Paper empty sensor /2 (PF)
12 0 PS32 Paper near empty sensor /1
1 PS38 Paper near empty sensor /2

365
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Name Display and signal source


Paper feed conveyance Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)
/C6500P/C5500

12 2 PS44 Paper near empty sensor /3 Paper No paper


3 PS102/ Remaining paper sensor /1 to 4 (LU) Paper level indication (0 to 100
PS103/ (%)
PS104/
PS105
4 VR2 Remaining paper VR/1 (PF)
5 VR4 Remaining paper VR/2 (PF)
13 0 PS33 Paper size sensor /Fr1 OFF ON
1 PS34 Paper size sensor /Rr1
2 PS39 Paper size sensor /Fr2
3 PS40 Paper size sensor /Rr2
4 PS45 Paper size sensor /Fr3
5 PS46 Paper size sensor /Rr3
6 PS48 Paper size sensor /BP1
7 PS49 Paper size sensor /BP2
8 PS5 Paper size sensor /Rt1 (PF)
9 PS6 Paper size sensor /Lt1 (PF)
10 PS13 Paper size sensor /Rt2 (PF)
11 PS14 Paper size sensor /Lt2 (PF)
12 PS110 Paper size sensor /Rr (LU)
13 PS111 Paper size sensor /Fr (LU)
14 0 VR1 Paper size VR/1 Display of AD value
1 VR2 Paper size VR/2
2 VR3 Paper size VR/3
3 VR4 Paper size VR/BP
4 VR1 Paper size VR/1 (PF)
5 VR3 Paper size VR/2 (PF)
6 VR1 Paper size VR (LU)
16 0 PS30 Upper limit sensor /1 Upper limit Not at upper
1 PS36 Upper limit sensor /2 limit
2 PS42 Upper limit sensor /3
3 PS25 Upper limit sensor /BP
4 PS109/ Upper limit sensor/Lower limit sensor (LU)
PS101
5 PS1 Upper limit sensor /1 (PF)
6 PS9 Upper limit sensor /2 (PF)
18 1 PS65 ADU centering sensor Display top 8 bit out of 16bit
2 PS1 Centering sensor (LU)
3 PS25 Centering sensor (PF) Multi feed Other than
multi feed
19 0 PS29 Paper feed sensor /1 Paper No paper
1 PS35 Paper feed sensor /2

366 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Name Display and signal source

Paper feed conveyance Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)

/C6500P/C5500
19 2 PS41 Paper feed sensor /3 Paper No paper
3 PS26 Paper feed sensor /BP
4 PS106 Pre-registration sensor (LU)
5 PS2 Paper feed sensor /1
6 PS10 Paper feed sensor /2
20 0 PS107 LU exit sensor (LU)
1 PS23 ADU pre-registration sensor
2 PS61 ADU conveyance sensor
3 PS27 Intermediate conveyance sensor /1
4 PS28 Intermediate conveyance sensor /2
6 PS22 Registration sensor
7 PS50 Vertical conveyance sensor
8 PS13 Paper exit sensor
9 PS19 Reverse/exit sensor
10 PS21 ADU reverse sensor
11 PS12 Paper exit full sensor Full Other than full
12 PS20 ADU stop sensor Paper No paper
13 PS62 Decurler sensor
23 5 PS109/ Upper limit sensor/Lower limit sensor (LU) Upper limit Not at upper
6 PS101 limit
7 PS1 Upper limit sensor /1
8 PS9 Upper limit sensor /2
24 0 PS24 2nd transfer HP sensor Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion
25 0 PS18 Front door open/close sensor Open Close
1 PS51 Vertical conveyance door sensor
2 PS54 Toner supply door open/close sensor
3 PS14 Toner supply unit open/close sensor
5 MS2 Interlock switch /2 (LU) ON OFF
6 MS1 Interlock switch /1 (LU)
7 SW100 Tray down switch (LU)
8 PS22 Registration sensor Paper No paper
9 PS23 Front door open/close sensor Open Close
10 PS21 Horizontal conveyance door sensor /1 (PF)
11 PS24 Vertical door sensor (PF)
12 PS22 Horizontal conveyance door sensor /2 (PF)

1 367
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Name Display and signal source


Paper feed conveyance Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)
/C6500P/C5500

27 25 PS10 Paper exit pressure home sensor Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion
29 3 SD1 Belt separation claw solenoid Set Not set
11 PS20 Pre-registration sensor (PF) Paper No paper
12 PS18 Horizontal conveyance sensor/1
13 PS17 Vertical conveyance sensor/1 (PF)
14 PS16 Vertical conveyance sensor/2 (PF)
15 PS15 Vertical conveyance sensor/3 (PF)
16 PS18 Horizontal conveyance sensor/1 (PF)
26 TEMS/1 Temperature sensor /1 (in tray) Display of temperature (°C)
28 TEMS/2 Temperature sensor /2 (in tray)
30 TEMS1 Temperature sensor /1 (in tray) (LU)
30 0 PS1 Scanner HP sensor Home posi- Other than
Optical device

tion home posi-


tion
1 PS3 APS sensor /1 Paper No paper
2 PS4 APS sensor /2
3 PS2 APS timing sensor Open Close
33 0 INDEXB/ INDEVB/C Abnormal Normal
C
1 INDEXB/ INDEVB/M
M
2 INDEXB/ INDEVB/Y
Y
3 INDEXB/ INDEVB/K
K
4 INDEXB INDEVB /C, /M, /Y, /K It is abnormal
/C, /M, / if there is any
Y, /K of one or
more color.
38 5 PS1 Scanner HP sensor Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion

368
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Name Display and signal source

Main body Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)

/C6500P/C5500
45 0 TEMS/1 Temperature sensor /1 (Fusing upper heating Display of temperature (°C)
roller center)
1 TEMS/3 Temperature sensor /3 (Fusing upper heating
roller edge)
2 TEMS/2 Temperature sensor /2 (Fusing lower pres-
sure roller center)
3 TEMS/4 Temperature sensor /4 (Fusing lower pres-
sure roller edge)
4 TEMS/1 Temperature sensor /1 (Fusing upper roller
non-contact sensor correction)
5 TEMS/2 Temperature sensor /2 (Fusing lower roller
non-contact sensor correction)
8 TEMS/1 Fusing upper heating roller center detection
temperature (idling)
11 TEMS/1 Fusing upper heating roller center detection
temperature (when pressure release opera-
tion is powered ON)
12 TEMS/3 Fusing upper heating roller edge detection
temperature (when pressure release opera-
tion is powered ON)
14 TEMS/2 Fusing lower pressure roller center detection
temperature (when pressure release opera-
tion is powered ON)
47 3 PS16 Fusing release home sensor (when pressure Home posi- Other than
release operation is powered ON) tion home posi-
tion
4 Fusing release home sensor (at pressure
position move)
5 Fusing release home sensor (at release posi-
tion move)
6 PS64 Fusing loop sensor Paper No paper
48 0 PS15 1st transfer HP sensor Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion
50 12 TCRS/Y TCR sensor /Y output value (1/1 speed) 0 to 255
Specific function

13 TCRS/M TCR sensor /M output value (1/1 speed)


14 TCRS/C TCR sensor /C output value (1/1 speed)
15 TCRS/K TCR sensor /K output value (1/1 speed)
58 0 TCRS/Y TCR sensor /Y control voltage (1/1 speed)
1 TCRS/M TCR sensor /M control voltage (1/1 speed)
2 TCRS/C TCR sensor /C control voltage (1/1 speed)
3 TCRS/K TCR sensor /K control voltage (1/1 speed)
59 3 PS17 Fusing paper exit detection sensor Paper No paper

369
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Name Display and signal source


DF Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)
/C6500P/C5500

60 1 PS304 Original empty sensor Original No original


2 PS301 Original registration sensor
3 PS302 Timing sensor
4 PS305 Original reverse sensor
5 PS306 Original exit sensor
6 PS303 Original paper feed cover sensor Open Close
7 PS308 Conveyance cover sensor Close Open
8 PS307 Paper exit cover sensor Open Close
9 RS Tray open/close sensor
70 1 PS1 FD entrance sensor No paper Paper
FD

2 PS4 PI exit sensor Paper No paper


3 PS5 Punch conveyance sensor No paper Paper
4 PS7 Main tray folding paper full sensor Other than full Full
5 PS8 2 holes punch home sensor Other than Home posi-
6 PS9 3 holes/4 holes home sensor home posi- tion
tion
7 PS10 Alignment plate home sensor Home posi- Other than
8 PS11 Punch registration home sensor tion home posi-
tion
9 PS12 Punch scraps box set sensor Set Not set
10 PS13 Intermediate conveyance detection 1 Paper No paper
11 PS16 Sub tray paper exit sensor
12 PS17 Sub tray paper full sensor Other than full Full
13 PS18 Main tray paper exit sensor Paper No paper
14 PS20 Main tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Not at upper
limit
15 PS22 Main tray lower limit sensor Lower limit Not at lower
limit
16 PS23 Main tray empty sensor No paper Paper
17 PS26 Punch scraps full sensor Other than full Full
22 PS2 Folding exit sensor Paper No paper
23 CN90 Main tray connection recognition (CN90 con- Non-connec- Connection
nection) tion
24 PS51 1st folding conveyance sensor No paper Paper
25 PS52 Folding entrance sensor
26 PS53 2nd folding conveyance sensor
27 PS54 3rd folding conveyance sensor
28 PS55 1st folding cam home sensor No pressure pressure
29 PS56 2nd folding cam home sensor
30 PS57 3rd folding cam home sensor
31 PS58 S size conveyance sensor Paper No paper

370
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Name Display and signal source

FD Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)

/C6500P/C5500
70 32 PS6 Punch registration sensor Paper No paper
33 FDOB Staple selection switch OFF ON
34 Punch selection switch
35 Folding selection switch
36 START/STOP switch
37 Multi feed function select switch
39 PS46 Sub tray fold paper full sensor Full Other than full
40 PS31 PI conveyance sensor /Up Paper No paper
41 PS37 PI conveyance sensor /Lw
42 PS32 PI upper limit sensor /Up Upper limit Not at upper
limit
43 PS33 PI paper empty sensor /Up Other than full Full
44 PS34 PI lift plate home sensor /Up Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion
45 PS35 L size sensor /Up No paper Paper
46 PS36 S size sensor /Up
48 PS38 PI upper limit sensor /Lw Upper limit Not at upper
limit
49 PS39 PI paper empty sensor /Lw Other than full Full
50 PS40 PI lift plate home sensor /Lw Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion
51 PS41 L size sensor /Lw No paper Paper
52 PS42 S size sensor /Lw
53 PS43 PI cover open/close sensor close open
54 PS44 PI paper set sensor /Up No paper Paper
55 PS45 PI paper set sensor /Lw
61 PS47 PI max paper size sensor /Up
62 PS48 PI max paper size sensor /Lw
71 1 PS1 Entrance sensor Paper No paper
SD

2 PS2 Horizontal conveyance sensor /1


3 PS3 Horizontal conveyance sensor /2
4 PS4 Horizontal conveyance exit sensor
5 PS5 Right angle conveyance sensor /1 No paper Paper
6 PS6 Right angle conveyance sensor /2
7 PS7 Folding sensor /1 No paper Paper
8 PS8 Folding passage sensor Paper No paper
9 PS17 Overlap home sensor Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion

371
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Name Display and signal source


SD Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)
/C6500P/C5500

71 10 PS18 Folding main scan alignment home sensor / Other than Home posi-
Fr1 home posi- tion
11 PS49 Folding main scan alignment home sensor / tion
Fr2
12 PS20 1st folding blade home sensor /1
13 PS21 1st folding blade home sensor /2 Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion
14 PS22 2nd folding blade home sensor/1 Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
15 PS23 2nd folding blade home sensor /2 Home posi- Other than
16 PS24 Folding exit home sensor tion home posi-
tion
17 PS9 Tri-folding exit sensor Paper No paper
18 PS10 Tri-folding paper full sensor Other than full Full
19 PS11 Sub tray exit sensor Paper No paper
20 PS12 Sub tray paper full sensor Other than full Full
21 PS44 Folding sensor /2 No paper Paper
22 PS19 Folding main scan alignment home sensor / Home posi- Other than
Rr tion home posi-
23 PS46 Guide shaft home sensor tion
24 HS2/ Clincher start sensors /Rt and /Lt No clinch Clinch
HS4
33 PS13 Saddle stitching paper sensor No paper Paper
34 PS14 Bundle sensor /1
35 PS15 Bundle sensor /2
36 PS16 Bundle registration plate home sensor Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
37 PS25 Stapler movement home sensor Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion
38 PS26 Clincher up down home sensor Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
39 PS27 Saddle stitching press home sensor Home posi- Other than
40 PS28 Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt tion home posi-
41 PS29 Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt tion

42 PS33 Bundle clip upper limit sensor Upper limit Not at upper
limit
43 PS30 Bundle clip lower limit sensor Lower limit Not at lower
limit

372
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Name Display and signal source

SD Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)

/C6500P/C5500
71 44 PS32 Bundle arm home sensor Home posi- Other than
45 PS31 Bundle arm rotation home sensor tion home posi-
46 PS34 Bundle registration home sensor tion

47 PS35 Bundle press stage up down home sensor


48 PS45 Bundle press stage up down upper limit sen- Upper limit Not at upper
sor limit
49 PS37 Bundle press home sensors Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
50 PS47 Bundle press lower limit sensor Not at lower Lower limit
limit
51 PS48 Scraps press home sensor Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
52 PS40 Scraps box set sensor Set Not set
53 PS41 Trimmer scraps full sensor Other than full Full
54 PS36 Bundle press movement home sensor Home posi- Other than
55 PS38 Bundle arm assist home sensor tion home posi-
tion
56 PS39 Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor Not at upper Upper limit
limit
57 SW1 Stapler empty switch /Rt No staple Staple
58 SW2 Stapler empty switch /Lt
59 HS1 Stapler home sensor /Rt Other than Home posi-
60 HS3 Stapler home sensor /Lt home posi- tion
tion
61 PS50 Trimmer blade home sensor Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion
62 PS51 Trimmer blade upper limit sensor Not at upper Upper limit
limit
63 PS52 Trimmer press upper limit sensor
64 PS53 Trimmer press home sensor Lower limit Not at lower
limit
65 PS42 Front door sensor /Rt Open Close
66 PS43 Front door sensor /Lt
67 PS54 Bundle sensor /4 Paper No paper
68 PS55 Trimmer registration sensor Registration Other than
position registration
position
69 PS56 Folding sub scan alignment home sensor Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion

373
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Name Display and signal source


SD Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)
/C6500P/C5500

71 70 PS57 Bundle exit sensor /2 No paper Paper


71 PS58 Bundle tray set sensor Not set Set
72 PS59 Trimmer board replacement sensor Replace Not replace
75 PS61 Bundle tray paper full sensor Full Other than full
77 PS60 Folding entrance sensor No paper Paper
72 1 PS35 Rear stopper home sensor Home posi- Other than
FS-503

2 PS33 Intermediate roller home sensor tion home posi-


3 PS32 Stack assist home sensor tion

4 PS14 Stapler rotation home sensor Other than Home posi-


home posi- tion
tion
5 PS11 Stapler movement home sensor Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion
6 PS34 Staple scraps box set sensor Set Not set
7 PS30 Sub tray paper full sensor Other than full Full
8 PS1 Sub tray paper exit sensor Paper No paper
9 PS5 Stacker entrance sensor
10 PS4 FNS entrance sensor No paper Paper
11 PS15 Counter reset sensor Reset posi- Other than
tion reset position
12 PS12 Paper exit opening sensor Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
13 PS10 Main tray paper exit sensor Paper No paper
14 PS3 Tray lower limit sensor Lower limit Not at lower
limit
15 PS7 Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor Not at upper Upper limit
limit
16 PS2 Tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Not at upper
limit
21 PS47 Staple ready sensor /Fr Other than Ready
ready
22 PS43 Cartridge set sensor /Fr No cartridge Cartridge
23 PS45 Staple empty sensor /Fr No staple No staple
24 PS41 Stapler home sensor /Fr Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
25 PS46 Staple ready sensor /Rr Other than Ready
ready
26 PS42 Cartridge set sensor /Rr No cartridge Cartridge
27 PS44 Staple empty sensor /Rr No staple Staple

374
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Name Display and signal source

FS-503 Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)

/C6500P/C5500
72 28 PS40 Stapler home sensor /Rr Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
30 PS20 Stacker empty sensor No paper Paper
31 PS9 Paper exit arm home sensor Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
32 MS1 Door switch Open Close
33 PS31 Alignment home sensor /Fr Home posi- Other than
34 PS8 Alignment home sensor /Rr tion home posi-
tion
72 1 PS1 Sub tray paper exit sensor Paper No paper
FS-520/607

2 PS4 FNS Entrance sensor No paper Paper


3 PS19 Sub tray full sensor Full Other than full
4 PS12 Paper exit opening home sensor Other than Closed
the closed position
position
5 PS16 Gate home sensor Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
6 PS6 Main tray paper exit sensor Paper No paper
7 PS18 Shift roller home sensor Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
10 PS3 Main tray lower limit sensor Lower limit Not at lower
limit
12 PS2 Main tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Not at upper
limit
13 PS7 Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor Other than Stand-by
the stand-by position
position
14 PS15 Counter reset sensor Paper No paper
17 PS5 Stacker entrance sensor
18 PS8 Alignment home sensor /Up Home posi- Other than
19 PS9 Paper exit belt home sensor tion home posi-
20 PS11 Stapler movement home sensor tion

21 PS13 Stapler rotation home sensor (FS-607 only)


22 PS14 Clincher rotation home sensor (FS-607 only)
23 PS20 Stacker empty sensor Paper No paper
24 MS1 Door switch Open Close
25 PS31 Stapler motor home sensor /Fr Other than Home posi-
26 PS30 Stapler motor home sensor /Rr home posi- tion
tion

1 375
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Name Display and signal source


FS-520/607 Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)
/C6500P/C5500

72 27 SW4 Staple empty switch /Fr No staple Staple


28 SW2 Staple empty switch /Rr
29 SW4 Staple empty switch /Fr (crown staple)
30 SW2 Staple empty switch /Rr (crown staple)
31 SW3 Cartridge switch /Fr No cartridge Cartridge
32 SW1 Cartridge switch /Rr
35 PS33 Clincher motor home sensor /Fr (FS-607 Other than Home posi-
only) home posi- tion
36 PS32 Clincher motor home sensor /Rr (FS-607 tion
only)
41 PS22 Folding knife home sensor (FS-607 only) Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
42 PS23 Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (FS- Home posi- Other than
607 only) tion home posi-
43 PS24 Alignment home sensor /Lw (FS-607 only) tion
44 PS25 Folding paper exit sensor (FS-607 only) Paper No paper
45 PS26 Folding pass-through sensor (FS-607 only)
46 PS29 Folding full sensor (FS-607 only) Full Other than full
49 PS201 Paper pass-through sensor /Up (PI) Paper No paper
50 PS206 Paper pass-through sensor /Lw (PI)
57 PS301 Punch home sensor (PK) Other than Home posi-
home posi- tion
tion
58 PS306 Punch encoder sensor (PK) Light blocking Exposure
59 PS302 Punch scraps box full sensor (PK) Other than full Full
60 PS304 Punch scraps box set sensor (PK) set Not set
61 PS303 Punch shift home sensor (PK) Home posi- Other than
tion home posi-
tion
62 PS305 Swing edge face detection 5 (PK) Paper No paper
63 Swing edge face detection 4 (PK)
64 Swing edge face detection 3 (PK)
65 Swing edge face detection 2 (PK)
66 Swing edge face detection 1 (PK)
73 PS202 Paper empty sensor /Up (PI) No paper Paper
74 PS203 Paper set sensor /Up (PI)
75 PS205 Tray upper limit sensor /Up (Upper stage) (PI) Not at upper Upper limit
limit
76 PS204 Tray lower limit sensor /Up (Upper stage) (PI) Not at lower Lower limit
limit

376 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Name Display and signal source

FS-520/607 Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)

/C6500P/C5500
72 77 PIOB Sheet feeder manual start/clear SW (PI) OFF ON
78 Sheet feeder manual punch button SW (PI)
79 Sheet feeder manual function selection but-
ton SW (PI)
80 MS201 Cover sheet open/close detection (PI) Open Close
81 PS207 Paper empty sensor /Lw (PI) No paper Paper
82 PS212 Paper set sensor /Lw (PI)
83 PS209 Tray upper limit sensor /Lw (lower stage tray) Upper limit Not at upper
(PI) limit
84 PS210 Tray lower limit sensor /Lw (lower stage tray) Lower limit Not at lower
(PI) limit
86 PS208 L sizesensor /Lw (PI) No paper Paper
73 1 PS4 Entrance sensor Paper No paper
LS

2 PS11 Sub tray paper exit sensor


3 PS7 Conveyance sensor /1
4 PS16 Conveyance sensor /2 (LS-501 only)
5 PS17 Conveyance sensor /3 (LS-501 only)
6 PS18 Tandem exit sensor (LS-501 only)
7 PS3 Stacker tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Not at upper
limit
8 PS6 Paper empty sensor Full Other than full
9 PS13 2000 sheets stacked sensor ON OFF
10 PS19 Paper detection sensor
11 PS14 5000 sheets stacked sensor
12 PS9 Sub tray full sensor Full Other than full
13 PS1 Stacker tray set sensor Set Not set
14 RS1 Hand cart reset switch
15 PS15 Stacker tray arm release sensor ON OFF
16 TOB Paper exit switch
17 MS1 Door switch Open Close
18 RS2 JAM door switch
19 PS8 Sub tray door sensor
20 MS2 Stacker tray upper limit switch Upper limit Not at upper
limit
21 MS3 Stacker tray lower limit switch Lower limit Not at lower
limit
22 PS12 Alignment home sensor Home posi- Other than
23 PS11 Shift unit home sensor tion home posi-
tion
24 PS5 Grip conveyance home sensor

1 377
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Name Display and signal source


RU Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)
/C6500P/C5500

75 41 PS2 Intermediate sensor Paper No paper


42 MS1 Interlock switch ON OFF
46 PS1 Entrance sensor Paper No paper
48 PS3 Paper exit sensor
77 01 PS1 Entrance sensor No paper Paper
PB

02 PS2 SC entrance sensor


03 PS3 Cover paper entrance sensor
04 PS4 Sub tray exit sensor
05 PS5 Sub tray full sensor Other than full Full
06 M2 Intermediate conveyance motor Abnormal Normal
07 M91 Sub tray exit motor Normal Abnormal
08 PS12 SC switchback arm pressure detection sen- OFF ON
sor
09 PS13 SC switchback spring pressure detection sensor ON OFF
10 PS14 SC alignment HP sensor Home Other than
position home position
11 PS16 SC paper detection sensor No paper Paper
12 PS17 SC roller release sensor Press the Release the
roller roller
13 PS18 Clamp entrance movement HP sensor Home Other than
position home position
14 PS19 Clamp entrance roller release sensor Press the Release the
roller roller
15 PS21 Clamp alignment HP sensor Home Other than
16 PS22 Clamp HP sensor position home position
17 PS23 Clamp pressure sensor ON OFF
18 PS24 Clamp rotation HP sensor Home Other than
position home position
19 PS25 Clamp rotation pressure sensor Pressurize Not pressur-
ize
20 PS26 Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Fr Upper limit Not at upper
21 PS27 Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Rr limit
22 PS28 Clamp paper sensor No paper Paper
23 PS29 Book thickness sensor Detection No detection
24 PS31 Glue tank movement limit sensor Upper limit is Not reached
reached
25 PS32 Glue apply position detection sensor No paper Paper
26 PS33 Glue tank HP sensor Home Other than
position home position
27 PS36 Pellet remain sensor No Pellet Pellet
28 PS37 Pellet count sensor No detection Detection

378 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Name Display and signal source

PB Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)

/C6500P/C5500
77 29 PS38 Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor Upper limit Not at upper
limit
30 PS39 Pellet supply arm lower limit sensor Lower limit Not at lower
limit
31 M32 Glue apply roller motor Normal Abnormal
32 PS3 Paper exit sensor No paper Paper
33 PS41 Cover paper alignment HP sensor Home Other than
34 PS42 Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Rt position home position
35 PS43 Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Lt
36 PS44 Cover paper switchback sensor No paper Paper
37 PS45 Cover paper sensor /Rt No paper Paper
38 PS46 Cover paper sensor /Lt
39 PS47 Cover paper table HP sensor /Fr Other than Home
40 PS53 Cover paper table HP sensor /Rr home position position
41 PS48 Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Rt Home Other than
42 PS49 Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Lt position home position
43 PS50 Cover paper folding plate encorder sensor Detection No detection
44 PS51 Cover paper folding plate position sensor At the refer- Not at the
ence position position
45 PS52 Cover paper folding pressure sensor Pressurize Not pressur-
ize
46 SW41 Cutter HP sensor Other than Home
home position position
47 SW42 Cutter HP sensor Other than end End position
position
48 MS2 Front door switch Close Open
49 PS57 Stacker door sensor Close Open
50 PS61 Book end sensor Detection No detection
51 PS62 Cover paper conveyancebelt movement HP Home Other than
sensor position home position
52 PS63 Cover paper belt HP sensor
53 PS64 Cover paper belt lower limit sensor Lower limit Not at lower
limit
54 PS65 Book load limit sensor Not at upper Upper limit
limit
55 PS66 Book sensor /1 No paper Paper
56 PS67 Book sensor /2
57 PS68 Book stopper HP sensor Home Other than
position home position
58 PS69 Cart set sensor Set Not set
59 OB/2 Book stock operation board SW OFF SW ON
60 — — — —

2 379
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Name Display and signal source


PB Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)
/C6500P/C5500

77 61 SW1 Upper door switch Open Close


62 M81 Exhaust fan /2 Abnormal Normal
63 M4 Pellet supply cooling fan
64 PBCB FNS connection detection signal Connected Not
connected
65 — Cover paper tray set detection signal Not set Set
66 PS71 Cover paper empty sensor No paper Paper
67 — power cord connection detection signal Connected Not
connected
68 PS74 Cover paper tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Not at upper
limit
69 PS75 Cover paper conveyance sensor /1 No paper Paper
70 PS76 Cover paper conveyance sensor /2
71 PS77 Cover paper conveyance sensor /3
72 PS78 Cover paper conveyance sensor /4
73 PS79 Cover paper conveyance sensor /5
74 PS80 Waste box full sensor Other than full Full
75 PS81 Waste box set sensor Set Not set
76 M71 Cover paper tray fan /1 Abnormal Normal
77 M72 Cover paper tray fan /2
78 M74 Cover paper feed motor Abnormal Normal
79 M80 Exhaust fan /1
80 PS82 Cover paper tray knob sensor Locked Unlocked
81 TH2 Glue tank temperature sensor /up 0 to 255
82 TH3 Glue tank temperature sensor /Md 0 to 255
83 TH4 Glue tank temperature sensor /Md 0 to 255
84 TH1 Glue apply roller temperature sensor 0 to 255
85 OB/1 Manual operation board Glue apply Glue apply
SW OFF SW ON
86 OB/1 Manual operation board Alignment Alignment
SW OFF SW ON
87 OB/1 Manual operation board Start SW OFF Start SW
ON
88 MS1 Pellet supply door switch Close Open
89 TH1 Glue apply roller temperature sensor (over- Abnormal Normal
heat abnormality)
90 TH1 Glue apply roller temperature sensor
(low-temperature abnormality)
91 TH2 Glue tank temperature sensor /up
(overheat abnormality)
92 TH2 Glue tank temperature sensor /up
(low-temperature abnormality)

380 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Name Display and signal source

PB Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
001 (High) 000 (Low)

/C6500P/C5500
77 93 TH3 Glue tank temperature sensor /Md Abnormal Normal
(overheat abnormality)
94 Glue tank temperature sensor /Md
(low-temperature abnormality)
95 TH Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw
(overheat abnormality)
96 Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw
(low-temperature abnormality)

10.7.3 Output check


Load operations can be checked and adjusted (output check) using this output check.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [05 State Confirmation].
2. "State Confirmation Menu screen"
Press [01 I/O Check Mode].
3. "I/O Check Mode screen"
Enter an output check code with the fine numeric keys.
4. Press [Access] key to switch to the multi mode.
5. Enter the multi code with the fine numeric buttons.
6. Press the Start key.
The specified loading operates.
7. Press the Stop key.
The specified loading stops.
8. When executing another output check of the signal or loading operation, repeat steps 3 to 7.

B. List of loads
High voltage, analog signal Classification

Multi code

Symbol
Code

Name Restrictive conditions

0 0 L1 Exposure lamp
1 0 M53, Toner bottle motor, toner bottle clutch /Y
MC14
3 M53, Toner bottle motor, toner bottle clutch /M
MC15
6 M53, Toner bottle motor, toner bottle clutch /C
MC16
9 M53, Toner bottle motor, toner bottle clutch /K
MC17

2 381
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

High voltage, analog signal Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
/C6500P/C5500

2 0 HV/1 High voltage unit /1 (charging/Y) No use allowed in the


1 High voltage unit /1 (charging/M) field.
2 High voltage unit /1(charging/C)
3 High voltage unit /1 (charging/K)
3 0 HV/2 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/Y)
1 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/M)
2 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/C)
3 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/K)
4 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/Y, /M, /C, /K)
7 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer/K)
4 0 HV/2 High voltage unit /2 (separation)
1 High voltage unit /2 (separation: for measurement)
5 0 PS11 PGC sensor output voltage Number between 0 and
2 PS8, PS9 Color registration sensor output voltage 255 is displayed on [IN]
5 PS11 PGC sensor output voltage area of the screen

6 PS8, PS9 Color registration sensor


15 1 — CSRC, data collection counter clear When
2 Mode memory clear DIPSW3-6
98 CS Remote Care memory initialization Used in is OFF, these
CSRC function do
setting not work.

18 1 PS65 ADU centering sensor


2 PS1 Centering sensor (LU) Number between 0 and
3 PS25 Centering sensor (PF) 255 is displayed on [IN]
area of the screen
4 MFDT Multi feed detection board /S, /R (PF)
B/S, /R
20 0 SD7 Pick-up solenoid /1
Paper feed conveyance

1 SD8 Pick-up solenoid /2


2 SD9 Pick-up solenoid /3
4 SD5 Pick-up solenoid /BP
5 SD100 Pick-up solenoid (LU)
6 SD1 Pick-up solenoid /1 (PF)
7 SD5 Pick-up solenoid /1 (PF)
21 0 MC7 Paper feed clutch /1
1 MC9 Paper feed clutch /2
2 MC11 Paper feed clutch /3
4 MC6 Paper feed clutch /BP
5 MC101 Paper feed clutch (LU)
6 MC1 Paper feed clutch /1 (PF)
7 MC4 Paper feed clutch /1 (PF)

382 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Paper feed conveyance Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions

/C6500P/C5500
22 0 MC8 Pre-registration clutch /1
1 MC10 Pre-registration clutch /2
2 MC12 Pre-registration clutch /3
5 MC102 Pre-registration clutch (LU)
23 0 M38 Paper lift motor /1
1 M39 Paper lift motor /2
2 M40 Paper lift motor /3
3 M35 Paper lift motor /BP (down)
4 M35 Paper lift motor /BP (up)
5 M100 Paper lift motor (LU: down)
6 Paper lift motor (LU: up)
7 M2 Paper lift motor /1 (PF)
8 M3 Paper lift motor /2 (PF)
24 0 M34 2nd transfer pressure/release motor
1 2nd transfer pressure (pressure position 1)
2 2nd transfer pressure (pressure position 2)
3 2nd transfer release
25 0 M30 Registration motor (1/2 speed)
1 Registration motor (2/3 speed)
2 Registration motor (1/1 speed)
3 Registration motor (paper feed line speed)
4 Registration motor (Hard timer ON: 1/1 speed)
26 0 M31 Loop motor (1/2 speed)
1 Loop motor (2/3 speed)
2 Loop motor (1/1 speed)
3 Loop motor (paper feed line speed)
27 0 M33 Reverse/exit motor (Forward rotation: 1/2 speed)
1 Reverse/exit motor (Forward rotation: 2/3 speed)
2 Reverse/exit motor (Forward rotation: 1/1 speed)
3 Reverse/exit motor (Forward rotation: Max. speed)
4 Reverse/exit motor (Reverse rotation: 1/2 speed)
5 Reverse/exit motor (Reverse rotation: 2/3 speed)
6 Reverse/exit motor (Reverse rotation: 1/1 speed)
7 Reverse/exit motor (Reverse rotation: Max. speed)
10 M55 Decurler motor (Forward rotation: 1/2 speed)
11 Decurler motor (Forward rotation: 2/3 speed)
12 Decurler motor (Forward rotation: 1/1 speed)
13 Decurler motor (Forward rotation: Max. speed)
14 Decurler motor (Reverse rotation: 1/2 speed)
15 Decurler motor (Reverse rotation: 2/3 speed)

383
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Paper feed conveyance Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
/C6500P/C5500

27 16 M55 Decurler motor (Reverse rotation: 1/1 speed)


17 Decurler motor (Reverse rotation: Max. speed)
20 M54 Paper exit motor (Forward rotation: 1/2 speed)
21 Paper exit motor (Forward rotation: 2/3 speed)
22 Paper exit motor (Forward rotation: 1/1 speed)
23 Paper exit motor (Forward rotation: Max. speed)
25 Paper exit motor (Reverse rotation: continuous)
26 Paper exit motor (Reverse rotation: HP position)
27 Paper exit motor (Reverse rotation: high pressure
amount)
28 Paper exit motor (Reverse rotation: medium pres-
sure amount)
29 Paper exit motor (Reverse rotation: low pressure
amount)
28 0 M41 Paper feed motor
1 M1 Paper feed motor (LU)
2 M1 Paper feed motor (PF)
29 0 MC13 Intermediate conveyance clutch /1
1 MC4 Intermediate conveyance clutch /2
2 MC5 Intermediate conveyance clutch /3
3 SD1 Belt separation claw solenoid
5 FM1, Paper feed assist fan /Fr, /Rr (LU)
FM2
6 SD4 Tray lock solenoid /1 (PF)
7 FM3, Paper feed assist fan /Fr12, /Rr12 (Tray 4) (PF)
FM4
8 FM1, Paper feed assist fan /Fr11, /Rr11 (Tray 4) (PF)
FM2
9 FM7, Paper feed assist fan /Fr22, /Rr22 (Tray 5) (PF)
FM8
10 FM5, Paper feed assist fan /Fr21, /Rr21 (Tray 5) (PF)
FM6
11 MC12 Pre-registration clutch (PF)
12 MC7 Vertical conveyance clutch /1 (PF)
13 MC8 Vertical conveyance clutch /2 (PF)
14 MC9 Vertical conveyance clutch /3 (PF)
15 MC10 Horizontal conveyance clutch /1 (PF)
16 MC11 Horizontal conveyance clutch /2 (PF)
17 SD2, Shutter solenoid /Fr1, /Rr1 (PF)
SD3
19 SD6, Shutter solenoid /Fr2, /Rr2 (PF)
SD7

384
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Paper feed conveyance Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions

/C6500P/C5500
29 21 SD4 Tray lock solenoid /1 (PF)
22 SD8 Tray lock solenoid /2 (PF)
23 MC2 Separation clutch /1 (PF)
24 MC5 Separation clutch /2 (PF)
25 FM9, Ventilation fan/1, /2 (PF)
FM10
26 HTR3, Fan heater /Up, Dehumidifier fan /1, /2 (HT)
FM11,
FM12
28 HTR4, Fan heater, Dehumidifier fan /3, /4 (HT)
FM13,
FM14
30 HTR1 Temperature adjustment tray 33°C, Heat pipe
70°C (tray 4) (LU)
32 0 M3 Polygon motor /Y (1/1 rotation)
1 M4 Polygon motor /M (1/1 rotation)
2 M5 Polygon motor /C (1/1 rotation)
3 M6 Polygon motor /K (1/1 rotation)
4 M3, Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K (1/1 rotation)
M4,
M5,
M6
5 M3 Polygon motor /Y (rotates at adjustment value)
6 M4 Polygon motor /M (rotates at adjustment value)
7 M5 Polygon motor /C (rotates at adjustment value)
8 M6 Polygon motor /K (rotates at adjustment value)
9 M3, Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K
M4, (rotates at adjustment value)
M5,
M6
33 0 INDEX INDEVB /Y
B/Y
1 INDEX INDEVB /M
B/M
2 INDEX INDEVB /C
B/C
3 INDEX INDEVB /K
B/K
4 INDEX INDEVB /Y, /M, /C, /K
B/Y, /
M, /C,
/K
34 0 — Shading correction operation

385
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Paper feed conveyance Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
/C6500P/C5500

36 3 PS8 Color registration sensor /Fr Number between 0 and


4 PS9 Color registration sensor /Rr 255 is displayed on [IN]
area of the screen
37 0 — LD alarm measurement LD alarm value can be
91 LD1 /2 alarm data clear /Y checked on the adjust-
92 LD1 /2 alarm data clear /M ment list of list output.

93 LD1 /2 alarm data clear /C


94 LD1 /2 alarm data clear /K
99 LD1/2 alarm data clear /Y, /M, /C, /K
38 0 M1 Scanner motor (reciprocating driver 1) 11x17, magnification
100%, one scanning
1 Scanner motor (reciprocating driver 2) 11x17, magnification
100%, continuous scan-
ning
2 Scanner motor (reciprocating driver 3) 11x17, magnification
400%, continuous scan-
ning
3 Scanner motor (reciprocating driver 4) 11x17, magnification
50%, continuous scan-
ning
4 Scanner motor (reciprocating driver 5) 81/2 x11, magnification
100%, continuous scan-
ning
5 Scanner motor (home position search)
6 Scanner motor (back scan position move)
7 Scanner motor (back scan ACS operation + scan
operation)
41 0 M14 Drum motor /Y (1/2 speed)
Main body

1 Drum motor /Y (2/3 speed)


2 Drum motor /Y (1/1 speed)
3 M15 Drum motor /M (1/2 speed)
4 Drum motor /M (2/3 speed)
5 Drum motor /M (1/1 speed)
6 M16 Drum motor /C (2/3 speed)
7 Drum motor /C (1/2 speed)
8 Drum motor /C (1/1 speed)
9 M17 Drum motor /K (2/3 speed)
10 Drum motor /K (1/2 speed)
11 Drum motor /K (1/1 speed)
12 M18 Transfer belt motor (2/3 speed)
13 Transfer belt motor (1/2 speed)
14 Transfer belt motor (1/1 speed)

386
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Main body Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions

/C6500P/C5500
42 0 M2 Scanner fan
1 M25 IPB fan/2
2 M42 DCPS fan
3 M37 Fusing ventilation fan
4 M48 Charge intake fan
5 M47 Main body fan
6 M43, Writing intake fan /1, /2
M44
7 M45, Developing fan /1, /2
M46
8 M26, Tucking fan /1, /2, /3
M27,
M28
9 M12 Drum fan /1
10 M13 Drum fan /2
11 M61, Paper exit fan /1, /2, /3
62, 63
12 M66 ADU fan /1
13 M36 Deodorization fan
14 M10 Fusing belt ventilation fan
15 M65 Fusing fan /Lw
16 FM3 Dehumidifier fan /1, /2 (LU)
17 FM4 Dehumidifier fan /3, /4 (LU)
18 FM11, Dehumidifier fan /1, /2 (PF)
FM12
19 FM13, Dehumidifier fan /3, /4 (PF)
FM14
20 M67 ADU fan /2
43 1 TCT/1 Total counter /1
2 TCT/2 Total counter /2
6 KCT Key counter
45 0 L2, L3, Fusing heater lamp /1, /2, /3, /4 (powered ON Temperature detection of
L4, L5 simultaneously) fusing upper heating roller
center
1 Temperature detection of
fusing upper heating roller
edge
2 Temperature detection of
fusing lower pressure
roller center
3 Temperature detection of
fusing lower pressure
roller edge

387
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Main body Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
/C6500P/C5500

45 4 L2, L3, Fusing heater lamp/1, /2, /3, /4 (powered ON Non-contact sensor on
L4, L5 simultaneously) fusing lower roller
5 Non-contact sensor on
fusing lower roller
8 Proper temperature at idle
(at warming up)
11 L2, Fusing heater lamp/1 temperature control Number between 0 and
TEMS/1 255 is displayed on [IN]
12 L3, Fusing heater lamp/2 temperature control area of the screen
TEMS/3
13 L4, Fusing heater lamp/3 temperature control
TEMS/1
14 L5, Fusing heater lamp/4 temperature control
TEMS/2
46 0 — LD1/2 Laser emission timing adjustment (main
scanning)
47 0 M29 Fusing motor (Forward rotation: 1/2 speed)
1 Fusing motor (Forward rotation: 2/3 speed)
2 Fusing motor (Forward rotation: 1/1 speed)
3 Fusing motor (Reverse rotation: pressure release
operation ON, normal rotation)
4 Fusing motor (Reverse rotation: pressure position
move)
5 Fusing motor (Reverse rotation: release position
move)
9 Fusing roller press (continuous rotation 1/2
speed)
10 Fusing roller press (continuous rotation 2/3
speed)
11 Fusing roller press (continuous rotation 1/1
speed)
13 M29, Fusing roller press (ON all heaters at the same
L2, L3, time)
L4, L5
48 0 M19 1st transfer pressure/release motor (rotate con-
stantly)
1 1st transfer pressure/release motor (stop at
release position)
2 1st transfer pressure/release motor (stop at B&W
mode fusing position)
3 1st transfer pressure/release motor (stop at color
mode pressure position)

388
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Specific function Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions

/C6500P/C5500
50 0 M20 Developing motor/Y (1/1 speed)
1 Developing motor/Y (1/2 speed)
2 Developing motor/Y (1/3 speed)
3 M21 Developing motor/M (1/1 speed)
4 Developing motor/M (1/2 speed)
5 Developing motor/M (1/3 speed)
6 M22 Developing motor/C (1/1 speed)
7 Developing motor/C (1/2 speed)
8 Developing motor/C (1/3 speed)
9 M23 Developing motor/K (1/1 speed)
10 Developing motor/K (1/2 speed)
11 Developing motor/K (1/3 speed)
12 M20 Y color developing unit rotation
13 M21 M color developing unit rotation
14 M22 C color developing unit rotation
15 M23 BK color developing unit rotation
16 M20, YMC color developing unit rotation
M21,
M22
17 M20, All colors developing unit rotation
M21,
M22,
M23
51 0 EL/Y Eraser lamp/Y
1 EL/M Erasure lamp/M
2 EL/C Erasure lamp/C
3 EL/K Erasure lamp/K
54 0 M49 Toner supply motor /Y
3 M50 Toner supply motor /M
6 M51 Toner supply motor /C
9 M52 Toner supply motor /K
12 MC14 Toner bottle clutch /Y
13 MC15 Toner bottle clutch /M
14 MC16 Toner bottle clutch /C
15 MC17 Toner bottle clutch /K
55 0 SD2 Color registration shutter solenoid
1 SD3 PGC shutter solenoid
56 0 — Status indicator lamp (PAT1 lighting)
1 Status indicator lamp (PAT2 lighting)
2 Status indicator lamp (PAT3 lighting)
3 Status indicator lamp (PAT4 lighting)

389
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Specific function Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
/C6500P/C5500

58 0 TCRS /Y TCR sensor /Y


1 TCRS /M TCR sensor /M
2 TCRS /C TCR sensor /C
3 TCRS /K TCR sensor /K
60 1 M301 Original feed motor (Forward rotation: 300mm/
DF

sec)
2 Original feed motor (Forward rotation: 400mm/
sec)
3 Original feed motor (Forward rotation: 900mm/
sec)
4 Original feed motor (Reverse rotation: 300mm/
sec)
5 Original feed motor (Reverse rotation: 400mm/
sec)
6 Original feed motor (Reverse rotation: 900mm/
sec)
7 M302 Original feed motor (Forward rotation: 300mm/
sec)
8 Original feed motor (Forward rotation: 400mm/
sec)
9 Original feed motor (Forward rotation: 900mm/
sec)
10 Original feed motor (Reverse rotation: 300mm/
sec)
11 Original feed motor (Reverse rotation: 400mm/
sec)
12 Original feed motor (Reverse rotation: 900mm/
sec)
13 M303 Original reverse/exit motor (Forward rotation:
300mm/sec)
14 Original reverse/exit motor (Forward rotation:
400mm/sec)
15 Original reverse/exit motor (Forward rotation:
900mm/sec)
16 Original reverse/exit motor (Reverse rotation:
300mm/sec)
17 Original reverse/exit motor (Reverse rotation:
400mm/sec)
18 Original reverse/exit motor (Reverse rotation:
900mm/sec)
19 SD302 Original reverse solenoid
20 SD301 Original paper exit solenoid
21 MC301 Original registration clutch

390
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

FD Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions

/C6500P/C5500
70 1 M1 Entrance conveyance motor
2 M2 Punch conveyance motor
3 M3 Intermediate conveyance motor
4 M4 1st folding motor (Forward rotation)
5 1st folding motor (Reverse rotation)
6 M5 2nd folding motor (Forward rotation)
7 2nd folding motor (Reverse rotation)
8 M6 3rd folding motor (Forward rotation)
9 3rd folding motor (Reverse rotation)
10 M7 PI conveyance motor
11 M8 Paper lift motor /Up (down)
12 Paper lift motor /Up (up)
13 M9 Paper lift motor /Lw (down)
14 Paper lift motor /Lw (up)
15 M17 Main tray paper exit motor
21 M10 Punch motor (3 holes/4 holes)
22 Punch motor (2 holes)
23 M11 Tray up/down motor (home position search)
24 M12 Alignment plate (home position search)
26 M13 Punch registration motor
27 M14 1st folding release motor (conveyance position
move)
28 1st folding release motor (folding position move) ON: Fold position
OFF: Conveyance position
29 M15 2nd folding release motor (conveyance position
move)
30 2nd folding release motor (folding position move) ON: Fold position
OFF: Conveyance position
31 M16 3rd folding release motor (conveyance position
move)
32 3rd folding release motor (folding position move) ON: Fold position
OFF: Conveyance position
61 SD1 Entrance gate solenoid
62 SD3 S size gate solenoid
63 SD4 L size gate solenoid
64 SD5 Roller solenoid /1
65 SD6 Roller solenoid /2
66 SD7 Roller solenoid /3
67 SD8 Roller solenoid /4
68 SD9 Sub tray gate solenoid

391
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

FD Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
/C6500P/C5500

70 69 SD12 Paper exit solenoid


70 SD13 PI Pick-up solenoid /Up
71 SD14 PI Pick-up solenoid /Lw
72 SD15 Folding gate solenoid
74 SD18 2nd folding roller solenoid
75 CL1 PI registration clutch /Up
76 CL2 PI registration clutch /Lw
82 MFDB1 Multi feed detection board /1 (CLK output)
89 FDOB FD operation board (illuminate all LEDs)
90 JAMIB Jam indicator board (illuminate all LEDs)
71 1 M1 Entrance conveyance motor
SD

2 M2 Horizontal conveyance motor


3 M3 Folding entrance motor
4 M4 Folding conveyance motor (Forward rotation)
5 Folding conveyance motor (Reverse rotation)
6 M6 Right angle conveyance motor
7 M29 Stapler motor /Rt (stapling once)
8 M30 Stapler motor /Lt (stapling once)
9 M5 Bundle paper exit motor
10 M8 Folding sub scan alignment exit motor
21 M5 Bundle paper exit motor (home position search)
24 M7 Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (home
position search)
25 Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (alignment) Available after home posi-
tion search (71-24)
27 M8 Folding main scan alignment exit motor (home
position search)
29 M9 Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (home posi-
tion search)
30 Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (forward Available after home posi-
movement) tion search (71-29)
31 M10 Bundle arm motor (home position search)
32 Bundle arm motor (forward movement) Available after home posi-
tion search (71-32)
33 M11 Bundle clip motor (home position search)
34 M12 Bundle registration motor (home position search)
35 M13 Overlap motor (home position search)
36 M14 Folding main scan alignment motor/Rr (home
position search)
37 Folding main scan alignment motor/Rr (forward
movement)

392
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

SD Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions

/C6500P/C5500
71 39 M15 Stapler movement motor (home position search)
40 Stapler movement motor
41 M16 Saddle stitching alignment motor/Lt (home posi-
tion search)
42 M16 Saddle stitching alignment motor/Lt (inward
movement)
43 M17 Bundle press movement motor (home position
search)
44 M18 1st folding blade motor (home position search)
45 M19 2nd folding blade motor (home position search)
46 M20 Clincher up down motor (home position search)
47 Clincher up down motor (stapling)
48 M21 Saddle stitching press motor (home position
search)
49 M22 Bundle arm rotation motor (home position search)
50 M23 Bundle press motor (home position search)
51 M24 Bundle press stage up down motor (home posi-
tion search)
52 M25 Guide shaft motor (home position search)
53 M31 Trimmer blade motor (home position search)
54 Trimmer blade motor (trimming position)
55 M32 Trimmer press motor (home position search)
56 Trimmer press motor (upper limit search)
57 Trimmer press motor (pressing) Available after home posi-
58 Trimmer press motor (movement to trimmer board tion search (71-55)
release position)
59 M10 Bundle arm motor (inward movement)
60 M23 Bundle press motor (press)
61 M24 Bundle press stage up down motor (up)
62 Bundle press stage up down motor (home posi-
tion search for the bundle registration plate)
63 M32 Trimmer board forced move
65 M33 Trimmer paddle motor (Forward rotation)
66 Trimmer paddle motor (Reverse rotation)
71 SD1 Entrance gate solenoid
72 SD2 Right angle conveyance gate solenoid
73 SD3 Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid
74 SD4 Roller release solenoid /4
75 SD5 Roller release solenoid /1 (roller press)
76 Roller release solenoid /1 (roller release)
77 SD6 Roller release solenoid /2

393
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

SD Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
/C6500P/C5500

71 78 SD7 Roller release solenoid /3 (roller press)


79 Roller release solenoid /3 (roller release)
80 SD8 Folding unit lock solenoid (lock)
81 Folding unit lock solenoid (release)
82 SD11 Trimmer board solenoid (ON once)
83 Trimming board solenoid (ON twice)
86 CL1 Tri-folding exit clutch
87 FM1 Scraps removal fan motor
90 JAMIB Jam indicator board /2 (LED lighting)
/2
95 — Trimmer board solenoid operation counter clear Perform after replacing the
trimmer board.
98 M26 Bundle arm assist motor
72 1 M1 Conveyance motor (1000mm/sec)
FS-503

6 M3 Tray up down motor (home position search)


7 Tray up down motor (lower limit move)
8 Tray up down motor (staple mode up down)
11 M22 Alignment motor /Fr (home position search)
12 Alignment motor /Fr (A4S standby position move)
13 Alignment motor /Fr (A4S position move)
14 Alignment motor /Fr (A4S standby position move)
16 M7 Main tray Paper exit motor (800mm/sec)
17 Main tray Paper exit motor (205mm/sec)
21 M8 Paper exit opening motor (home position search)
22 Paper exit opening motor (full opening: approx.
55°C)
23 Paper exit opening motor (half opening: approx.
44°C)
24 M8 Paper exit opening motor (small opening: approx.
27°C)
26 M31 Stapler motor /Fr (needles out, empty staple)
27 Stapler motor /Fr (staple)
28 M30 Stapler motor /Rr (needles out, empty staple)
29 Stapler motor /Rr (staple)
31 M11 Stapler movement motor (home position search)
32 Stapler movement motor (A4 1 staple position
move)
36 M13 Stacker entrance motor (1000mm/sec)
41 M26 Rear stopper motor (home position search)
42 Rear stopper motor (stopper release)
46 SD5 Bypass solenoid

394
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

FS-503 Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions

/C6500P/C5500
72 47 SD2 Gate solenoid
48 SD9 Paper exit opening solenoid (ON/OFF)

49 SD7 Intermediate roller release solenoid


51 M24 Stack assist motor (home position search)
52 Stack assist motor (assist position move)
56 M25 Intermediate roller open/close motor (home posi-
tion search)
57 Intermediate roller open/close motor (reverse
position move)
61 M23 Paper exit arm motor (home position search)
62 Paper exit arm motor (800mm/sec)
63 Paper exit arm motor (400mm/sec)
66 M6 Sub tray paper exit motor (1000mm/sec)
71 M5 Alignment motor /Rr (home position search)
72 Alignment motor /Rr (A4S standby position move)
73 Alignment motor /Rr (A4S position move)
74 Alignment motor /Rr (A4S standby position move)
76 M2 Paddle motor (ON/OFF)
78 M5, Alignment motor /Rr, /Fr (home position search)
79 M22 Alignment motor /Rr, /Fr (A4 standby position
move)
80 Alignment motor /Rr, /Fr (A4 position move)
90 JAMIB Jam indicator board (illuminate all LEDs)
99 — No paper running mode 20 sheets of A3 with 2
staples
72 1 M1 FNS conveyance motor (667mm/sec)
FS-520/607

3 M2 Shift roller motor (home position search)


6 M3 Main tray up down motor (home position search)
7 Main tray up down motor (lower limit movement)
8 Main tray up down motor (peration in the main tray
up/down motor staple mode)
10 M4 Clincher rotation motor (home position search) FS-607 only
11 M5 Alignment motor /Up (home position search)
12 Alignment motor /Up (A4S standby position move) Available after home posi-
tion search
13 M5 Alignment motor /Up (Alignment operation) Available from the A4
position
14 Alignment motor /Up (standby position move) Available after alignment
operation
16 M7 Paper exit roller motor (staple mode)
17 Paper exit roller motor (folding mode)

1 395
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

FS-520/607 Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
/C6500P/C5500

72 21 M8 Paper exit roller motor (home position search)


22 Paper exit roller motor (open angle: A4S in staple Available after home posi-
mode) tion search
26 M14 Stapler motor /Fr (initial operation conduct)
27 Stapler motor /Fr (staple operation conduct)
28 M9 Stapler motor /Rr (initial operation conduct)
29 Stapler motor /Rr (staple operation conduct)
31 M11, Stapler movement motor, Clincher rotation motor
M4 (home position search)
32 Stapler movement motor, Clincher rotation motor
(A4, 1-stapling position)
36 M13 Stacker entrance motor (670mm/sec)
38 M6 Stapler rotation motor (home position search) FS-607 only
39 M16 Alignment motor /Lw (home position search) FS-607 only
41 M18 Saddle stitching stopper motor (home position FS-607 only
search)
42 Saddle stitching stopper motor (release A4S stop- Available after home posi-
per) tion search (FS-607 only)
43 M19 Folding knife motor (1 cycle) FS-607 only
44 M20 Folding conveyance motor (Hi-speed) FS-607 only
45 SD4 Paper exit opening solenoid
46 SD5 Bypass gate solenoid
47 SD6 Tri-folding gate solenoid FS-607 only
48 SD51 Paper assist solenoid
49 SD7, Flat stitching stopper release solenoid /Fr, /Rr FS-607 only
SD8
53 M21 Sub tray exit motor (667mm/sec)
55 M12 Gate motor (home position search)
58 M51 Paper assist motor (Forward rotation)
65 M302 Punch shift motor (home position search) (PK)
66 Punch shift motor (PK)
69 M301 Punch motor (home position search) (PK)
70 Punch motor (punching) (PK)
83 M203 Conveyance motor (667mm/sec) (PI)
84 MC201 Conveyance clutch /Up (PI)
85 MC202 Conveyance clutch /Lw (PI)
86 M201 Tray lift motor /Up (down: home position search)
(PI)
87 Tray lift motor /Up (up) (PI)

396 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

FS-520/607 Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions

/C6500P/C5500
72 88 M202 Tray lift motor /Lw (down: home position search)
(PI)
89 Tray lift motor /Lw (up) (PI)
90 SD201 Pick-up solenoid /Up (PI)
91 SD202 Pick-up solenoid /Lw (PI)
92 MC203 Registration clutch (PI)
99 — No paper running mode
73 1 M2 Conveyance motor
LS

2 Conveyance motor
3 M3 Sub tray paper exit motor
4 Sub tray paper exit motor
5 M6 Tandem conveyance motor
6 Tandem conveyance motor
7 M4 Grip conveyance motor
8 Grip conveyance motor
9 M7 Alignment motor (initial operation)
10 Alignment motor
11 M5 Shift unit motor (home position search)
12 Shift unit motor
13 M1 Stacker tray up down motor (down)
14 Stacker tray up down motor (up)
15 SD1 1st gate solenoid
16 SD10 2nd gate solenoid
17 SD9 Front stopper solenoid
18 SD3 Rear stopper solenoid
19 SD8 Paper press arm solenoid /3
20 SD6 Paper press arm solenoid /1
21 SD4 Front door lock solenoid
SD5 Entrance conveyance lock solenoid
22 SD11 Tandem conveyance lock solenoid
23 SD2 Job partition solenoid
24 SD7 Paper press arm solenoid /2
FM1, Paper cooling fan motor /Fr, /Mi
FM3
25 FM2, Paper cooling fan motor /1, /2
FM6
26 FM5 Paper cooling fan motor /Rr
75 1 M1 Entrance conveyance motor
RU

2 M5 Paper exit motor

1 397
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

RU Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
/C6500P/C5500

75 7 M2, Paper fan /1, /2, /3


M3,
M4
31 SD2 Decurler gate solenoid /1 (SD2)
32 SD3 Decurler gate solenoid /2 (SD3)
77 01 M1 Entrance conveyance motor
PB

02 M2 Intermediate conveyance motor


03 SD1 Entrance gate solenoid
04 SD2 Bypass gate solenoid
05 SD3 Sub tray gate solenoid
06 SD4 Sub tray exit solenoid
07 M11 SC entrance conveyance motor
08 M12 SC switchback conveyance motor
(F rotation)
09 SC switchback conveyance motor
(R rotation)
10 M13 SC switchback release motor
(home position search)
11 SC switchback release motor
(High pressing position move)
12 SC switchback release motor
(Low pressing position move)
13 M15 SC alignment motor (home position search)
14 SC alignment motor (A4 standby position move) 77-13 must have been
performed in advance.
15 SC alignment motor (alignment)
16 M17 SC bundle conveynace motor
17 M18 SC roller release motor
(home position search)
18 SC roller release motor
(movement to the pressing position)
19 M19 Clamp entrance movement motor (home position
search)
20 Clamp entrance movement motor(movement to The following adjust-
the entrance position) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-96
2. 77-31
3. 77-32
4. 77-19
5. 77-29

398 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

PB Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions

/C6500P/C5500
77 21 M20 Clamp entranse roller release motor (home posi-
tion search)
22 Clamp entranse roller release motor (pressing
position move)
23 SD11 FD alignment solenoid
24 SD12 SC stopper solenoid
25 SD13 SC pressure arm solenoid
26 M21 Clamp alignment motor (home position search)
27 Clamp alignment motor (A4 standby position
move)
28 Clamp alignment motor (alignment)
29 M22 Clamp motor (home position search)
30 Clamp motor (movement to the clamp position)
31 M23 Clamp rotation motor (home position search) 77-19 must have been
performed in advance.
32 Clamp rotation motor (movement to the compile 77-19 must have been
position) performed in advance.
33 SD91 Straight gate solenoid
34 M31 Glue tank movement motor (home position The following adjust-
search) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
35 Glue tank movement motor (tank forward move- The following adjust-
ment ) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
4. 77-49
5. 77-51
36 Glue tank movement motor (tank backward The following adjust-
movement ) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-35
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
4. 77-49
5. 77-51
6. 77-35
37 M32 Glue apply roller motor
38 SD31 Glue tank up solenoid /1
39 SD32 Cover paper glue up solenoid

2 399
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

PB Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
/C6500P/C5500

77 40 H1 Glue tank heater


41 H2 Glue apply roller heater
42 M33 Pellet supply motor The following adjust-
ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
4. 77-44
43 M34 Pellet supply arm motor
(home position search)
44 Pellet supply arm motor The following adjust-
(movement to the supply position) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
45 M41 Cover paper alignment motor 77-55 must have been
(home position search) performed in advance.
46 Cover paper alignment motor The following adjust-
(A3 standby position move) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-45
3. 77-57
4. 77-60
47 Cover paper alignment motor (alignment) The following adjust-
ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-45
3. 77-57
4. 77-60
5. 77-46
48 M42 Book exit motor 77-55 must have been
performed in advance.
49 M43 Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt (home The following adjust-
position search) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34

400 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

PB Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions

/C6500P/C5500
77 50 M43 Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt (roller The following adjust-
pressure) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
4. 77-49
51 M44 Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt (home The following adjust-
position search) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
52 Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt (roller The following adjust-
pressure) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
4. 77-51
53 M45 Cover paper conveyance motor (F rotation) 77-55 must have been
performed in advance.
54 Cover paper conveyance motor (R rotation) 77-55 must have been
performed in advance.
55 M46 Cover paper table up down motor /Fr, /Rr (home
M47 position search)
56 Cover paper table up down motor /Fr, /Rr (book The following adjust-
spine corner creation) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-29
3. 77-34
4. 77-49
5. 77-50
6. 77-51
7. 77-52
8. 77-19
9. 77-31
10. 77-30
11. 77-32
12. 77-45
13. 77-58
14. 77-61

2 401
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

PB Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
/C6500P/C5500

77 57 M48 Cover paper folding motor /Rt 77-55 must have been
(home position search) performed in advance.
58 Cover paper folding motor /Rt The following adjust-
(movement to the open position) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-45
59 Cover paper folding motor /Rt The following adjust-
(movement to the close position) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-45
3. 77-58
60 M49 Cover paper folding motor /Lt 77-55 must have been
(home position search) performed in advance.
61 Cover paper folding motor /Lt The following adjust-
(movement to the open position) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-55
2. 77-45
62 M50 Cutter motor (home position search) 77-55 must have been
performed in advance.
63 Cutter motor(cut position movement) 77-55 must have been
performed in advance.
64 SD41 Cover paper lift solenoid
65 — —
66 — —
67 M61 Cover paper belt motor
68 M62 Cover paper belt movement motor
(home position search)
69 Cover paper belt movement motor 77-68 must have been
(A4 standby position move) performed in advance.
70 Cover paper belt movement motor
(book stock alignment)
71 M63 Cover paper belt up down motor
(home position search: upper limit)
72 Cover paper belt up down motor The following adjust-
(movement to the lower position) ments must have been
made in advance.
1. 77-68
2. 77-69
73 M64 Book movement motor

402 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

PB Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions

/C6500P/C5500
77 74 M65 Book stopper motor
(home position search)
75 Book stopper motor 77-74 must have been
(A4 standby position move) performed in advance.
76 M73 Cover paper tray lift motor
77 M74 Cover paper feed motor
78 SD71 Cover paper pick up solenoid
79 SD72 Cover paper tray solenoid
80 M71 Cover paper tray fan /1
81 M72 Cover paper tray fan /2
82 MC71 Cover paper pick up clutch
83 MC72 Cover paper separation clutch
84 SD80 Front door lock solenoid (locked)
85 Front door lock solenoid (released)
86 M80 Exhaust fan /1
87 — Multi feed clock output signal
88 JAMIB Jam indicator board /1 /2 (all the lights on)
/1
JAMIB
/2
89 OB/1 Manual operation board (all the lights on)
90 M81 Exhaust fan /2
91 SD61 Book door solenoid (lock)
92 Book door solenoid (release)
95 M71, Cover paper feed operation for the adjustment of 77-96 must have been
M72, the multifeed detect board. performed in advance.
M73,
M74,
SD71,
SD72,
MC71,
MC72
96 — All initial operation
80 0 SD4 Paper exit solenoid
ADU

81 0 MC1 ADU conveyance clutch /1


1 MC2 ADU conveyance clutch /2
2 MC18 ADU Pre-registration clutch
3 MC3 ADU conveyance clutch /3
82 0 SD10 ADU gate solenoid
84 0 M32 ADU reverse motor (1/2 speed) (Forward rotation)
1 ADU reverse motor (2/3 speed) (Forward rotation)

2 403
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

ADU Classification

Multi code
bizhub PRO C6500

Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions
/C6500P/C5500

84 2 M32 ADU reverse motor (1/1 speed) (Forward rotation)


3 ADU reverse motor (470mm/s) (Forward rotation)
4 ADU reverse motor (1000mm/s) (Forward rotation)
5 ADU reverse motor (1/2 speed) (Reverse rotation)
6 ADU reverse motor (2/3 speed) (Reverse rotation)
7 ADU reverse motor (1/1 speed) (Reverse rotation)
8 ADU reverse motor (470mm/s) (Reverse rotation)
9 ADU reverse motor (1000mm/s) (Reverse rotation)
85 0 M57 ADU Loop motor (1/2 speed) (Forward rotation)
1 ADU Loop motor (2/3 speed) (Forward rotation)
2 ADU Loop motor (1/1 speed) (Forward rotation)
3 ADU Loop motor (470mm/s) (Forward rotation)
4 ADU Loop motor (1000mm/s) (Forward rotation)
5 ADU Loop motor (1/2 speed) (Reverse rotation)
6 ADU Loop motor (2/3 speed) (Reverse rotation)
7 ADU Loop motor (1/1 speed) (Reverse rotation)
8 ADU Loop motor (470mm/s) (Reverse rotation)
9 ADU Loop motor (1000mm/s) (Reverse rotation)
90 0 — Finishing option adjustment data EEPROM stor- Perform after adjustment
Adjustment/special mode

age FD/SD/FS (FS-503)


91 0 — Main body adjustment data NVRAM board stor- Perform after adjustment
age
92 0 — NVRAM board data reset Does not work in the field
93 0 — Finishing option adjustment data EEPROM stor- Does not work in the field
age (factory default) FD/SD/FS (FS-503)
94 0 — Display of adjustment data
1 — Operation panel all lighting (LED)
96 0 — Main body adjustment data NVRAM board stor- Does not work in the field
age (factory default)
97 0 — Image memory (DRAM) capacity check (1 color)
98 0 — Image memory (DRAM) /Y check
1 — Image memory (DRAM) /M check
2 — Image memory (DRAM) /C check
3 — Image memory (DRAM) /K check
4 — Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /Y
check
5 — Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /M
check
6 — Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /C
check

404
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Adjustment/special mode Classification

Multi code

bizhub PRO C6500


Symbol
Code
Name Restrictive conditions

/C6500P/C5500
98 7 — Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /K
check
99 1 HDD/ HDD capacity check (1 color)
2 Y, /M, / HDD remaining capacity check
3 C, /K HDD bad sectors check and recovery
4 HDD data copy Perform after replacing the
HDD.

405
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.7.4 Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PF)


bizhub PRO C6500

Perform this adjustment when replacing the PF multi feed detection board (MFDTB) or the PF drive board
/C6500P/C5500

(PFDB), as well as when multi feeding is not detected properly for special papers (thin paper, thin coated paper,
thick paper, etc.).

Note
• The multi feed detection board/S and /R are adjusted in the manufacturing process as a pair of
upper and lower. Be sure to replace them as a pair.
• Be sure to perform the adjustment under normal room temperature (20 to 30 °C) that is similar to
the real environment where the machine is operated because the temperature sensor output level
varies with its surface temperature. (When you bring in a replacement part from a place under a
different temperature, leave the part and wait for the sensor surface temperature to reach the
room temperature before performing the adjustment.)

A. Procedure

1. Turn off the sub power switch.


2. Open the front door [1] of the PF, and open the jam
[1]
processing guides PF2 [2] and PF5 [3] in the hori-
zontal conveyance section.

[3] [2]
a03uf3c025ca

3. Insert a sheet of paper [1] (part no. 65AA-991#, fus-


[4] [1]
ing adjustment paper, 16 sheets/A3) while turning
the nkob PF4 [2], and close the jam processing
guides PF2 [3] and PF5 [4].

[3] [2]
a03uf3c026ca

4. Turn on the sub power switch and enter the I/O check mode.
5. Enter "18" with the numeric buttons. Confirm that "18-00" is displayed in the message display area.

406
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

6. Press [Access] key.

bizhub PRO C6500


7. Enter "04" with the numeric buttons. Confirm that "18-04" is displayed in the message display area.

/C6500P/C5500
8. Press Start button to enter the output check mode,
[3]
and connect the tester (voltmeter) to the following
pins on the PFDB.
Positive terminal: Test pin No. TP10 (sensor output)
[1]
Negative terminal: Test pin No. TP8 (SGND) [2]
Range: DC 20 V

Note
• Do not allow the tester pin to touch or connect
to metal parts on the board nor irrelevant termi-
nals as the PF is energized. It may cause short-
circuit and damage the board.
[2] [1]
a03uf3c033ca

9. Turn the PFDB volume (VR) [3] so that the voltage falls within the standard value.
Standard value: 8.0 ± 0.2 V
10. Press Stop key and remove the paper inserted in Step 2.
11. Insert a sheet of paper that the customer uses mainly (paper weight: 50 to 300 g/m2), and press Start key.
Make sure that “0” is displayed on the panel.
12. Insert one more sheet of paper (total: two sheets) that the customer uses mainly, and make sure that "1" is
displayed on the panel.
13. If the detection does not work properly, return to Step 3 and perform the adjustment again and redo the
adjustment from Step 3, setting a voltage 1.0 V lower than the previously set one at Step 9.
14. Repeat steps 3 to 12 until the detection functions correctly.
15. Remove the papers and install the removed parts.

2 407
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.7.5 Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PI)


bizhub PRO C6500

Perform this adjustment when replacing the PI multi feed detection board (MFDB) or the PI drive board (PIDB),
/C6500P/C5500

as well as when multi feeding is not detected properly for special papers (thin paper, thin coated paper, thick
paper, etc.).

Note
• The multi feed detection board/S and /R are adjusted in the manufacturing process as a pair of
upper and lower. Be sure to replace them as a pair.
• Be sure to perform the adjustment under normal room temperature (20 to 30 °C) that is similar to
the real environment where the machine is operated because the temperature sensor output var-
ies with its surface temperature. ( When you bring in a replacement part from a place under a dif-
ferent temperature, leave the part and wait for the sensor surface temperature to reach the room
temperature before performing the adjustment.)

A. Procedure

1. Replace the multi feed detection boards /1 and /2. (See “3.3.17 Removing/reinstalling the multi feed
detection boards /1 (MFDB/1) and /2 (MFDB/2)” in Field Service for FD-501)
2. Check the alphabets on the multi feed detection
boards /1 and /2 [1] (Same alphabet should be
printed.), and turn the rotary switch [2] on the PI
drive board (PIDB) so that it points to the numbers
described in the following chart.

Alphabet Rotary switch


A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4 [1]
E 6
F 7

Note
• Rotary switch 5 is not used.

[2] a03uf3c027ca

3. Enter the I/O check mode.


4. Enter "70" with the setting buttons. Confirm that "70-00" is displayed in the message display area.
5. Press [Access] key.
6. Enter "82" with the numeric buttons. Confirm that "70-82" is displayed in the message display area.

408 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

7. Open the upper door and the front door of the FD,

bizhub PRO C6500


[2]
turn the jam processing knob [1], and insert a sheet

/C6500P/C5500
of paper [2] (part no. 65AA-991#, fusing adjustment
paper, 16 sheets/A3) into between the multi feed
detection boards /1 and /2 [3]. (If the paper is
unavailable, use 200 to 300 g/m2 paper).

Note
• Turn the jam processing knob until the paper
hits the roller [4], and confirm that the paper is
inserted in between the multi feed detection
boards /1 and /2.

[3]
[1] [4] a03uf3c028ca

8. Press Start button to enter the output check mode,


VR2
and connect the tester to the following pins on the
PIDB.
Positive terminal: Test pin No. TP51 (GAIN) [1]
Negative terminal: Test pin No. TP11 (SGND) [2]
Range: DC 20 V

Note
• Do not allow the tester pin to touch or connect
to metal parts on the board nor irrelevant termi-
nals as the FD is energized. It may cause short-
circuit and damage the board.

LED1
[1] [2] a03uf3c029ca

9. Turn the PIDB volume (VR2) so that the voltage falls within the standard value.
Standard value: 8.0 ± 0.2 V
10. Press Stop and remove the paper inserted in Step 4.
11. Insert a sheet of paper that the customer uses mainly (paper weight: 50 to 300 g/m2), and make sure that
the LED (LED1) of the PIDB turns on.
LED on: Multi feed not occurred (Number of paper: 0 or 1)
LED off: Multi feed occurred (Number of paper: 2)
12. Insert one more sheet of paper (total: two sheets) that the customer uses mainly, and make sure that the
LED turns off.
13. If the detection does not work properly, return to Step 7 and perform the adjustment again. Then, turn the
PIDB volume (VR2) so that the voltage becomes 1.0 V lower than that of acquired in Step 9.
14. Repeat steps 10 to 13 until the detection functions correctly.
15. Remove the papers and install the removed parts.

409
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.7.6 Adjustment when replacing multi feed detection board (PB)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust when replacing the multi feed detection board of the PB or the PB control board (PBCB). Also, perform
/C6500P/C5500

this adjustment when multi feed of special paper (thin paper, coated paper with less stiffness, thick paper) can-
not be detected properly.
Note
• The multi feed detection board /1 and /2 are adjusted in the manufacturing process as a pair of
upper and lower. Be sure to replace them as a pair.
• Adjustment error may occur because of the temperature of the sensor surface. Make the adjust-
ment at a temperature close to that in which the copier is actually used (20 to 30 °C). (In case you
brought a new part from outdoors, make the adjustment after the temperature of the sensor sur-
face and the room temperature become the same)

A. Procedure

1. Replace the multi feed detection board /1, /2. (See “3.2.24 Removing/reinstalling the multi feed detection
board/1 (MFDTB71) and /2 (MFDTB72)“ in Field Service for PB-501)
2. Check the stamp letter [1] placed on the multi feed
detection board /1, /2, and rotate the rotary switch
[2] on the PBCB as per following table.

Alphabet Rotary switch


A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4
E 5
[1]

[2]
564Af3c001cb

3. Insert one sheet of paper (P/N 65AA-9910, fusing adjustment paper, 16 sheets/A3) in the cover paper tray
of the PB (200 to 300 g/m2 paper can also be used).
4. Select the output check code "77-96" of the I/O check mode in the service mode.
5. Press the Start button to perform the all initializing operation.
6. After the operations, press the Stop button.
7. Select the output check code "77-95" of the I/O check mode in the service mode.

410 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

8. Press the Start button.

bizhub PRO C6500


The paper is fed from the PB cover paper tray and stops at the conveyance section.

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Confirm that the paper is between the multi feed detection board /1 and /2.
9. After the operation, press the Stop button.
10. Connect the tester (voltmeter) to the following posi-
tions of the PBCB. [1]
+ terminal : test pin No. TP28 (GAIN) [1]
- terminal : test pin No. TP24 (SGND) [2]
Range : DC 20 V

Note
• Because the PB is powered, do not drop any
metal material on the board, or do not connect
the tester pin to an irrelevant terminal.
It may cause the board to short circuit and be
damaged.

VR4 [2] 564Af3c002cc

11. In the PBCB volume (VR4), set power voltage to the standard value.
Standard value: 8.0 ± 0.1 V
12. Pull out the paper inserted in step 8.
13. Insert one sheet of paper that customer mainly use (paper weight 50 to 300 g/m2 ), and confirm that the
PBCB's LED (LED1) can be turned on.
LED on: no multi feed (0 or 1 sheet of paper)
LED off: multi feed (2 sheets of paper)
14. Insert another sheet of paper (2 sheets in all), that customer mainly use, and to see if the LED is turned off.
15. In case of detection error, return to step 3 to conduct the adjustment again. In step 11, set power voltage
to the value 1.0 V lower than the previous adjustment.
16. Repeat the steps 3 to 14 until detection error is resolved.
17. Pull out the inserted papers, and install the parts you removed.

2 411
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.7.7 Storing FD, SD, FS, PB adjustment data into EEPROM


bizhub PRO C6500

Backup adjustment data of the FD, SD, FS and PB which are adjusted in the field are stored in the non-volatile
/C6500P/C5500

memory (EEPROM) of the FD control board (FDCB), SD control board (SDCD), FNCB (FNS control board) and
the PB control board (PBCB). When necessary, it can be recalled with "Installation Initial Data" of "Recall Stan-
dard Data" (Finisher Adjustment) in the service mode.

Note
• Only one data can be backed up. When back up again, data will be overwritten.
• The data is stored into the control boards of all the connected optional units; FS, SD, FD and PB.
Connect the optional units one-by-one if you want to save the data independently.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the I/O check mode.


2. Enter "90" with the setting buttons. Confirm that "90-00" is displayed in the message display area.
3. Press Start key.
4. “NOW” is displayed while backing up, and “FIN” appears when completed. The current finisher adjust-
ment data are saved into the EEPROM.

412 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.7.8 Storing main body adjustment data into NVRAM board

bizhub PRO C6500


Backup adjustment data of the main body which are adjusted in the field are stored in the NVRAM board (NRB),

/C6500P/C5500
it can be recalled with "Installation Initial Data" of "Recall Standard Data" (Machine adjustment, Process
adjustment) in the service mode.

Note
• Only one data can be backed up. When back up again, data will be overwritten.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the I/O check mode.


2. Enter "91" with the setting buttons. Confirm that "91-00" is displayed in the message display area.
3. Press Start key.
4. “NOW” is displayed while backing up, and “FIN” appears when completed. The current machine adjust-
ment data and process adjustment data are saved into the NRB.

1 413
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.7.9 Line memory check on image processing board


bizhub PRO C6500

Perform this check to see if abnormality has occurred at line memory on the image processing board (IPB) when
/C6500P/C5500

significant image trouble (irregular image in sub-scanning direction of the specific color) occurred.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the I/O check mode.


2. Enter "98" with the setting buttons. Confirm that "98-00" is displayed in the message display area.
3. Press [Access] key.
4. Enter one of the followings with the numeric buttons.
Confirm that “98-##” (## is a multi-code number) is displayed in the message display area.
Multi code 04: Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /Y check
Multi code 05: Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /M check
Multi code 06: Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /C check
Multi code 07: Image processing board line memory (SDRAM) /K check
5. Press Start key.
During execution:—"NOW" appears.
When completed normally—"OK" appears.
When completed abnormally—"NG" appears.
If "NG" appears, replace the IPB.

414 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.7.10 Hard disk check

bizhub PRO C6500


Perform this operation if you want to check the capacity and remaining capacity of the image memory area on

/C6500P/C5500
the copier hard disk /K (HDD/K).

A. Procedure

1. Enter the I/O check mode.


2. Enter "99" with the setting buttons. Confirm that "99-00" is displayed in the message display area.
3. Press [Access] key.
4. Enter one of the followings with the numeric buttons.
Confirm that “99-##” (## is a multi-code number) is displayed in the message display area.
Multi code 01: HDD capacity check (1 color)
Multi code 02: HDD remaining capacity check
5. Press Start key.
• Capacity check: Displays the capacity of the image memory area on the HDD/K.
• Remaining capacity: Displays the remaining space of image memory area on the HDD/K.

1 415
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.7.11 Replacement of the hard disks


bizhub PRO C6500

Perform this operation if a copier hard disk-related malfunction code (C-D0E0 to D0F0) appears.
/C6500P/C5500

A. Procedure

1. Enter the I/O check mode.


2. Enter "99" with the setting buttons. Confirm that "99-00" is displayed in the message display area.
3. Press [Access] key.
4. Enter "03" with the numeric buttons. Confirm that "99-03" is displayed in the message display area.
5. Press Start key.
Check and recovery of defective sectors on the hard disk /Y, /M, /C and /K (HDD /Y, /M, /C and /K) are
carried out.
When completed normally: "OK" appears.
When completed abnormally: "NG" appears.
When "NG" appears, press [Start] key to run the check and recovery again.
6. If "NG" appears again, replace the defective hard disk(s) following the steps below.
7. Enter "04" with the numeric buttons.
Confirm that "99-04" is displayed in the message display area.
8. Press Start key.
The result (o: okay, x: no good, -: not HDD) of the HDD check appears in the input check field in the order
of Y, M, C and K.
Ex) oxox = The HDD/M and /K are defective.
Replace the defective HDDs with new ones.

Note
• If malfunction occur related to HDD under the Security Strengthen Mode, all of the four HDDs
must be replaced.
Replacement steps: Remove the four HDDs → deactivate the Security Strengthen Mode →
install the four HDDs.
9. After replacing the HDD, copy the HDD data.

Note
• Up to three HDDs can be copied at a time.
• Data copy takes about one hour at the maximum.
10. Enter the I/O check mode.
11. Enter "99" with the setting buttons. Confirm that "99-00" is displayed in the message display area.
12. Press [Access] key.
13. Enter "04" with the numeric buttons.
Confirm that "99-04" is displayed in the message display area.
14. Press Start.
During execution: The "x" displayed in the HDD input check field changes to "N".
When completed normally: The "N" displayed in the HDD input check field changes to "o", and "FIN"
appears in the output check field.

416 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.8 ADF adjustment

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Adjust the DF operations; original size detection, original stop position, sensors sensibility, registration loop
amount.

10.8.1 ADF Original Size Adj.


Adjust when the DF does not detect an original size correctly.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [06 ADF Adjustment].
2. "ADF Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 ADF Original Size Adj.]
3. "ADF Original Size Adjustment screen"
Press [A4] (for metric destination) or [81/2 x 11] (for inch destination).
4. Load A4 (for metric destination) or 81/2 x 11 (for inch destination) paper on the DF and press [Start].
5. A message "Completed" is displayed.
6. "ADF Original Size Adjustment screen"
Press [B6S] (for metric destination) or [51/2 x 81/2S] (for inch destination).
7. Load B6S (for metric destination) or 51/2 x 81/2S (for inch destination) paper on the DF and press [Start].
8. A message "Completed" is displayed.
9. "ADF Original Size Adjustment screen"
Press [A4S] (for metric destination) or [81/2 x 11S] (for inch destination).
10. Load A4S (for metric destination) or 81/2 x 11S (for inch destination) paper on the DF and press [Start].
11. After a message "Completed" is displayed, press [COPY].
12. Check if the original size is correctly detected by the DF.

417
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.8.2 ADF Orig. Stop Position Adj.


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the image leading edge timing when scanning in DF mode.


/C6500P/C5500

This adjusts the scanning start posiiton (in sub scanning direction).

Note
• Be sure the Restart Timing Adjustment (Printer Adjustment) have been adjusted before performing
this adjustment.
(See P.253)
• Be sure the Restart Timing Adjustment (Scanner Adjustment) have been adjusted before perform-
ing this adjustment.
(See P.268)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [06 ADF Adjustment].
2. "ADF Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 ADF Orig.Stop Position Adj.].
3. "ADF Original Stopper Adjustment screen"
Select an item to be adjusted, and press [COPY].
4. "Copy screen"
Set the copy settings (original setting and mode) according to the item you selected, load an "Adjustment
chart" on the DF, select A3 or 11 X 17 paper, and press the Start key.
5. Check the leading edge timing.
Standard value: 0 ± 2.0mm or less
6. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
7. "ADF Original Stopper Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -14 (image faster) to +14 (image slower), 1step = 0.5 mm
8. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

418
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.8.3 ADF Sensor Adjustment

bizhub PRO C6500


Conduct this adjustment when a malfunction (JAM display does not disappear despite no paper JAM) occurs in

/C6500P/C5500
the reflective type sensors.

Preparation
• Clean each of the DF reflective sensors.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [06 ADF Adjustment].
2. "ADF Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 ADF Sensor Adjustment].
3. "ADF Sensor Adjustment screen"
Close the DF cover and press [Start].
Completion message appears after the DF sensor sensitivity is automatically adjusted.
4. Press [Copy] and check if the sensor is operating properly.
5. If the sensor still malfunctions, press [SERVICE] and repeat steps 3 to 5.

419
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.8.4 ADF Registration Loop Adj.


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the original loop amount at the DF registration roller section to correct paper skew and wrinkle, or original
/C6500P/C5500

jamming in the registration section.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [06 ADF Adjustment].
2. "ADF Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 ADF Registration Loop Adj.].
3. "ADF Regist Loop Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
4. "Copy screen"
Set an "Adjustment chart" in the DF, select A3 or 11 X17 paper, and press the Start key.
5. If the problem is not solved, press [SERVICE].
6. "ADF Regist Loop Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -7 (smaller) to +7 (larger), 1 step = 0.5 mm
7. Repeat steps 3 to 6 until an appropriate value is obtained.

420
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9 Finisher Adjustment

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
10.9.1 Staple Center Position (Stapler Position Adj.)
Adjust the staple position of the main scanning direction made by the FS-503.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Stapler Position Adj.].
3. "Staple Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Staple Center Position].
4. "Staple Center Position Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
5. Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No. 16).
6. Fold the output page in half in main-scanning direc-
tion, and measure the gap "a" between the center
line of the print and the staple center. [1]
Standard value: "a" = ± 3 mm

[2]

a03uf3c018ca

[1] Paper center [2] Staple center

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Staple Center Position Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (in front) to +20 (in back), 1 step = 0.1mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

421
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.2 Paper Width (staple) (Stapler Position Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust an uneven binding (main scanning direction) in a bundle of paper in staple mode by the FS-503.
/C6500P/C5500

This adjustment adjusts the position of the alignment plate while in alignment.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Stapler Position Adj.].
3. "Staple Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Paper Width (staple)].
4. "Paper Width Adjustment (staple) screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Open the front door of the FS and pull out the stacker.

Note
• If the length of the paper is longer than 239 mm in sub-scanning direction, the paper edge will
hanging out of the stacker. In that case, remove the paper through the paper opening section
before pulling out the stacker, and reload the paper in the stacker.
8. Measure the gap between the paper in the stacker and the alignment plate.
Standard value: 0 ± 0.5mm
9. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
10. "Paper Width Adjustment (staple) screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (wider) to +20 (narrower), 1 step = 0.1 mm
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value can be obtained.

422
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.3 Paper Width (straight) (Stapler Position Adj.)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust an uneven paper stack (main scanning direction) on the main tray in non-sort and sort mode by the FS-

/C6500P/C5500
503.
This adjustment adjusts the position of the alignment plate while in alignment.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Stapler Position Adj.].
3. "Staple Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Paper Width (straight)].
4. "Paper Width Adjustment (straight) screen"
Press [T] or [S] o select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Open the front door of the FS and pull out the stacker.

Note
• If the length of the paper is longer than 239 mm in sub-scanning direction, the paper edge will
hanging out of the stacker. In that case, remove the paper through the paper opening section
before pulling out the stacker, and reload the paper in the stacker.
8. Measure the gap between the paper in the stacker and the alignment plate.
Standard value: 0.1 to 1 mm
9. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
10. "Paper Width Adjustment (straight) screen"
Enter the adjustment value with the setting buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (wider) to +20 (narrower), 1 step = 0.1 mm
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value can be obtained.
12. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 11.

423
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.4 Paper Width Adjustment (Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the position of the punch holes made by the FD in main scanning direction.
/C6500P/C5500

This adjustment adjusts the position of the alignment plate while in alignment.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.].
3. "Multi Folder (Punch) Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Paper Width Adjustment].
4. "Paper Width adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted, set the 10 sets of copies and press the
Start key to output a test pattern (No. 16).
7. Align the edges of the 10 sheets of the exited paper, and measure the diameter of the holes punched
through them.

Number of Standard value (mm)


holes
2 & 4 holes φ 5.0 or more
3 holes φ 6.5 or more

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Paper Width adjustment screen"
When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
Setting range: -20 (narrower) to +20 (wider), 1 step = 0.1 mm

Note
• If the alignment plate is wider than an appropriate position, the punch centering is displaced,
and when too narrow, the punch holes are apt to disperse. On the other hand, the punch holes
may be misaligned if the alignment plate is positioned too narrow.
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 10.

424
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.5 Hole-Punch Vertical Pos. (Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust the position of the punch holes made by the FD in main scanning direction.

/C6500P/C5500
A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Multi Folder (Punch) Adj.].
3. "Multi Folder (Punch) Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Hole-Punch Vertical Pos.].
4. "Punch hole select Menu screen"
Select [01 2-Hole Punch] , [02 3-Hole Punch] or [02 4-Hole Punch].
5. "Punch Vertical Position Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the distance "a" from the leading edge to the
center of the punch holes. a

Number of Standard value "a"


holes (mm)
2 & 4 holes 10.5 ± 4.0
3 holes 9.5 ± 4

fs503fs3013c

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Punch Vertical Position Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] o select the paper size you want to adjust.
10. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -40 (wider) to +40 (narrower), 1 step = 0.1 mm
11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value can be obtained.
12. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper or the other number of holes, repeat steps from 4 to
11.

425
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.6 Half Fold Position Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the fold position on the half fold mode by the FD.
/C6500P/C5500

This adjustment changes the paper stop position when folding papers.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.].
3. "Multi Folder (Fold) Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Half Fold Position Adj.].
4. "Half Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the misalignment "a" on the edge of the out-
a
putted paper.
Standard value "a": = ± 1.5 mm

fs503fs3014c

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Half Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• In the case of the mis-alignment given in the step 7, enter a set value on the positive side.
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 10.

426
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.7 Tri-Fold-in Pos. Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust the fold positions on the tri-fold-in mode by the FD.

/C6500P/C5500
This adjustment changes the paper stop position when folding papers.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.].
3. "Multi Folder (Fold) Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Tri-Fold-in Pos. Adj.].
4. "Tri-Fold-in Position Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the length of the two places indicated with
"a" and "b". b

Paper size Standard value (mm) [1]


a
a ± 1.5 b ± 1.5
A3 139.0 142.0 [2]

B4 120.3 123.3
a03uf3c019ca
A4S 98.0 101.0
12 x 18 151.4 154.4 [1] Single fold [2] Double fold
11 x 17 142.9 145.9
81/2 x 14 117.5 120.5
81/2 x 11S 92.1 95.1
8K 129.0 132.0

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Tri-Fold-in Position Adjustment screen"
Press [Single Fold].
10. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
11. Press [Double Fold].
12. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
13. Repeat steps 5 to 12 until the standard value can be obtained.
14. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 13.

1 427
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.8 Tri-Fold-out Pos. adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjusts the fold positions on the tri-fold-out mode by the FD.


/C6500P/C5500

This adjustment changes the paper stop position when folding papers.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.].
3. "Multi Folder (Fold) Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Tri-Fold-out Pos. Adj.].
4. "Tri-Fold-out Position Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the length of the two places indicated with
"a" and "b". b

Paper size Standard value (mm)


a ± 1.5 b ± 1.5 a [1]
A3 282.0 144.0 [2]
B4 243.7 123.3 a03uf3c020ca

A4S 199.0 101.0 [1] Single fold [2] Double fold


12 x 18 306.8 156.4
11 x 17 289.9 147.9
81/2 x 14 238.1 120.5
81/2 x 11S 187.3 95.1
8K 262.0 134.0

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Tri-Fold-out Position Adjustment screen"
Press [Single Fold].
10. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
11. Press [Double Fold].
12. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
13. Repeat steps 5 to 12 until the standard value can be obtained.
14. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 13.

428
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.9 Double Parallel Folds Pos. Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust the fold positions on the double parallel mode by the FD.

/C6500P/C5500
This adjustment changes the paper stop position when folding papers.

Note
• When adjusting both the single and the double folds, be sure to adjust the single fold first.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.].
3. "Multi Folder (Fold) Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 Double Parallel Pos. Adj.].
4. "Double Parallel Position Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the length of the two places indicated with
"a" and "b". b
[1]
Paper size Standard value (mm)
a ± 1.5 b ± 1.5 a
A3 208.5 103.8 [2]
B4 180.5 89.8
a03uf3c021ca
A4S 147.0 73.0
12 x 18 227.1 113.1 [1] Single fold [2] Double fold

11 x 17 214.4 106.7
81/2 x 14 176.3 87.7
81/2 x 11S 138.2 68.6
8K 193.5 96.3

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Double Parallel Position Adjustment screen"
Press [Single Fold].
10. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 6 gets larger the set value is moved to the positive side and gets smaller
when moved to the negative side.
11. Press [Double Fold].
12. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
13. Repeat steps 4 to 12 until the standard value can be obtained.
14. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 13.

1 429
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.10 Z-Fold Position Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the fold positions on the z-fold mode by the FD.


/C6500P/C5500

This adjustment changes the paper stop position when folding papers.

Note
• When adjusting both the single and the double folds, be sure to adjust the first fold first.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.].
3. "Multi Folder (Fold) Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [05 Z-Fold Position Adj.].
4. "Z-Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the length of the two places indicated with
"a" and "b". b

Paper size Standard value (mm)


[2] a [1]
a ± 1.5 b ± 1.5
A3 105.5 108.5 a03uf3c022ca

B4 91.5 94.5 [1] Single fold [2] Double fold


A4S 74.8 77.8
12 x 18 114.8 117.8
11 x 17 108.5 111.5
81/2 x 14 94.0 —
81/2 x 14 70.4 73.4
8K 98.0 101.0

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Double Parallel Position Adjustment screen"
Press [Single Fold].
10. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
11. Press [Double Fold].
12. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
13. Repeat steps 5 to 12 until the standard value can be obtained.
14. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 13.

430 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.11 Gate Fold Position Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjusts the fold position on the gate fold mode by the FD.

/C6500P/C5500
This adjustment changes the paper stop position when folding papers.

Note
• When adjusting the single, the double, and the triple folds, be sure to perform the adjustment in
the order of first, second, and third.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.].
3. "Multi Folder (Fold) Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 Gate Fold Position Adj.].
4. "Gate Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the length of the two places indicated with
"a", "b" and "c". b
Paper size Standard value (mm) a
a ± 1.5 b ± 1.5 c ± 1.5 [1]
A3 103.5 213.0 106.5
c [2]
B4 89.5 185.0 92.5 [3]
A4S 72.8 15 75.8
a03uf3c023ca
12 x 18 112.8 231.6 115.8
11x 17 106.5 218.9 109.5 [1] Single fold
[2] Double fold
81/2 x 14 87.4 180.8 90.4
[3] Triple fold
81/2 x 11S 68.4 142.7 71.4
8K 96.0 198.0 99.0

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Gate Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Press [Single Fold].
10. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
11. Press [Double Fold].
12. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
13. Press [Triple Fold].

1 431
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

14. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
bizhub PRO C6500

Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm


/C6500P/C5500

• The dimension "c" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
15. Repeat steps 5 to 14 until the standard value can be obtained.
16. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 15.

10.9.12 Fold Regist Loop Adj. (Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.)


Adjust paper loop amount at the FD registration roller to correct paper skew, wrinkle, or paper jam at the roller.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu" screen


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu" screen
Press [03 Multi Folder (Fold) Adj.].
3. "Multi Folder (Fold) Adjustment Menu" screen
Press [07 Fold Regist Loop Adj.].
4. "Fold Resist Loop Adjustment" screen
Press [COPY].
5. Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No.16).
6. If the problem is not solved, press [SERVICE].
7. "Fold Resist Loop Adjustment" screen
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 (smaller) to +50 (larger), 1 step = 0.1mm
8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until an appropriate value is obtained.

10.9.13 Multi Folder (PI) Adj.

Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

432
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.14 Stacker Adjustment

bizhub PRO C6500


Ajust the various adjustments concerning the LS.

/C6500P/C5500
(1) Paper Width Adjustment
Adjust an uneven paper stack (main scanning direction) on the stacker tray.
This adjustment adjusts the position of the alignment plate while in alignment.

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [05 Stacker Adjustment].
3. "Stacker Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Paper Width Adjustment].
4. "Paper Width Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
5. Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No.16).
6. If the paper edges are not aligned, press [SERVICE].
7. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (narrower) to +20 (wider), 1 step = 0.1 mm
8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until an appropriate value is obtained.

(2) Paper Length Adjustment


Adjust an uneven paper stack (sub- scanning direction) on the stacker tray.
This adjustment adjusts the position of the leading edge stopper while in alignment.

a. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [05 Stacker Adjustment].
3. "Stacker Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Paper Length Adjustment].
4. "Paper Length Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
5. Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No.16).
6. If the paper edges are not aligned, press [SERVICE].
7. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (narrower) to +20 (wider), 1 step = 0.1 mm
8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until an appropriate value is obtained.

433
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.15 Staple Center Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the center position of the staple on the saddle stitching mode by the SD.
/C6500P/C5500

This adjustment changes the position of the alignment plate while in alignment.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.].
3. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Staple Center Adj.].
4. "Staple Center Position Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
5. Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No.16).
6. Fold the output page in half in main scanning direc-
tion, and measure the gap "a" between the center
line of the print.
Standard value "a": = ± 2mm

a
fs503fs3300c

7. If the value is out of spec, press [SERVICE].


8. "Staple Center Position Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (right) to +20 (left), 1 step = 0.1mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

434
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.16 Staple Paper Width Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust an uneven binding (main scanning direction) in a bundle of paper in saddle stitch mode by the SD.

/C6500P/C5500
This adjustment adjusts the position of the saddle stitching alignment plate while in alignment.

Note
• Be sure the folding skew adjustment (mechanical adjustment) have been adjusted before perform-
ing this adjustment.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.].
3. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Staple Paper Width Adj.].
4. "Staple Paper Width Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the bundle of papers is misaligned (a: a mis-
alignment occurs when the paper width setting is a
larger than the paper width) and if the bundle is
curved (b: the curve occurs when the paper width
setting is smaller than the paper width).
Standard value "a": 1.0mm or less
b

fs503fs3012c

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Staple Paper Width Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (narrower) to +20 (wider), 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to10.

435
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.17 Staple Pitch Adjustment (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the staple intervals for the saddle stitch mode by the SD.
/C6500P/C5500

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.].
3. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Staple Pitch Adjustment].
4. "Staple Pitch Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the interval "a" between the staples against
the paper size "b".
Standard value: a = (b/2) ± 2 mm

a
b
fs503fs3011c

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Staple Pitch Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (narrower) to +20 (wider), 1 step = 0.1 mm
• Setting range is restricted by the paper size.
Minimum value is determined based on the stapler movable range and the maximum value is determined
so that the saddle stitching alignment plate and stapler do not interfere with each other.
B5S: Setting is not possible (fixed to 91 mm)
B4: -20 to +20 mm (108.5 to 148.5 mm)
A4S: -14 to +14 mm (91 to 119 mm)
A3: -20 to +16.5 mm (128.5 to 165 mm)
81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S: -16.95 to +16.95 mm (91 to 124.9 mm)
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11: -20 to +20 mm (119.7 to 159.7 mm)
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to10.

436
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.18 Half Fold Position Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust the fold position on the multi half fold mode by the SD.

/C6500P/C5500
A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.].
3. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 Half Fold Position Adj.].
4. "Half Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the misalignment "a" on the edge of the out-
a
putted paper.
Standard value "a": 1.5 mm or less

fs503fs3014c

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Half Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• In the case of the mis-alignment given in the step 7, enter a set value on the positive side.
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 10.

437
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.19 Tri-Fold Position Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the fold positions on the multi tri-fold-in mode by SD.


/C6500P/C5500

Note
• When adjusting both the single and the double folds, be sure to adjust the double fold first.
• The position of the single fold is based on the leading edge of paper and the position of the double
fold is based on the position of the single fold. So, the dimension "b" in the step 6 varies when
either position of the single fold and the double fold is changed.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.].
3. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [05 Tri-Fold Position Adj.].
4. "Tri-Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
5. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
6. Check the length of the two places indicated with
"a" and "b". a

Paper size Standard value (mm)


a ± 2.0 b ± 2.0
A4S 97.5 102.0 [2] b [1]
81/2 x 11S 91.6 96.1
fs503fs3015c

[1] Single fold [2] Double fold

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Tri-Fold Position Adjustment screen"
Select the paper size you want to adjust.
9. Press [Double Fold]. (the second fold)
10. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "a" in the step 6 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
11. Press [Single Fold]. (the first fold)
12. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 to +50, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension "b" in the step 7 gets larger when the set value is moved to the positive side and gets
smaller when moved to the negative side.
13. Repeat steps 4 to 12 until the standard value can be obtained.

438
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.20 Fold Paper Width Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust an uneven edge with the bundle paper at the multi half folding or multi tri-folding mode, conduct this

/C6500P/C5500
adjustment.
This adjustment changes the alignment width when aligning in sub-scanning direction.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.].
3. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 Fold Paper Width Adj.].
4. "Fold Paper Width Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check to if the bundle of papers is misaligned.
a: If the set value is wider than the paper width, fold
line skewed various direction.
b: If the set value is narrower than the paper width, a
fold line skewed same direction.

fs503fs3302c

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Fold Paper Width Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 (narrower) to +50 (wider), 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 10.

1 439
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.21 Trimming Adjustment (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)


bizhub PRO C6500

When there is misalignment in the trimmed fore-edge or the trimming is too much by the SD, conduct this
/C6500P/C5500

adjustment.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.].
3. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [07 Trimming Adjustment].
4. "Trimming Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
7. Check the trimmed length "a" of the cover paper.
Standard value "a" : 2 mm or more a

Note
• When the trimmed length less than 2mm may
fs503fs3301c
cause trimming fault.
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Trimming Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -400 (smaller) to +400 (larger), 1 step = 0.1mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. To continue the adjustment for other sizes of paper, repeat steps from 4 to 10.

440
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.22 Trimmer Receiver Adj. (Saddle Stitcher Adj.)

bizhub PRO C6500


Perform this adjustment when poor trimming (e.g. fluff on the cut end) occurs at the trimming by the SD.

/C6500P/C5500
This adjustment changes the shift interval and the move pitch of the trimmer board.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.].
3. "Saddle Stitcher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Trimmer Receiver Adj.].
4. "Trimmer Receiver Adjustment screen"
Select the options for "Trimmer Count" (number of cuts counted until the trimmer board moves) and
"Move Pitch" (travel distance of the trimmer board when it moves).
5. Press [Execute Compulsive Movement] to move the trimmer board manually.

10.9.23 Curl Reform Direction (RU Adjustment)


Perform this adjustment if paper jam or other problems occur when feeding curled papers.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [07 RU Adjustment].
3. "RU Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Curl Reform Direction].
4. "Curl Reform Direction screen"
Select the option from [OFF], [Upper], or [Lower].

Note
• [Upper]: Corrects the convex curl.
• [Lower]: Corrects the concave curl.
• [Off]: Deactivates curl correction.
• Select [Upper] or [Lower] to correct paper curl at all times.

441
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.24 Cover Trimming Adjustment (Perfect Binder Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjusts the trimming position of the right side edge of the cover paper.
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• In order to align the leading edges on the left and right covers, perform the adjustments in the
order shown below:
1. 10.9.25 Cover Lead Edge Adj.
2. 10.9.24 Cover Trimming Adjustment

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Perfect Binder Adjustment].
3. "Perfect Binder Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Cover Trimming Adjustment].
4. "Cover Trimming Adjustment screen"
Press the [Perfect Binder Tray] or [Except PB Tray] to select the tray you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper type and press the Start key to make test prints and carry out perfect binding.
7. Check the cover of the created book if its right side
[3]
edge and left side edge align with each other.
[1] Trimming position
[2] Right cover paper
[3] Left cover paper

[2] [1] 1050fs3357c

8. Press [SERVICE] to change the trimming position of the right cover paper.
9. "Cover Trimming Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -128 (reduces the trimming amount) to +127 (enlarges the trimming amount), 1 step =
0.1mm
10. Repeat the steps 4 to 9 until an appropriate value is obtained.

442 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.25 Cover Lead Edge Adj. (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Sets the length that the left side of cover paper exceeds the length (width) of inside pages.

/C6500P/C5500
A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Perfect Binder Adjustment].
3. "Perfect Binder Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Cover Lead Edge Adj.]
4. "Cover Lead Edge Adjustment screen"
Press [PB Tray] or [Except PB Tray] to select the tray you want to adjust.
5. Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size from the following options.
Full Area
A4
B5
A5
8.5 x 11
16K
A5S
5.5 x 8.5S
Custom (220mm to 379mm)
Custom (148mm to 219mm)

Note
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside pages) finished sizes.
6. Press [COPY].
7. Select the paper type and press the Start key to make test prints and carry out perfect binding.
8. Check that the width of the left cover paper is
[3] [4]
longer than that of the inside pages by specified
amount. [5]
[1] Inside pages [2] Right cover paper
[1]
[3] Left cover paper [4] Length differential
[5] Edge of the left cover paper

[2] 1050fs3358c

9. To change the width of the left cover paper, press [SERVICE].


10. "Cover Lead Edge Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -128 (short) to +127 (long), 1 step = 0.1mm
11. Repeat the steps 4 to 10 until an appropriate value is obtained.

2 443
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.26 Spine Corner forming Pos. (Perfect Binder Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjusts the corner folding position of the cover paper.


/C6500P/C5500

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Perfect Binder Adjustment].
3. "Perfect Binder Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Spine Corner forming Pos.].
4. "Spine Corner forming Position Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
5. Select the paper type and press the Start key to make test prints and carry out perfect binding.
6. Check that the corner edges of the cover paper are
[4]
created uniformly in the main scan direction.
[1] Right cover paper
[1]
[2] Main scanning direction
[3] Cover paper
[4] Left cover paper

[2]
[3]
1050fs3359c

7. When the corner edges of the cover paper are not created uniformly, press [SERVICE].
8. "Spine Corner forming Position Adjustment"
Select [Up/Down (Forward) Adj.] or [Up/Down (Rear) Adj.].
9. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -128 (down) to +127(up), 1 step = 0.1mm
10. Repeat the steps 4 to 9 until an appropriate value is obtained.

444 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.27 Pasting Start Postion (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjusts the start position for applying glue to inside pages.

/C6500P/C5500
A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Perfect Binder Adjustment].
3. "Perfect Binder Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 Pasting Start Postion].
4. "Pasting Start Position Adjustment screen"
Press [Ahead] or [Back] to select which start position, for applying during frontward movement or back-
ward movement, to be adjusted.
5. Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size from the following options.
Full Area
A4
B5
A5
8.5 x 11
16K
A5S
5.5 x 8.5S
Custom (220mm to 379mm)
Custom (148mm to 219mm)

Note
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside pages) finished sizes.
6. Press [COPY].
7. Select the paper type and press the Start key to make test prints and carry out perfect binding.
8. Check that the glue applying start position to the
[3]
inside pages is appropriate.
[1] Start position for frontward applying
[2] Start position for backward applying
[3] Inside pages

[1]

[2] 1050fs3360c

9. To adjust the start position, press [SERVICE].


10. "Pasting Start Position Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -128 (earlier) to +127 (later), 1 step = 0.1mm
11. Repeat the steps 4 to 10 until an appropriate value is obtained.

2 445
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.28 Pasting Finish Position (Perfect Binder Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjusts the position to finish applying glue.


/C6500P/C5500

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Perfect Binder Adjustment].
3. "Perfect Binder Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [05 Pasting Finish Position].
4. "Pasting Finish Position Adjustment screen"
Press [Ahead] or [Back] to select which finish position, for applying during frontward movement or back-
ward movement, to be adjusted.
5. Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size from the following options.
Full Area
A4
B5
A5
8.5 x 11
16K
A5S
5.5 x 8.5S
Custom (220mm to 379mm)
Custom (148mm to 219mm)

Note
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside pages) finished sizes.
6. Press [COPY].
7. Select the paper type and press the Start key to make test prints and carry out perfect binding.
8. Check that the glue applying finish position to the
[3]
inside pages is appropriate.
[1] Finish position for frontward applying
[2] Finish position for backward applying
[3] Inside pages

[1]

[2] 1050fs3361c

9. To adjust the finish position, press [SERVICE].


10. "Pasting Finish Position Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -128 (earlier) to +127 (later), 1 step = 0.1mm
11. Repeat the steps 4 to 10 until an appropriate value is obtained.

446 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.29 Paste Formation Finish Pos. (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjusts the finish position of the process to make a uniform layer of glue applied on the inside pages spine.

/C6500P/C5500
A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Perfect Binder Adjustment].
3. "Perfect Binder Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 Paste Formation Finish Pos.].
4. "Paste Formation Finish Position Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size from the following options.
Full Area
A4
B5
A5
8.5 x 11
16K
A5S
5.5 x 8.5S
Custom (220mm to 379mm)
Custom (148mm to 219mm)

Note
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside pages) finished sizes.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper type and press the Start key to make test prints and carry out perfect binding.
7. Check that the finish position of the process to make a uniform layer of glue on the inside pages spine is
appropriate.
8. When adjusting the the finish position of the process to make a uniform layer of glue,
press [SERVICE].
9. "Paste Formation Finish Position Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -128 (earlier) to +127 (later), 1 step = 0.1mm
10. Repeat the steps 4 to 9 until an appropriate value is obtained.

2 447
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.30 Temperature Adjustment (Perfect Binder Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Sets the temperatures to be detected by the glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1), the glue tank tempera-
/C6500P/C5500

ture sensor/Up (TH2), the glue tank temperature sensor/Md (TH3), and the glue tank temperature sensor/Lw
(TH4) provided in the glue tank.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Perfect Binder Adjustment].
3. "Perfect Binder Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [07 Temperature Adjustment].
4. "Temperature Adjustment screen"
Press [COPY].
5. Select the paper type and press the Start key to make test prints and carry out perfect binding.
6. Check that the glue applied has dried appropriately.
7. To adjust the dryness of the glue, press [SERVICE].
8. "Temperature Adjustment screen"
Select the option of which the temperature is set.
The following options are provided.
Melt Tank - Top
Melt Tank - Mid
Melt Tank - Low
Pasting Roller
9. Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
• Melt Tank - Top
Setting range: 10 to 200 °C
Default: 132 °C
• Melt Tank - Mid
Setting range: 140 to 200 °C
Default: 145 °C
• Melt Tank - Low
Setting range: 140 to 200°C
Default: 185 °C
• Pasting Roller
Setting range: 140 to 200 °C
Default: 165 °C
10. Repeat the steps 4 to 9 until an appropriate value is obtained.

448 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.31 Sub Compile CD Width Adj. (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjusts the alignment width of the inside pages when aligning in the main scan direction.

/C6500P/C5500
A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Perfect Binder Adjustment].
3. "Perfect Binder Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Sub Compile CD Width Adj.].
4. "Sub Compile CD Width Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size from the following options.
Full Area
A4
B5
A5
8.5 x 11
16K
A5S
5.5 x 8.5S
Custom (220mm to 379mm)
Custom (148mm to 219mm)

Note
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside pages) finished sizes.
5. "Sub Compile CD Width Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range:-20 (wider) to +20 (narrower), 1 step = 0.1mm
6. Create multiple books in normal copy mode, and check the alignment of the second and later book.
Change set value set in Step 5 until an properly aligned book is created.

2 449
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.32 Clamp CD Width Adjustment (Perfect Binder Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjusts the alignment width of the inside pages when aligning in the main scanning direction.
/C6500P/C5500

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Perfect Binder Adjustment].
3. "Perfect Binder Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [09 Clamp CD Width Adjustment].
4. "Clamp CD Width Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size from the following options.
Full Area
A4
B5
A5
8.5 x 11
16K
A5S
5.5 x 8.5S
Custom (220mm to 379mm)
Custom (148mm to 219mm)

Note
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside pages) finished sizes.
5. "Clamp CD Width Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range:-20 (wider) to +20 (narrower), 1 step = 0.1mm
6. Create multiple books in normal copy mode, and check the alignment of the second and later book.
Change set value set in Step 5 until an properly aligned book is created.

450 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.33 Cover Up/Down CD Width Adj. (Perfect Binder Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjusts the positional relation in the main scan direction between the cover paper and the inside pages.

/C6500P/C5500
A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Perfect Binder Adjustment].
3. "Perfect Binder Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [10 Cover Up/Down CD Width Adj.].
4. "Cover Up/Down CD Width Adjustment screen"
Press [Perfect Binder Tray] or [Except PB Tray] to select the tray you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper type and press the Start key to make test prints and carry out perfect binding.
7. Check if the relation between the main-scanning position of the cover and that of the inside pages are
appropriate.
8. To adjust the relation of their main-scanning positions, press [SERVICE].
9. "Cover Up/Down CD Width Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range:-20 (wider) to +20 (narrower), 1 step = 0.1mm
10. Repeat the steps 4 to 9 until an appropriate value is obtained.

2 451
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.34 Clamp FD Position Adj. (Perfect Binder Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjusts the alignment width of the inside pages when aligning in the sub scan direction.
/C6500P/C5500

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Perfect Binder Adjustment].
3. "Perfect Binder Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [11 Clamp FD Position Adj.].
4. "Clamp FD Position Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size from the following options.
Full Area
A4
B5
A5
8.5 x 11
16K
A5S
5.5 x 8.5S
Custom (220mm to 379mm)
Custom (148mm to 219mm)

Note
• Above paper sizes are book (the inside pages) finished sizes.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper type and press the Start key to make test prints and carry out perfect binding.
7. Check if the sub-scanning direction of all the inside pages are properly aligned.
8. To adjust the alignment width in sub-scanning direction of the inside pages, press [SERVICE].
9. "Clamp FD Position Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (wider) to +20 (narrower), 1 step = 0.1mm
10. Repeat the steps 4 to 9 until an appropriate value is obtained.

Note
• If the setting is too wide, pages are misplaced in sub-scanning direction.
• If the setting is too narrow, mark of the FD alignment plate may appear.

452 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.35 Recall Standard Data (Finisher Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Restore the finisher adjustment set values to factory initial data or installation initial data.

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Adjustment data of "Stacker Adjustment (LS)", "Trimmer Receiver Adj. (SD)", "Curl Reform Direc-
tion (RU)", "Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adj. (PK)", and "Paper Inserter Tray Size Adj. (PI)" are not
restored.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Recall Standard Data].
3. "Recall Standard Data screen"
Press [Factory Initial Data] or [Installation Initial Data].

Note
• Selecting [Factory Default Data] restores various set values to factory initial data.
• Selecting [Installation Initial Data] restores to the adjustment values stored when I/O check
mode (code "90-00") was conducted.

1 453
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.36 Saddle Stitcher Stopper Adj.


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the staple position in the sub scan direction while in the saddle stitching by the FS-607.
/C6500P/C5500

This adjustment changes the position of the saddle stitching stopper.

Note
• Be sure the " Half Fold Stopper Adj. " have been adjusted before performing this adjustment.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Saddle Stitcher Stopper Adj.].
3. "Fold & Staple Stopper Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
4. Press [COPY].
5. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
6. Check the saddle stitching staple position of the
outputted paper.
Standard value "a": ± 1 mm

15sjf3c100na

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Fold & Staple Stopper Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -128 (lower) to +127 (upper), 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

454
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.37 Half Fold Stopper Adj.

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust the folding position while in the multi center folding and saddle stitching by the FS-607.

/C6500P/C5500
This adjustment changes the position of the saddle stitching stopper.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Half Fold Stopper Adj.].
3. "Half Fold Stopper Adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
4. Press [COPY].
5. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
6. Check the misalignment "a" on the edge of the
outputted paper. a
Standard value "a": ± 1 mm

15sjf3c101na

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "Half Fold Stopper Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -128 to +127, 1 step = 0.1 mm
• In the case of the misalignment given in the step 6, enter a set value to the negative side.
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

455
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.38 Vertical Position Adj. (Punch Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the punch position of the punch kit (PK) in the main scan direction.
/C6500P/C5500

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Punch Adjustment].
3. "Punch Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [01 Vertical Position Adj.].
4. "Vertical position adjustment screen"
Press [T] or [S] to select the paper size you want to adjust.
5. Press [COPY].
6. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted, set the 10 sets of copies and press the
Start key to output a test pattern (No. 16).
7. Fold the output paper in half in the main scan
direction, and measure the gap "a" between the
center line of the print and the center of the punch
hole. [1]
Standard value "a": ± 1 mm
a

[2]

15knf3c002nb

[1] Center of the paper


[2] Center of the punch hole

8. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
9. "Vertical position adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 (in front) to +50 (in back), 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.

456
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.39 Horizontal Position Adj. (Punch Adjustment)

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust the punch position of the punch kit (PK) in the sub scan direction.

/C6500P/C5500
A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Punch Adjustment].
3. "Punch Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [02 Horizontal Position Adj.].
4. "Horizontal position adjustment screen"
Select [PI tray] or [Main tray], and press [COPY].
5. Set paper in the tray or PI, and press Start to print the test pattern (No. 16).
6. Check the punch position "a" of the output paper
in the sub scan direction. a
Paper size Standard value "a" (mm)
metric area 10.5 ± 5.0
inch area 9.5 ± 5.0

15knf3c001nb

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Service].
8. "Horizontal position adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -50 (shorter) to +50 (longer), 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

457
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.40 Registration Adjustment (Punch Adjustment)


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the registration loop amount of the punch kit (PK) while in the punch to remove punch skew, paper wrin-
/C6500P/C5500

kles, or a jam at the punch registration section.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Punch Adjustment].
3. "Punch Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Registration Adjustment].
4. "Registration adjustment screen"
Select the item you want to adjust, and press [COPY].
5. Set paper in the tray or PI, and press Start to print the test pattern (No. 16).
6. If the problem is not solved, press [SERVICE].
7. "Registration adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -20 (larger) to +20 (smaller), 1 step = 0.8 mm
8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until an appropriate value is obtained.

10.9.41 Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adj. (Punch Adjustment)


Adjust the sensitivity of the sensor after replacing the punch drive board (PKDB) or the paper edge detect sensor
board (PESB) of PK.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [03 Punch Adjustment].
3. "Punch Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adj.].
4. "Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adjustment screen"
Press [Start].
5. A message "Completed" is displayed when the adjustment is finished successfully.

458
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.42 Tri-Fold Adjustment

bizhub PRO C6500


Adjust the 1st folding position of the multi tri-folding mode by the FS-607.

/C6500P/C5500
Note
• The 2nd folding position (dimension "b") is mechanically adjusted. (See "4.12 Adjusting the tri-
folding position (FS-607)" in FS-520/607 Field service.)

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [04 Tri-Fold Adjustment].
3. "Tri-Fold Adjustment screen"
Select the paper size you want to adjust, and press [COPY].
4. Select the paper size according to the item you want to adjusted and press the Start key to output a test
pattern (No. 16).
5. Check "a" on the outputted paper.

Paper size Standard value (mm)


a b c
A4S 95 ± 2 101 ± 2 101 ± 2
81/2 x 11S 89 ± 2 95 ± 2 95 ± 2

c
a

[1]
b 15sjf3c102na
[1] First fold

6. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Service].
7. "Tri-Fold Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: -128 (larger) to +127 (smaller), 1 step = 0.1 mm
8. Repeat steps 3 to 7 until the standard value can be obtained.

459
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.43 2 Pos. Staple Pitch Adj.


bizhub PRO C6500

Adjust the staple intervals for the staple or saddle stitch mode by the FS-607.
/C6500P/C5500

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [05 2 Pos. Staple Pitch Adj.].
3. "2 Position Staple Pitch Adjustment screen"
Press [Fold & Staple] or [Staple].
4. Press [COPY].
5. Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No.16).
6. Press Start to print the test pattern (No. 16).
Standard value "a": 128 ± 6 mm

a 15sjf3c103na

[1]

a
15sjf3c104na

[2]
[1] Staple
[2] Fold & Staple

7. When the value is not within the standard value, press [SERVICE].
8. "2 Position Staple Pitch Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
Setting range: +128 (narrower) to +160 (wider), 1 step = 1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.

460
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.9.44 Paper Inserter Tray Size Adj.

bizhub PRO C6500


This adjustment should be performed when the paper size is not correctly detected at the cover sheet tray of the

/C6500P/C5500
PI.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [06 Paper Inserter Tray Size Adj].
3. "PI1/PI2 Tray Size Adjustment screen"
Press [Next] or [Previous] and select the upper or lower tray, and press [A4S] or [8.5 x 11S].
4. Load A4S paper in the selected tray of PI and press [Start].
(When you selected [8.5 x 11S] in step 3, load 81/2 x 11S paper in the tray.)
5. A message "Completed" is displayed.
6. When another tray needs to be adjusted, repeat steps 3 to 5.
7. Exit out of the service mode, and check if paper size set in the PI is correctly detected.

10.9.45 Output quantity limit


Set the maximum number of sheets for stapling, saddle stitching, multi half fold, and multi tri-fold of the FS-607.
Change the max. setting when the staples are buckled or paper folded is not enough.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [07 Output quantity limit].
3. "Finisher Output Limit Setting screen"
Enter the maximum number of sheets for each item with the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].

1 461
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.9.46 Curl adjustment


bizhub PRO C6500

Set the adjustment for the paper curl amount on FS-607 or FS-520. Depending on the paper type, adjust this
/C6500P/C5500

setting when the leading edge of paper is buckled at 1st folding in the Tri-fold mode or an uneven paper exit
occurs due to the paper curl.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [07 Finisher Adjustment].
2. "Finisher Adjustment Menu screen"
Press [08 Curl adjustment].
3. "Curl Adjustment Setting screen"
Select the pressure for the paper exit decurler roller among "High, Middle, Low".

Note
• The paper curl direction varies depending on the paper type, weight, moisture condition, tray load-
ing direction, etc. Adjust this setting after checking the condition of exit papers.
• Adjust the setting according to the following.

a. Exit with its face down


"Simplex (Print Side : Front)" : With the default setting "High", the paper tends to have a concave
curl. When the concave curl amount is large on the main tray, set
to "Middle" or "Low".
"Duplex" : With the default setting "Middle", set to "Low" when the concave
curl amount is large on the main tray, and set to "High" when the
convex curl amount is large on the main tray.

b. Exit with its face up


"Simplex (Print Side : Back)" : The paper tends to have a convex curl. When the
convex curl amount is large on the main tray, set
to "Middle" or "High".
"Simplex (Tri-folding 64-80g/m2 Inside print)" : With the default setting "High", when the leading
edge of paper is buckled at 1st folding, set to
"Middle" or "Low".
"Simplex (Tri-folding 81-105g/m2 Inside print)" : With the default setting "Low", when the leading
edge of paper is buckled at 1st folding, set to
"Middle" or "High".

462 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.10 Firmware version

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Display the firmware version of the main body and options.

Note
• The [Image control] that is displayed on the screen represents the firmware version of the overall
control board (OACB).

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [08 Firmware Version].
2. "Firmware Version Menu screen"
Press [01 ROM Version].
3. "ROM Version Indication screen"
Each firmware version is displayed.

463
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.11 CS Remote Care


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

10.11.1 Outline
The CS Remote Care is a system that manages the main body by sending and receiving various kinds of the
management data of the main body between the main body and the CS Remote Care center computer through
the phone line or E-mail.
It enables the main body to call the center computer, and the center computer to inquire regularly the main body
for various data.
The data handled by the CS Remote Care can be classified into the 3 following groups.
a.Data that allow you to grasp the use conditions of the main body, such as the total count and the maintenance
count.
b. Data that give us the general information of when and how often an abnormality occurred with the main body.
c. All sorts of adjustment data

Note
• When the "Security Strengthen Set" is set to ON, the main body NIC other than the CS Remote
Care cannot be used.

10.11.2 Setup procedure of the CS Remote Care


When using the E-mail CS Remote Care together with the mail remote communication system, it is necessary to
take note of the mail account and the DIPS setting. For particulars, see “10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail
CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system.”
In case you setup again the once setup main body, clear the RAM for CS Remote Care and set it up again.
About how to clear the RAM for CS Remote Care, see “10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care.”

Step Operation
When using the phone line modem When using the E-mail (Main body NIC)
0 Registered the machine ID in the application on the CS Remote Care center side.
When the machine ID is not registered, no initial connection cannot be made.
1 Modem connection When using the E-mail, remove the modem for the
Turn off the power of the modem, connect the phone line.
main body and the modem with a modem cable,
and the modem and the wall outlet with a modu-
lar cable.
* For the connection of a modular cable, see the
instructions of the modem to be used.
2 CS Remote Care function ON
(Service mode → System Input → Software Switch Setting → Set 15-5 to "On (1)")
3 CS Remote Care function selection CS Remote Care function selection
(Service mode → CS Remote Care → CS (Service mode → CS Remote Care → CS Remote
Remote Care → Set Modem) Care → Set E-mail)
4 No. code entry
(Service mode → CS Remote Care → CS Remote Care → Press No. Code → Enter the No. code* →
Press No. Code)
* For the No. code, enter a specified code.
5 Date and time setting for the CS Remote Care
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Date/Time setting → Press Setting Time → Enter the current
time → Press Set → Press Time Zone → Enter the time zone)

464 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Step Operation

bizhub PRO C6500


When using the phone line modem When using the E-mail (Main body NIC)

/C6500P/C5500
6 Center ID setting
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Basic setting → Press the Center No. → Enter the center No.*)
* Enter the center No. in five digits.
7 Center telephone Number setting Response time out setting: Optional
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Basic (Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Response
setting → Press Center Telephone Number → time out setting → Enter the response time out
Enter the center telephone Number*) time)
* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required. (This is usually left as default.)
8 Machine telephone Number setting Proceed to the step 9.
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Basic
setting → Press Machine Telephone Number →
Enter the machine telephone Number *)
* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required.
9 Modem initialization AT command entry Main body mail address setting
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → AT com- This is set from the Web utility on the browser of
mand → Press First command → Enter the ini- the PC connected to the main body NIC by the
tialization command *) network.
* For particulars of the initialization command, Be sure to conduct the sending and receiving test.
see the instructions of the modem to be used.
10 Software SW setting for the CS Remote Care Proceed to the step 11.
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Software
SW setting)
(Baud rate setting: Select the baud rate at the
software SW setting 01-4 to 7.)
11 Turn on and off the power switch (SW2) of the main body.
12 First call execution Initial connection mail reception
(Service mode → CS Remote Care → CS The initial connection mail is sent to the mail
Remote Care → Press No. Code twice → Detail address of the main body NIC from the center.
setting → Basic setting → First call*) * When the CS Remote Care related screen is
* When the connection to the center completes opened while receiving the initial connection mail
successfully, the CS Remote Care setting screen from the center, the information being created is
is displayed. destroyed and the CS Remote Care setting screen
is displayed.

1 465
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system
bizhub PRO C6500

To change a combination of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system, refer to this table to
/C6500P/C5500

configure the software switch setting or the mail account setting.

Case Mail remote E-Mail CS Setting item Value Remark


notification Remote Care
system using the main
body NIC
"Use the mail remote notification Use
system" of the main body NIC’s
1 Web utility (*2)
"Service mode - Software 1
Switch Setting": 15-5 (*1)
"Use the mail remote notification Use
system" of the main body NIC
2 — Web utility —
"Service mode - Software 0
Switch Setting": 15-5 (*1)
"Use the mail remote notification Do not
system" of the main body NIC use
3 — Web utility —
"Service mode - Software 1
Switch Setting": 15-5 (*1)
*1 Service mode - Software Switch Setting: 15-5 (CS Remote Care function ON, 0=OFF,
1=ON)
*2 Mail remote notification system and CS Remote Care using the main body NIC share the same mail
account

10.11.4 Detailed setup procedure


A. CS Remote Care function ON

1. Enter the Service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press [System Input].
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press [Software Switch Setting].
4. "Software switch setting mode screen"
Set "16" with the DIPSW number.
Set "7" with the DIPSW bit number.
5. Set the bit data to the NIC you use.
On (1): Use the main body NIC
Off (0): Use the IP NIC (default)
6. Press [Return] to finish the configuration.

466 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

B. CS Remote Care function selection (E-Mail/Phone line modem)

bizhub PRO C6500


1. Enter the Service mode.

/C6500P/C5500
2. “Service mode menu screen"
Press [CS Remote Care].
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press [CS Remote Care].
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Select the key for the function you use.
01 E-Mail: Use the E-Mail CS Remote Care
02 Modem: Use the Modem CS Remote Care
5. Press [No. Code].
6. Enter the No. code* with the numeric keys.
7. Press [No. Code].
8. Press [Detail setting].
9. "Setting menu screen"
Press [Date/Time Setting].
10. "Date and Time setting screen"
Enter the date with the numeric keys, and press the [Set].
11. Enter the month with the numeric keys, and press [Set].
12. Enter the year in 2 digits with the numeric keys, and press [Set].
13. Enter time with the numeric keys, and press [Set].
14. Press [Time Zone].
15. Enter the time zone with the numeric keys, and press [Set].
16. Press [OK] to return to the "Setting menu screen."
* Enter the No. code that is assigned in advance.

1 467
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Modem initial setting


bizhub PRO C6500

1. "Modem setting menu screen"


/C6500P/C5500

Press [Basic setting].


2. "Basic setting screen"
Press [Center No.].
3. Enter the center ID with the keyboard, and press [OK].
4. Press [Center Telephone Number].
5. Enter the center telephone number with the numeric and symbolic keys.
Use [T]s and [P]s depending on the modem and the phone line. *1
6. Press [Machine Telephone Number].
7. Enter the machine telephone number with the numeric and symbolic keys.
Use [T]s and [P]s depending on the modem and the phone line. *1
8. Press [OK] to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."
9. "Modem setting menu screen"
Press [AT command].
10. "AT command setting screen"
Press the [First command] key.
11. Enter the modem initialization command with the keyboard, and press [OK]. *2
12. Press [OK] to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."
*1 When entering the telephone number, keys on the screen other than numeric keys represent the followings.
[ , ] Pause: holds the self-dial delivery for some time
[W] Wait: detects the destination dial tone
[T] Tone dial: tone dialing
[P] Pulse dial: pulse dialing
[—] Number delimiter: ignored when actually dialed
[*] [#] [•]: use as necessary
*2 Change the modem initialization command if necessary (Usually, there is no need to change). For details,
refer to the manual of the modem.

468
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

D. Baud rate setting

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Note
• In case you changed bit data by accident, be sure to restore the previous state.

1. "Modem setting menu screen"


Press [Software SW Setting].
2. "Software SW Setting screen"
Set "01" with the DIPSW number.
Set the modem baud rate using the DIPSW bit number "4 to 7".*
3. Press [Return] to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."
* Modem baud rate

Baud rate 01-7 01-6 01-5 01-4


1200 bps 0 0 1 1
2400 bps 0 1 0 0
4800 bps 0 1 0 1
9600 bps 0 1 1 0
19200 bps 0 1 1 1
38400 bps 1 0 0 0
57600 bps 1 0 0 1

E. E-Mail initial setting

1. "E-Mail Setting Menu screen"


Press [Basic setting].
2. "Basic setting screen"
Press [Center No.].
3. Enter the center ID with the keyboard, and press [OK].
4. Press [OK] to return to the "E-Mail Setting Menu screen."
5. "E-Mail Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Response time out setting] key. *
6. Enter the response time out time with the numeric keys. (in minutes)
7. Press [OK] to return to the "E-Mail Setting Menu screen."

Note
• The response time out setting is automatically set on receiving the initial connection mail. Change
the setting if necessary.

469
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.11.5 Software SW setting for CS Remote Care


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Note
• Software SW bits data are written into the Parameter board (PB) every time a change is made. In
case you changed bit data by accident, be sure to restore the previous state.

A. Input procedure

1. Enter the Service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press [CS Remote Care].
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press [CS Remote Care].
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press [No. Code].
5. Use the sheet setting keys to enter the No. code. *1
6. Press [No. Code].
7. Press [Detail setting].
8. "Setting menu screen"
Press [Software SW Setting].
9. "Software SW Setting screen"
Select the DIPSW number.
Use the left arrow key or the numeric keys.
10. Select the DIPSW bit number.
Use the right arrow key or the numeric keys.
11. Select DIPSW On (1), Off (0).
Use the [On (1)], [Off (0)] key.
12. Press [Return] to return to the "Setting menu screen."
*1 If the No. code is already entered, confirm that No. code.

Note
• About functions of each switch, see to “B. List of software SW for CS Remote Care.”

470 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

B. List of software SW for CS Remote Care

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Note
• Do not change any bit not described on this table

DIPSW Functions Bit Data Default


No. Bit 0 1
1 0 Dial mode Pulse dial Tone dial 1
1 Modem reception Receive *1 Do not receive *1 0
2 — — — 0
3 — — — 0
4 Baud rate *2 *2 0
5 *2 *2 0
6 *2 *2 0
7 *2 *2 1
2 0 Auto call on malfunction code occurrence Do not call Call 1
1 Auto call on date specification Do not call Call 1
2 Auto call on the part replacement Do not call Call 1
3 Auto call on the drum replacement Do not call Call 1
4 Auto call on the periodic maintenance (PM) Do not call Call 1
5 — — — 0
6 — — — 0
7 Auto call when resetting the fixed replacement Do not call Call 0
parts
3 0 — — — 0
1 Auto call on the toner supply Do not call Call 1
2 Auto call on frequent JAM occurrence Do not call Call 1
3 Report on the waste toner box full Do not call Call 1
4 to 7 — — — 0
4 0 CS Remote Care communication mode *3 *3 0
1 *3 *3 1
2 to 7 — — — 0
5 0 Modem redial interval *4 *4 1
1 *4 *4 1
2 *4 *4 0
3 *4 *4 0
4 to 7 — — — 0
6 0 Modem redial times *5 *5 0
1 *5 *5 1
2 *5 *5 0
3 *5 *5 1
4 *5 *5 0
5 *5 *5 0
6 *5 *5 0
7 — — — 0

471
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

DIPSW Functions Bit Data Default


bizhub PRO C6500

No. Bit 0 1
/C6500P/C5500

7 0 Redial for response time out Do not redial Redial 1


1 to 7 — — — 0
8 0 Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery error *6 *6 0
1 *6 *6 1
2 *6 *6 1
3 *6 *6 0
4 to 7 — — — 0
9 0 Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery error *7 *7 0
1 *7 *7 1
2 *7 *7 0
3 *7 *7 1
4 *7 *7 0
5 *7 *7 0
6 *7 *7 0
7 — — — 0
10 0 Time zone setting *8 *8 0
1 *8 *8 0
2 *8 *8 0
3 *8 *8 0
4 *8 *8 0
5 *8 *8 0
6 *8 *8 0
7 *8 *8 0
11 0 Timer 1 *9 *9 0
1 RING reception → CONNECT reception *9 *9 0
2 *9 *9 0
3 *9 *9 0
4 *9 *9 0
5 *9 *9 1
6 *9 *9 0
7 *9 *9 0
12 0 Timer 2 *10 *10 0
1 Dial request completed → CONNECT reception *10 *10 0
2 *10 *10 0
3 *10 *10 0
4 *10 *10 0
5 *10 *10 0
6 *10 *10 1
7 *10 *10 0
13 0 Timer 3 — — 0
1 Not used — — 1

472
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

DIPSW Functions Bit Data Default

bizhub PRO C6500


No. Bit 0 1

/C6500P/C5500
13 2 Timer 3 — — 0
3 Not used — — 1
4 — — 0
5 — — 0
6 — — 0
7 — — 0
14 0 Timer 4 *11 *11 0
1 Line connection → Start request telegram deliv- *11 *11 0
2 ery *11 *11 0
3 *11 *11 0
4 *11 *11 0
5 *11 *11 1
6 *11 *11 0
7 *11 *11 0
15 0 Timer 5 *12 *12 0
1 Wait time for other side's response *12 *12 1
2 *12 *12 1
3 *12 *12 1
4 *12 *12 1
5 *12 *12 0
6 *12 *12 0
7 *12 *12 0
16 0 Retry data, timer 6 *13 *13 1
1 Initialization OK → Dial request *13 *13 1
2 *13 *13 1
3 *13 *13 1
4 *13 *13 1
5 *13 *13 1
6 *13 *13 1
7 *13 *13 1
17 0 Call JAM date (main body) *14 *14 1
1 Valid copy quantity *14 *14 0
2 Call ADF JAM date *15 *15 1
3 Valid original feed quantity *15 *15 0
4 Call JAM date *16 *16 1
5 MCBJ setting *16 *16 0
6 Call ADF JAM date *17 *17 1
7 MOBJ setting *17 *17 0
18 0 Attention display Do not call Call 1
1 to 7 — — — 0
19 to 40 0 to 7 — — — 0

473
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

*1 Modem reception Mode DIPSW No.1


bizhub PRO C6500

1
/C6500P/C5500

Receive 0
Issue ATA by RING delivery
Do not receive 1
Do not issue ATA by RING delivery

*2 Baud rate Mode DIPSW No.1


7 6 5 4
1200 bps 0 0 1 1
2400 bps 0 1 0 0
4800 bps 0 1 0 1
9600 bps 0 1 1 0
19200 bps 0 1 1 1
38400 bps 1 0 0 0
57600 bps 1 0 0 1

*3 CS Remote Care communication mode Mode DIPSW No.4


1 0
Data modem 0 0
FAX (not used) 0 1
E-Mail 1 0
Reservation 1 1

*4 Modem redial interval Mode DIPSW No.5


3 2 1 0
1 minute 0 0 0 1
2 minutes 0 0 1 0
3 minutes 0 0 1 1
4 minutes 0 1 0 0
5 minutes 0 1 0 1
6 minutes 0 1 1 0
7 minutes 0 1 1 1
8 minutes 1 0 0 0
9 minutes 1 0 0 1
10 minutes 1 0 1 0

*5 Modem redial times Mode DIPSW No.06


6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 9 times 000 0000 to 000 1001
10 times 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
11 to 99 times 000 1011 to 110 0011

474
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

*6 Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery error Mode DIPSW No.08

bizhub PRO C6500


3 2 1 0

/C6500P/C5500
0 minute 0 0 0 0
10 minutes 0 0 0 1
20 minutes 0 0 1 0
30 minutes 0 0 1 1
40 minutes 0 1 0 0
50 minutes 0 1 0 1
60 minutes 0 1 1 0
70 minutes 0 1 1 1
80 minutes 1 0 0 0
90 minutes 1 0 0 1
100 minutes 1 0 1 0
110 minutes 1 0 1 1
120 minutes 1 1 0 0

*7 Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery error Mode DIPSW No.09


6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 9 times 000 0000 to 000 1001
10 times 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
11 to 99 times 000 1011 to 110 0011

*8 Time zone setting Mode DIPSW No.10


7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
-12 to -1 1111 0100 to 1111 1111
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 to 12 0000 0001 to 0001100

*9 Timer 1 (RING reception → CONNECT recep- Mode DIPSW No.11


tion)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 31 sec 0000 0000 to 0001 1111
32 sec 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
33 to 255 sec 0010 0001 to 1111 1111

*10 Timer 2 (Dial request completed → CONNECT Mode DIPSW No.12


reception)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 63 sec 0000 0000 to 0011 1111
64 sec 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
65 to 255 sec 0100 0001 to 1111 1111

475
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

*11 Timer 4 (Line connection → Start request tele- Mode DIPSW No.14
bizhub PRO C6500

gram delivery)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
/C6500P/C5500

0 to 31 (x 100 msec) 0000 0000 to 0001 1111


32 (x 100 msec) 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
33 to 255 0010 0001 to 1111 1111
(x 100 msec)

*12 Timer 5 (Wait time for other side's response) Mode DIPSW No.15
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 29 sec 0000 0000 to 0001 1101
30 sec 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
31 to 255 sec 0001 1111 to 1111 1111

*13 Retry data, timer 6 (Initialization OK → Dial Mode DIPSW No.16


request)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 254 (x 5 msec) 0000 0000 to 1111 1110
255 (x 5 msec) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

*14 Call JAM date (main body) Valid copy quantity Mode DIPSW No.17
1 0
3000 copies 0 0
6000 copies 0 1
9000 copies 1 0
12000 copies 1 1

*15 Call ADF JAM date Valid original feed quantity Mode DIPSW No.17
3 2
600 sheets 0 0
1200 sheets 0 1
1800 sheets 1 0
2400 sheets 1 1

*16 Call JAM date MCBJ setting Mode DIPSW No.17


5 4
500 0 0
1000 0 1
2000 1 0
3000 1 1

476
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

*17 Call ADF JAM date MOBJ setting Mode DIPSW No.17

bizhub PRO C6500


7 6

/C6500P/C5500
100 0 0
200 0 1
400 1 0
600 1 1

477
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.11.6 Mail address setting


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Procedure for setting the main body NIC


/C6500P/C5500

For the main body NIC setting, see "4.3.4 Initial setting".

10.11.7 Modem First Call


Send the machine ID and telephone number to the CS Remote Care center computer to establish connection
with the center.

1. Enter the Service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press [CS Remote Care].
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press [CS Remote Care]
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press [No. Code].
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys. *1
6. Press [No. Code].
7. Press [Detail setting].
8. "Setting menu screen"
Press [Basic setting].
9. "Basic setting screen"
Press [First Call].
10. Confirm that the connection with the center is properly completed. *2
When properly completed, the "CS Remote Care setting screen" appears.
*1 If the No. code is already entered, confirm that No. code.
*2 In case an error occurred in the communication with the center, check the displayed code. For details on
malfunction code, see "10.11.14 Malfunction code list".

478 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.11.8 Receiving the initial connection mail

bizhub PRO C6500


In case E-Mails are used, after settings are done on the main body, the center needs to send an initial connec-

/C6500P/C5500
tion mail to the mail address of the main body, thus enabling mail transmission between the center and the main
body.

MEMO:
• About how to send the initial connection mail, refer to the CS Remote Care center's manual.
• Mail transmission are possible only between the center and the main body that the initial connection has
been established.
• The initial connection mail is sent from the center. The mail address of the center used then is stored in the
main body.
• To check the center's mail address on the main body, output "Machine Management List".
Procedure: Service mode → List Output → Machine Management List. Press the [COPY] key at upper left
of the screen to output the list from the basic screen.

10.11.9 Setup confirmation

1. Enter the Service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press [CS Remote Care].
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press [CS Remote Care].
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Make sure that only selected items for "Modem" or "E-Mail" are displayed.

1 479
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.11.10 Maintenance call


bizhub PRO C6500

As the CE starts the maintenance, enter the ID code of CE (7-digit number with which each CE is identified,
/C6500P/C5500

managed by a distributor.) to notify the center the start of maintenance. After the maintenance, pressing the
maintenance completion key notifies the center the completion of maintenance.

<At the start of maintenance>

1. Enter the Service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press [CS Remote Care].
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press [CS Remote Care].
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press [No. Code].
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys.
6. Press [No. Code].

During the maintenance, the [Start] key blinks until the completion of the maintenance.

<At the end of maintenance>

1. Enter the Service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press [CS Remote Care].
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press [CS Remote Care].
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press [Maintenance comp].

10.11.11 Center call from manager


If the setup of CS Remote Care is completed, the manager can call the center of CS Remote Care.

1. Enter the utility menu mode.


2. "Utility Menu screen"
Press [Administrator Setting].
3. "Administrator Setting screen"
Press [System Connection].
4. "System Connection screen"
Press [Call Service Center].
5. "User Call screen"
Press [Start].
If the setup is not completed, or if other call is made, the [Start] key is grayed out, disabling to make a call.

About how to call the center and send various data of the main body on the specified date and time, refer to the
CS Remote Care center's manual.

480 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.11.12 Confirm communication log

bizhub PRO C6500


You can output and confirm the communication log.

/C6500P/C5500
1. Enter the Service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press [List Output].
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press [List Output].
4. "List output mode menu screen"
Press [Communication Log List].
5. Press [Copy] to output the list from the basic screen.

For details of logs, see "10.7 State Confirmation".

10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care


Initializing the RAM for CS Remote Care enables you to perform the setup again.

1. Enter the Service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press [CS Remote Care].
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press [CS Remote Care].
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press [No. Code].
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys. *1
6. Press [No. Code].
7. Press [Detail setting].
8. "Setting menu screen"
Press [RAM Clear].
9. "RAM Clear setting screen"
10. The confirmation screen appears.
Press [OK].
11. The RAM is cleared, and the "CS Remote Care setting screen" appears.
12. Perform the setup again if necessary.

*1 If the No. code is already entered, confirm that No. code.

1 481
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.11.14 Malfunction code list


bizhub PRO C6500

In case of modem
/C6500P/C5500

Error code Error Solution


K00_00 Connection NG (Cannot connect from the modem, Redial and wait for re-reception.
timed out).
K00_01 No response (After connection, no start telegram Redial and wait for re-reception.
from the center detected).
K00_02 Copying. Could not be written in non-volatile mem-
ory, and line disconnected.
K00_03 Center ID mismatch. Confirm the center ID.
K00_04 Serial number mismatch. Confirm the serial number.
K00_05 Syntax error (when receiving undefined commands Redial.
or parameters).
K00_06 Received a write order for an unwritable item.
K00_07 Unread item error.
K00_08 Signal reception time out after a response detection Redial.
(after the start telegram shuttled).
K00_09 Already registered serial number.
K00_10 Communication error occurred because of the car- Redial.
rier OFF (NO CARRIER detected in the modem).
K00_11 Dialtone (NO DIALTONE) detected in the modem. Redial.
K00_12 Busy signal (BUSY) detected in the modem. Redial.
K00_13 NO ANSWER detected in the modem. Redial.
K00_14 Telegram error (irregular telegram received in Retry standard times, and redial.
response to the telegram you sent).
K00_15 Serial number not registered in the center (4 x 40
telegrams received).
K00_16 Errors not defined in the above -00 to 15 (last 2 dig- Redial.
its).
K00_17 Telephone number you must call was not registered.

K01_00 DSR turned OFF or remains turned OFF.


K01_01 Error on creating a message queue.
K01_02 Error on generating a task.
K01_03 Error on sending a message.
K01_04 Error on receiving a message.
K01_05 Received an error (NG) from the timer task.

K02_01 Modem initialization NG.

K03_00 Center call evacuation buffer is full. Cannot evacuate


any more.

482
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

In case of E-mail

bizhub PRO C6500


Error code Error Solution

/C6500P/C5500
K05_90 Because of memory shortage, unable to secure
enough area for sending a mail.
K05_92 Controller in operation: unable to send a mail In the manual transmission, retry
because the controller is in operation. when the controller is idling. In the
auto transmission, an automatic retry
is performed after 1 minute.
K05_93 Mail sending error: an error was returned on sending In the auto transmission, an auto-
a mail. matic retry is performed after the
specified time. Check if there is no
fault in the network environment and
the network settings.
K05_94 Machine in operation: unable to send a mail because In the manual transmission, retry
the machine is in operation. when the machine is idling. In the
auto transmission, an automatic retry
is performed after 1 minute.
K05_95 Controller not connected: unable to send a mail Check the connection between the
because the controller is not connected. controller and the main body.
K05_96 Controller-driven malfunction code: unable to send a In case of the controller-driven mal-
mail because of a controller-driven (C-49**). function code, a mail cannot be sent
through the controller. Use a tele-
phone. This error do not occur in the
main body NIC.
* The shaded error codes are the ones that may occur when a transmission is made from the main body to
the center.

10.11.15 Troubleshooting
Check the followings when the main body neither receives the initial connection mail nor returns a response.
1) The center ID or the machine ID are not set in the main body.
2) The center ID or the machine ID are different (A machine ID error is not returned at the initial connection).
3) CS Remote Care function is disabled, or the phone line is selected in the CS Remote Care function selection.
4) Communication between the main body and the mail server is not proper (Check this with a transmission
test).

483
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.12 List output


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

10.12.1 List Output


Outputs various lists.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [10 List Output].
2. "List Output screen"
The following lists can be printed from the list output menu:
• Machine Management List
• Adjustment Data List
• Coverage Data List
• Font Pattern
• Communication Log List *1
• Memory Dump List

Note
• If you set DIPSW30-1 to 1, the font pattern and after are displayed.
• Memory Dump List is for development use only. Must not be used during maintenance/repair.
3. Press [COPY].
4. Press the Start key to output the selected list.
5. Press [SERVICE].
6. "List Output" screen
To print another list, repeat steps 2 to 5.

*1 Prints out the latest 30 items of the sending and receiving history of the CS Remote Care. The start time of
communications, the time period of communications (modem only), the communication modes, the
results of communications, and the senders (mail only) are printed. The communication modes and the
results of communications are displayed in the numbers of 4 digit number. For the meaning of them, refer
to the following table.
Communication mode Communication result Communication mode Communication result
0000 — Transmitted success- 0040 Maintenance com- —
fully pletion transmis-
sion
0001 Initial transmission Connection time out 0080 Administrator —
when transmitting transmission
0002 Emergency trans- — 0100 Fixed date trans- —
mission mission
0004 Emergency recov- Received successfully 0200 Response trans- —
ery transmission mission
0005 — Reception failed 0*** — Transmission failed

0008 Transmission for — 1000 Enquiry —


warning
0010 Warning recovery — 2000 Data rewrite —
transmission
0020 Maintenance start — 4000 Response recep- —
transmission tion
8000 Test mail —

The SMTP reply codes (200 to 554) prescribed in the RFC1846, 2554 and 2821 are displayed in this place of
***.

484
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.13 Test Mode

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
10.13.1 Running Test Mode
Performs continuous print operation test.
The following tests can be selected from this mode.
• Intermittent copy mode
After completion of the printing operation for the set print count, the machine changes into the ready state
and waits for 0.5 sec. before resuming the same operation.
• Paperless running mode
Without detecting paper or jam, the printing operation is made nearly at the same timing as the normal
operation. In the same manner as the intermittent mode, after completion of the printing operation for the
set print count, the machine changes into the ready state and waits for 0.5 sec. before resuming the same
operation.
• Paperless mode
Without detecting paper or jam, the printing operation is made nearly at the same timing as the normal
operation.
• Paperless endless mode
The machine operates with the print count infinitely set automatically. In the same manner as the paperless
mode, without detecting paper or jam, the printing operation is made nearly at the same timing as the nor-
mal operation.
• Running mode
The printing operation is made in the paperless endless mode plus the scanning operation and the auto
paper feed tray switching.
• Measurement mode
Idles for 6 sec, keeps the fusing heater turned on (standby) for 9 sec, keeps the fusing heater turned on
(copy) for 9 sec, and performs scanning without feeding papers. The sequence is repeated 10 times and
stops.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [11 Test Mode].
2. "Test Mode Menu screen"
Press [01 Running Test Mode]
3. "Running Test Mode screen"
Select the mode and press [COPY].
4. Press the Start key to start the running test.
5. Press the STOP key to stop the running test.
6. To exit the running test mode, turn the sub power switch (SW2) off and then on again.

485
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.13.2 Test Pattern Output Mode


bizhub PRO C6500

Prints various test patterns to be used for troubleshooting.


/C6500P/C5500

Note
• Do not attempt to print the test pattern not described in this manual.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Press [11 Test Mode].
2. "Test Mode Menu screen"
Press [02 Test Pattern Output Mode].
3. "Test Pattern Output Mode screen"
Press [Test Pattern], then enter the test pattern number through the numeric buttons and press [<<SET].
To select a screen, press one of the followings; [Line1], [Line2], [Dot1], [Dot2], [Compression], and [Con-
tone].To specify image density, select the color, enter adjustment value (0: lighter - 255: darker) using the
numeric buttons, and press [<<SET].
4. Press [COPY].
5. Select A3 or 11 X 17 paper and press Start key to output the test pattern (No.16).
6. To print another test pattern, press [SERVICE] and repeat steps 3 to 5.

486
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

bizhub PRO C6500


No.11 Beam check

/C6500P/C5500
[Check Item 1]
• Check the solid black pattern [1] to see if there is uneven density found in the main scanning and sub-
scanning directions.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charging corona, developing unit, transfer belt unit, 2nd transfer unit, and
dust-proof glass

[Check Item 2]
• Check if there is any image repelling in the gradation pattern [2] at the leading/trailing edge of the test pat-
tern in sub-scanning direction.
[Recommended checkpoints]: 2nd transfer unit

Test Pattern

[1]

[2]

8050fs1020

[1] Solid black pattern [2] Gradation pattern

487
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500

Linearity evaluation pattern


/C6500P/C5500

No.16

[Check Items]
This pattern is used to identify which of scanner system or printer system is causing the problem.
Items that can be checked include main scan magnification, sub scan magnification, image skew, and leading
edge timing, etc. of the printer system. If the copy image is defective despite no abnormality being visible on
the test pattern, the scanner system is defective.

Test Pattern

[1]
31mm 237mm
20mm

[1]
190mm
m
0m
28
205.7mm

28
0m
m

190mm

190mm 8050fs1021

[1] Edges of the image data

488
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

bizhub PRO C6500


No.51 Gradation evaluation pattern (main scan)

/C6500P/C5500
[Check Items]
• If there are image stripes or the uneven density, check if the write system or the process system operates
normally.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, charging corona, 2nd transfer unit, and
dust-proof glass

Test Pattern

a03uf3c002ca

489
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500

Gradation evaluation pattern (sub scan)


/C6500P/C5500

No.52

[Check Items]
• If there are image stripes or the uneven density, check if the write system or the process system operates
normally.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, charging corona, 2nd transfer unit, and
dust-proof glass

Test Pattern

a03uf3c003ca

490
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

bizhub PRO C6500


No.53 Overall halftone

/C6500P/C5500
[Check Items]
Check the image quality of each screen. (No.1 can print only with Contone)
• When the density is set to 70 (halftone)
If there are image stripes, determine whether the fault is with the scanner system or the process system.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, transfer belt unit, charging corona, 2nd
transfer unit, and dust-proof glass
• When the density is set to 0 (white)
If the test pattern is image foggy background image, determine whether the fault is with the process sys-
tem.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charging corona, and high voltage contact.
• When the density is set to 255 (Y, M, C, K)
If the density is light, determine whether the fault is with the process system.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit
*See "10.13.2 Test Pattern Output Mode" for adjusting density.

Test Pattern

When the density is set to 70 When the density is set to 0 When the density is set to 255

8050fs1019

1 491
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500

Gradation evaluation pattern


/C6500P/C5500

No.54

Check gradation reproducibility of each screen.


See "10.13.2 Test Pattern Output Mode" for selecting screen.
Screen Purposes [Check Items]
Line1 Check the gradation reproduc- Make sure that the gradation of each color is smooth
Line2 ibility of each screen used by and even with no tone jump.
Dot1 the copier from primary color [Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjust-
to secondary color. ment of the printer gamma sensor and the printer
Dot2
gamma offset.
Compression(ED)
Contone Check the gradation reproduc- Make sure that the density increases in incremental
ibility of the screen used in the step from the high light side, and the density in the
character area when the shadow section of each color is dark enough.
screen mentioned above is [Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjust-
selected by the copier. ment of the printer gamma sensor.

Test Pattern

[2] [1]

a03uf3c004ca

[1] Primary color [2] Secondary color

492
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

bizhub PRO C6500


No.55 5% Coverage

/C6500P/C5500
[Purpose]
When you need to make test prints continuously in order to check paper feed operation or etc., use this 5%
coverage test pattern to protect developer, drums, cleaners etc. from burden.

Test Pattern

a03uf3c005ca

493
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500

Stripes checking pattern


/C6500P/C5500

No.58

[Purpose]
Use to locate the causes of sub-scan direction stripes which occur on the image.

[Checking procedure]
1. Select [Test Pattern] and set the density of each color M, C and K to "120".
2. Select [Dot1] for screen.
3. Press [COPY] tab and set a A3 paper.
4. Check whether the sub-scan direction stripes occur on area [1] or [2].

[Recommended checkpoints]
• In case of [1] : Transfer belt unit/2nd transfer roller /Lw
• In case of [2] : Drum cartridget

Test Pattern

[2] [1]

a03uf3c034ca

494 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

bizhub PRO C6500


No.62 Uneven density

/C6500P/C5500
[Purpose]
After the periodic maintenance, check uneven density and density defference between right and left side by
each gradation of YMCK, RBG and process Bk. Check uneven density with both edges [1] and [2] of Y, M, C
and process Bk.

[Checking procedure]
1. Select [Test Pattern] and set the density of YMCK to 255.
2. Select [Dot1] (default of controller) and [Line1] (default of copier) for screen.
3. Press [COPY] tab and set eight A4 papers.

[Recommended checkpoints] : Charging unit, write unit

Test Pattern

[1]

[2]

a03uf3c035ca

2 495
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500

Print characteristic evaluation pattern


/C6500P/C5500

No.80

Check gradation reproducibility of each screen.


See "10.13.2 Test Pattern Output Mode" for selecting screen.
Screen Purposes [Check Item]
Line1 Check the gradation reproduc- Make sure that the gradation of each color is smooth
Line2 ibility of each screen used by and even with no tone jump.
Dot1 the copier from primary color [Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjust-
to tertiary color. ment of the printer gamma sensor and the printer
Dot2
gamma offset.
Compression (ED)
Contone Check the gradation reproduc- Make sure that the density increases in incremental
ibility of the screen used in the step from the high light side, and the density in the
character area when the shadow section of each color is dark enough.
screen mentioned above is [Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjust-
selected by the copier. ment of the printer gamma sensor.

Test Pattern

b
c
a

b
c

a03uf3c024ca

a: Primary color b: Secondary color c: Tertiary color

496
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.14 ISW

bizhub PRO C6500


Refer to "5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP" for details.

/C6500P/C5500
(See P.136)

497
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.15 CE/Administrator Security Setting


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

10.15.1 List of CE/Administrator Security Setting

Adjustment/Setting Item Page


CE/Administrator Security Setting 01 CE Authentication P.499
02 CE Auth. Password P.499
03 Admini. Authentication P.500
04 Administrator Password P.500

Important
• The use of the [Security Strengthen Set] in the [Machine Admin. Setting] in the utility mode is lim-
ited only when the [CE Authentication Setting] and [Admini. Authentication] are set to ON.

10.15.2 Start and exit CE/Administrator Security Mode


Set up the various settings concerning CE/Administrator security setting from the "CE/Administrator Security
Setting Menu screen".

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Before selecting any item in the service mode, press the hard keys in the order shown below.
Stop → 0 → C
2. "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen"
CE/Administrator security mode is activated. And making CE/Administrator setting is enabled.
3. "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen"
Press the item you want to set up, the setting screen of each item will be displayed.
4. "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen"
Press [Close] to return to the "Service Mode Menu screen".

498
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

Important

bizhub PRO C6500


• The use of the [Security Strengthen Set] in the [Machine Admin. Setting] in the utility mode is lim-

/C6500P/C5500
ited only when the [CE Authentication Setting] and [Admini. Authentication] are set to ON.

10.15.3 CE Authentication
To enhance security of the service mode, configure the setting so that a password is required to enter the ser-
vice mode.

A. Procedure

1. "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen"


Press [01 CE Authentication].
2. "CE Authentication On/Off Set screen"
Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press [OK] to activate the setting, and the "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen" will be dis-
played.
Press [Cancel] to deactivate the new settings.

10.15.4 CE Auth. Password


Set a password for entering the service mode.

Note
• Do not use anything easily guessed by others such as your name, birthday.
• CE should not inform other people of the password.
• The selection of the [CE Auth. Password] is limited only when the [CE Authentication] is set to
[On].

A. Procedure

1. "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen"


Press [02 CE Auth. Password].
2. "CE Authentication Password screen"
Press [Current Password] to display a keyboard, enter the current eight-digit password, and press [OK].
Default password: "92729272". "Incorrect password" appears when a wrong password is entered.
3. Press [New Password] to display a keyboard, enter new alphanumeric eight-digit password, and press
[OK].
4. Press [Check Input] to display a keyboard, enter new eight-digit password again, and press [OK].
5. "CE Authentication Password screen"
Press [OK] to activate the setting, and the "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen" will be dis-
played.
Press [Cancel] to deactivate the new settings.

499
10. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

10.15.5 Admin. Authentication


bizhub PRO C6500

To enhance the security of the [Machine Admin. Setting] mode, configure the setting so that a password is
/C6500P/C5500

required to enter the [Machine Admin. Setting] mode.

A. Procedure

1. "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen"


Press [03 Admin. Authentication].
2. "Administrator Authentication On/Off set screen"
Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press [OK] to activate the setting, and the "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen" will be dis-
played.
Press [Cancel] to deactivate the new settings.

10.15.6 Administrator Password


Set a password to enter the [Machine Admin. Setting] mode.
Administrator password can also be set from the [Machine Admin. Setting] mode.

Note
• When the CE set or changed the [Administrator Password], CE must inform the user administrator
of that and ask for changing [Administrator Password].
• Do not use anything easily guessed by others such as your name, birthday.
• The selection of the [Administrator Password ] is limited only when the [Admin. Authentication] is
set to [On].

A. Procedure

1. "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen"


Press [04 Administrator Password].
2. "Administrator Password screen"
3. Press [New Password] to display a keyboard, enter new alphanumeric eight-digit password, and press
[OK].
4. Press [Check Input] to display a keyboard, enter new eight-digit password again, and press [OK].
5. "Administrator Password screen"
Press [OK] to activate the setting, and the "CE/Administrator Security Setting Menu screen" will be dis-
played.
Press [Cancel] to deactivate the new settings.

500
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 10. SERVICE MODE

10.16 Fee Collection Setting

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
10.16.1 List of Fee Collection Setting

Adjustment/Setting Item
Fee Collection Setting 01 Coin Vendor
02 Management Function

10.16.2 Start and exit Fee Collection Setting Mode


Set up the various settings concerning Fee collection setting from the "Fee Collection Menu" screen.

A. Procedure

1. "Service Mode Menu screen"


Before selecting any item in the service mode, press the hard keys in the order shown below.
Stop → 9
2. "Fee Collection Menu screen"
Fee collection setting mode is activated. Set the various settings concerning fee collection setting.
3. "Fee Collection Menu screen"
Press the item you want to set up, the setting screen of each item will be displayed.
4. "Fee Collection Menu screen"
Press [Close] to return to the "Service Mode Menu screen".

10.16.3 Coin Vendor


The installation existence of the coin vendor is set.

A. Procedure

1. "Fee Collection Menu screen"


Press [01 Coin Vendor].
2. "Coin Vendor screen"
Press [Equip] or [Not Equip].
3. Press [OK] to activate the setting, and the "Fee Collection Menu screen" will be displayed.
Press [Cancel] to deactivate the new settings.

10.16.4 Management Function


Set the various settings concerning management equipment of the main body.

A. Procedure

1. "Fee Collection Menu screen"


Press [02 Management Function].
2. "Management Setting screen"
Select the options for each item of the management setting.
3. Press [OK] to activate the setting, and the "Fee Collection Menu screen" will be displayed.
Press [Cancel] to deactivate the new settings.

501
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

11.1 Adjusting the paper feed roller/BP pressure


Perform this adjustment when no feed occurs in bypass feed.

A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
[1] [3] [2] (See P.218)
2. Install a weight plate [3] to the paper feed roller/BP
upper part [2] with the two screws [1].
3. Put the ADU back in.
4. Make a print to confirm the paper feed.
5. If the no feed problem is not solved, increase the
number of weight plates and repeat steps 1 to 4.

Note
• Weight plate (P/N: 13FG4062*) is a supply
part. Purchase separately for use.
• The number of the weight plates to be
installed should be four or less.
a052f3c001ca
• When weight plate is added, ”11.3 Pick-up
movement amount adjustment (bypass)”
should be carried out.
(See P.504)

502
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT

11.2 (Maximum) paper feed (bypass) height adjustment

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Conduct this adjustment when a no feed condition occurs or the paper edge is folded, or when feeding paper
with a large amount of curl.

Note
• As this adjustment effects the pick-up movement amount, carry out “11.3 Pick-up movement
amount adjustment (bypass)” after performing the adjustment. (See P.504)

A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.90)
2. Remove the paper feed solenoid cover.
(See P.79)
3. Loosen the screw [1], and adjust the installation
position of the tray limit sensor/BP (PS25) [2].

Note
• Keep a note of the primary value.

(1) If the value is out of spec

[2] Adjust the up/down position of the sensor installation


plate, so that the upper side height of the opening
guide and the up/down plate neutralize and become
within the standard value.

• When making the up/down plate higher:


[1]
lower the sensor installation plate.
• When making the up/down plate lower:
higher the sensor installation plate.
8050fs1052

(2) If some sort of error is occurring


• When the paper edge is folded:
higher the sensor installation plate.
• When feeding concave-curled paper:
higher the sensor installation plate.
• When feeding convex-curled paper:
lower the sensor installation plate.

4. Install the paper feed solenoid cover.


5. Put the ADU back in.
6. Make a print to confirm the paper feed.
7. If there is no improvement, repeat steps 1 to 6
and readjust the installation of PS25.

503
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

11.3 Pick-up movement amount adjustment (bypass)


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Perform this adjustment when no feed jam occurs frequently.

A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU.
(See P.90)
2. Remove the paper feed solenoid cover.
(See P.79)
3. Loosen the screw [1], and adjust the installation
position of the pick-up solenoid/BP (SD5) [2].

Note
• Keep a note of the primary value.

4. Install the paper feed solenoid cover.


5. Put the ADU back in.
[2] 6. Make a print to confirm the paper feed.
7. If there is no improvement in the no feed, repeat
steps 1 to 6 for readjustment of the installation
position of PS25.
[1]

8050fs1054

504
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT

11.4 Mis-centering adjustment of the paper feed tray /1, /2 and /3

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Conduct this adjustment when a mis-centering occurs and cannot be adjusted in service mode.

A. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper supply tray.
[1] [2]
2. Loosen the three screws [2] located under the up/
down plate [1].
3. Move the guide plate [3], and adjust the center
position.
4. Tighten the three screws [2].
5. Print out the test pattern (No.16).

[3] a052f3c002ca

6. Fold the shorter side of the printed paper in half,


and check if the length between the center [3] of
[2] the image [2] and the center of the paper [1] is
[3] within the standard value.
Standard value: ± 3 mm or less
[1]
7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 until the mis-centering value
is within the standard.

8050fs1056

505
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

11.5 Separation pressure adjustment of the paper feed tray/1, /2 and /3


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Conduct this adjustment when a no feed or a double feed condition occurs. Separation pressure is susceptible
to paper type or operating environment. No feed tends to occur in low temperature environment, whereas high
temperature environment results in a higher rate of double feed. Do not make an excessive adjustment. Doing
so may reverse the respective symptoms.

A. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper supply tray.
[1]
2. Remove the paper feed unit.
(See P.69)
3. Change the position of the hook of the Spring [1]
on the bottom part of the paper supply unit.
Reduced tension [2]:
Double feed jam condition improves.
Increased tension [3]:
No feed jam condition improves.
4. Install the paper supply unit, and set the paper
supply tray.

[3] [2] a03uf3c006ca

506
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 12. JAM CODE

TROUBLESHOOTING

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
12. JAM CODE
12.1 Jam code list

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


operation
Bypass J-1001 After the pick-up solenoid/BP (SD5) If paper jam Remove the paper from
During operation

feed turns ON, paper supply sensor /BP occurs during the bypass feed tray,
(PS26) is not turned ON within the printing process, and remove jammed
specified time. main body stops paper, if any.
after paper exit.

J-1002 After paper empty sensor /BP (PS47) Remove paper from the
turns ON, paper lift motor /BP (M35) bypass feed tray,
is not turned ON within specified time. decrease the number
J-1003 After paper lift motor /BP (M35) turns of stacked sheets and
ON, upper limit sensor /BP (PS25) is set again.
not turned ON within specified time.
J-1051 Paper feed sensor /BP (PS26) is — Remove the paper from
When idling

turned ON in the idling condition. the bypass feed tray,


and remove jammed
paper, if any.
Paper J-1101 After the pick-up solenoid /1 (SD7) If paper jam Pull out the paper feed
During operation

feed turns ON, paper feed sensor /1 occurs during tray/1 and remove
Tray /1 (PS29) is not turned ON within the printing process, jammed paper, if any.
specified time. main body stops
after paper exit.

J-1151 Paper feed sensor /1 (PS29) is turned —


When idling

ON in the idling condition.

Paper J-1201 After the pick-up solenoid /2 (SD8) If paper jam Pull out the paper feed
During operation

feed turns ON, paper feed sensor /2 occurs during tray /2 and remove
Tray /2 (PS35) is not turned ON within the printing process, jammed paper, if any.
specified time. main body stops
after paper exit.

J-1251 Paper feed sensor /2 (PS35) is turned —


When idling

ON in the idling condition.

Paper J-1301 After the pick-up solenoid /3 (SD9) If paper jam Pull out the paper feed
During operation

feed turns ON, paper feed sensor /3 occurs during tray /3 and remove
Tray /3 (PS41) is not turned ON within the printing process, jammed paper, if any.
specified time. main body stops
after paper exit.

507
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO C6500

operation
/C6500P/C5500

Paper J-1351 Paper feed sensor /3 (PS41) is turned — Pull out the paper feed

When idling
feed ON in the idling condition. tray /3 and remove
Tray /3 jammed paper, if any.

LU J-1501 After the pick-up solenoid (SD100) If paper jam Open the LU upper

During operation
turns ON, pre-registration sensor occurs during door and remove
(PS106) is not turned ON within the printing process, jammed paper, if any.
specified time. main body stops
J-1502 After the pre-registration clutch after paper exit.
(MC102) is turned ON, LU exit sensor
(PS107) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-1551 Pre-registration sensor (PS106) is —
When idling

turned ON in the idling condition.


J-1552 LU exit sensor (PS107) is turned ON
in the idling condition.
PF J-1601 After the pick-up solenoid /1 (SD1) If paper jam Pull out the paper feed
During operation

turns ON, paper feed sensor /1 (PS2) occurs during tray /4 and remove
is not turned ON within the specified printing process, jammed paper, if any.
time. main body stops
J-1602 After the pick-up solenoid /2 (SD5) after paper exit. Pull out the paper feed
turns ON, paper feed sensor /2 tray /5 and remove
(PS10) is not turned ON within the jammed paper, if any.
specified time.
J-1603 After the paper feed sensor /1 (PS2) Open the PF front door
turns ON, vertical conveyance sensor and the PF vertical con-
/1 (PS17) is not turned ON within the veyance door and
specified time. remove jammed paper,
J-1604 After the vertical conveyance sensor / if any.
1 (PS17) turns ON, vertical convey-
ance sensor /2 (PS27) is not turned
ON within the specified time.
J-1605 After the vertical conveyance sensor /
2 (PS27) turns ON, vertical convey-
ance sensor /3 (PS26) is not turned
ON within the specified time.
J-1606 After the vertical conveyance sensor / Open the PF front door
3 (PS26) turns ON, horizontal convey- and the PF vertical con-
ance sensor /1 (PS18) is not turned veyance door and
ON within the specified time. remove jammed paper,
if any.
J-1607 After the paper feed sensor /2 (PS10) Pull out the paper feed
turns ON, horizontal conveyance sen- tray /5 and remove
sor /1 (PS18) is not turned ON within jammed paper, if any.
the specified time.

508
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 12. JAM CODE

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO C6500


operation

/C6500P/C5500
PF J-1608 After the horizontal conveyance sen- If paper jam Open the PF front door,

During operation
sor /1 (PS18) turns ON, pre-registra- occurs during PF vertical conveyance
tion (PS20) is not turned ON within printing process, door, horizontal con-
the specified time. main body stops veyance door /Rt, hori-
after paper exit. zontal conveyance
door /Lt and remove
J-1609 After the pre-registrations sensor
jammed paper, if any.
(PS20) is turned ON, horizontal con-
veyance sensor /2 (PS19) is not
turned ON within the specified time.
J-1610 Multi feed detection board /R Stops immedi-
(MFDTB/R) detected multifeed. ately.
J-1651 Paper feed sensor /1 (PS2) is turned — Pull out the paper feed
When idling

ON in the idling condition. tray /4 and remove


jammed paper, if any.
J-1652 Paper feed sensor /2 (PS10) is turned Pull out the paper feed
ON in the idling condition. tray /5 and remove
jammed paper, if any.
J-1653 Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PS17) — Open the PF front door
is turned ON in the idling condition. and the PF vertical con-
J-1654 Vertical conveyance sensor /2 (PS27) veyance door and
is turned ON in the idling condition. remove jammed paper,
J-1655 Vertical conveyance sensor /3 (PS26) if any.
is turned ON in the idling condition.
J-1656 Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 Open the PF front door,
(PS18) is turned ON in the idling con- PF vertical conveyance
dition. door, horizontal con-
J-1657 Horizontal conveyance sensor /2 veyance door /Rt, hori-
(PS19) is turned ON in the idling con- zontal conveyance
dition. door /Lt and remove
J-1658 Pre-registration sensor (PS20) is ON jammed paper, if any.
in the idling condition.
Paper J-1701 After starting print of the front side, If paper jam Pull out ADU and
During operation

feed registration sensor (PS22) is not occurs during remove jammed paper,
turned ON within specified time. printing process, if any.
main body stops
after paper exit.
J-1702 After starting print of the back side, Stops immedi-
registration sensor (PS22) is not ately.
turned ON within specified time.

509
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO C6500

operation
/C6500P/C5500

Paper J-1703 After the pre-registration clutch /3 If paper jam Open the vertical con-

During operation
feed (MC12) is turned ON, vertical convey- occurs during veyance door and
ance sensor (PS50) is not turned ON printing process, remove jammed paper,
within specified time. main body stops if any.
J-1704 After the pre-registration clutch /2 after paper exit. Pull out the paper feed
(MC10) is turned ON, vertical convey- tray /2 and remove
ance sensor (PS50) is not turned ON jammed paper, if any.
within specified time.
J-1705 After the vertical conveyance sensor Open the vertical con-
(PS50) turns ON, intermediate con- veyance door and
veyance sensor /1 (PS27) is not remove jammed paper,
turned ON within the specified time. if any.
J-1706 After the pre-registration clutch /1
(MC8) is turned ON, intermediate
conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) is not
turned ON within the specified time.
J-1707 After the LU pre-registration clutch Open the LU front door
(MC102) is turned ON, intermediate and remove jammed
conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) is not paper, if any.
turned ON within the specified time.
J-1708 After the intermediate conveyance Pull out ADU and
sensor /1 (PS27) is turned ON, inter- remove jammed paper,
mediate conveyance sensor /2 if any.
(PS28) is not turned ON within speci-
fied time.
J-1709 After the paper feed sensor /BP Remove the paper from
(PS26) is turned ON, intermediate the bypass feed tray,
conveyance sensor /2 (PS28) is not and remove jammed
turned ON within specified time. paper, if any.
J-1710 After the PF horizontal conveyance Open the PF front door,
sensor /2 (PS19) turns ON, intermedi- PF vertical conveyance
ate conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) is door, horizontal con-
not turned ON within the specified veyance door /Rt, hori-
time. zontal conveyance
door /Lt and remove
jammed paper, if any.
J-1751 Vertical conveyance sensor (PS50) is — Open the vertical con-
When idling

turned ON in the idling condition. veyance door and


remove jammed paper,
if any.
J-1752 Intermediate conveyance sensor /1 Pull out ADU and
(PS27) is turned ON in the idling con- remove jammed paper,
dition. if any.
J-1753 Intermediate conveyance sensor /2
(PS28) is turned ON in the idling con-
dition.

510
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 12. JAM CODE

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO C6500


operation

/C6500P/C5500
Paper J-1754 Registration sensor (PS22) is turned — Pull out ADU and

When idling
feed in the idling condition. remove jammed paper,
if any.

OTH- J-1901 Vertical conveyance door open jam. If paper jam Close the vertical con-

During operation
ERS Vertical conveyance door sensor occurs during veyance door.
(PS51) was turned OFF when print- printing process,
ing. main body stops
after paper exit.

LU J-1902 LU upper door open jam or LU front In case of LU Close the LU upper
door open jam. During printing, paper feed, door or the LU front
upper door sensor (PS100) or front main body stops door.
door sensor (PS115) turned OFF. after comple-
tion of paper
exit.
In case of paper
feed other than
LCT, main body
does not stop.
PF J-1903 Any one of the PF front door open In case of PF Close any one of the PF
jam, PF vertical conveyance door paper feed, front door, PF vertical
open jam, horizontal conveyance main body stops conveyance door, hori-
door /Rt open jam or the horizontal after comple- zontal conveyance
conveyance door /Lt open jam. Any tion of paper door /Rt or the horizon-
one of the front door open/close sen- exit. tal conveyance door /
sor (PS23), vertical conveyance door In case of paper Lt.
sensor (PS24), horizontal conveyance feed other than
door sensor /1 (PS21) or the horizon- PF, main body
tal conveyance door sensor /2 (PS22) does not stop.
turned OFF during printing.
Registra- J-3101 After the registration motor (M30) is Stops immedi- Pull out ADU and
tion turned ON, leading edge sensor ately. remove jammed paper,
(PS63) is not turned ON. if any.
J-3102 After the registration motor (M30) is
turned ON, Fusing paper exit sensor
(PS17) is not turned ON.
J-3151 Leading edge sensor (PS63) is ON in —
When idling

the idling condition.


J-3152 Fusing loop sensor (PS64) is turned
on in the idling condition.
Paper J-3201 After the fusing paper exit sensor Stops immedi- Pull out ADU and
During operation

exit (PS17) is turned ON, paper exit sen- ately. remove jammed paper,
sor (PS13) is not turned ON within the if any.
specified time.

511
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO C6500

operation
/C6500P/C5500

Paper J-3202 After the fusing paper exit sensor Stops immedi- Pull out ADU and

During operation
exit (PS17) is turned ON, reverse/exit sen- ately. remove jammed paper,
sor (PS19) is not turned ON within the if any.
specified time.
J-3203 In the reverse paper exit mode, after
the reverse/exit sensor (PS19) is
turned ON, paper exit sensor (PS13)
is not turned ON within the specified
time.
J-3204 After the fusing paper exit sensor
(PS17) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J-3205 After the paper exit sensor (PS13) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-3206 After the fusing paper exit sensor
(PS17) is turned OFF, reverse/exit
sensor (PS19) is not turned ON within
the specified time.
J-3207 In reverse paper exit mode, after the
paper exit sensor (PS13) is turned
ON, it is not turned OFF within the
specified time.
J-3209 After the decurler sensor (PS62) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-3251 Fusing paper exit sensor (PS17) is —
When idling

turned ON in the idling condition.

J-3252 Paper exit sensor (PS13) is ON in the


idling condition.
J-3253 Reverse/exit sensor (PS19) is ON in
the idling condition.
J-3254 Decurler sensor (PS62) is On in the
idling condition.
OTH- J-5101 Front door open jam. Front door sen- Stops immedi- Close the front door.
During operation

ERS sor (PS18) was turned OFF when ately.


printing.

512
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 12. JAM CODE

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO C6500


operation

/C6500P/C5500
DF J-6101 Paper feed section cover open jam. DF stops imme- Close the paper feed

During operation
Paper feed cover sensor (PS303) was diately. section cover.
turned OFF when printing. If paper jam
J-6102 Paper feed tray open jam. Tray open/ occurs during Close the paper feed
close sensor (PS308) was turned OFF printing process, tray.
when printing. main body stops
J-6103 Paper exit section cover open jam. after paper exit. Close the paper exit
Paper exit cover sensor (PS307) was section cover.
turned OFF when printing.
J-6201 Registration sensor (PS301) is not Open the paper feed
turned OFF within specified time after section cover and
paper feed is started. remove jammed paper,
J-6203 After reversal of paper feed motor if any.
(M301) is started, timing sensor Remove jammed paper
(PS302) is not turned ON within the in the main body con-
specified time. veyance section, if any.
J-6206 After the timing sensor (PS302) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-6209 After the reverse/paper exit motor Open the paper exit
(M303) is turned ON, reverse sensor section cover and
(PS305) is not turned ON within the remove jammed paper,
specified time. if any.
J-6301 After the reverse sensor (PS305) is Remove jammed paper
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within in the main body con-
the specified time. veyance section, if any.
J-6304 In the one-sided original exit mode,
paper exit sensor (PS306) is not
turned ON within the specified time
after the start of paper exit.
In the double-sided original exit
mode, paper exit sensor (PS306) is
not turned ON within the specified
time after the reverse sensor (PS305)
is turned ON.
J-6305 After the paper exit sensor (PS306) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-6501 Registration sensor (PS301) is ON in — Open the paper feed
When idling

the idling condition. section cover and


remove jammed paper,
if any.
J-6502 Reverse sensor (PS305) is ON in the Open the paper exit
idling condition. section cover and
J-6504 Paper exit sensor (PS306) is ON in remove jammed paper,
the idling condition. if any.

513
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO C6500

operation
/C6500P/C5500

DF J-6508 Timing sensor (PS302) is ON in the — Open the paper feed

When idling
idling condition. section cover and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
FS J-7101 (FS-503) FS/main body Remove jammed paper
During operation FS Front door open jam. Door switch stop immedi- in the FS/main body, if
(MS1) was turned OFF when printing. ately. any.
(FS-520/607)
The front door and PI upper door are
opened while in printing.
LS J-7103 LS Front door open jam. Front door LS/main body Remove jammed paper
switch (MS1) was turned OFF when stop immedi- in the LS/main body, if
printing. ately. any.
FD J-7105 FD front door open jam. Door switch FD/main body Remove jammed paper
(MS1) was turned OFF when printing. stop immedi- in the FD/main body, if
ately. any.
RU J-7106 RU front door open jam. Interlock RU/main body Remove jammed paper
switch (MS1) was turned OFF when stop immedi- in the RU/main body, if
printing. ately. any.
SD J-7107 SD front door /Rt open jam or SD SD/main body Remove jammed paper
front door /Lt open jam. Either one of stop immedi- in the SD/main body, if
the front door switch /Rt (MS1) or the ately. any.
front door switch /Lt (MS2) of the SD
was turned OFF when printing.
PB J-7108 PB front door open jam. The front PB/main body Remove jammed paper
door switch (MS2), the upper door stop immedi- in the PB/main body, if
switch (MS3) and the stacker door ately. any.
switch (MS4) of the PB was turned
OFF when printing.
FS J-7216 The FNS entrance sensor (PS4) does FS/main body Remove jammed paper
not turn ON within a specified period stop immedi- in the FS/main body, if
of time after the main body paper exit ately. any.
sensor (PS13) turns ON.
J-7217 (FS-503)
The main tray paper exit sensor
(PS10) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after the
stacker entrance sensor (PS5) turns
OFF.
(FS-520/607)
The main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FNS entrance
sensor (PS4) turns ON.

514 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 12. JAM CODE

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO C6500


operation

/C6500P/C5500
FS J-7218 The stacker entrance sensor (PS5) FS/main body Remove jammed paper

During operation
does not turn ON within a specified stop immedi- in the FS/main body, if
period of time after the FNS entrance ately. any.
sensor (PS4) turns ON.
J-7219 While in stapling, the stacker entranc-
esensor (PS5) does not turn OFF
within a specified period of time after
the stacker entrance motor (M13)
turns ON. While in any other opera-
tions than stapling, the PS5 does not
turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J-7220 (FS-503)
While in stapling a small size paper,
the main tray paper exit sensor
(PS10) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the
paper exit arm motor (M23) turns ON.
(FS-520/607)
While in stapling a small size paper,
the main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the start of exiting
paper.
J-7221 (FS-503)
While in stapling a large size paper,
the main tray exit sensor (PS10) does
not turn OFF within a specified period
of time after the paper exit arm motor
(M23) turns ON.
(FS-520/607)
While in stapling a large size paper,
the main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J-7222 While in exiting paper in the sub tray,
the sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FNS entrance
sensor (PS4) turns ON.

2 515
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO C6500

operation
/C6500P/C5500

FS J-7223 While in exiting paper in the sub tray, FS/main body Remove jammed paper

During operation
the sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1) stop immedi- in the FS/main body, if
does not turn OFF within a specified ately. any.
period of time after the PS1 turns ON.
J-7224 (FS-607)
The folding pass-through sensor
(PS26) does not turn ON after sta-
pling is completed.
J-7225 (FS-607)
The folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the folding knife
motor (M19) turns ON.
J-7226 (FS-607)
The folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J-7228 (FS-503)
While in the straight/shift of the small
size paper, the main tray paper exit
sensor (PS10) does not turn OFF
within a specified period of time after
the PS10 turns ON.
(FS-520/607)
While in the straight/shift of the small
size paper, the stacker entrance sen-
sor (PS5) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
J-7229 (FS-520/607)
The main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON (while
in the non-stapling mode).
The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON (while
in the stapling mode).
J-7230 (FS-503)
While in stapling a small size paper,
the main tray paper exit sensor
(PS10) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after the
PS10 turns ON.

516 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 12. JAM CODE

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO C6500


operation

/C6500P/C5500
FS J-7230 (FS-520/607) FS/main body Remove jammed paper

During operation
While in stapling a small size paper, stop immedi- in the FS/main body, if
the main tray paper exit sensor (PS6) ately. any.
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after the PS6 turns ON.

PI J-7235 The paper entrance sensor /Lw


(PS206) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the
conveyance clutch /Lw (MC202)
turns ON.
PK J-7243 The punch home sensor (PS301)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the punch motor
(M301) turns ON. Or, the paper size
sensor (PS305) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time after
the punch shift motor (M302) turns
ON.
FS J-7248 (FS-607)
The folding pass-through sensor
(PS26) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
PI J-7249 The paper entrance sensor /Up Open the PI upper door
(PS201) does not turn ON within a and remove jammed
specified period of time after the paper if any.
conveyance clutch /Up (MC201) turns
ON.
J-7250 The FNS entrance sensor (PS4) does
not turn ON within a specified period
of time after the paper entrance
sensor /Up (PS201) turns ON.
J-7251 The FNS entrance sensor (PS4) does
not turn ON within a specified period
of time after the paper entrance
sensor /Lw (PS206) turns ON.
FS J-7281 (FS-607) Remove jammed paper
The stapler motor home sensor /Fr in the FS/main body, if
(PS31) and clincher motor home any.
sensor /Fr (PS33) do not turn ON
within a specified period of time after
the stapler motor /Fr (M14) and
clincher motor /Fr (M15) turn ON.

2 517
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO C6500

operation
/C6500P/C5500

FS J-7282 (FS-607) FS/main body Remove jammed paper

During operation
The stapler motor home sensor /Rr stop immedi- in the FS/main body, if
(PS30) and clincher motor home ately. any.
sensor /Rr (PS32) do not turn ON
within a specified period of time after
the stapler motor /Rr (M9) and
clincher motor /Rr (M10) turn ON.
J-7283 (FS-607)
The stapler motor home sensor /Rr
(PS30), /Fr (PS31), clincher motor
home sensor /Rr (PS32), and /Fr
(PS33) do not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the
stapler motor /Rr (M9), /Fr (M14),
clincher motor /Rr (M10), and
/Fr (M15) turn ON.
J-7290 (FS-520/607)
The FS does not stop within a
specified period of time after the main
body sends it a stop signal.
J-7301 (FS-503) —
When idling

The main tray exit sensor (PS10) turns


ON while in idling.
(FS-520/607)
The main tray exit sensor (PS6) turns
ON while in idling.
J-7302 (FS-503)
The stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
turns ON while in idling.
J-7305 The FNS entrance sensor (PS4) turns
ON while in idling.
J-7307 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
turns ON while in idling.
J-7308 (FS-520/607) FS/main body
The stacker empty sensor (PS20) stop immedi-
turns ON while in an exit jam. ately.
J-7309 (FS-607)
The folding pass-through sensor
(PS26) turns ON while in idling.
J-7310 (FS-607)
The folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
turns ON while in idling.
PI J-7314 The paper entrance sensor /Lw —
(PS206) turns ON while in idling.
J-7317 The paper entrance sensor /Up
(PS201) turns ON while in idling.

518 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 12. JAM CODE

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO C6500


operation

/C6500P/C5500
RU J-7362 Entrance sensor (PS1) is ON in the — Open the front door

When idling
idling condition. and remove jammed
J-7363 Intermediate sensor (PS2) is ON in the paper, if any.
idling condition.
J-7364 Paper exit sensor (PS3) is ON in the
idling condition.
LS J-7350 Entrance sensor (PS4) is ON in the — Open the LS front door,
idling condition. then the entrance con-
veyance jam lever and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J-7351 Sub-tray paper exit sensor (PS10) is Open the LS sub-tray
ON in the idling condition. cover and remove
jammed paper, if any.
J-7352 Any one of the conveyance sensor /1 Open the LS jam door
(PS7), /2 (PS16), /3 (PS17) is ON in and remove jammed
the idling condition. paper, if any.
J-7353 Coupling exit sensor (PS18) is turned Open the LS front door,
ON in the idling condition. then the coupling paper
exit jam lever and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
FD J-7358 Any one of the FD entrance sensor — Open the FD front door,
(PS1), punch conveyance sensor then the entrance con-
(PS5) or the punch registration sensor veyance jam lever /1, /
(PS6) is turned ON in the idling condi- 2, punch conveyance
tion. jam lever /1, /2 and
remove jammed paper,
if any.
J-7359 Any one of the intermediate convey- Open the FD front door,
ance sensor (PS13), sub-tray paper then the intermediate
exit sensor (PS16) or the main tray conveyance jam lever
paper exit sensor (PS18) is ON in the and remove jammed
idling condition. paper, if any.
J-7360 Any one of the 1st folding convey- Open the FD front door,
ance sensor (PS51), 2nd folding con- pull out the fold con-
veyance sensor (PS53), 3rd folding veyance section, then
conveyance sensor (PS54), S size open the fold convey-
conveyance sensor (PS58), folding ance jam lever /1 to /5
entrance sensor (PS52) or the folding and remove jammed
exit sensor (PS2) is ON in the idling paper, if any.
condition.

519
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO C6500

operation
/C6500P/C5500

FD J-7361 Any one of the PI conveyance sensor — Open the FD upper

When idling
/Up (PS31), PI conveyance sensor / door and remove
Lw (PS37) or the PI exit sensor (PS4) jammed paper, if any.
is ON in the idling condition. Open the entrance
conveyance jam lever /
1 and remove jammed
paper, if jammed paper
is in the PI exit.
SD J-7368 Entrance sensor (PS1) is ON in the — Open the SD front door
idling condition. /Rt and remove
J-7369 Any one of the horizontal conveyance jammed paper, if any.
sensor /1 (PS2), horizontal convey-
ance sensor /2 (PS3) or the subtray
paper exit sensor (PS11) is ON in the
idling condition.
J-7370 Horizontal conveyance exit sensor Open the SD front door
(PS4) is ON in the idling condition. /Lt and remove
jammed paper, if any.
J-7371 Either one of the right angle convey- Open the SD front door
ance sensor /1 (PS5) or the right /Rt and remove
angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6) is jammed paper, if any.
ON in the idling condition.
J-7372 Any one of the folding sensor /1
(PS7), foling passage sensor (PS8),
tri-folding exit sensor (PS9) or the
folding sensor /2 (PS44) is ON in the
idling condition.
J-7373 Saddle stitching paper sensor (PS13) Open the SD front door
is ON in the idling condition. /Lt and remove
J-7374 Any one of the bundle sensor /1 jammed paper, if any.
(PS14), bundle sensor /2 (PS15),
bundle sensor /4(PS54) or the bundle
exit sensor /2 (PS57) is ON in the
idling condition.
LS J-7401 After the main body paper exit sensor LS/main body Remove jammed paper
During operation

(PS13) is turned ON, entrance sensor stop immedi- in the LS/main body, if
(PS4) is not turned ON within the ately. any.
specified time.
J-7402 After the entrance sensor (PS4) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-7403 After the entrance sensor (PS4) is
turned ON, sub tray paper exit sensor
(PS10) is not turned ON within the
specified time.

520
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 12. JAM CODE

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO C6500


operation

/C6500P/C5500
LS J-7404 After the sub tray paper exit sensor LS/main body Remove jammed paper

During operation
(PS10) is turned ON, it is not turned stop immedi- in the LS/main body, if
OFF within the specified time. ately. any.
J-7405 After the entrance sensor /1 (PS4)
turns ON, conveyance sensor /1
(PS7) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7406 After the conveyance sensor (PS7) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-7407 After the conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)
turns ON, conveyance sensor /2
(PS16) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7408 After the conveyance sensor /2
(PS16) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J-7409 After the conveyance sensor /2
(PS16) turns ON, conveyance sensor
/3 (PS17) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7410 After the conveyance sensor /3
(PS17) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J-7411 After the conveyance sensor /3
(PS17) turns ON, coupling exit sensor
(PS18) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7412 After the coupling exit sensor (PS18)
is turned ON, it is not turned OFF
within the specified time.
FD J-7501 After the main body paper exit sensor FD/main body Remove jammed paper
(PS13) is turned ON, FD entrance stop immedi- in the FD/main body, if
sensor (PS1) is not turned ON within ately. any.
the specified time.
J-7502 After the FD entrance sensor (PS1)
turns ON, intermediate conveyance
sensor (PS13) is not turned ON within
the specified time.
J-7503 After the intermediate conveyance
sensor (PS13) is turned ON, main tray
paper exit sensor (PS18) is not turned
ON within the specified time.
J-7504 After the main tray paper exit sensor
(PS18) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.

521
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO C6500

operation
/C6500P/C5500

FD J-7505 After the intermediate conveyance FD/main body Remove jammed paper

During operation
sensor (PS13) is turned ON, sub tray stop immedi- in the FD/main body, if
paper exit sensor (PS16) is not turned ately. any.
ON within the specified time.
J-7506 After the sub tray paper exit sensor
(PS16) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J-7507 After the FD entrance sensor (PS1)
turns ON, punch conveyance sensor
(PS5) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7508 After the punch conveyance sensor
(PS5) turns ON, 3rd foling convey-
ance sensor (PS54) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
J-7509 After the punch conveyance sensor
(PS5) turns ON, punch registration
sensor (PS6) is not turned ON within
the specified time.
J-7510 After the punch registration sensor
(PS6) turns ON, 1st folding convey-
ance sensor (PS51) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
J-7511 After the first fold conveyance sensor
(PS51) turns ON, 3rd folding convey-
ance sensor (PS54) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
J-7512 After the 3rd folding conveyance sen-
sor (PS54) turns ON, intermediate
conveyance sensor (PS13) is not
turned ON within the specified time.
J-7513 During fold operation, after the 1st
folding motor (M4) starts accelerating,
2nd folding conveyance sensor
(PS53) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7514 During fold operation, after the 1st
folding motor (M4) starts accelerating,
3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
is not turned ON within the specified
time.
J-7515 During fold operation, after the 2nd
folding motor (M5) starts accelerating,
3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
is not turned ON within the specified
time.

522
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 12. JAM CODE

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO C6500


operation

/C6500P/C5500
FD J-7516 During fold operation, after the 3rd FD/main body Remove jammed paper

During operation
folding motor (M6) starts accelerating, stop immedi- in the FD/main body, if
intermediate conveyance sensor ately. any.
(PS13) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7517 During fold operation, after the 2nd
folding conveyance sensor (PS53)
turns ON, third fold conveyance sen-
sor (PS54) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7518 During fold operation, after the 3rd
folding conveyance sensor (PS54)
turns ON, intermediate conveyance
sensor (PS13) is not turned ON within
the specified time.
J-7519 After the PI pick-up solenoid /Up
(SD13) turns ON, PI conveyance sen-
sor /Up (PS31) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
J-7520 After PI conveyance sensor /Up
(PS31) is turned ON, PI exit sensor
(PS4) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7521 After the PI pick-up solenoid /Lw
(SD14) turns ON, PI conveyance sen-
sor /Lw (PS37) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
J-7522 After PI conveyance sensor /Lw
(PS37) is turned ON, PI exit sensor
(PS4) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7523 After PI exit sensor (PS4) is turned
ON, FD entrance sensor (PS1) is not
turned ON within the specified time.
J-7524 PI double feed was detected.
RU J-7540 After the main body paper exit sensor RU/main body Remove jammed paper
(PS13) is turned ON, RU entrance stop immedi- in the RU/main body, if
sensor (PS1) is not turned ON within ately. any.
the specified time.
J-7541 After the RU entrance sensor (PS1)
turns ON, RU intermediate sensor
(PS2) is not turned ON within the
specified time.

523
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO C6500

operation
/C6500P/C5500

RU J-7542 After the RU intermediate sensor RU/main body Remove jammed paper

During operation
(PS2) turns ON, RU paper exit sensor stop immedi- in the RU/main body, if
(PS3) is not turned ON within the ately. any.
specified time.
J-7543 After the RU paper exit sensor (PS3)
is turned ON, it is not turned OFF
within the specified time.
SD J-7561 After the main body paper exit sensor SD/main body Remove jammed paper
(PS13) is turned ON, entrance sensor stop immedi- in the SD/main body, if
(PS1) is not turned ON within the ately. any.
specified time.
J-7562 After the entrance sensor (PS1) turns
ON, horizontal conveyance sensor /1
(PS2) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7563 After the horizontal conveyance sen-
sor/1 (PS2) turns ON, horizontal con-
veyance sensor /2 (PS3) is not turned
ON within the specified time.
J-7564 After the horizontal conveyance sen-
sor/2 (PS3) turns ON, horizontal con-
veyance exit sensor (PS4) is not
turned ON within the specified time.
J-7565 After the horizontal conveyance exit
sensor (PS4) is turned ON, it is not
turned OFF within the specified time.
J-7566 After the horizontal conveyance sen-
sor/1 (PS2) turns ON, subtray sensor
(PS11) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7567 After the subtray paper exit sensor
(PS11) turns ON, subtray paper exit
sensor (PS11) is not turned OFF
within the specified time.
J-7568 After the right angle conveyance
motor (M6) turns ON, right angle con-
veyance sensor/2 (PS6) is not turned
ON within the specified time.
J-7569 After the folding entrance motor (M3)
turns ON, folding sensor /1 (PS7) is not
turned ON within the specified time.
J-7570 After the folding sub scan alignment
exit motor (M8) turns ON, saddle
stitching paper sensor (PS13) is not
turned ON within the specified time.

524
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 12. JAM CODE

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO C6500


operation

/C6500P/C5500
SD J-7571 After the bundle arm rotation motor SD/main body Remove jammed paper

During operation
(M22) turns ON, bundle sensor /1 stop immedi- in the SD/main body, if
(PS14) is not turned ON within the ately. any.
specified time.
J-7572 After the bundle clip motor (M11)
turns ON, bundle sensor /2 (PS15) is
not turned ON within the specified
time.
J-7573 After the bunch sensor /2 (PS15)
turns ON, bunch sensor /4 (PS54) is
not turned ON within the specified
time.
J-7574 After the entrance sensor (PS1) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-7575 After the right angle conveyance sen-
sor /2 (PS6) is turned ON, it is not
turned OFF within the specified time.
J-7576 After the folding sensor /2 (PS44) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-7577 After the bundle sensor /1 (PS14) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-7578 After the bundle sensor /2 (PS15) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-7579 After the folding conveyance motor
(M4) turns ON, folding passage sen-
sor (PS8) is not turned ON within the
specified time.
J-7580 After the folding conveyance motor
(M4) turns ON, tri-folding paper exit
sensor (PS9) is not turned ON within
the specified time.
J-7581 After the folding sub scan alignment
exit motor (M8) is turned ON, it is not
turned OFF within the specified time.
J-7582 After the folding passage sensor
(PS8) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.
J-7583 After the tri-folding paper exit sensor
(PS9) is turned ON, it is not turned
OFF within the specified time.

525
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO C6500

operation
/C6500P/C5500

SD J-7584 After the bundle press movement SD/main body Remove jammed paper

During operation
motor (M17) is turned ON, trimmer stop immedi- in the SD/main body, if
registration sensor (PS55) is not ately. any.
turned OFF within the specified time.
J-7585 After the bundle registration motor
(M12) turns ON, trimmer registration
sensor (PS55) is not turned ON within
the specified time.
PB J-7660 The entrance sensor (PS1) does not The PB and the Remove jammed
turn ON within a specified period of main body stop paper, if any, from the
time after the main body paper exit immediately. PB/main body.
sensor (PS13) turns ON.
J-7661 The SC entrance sensor (PS2) does
not turn ON within a specified period
of time after the entrance sensor
(PS1) turns ON.
J-7662 The SC entrance sensor (PS2) does
not turn OFF within a specified period
of time after it turns ON.
J-7663 The cover paper entrance sensor
(PS3) does not turn ON within a spec-
ified period of time after the main
body paper exit sensor (PS13) turns
ON.
J-7664 The sub tray exit sensor (PS4) does
not turn ON within a specified period
of time after the entrance sensor
(PS1) turns ON.
J-7665 The sub tray exit sensor (PS4) does
not turn OFF within a specified period
of time after it turns ON.
J-7666 The SC paper detection sensor
(PS16) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the SC
entrance sensor (PS2) turns ON.
J-7667 The SC paper detection sensor
(PS16) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
J-7668 When conveying two pages at a time,
the SC paper detection sensor (PS16)
does not turn ON within a specified
time period after the SC entrance
sensor (PS2) turns ON.

526 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 12. JAM CODE

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO C6500


operation

/C6500P/C5500
PB J-7669 When conveying two pages at a time, The PB and the Remove jammed

During operation
the SC paper detection sensor (PS16) main body stop paper, if any, from the
does not turn OFF within a specified immediately. PB/main body.
period of time after it turns ON.
J-7670 The SC paper detection sensor
(PS16) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after the SC
bundle conveynace motor (M17)
turns ON.
J-7671 The clamp paper sensor (PS28) does
not turn OFF within a specified period
of time after the Clamp motor (M22)
turns OFF.
J-7672 The glue apply position detection
sensor (PS32) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time after
reversal of glue tank movement motor
(the tank moves back) turns ON.
J-7673 The glue apply position detection
sensor (PS32) does not turn OFF
within a specified period of time after
it turns ON.
J-7674 The cover paper sensor/Rt (PS45)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the cover paper
pick up clutch (MC71) turns ON.
J-7676 When starting trimming of the cover
paper fed from the PB, the cover
paper switchback sensor (PS44)
does not turn ON within a specified
time period after the cover paper con-
veyance motor (M45) turns ON.
J-7677 When trimming of the cover paper fed
from the PB is complete, the cover
paper switchback sensor (PS44)
does not turn OFF within a specified
time period after the cover paper con-
veyance motor (M45) turns ON.
J-7678 When positioning the leading edge of
the cover paper fed from the PB, the
cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46) does
not turn OFF within a specified time
period after the cover paper convey-
ance motor (M45) turns ON.

2 527
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO C6500

operation
/C6500P/C5500

PB J-7679 When positioning the leading edge of The PB and the Remove jammed

During operation
the cover paper fed from the PB, the main body stop paper, if any, from the
cover paper sensor/Lt (PS46) does immediately. PB/main body.
not turn ON within a specified time
period after the cover paper convey-
ance motor (M45) turns ON.
J-7680 When cover paper is fed from the
main body, the cover paper sensor/Rt
(PS45) does not turn OFF within a
specified time period after the cover
paper entrance sensor (PS3) turns
ON.
J-7682 When starting trimming of the cover
paper fed from the main body, the
cover paper switchback sensor
(PS44) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the
cover paper conveyance motor (M45)
turns ON.
J-7683 When trimming of the cover paper fed
from the main body is complete, the
cover paper switchback sensor
(PS44) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after the
cover paper conveyance motor (M45)
turns ON.
J-7684 When positioning the leading edge of
the cover paper fed from the main
body, the cover paper sensor/Lt
(PS46) does not turn OFF within a
specified time period after the cover
paper conveyance motor (M45) turns
ON.
J-7685 When positioning the leading edge of
the cover paper fed from the main
body, the cover paper sensor/Lt
(PS46) does not turn ON within a
specified time period after the cover
paper conveyance motor (M45) turns
ON.
J-7686 The book end sensor (PS61) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the book conveyance belt
motor (M61) turns ON.

528 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 12. JAM CODE

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction

bizhub PRO C6500


operation

/C6500P/C5500
PB J-7687 When loading first book, the book The PB and the Remove jammed

During operation
sensor /1 (PS66) does not turn ON main body stop paper, if any, from the
within a specified period of time after immediately. PB/main body.
the book conveyance belt up down
motor (M63) turns ON.
J-7688 When first row of book moves, the
book sensor /2 (PS67) does not turn
ON within a specified period of time
after the book movement motor
(M64) turns ON.
J-7689 When feeding paper, the cover paper
conveyance sensor /1 (PS75) does
not turn ON within a specified period
of time after the cover paper pick up
clutch (MC71) turns ON.
J-7690 The cover paper conveyance sensor /
2 (PS76) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the
cover paper conveyance sensor /1
(PS75) turns ON.
J-7691 When re-feeding paper, the cover
paper conveyance sensor /3 (PS77)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the cover paper
pick up clutch (MC71) turns ON.
J-7692 The cover paper conveyance sensor /
4 (PS78) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the
cover paper conveyance sensor /3
(PS77) turns ON.
J-7693 The multi feed detection board /2
(MFDTB72) turns OFF.
J-7696 The cover paper switchback sensor
(PS44) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the
cover paper feed motor (M74) turns
ON.
J-7697 No paper is detected (the paper has
removed) when restarting the job after
recovery.
J-7698 A cover paper has not been con-
veyed to the cover paper table sec-
tion when clamping of inside pages is
finished.

2 529
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Jam code Cause Resulting Correction


bizhub PRO C6500

operation
/C6500P/C5500

ADU J-9201 After the reverse/exit sensor (PS19) is Stops immedi- Pull out ADU and

During operation
turned ON, ADU reverse sensor ately. remove jammed paper,
(PS21) is not turned ON within the if any.
specified time.
J-9202 After the ADU stop sensor (PS20) is
turned ON, it is not turned OFF within
the specified time.
J-9251 ADU reverse sensor (PS21) is ON in —
When idling

the idling condition.


J-9252 ADU stop sensor (PS20) is ON in the
idling condition.
J-9301 After reversal of ADU reverse motor Stops immedi-
During operation

(M32) is turned ON, ADU conveyance ately.


sensor (PS61) is not turned ON within
the specified time.

J-9351 ADU conveyance sensor (PS61) is —


When idling

ON in the idling condition.

J-9401 After the ADU conveyance sensor Stops immedi-


During operation

(PS61) is turned ON, ADU pre-regis- ately.


tration sensor (PS23) is not turned
ON within the specified time.

J-9451 ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23) is —


When idling

ON in the idling condition.

530
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

13. MALFUNCTION CODE

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
13.1 Malfunction code list
A. Usage conditions
Error conditions are cleared by turning OFF/ON the sub power switch (SW2) of the main body.

B. Code List

NOTE
• Where there is "*" in the malfunction code field, "Turn ON the power switch again" is indicated on
the touch panel.
• Where there is no "*" in the malfunction code field, "Contact the Service Section" is indicated on
the operation panel.

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


tion
Commu- C-0001* Communication abnormality Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body

nication between printer control board stops immedi- PF drive board (PFDB)
abnor- (PRCB) and PF drive board ately and main LU drive board (LUDB)
mality (PFDB) or LU drive board relay (RY1) is
(LUDB). turned OFF.
C-0002* Communication abnormality Printer control board (PRCB)
between printer control board Conveyance drive board
(PRCB) and conveyance drive (CDB)
board (CDB).
C-0003* Communication abnormality Printer control board (PRCB)
between printer control board Conveyance drive board
(PRCB) and conveyance drive (CDB)
board (CDB).
Paper C-0101 M41 abnormality detection sig- Printer control board (PRCB)
feed nal was continuously detected Paper feed motor (M41)
motor for the specified time when the
abnor- paper feed motor (M41) was
mality ON.
LU paper C-0102 M101 abnormality detection sig- LU drive board (LUDB)
LU

feed nal was continuously detected Paper feed motor (M1)


motor for the specified time when the
abnor- paper feed motor (M1) was ON.
mality
Paper C-0103 M101 abnormality detection sig- PF drive board (PFDB)
PF

feed nal was continuously detected Paper feed motor (M1)


motor for the specified time when the
abnor- paper feed motor (M1) was ON.
mality

531
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

Paper C-0201 After paper lift motor/1 (M38) Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body

feed tray turns ON, upper limit sensor/1 stops immedi- Paper lift motor/1 (M38)
abnor- (PS30) is not turned ON within ately and main Upper limit sensor/1 (PS30)
mality specified time. relay (RY1) is
C-0202 After paper lift motor/2 (M39) turned OFF. Printer control board (PRCB)
turns ON, upper limit sensor/2 Paper lift motor/2 (M39)
(PS36) is not turned ON within Upper limit sensor/2 (PS36)
specified time.
C-0203 After paper lift motor/3 (M40) Printer control board (PRCB)
turns ON, upper limit sensor/3 Paper lift motor/3 (M40)
(PS42) is not turned ON within Upper limit sensor/3 (PS42)
specified time.
LU paper C-0204 M100 lock signal detected when LU drive board (LUDB)
LU

lift motor the paper lift motor (M100) was Paper lift motor (M100)
abnor- ON.
mality
C-0205 When the upper limit sensor LU drive board (LUDB)
(PS109) or lower limit sensor Paper lift motor (M100)
(PS101) is ON, PS101 or PS109 Upper limit sensor (PS109)
is not turned ON within the Lower limit sensor (PS101)
specified time after the paper lift
motor (M100) is turned ON.
PF paper C-0208 After paper lift motor/1 (M2) PF drive board (PFDB)
PF

lift motor turns ON, upper limit sensor/1 Paper lift motor/1 (M2)
abnor- (PS1) is not turned ON within Upper limit sensor/1 (PS1)
mality specified time.
C-0209 Power line fuse for paper lift PF drive board (PFDB)
motor/1 (M2) out.
C-0211 After paper lift motor/2 (M3) PF drive board (PFDB)
turns ON, upper limit sensor/2 Paper lift motor/2 (M3)
(PS9) is not turned ON within Upper limit sensor/2 (PS9)
specified time.
C-0212 Power line fuse for paper lift PF drive board (PFDB)
motor/2 (M3) out.
Paper C-0213 After the paper exit pressure AC drive board (ACDB)
Main body

exit sensor (PS10) turns OFF, it is not Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor- turned ON within the specified Paper exit motor (M54)
mality time. Paper exit pressure sensor
(PS10)
Fan C-0301 M47 abnormality detection sig- Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor- nal was continuously detected main body fan (M47)
mality for the specified time when the
main body fan (M47) was ON.

532
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
Main body Fan C-0302 Any one of the M26, M27, M28 Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor- abnormality detection signal was stops immedi- Tucking fan/1 (M26)
mality continuously detected for the ately and main Tucking fan/2 (M27)
specified time when the tucking relay (RY1) is Tucking fan/3 (M28)
fan/1 (M26), /2(M27) or /3 (M28) turned OFF.
was ON.
C-0303 Either one of the M66 abnormal- Conveyance drive board
ity detection signal was continu- (CDB)
ously detected for the specified ADU fan/1 (M66)
time when the ADU fan/1 (M66)
was ON.
C-0304 While the paper exit fans/1, /2 Printer control board (PRCB)
and /3 (M61, M62 and M63) are Paper exit fan/1 (M61)
turned ON, an error detection Paper exit fan/2 (M62)
signal of either M61, M62 or Paper exit fan/3 (M63)
M63 is detected for the specified
period of time in succession.
C-0305 M36 abnormality detection sig- Printer control board (PRCB)
nal was continuously detected Deodorization fan (M36)
for the specified time when the
deodorization fan (M36) was
ON.
LU fan C-0306 When the paper feed assist fan/ LU drive board (LUDB)
LU

abnor- Rr (M137) was ON, M137 Paper feed assist fan/Rr


mality abnormality detection signal was (M137)
continuously detected for the
specified time.
C-0307 When the paper feed assist fan/ LU drive board (LUDB)
Fr (FM1) was ON, FM1 abnor- Paper feed assist fan/Fr
mality detection signal was con- (FM1)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
PF fan C-0308 When the paper feed assist fan/ PF drive board (PFDB)
PF

abnor- Fr11 (M136) was ON, FM1 Paper feed assist fan/Fr11
mality abnormality detection signal was (M136)
continuously detected for the
specified time.
C-0309 When the paper feed assist fan/ PF drive board (PFDB)
Fr12 (FM3) was ON, FM3 abnor- Paper feed assist fan/Fr12
mality detection signal was con- (FM3)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.

1 533
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

PF fan C-0310 When the paper feed assist fan/ Main body PF drive board (PFDB)
PF

abnor- Rr11 (FM2) was ON, FM2 abnor- stops immedi- Paper feed assist fan/Rr11
mality mality detection signal was con- ately and main (FM2)
tinuously detected for the relay (RY1) is
specified time. turned OFF.
C-0311 When the paper feed assist fan/ PF drive board (PFDB)
Rr12 (FM4) was ON, FM4 abnor- Paper feed assist fan/Rr12
mality detection signal was con- (FM4)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
C-0312 When the paper feed assist fan/ PF drive board (PFDB)
Fr21 (FM5) was ON, FM1 abnor- Paper feed assist fan/Fr21
mality detection signal was con- (FM5)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
C-0313 When the paper feed assist fan/ PF drive board (PFDB)
Fr22 (FM7) was ON, FM7 abnor- Paper feed assist fan/Fr22
mality detection signal was con- (FM7)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
C-0314 When the paper feed assist fan/ PF drive board (PFDB)
Rr21 (FM6) was ON, FM6 abnor- Paper feed assist fan/Rr21
mality detection signal was con- (FM6)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
C-0315 When the paper feed assist fan/ PF drive board (PFDB)
Rr22 (FM8) was ON, FM8 abnor- Paper feed assist fan/Rr22
mality detection signal was con- (FM8)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
C-0316 Either one of the FM11 or FM12 PF drive board (PFDB)
abnormality detection signal was Dehumidifier fan/1 (FM11)
continuously detected for the Dehumidifier fan/2 (FM12)
specified time when the dehu-
midifier fan/1 (FM11), /2 (FM12)
was ON.
C-0317 Either one of the FM13 or FM14 PF drive board (PFDB)
abnormality detection signal was Dehumidifier fan/3 (FM13)
continuously detected for the Dehumidifier fan/4 (FM14)
specified time when the dehu-
midifier fan/3 (FM13), /4 (FM14)
was ON.

534
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
PF PF fan C-0318 Either one of the FM10 or FM9 Main body PF drive board (PFDB)
abnor- abnormality detection signal was stops immedi- Ventilation fan/1 (FM10)
mality continuously detected for the ately and main Ventilation fan/2 (FM9)
specified time when the ventila- relay (RY1) is
tion fan/1 (FM10), /2 (FM9) was turned OFF.
ON.
LU fan C-0320 FM3 abnormality detection sig- LU drive board (LUDB)
LU

abnor- nal was continuously detected Dehumidifier fan/1 (FM3)


mality for the specified time when the
dehumidifier fan/1 (FM3) was
ON.
C-0321 FM4 abnormality detection sig- LU drive board (LUDB)
nal was continuously detected Dehumidifier fan/2 (FM4)
for the specified time when the
dehumidifier fan/2 (FM4) was
ON.
Fan C-0322 M67 abnormality detection sig- Conveyance drive board
Main body

abnor- nal was continuously detected (CDB)


mality for the specified time when the ADU fan /2 (M67)
ADU fan /2 (M67) was ON.
LU C-0401 24VDC is not supplied to LU. LU drive board (LUDB)
LU

power DC power unit/1 (DCPS/1)


abnor- DC power unit/2 (DCPS/2)
mality C-0402 12VDC is not supplied to LU. LU drive board (LUDB)
DC power unit/1 (DCPS/1)
PF C-0403 24VDC is not supplied to PF. PF drive board (PFDB)
PF

power DC power unit/1 (DCPS/1)


abnor- C-0404 24VDC is not supplied to PF. PF drive board (PFDB)
mality DC power unit/2 (DCPS/2)
C-0405 12VDC is not supplied to PF. PF drive board (PFDB)
DC power unit/1 (DCPS/1)
C-0406 24VDC is not supplied to PF. PF drive board (PFDB)
AC drive board in PF (ACDB)
PF tem- C-0407 Temperature sensor/3 (TEMS/3) PF drive board (PFDB)
perature detected abnormality signal con- Temperature sensor/3
sensor tinuously for the specified time. (TEMS/3)
abnor- C-0408 Temperature sensor/4 (TEMS/4) PF drive board (PFDB)
mality detected abnormality signal con- Temperature sensor/4
tinuously for the specified time. (TEMS/4)
PF fan C-0409 Fan heater/Up (HTR3) overheat PF drive board (PFDB)
heater abnormality. AC drive board in PF (ACDB)
abnor- Temperature sensor/3 (TEMS/3) Fan heater/Up (HTR3)
mality detected temperature abnormal- Temperature sensor/3
ity signal continuously for the (TEMS/3)
specified time.

535
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

PF fan C-0410 Fan heater/Lw (HTR4) overheat Main body PF drive board (PFDB)
PF

heater abnormality. stops immedi- AC drive board in PF (ACDB)


abnor- Temperature sensor/4 (TEMS/4) ately and main Fan heater /Lw (HTR4)
mality detected temperature abnormal- relay (RY1) is Temperature sensor/4
ity signal continuously for the turned OFF. (TEMS/4)
specified time.
C-0411 Fan heater/Up (HTR3) low-tem- PF drive board (PFDB)
perature abnormality. AC drive board in PF (ACDB)
Temperature sensor/3 (TEMS/3) Fan heater /Up (HTR3)
detected temperature abnormal- Temperature sensor/3
ity signal continuously for the (TEMS/3)
specified time.
C-0412 Fan heater/Lw (HTR4) Low-tem- PF drive board (PFDB)
perature abnormality. AC drive board in PF (ACDB)
Temperature sensor/4 (TEMS/4) Fan heater/Lw (HTR4)
detected temperature abnormal- Temperature sensor /4
ity signal continuously for the (TEMS/4)
specified time.
C-0413 Fan heater/Up (HTR3) rising PF drive board (PFDB)
temperature abnormality. AC drive board in PF (ACDB)
Temperature sensor/3 (TEMS/3) Fan heater /Up (HTR3)
detected temperature does not Temperature sensor/3
reach the specified temperature (TEMS/3)
within the specified time.
C-0414 Fan heater/Lw (HTR4) rising PF drive board (PFDB)
temperature abnormality. AC drive board in PF (ACDB)
Temperature sensor/4 (TEMS/4) Fan heater/Lw (HTR4)
detected temperature does not Temperature sensor/4
reach the specified temperature (TEMS/4)
within the specified time.
LU tem- C-0415 Temperature sensor (TEMS) LU drive board (LUDB)
LU

perature detected abnormality signal con- Temperature sensor (TEMS)


sensor tinuously for the specified time.
abnor-
mality
LU dehu- C-0416 Dehumidifier heater/3 (HTR2) LU drive board (LUDB)
midifier overheat abnormality. LUAC drive board (ACDB)
heater Temperature sensor (TEMS) Dehumidifier heater /3
abnor- detected temperature abnormal- (HTR2)
mality ity signal continuously for the Temperature sensor (TEMS)
specified time.

536
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
LU LU dehu- C-0417 Dehumidifier heater /3 (HTR2) Main body LU drive board (LUDB)
midifier low-temperature abnormality. stops immedi- LUAC drive board (ACDB)
heater Temperature sensor (TEMS) ately and main Dehumidifier heater /3
abnor- detected temperature abnormal- relay (RY1) is (HTR2)
mality ity signal continuously for the turned OFF. Temperature sensor (TEMS)
specified time.
C-0418 Dehumidifier heater /3 (HTR2)
rising temperature abnormality.
Temperature sensor (TEMS)
detected temperature does not
reach the specified temperature
within the specified time.
FS C-1005 Communication abnormality. Main body and Printer control board (PRCB)
FS

abnor- FS stop imme- FNS control board (FNSCB)


mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
FD C-1006 Communication abnormality. Main body and Printer control board (PRCB)
FD

abnor- FD stop imme- FD control board (FDCB)


mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
SD C-1007 Communication abnormality. Main body and Printer control board (PRCB)
SD

abnor- SD stop imme- SD control board (SDCB)


mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
RU C-1008 Communication abnormality. Main body and Printer control board (PRCB)
RU

abnor- RU stop imme- RU control board (RUCB)


mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
PB C-1009 Communication abnormality Main body and PB control board (PBCB)
PB

abnor- between Main CPU in the PB PB stop imme- Control program


mality control board (PBCB) and Sub diately and
CPU1. main relay
C-1010 Communication abnormality (RY1) is turned PB control board (PBCB)
between Main CPU in the PB OFF. Control program
control board (PBCB) and Sub
CPU2.
C-1011 Paper feed abnormality between PB control board (PBCB)
the main body and the PB. Control program

2 537
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

FS-520/ C-1101 Shift unit does not reach the shift Main body and FNS control board (FNSCB)
FS

607 position or the home position FS stop imme- Shift roller Motor (M2)
abnor- within the specified time. diately and Shift roller home sensor
mality main relay (PS18)
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
FS-503 C-1102 The tray up down motor (M3) FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- does not turn OFF after the FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality specified time has passed. Tray up down motor (M3)
Or, the motor was rotating at a Tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
speed out of the specified range Tray lower limit sensor (PS3)
for over the permitted operating
time.
FS-520/ After the main tray up down FNS control board (FNSCB)
607 motor (M3) operation is started, Main tray up down motor
abnor- the main tray upper limit sensor (M3)
mality (PS2) is not turned ON within Main tray upper limit sensor
the specified time. (PS2)
FS-503 C-1103 After the alignment motors/Rr FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M5), /Fr (M22) home position FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality search operation started, the Alignment motor /Rr (M5)
alignment home sensors/Rr Alignment motor /Fr (M22)
(PS8) and /Fr (PS31) are not Alignment Home Sensor /Rr
turned ON within the specified (PS8)
time. Alignment Home Sensor /Fr
(PS31)
FS-520/ After the alignment motor /Up FNS control board (FNSCB)
607 (M5) operation is started, the Alignment motor /Up (M5)
abnor- alignment home sensor /Up Alignment home Sensor /Up
mality (PS8) is not turned ON/OFF (PS8)
within the specified time.
FS-503 C-1104 Main tray exit motor (M7) was FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- rotating at a speed out of the FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality specified range for over the per- Main tray exit motor (M7)
mitted operating time.
FS-520/ After the paper exit roller motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
607 (M7) operation is started, the Paper exit roller motor (M7)
abnor- motor speed does not reach the
mality prescribed speed within the
specified time.
FS-503 C-1105 After the paper exit opening FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- motor (M8) operation is started, FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality the paper exit opening unit does Paper exit opening motor
not reach the specified opening (M8)
position within the specified Paper exit opening sensor
time. (PS12)

538 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
FS FS-520/ C-1105 After the paper exit opening Main body and FNS control board (FNSCB)
607 motor (M8) operation is started, FS stop imme- Paper exit opening motor
abnor- the paper exit home sensor diately and (M8)
mality (PS12) is not turned ON/OFF main relay Paper exit home sensor
within the specified time. (RY1) is turned (PS12)
FS-503 C-1106 After stapler movement motor OFF. FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M11) home position search FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality operation started, the stapler Stapler movement motor
movement home sensor (PS11) (M11)
are not turned ON within the Stapler movement home
specified time. sensor (PS11)
FS-520/ After the stapler movement FNS control board (FNSCB)
607 motor (M11) operation is started, Stapler movement motor
abnor- the Stapler movement home (M11)
mality sensor (PS11) is not turned ON/ Stapler movement home
OFF within the specified time. sensor (PS11)
FS-503 C-1107 After the stapler rotation motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M4) home position search oper- FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality ation started, the stapler rotation Stapler rotation motor (M4)
home sensor (PS14) are not Stapler rotation home sensor
turned ON within the specified (PS14)
time.
FS-607 After the clincher rotation motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M4) operation is started, the Clincher rotation motor (M4)
mality clincher rotation home sensor Clincher rotation home sen-
(PS14) is not turned ON/OFF sor (PS14)
within the specified time.
FS-503 C-1108 After the stapler rotation motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M4) home position search oper- FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality ation started, the stapler rotation Stapler rotation motor (M4)
home sensor (PS14) are not Stapler rotation home sensor
turned ON within the specified (PS14)
time.
FS-607 After stapler rotation motor (M6) FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- operation is started, the stapler Stapler rotation motor (M6)
mality rotation home sensor (PS13) Stapler rotation home sensor
are not turned ON/OFF within (PS13)
the specified time.
FS-503 C-1109 After the stapler motor /Fr (M31) FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- operation is started, the stapler FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality home sensor/Fr (PS41) is not Stapler board (STB)
turned ON within the specified Stapler motor/Fr (M31)
time. Stapler home sensor /Fr
(PS41)

1 539
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

FS-520/ C-1109 After the stapler motor /Fr (M14) Main body and FNS control board (FNSCB)
FS

607 operation is started, the stapler FS stop imme- Stapler motor /Fr (M14)
abnor- motor home sensor /Fr (PS31) diately and Stapler motor home sensor /
mality is not turned ON within the main relay Fr (PS31)
specified time. (RY1) is turned
FS-503 C-1110 After the stapler motor/Rr (M30) OFF. FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- operation is started, the opera- FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality tion is not completed within the Stapler board (STB)
specified time and the stapler Stapler motor /Rr (M30)
home sensor/Rr (PS40) is not Stapler home sensor /Rr
turned ON . (PS40)
FS-520/ After the stapler motor /Rr (M9) FNS control board (FNSCB)
607 operation is started, the stapler Stapler motor /Rr (M9)
abnor- motor home sensor /Rr (PS30) Stapler motor home sensor /
mality is not turned ON within the Rr (PS30)
specified time.
FS-607 C-1111 After the clincher motor /Fr FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M15) operation is started, the Clincher motor /Fr (M15)
mality clincher motor home sensor /Fr Clincher motor home sensor
(PS33) is not turned ON within /Fr (PS33)
the specified time.
C-1112 After the clincher motor /Rr FNS control board (FNSCB)
(M10) operation is started, the Clincher motor /Rr (M10)
clincher motor home sensor /Rr Clincher motor home sensor
(PS32) is not turned ON within /Rr (PS32)
the specified time.
FS-503 C-1113 After the rear stopper motor (M26) FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- home position search operation FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality started, the rear stopper home Rear stopper motor (M26)
sensor (PS35) are not turned ON Rear stopper home sensor
within the specified time. (PS35)
FS-607 After the saddle stitching stopper FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- motor (M18) operation is started, Saddle stitching stopper
mality the saddle stitching stopper home motor (M18)
sensor (PS23) is not turned ON Saddle stitching stopper
within the specified time. home sensor (PS23)
C-1114 After the alignment motor /Lw FNS control board (FNSCB)
(M16) operation is started, the Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
alignment home sensor /Lw Alignment home sensor /Lw
(PS24) is not turned ON within (PS24)
the specified time.
C-1115 After the folding knife motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
(M19) operation is started, the Folding knife motor (M19)
Folding knife home sensor Folding knife home sensor
(PS22) is not turned ON within (PS22)
the specified time.

540 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
FS FS-607 C-1116 After the folding transfer motor Main body and FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M20) operation is started, the FS stop imme- Folding transfer motor (M20)
mality motor speed does not reach the diately and
prescribed speed within the main relay
specified time. (RY1) is turned
PI C-1124 After the tray lift motor /Lw OFF. FNS control board (FNSCB)
PI

abnor- (M202) operation is started, the PI drive board (PIDB)


mality tray upper limit sensor /Lw Tray lift motor /Lw (M202)
(PS209) or tray lower limit sensor Tray upper limit sensor /Lw
/Lw (PS210) is not turned ON (PS209)
within the specified time. Tray lower limit sensor /Lw
(PS210)
C-1125 After tray lift motor /Up (M201) FNS control board (FNSCB)
operation is started, the tray PI drive board (PIDB)
upper limit sensor /Up (PS204) Tray lift motor /Up (M201)
or tray lower limit sensor /Up Tray upper limit sensor /Up
(PS205) is not turned ON within (PS204)
the specified time. Tray lower limit sensor /Up
(PS205)
C-1126 After the PI conveyance motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
(M203) operation is started, the PI drive board (PIDB)
motor speed does not reach the PI conveyance motor (M203)
prescribed speed within the
specified time.
PK C-1127 After punch shift motor (M302) FNS control board (FNSCB)
PK

abnor- operation is started, the punch Punch drive board (PDB)


mality shift home sensor (PS303) is Punch shift motor (M302)
not turned ON within the speci- Punch shift home sensor
fied time. (PS303)
C-1132 After punch motor (M301) oper- FNS control board (FNSCB)
ation is started, the punch home Punch drive boar (PDB)
sensor (PS301) is not turned Punch motor (M301)
ON within the specified time. Punch home sensor
(PS301)

541
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

FS-520/ C-1137 After gate motor (M12) operation Main body and FNS control board (FNSCB)
FS

607 is started, the Gate home sensor FS stop imme- Gate motor (M12)
abnor- (PS16) is not turned ON within diately and Gate home sensor (PS16)
mality the specified time. main relay
C-1138 After the paper exit roller motor (RY1) is turned FNS control board (FNSCB)
(M7) operation is started, the OFF. Paper exit roller motor (M7)
operation is not completed Paper exit belt home sensor
within the specified time and the (PS9)
paper exit belt home sensor
(PS9) is not turned ON .
Or the motor was rotating at a
speed out of specified range for
over the permitted operating
time.
FS-503 C-1140 After the Paper exit arm motor FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- (M23) operation is started, the FNS drive board (FNSDB)
mality operation is not completed Paper exit arm motor (M23)
within the specified time and the Paper exit arm home sensor
paper exit arm home sensor (PS9)
(PS9) is not turned ON .
Or the motor was rotating at a
speed out of specified range for
over the permitted operating
time.
C-1141 After the stacker entrance sen- FNS control board (FNSCB)
sor (PS5) operation is started, FNS drive board (FNSDB)
paddle motor (M2) is not turned Paddle motor (M2)
ON within the specified time.
Or the stapler motor /Fr (M31), /
Rr (M30) operation is started,
M2 is not turned OFF within the
specified time.
C-1142 The Intermediate roller release FNS control board (FNSCB)
solenoid (SD7) operation is not FNS drive board (FNSDB)
started after pressing start but- Intermediate roller release
ton. After the alignment motors / solenoid (SD7)
Fr (M22), /Rr (M5) are turned
OFF, SD7 is not turned OFF
within the specified time.
Or after SD7 is turned OFF, it is
not s not turned ON within the
specified time.

542 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
FS FS-520/ C-1143 The FNS conveyance motor Main body and FNS control board (FNSCB)
607 (M1) operation is not started FS stop imme- FNS conveyance motor (M1)
abnor- after pressing start button. Or diately and Main body paper exit sensor
mality the FNS conveyance motor (M1) main relay (PS37)
does not shift the speed for (RY1) is turned FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
each processing. OFF.
LS C-1201 After stacker tray up down Main body and Stacker tray up down motor
LS

abnor- motor (M1) turns ON, stacker LS stop imme- (M1)


mality tray encoder sensor (PS2) is not diately and LS control board (LSCB)
(first cou- turned ON within the specified main relay
pling) time. Otherwise the initial opera- (RY1) is turned
tion or the stacker tray up/down OFF.
operation is not complete within
the specified time.
C-1202 After shift unit motor (M5) turns Shift unit motor (M5)
ON, shift unit home sensor LS control board (LSCB)
(PS11) is not turned OFF within
the specified time. Otherwise
PS11 is not turned ON within the
specified time.
C-1203 After alignment motor (M7) turns Alignment motor (M7)
ON, alignment plate home sen- LS control board (LSCB)
sor (PS12) is not turned OFF
within the specified time. Other-
wise PS12 is not turned ON
within the specified time.
C-1204 After the grip conveyance motor Grip conveyance motor (M4)
(M4) turns ON, grip conveyance
sensor (PS5) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
C-1205 When the stacker tray up down Stacker tray up down motor
motor (M1) up is ON, stacker (M1)
tray upper limit switch (MS2) is Stacker tray upper limit
ON. switch (MS2)
C-1206 When the stacker tray up down Stacker tray up down motor
motor (M1) down is ON, stacker (M1)
tray lower limit switch (MS3) is Stacker tray lower limit
ON. switch (MS3)
LS C-1211 After stacker tray up down Stacker tray up down motor
abnor- motor (M1) turns ON, stacker (M1)
mality tray encoder sensor (PS2) is not LS control board (LSCB)
(second turned ON within the specified
coupling) time. Otherwise the initial opera-
tion or the stacker tray up/down
operation is not complete within
the specified time.

1 543
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

LS C-1212 After shift unit motor (M5) turns Main body and Shift unit motor (M5)
LS

abnor- ON, shift unit home sensor LS stop imme- LS control board (LSCB)
mality (PS11) is not turned OFF within diately and
(second the specified time. Otherwise main relay
coupling) PS11 is not turned ON within the (RY1) is turned
specified time. OFF.
C-1213 After alignment motor (M7) turns Alignment motor (M7)
ON, alignment plate home sen- LS control board (LSCB)
sor (PS12) is not turned OFF
within the specified time. Other-
wise PS12 is not turned ON
within the specified time.
C-1214 After the grip conveyance motor Grip conveyance motor (M4)
(M4) turns ON, grip conveyance
sensor (PS5) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
C-1215 When the stacker tray up down Stacker tray up down motor
motor (M1) up is ON, stacker (M1)
tray upper limit switch (MS2) is Stacker tray upper limit
ON. switch (MS2)
C-1216 When the stacker tray up down Stacker tray up down motor
motor (M1) down is ON, stacker (M1)
tray lower limit switch (MS3) is Stacker tray lower limit
ON. switch (MS3)
FD C-1221 After the 1st folding release Main body and 1st folding release motor
FD

abnor- motor (M14) turns ON, 1st fold- FD stop imme- (M14)
mality ing cam home sensor (PS55) is diately and Fold drive board (FDB)
not turned ON within the speci- main relay 1st folding cam home sensor
fied time. (RY1) is turned (PS55)
C-1222 After the 2nd folding release OFF. 2nd folding release motor
motor (M15) turns ON, 2nd fold- (M15)
ing cam home sensor (PS56) is Fold drive board (FDB)
not turned ON within the speci- 2nd folding cam home sen-
fied time. sor (PS56)
C-1223 After the 3rd folding releasie 3rd folding release motor
motor (M16) turns ON, 3rd fold- (M16)
ing cam home sensor (PS57) is Folding drive board (FDB)
not turned ON within the speci- 3rd folding cam home sen-
fied time. sor (PS57)

544
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
FD FD C-1224 After two holes punch home Main body and Punch motor (M10)
abnor- position recovery operation FD stop imme- Punch drive board (PDB)
mality started, 2 holes punch home diately and 2 holes punch home sensor
sensor (PS8) is not turned OFF main relay (PS8)
within the specified time. Other- (RY1) is turned
wise, after punch motor (M10) OFF.
turns ON, 2 holes punch home
sensor (PS8) is not turned OFF.
C-1225 After 3 holes/4 holes punch Punch motor (M10)
home position recovery opera- Punch drive board (PDB)
tion started, 3 holes/4 holes 3 holes/4 holes punch home
punch home sensor (PS9) is not sensor (PS9)
turned OFF within the specified
time. Otherwise, after punch
motor (M10) turns ON, 3 holes/4
holes punch home sensor (PS9)
is not turned OFF.
C-1226 After the alignment home posi- Alignment motor (M12)
tion recovery operation started, Punch drive board (PDB)
alignment plate home sensor Alignment plate home sensor
(PS10) is not turned ON within (PS10)
the specified time. Otherwise,
after alignment motor (M12)
turns ON, alignment plate home
sensor (PS10) is not turned OFF.
C-1227 After the punch registration tab Punch registration motor
home position recovery opera- (M13)
tion started, punch registration Punch drive board (PDB)
home sensor (PS11) is not Punch registration home
turned ON within the specified sensor (PS11)
time. Otherwise, after punch
registration motor (M13) turns
ON, punch registration home
sensor (PS11) is not turned OFF.
C-1228 After main tray home position Tray up down motor (M11)
search started, main tray upper Main tray upper limit sensor
limit sensor (PS20) is not turned (PS20)
ON within the specified time. Punch drive board (PDB)
Otherwise, after tray up down
motor (M11) turns ON, main tray
upper limit sensor (PS20) is not
turned OFF.
C-1229 After the tray up down motor Tray up down motor (M11)
(M11) was turned ON, main tray Punch drive board (PDB)
lower limit sensor (PS22) is not Main tray lower limit sensor
turned ON within the specified (PS22)
time.

545
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

FD C-1230 After lowering FD paper lift Main body and Paper lift motor/Up (M8)
FD

abnor- motor/Up (M8) turns ON, PI lift FD stop imme- PI drive board (PIDB)
mality plate home sensor/Up (PS34) is diately and PI lift plate home sensor/Up
not turned ON within the speci- main relay (PS34)
fied time. Otherwise, after rising (RY1) is turned PI tray upper limit sensor/Up
paper lift motor/Up (M8) turns OFF. (PS32)
ON, PI tray upper limit sensor/
Up (PS32) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
C-1231 After lowering FD paper lift Paper lift motor/Lw (M9)
motor/Lw (M9) turns ON, PI lift PI drive board (PIDB)
plate home sensor/Lw (PS40) is PI lift plate home sensor/Lw
not turned ON within the speci- (PS40)
fied time. Otherwise, after rising PI tray upper limit sensor/Lw
paper lift motor/Lw (M9) turns (PS38)
ON, PI tray upper limit sensor/
Lw (PS38) is not turned ON
within the specified time.
C-1232 M1 abnormality detection signal Entrance conveyance motor
was continuously detected for (M1)
the specified time when the Punch drive board (PDB)
entrance conveyance motor
(M1) was ON.
C-1233 M3 abnormality detection signal Intermediate conveyance
was continuously detected for motor (M3)
the specified time when the Punch drive board (PDB)
intermediate conveyance motor
(M3) was ON.
C-1234 M7 abnormality detection signal PI Conveyance motor (M7)
was continuously detected for PI drive board (PIDB)
the specified time when the PI
conveyance motor (M7) was
ON.
C-1235 M17 abnormality detection sig- Main tray paper exit motor
nal was continuously detected (M17)
for the specified time when the Punch drive board (PDB)
main tray paper exit motor (M17)
was ON.
SD C-1241 After budle exit drive motor (M5) Main body and Bundle exit motor (M5)
SD

abnor- home position search operation SD stops Scraps press home sensor
mality started, scraps press home sen- immediately (PS48)
sor (PS48) is not turned ON after and main relay SD control board (SDCB)
specified time passed. (RY1) is turned SD drive board (SDDB)
OFF.

546
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
SD SD C-1242 After folding main scan align- Main body and Folding main scan alignment
abnor- ment motor/Fr (M7) home posi- SD stops motor/Fr
mality tion search operation started, immediately (M7)
folding main scan alignment and main relay Folding main scan alignment
home sensor/Fr1 (PS18) is not (RY1) is turned home sensor
turned ON within the specified OFF. /Fr1 (PS18)
time. Otherwise, operation not SD control board (SDCB)
complete after M7 operation SD drive board (SDDB)
started and specified time has
passed.
C-1243 After folding sub scan alignment Folding sub scan alignment
motor (M8) home position exit motor (M8)
search operation started, fold- Folding exit home sensor
ing exit home sensor (PS24) is (PS24)
not turned ON after the specified SD control board (SDCB)
time has passed. Otherwise, SD drive board (SDDB)
operation not complete after M8
speed down operation started
and specified time has passed.
C-1244 After saddle stitching alignment Saddle stitching alignment
motor/Rt (M9) home position motor/Rt (M9)
search operation started, sad- Saddle stitching alignment
dle stitching alignment home home sensor/Rt (PS28)
sensor/Rt (PS28) is not turned SD control board (SDCB)
ON after specified time has SD drive board (SDDB)
passed. Otherwise, operation
not complete after M9 operation
started and specified time has
passed.
C-1245 After bundle arm motor (M10) Bundle arm motor (M10)
home position search operation Bundle arm home sensor
started, bundle arm home sen- (PS32)
sor (PS32) is not turned ON after SD control board (SDCB)
the specified time has passed. SD drive board (SDDB)
Otherwise, operation not com-
plete after M10 operation started
and specified time has passed.
C-1246 After bundle clip motor (M11) Bundle clip motor (M11)
home position search operation Bundle clip upper limit sen-
started, bundle clip upper limit sor (PS33)
sensor (PS33) is not turned ON Bundle clip lower limit sensor
after the specified time has (PS30)
passed. Otherwise, operation SD control board (SDCB)
not complete after M11 opera- SD drive board (SDDB)
tion started and specified time
has passed.

547
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

SD C-1247 After bundle registration motor Main body and Bundle registration motor
SD

abnor- (M12) home position search SD stop imme- (M12)


mality operation started, bundle regis- diately and Bundle registration home
tration home sensor (PS34) is main relay sensor (PS34)
not turned ON after the specified (RY1) is turned SD control board (SDCB)
time has passed. Otherwise, OFF. SD drive board (SDDB)
operation not complete after
M12 operation started and
specified time has passed.
C-1248 After overlap motor (M13) home Overlap motor (M13)
position search operation Overlap home sensor (PS17)
started, overlap home sensor SD control board (SDCB)
(PS17) is not turned ON after the SD drive board (SDDB)
specified time has passed. Oth-
erwise, operation not complete
after M13 operation started and
specified time has passed.
C-1249 After folding main scan align- Folding main scan alignment
ment motor/Rr (M14) home motor/Rr (M14)
position search operation Folding main scan alignment
started, folding main scan align- home sensor/Rr (PS19)
ment home sensor/Rr (PS19) is SD control board (SDCB)
not turned ON after the specified SD drive board (SDDB)
time has passed. Otherwise,
operation not complete after
M14 operation started and
specified time has passed.
C-1250 After the stapler movement Stapler movement motor
motor (M15) home position (M15)
search operation started, the Stapler movement home
stapler movement home sensor sensor (PS25)
(PS25) is not turned ON after the SD control board (SDCB)
specified time has passed. Oth- SD drive board (SDDB)
erwise, operation not complete
after M15 operation started and
specified time has passed.
C-1251 After saddle stitching alignment Saddle stitching alignment
motor/Lt (M16) home position motor/Lt (M16)
search operation started, sad- Saddle stitching alignment
dle stitching alignment home home sensor/Lt (PS29)
sensor/Lt (PS29) is not turned SD control board (SDCB)
ON after specified time has SD drive board (SDDB)
passed. Otherwise, operation
not complete after M16 opera-
tion started and specified time
has passed.

548
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
SD SD C-1252 After the bundle press move- Main body and Bundle press movement
abnor- ment motor (M17) home position SD stop imme- motor (M17)
mality search operation started, the diately and Bundle press movement
bundle press movement home main relay home sensor (PS36)
sensor (PS36) is not turned ON (RY1) is turned SD control board (SDCB)
after the specified time has OFF. SD drive board (SDDB)
passed. Otherwise, operation
not complete after M17 opera-
tion started and specified time
has passed.
C-1253 After 1st folding blade motor 1st folding blade motor
(M18) home position search (M18)
operation started, 1st folding 1st folding blade home sen-
blade home sensor/2 (PS21) is sor/1 (PS20), /2 (PS21)
not turned ON after the specified SD control board (SDCB)
time has passed. Otherwise, SD drive board (SDDB)
operation not complete after
M18 operation started and
specified time has passed.
PS20 is not turned ON.
C-1254 After 2nd folding blade motor 2nd folding blade motor
(M19) home position search (M19)
operation started, 2nd folding 2nd folding blade home sen-
blade home sensor/2 (PS23) is sor/2 (PS22), /2 (PS23)
not turned ON after the specified SD control board (SDCB)
time has passed. Otherwise, SD drive board (SDDB)
operation not complete after
M19 operation started and
specified time has passed.
PS22 is not turned ON.
C-1255 After the clincher up down motor Clincher up down motor
(M20) home position search (M20)
operation started, the clincher Clincher up down home sen-
up down home sensor (PS26) is sor (PS26)
not turned ON after the specified SD control board (SDCB)
time has passed. Otherwise, SD drive board (SDDB)
operation not complete after
M20 operation started and
specified time has passed.

549
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

SD C-1256 After saddle stitching press Main body and Saddle stitching press motor
SD

abnor- motor (M21) home position SD stop imme- (M21)


mality search operation started, sad- diately and Saddle stitching press home
dle stitching press home sensor main relay sensor (PS27)
(PS27) is not turned ON after (RY1) is turned SD control board (SDCB)
specified time has passed. Oth- OFF. SD drive board (SDDB)
erwise, operation not complete
after M21 operation started and
specified time has passed.
C-1257 After the bundle arm rotation Bundle arm rotation motor
motor (M22) home position (M22)
search operation started, the Bundle arm rotation home
bundle arm rotation home sen- sensor (PS31)
sor (PS31) is not turned ON after SD control board (SDCB)
the specified time has passed. SD drive board (SDDB)
Otherwise, operation not com-
plete after M22 operation started
and specified time has passed.
C-1258 After bundle press motor (M23) Bundle press motor (M23)
home position search operation Bundle press home sensor
started, bundle press home sen- (PS37)
sor (PS37) is not turned ON after Bundle press lower limit sen-
the specified time has passed. sor (PS47)
Otherwise, operation not com- SD control board (SDCB)
plete after M23 operation started SD drive board (SDDB)
and specified time has passed.
C-1259 After the bundle press stage up Bundle press stage up down
down motor (M24) home posi- motor (M24)
tion search operation started, Bundle press stage up down
the bundle stage up down home home sensor (PS35)
sensor (PS35) is not turned ON Bundle press stage up down
after the specified time has upper limit sensor (PS45)
passed. Otherwise, after M24 SD control board (SDCB)
operation started, PS35 or bun- SD drive board (SDDB)
dle press stage up down upper
limit sensor (PS45) is not turned
ON after the specified time has
passed.
C-1260 After the guide shaft motor Guide shaft motor (M25)
(M25) home position search Guide shaft home sensor
operation started, the guide (PS46)
shaft home sensor (PS46) is not SD control board (SDCB)
turned ON after the specified SD drive board (SDDB)
time has passed. Otherwise,
operation not complete after
M25 operation started and
specified time has passed.

550
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
SD SD C-1261 After stapler motor/Rt (M29) Main body and Stapler section/Rt
abnor- operation started, stapler home SD stop imme- SD control board (SDCB)
mality sensor/Rt (HS1) or clincher start diately and SD drive board (SDDB)
sensor/Rt (HS2) is not turned main relay
ON after specified time has (RY1) is turned
passed. OFF.
C-1262 After stapler motor/Lt (M30) Stapler section/Lt
operation started, stapler home SD control board (SDCB)
sensor/Lt (HS3) or clincher start SD drive board (SDDB)
sensor/Lt (HS4) is not turned ON
after specified time has passed.
C-1263 Operation not complete after Trimmer blade motor (M31)
trimmer blade motor (M31) oper- Trimmer paddle motor (M33)
ation started and specified time Trimmer blade home sensor
has passed. An error detection (PS50)
signal is detected for a specified Trimmer blade upper limit
period of time in succession sensor (PS51)
while the trimmer paddle motor SD control board (SDCB)
(M33) is ON. SD drive board (SDDB)
C-1264 Operation not complete after Trimmer press motor (M32)
trimmer press motor (M32) oper- Trimmer press home sensor
ation started and specified time (PS53)
has passed. Trimmer press upper limit
sensor (PS52)
SD control board (SDCB)
SD drive board (SDDB)
C-1265 Operation not complete after Bundle arm assist motor
bundle arm assist motor (M26) (M26)
operation started and specified Bundle arm assist home
time has passed. sensor (PS38)
Bundle arm assist upper limit
sensor (PS39)
SD control board (SDCB)
SD drive board (SDDB)
C-1266 Rotation abnormality detected Entrance conveyance motor
continuously for the specified (M1)
time during entrance convey- SD control board (SDCB)
ance motor (M1) operation. SD drive board (SDDB)
C-1267 Rotation abnormality detected Horizontal conveyance
continuously for the specified motor (M2)
time during horizontal convey- SD control board (SDCB)
ance motor (M2) operation. SD drive board (SDDB)

2 551
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

SD C-1268 Rotation abnormality detected Main body and Folding entrance motor (M3)
SD

abnor- continuously for the specified SD stop imme- SD control board (SDCB)
mality time during folding entrance diately and SD drive board (SDDB)
motor (M3) operation. main relay
C-1269 Rotation abnormality detected (RY1) is turned Folding conveyance motor
continuously for the specified OFF. (M4)
time during folding conveyance SD control board (SDCB)
motor (M4) operation. SD drive board (SDDB)
C-1270 Rotation abnormality detected Bundle exit motor (M5)
continuously for the specified SD control board (SDCB)
time during bundle exit motor SD drive board (SDDB)
(M5) operation.
C-1271 Rotation abnormality detected Folding sub scan alignment
continuously for the specified exit motor (M8)
time during folding sub scan SD control board (SDCB)
alignment exit motor (M8) opera- SD drive board (SDDB)
tion.
LS C-1301 FM1 abnormality detection sig- Main body and Paper cooling fan motor/Fr
LS

abnor- nal was continuously detected LS stop imme- (FM1)


mality for the specified time when the diately and LS control board (LSCB)
(first cou- paper cooling fan motor/Fr main relay
pling) (FM1) was ON. (RY1) is turned
C-1302 FM2 abnormality detection sig- OFF. Paper cooling fan motor/1
nal was continuously detected (FM2)
for the specified time when the LS control board (LSCB)
paper cooling fan motor/1 (FM2)
was ON.
C-1303 FM3 abnormality detection sig- Paper cooling fan motor/Mi
nal was continuously detected (FM3)
for the specified time when the LS control board (LSCB)
paper cooling fan motor/Mi
(FM3) was ON.
C-1304 FM4 abnormality detection sig- Motor cooling fan motor
nal was continuously detected (FM4)
for the specified time when the LS control board (LSCB)
motor cooling fan motor (FM4)
was ON.
C-1305 FM5 abnormality detection sig- Paper cooling fan motor/Rr
nal was continuously detected (FM5)
for the specified time when the LS control board (LSCB)
paper cooling fan motor/Rr
(FM5) was ON.

552
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
LS LS C-1306 FM1 abnormality detection sig- Main body and Paper cooling fan motor/Fr
abnor- nal was continuously detected LS stop imme- (FM1)
mality for the specified time when the diately and LS control board (LSCB)
(second paper cooling fan motor/Fr main relay
coupling) (FM1) was ON. (RY1) is turned
C-1307 FM2 abnormality detection sig- OFF Paper cooling fan motor/1
nal was continuously detected (FM2)
for the specified time when the LS control board (LSCB)
paper cooling fan motor/1 (FM2)
was ON.
C-1308 FM3 abnormality detection sig- Paper cooling fan motor/Mi
nal was continuously detected (FM3)
for the specified time when the LS control board (LSCB)
paper cooling fan motor/Mi
(FM3) was ON.
C-1309 FM4 abnormality detection sig- Motor cooling fan motor
nal was continuously detected (FM4)
for the specified time when the LS control board (LSCB)
motor cooling fan motor (FM4)
was ON.
C-1310 FM5 abnormality detection sig- Paper cooling fan motor/Rr
nal was continuously detected (FM5)
for the specified time when the LS control board (LSCB)
paper cooling fan motor/Rr
(FM5) was ON.
SD C-1311 Rotation abnormality detected Main body and Scrap removal fan motor
SD

abnor- continuously for the specified SD stop imme- (FM1)


mality time during starting operation of diately and SD control board (SDCB)
scrap removal fan motor (FM1), main relay SD drive board (SDDB)
even after restarting (retry) it will (RY1) is turned
not detect correctly (starting it OFF.
number of times specified will
still not detect correctly). Other-
wise, rotation abnormality
detected during start up, even
after restarting (retry) it will not
detect correctly (starting it num-
ber of times after the abnormal-
ity detected will still not detect
correctly).
RU C-1321 M2 abnormality detection signal Main body and RU control board (RUCB)
RU

abnor- was continuously detected for RU stop imme- Paper fan /1 (M2)
mality the specified time when the diately and
paper fan/1 (M2) was ON. main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.

553
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

RU C-1322 M3 abnormality detection signal Main body and RU control board (RUCB)
RU

abnor- was continuously detected for RU stop imme- Paper fan /2 (M3)
mality the specified time when the diately and
paper fan/2 (M3) was ON. main relay
C-1323 M4 abnormality detection signal (RY1) is turned RU control board (RUCB)
was continuously detected for OFF. Paper fan /3 (M4)
the specified time when the
paper fan/3 (M4) was ON.
C-1324 M6 abnormality detection signal RU control board (RUCB)
was continuously detected for Ventilation assist fan /1 (M6)
the specified time when the ven-
tilation assist fan/1 (M6) was ON.
C-1325 M7 abnormality detection signal RU control board (RUCB)
was continuously detected for Ventilation assist fan /2 (M7)
the specified time when the ven-
tilation assist fan/2 (M7) was ON.
PB C-1330 An error detection signal is Main body and PB control board (PBCB)
PB

abnor- detected continuously for speci- PB stop imme- PB drive board (PBDB)
mality fied time period while the cover diately and Cover paper tray fan /1
paper tray fan/1 (M71) is started main relay (M71)
or driving. (RY1) is turned
C-1331 An error detection signal is OFF. PB control board (PBCB)
detected continuously for speci- PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period while the cover Cover paper tray fan /2
paper tray fan/2 (M72) is started (M72)
or driving.
C-1332 An error detection signal is PB control board (PBCB)
detected continuously for speci- PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period while the ventila- Exhaust fan /1 (M80)
tion fan/1 (M80), /2 (M81) is Exhaust fan /2 (M81)
started of driving.
C-1333 Abnormal rotation of the exhaust AC drive board (ACDB)
fan/2 (M81) on start-up does not PB control board (PBCB)
recover by reboot. PB drive board (PBDB)
Abnormal rotation of the exhaust Exhaust fan /2 (M81)
fan/2 (M81) during M81 is on
does not recover by reboot.
C-1334 Abnormal rotation of the pellet AC drive board (ACDB)
cooler fan (M4) on start-up does PB control board (PBCB)
not recover by reboot. PB drive board (PBDB)
Abnormal rotation of the pellet Pellet supply cooling fan
cooler fan (M4) during M4 is on motor (M4)
does not recover by reboot.

554 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
FS-520/607 FS C-1402 Non-volatile memory error. Main body and FNS control board (FNSCB)
abnor- FS stop imme- FNS control board (FNSCB)
mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
FD C-1403 Non-volatile memory error. Main body and FD control board (FDCB)
FD

abnor- FD stop imme-


mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
SD C-1404 Non-volatile memory error. Main body and SD control board (SDCB)
SD

abnor- SD stop imme-


mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
RU C-1405 Non-volatile memory error. Main body and RU control board (RUCB)
RU

abnor- RU stop imme-


mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
SD C-1411 SD drive board (SDDB) 5V error. Main body and SD drive board (SDDB)
SD

abnor- SD stop imme-


mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
FS C-1431 FS received operation start from Main body and Software bug.
FS-520/607

abnor- the main body when unready. FS stop imme-


mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
FD C-1432 FD received operation start from Main body and Software bug.
FD

abnor- the main body when unready. FD stop imme-


mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.

2 555
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

SD C-1433 SD received operation start from Main body and Software bug.
SD

abnor- the main body when unready. SD stop imme-


mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
RU C-1434 RU received operation start from Main body and Software bug.
RU

abnor- the main body when unready. RU stop imme-


mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
PB C-1406 Non-volatile memory error in the Main body and PB control board (PBCB)
PB

abnor- PB control board (PBCB). PB stop imme- Control program


mality diately to turn
C-1435 Message queue full or the con- OFF the main PB control board (PBCB)
trol abnormality of Sub CPU1 in relay (RL1). Control program
the PB control board (PBCB).
C-1436 Message queue full or the con- PB control board (PBCB)
trol abnormality of Sub CPU2 in Control program
the PB control board (PBCB).
C-1437 Message queue of the commu- Control program
nication among tasks in the PB
is full.
C-1454 PB operation prohibition abnor- Control program
mality.
PB received operation start sig-
nal from the main body when the
PB is unready.
FD C-1451 Communication abnormality in Main body and Software bug.
FD

abnor- the FD. FD stop imme-


mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
SD C-1452 Communication abnormality in Main body and Software bug.
SD

abnor- the SD. SD stop imme-


mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.

556 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
RU RU C-1453 Communication abnormality in Main body and Software bug.
abnor- the RU. RU stop imme-
mality diately and
main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
PB C-1501 After the main CPU in the PB Main body and PB control board (PBCB)
PB

abnor- control board (PBCB) sends an PB stop imme- PB drive board (PBDB)
mality entrance conveyance start sig- diately and Entrance conveyance motor
nal to the sub CPU, a signal to main relay (M1)
notify the completion of the (RY1) is turned
procvess is not returned to the OFF.
main CPU within a specified time
period.
C-1502 An error detection signal is PB control board (PBCB)
detected continuously for a PB drive board (PBDB)
specified time period while the Intermediate conveyance
intermediate conveyance motor motor (M2)
(M2) is driving.
C-1504 After the main CPU on the PB PB control board (PBCB)
control board (PBCB) sends a PB drive board (PBDB)
SC entrance conveyance start SC entrance conveyance
signal to the sub CPU, a signal motor (M11)
to notify the completion of the
process is not returned to the
main CPU within a specified time
period.
C-1505 After the main CPU on the PB PB control board (PBCB)
control board (PBCB) sends a PB drive board (PBDB)
SC switchback conveyance start SC switchback conveyance
signal to the sub CPU, a signal motor (M12)
to notify the completion of the
process is not returned to the
main CPU within a specified time
period.
C-1506 The switchback roller release PB control board (PBCB)
operation has not completed PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period SC switchback release
after the SC switchback release motor (M13)
motor (M13) turns ON.
C-1507 After the main CPU on the PB PB control board (PBCB)
control board (PBCB) sends an PB drive board (PBDB)
SC alignment start signal to the SC alignment motor (M15)
sub CPU, a signal to notify the
completion of the process is not
returned to the main CPU within
a specified time period.

2 557
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

PB C-1508 After the main CPU on the PB Main body and PB control board (PBCB)
PB

abnor- control board (PBCB) sends an PB stop imme- PB drive board (PBDB)
mality SC pages conveyance start sig- diately and SC bundle conveynace
nal to the sub CPU, a signal to main relay motor (M17)
notify the completion of the pro- (RY1) is turned
cess is not returned to the main OFF.
CPU within a specified time
period.
C-1509 The SC roller release operation PB control board (PBCB)
has not completed within a PB drive board (PBDB)
specified time period after the SC roller release motor (M18)
SC roller release motor (M18)
turns ON.
C-1510 The movement of the SC PB control board (PBCB)
entrance has not completed PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period Clamp entranse movement
after the clamp entrance move- motor (M19)
ment motor (M19) turns ON.
C-1511 The SC entrance roller release PB control board (PBCB)
operation has not completed PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period Clamp entranse roller release
after the clamp entrance roller motor (M20)
release motor (M20) turns ON
C-1512 After clamp alignment motor PB control board (PBCB)
(M21) turns on, the alignment PB drive board (PBDB)
operation is not complete within Clamp alignment motor
the specified time. (M21)
C-1513 After clamp motor (M22) turns PB control board (PBCB)
on, the open/close process of PB drive board (PBDB)
the clamp section is not com- Clamp motor (M22)
plete within the specified time.
C-1514 The rotation of the clamp section PB control board (PBCB)
has not completed within a PB drive board (PBDB)
specified time period after the Clamp rotation motor (M23)
clamp rotation motor (M23)
turns ON.
C-1515 The movement of the glue tank PB control board (PBCB)
has not completed within a PB drive board (PBDB)
specified time period after the Glue tank movement motor
glue tank movement motor (M31)
(M31) turns ON.
C-1516 An error detection signal is PB control board (PBCB)
detected continuously for a PB drive board (PBDB)
specified time period while the Glue apply roller motor (M32)
glue apply roller motor (M32) is
driving.

558 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
PB PB C-1517 The count of a specified number Main body and PB control board (PBCB)
abnor- of pellets, which is counted by PB stop imme- PB drive board (PBDB)
mality the pellet count sensor (PS37), diately and Pellet supply motor (M33)
has not been reached after the main relay
pellet supply motor (M33) turns (RY1) is turned
ON. The status was detected by OFF.
a specified number of times in
succession.
C-1518 The movement of the pellet sup- PB control board (PBCB)
ply arm has not completed PB drive board (PBDB)
within a specified time period pellet supply arm motor
after the pellet supply arm motor (M34)
(M34) turns ON.
C-1519 After the main CPU on the PB PB control board (PBCB)
control board (PBCB) sends a PB drive board (PBDB)
SC alignment start signal to the Cover paper alignment
sub CPU, a signal to notify the motor (M41)
completion of the process is not
returned to the main CPU within
a specified time period.
C-1520 After the main CPU on the PB PB control board (PBCB)
control board (PBCB) sends a PB drive board (PBDB)
book ejection start signal to the Book exit motor (M42)
sub CPU, a signal to notify the
completion of the process is not
returned to the main CPU within
a specified time period.
C-1521 After the main CPU on the PB PB control board (PBCB)
control board (PBCB) sends a PB drive board (PBDB)
driven arm/Rt shaking operation Cover paper conveyance
start signal to the sub CPU, a arm motor /Rt (M43)
signal to notify the completion of
the process is not returned to
the main CPU within a specified
time period.
C-1522 After the main CPU in the PB PB control board (PBCB)
control board (PBCB) sends a PB drive board (PBDB)
driven arm/Lt shaking operation Cover paper conveyance
start signal to the sub CPU, a arm motor /Lt (M44)
signal to notify the completion of
the process is not returned to
the main CPU within a specified
time period.

2 559
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

PB C-1523 After the main CPU on the PB Main body and PB control board (PBCB)
PB

abnor- control board (PBCB) sends a PB stop imme- PB drive board (PBDB)
mality cover paper conveyance start diately and Cover paper conveyance
signal to the sub CPU, a signal main relay motor (M45)
to notify the completion of the (RY1) is turned
process is not returned to the OFF.
main CPU within a specified time
period.
C-1524 The cover paper table up or PB control board (PBCB)
down movement has not com- PB drive board (PBDB)
pleted within a specified time Cover paper table up down
period after the cover paper motor /Fr (M46)
table up down motor/Fr (M46)
turns ON.
C-1525 The cover paper table up or PB control board (PBCB)
down movement has not com- PB drive board (PBDB)
pleted within a specified time Cover paper table up down
period after the cover paper motor /Rr (M47)
table up down motor/Rr (M47)
turns ON.
C-1526 The movement of the cover PB control board (PBCB)
paper folding plate/Rt has not PB drive board (PBDB)
completed within a specified Cover paper folding motor /
time period after the cover paper Rt (M48)
folding motor/Rt (M48) turns
ON.
C-1527 The movement of the cover PB control board (PBCB)
paper folding plate/Lt has not PB drive board (PBDB)
completed within a specified Cover paper folding motor /
time period after the cover paper Lt (M49)
folding motor/Lt (M49) turns ON.
C-1528 The trimming of the cover paper PB control board (PBCB)
has not completed within a PB drive board (PBDB)
specified time period after the Cutter motor (M50)
cutter motor (M50) turns ON.
C-1530 After the main CPU in the PB PB control board (PBCB)
control board (PBCB) sends a PB drive board (PBDB)
carriage belt driving operation Book conveyance belt motor
start signal to the sub CPU, a (M61)
signal to notify the completion of
the process is not returned to
the main CPU within a specified
time period.

560 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
PB PB C-1531 The carriage section movement Main body and PB control board (PBCB)
abnor- according to paper size has not PB stop imme- PB drive board (PBDB)
mality completed after the book con- diately and Book conveyance belt
veyance belt movement motor main relay movement motor (M62)
(M62) turns ON. (RY1) is turned
C-1532 The up/down process of the OFF. PB control board (PBCB)
carriage section has not com- PB drive board (PBDB)
pleted within a specified time Book conveyance belt up
period after the cover paper down motor (M63)
conveyance belt up/down motor
(M63) turns ON.
C-1534 The pressing of the back edge of PB control board (PBCB)
the book process has not com- PB drive board (PBDB)
pleted within a specified time Book stopper motor (M65)
period after the book stopper
motor (M65) turns ON.
C-1537 The tray up movement has not PB control board (PBCB)
completed within a specified PB drive board (PBDB)
time period after the cover paper Cover paper tray lift motor
tray lift motor (M73) turns ON. (M73)
C-1538 An error detection signal is PB control board (PBCB)
detected continuously for a PB drive board (PBDB)
specified time period while the Cover paper feed motor
cover paper feed motor (M74) is (M74)
driving.
C-1540 After the warm-up is started, AC drive board (ACDB)
** temperature detected by the Glue tank heater (H1)
glue tank temperature sensor / Glue apply roller heater (H2)
Md (TH3) has not risen to a pre- PB control board (PBCB)
scribed level within a specified PB drive board (PBDB)
time period. Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue tank temperature sen-
sor /Md (TH3)
C-1541 After the warm-up is started, AC drive board (ACDB)
** temperature detected by the Glue tank heater (H1)
glue tank temperature sensor / Glue apply roller heater (H2)
Lw (TH4) has not risen to a pre- PB control board (PBCB)
scribed level within a specified PB drive board (PBDB)
time period. Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue tank temperature sen-
sor /Lw (TH4)

2 561
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

PB C-1542 After the warm-up is started, Main body and AC drive board (ACDB)
PB

abnor- ** temperature detected by the PB stop imme- Glue tank heater (H1)
mality glue apply roller temperature diately and Glue apply roller heater (H2)
sensor (TH1) has not risen to a main relay PB control board (PBCB)
prescribed level within a speci- (RY1) is turned PB drive board (PBDB)
fied time period. OFF. Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue apply roller temperature
sensor (TH1)
C-1543 After the pellet supply, tempera- AC drive board (ACDB)
** ture detected by the glue tank Glue tank heater (H1)
temperature sensor/Up (TH2) Glue apply roller heater (H2)
has not risen to a prescribed PB control board (PBCB)
level within a specified time PB drive board (PBDB)
period. Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue tank temperature sen-
sor /Up (TH2)
C-1544 During standby, after the glue AC drive board (ACDB)
** tank heater (H1) is turned ON, Glue tank heater (H1)
temperature detected by the Glue apply roller heater (H2)
glue tank temperature sensor / PB control board (PBCB)
Md (TH3) has not risen to a pre- PB drive board (PBDB)
scribed level within a specified Glue apply roller motor (M32)
time period. Glue tank temperature sen-
sor /Md (TH3)
C-1545 When control temperature is AC drive board (ACDB)
** reached, after the glue tank Glue tank heater (H1)
heater (H1) is turned ON, tem- Glue apply roller heater (H2)
perature detected by the glue PB control board (PBCB)
tank temperature sensor/Lw PB drive board (PBDB)
(TH4) has not risen to a pre- Glue apply roller motor (M32)
scribed level within a specified Glue tank temperature sen-
time period. sor /Lw (TH4)
C-1546 When control temperature is AC drive board (ACDB)
** reached, after the glue tank Glue tank heater (H1)
heater (H1) is turned ON, tem- Glue apply roller heater (H2)
perature detected by the glue PB control board (PBCB)
apply roller temperature sensor PB drive board (PBDB)
(TH1) has not risen to a pre- Glue apply roller motor (M32)
scribed level within a specified Glue apply roller temperature
time period. sensor (TH1)

562 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
PB PB C-1547 An abnormal high temperature is Main body and AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor- ** detected by the glue apply roller PB stop imme- Glue tank heater (H1)
mality temperature sensor (TH1). diately and Glue apply roller heater (H2)
main relay PB control board (PBCB)
(RY1) is turned PB drive board (PBDB)
OFF. Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue apply roller temperature
sensor (TH1)
C-1548 An abnormal high temperature is AC drive board (ACDB)
** detected by the glue tank tem- Glue tank heater (H1)
perature sensor /Up (TH2). Glue apply roller heater (H2)
PB control board (PBCB)
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue tank temperature sen-
sor /Up (TH2)
C-1549 An abnormal high temperature is AC drive board (ACDB)
** detected by the glue tank tem- Glue tank heater (H1)
perature sensor /Md (TH3). Glue apply roller heater (H2)
PB control board (PBCB)
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue tank temperature sen-
sor /Md (TH3)
C-1550 An abnormal high temperature is AC drive board (ACDB)
** detected by the glue tank tem- Glue tank heater (H1)
perature sensor /Lw (TH4). Glue apply roller heater (H2)
PB control board (PBCB)
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue tank temperature sen-
sor /Lw (TH4)
C-1551 The glue apply roller temperature AC drive board (ACDB)
** sensor (TH1) high temperature Glue tank heater (H1)
hardware detection. Glue apply roller heater (H2)
An abnormal high temperature is PB control board (PBCB)
detected by the glue apply roller PB drive board (PBDB)
temperature sensor (TH1). Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue apply roller temperature
sensor (TH1)

2 563
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

PB C-1552 The glue tank temperature sen- Main body and AC drive board (ACDB)
PB

abnor- ** sor /Up (TH2) high temperature PB stop imme- Glue tank heater (H1)
mality hardware detection. diately and Glue apply roller heater (H2)
An abnormal high temperature is main relay PB control board (PBCB)
detected by the glue tank tem- (RY1) is turned PB drive board (PBDB)
perature sensor /Up (TH2). OFF. Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue tank temperature sen-
sor /Up (TH2)
C-1553 The glue tank temperature sen- AC drive board (ACDB)
** sor /Md (TH3) high temperature Glue tank heater (H1)
hardware detection. Glue apply roller heater (H2)
An abnormal high temperature is PB control board (PBCB)
detected by the glue tank tem- PB drive board (PBDB)
perature sensor /Md (TH3). Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue tank temperature sen-
sor /Md (TH3)
C-1554 The glue tank temperature sen- AC drive board (ACDB)
** sor /Lw (TH4) high temperature Glue tank heater (H1)
hardware detection. Glue apply roller heater (H2)
An abnormal high temperature is PB control board (PBCB)
detected by the glue tank tem- PB drive board (PBDB)
perature sensor /Lw (TH4). Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue tank temperature sen-
sor /Lw (TH4)
C-1555 An abnormal low temperature is AC drive board (ACDB)
** detected by the glue apply roller Glue tank heater (H1)
temperature sensor (TH1), after Glue apply roller heater (H2)
completion of warm-up. PB control board (PBCB)
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue apply roller temperature
sensor (TH1)
C-1556 An abnormal low temperature is AC drive board (ACDB)
** detected by the glue tank tem- Glue tank heater (H1)
perature sensor /Up (TH2), after Glue apply roller heater (H2)
reaching glue supply control PB control board (PBCB)
temperature. PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue tank temperature sen-
sor /Up (TH2)

564 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
PB PB C-1557 An abnormal low temperature is Main body and AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor- ** detected by the glue tank PB stop imme- Glue tank heater (H1)
mality temperature sensor /Md (TH3), diately and Glue apply roller heater (H2)
after the warming-up is com- main relay PB control board (PBCB)
pleted. (RY1) is turned PB drive board (PBDB)
OFF. Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue tank temperature sen-
sor /Md (TH3)
C-1558 An abnormal low temperature is AC drive board (ACDB)
** detected by the glue tank tem- Glue tank heater (H1)
perature sensor /Lw (TH4), after Glue apply roller heater (H2)
the warming-up is completed. PB control board (PBCB)
PB drive board (PBDB)
Glue apply roller motor (M32)
Glue tank temperature sen-
sor /Lw (TH4)
C-1559 Glue apply roller temperature AC drive board (ACDB)
** sensor (TH1) low temperature Glue tank heater (H1)
abnormality hardware detection. Glue apply roller heater (H2)
TH1 detected low temperature PB control board (PBCB)
abnormality of the glue apply PB drive board (PBDB)
roller abnormality detection sig- Glue apply roller motor (M32)
nal after the warming-up is com- Glue apply roller temperature
pleted. sensor (TH1)
C-1560 Glue tank temperature sensor/ AC drive board (ACDB)
** Up (TH2) low temperature abnor- Glue tank heater (H1)
mality hardware detection. Glue apply roller heater (H2)
TH2 detected low temperature PB control board (PBCB)
abnormality of the glue tank PB drive board (PBDB)
abnormality detection signal Glue apply roller motor (M32)
after reaching the glue supply Glue tank temperature sen-
control temperature. sor /Up (TH2)
C-1561 Glue tank temperature sensor/ AC drive board (ACDB)
** Md (TH3) low temperature Glue tank heater (H1)
abnormality hardware detection. Glue apply roller heater (H2)
TH3 detected low temperature PB control board (PBCB)
abnormality of the glue tank PB drive board (PBDB)
abnormality detection signal Glue apply roller motor (M32)
after the warming-up is com- Glue tank temperature sen-
pleted. sor /Md (TH3)

2 565
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

PB C-1562 Glue tank temperature sensor / Main body and AC drive board (ACDB)
PB

abnor- ** Lw (TH4) low temperature PB stop imme- Glue tank heater (H1)
mality abnormality hardware detection. diately and Glue apply roller heater (H2)
TH4 detected low temperature main relay PB control board (PBCB)
abnormality of the glue tank (RY1) is turned PB drive board (PBDB)
abnormality detection signal OFF. Glue apply roller motor (M32)
after the warming-up is com- Glue tank temperature sen-
pleted. sor /Lw (TH4)
Commu- C-2001 Communication abnormality Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body

nication between printer control board stops immedi- Drum motor /Y (M14)
abnor- (PRCB) and the drum motor/Y ately and main Drum motor /M (M15)
mality (M14) or /M (M15). relay (RY1) is
turned OFF.
C-2002 Communication abnormality Printer control board (PRCB)
between printer control board Drum motor /C (M16)
(PRCB) and the drum motor/C Drum motor /K (M17)
(M16) or /K (M17).
C-2003 Communication abnormality Printer control board (PRCB)
between printer control board Transfer belt motor (M18)
(PRCB) and transfer belt motor
(M18).
C-2004 Communication abnormality Printer control board (PRCB)
between printer control board Drum motor /Y (M14)
(PRCB) and the drum motor/Y Drum motor /M (M15)
(M14) or /M (M15).
C-2005 Communication abnormality Printer control board (PRCB)
between printer control board Drum motor /C (M16)
(PRCB) and the drum motor/C Drum motor /K (M17)
(M16) or /K (M17).
C-2006 Communication abnormality Printer control board (PRCB)
between printer control board Transfer belt motor (M18)
(PRCB) and transfer belt motor
(M18).
Develop- C-2201 When the developing motor/Y Printer control board (PRCB)
ing (M20) was ON, M20 abnormality Developing motor /Y (M20)
motor detection signal was continu-
abnor- ously detected for the specified
mality time.
C-2202 When the developing motor/M Printer control board (PRCB)
(M21) was ON, M201 abnormal- Developing motor /M (M21)
ity detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.

566 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
Main body Develop- C-2203 When developing motor/C (M22) Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
ing was ON, M22 abnormality stops immedi- Developing motor /C (M22)
motor detection signal was continu- ately and main
abnor- ously detected for the specified relay (RY1) is
mality time. turned OFF.
C-2204 When the developing motor/K Printer control board (PRCB)
(M23) was ON, M23 abnormality Developing motor /K (M23)
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
Drum C-2211 When the drum motor/Y (M14) Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
motor was ON, M14 abnormality stops immedi- Drum motor /Y (M14)
abnor- detection signal was continu- ately and main
mality ously detected for the specified relay (RY1) is
time. turned OFF.
C-2212 When the drum motor/M (M15) Printer control board (PRCB)
was ON, M15 abnormality Drum motor /M (M15)
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
C-2213 When the drum motor/C (M16) Printer control board (PRCB)
was ON, M16 abnormality Drum motor /C (M16)
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
C-2214 When drum motor /K (M17) was Printer control board (PRCB)
ON, M17 abnormality detection Drum motor /K (M17)
signal was continuously
detected for the specified time.
Transfer C-2220 When the transfer belt motor Printer control board (PRCB)
belt unit (M18) was ON, M18 abnormality Transfer belt motor (M18)
abnor- detection signal was continu-
mality ously detected for the specified
time.
C-2221 When the 1st transfer HP sensor Printer control board (PRCB)
(PS15) is ON, PS15 is not turned 1st transfer pressing/releas-
OFF within the specified time ing motor (M19)
after the 1st transfer pressing/ 1st transfer HP sensor
releasing motor (M19) is turned (PS15)
ON. When PS15 is OFF, PS15 is
not turned ON within the speci-
fied time after M19 is turned ON.

567
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

Toner C-2222 When either of the toner supply Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body

supply motor/Y, /M, /C, /K (M49, M50, stops immedi- Toner supply drive board
abnor- M51, or M52), toner bottle motor ately and main (TSDB)
mality (M53), or toner bottle clutch /Y, / relay (RY1) is Toner supply motor/Y (M49)
M, /C, /K (MC14, MC15, MC16, turned OFF. Toner supply motor/M (M50)
or MC17) was ON, either abnor- Toner supply motor/C (M51)
mality detection signal was con- Toner supply motor/K (M52)
tinuously detected for the Toner bottle motor (M53)
specified time. Toner bottle clutch/Y (MC14)
Toner bottle clutch/M (MC15)
Toner bottle clutch/C (MC16)
Toner bottle clutch/K (MC17)
Fan C-2301 When charge intake fan (M48) Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor- was ON, M48 abnormality Toner supply drive board
mality detection signal was continu- (TSDB)
ously detected for the specified Charge intake fan (M48)
time.
C-2302 Either one of the M12 or M13 Printer control board (PRCB)
abnormality detection signal was Drum fan/1 (M12)
continuously detected for the Drum fan/2 (M13)
specified time when the drum
fan/1 (M12), /2 (M13) was ON.
C-2303 When the transfer belt fan (M11) Printer control board (PRCB)
was ON, M11 abnormality Transfer belt fan (M11)
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
C-2304 While the developing fans/1, /2 Printer control board (PRCB)
and /3 (M45, M46 and M64) are Developing fan/1 (M45)
turned ON, an error detection Developing fan/2 (M46)
signal of either M45, M46 or Developing fan/3 (M64)
M64 is detected for the specified
period of time in succession.
Eraser C-2401 Erase lamp/Y (EL/Y) set cannot Printer control board (PRCB)
lamp be detected. Erase lamp/Y (EL/Y)
abnor- C-2402 Erase lamp/M (EL/M) set cannot Printer control board (PRCB)
mality be detected. Erase lamp/M (EL/M)
C-2403 Erase lamp/C (EL/C) set cannot Printer control board (PRCB)
be detected. Erase lamp/C (EL/C)
C-2404 Erase lamp/K (EL/K) set cannot Printer control board (PRCB)
be detected. Erase lamp/K (EL/K)

568
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
Main body TCR C-2411 TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y) output Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
sensor cannot be controlled. stops immedi- TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y)
abnor- C-2412 TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M) output ately and main Printer control board (PRCB)
mality cannot be controlled. relay (RY1) is TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M)
C-2413 TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C) output turned OFF. Printer control board (PRCB)
cannot be controlled. TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C)
C-2414 TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K) output Printer control board (PRCB)
cannot be controlled. TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K)
Develop- C-2421 After the developing motor/Y Printer control board (PRCB)
ing drive (M20) is ON, or TCR sensor/Y Developing motor/Y (M20)
abnor- (TCRS/Y) initial adjustment TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y)
mality started, TCRS/Y detected lower
than the specified value after the
specified time passed.
C-2422 After the developing motor/M Printer control board (PRCB)
(M21) is ON, or TCR sensor/M Developing motor/M (M21)
(TCRS/M) initial adjustment TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M)
started, TCRS/Y detected lower
than the specified value after the
specified time passed.
C-2423 After the developing motor/C Printer control board (PRCB)
(M22) is ON, or TCR sensor/C Developing motor/C (M22)
(TCRS/C) initial adjustment TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C)
started, TCRS/C detected lower
than the specified value after the
specified time passed.
C-2424 After the developing motor/K Printer control board (PRCB)
(M23) is ON, or TCR sensor/K Developing motor/K (M23)
(TCRS/K) initial adjustment TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K)
started, TCRS/K detected lower
than the specified value after the
specified time passed.

569
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

TCR C-2431 On initial adjustment of the TCR Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body

sensor sensor/Y, when the control volt- stops immedi- Developing motor/Y (M20)
initial age was minimal, TCRS/Y ately and main TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y)
adjust- detected over specified value. relay (RY1) is
ment C-2432 On initial adjustment of the TCR turned OFF. Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor- sensor/M, when the control volt- Developing motor/M (M21)
mality age was minimal, TCRS/M TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M)
(low den- detected over specified value.
sity) C-2433 On initial adjustment of the TCR Printer control board (PRCB)
sensor/C, when the control volt- Developing motor/C (M22)
age was minimal, TCRS/C TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C)
detected over specified value.
C-2434 On initial adjustment of the TCR Printer control board (PRCB)
sensor/K, when the control volt- Developing motor/K (M23)
age was minimal, TCRS/K TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K)
detected over specified value.
TCR C-2441 On initial adjustment of the TCR Printer control board (PRCB)
sensor sensor/Y, when the control volt- Developing motor/Y (M20)
initial age was maximum, TCRS/Y TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y)
adjust- detected under the specified
ment value.
abnor- C-2442 On initial adjustment of the TCR Printer control board (PRCB)
mality sensor/M, when the control volt- Developing motor/M (M21)
(high age was maximum, TCRS/M TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M)
density) detected over specified value.
C-2443 On initial adjustment of the TCR Printer control board (PRCB)
sensor/C, when the control volt- Developing motor/C (M22)
age was maximum, TCRS/C TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C)
detected over specified value.
C-2444 On initial adjustment of the TCR Printer control board (PRCB)
sensor/K, when the control volt- Developing motor/K (M23)
age was maximum, TCRS/K TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K)
detected over specified value.
Toner C-2451 When the developing motor/Y Printer control board (PRCB)
low den- (M20) is ON, the maximum Developing motor/Y (M20)
sity detection value of TCR sensor/Y TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y)
abnor- (TCRS/Y) is the specified value
mality and the difference between the
maximum detection value and
the minimum detection value is
over the specified value.

570
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
Main body Toner C-2452 When the developing motor/M Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
low den- (M21) is ON, the maximum stops immedi- Developing motor/M (M21)
sity detection value of TCR sensor/ ately and main TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M)
abnor- M (TCRS/M) is the specified relay (RY1) is
mality value and the difference turned OFF.
between the maximum detec-
tion value and the minimum
detection value is over the spec-
ified value.
C-2453 When the developing motor/C Printer control board (PRCB)
(M22) is ON, the maximum Developing motor/C (M22)
detection value of TCR sensor/C TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C)
(TCRS/C) is the specified value
and the difference between the
maximum detection value and
the minimum detection value is
over the specified value.
C-2454 When the developing motor/K Printer control board (PRCB)
(M23) is ON, the maximum Developing motor/K (M23)
detection value of TCR sensor/K TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K)
(TCRS/K) is the specified value
and the difference between the
maximum detection value and
the minimum detection value is
over the specified value.
Charg- C-2461 Charging coronas is not con- Printer control board (PRCB)
ing nected. Otherwise, drum poten- High voltage unit/1 (HV/1)
corona tial sensor/Y (DPRS/Y) detection Drum potential sensor
connec- value does not reach the speci- board/Y (DRPSB/Y)
tion fied value. Drum potential sensor/Y
abnor- (DRPS/Y)
mality
Drum
potential
abnor-
mality
C-2462 Charging coronas/M is not con- Printer control board (PRCB)
nected. Otherwise, drum poten- High voltage unit/1 (HV/1)
tial sensor/M (DPRS/M) Drum potential sensor
detection value does not reach board/M (DRPSB/M)
the specified value. Drum potential sensor/M
(DRPS/M)

571
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

Charg- C-2463 Charging coronas/C is not con- Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body

ing nected. Otherwise, drum poten- stops immedi- High voltage unit/1 (HV/1)
corona tial sensor/C (DPRS/C) detection ately and main Drum potential sensor
connec- value does not reach the speci- relay (RY1) is board/C (DRPSB/C)
tion fied value. turned OFF. Drum potential sensor/C
abnor- (DRPS/C)
mality C-2464 Charging coronas/K is not con- Printer control board (PRCB)
Drum nected. Otherwise, drum poten- High voltage unit/1 (HV/1)
potential tial sensor/K (DPRS/K) detection Drum potential sensor
abnor- value does not reach the speci- board/K (DRPSB/K)
mality fied value. Drum potential sensor/K
(DRPS/K)
Process C-2470 Process unit is not connected. Printer control board (PRCB)
unit con- Process unit
nection
abnor-
mality
High C-2701 When the charging coronas/Y High voltage unit/1 (HV/1)
pressure was ON, charging coronas/Y Charging coronas/Y
unit/1 abnormality detection signal was
abnor- continuously detected for the
mality specified time.
High C-2702 When the charging coronas/M High voltage unit/1 (HV/1)
pressure was ON, charging coronas/M Charging coronas/M
unit/1 abnormality detection signal was
abnor- continuously detected for the
mality specified time.
C-2703 When the charging coronas/C High voltage unit/1 (HV/1)
was ON, charging coronas/C Charging coronas/C
abnormality detection signal was
continuously detected for the
specified time.
C-2704 When the charging coronas/K High voltage unit/1 (HV/1)
was ON, charging coronas/K Charging coronas/K
abnormality detection signal was
continuously detected for the
specified time.
High C-2711 When the primary transfer/Y was High voltage unit/2 (HV/2)
pressure ON, primary transfer/Y abnor- First transfer roller/Y
unit/2 mality detection signal was con-
abnor- tinuously detected for the
mality specified time.

572
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
Main body High C-2712 When the primary transfer/M Main body High voltage unit/2 (HV/2)
pressure was ON, primary transfer/M stops immedi- First transfer roller /M
unit/2 abnormality detection signal was ately and main
abnor- continuously detected for the relay (RY1) is
mality specified time. turned OFF.
C-2713 When the primary transfer/C High voltage unit/2 (HV/2)
was ON, primary transfer/C First transfer roller /C
abnormality detection signal was
continuously detected for the
specified time.
C-2714 When the primary transfer/K High voltage unit/2 (HV/2)
was ON, primary transfer/K First transfer roller/K
abnormality detection signal was
continuously detected for the
specified time.
C-2720 When the second transfer was High voltage unit/2 (HV/2)
ON, second transfer abnormality Second transfer roller
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
C-2721 When the separation pole was High voltage unit /2 (HV/2)
ON, separation abnormality Separation pole
detection signal was continu-
ously detected for the specified
time.
Gamma C-2801 Gamma correction /Y aborted. Printer control board (PRCB)
correc- Patch output voltage is low. Developing unit /Y
tion (Error 1) PGC sensor (PS11)
abnor-
mality
C-2802 Gamma correction /M aborted. Printer control board (PRCB)
Patch output voltage is low. Developing unit /M
(Error 1) PGC sensor (PS11)
C-2803 Gamma correction /C aborted. Printer control board (PRCB)
Patch output voltage is low. Developing unit /C
(Error 1) PGC sensor (PS11)
C-2804 Gamma correction /K aborted. Printer control board (PRCB)
Developing unit /K
PGC sensor (PS11)
Drum C-2811 In charging potential control, Printer control board (PRCB)
surface drum surface potential /Y was Drum potential sensor board
potential out of specification. /Y (DRPSB/Y)
abnor- Drum potential sensor /Y
mality (DRPS/Y)

573
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

Drum C-2812 In charging potential control, Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body

surface drum surface potential/M was stops immedi- Drum potential sensor board
potential out of specification. ately and main /M (DRPSB/M)
abnor- relay (RY1) is Drum potential sensor /M
mality turned OFF. (DRPS/M)
C-2813 In charging potential control, Printer control board (PRCB)
drum surface potential/C was Drum potential sensor board
out of specification. /C (DRPSB/C)
Drum potential sensor /C
(DRPS/C)
C-2814 In charging potential control, Printer control board (PRCB)
drum surface potential/K was Drum potential sensor board
out of specification. /K (DRPSB/K)
Drum potential sensor /K
(DRPS/K)
Charg- C-2821 Charging potential correction Printer control board (PRCB)
ing Vh/Y aborted. Drum potential sensor board
potential /Y (DRPSB/Y)
correc- Drum potential sensor /Y
tion (DRPS/Y)
abnor-
mality
C-2822 Charging potential correction Printer control board (PRCB)
Vh/M aborted. Drum potential sensor board
/M (DRPSB/M)
Drum potential sensor /M
(DRPS/M)
C-2823 Charging potential correction Printer control board (PRCB)
Vh/C aborted. Drum potential sensor board
/C (DRPSB/C)
Drum potential sensor /C
(DRPS/C)
C-2824 Charging potential correction Printer control board (PRCB)
Vh/K aborted. Drum potential sensor board
/K (DRPSB/K)
Drum potential sensor /K
(DRPS/K)
C-2831 Charging potential correction Printer control board (PRCB)
Vm/Y aborted. Drum potential sensor
board/Y (DRPSB/Y)
Drum potential sensor/Y
(DRPS/Y)

574
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
Main body Charg- C-2832 Charging potential correction Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
ing Vm/M aborted. stops immedi- Drum potential sensor
potential ately and main board/M (DRPSB/M)
correc- relay (RY1) is Drum potential sensor/M
tion turned OFF. (DRPS/M)
abnor- C-2833 Charging potential correction Printer control board (PRCB)
mality Vm/C aborted. Drum potential sensor
board/C (DRPSB/C)
Drum potential sensor/C
(DRPS/C)
C-2834 Charging potential correction Printer control board (PRCB)
Vm/K aborted. Drum potential sensor
board/K (DRPSB/K)
Drum potential sensor/K
(DRPS/K)
Gamma C-2840 PGC sensor correction failure Printer control board (PRCB)
correc- during Maximum density control. PGC sensor (PS11)
tion C-2841 PGC sensor correction failure Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor- during Gamma control. PGC sensor (PS11)
mality C-2851 Gamma correction/Y aborted. Printer control board (PRCB)
Patch output voltage is high. Developing unit/Y
(Error 2) PGC sensor (PS11)
C-2852 Gamma correction/M aborted. Printer control board (PRCB)
Patch output voltage is high. Developing unit/M
(Error 2) PGC sensor (PS11)
C-2853 Gamma correction/C aborted. Printer control board (PRCB)
Patch output voltage is high. Developing unit/C
(Error 2) PGC sensor (PS11)
C-2861 Gamma correction/Y aborted. Printer control board (PRCB)
Patch output voltage is high. Developing unit/Y
(Error 3) PGC sensor (PS11)
C-2862 Gamma correction/M aborted. Printer control board (PRCB)
Patch output voltage is high. Developing unit/M
(Error 3) PGC sensor (PS11)
C-2863 Gamma correction/C aborted. Printer control board (PRCB)
Patch output voltage is high. Developing unit/C
(Error 3) PGC sensor (PS11)
C-2871 Gamma correction/Y aborted. Printer control board (PRCB)
Patch output voltage is high. Developing unit/Y
(Error 4) PGC sensor (PS11)
C-2872 Gamma correction/M aborted. Printer control board (PRCB)
Patch output voltage is high. Developing unit/M
(Error 4) PGC sensor (PS11)
C-2873 Gamma correction/C aborted. Printer control board (PRCB)
Patch output voltage is high. Developing unit/C
(Error 4) PGC sensor (PS11)

575
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

Motor C-3101 When the fusing motor (M29) Main body Conveyance drive board
Main body

abnor- was ON, M29 abnormality stops immedi- (CDB)


mality detection signal was continu- ately and main Fusing motor (M29)
ously detected for the specified relay (RY1) is
time. turned OFF.
C-3102 When the fusing release home Conveyance drive board
sensor (PS16) is ON, PS16 is (CDB)
not turned OFF within the speci- Fusing motor (M29)
fied time after the fusing motor Fusing release home sensor
(M29) is turned ON. When PS16 (PS16)
is OFF, PS16 is not turned ON
within the specified time after
M29 is turned ON.
C-3103 After the 2nd transfer pressure/ Conveyance drive board
release motor (M34) is turned (CDB)
ON, it is not turned OFF within 2nd transfer pressure/
the specified time. release motor (M34)
Fan C-3301 M37 abnormality detection sig- Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor- nal was continuously detected Fusing ventilation fan (M37)
mality for the specified time when the
fusing ventilation fan (M37) was
ON.
C-3302 When the fusing belt ventilation Printer control board (PRCB)
fan (M10) was ON, M10 abnor- Fusing belt ventilation fan
mality detection signal was con- (M10)
tinuously detected for the
specified time.
C-3303 When the fusing fan/Lw (M65) Conveyance drive board
was ON, M65 abnormality (CDB)
detection signal was continu- Fusing fan/Lw (M65)
ously detected for the specified
time.

576
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
Main body Fusing C-3501 Fusing high temperature abnor- Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
high mality. stops immedi- AC drive board (ACDB)
tempera- Temperature sensor/1 (TEMS/1) ately and main Fusing heater lamp1/ (L2)
ture was continuously detected at relay (RY1) is Fusing heater lamp2/ (L3)
abnor- over 250 °C for the specified turned OFF. Fusing heater lamp3/ (L4)
mality time. Fusing heater lamp4/ (L5)
C-3502 Fusing high temperature abnor- Temperature sensor/1
mality. (TEMS/1)
Temperature sensor/3 (TEMS/3) Temperature sensor/2
was continuously detected at (TEMS/2)
over 250 °C for the specified Temperature sensor/3
time. (TEMS/3)
C-3503 Fusing high temperature abnor- Temperature sensor/4
mality. (TEMS/4)
Temperature sensor/2 (TEMS/2)
was continuously detected at WARNING
over 250 °C for the specified • When C35**, C38** or
time. C39** (Fusing tempera-
ture related abnormal-
C-3504 Fusing high temperature abnor-
ity) occurs, be sure to
mality.
repair a defective part
Temperature sensor/4 (TEMS/4)
before setting the ser-
was continuously detected at
vice mode software
over 250 °C for the specified
DipSW3-1 to 0.
time.
• If the software DipSW
C-3505 Fusing high temperature abnor-
3-1 is set to 0 without
mality.
repairing a defective
Temperature sensor/1 (TEMS/1)
part, this may cause a
was continuously detected at
fire.
over 150 °C for the specified
time.
C-3506 Fusing high temperature abnor-
mality.
Temperature sensor/2 (TEMS/2)
was continuously detected at
over 150 °C for the specified
time.
C-3507 Fusing roller paper winding
abnormality.
Temperature sensor/3 (TEMS/3)
detected temperature was more
than 25 °C higher than the
detected temperature of tem-
perature sensor/1 (TEMS/1).

577
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

Fusing C-3508 Fusing roller paper winding Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body

high abnormality. stops immedi- AC drive board (ACDB)


tempera- J31-02 occurred four continu- ately and main Fusing heater lamp1/ (L2)
ture ous times. relay (RY1) is Fusing heater lamp2/ (L3)
abnor- turned OFF. Fusing heater lamp3/ (L4)
mality Fusing heater lamp4/ (L5)
Fusing C-3801 Fusing low temperature abnor- Temperature sensor/1
low tem- mality. (TEMS/1)
perature Temperature sensor/1 (TEMS/1) Temperature sensor/2
abnor- was continuously detected at (TEMS/2)
mality under 150 °C for the specified Temperature sensor/3
time. (TEMS/3)
C-3802 Fusing low temperature abnor- Temperature sensor/4
mality. (TEMS/4)
Temperature sensor/3 (TEMS/3)
was continuously detected at WARNING
under 150 °C for the specified • When C35**, C38** or
time. C39** (Fusing tempera-
ture related abnormal-
C-3803 Fusing low temperature abnor-
ity) occurs, be sure to
mality.
repair a defective part
Temperature sensor/2 (TEMS/2)
before setting the ser-
was continuously detected at
vice mode software
under 150 °C for the specified
DipSW3-1 to 0.
time.
• If the software DipSW
C-3804 Fusing low temperature abnor-
3-1 is set to 0 without
mality.
repairing a defective
Temperature sensor/4 (TEMS/4)
part, this may cause a
was continuously detected at
fire.
under 150 °C for the specified
time.
C-3805 Fusing low temperature abnor-
mality.
Temperature sensor/1 (TEMS/1)
was continuously detected at
under 20 °C for the specified
time.
C-3806 Fusing high temperature abnor-
mality.
Temperature sensor/2 (TEMS/2)
was continuously detected at
under 20 °C for the specified
time.

578
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
Main body Fusing C-3901 Fusing high temperature hard- Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
sensor ware detection abnormality stops immedi- AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor- Temperature sensor/3 (TEMS/3) ately and main Fusing heater lamp1/ (L2)
mality detected abnormality signal con- relay (RY1) is Fusing heater lamp2/ (L3)
tinuously for the specified time. turned OFF. Fusing heater lamp3/ (L4)
C-3902 Fusing high temperature hard- Fusing heater lamp4/ (L5)
ware detection abnormality. Temperature sensor/1
Temperature sensor/4 (TEMS/4) (TEMS/1)
detected abnormality signal con- Temperature sensor/2
tinuously for the specified time. (TEMS/2)
C-3903 Fusing high temperature hard- Temperature sensor/3
ware detection abnormality. (TEMS/3)
Temperature sensor/1 (TEMS/1) Temperature sensor/4
detected abnormality signal con- (TEMS/4)
tinuously for the specified time.
WARNING
C-3904 Fusing high temperature hard-
• When C35**, C38** or
ware detection abnormality.
C39** (Fusing tempera-
Temperature sensor/3 (TEMS/3)
ture related abnormal-
detected abnormality signal con-
ity) occurs, be sure to
tinuously for the specified time.
repair a defective part
C-3905 Fusing low temperature hard-
before setting the ser-
ware detection abnormality.
vice mode software
Temperature sensor/2 (TEMS/2)
DipSW3-1 to 0.
detected abnormality signal con-
• If the software DipSW
tinuously for the specified time.
3-1 is set to 0 without
C-3906 Fusing low temperature hard- repairing a defective
ware detection abnormality. part, this may cause a
Temperature sensor/4 (TEMS/4) fire.
detected abnormality signal con-
tinuously for the specified time.
C-3907 Fusing high temperature hard-
ware detection abnormality.
Temperature sensor/1 (TEMS/1)
detected abnormality signal con-
tinuously for the specified time.
C-3908 Fusing low temperature hard-
ware detection abnormality.
Temperature sensor/1 (TEMS/1)
detected abnormality signal con-
tinuously for the specified time.

579
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

Fusing C-3909 Fusing high temperature hard- Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body

sensor ware detection abnormality. stops immedi- AC drive board (ACDB)


abnor- Temperature sensor/2 (TEMS/2) ately and main Fusing heater lamp1/ (L2)
mality detected abnormality signal con- relay (RY1) is Fusing heater lamp2/ (L3)
tinuously for the specified time. turned OFF. Fusing heater lamp3/ (L4)
C-3910 Fusing low temperature hard- Fusing heater lamp4/ (L5)
ware detection abnormality. Temperature sensor/1
Temperature sensor/2 (TEMS/2) (TEMS/1)
detected abnormality signal con- Temperature sensor/2
tinuously for the specified time. (TEMS/2)
C-3911 After the sub power switch Temperature sensor/3
(SW2) is turned ON, temperature (TEMS/3)
sensor/1 (TEMS/1) detection Temperature sensor/4
temperature does not reach 100 (TEMS/4)
°C within the specified time.
WARNING
C-3912 After the sub power switch
• When C35**, C38** or
(SW2) is turned ON, temperature
C39** (Fusing tempera-
sensor/3 (TH3) detection tem-
ture related abnormal-
peratures does not reach 100 °C
ity) occurs, be sure to
within the specified time.
repair a defective part
C-3913 Fusing unit has not been set.
before setting the ser-
C-3914 Fusing high temperature hard- vice mode software
ware detection abnormality. DipSW3-1 to 0.
Temperature sensor/1 (TEMS/1) • If the software DipSW
detected abnormality signal con- 3-1 is set to 0 without
tinuously for the specified time. repairing a defective
C-3915 Fusing high temperature hard- part, this may cause a
ware detection abnormality. fire.
Temperature sensor/2 (TEMS/2)
detected abnormality signal con-
tinuously for the specified time.
C-3916 After the sub power switch
(SW2) is turned ON, temperature
sensor/4 (TEMS/4) detection
temperatures does not reach
100 °C within the specified time.
Polygon C-4101 When the polygon motor/Y (M3) Printer control board (PRCB)
motor is started or when the speed is Polygon motor/Y (M3)
abnor- switched, M3 lock signal is not
mality detected within the specified
time.
C-4102 When the polygon motor/M (M4) Printer control board (PRCB)
is started or when the speed is Polygon motor/M (M4)
switched, M4 lock signal is not
detected within the specified
time.

580
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
Main body Polygon C-4103 When the polygon motor/C (M5) Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
motor is started or when the speed is stops immedi- Polygon motor/C (M5)
abnor- switched, M5 lock signal is not ately and main
mality detected within the specified relay (RY1) is
time. turned OFF.
C-4104 When the polygon motor/K (M6) Printer control board (PRCB)
is started or when the speed is Polygon motor/K (M6)
switched, M6 lock signal is not
detected within the specified
time.
C-4111 Abnormal temperature of poly- Printer control board (PRCB)
gon motor/Y (M3) was detected. Polygon motor/Y (M3)
C-4112 Abnormal temperature of poly- Printer control board (PRCB)
gon motor/M (M4) was Polygon motor/M (M4)
detected.
C-4113 Abnormal temperature of poly- Printer control board (PRCB)
gon motor/C (M5) was detected. Polygon motor/C (M5)
C-4114 Abnormal temperature of poly- Printer control board (PRCB)
gon motor/K (M6) was detected. Polygon motor/K (M6)
C-4120 Temperature sensor board Printer control board (PRCB)
(TEMSB) detected temperature Temperature sensor board
abnormality inside the writing (TEMSB)
unit/K.
Fan C-4301 While the writing intake fans/1, / Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor- 2, (M43, M44), developing fans/ Writing intake fan/1 (M43)
mality 1, /2 and /3 (M45, M46 and Writing intake fan/2 (M44)
M64) are turned ON, an error Developing fan/1 (M45)
detection signal of either M43, Developing fan/2 (M46)
M44, M45, M46 or M64 is Developing fan/3 (M64)
detected for the specified period
of time in succession.
Color C-4501 When laser correction motor/Y Printer control board (PRCB)
registra- (M7) was ON, laser correction Laser correction motor/Y
tion sensor/Y (PS5) was turned OFF. (M7)
abnor- Laser correction sensor/Y
mality (PS5)
C-4502 When laser correction motor/M Printer control board (PRCB)
(M8) was ON, laser correction Laser correction motor/M
sensor/M (PS6) was turned OFF. (M8)
Laser correction sensor/M
(PS6)
C-4503 When laser correction motor/C Printer control board (PRCB)
(M9) was ON, laser correction Laser correction motor/C
sensor/C (PS7) was turned OFF. (M9)
Laser correction sensor/C
(PS7)

581
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

Color C-4504 When laser correction motor/K Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body

registra- (M58) was ON, laser correction stops immedi- Laser correction motor/K
tion sensor/K (PS59) was turned ately and main (M58)
abnor- OFF. relay (RY1) is Laser correction sensor/K
mality turned OFF. (PS59)
C-4511 After the laser correction motor/ Printer control board (PRCB)
Y (M7) is turned ON, it is not Laser correction motor/Y
turned OFF within the specified (M7)
time. Or, laser correction sensor/ Laser correction sensor/Y
Y (PS5) installing position is (PS5)
abnormal.
C-4512 Laser correction motor/M (M8) is Printer control board (PRCB)
not turned OFF within the speci- Laser correction motor/M
fied time after it is turned ON. Or, (M8)
laser correction sensor/M (PS6) Laser correction sensor/M
installing position is abnormal. (PS6)
C-4513 Laser correction motor/C (M9) is Printer control board (PRCB)
not turned OFF within the speci- Laser correction motor/C
fied time after it is turned ON. Or, (M9)
laser correction sensor/C (PS7) Laser correction sensor/C
installing position is abnormal. (PS7)
C-4514 After the laser correction motor/ Printer control board (PRCB)
K (M58) is turned ON, it is not Laser correction motor/K
turned OFF within the specified (M58)
time. Or, laser correction sensor/ Laser correction sensor/K
K (PS59) installing position is (PS59)
abnormal.
C-4520 Color registration correction Printer control board (PRCB)
aborted. Color registration sensor/Fr
(PS8)
Color registration sensor/Rr
(PS9)
C-4521 Color registration base line cor- Printer control board (PRCB)
rection/Fr aborted. Color registration sensor/Fr
(PS8)
C-4522 Color registration base line cor- Printer control board (PRCB)
rection/Rr aborted. Color registration sensor/Rr
(PS9)
Image C-4701* Address abnormality of FIFO for Printer control board (PRCB)
process- printer. Expansion of scanned Image processing board
ing image data is not correctly com- (IPB)
abnor- pleted. I/F board (IFB)
mality Image memory control board
(IMCB)

582
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
Main body Image C-4702* FIFO interrupt error of compres- Main body Image processing board
process- sion/expansion chip occurred. stops immedi- (IPB)
ing ately and main I/F board (IFB)
abnor- relay (RY1) is Image memory control board
mality turned OFF. (IMCB)
C-4703* Image data expansion abnor- Image processing board
mality (IPB)
I/F board (IFB)
Image memory control board
(IMCB)
C-4705* When scanning an image, Printer control board (PRCB)
expansion process from mem- Image processing board
ory to printer is not completed (IPB)
within the specified time. Output I/F board (IFB)
from page memory to printer is Image memory control board
not completed within the speci- (IMCB)
fied time. PVV is not detected Write unit/Y
within the specified time. Write unit/M
Write unit/C
Write unit/K
C-4706* When scanning an image, Image processing board
access to expansion device or (IPB)
some other improper process I/F board (IFB)
took place even though there Image memory control board
was no resource. (IMCB)
Program of overall control
board (OACB)
C-4708* When accessing the memory
device, software fault was
detected.
C-4709* Expansion process from mem- Image processing board
ory to page memory is not com- (IPB)
pleted within the specified time. I/F board (IFB)
Compression process from page Image memory control board
memory to memory is not com- (IMCB)
pleted within the specified time. Program of overall control
Evolution from memory to page board (OACB)
memory is not completed within
the specified time. Compressed
data transfer from memory to
memory is not completed within
the specified time.

583
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

Image C-4711* Software failure. Main body Image processing board


Main body

process- C-4712* CCD board was replaced but stops immedi- (IPB)
ing IROM version is not compliant. ately and main IROM program
abnor- CCD board (CCDB) bunch or relay (RY1) is CCD board (CCDB)
mality connector is damaged. turned OFF. Connection cable between
IPB and CCDB
C-4713* Page memory cannot be Image processing board
secured for printing. (IPB)
I/F board (IFB)
Image memory control board
(IMCB)
Overall control board (OACB)
NVRAM board (NRB)
C-4714* Index sensor output does not Printer control board (PRCB)
C-4715* change by the execution of Image processing board
C-4716* APC. Index sensor cannot (IPB)
detect the laser because the I/F board (IFB)
C-4717*
polygon mirror does not rotate, Image memory control board
or because of the index sensor (IMCB)
out of position or defective index Write unit/Y
sensor. Write unit/M
Write unit/C
Write unit/K
C-4718* APC failure. Image processing board
C-4719* Laser does not light up because (IPB)
C-4720* 12VDC power to drive the beam Write unit/Y
is not supplied, MPC is not cor- Write unit/M
C-4721*
rect, or because of fault laser. Write unit/C
Write unit/K
C-4722* Connection abnormality Image processing board
C-4723* between index board/Y, /M, /C, / (IPB)
C-4724* K (INDEXB/Y, /M, /C, /K) or the Write unit/Y
laser drive board/Y, /M, /C, /K Write unit/M
C-4725*
(LASDB/Y, /M, /C, /K) and the Write unit/C
image process board (IPB). Write unit/K
C-4840 Engine continued operation Printer control program
without preparing image or pro-
cess patch for the specified
time.
C-4850 Overall control software Overall control board (OACB)
accessed an invalid address.
Commu- C-5001 12VDC abnormality. DC power unit/1 (DCPS/1)
nication Abnormality signal was continu-
abnor- ously detected for the specified
mality time.

584
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
Main body Commu- C-5002 24VDC abnormality. Main body DC power unit/2 (DCPS/2)
nication Abnormality signal was continu- stops immedi-
abnor- ously detected for the specified ately and main
mality time after the specified time from relay (RY1) is
REN/2 ON. turned OFF.
C-5003 Conveyance drive board (CDB) DC power unit/2 (DCPS/2)
24VDC abnormality. Conveyance drive board
Abnormality signal of 24VDC for (CDB)
CVD was detected.
C-5004 Laser correction motor 5VDC DC power unit/1 (DCPS/1)
abnormality.
Abnormal 5VDC for laser correc-
tion motor/Y, /M, /C, /K (M7,
M8, M9 and M58) was detected.
C-5005 Conveyance drive board (CDB) DC power unit/1 (DCPS/1)
12VDC abnormality. Conveyance drive board
(CDB)
C-5010 Line status error and check sum Image processing board
error was detected between the (IPB)
overall control board (OACB) I/F board (IFB)
and image processing board Image memory control board
(IPB) and demand for re-trans- (IMCB)
mission was sent but recovery Overall control board (OACB)
could not be attained.
Re-transmission was demanded
and answered but recovery
could not be attained. Space is
not obtained in the transmission
ring buffer within the specified
time.
C-5011 Communication with the coin Overall control board (OACB)
vendor cannot be performed. Coin vendor/1
Fan C-5301 M42 abnormality detection sig- Printer control board (PRCB)
abnor- nal was continuously detected DCPS fan (M42)
mality for the specified time when the
DCPS fan (M42) was ON.
C-5302 When the IPB fan/1 (M24) was Printer control board (PRCB)
ON, M24 abnormality detection IPB fan/1 (M24)
signal was continuously
detected for the specified time.
C-5303 When the IPB fan/2 (M25) was Printer control board (PRCB)
ON, M25 abnormality detection IPB fan/2 (M25)
signal was continuously
detected for the specified time.

585
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

Scanner C-6101 At the home position search, Main body Scanner drive board (SCDB)
Main body

abnor- scanner HP sensor (PS1) is not stops immedi- Scanner motor (M1)
mality turned ON within the specified ately and main Scanner HP sensor (PS1)
time after the scanner motor relay (RY1) is
(M1) is turned ON. turned OFF.
C-6102* When the optical scanning Scanner drive board (SCDB)
returns, scanner HP sensor Scanner motor (M1)
(PS1) is not turned ON within the Scanner HP sensor (PS1)
specified time after the scanner
motor (M1) is turned ON.
Fan C-6301* M42 abnormality detection sig- Scanner drive board (SCDB)
abnor- nal was continuously detected Scanner fan (M2)
mality for the specified time when the
scanner fan (M2) was ON.
Image C-6701* When processing the image, fil- Image processing board
process- ter coefficient cannot be properly (IPB)
ing prepared. I/F board (IFB)
Image memory control board
(IMCB)
C-6702* Address abnormality of FIFO for Image processing board
scanner. When scanning an (IPB)
image, compression of scanned I/F board (IFB)
image data is not correctly com- Image memory control board
pleted. (IMCB)
C-6703* After negation of SVV, compres- Image processing board
sion of scanned image and evo- (IPB)
lution to page memory are not I/F board (IFB)
completed. Image memory control board
(IMCB)
Overall control board (OACB)
C-6704* When scanning an image, com- Image processing board
pression process from scanner (IPB)
to memory is not completed I/F board (IFB)
within the specified time. Evolu- Image memory control board
tion from scanner to page mem- (IMCB)
ory is not completed within the Overall control board (OACB)
specified time. SVV is not
detected within the specified
time.
C-6705* When scanning an image, Image processing board
access to compression device (IPB)
or some other improper process I/F board (IFB)
took place even though there Image memory control board
was no resource. (IMCB)

586
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
Main body Image C-6706* When scanning an image, scan- Main body Image processing board
process- ning the next page cannot be stops immedi- (IPB)
ing started due to SVV not turning ately and main I/F board (IFB)
OFF within the specified time. relay (RY1) is Image memory control board
turned OFF. (IMCB)
Overall control board (OACB)
C-6707* Shading correction abnormality Image processing board
(GA abnormality) (IPB)
I/F board (IFB)
C-6708* AOC/AGC adjustment abnor- Image processing board
mality (IPB)
• Blocking cover and lens I/F board (IFB)
cover of scanner section are Image memory control board
out of place. (IMCB)
• CCD board (CCDB) connec- Overall control board (OACB)
tor is disconnected. Scanner drive board (SCDB)
• CCDB power cable is dis- Printer control board (PRCB)
connected. Inverter board/1 (INVB1)
• CCDB IC protector is bro-
ken.
• Quantity of light of exposure
lamp (L1) is excess.
• L1 does not light up.
C-6709 There is no correction data Image processing board
which has been reserved by res- (IPB)
olution. I/F board (IFB)
Image memory control board
(IMCB)
Program of overall control
board (OACB)
C-6710 Density gamma curve can not Image processing board
be prepared properly. (IPB)
I/F board (IFB)
Image memory control board
(IMCB)
Program of overall control
board (OACB)
C-6711* Starting error of calibration of the mage processing board (IPB)
pulse-length modulation IC. I/F board (IFB)
C-6712* End error of calibration of the Image memory control board
pulse-length modulation IC. (IMCB)
Overall control board (OACB)
C-6713* Even though MPC was not fin- Image processing board
ished, execution of APC initial (IPB)
sampling was attempted.

587
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

Image C-6714* Execution of MPC was Main body Image processing board
Main body

process- attempted during execution of stops immedi- (IPB)


ing APC. ately and main
relay (RY1) is
turned OFF.
C-6715* Execution of sub scan beam
correction was attempted before
completion of APC or MPC.
C-6716* Execution of sub scan beam
pitch correction was attempted,
when clock for writing was in
abnormal state due to incom-
plete AD9561 initialization.
C-6717* Continuous page imaging range
abnormality. Image cannot be
evolved on memory due to
abnormal image range on mem-
ory.
C-6718 Within the specified numbers of
adjustments, the sub scan beam
pitch does not fit the specified
value.
C-6719 The scan operation was started Printer control board (PRCB)
before the tilt adjustment was Image processing board
complete. (IPB)
C-6720 The scan operation was started I/F board (IFB)
before the centering adjustment Scanner drive board (SCDB)
was complete.
C-6721 Since the quantity of light of CCD board (CCDB)
exposure lamp (L1) decreased, Image processing board
AGC was retried. Though no (IPB)
error occurred. I/F board (IFB)
Image memory control board
(IMCB)
Overall control board (OACB)

C-6722 PWM gamma curve was not Printer control board (PRCB)
properly prepared. Image processing board
(IPB)
TCR sensor/Y (TCRS/Y)
TCR sensor/M (TCRS/M)
TCR sensor/C (TCRS/C)
TCR sensor/K (TCRS/K)

588
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
Main body Image C-6723* Connection abnormality Main body Image processing board
process- between CCD board (CCDB) stops immedi- (IPB)
ing and image processing board ately and main CCD board (CCDB)
(IPB). relay (RY1) is CCD wiring harness
turned OFF.
C-6724* Failed to check the connection Image processing board
of scanning boards, when (IPB)
turned ON the sub power switch I/F board (IFB)
(SW2). Image memory control board
(IMCB)
Overall control board (OACB)
Scanner drive board (SCDB)
Printer control board (PRCB)
C-6725* Parameter settings could not be Image processing board
attained during scan prepara- (IPB)
tion. I/F board (IFB)
Image memory control board
(IMCB)
Overall control board (OACB)
Commu- C-6801* After the sub power switch Printer control board (PRCB)
nication (SW2) is turned ON, communi- Overall control board (OACB)
abnor- cation between the printer con- Operation board/1 (OB/1)
mality trol board (PRCB), overall control
board (OACB), and operation
board/1 (OB/1) is not started.
Commu- C-7001* Communication error. Main body and Printer control board (PRCB)
RU

nication RU stop imme- RU control board (RUCB)


abnor- diately and
mality main relay
(RY1) is turned
OFF.
DF C-8001* Communication error. Main body Printer control board (PRCB)
DF

abnor- stops immedi- DF control board (DFCB)


mality C-8101 Paper feed motor (M301) error. ately and main DF control board (DFCB)
relay (RY1) is Paper feed motor (M301)
C-8102 Conveyance motor (M302) error. turned OFF. DF control board (DFCB)
Conveyance motor (M302)
C-8103 Reverse/paper exit motor DF control board (DFCB)
(M303) error. Reverse/paper exit motor
(M303)
C-8401 Registration sensor (PS301) DF control board (DFCB)
error. Registration sensor (PS301)
C-8402 Timing sensor (PS302) error. DF control board (DFCB)
Timing sensor (PS302)
C-8403 Reverse sensor (PS305) error. DF control board (DFCB)
Reverse sensor (PS305)

589
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

DF C-8404 Paper exit sensor (PS306) error. Main body DF control board (DFCB)
DF

abnor- stops immedi- Paper exit sensor (PS306)


mality C-8405 Size VR (VR301) error. ately and main DF control board (DFCB)
relay (RY1) is Size VR (VR301)
C-8406 Non-volatile memory error. turned OFF. DF control board (DFCB)
C-8407 When the sub power switch DF control board (DFCB)
(SW2) was ON, unwritten control
program of DF control board
(DFCB) was detected.
Commu- C-C101* When the sub power switch Printer control board (PRCB)
Main body

nication (SW2) is ON, no response is I/F board (IFB)


abnor- received from the printer control Image memory control board
mality board (PRCB) within the speci- (IMCB)
fied time. Overall control board (OACB)
C-C102* Printer control board (PRCB) Printer control board (PRCB)
communication abnormality.
C-C103* Operation panel communication Operation board/1 (OB/1)
abnormality.
ISW C-C104 When the sub power switch Printer control program
abnor- (SW2) was ON, unwritten range VIF control program
mality of ISW was detected in the
printer control program or the
VIF control program.
C-C106 In the data transfer by ISW, reg- Printer cable
ular header information cannot UBS cable
be received within the specified PC parallel port
time. PC USB port
C-C107 In the data transfer by ISW, Printer cable
check sum error or header error UBS cable
was detected in the downloaded Program file abnormality
data.
C-C108 When transferring data by ISW, Printer cable
data cannot be correctly written UBS cable
to flash ROM. Program transferred board
C-C109 When turning the sub power FS control firmware
switch (SW2) ON, ISW unwrit-
ten area in the FS program was
detected.
C-C111 When turning the sub power LS control firmware
switch (SW2) ON, ISW unwrit-
ten area in the LS program was
detected.
C-C112 When turning the sub power LS control firmware
switch (SW2) ON, ISW unwrit-
ten area in the LS program was
detected.

590
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
Main body ISW C-C113 When turning the sub power Main body FD control firmware
abnor- switch (SW2) ON, ISW unwrit- stops immedi-
mality ten area in the FD program was ately and main
detected. relay (RY1) is
turned OFF.
C-C114 When turning the sub power SD control firmware
switch (SW2) ON, ISW unwrit-
ten area in the SD program was
detected.
C-C115 When turning the sub power RU control firmware
switch (SW2) ON, ISW unwrit-
ten area in the RU program was
detected.
C-C120 Firmware abnormality of the Printer control firmware
printer control board (PRCB)
HDD C-D0E0 Hard disk initialization abnormal- Overall control board (OACB)
abnor- ity. Image memory control board
mality Hard disk failure or improper (IMCB)
connector connection. Hard disk/C (HDD/C)
Hard disk/M (HDD/M)
Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)
Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
C-D0E1 Hard disk/K (HDD/K) discon- Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
nected. Otherwise, either broken
or during initialization.
C-D0E2 Hard disk/C (HDD/C) discon- Hard disk/C (HDD/C)
nected. Otherwise, either broken
or during initialization.
C-D0E3 Hard disk/K (HDD/K), /C (HDD/ Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
C) disconnected. Otherwise, Hard disk/C (HDD/C)
either broken or during initializa-
tion.
C-D0E4 Hard disk/M (HDD/M) discon- Hard disk/M (HDD/M)
nected. Otherwise, either broken
or during initialization.
C-D0E5 Hard disk/K (HDD/K), /M (HDD/ Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
M) disconnected. Otherwise, Hard disk/M (HDD/M)
either broken or during initializa-
tion.
C-D0E6 Hard disk/C (HDD/C), /M (HDD/ Hard disk/C (HDD/C)
M) disconnected. Otherwise, Hard disk/M (HDD/M)
either broken or during initializa-
tion.

591
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts


bizhub PRO C6500

tion
/C6500P/C5500

HDD C-D0E7 Hard disk/K (HDD/K), /C (HDD/ Main body Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
Main body

abnor- C), /M (HDD/M) disconnected. stops immedi- Hard disk/C (HDD/C)


mality Otherwise, either broken or dur- ately and main Hard disk/M (HDD/M)
ing initialization. relay (RY1) is
turned OFF.
C-D0E8 Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y) discon- Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)
nected. Otherwise, either broken
or during initialization.
C-D0E9 Hard disk/K (HDD/K), /Y (HDD/ Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
Y) disconnected. Otherwise, Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)
either broken or during initializa-
tion.
C-D0EA Hard disk/C (HDD/C), /Y (HDD/ Hard disk/C (HDD/C)
Y) disconnected. Otherwise, Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)
either broken or during initializa-
tion.
C-D0EB Hard disk/K (HDD/K), /C (HDD/ Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
C), /Y (HDD/Y) disconnected. Hard disk/C (HDD/C)
Otherwise, either broken or dur- Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)
ing initialization.
C-D0EC Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y), /M (HDD/ Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)
M) disconnected. Otherwise, Hard disk/M (HDD/M)
either broken or during initializa-
tion.
C-D0ED Hard disk/K (HDD/K), /M (HDD/ Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
M), /Y (HDD/Y) disconnected. Hard disk/M (HDD/M)
Otherwise, either broken or dur- Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)
ing initialization.
C-D0EE Hard disk/C (HDD/C), /M (HDD/ Hard disk/C (HDD/C)
M), /Y (HDD/Y) disconnected. Hard disk/M (HDD/M)
Otherwise, either broken or dur- Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)
ing initialization.
C-D0EF Hard disk/K (HDD/K), /C (HDD/ Hard disk/C (HDD/C)
C), /M (HDD/M), /Y (HDD/Y) dis- Hard disk/M (HDD/M)
connected. Otherwise, either Hard disk/Y (HDD/Y)
broken or during initialization. Hard disk/K (HDD/K)
C-D0F0 HDD password abnormality in
security reinforcement mode.
Password incorrect, password
unset, or the security is OFF.
Security C-DC## Trouble related to Security — Contact the responsible per-
abnor- son of the KONICA MINOLTA
mality before taking some counter-
measure.

592
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classification Code Causes Resulting opera- Estimated abnormal parts

bizhub PRO C6500


tion

/C6500P/C5500
Main body Image C-E001* Message cue was not enough or Main body Image processing board
process- destructed. stops immedi- (IPB)
ing ately and main I/F board (IFB)
abnor- relay (RY1) is Image memory control board
mality turned OFF. (IMCB)
C-E002* Parameter value exceeds allow- Program of overall control
able range. board (OACB)
C-E003* Message cue sender task has
an undefined ID.
C-E004* Message receiving event is
undefined.
C-E005* Abnormal access to memory. Image processing board
C-E006* Header address scanning (IPB)
abnormality. I/F board (IFB)
C-E007* Image memory (DRAM) initializa- Image memory control board
tion abnormality. (IMCB)
Overall control board (OACB)

593
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Function to detach defective sections


bizhub PRO C6500

For those abnormalities listed in the table below, defective units can be detached temporarily to use other con-
/C6500P/C5500

trol units manually. While detached, an error detection is not carried out on these detached units.
There are 2 methods of detaching defective sections.

(1) User operation


When a malfunction code occurs, press the HELP key following the message on the touch panel and then turn
the power switch (SW2) OFF and ON. This allows you to use it temporarily until the main power switch (SW1) is
OFF and ON (including an OFF/ON operation by the weekly timer) next time.

(2) DIPSW setting


Turning the main switch (SW1) OFF and ON after setting the specified software DIPSW bit allows you to make a
limited use of it until the bit setting is released next time.

Classifi- code Causes Control during separation DipSW


cation
LU C-0102 Paper feed motor (M1) abnormality Paper feed in LU cannot be DIPSW18-3
used.
PF C-0103 Paper feed motor (M1) abnormality Paper feed in PF cannot be DIPSW21-4
used. DIPSW21-5
Paper feed in tray 1 cannot
be used.
Main C-0201 Paper lift motor /1 (M38) abnormality Paper feed in tray 1 i cannot DIPSW18-0
body be used.
C-0202 Paper lift motor /2 (M39) abnormality Paper feed in tray 2 cannot DIPSW18-1
be used.
C-0203 Paper lift motor /3 (M40) abnormality Paper feed in tray 3 cannot DIPSW18-2
be used.
LU C-0204 Paper lift motor (M100) abnormality Paper feed in LU cannot be DIPSW18-3
used.
PF C-0208 Paper lift motor /1 (M2) abnormality Paper feed in PF upper tray DIPSW21-4
C-0209 Power supply line fuse for the paper lift cannot be used.
motor/1 (M2) blow out.
C-0211 Paper lift motor /2 (M3) abnormality Paper feed in PF lower tray DIPSW21-5
C-0212 Power supply line fuse for the paper lift cannot be used.
motor/2 (M3) blow out.
FS C-1102 Tray up down motor (M3) abnormality The FS main tray, staple can- DIPSW6-4
Main tray up down motor (M3) abnor- not be used.
mality
C-1103 Alignment motor /Rr (M5), /Fr (M22)
abnormality
Alignment motor /Up (M5), /Lw (M16)
abnormality

594 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classifi- code Causes Control during separation DipSW

bizhub PRO C6500


cation

/C6500P/C5500
FS C-1104 Main tray paper exit motor (M7) abnor- The FS main tray, staple can- DIPSW6-4
mality not be used.(the staple key
Paper exit roller motor (M7) abnormality and FS main tray options on
C-1105 Paper exit opening motor (M8) abnor- the touch panel are grayed
mality out.)
C-1106 Stapler movement motor (M11) abnor- Staple cannot be used. DIPSW6-3
mality
C-1107 Stapler rotation motor (M4) abnormality
Clincher rotation motor (M4) abnormal-
ity
C-1108 Stapler rotation motor (M4) abnormality
Stapler rotation motor (M6) abnormality
C-1109 Stapler motor /Fr (M31) abnormality
Stapler motor /Fr (M14) abnormality
C-1110 Stapler motor /Rr (M30) abnormality
Stapler motor /Rr (M9) abnormality
C-1113 Rear stopper motor (M26) abnormality The FS main tray, staple can- DIPSW6-4
(FS-503) not be used.(the staple key
and FS main tray options on
the touch panel are grayed
out.)
Saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) the saddle stitching, multi DIPSW18-5
abnormality (FS-607) center folding, multi letter
C-1114 Alignment motor /Lw (M16) abnormality folding cannot be used.
(FS-607)
C-1115 Folding knife motor (M19) abnormality the saddle stitching, multi
(FS-607) center folding, multi letter
C-1116 Folding transfer motor (M20) abnormal- folding cannot be used.
ity (FS-607) (FS is not connected)
PI C-1124 Tray lift motor /Lw (M202) abnormality PI cannot be used. DIPSW18-6
(PI is not connected)
C-1125 Tray lift motor /Up (M201) abnormality
C-1126 PI conveyance motor (M203) abnor- DIPSW18-6
mality
PK C-1127 Punch shift motor (M302) abnormality PK cannot be used. DIPSW19-5
C-1132 Punch motor (M301) abnormality (PK is not connected)
FS C-1140 Paper exit arm motor (M23) abnormal- The FS main tray, sstaple DIPSW6-4
ity cannot be used.(the staple
C-1141 Paddle motor (M2) abnormality key and FS main tray options
C-1142 Intermediate roller release solenoid on the touch panel are
(SD7) abnormality grayed out.)

C-1143 FNS conveyance motor (M1) abnormal- FS cannot be used. DIPSW6-5


ity (FS is not connected)

1 595
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classifi- code Causes Control during separation DipSW


bizhub PRO C6500

cation
/C6500P/C5500

LS C-1201 to LS abnormality (first coupling) The first coupled LS cannot DIPSW6-6


1206 be used.
C-1211 to LS abnormality (second coupling) The 2nd coupled LS cannot DIPSW6-7
1216 be used.
FD C-1221 1st folding abnormality Folding/punching section DIPSW6-0
C-1222 2nd folding abnormality cannot be used.
C-1223 3rd folding abnormality
C-1224 2 holes punch drive abnormality
C-1225 3 holes/4 holesdrive abnormality
C-1226 Alignment motor (M12) abnormality
C-1227 Punch registration motor (M13) abnor-
mality
C-1228 Tray up down motor (M11) abnormality The main tray cannot be DIPSW6-1
C-1229 Tray up down motor (M11) abnormality used.
C-1230 Paper lift motor /Up (M8) abnormality PI section cannot be used. DIPSW6-2
C-1231 Paper lift motor /Lw (M9) abnormality
C-1234 PI conveyance motor (M7) abnormality
SD C-1241 Bundle exit drive motor (M5) abnormal- The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
ity center folding and trimmer DIPSW7-1
cannot be used. DIPSW7-3
C-1242 Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
(M7) abnormality. center folding, multi letter DIPSW7-1
C-1243 Folding sub scan alignment exit motor folding and trimmer cannot DIPSW7-2
(M8) abnormality. be used. DIPSW7-3
C-1244 Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
(M9) abnormality. center folding and trimmer DIPSW7-1
C-1245 Bundle arm motor (M10) abnormality. cannot be used. DIPSW7-3
C-1246 Bundle clip motor (M11) abnormality.
C-1247 Bundle registration motor (M12) abnor-
mality.
C-1248 Overlap motor (M13) abnormality. The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
C-1249 Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr center folding, multi letter DIPSW7-1
(M14) abnormality. folding and trimmer cannot DIPSW7-2
be used. DIPSW7-3
C-1250 Stapler movement motor (M15) abnor- The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
mality. center folding and trimmer DIPSW7-1
C-1251 Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt cannot be used. DIPSW7-3
(M16) abnormality.
C-1252 Bundle press movement motor (M17)
abnormality.
C-1253 1st folding blade motor (M18) abnor- The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
mality. center folding, multi letter DIPSW7-1
folding and trimmer cannot DIPSW7-2
be used. DIPSW7-3

596
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classifi- code Causes Control during separation DipSW

bizhub PRO C6500


cation

/C6500P/C5500
SD C-1254 2nd folding blade motor (M19) abnor- The multi letter folding cannot DIPSW7-2
mality. be used.
C-1255 Clincher up down motor (M20) abnor- The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
mality. center folding and trimmer DIPSW7-1
C-1256 Saddle stitching press motor (M21) cannot be used. DIPSW7-3
abnormality.
C-1257 Bundle arm rotation motor (M22)
abnormality.
C-1258 Bundle press motor (M23) abnormality.
C-1259 Bundle press stage up down motor
(M24) abnormality.
C-1260 Guide shaft motor (M25) abnormality.
C-1261 Stapler motor /Rt (M29) abnormality. The Saddle stitching and DIPSW7-0
C-1262 Stapler motor /Lt (M30) abnormality. trimmer cannot be used. DIPSW7-3
C-1263 Trimmer blade motor (M31) abnormal- The trimmer cannot be used. DIPSW7-3
ity.
C-1264 Trimmer press motor (M32) abnormal- The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
ity. center folding and trimmer DIPSW7-1
C-1265 Bundle arm assist motor (M26) abnor- cannot be used. DIPSW7-3
mality.
C-1267 Horizontal conveyance motor (M2) Sub tray, rear paper exit and DIPSW7-4
abnormality. FS cannot be used.
C-1268 Folding entrance motor (M3) abnormal- The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
ity. center folding, multi letter DIPSW7-1
C-1269 Folding conveyance motor (M4) abnor- folding and trimmer cannot DIPSW7-2
mality. be used. DIPSW7-3
C-1270 Bundle exit motor (M5) abnormality. The saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
center folding and trimmer DIPSW7-1
cannot be used. DIPSW7-3
C-1271 Folding sub scan alignment exit motor the saddle stitching, multi DIPSW7-0
(M8) abnormality. center folding, multi letter DIPSW7-1
folding and trimmer cannot DIPSW7-2
be used. DIPSW7-3
LS C-1301 to LS abnormality (first coupling) The first coupled LS cannot DIPSW6-6
302 be used.
C-1306 to LS abnormality (second coupling) The 2nd coupled LS cannot DIPSW6-7
307 be used.
SD C-1311 Scraps removal fan motor (FM1) abnor- The trimmer cannot be used. DIPSW7-3
mality.
PB C-1330 Cover paper tray fan /1 drive abnormal- Paper feed from the PB is DIPSW7-5
ity unavailable.
C-1331 Cover paper tray fan /2 drive abnormal-
ity

2 597
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classifi- code Causes Control during separation DipSW


bizhub PRO C6500

cation
/C6500P/C5500

PB C-1332 Exhaust fan drive abnormality Ejecting onto the sub tray is DIPSW7-6
possible.
C-1333 Exhaust fan /2 drive abnormality
C-1334 Pellet supply cooling fan motor drive
abnormality
C-1501 Entrance conveyance drive abnormality The use of the PB is unavail- DIPSW7-7
able
C-1502 Intermediate conveyance drive abnor- Ejecting onto the sub tray is DIPSW7-6
mality possible.
C-1504 SC entrance conveyance drive abnor-
mality
C-1505 SC switchback conveyance drive
abnormality
C-1506 SC switchback roller release drive
abnormality
C-1507 SC alignment drive abnomality
C-1508 SC paper detection conveyance drive
abnormality
C-1509 SC roller release drive abnormality
C-1510 SC clamp entrance movement drive
abnomality
C-1511 SC clamp entrance roller release drive
abnormality
C-1512 Clamp alignment drive abnormality
C-1513 Clamp open/close drive abnormality
C-1514 Clamp rotation drive abnormality
C-1515 Glue tank movement drive abnormality
C-1516 Glue apply roller rotation drive abnor-
mality
C-1518 Pellet supply arm drive abnormality
C-1519 Up/down cover paper alignment drive
abnormality
C-1520 Up/down cover paper book paper exit
drive abnormality
C-1521 Driven arm /Rt drive abnormality
C-1522 Driven arm /Lt drive abnormality
C-1523 Up/down cover paper conveyance
drive abnormality
C-1524 Up/down cover paper/Fr up/down
drive abnormality
C-1525 Up/down cover paper/Rr up/down
drive abnormality
C-1526 Cover paper folding board /Rt drive
abnormality

598 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 13. MALFUNCTION CODE

Classifi- code Causes Control during separation DipSW

bizhub PRO C6500


cation

/C6500P/C5500
PB C-1527 Cover paper folding board /Lt drive Ejecting onto the sub tray is DIPSW7-6
abnormality possible.
C-1528 Cover paper trimming cutter drive
abnormality
C-1530 Carriage belt drive abnormality
C-1531 Carriage size movement drive abnor-
mality
C-1532 Carriage up/down drive abnormality
C-1533 Book movement drive abnormality
C-1534 Book stopper drive abnormality
C-1537 Cover paper tray up/down drive Paper feed from the PB is DIPSW7-5
abnomality unavailable.
C-1538 Cover page conveyance drive abnor-
mality
C-1540 Warming-up abnormality The use of the PB is unavail- DIPSW7-7
Glue tank middle temperature abnor- able
mality
C-1541 Warming-up abnormality
Glue tank low temperature abnormality
C-1542 Warming-up abnormality
Glue apply roller temperature abnor-
mality
C-1543 Glue supply abnormality
Glue tank high temperature abnormal-
lity
C-1544 Heater continuous energization abnor-
mality
Glue tank middle temperature abnor-
mality
C-1545 Heater continuous energization abnor-
mality
Glue tank low temperature abnormality
C-1546 Heater continuous energization abnor-
mality
Glue apply roller temperature abnor-
mality
C-1547 High temperature abnormality
Glue apply roller temperature abnor-
mality
C-1548 High temperature abnormality
Glue tank high temperature abnormal-
lity
C-1549 High temperature abnormality
Glue tank middle temperature abnor-
mality

2 599
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Classifi- code Causes Control during separation DipSW


bizhub PRO C6500

cation
/C6500P/C5500

PB C-1550 High temperature abnormality The use of the PB is unavail- DIPSW7-7


Glue tank low temperature abnormality able
C-1551 High temperature abnormality
Glue apply roller temperature abnor-
mality
C-1552 High temperature abnormality
Glue tank high temperature abnormal-
lity
C-1553 High temperature abnormality
Glue tank middle temperature abnor-
mality
C-1554 High temperature abnormality
Glue tank low temperature abnormality
C-1555 High temperature abnormality
Glue apply roller temperature abnor-
mality
C-1556 Low temperature abnormality
Glue tank high temperature abnormal-
lity
C-1557 Low temperature abnormality
Glue tank middle temperature abnor-
mality
C-1558 Low temperature abnormality
Glue tank low temperature abnormality
C-1559 Low temperature abnormality
Glue apply roller temperature abnor-
mality
C-1560 Low temperature abnormality
Glue tank high temperature abnormal-
lity
C-1561 Low temperature abnormality
Glue tank middle temperature abnor-
mality
C-1562 Low temperature abnormality
Glue tank low temperature abnormality
Main C-D0E0 Hard disk initialization abnormality. HDD cannot be used. DIPSW18-7
body (HDD is not connected)

600 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

APPENDIX

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.1 Main body
14.1.1 Switch/sensor
A. Main body rear side

[12] [13]

[8] [7] [6] [5]

[11] [10] [9] [4] [3] [2] [1] a03uf5c001ca

[1] Encoder sensor /Y1 (PS66) [8] Encoder sensor /K2 (PS73)
[2] Encoder sensor /M1 (PS68) [9] Dehumidifier heater switch (SW3)
[3] Encoder sensor /C1 (PS70) [10] Waste toner full sensor (PS52)
[4] Encoder sensor /K1 (PS72) [11] Waste toner door sensor (PS60)
[5] Encoder sensor /Y2 (PS67) [12] Encoder sensor / belt 2 (PS75)
[6] Encoder sensor /M2 (PS69) [13] Encoder sensor / belt 1 (PS74)
[7] Encoder sensor /C2 (PS71)

601
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Main body upper surface


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[5] [6]

[1]

[4] [3] [2]

a03uf5c002ca

[1] Read switch (RS) [4] APS sensor /1 (PS3)


[2] Toner supply unit open/close sensor (PS14) [5] Scanner HP sensor (PS1)
[3] APS sensor /2 (PS4) [6] APS timing sensor (PS2)

602
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

C. Main body front side

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[3] [4]

[2] [1]
a03uf5c003ca

[1] Front door sensor (PS18) [3] Main power switch (SW1)
[2] Interlock switch /1 (MS1) [4] Sub power switch (SW2)

D. Main body right side

[1]

a03uf5c004ca

[1] Temp/humidity sensor /1 (TEM/HUMS/1)

603
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

E. Inside of the front of the main body


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1] 8050fs6604

[1] 1st transfer HP sensor (PS15)

604
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

F. Write section

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[9] [1] [2][3][4]

[8][7][6][5]

a03uf5c005ca

[1] Laser correction sensor /Y (PS5) [6] Index board /M (INDEXB/M)


[2] Laser correction sensor /M (PS6) [7] Index board /C (INDEXB/C)
[3] Laser correction sensor /C (PS7) [8] Index board /K (INDEXB/K)
[4] Laser correction sensor /K (PS59) [9] Temperature sensor board (TEMSB)
[5] Index board /Y (INDEXB/Y)

NOTE
• Only the write unit/K equips the TEMSB.

605
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

G. Process section
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1]

[2]
[5]
[3]

[4]

a03uf5c006ca

[1] Drum potential sensor /Y (DRPS/Y) [4] Drum potential sensor /K (DRPS/K)
[2] Drum potential sensor /M (DRPS/M) [5] Temp/humidity sensor /2 (TEM/HUMS/2)
[3] Drum potential sensor /C (DRPS/C)

H. Developing section

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

a03uf5c007ca

[1] TCR sensor /C (TCRS/C) [3] TCR sensor /Y (TCRS/Y)


[2] TCR sensor /M (TCRS/M) [4] TCR sensor /K (TCRS/K)

606
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

I. Image correction unit

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[1] [2]

[3] 8050fs6608

[1] Color registration sensor /Fr (PS8) [2] Color registration sensor /Rr (PS9)
[3] PGC sensor (PS11)

J. Toner supply section

[6]

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]
a03uf5c008ca

[1] Piezoelectric sensor /C (PZS/C) [4] Piezoelectric sensor /K (PZS/K)


[2] Piezoelectric sensor /M (PZS/M) [5] Interlock switch /2 (MS2)
[3] Piezoelectric sensor /Y (PZS/Y) [6] Toner supply door open/close sensor
(PS54)

607
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

K. Tray 1, 2, 3
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[4] [5] [6]


[19] [20] [21]

[9] [8] [7]


[18] [17] [16] [15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] [3] [2] [1]
a03uf5c009ca

[1] Paper feed sensor /1 (PS29) [12] Paper near empty sensor /3 (PS44)
[2] Paper feed sensor /2 (PS35) [13] Paper size sensor /Fr1 (PS33)
[3] Paper feed sensor /3 (PS41) [14] Paper size sensor /Fr2 (PS39)
[4] Paper empty sensor /1 (PS31) [15] Paper size sensor /Fr3 (PS45)
[5] Paper empty sensor /2 (PS37) [16] Paper size sensor /Rr1 (PS34)
[6] Paper empty sensor /3 (PS43) [17] Paper size sensor /Rr2 (PS40)
[7] Upper limit sensor /1 (PS30) [18] Paper size sensor /Rr3 (PS46)
[8] Upper limit sensor /2 (PS36) [19] Paper size VR /1 (VR1)
[9] Upper limit sensor /3 (PS42) [20] Paper size VR /2 (VR2)
[10] Paper near empty sensor /1 (PS32) [21] Paper size VR /3 (VR3)
[11] Paper near empty sensor /2 (PS38)

L. Bypass tray

[4] [3] [2] [1]


8050fs6610

[1] Paper size sensor /BP2 (PS49) [3] Paper size VR /BP (VR4)
[2] Paper empty sensor /BP (PS47) [4] Paper size sensor /BP1 (PS48)

608
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

M. Vertical conveyance section

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[1]

[2]

a03uf5c010ca

[1] Vertical conveyance sensor (PS50) [2] Vertical conveyance door sensor (PS51)

609
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

N. ADU section
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[11] [12] [13]

[8]

[10]
[15]
[14]

[9]

[7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1]

a03uf5c011ca

[1] Intermediate conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) [9] Reverse/exit sensor (PS19)


[2] Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28) [10] Decurler sensor (PS62)
[3] ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23) [11] Leading edge sensor (PS63)
[4] ADU reverse sensor (PS21) [12] Registration sensor (PS22)
[5] ADU centering sensor (PS65) [13] Registration temperature sensor (TEMS1)
[6] ADU stop sensor (PS20) [14] Paper feed sensor /BP (PS26)
[7] ADU conveyance sensor (PS61) [15] Upper limit sensor /BP (PS25)
[8] 2nd transfer HP sensor (PS24)

610
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

O. Paper exit section (Main body left side)

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[2]

[1]

a03uf5c012ca

[1] Paper exit sensor (PS13) [2] Paper exit pressure sensor (PS10)

P. Fusing section

[7] [8] [9] [10]

[6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1]

a03uf5c013ca

[1] Temperature sensor /4 (TEMS/4) [6] Fusing paper exit sensor (PS17)
[2] Temperature sensor /2 (TEMS/2) [7] Temperature sensor /3 (TEMS/3)
[3] Fusing loop sensor (PS64) [8] Temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1)
[4] Thermostat /3 (TS3) [9] Thermostat /1 (TS1)
[5] Fusing release home sensor (PS16) [10] Thermostat /2 (TS2)

611
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Q. OT
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1]

a03uf5c014ca

[1] Paper exit full sensor (PS12)

612
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

14.1.2 Load

bizhub PRO C6500


A. Main body rear side

/C6500P/C5500
[13] [14] [15] [16] [17] [18] [19] [20] [21] [22]
[23]
[24] [25]

[5] [4] [3] [2] [1]


[12] [11] [10] [9] [8] [7] [6] a03uf5c015ca

[1] 1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19) [14] Developing motor /K (M23)
[2] Drum motor /Y (M14) [15] Developing motor /C (M22)
[3] Drum motor /M (M15) [16] Developing motor /M (M21)
[4] Drum motor /C (M16) [17] Scanner motor (M1)
[5] Drum motor /K (M17) [18] Developing motor /Y (M20)
[6] Fusing belt ventilation fan (M10) [19] Drum fan /2 (M13)
[7] DCPS fan (M42) [20] Drum fan /1 (M12)
[8] IPB fan /1 (M24) [21] Fusing ventilation fan (M37)
[9] IPB fan /2 (M25) [22] Deodorization fan (M36)
[10] Paper lift motor /1 (M38) [23] Paper exit motor (M54)
[11] Paper lift motor /2 (M39) [24] Decurler motor (M55)
[12] Paper lift motor /3 (M40) [25] Transfer belt motor (M18)
[13] Paper feed motor (M41)

613
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Main body upper surface


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1]

[2]

a03uf5c016ca

[1] Scanner fan (M2) [2] Exposure lamp (L1)

C. Main body front side

[1]

a03uf5c017ca

[1] Transfer belt fan (M11)

614
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

D. Main body right side

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[1]
[7]
[2]
[6]

[5] [3]
[4]

a03uf5c018ca

[1] Main body fan (M47) [5] Writing intake fan /2 (M44)
[2] Developing fan /1 (M45) [6] Developoing fan /3 (M64)
[3] Developing fan /2 (M46) [7] Writing intake fan /1 (M43)
[4] Dehumidifier heater (HTR)

615
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

E. Main body left side


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[4] [5] [6]

[3] [2] [1]

a03uf5c019ca

[1] Tucking fan /3 (M28) [4] Paper exit fan /3 (M63)


[2] Tucking fan /2 (M27) [5] Paper exit fan /2 (M62)
[3] Tucking fan /1 (M26) [6] Paper exit fan /1 (M61)

616
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

F. Write section

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[1]
[8] [2]
[7] [3]
[6] [4]
[5]

a03uf5c020ca

[1] Polygon motor /Y (M3) [5] Laser correction motor /Y (M7)


[2] Polygon motor /M (M4) [6] Laser correction motor /M (M8)
[3] Polygon motor /C (M5) [7] Laser correction motor /C (M9)
[4] Polygon motor /K (M6) [8] Laser correction motor /K (M58)

G. Process section

[1]

[2]
[5]
[3]

[4]

a03uf5c021ca

[1] Erase lamp /Y (EL/Y) [4] Erase lamp /K (EL/K)


[2] Erase lamp /M (EL/M) [5] Belt separation claw solenoid (SD1)
[3] Erase lamp /C (EL/C)

617
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

H. Image correction unit


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[2] [1]
8050fs6620

[1] PGC shutter solenoid (SD3) [2] Color registration shutter solenoid (SD2)

I. Toner supply section

[9] [10]

[1]

[2]

[8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] 8050fs6621

[1] Toner bottle clutch /M (MC15) [6] Toner supply motor /C (M51)
[2] Toner bottle motor (M53) [7] Toner supply motor /M (M50)
[3] Toner bottle clutch /C (MC16) [8] Charge intake fan (M48)
[4] Toner bottle clutch /K (MC17) [9] Toner supply motor /Y (M49)
[5] Toner supply motor /K (M52) [10] Toner bottle clutch /Y (MC14)

618
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

J. Tray 1, 2, 3

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[7] [8] [9]

[6] [5] [4]


[3] [2] [1]

a03uf5c022ca

[1] Pick-up solenoid /1 (SD7) [6] Paper feed clutch /3 (MC11)


[2] Pick-up solenoid /2 (SD8) [7] Pre-registration clutch /1 (MC8)
[3] Pick-up solenoid /3 (SD9) [8] Pre-registration clutch /2 (MC10)
[4] Paper feed clutch /1 (MC7) [9] Pre-registration clutch /3 (MC12)
[5] Paper feed clutch /2 (MC9)

K. Vertical conveyance section

[1]

a03uf5c023ca

[1] Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13)

619
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

L. ADU section
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[17] [18] [19]

[16]
[1]

[2]
[15]

[14] [3]

[4]
[13]
[20] [5]

[12] [11] [10] [9] [8] [7] [6]

a03uf5c024ca

[1] 2nd transfer pressure/release motor (M34) [11] ADU conveyance clutch /3 (MC3)
[2] Registration motor (M30) [12] ADU conveyance clutch /2 (MC2)
[3] Pick-up solenoid /BP (SD5) [13] ADU gate solenoid (SD10)
[4] Paper feed clutch /BP (MC6) [14] Reverse/exit motor (M33)
[5] Paper lift motor /BP (M35) [15] ADU conveyance clutch /1 (MC1)
[6] Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 (MC4) [16] Paper exit solenoid (SD4)
[7] Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 (MC5) [17] ADU fan /1 (M66)
[8] Loop motor (M31) [18] ADU reverse motor (M32)
[9] ADU pre-registration clutch (MC18) [19] ADU loop motor (M57)
[10] ADU lock solenoid (SD6) [20] ADU fan /2 (M67)

620
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

M. Fusing section

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[3] [2] [1]

[6] [5] [4]

a03uf5c025ca

[1] Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2) [4] Fusing heater lamp /4 (L5)
[2] Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3) [5] Fusing motor (M29)
[3] Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4) [6] Fusing fan /Lw (M65)

621
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

14.1.3 Boards and others


bizhub PRO C6500

A. Main body rear side


/C6500P/C5500

[13] [14] [15]

[12]

[11] [10] [9]

[16] [17] [19] [22] [20] [21]

[1]

[4] [3] [2]

[8] [18] [7] [6] [5]


a03uf5c026ca

[1] AC drive board (ACDB) [12] Overall control board (OACB)


[2] Circuit breaker /1 (CBR/1) [13] NVRAM board (NRB)
[3] Circuit breaker /2 (CBR/2) [14] HDD /M (HDD/M)
[4] Noise filter (NF) [15] HDD /Y (HDD/Y)
[5] Fusing control board /1 (FUSCB/1) *1 [16] Key counter (KCT)
[6] DC power supply /2 (DCPS/2) [17] High voltage unit /1 (HV/1)
[7] DC power supply /1 (DCPS/1) [18] I/F board (IFB)
[8] Image processing board (IPB) [19] Scanner drive board (SCDB)
[9] HDD /C (HDD/C) [20] Printer control board (PRCB)
[10] Image memory control board (IMCB) [21] Fusing control board /2 (FUSCB/2)*1
[11] HDD /K (HDD/K) [22] High voltage unit /2 (HV/2)

*1 Only for Europe spec.

622
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

B. Main body upper surface

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[1]

[2]

a03uf5c027ca

[1] Inverter board /1 (INVB/1) [2] CCD board (CCDB)

C. Main body front side

[2] [1]

a03uf5c028ca

[1] Total counter /1 (TCT/1) [2] Total counter /2 (TCT/2)

623
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

D. Write section
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1][2][3][4]

a03uf5c029ca

[1] Laser drive board /Y (LASDB/Y) [3] Laser drive board /C (LASDB/C)
[2] Laser drive board /M (LASDB/M) [4] Laser drive board /K (LASDB/K)

E. Process section

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

a03uf5c030ca

[1] Drum potential sensor board /Y (DRPSB/Y) [3] Drum potential sensor board /C (DRPSB/C)
[2] Drum potential sensor board /M (DRPSB/M) [4] Drum potential sensor board /K (DRPSB/K)

624
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

F. Image correction unit

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[1]

[2]

a03uf5c031ca

[1] Color registration board /Fr (CRB/Fr) [2] Color registration board /Rr (CRB/Rr)

G. Toner supply section

[1] 8050fs6628

[1] Toner supply drive board (TSDB)

625
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

H. ADU section
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1]

a03uf5c032ca

[1] Conveyance drive board (CDB)

I. Operation section

[6]
[1]
[5]

[2]

[3]

[4]

a03uf5c033ca

[1] LCD board (LCDB) [4] Operation board /1 (OB/1)


[2] Operation key board (OKB) [5] Operation board /2 (OB/2)
[3] Operation board /3 (OB/3) [6] Inverter board /2 (INVB/1)

626
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

14.2 DF

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[9]

[10]

[7] [8] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15][16] [17] [18] [19]

[6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1]


a052f5c001ca

[1] Paper feed motor (M301) [11] Size sensor /Rt (PS310)
[2] Paper feed cover sensor (PS303) [12] Size sensor /Lt (PS309)
[3] Conveyance motor (M302) [13] Size sensor board (SSB)
[4] DF control board (DFCB) [14] Size VR (VR301)
[5] Reverse/paper exit motor (M303) [15] Paper exit cover sensor (PS307)
[6] Tray open/close sensor (PS308) [16] Registration clutch (MC301)
[7] Reverse sensor (PS305) [17] No paper sensor (PS304)
[8] Paper exit sensor (PS306) [18] Registration sensor (PS301)
[9] Paper exit solenoid (SD301) [19] Timing sensor (PS302)
[10] Reverse solenoid (SD302)

627
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

14.3 PF
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

A. Configuration front side

[6] [1]

[5]

[4]

[2]
[3]

a03xf5c001ca

[1] Dehumidifier heater /1 (HTR1) [4] Front door open/close sensor (PS23)
[2] Dehumidifier heater /2 (HTR2) [5] Front door open/close switch (SW1)
[3] Tray lock solenoid /2 (SD8) [6] Tray lock solenoid /1 (SD4)

628
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

B. Configuration rear side

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[1]

[2]

[3]
[16] [17] [18]
[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]
[8]
[9]

[10]
[15]

[11]

[14] [13] [12]


a03xf5c002ca

[1] Ventilation fan /1 (FM10) [12] Paper lift motor /2 (M3)


[2] Ventilation fan /2 (FM9) [13] Paper feed motor (M1)
[3] Vertical conveyance clutch /1 (MC7) [14] AC drive board (ACDB)
[4] Vertical conveyance clutch /2 (MC8) [15] Fan heater /Up (HTR3)
[5] Temperature-humidity sensor (TEM/HUMS) Fan heater /Lw (HTR4)
[6] Paper lift motor /1 (M2) [16] Temperature sensor /3 (TEMS/3)
[7] Vertical conveyance clutch /3 (MC9) Temperature sensor /4 (TEMS/4)
[8] Horizontal conveyance clutch /1 (MC10) [17] Dehumidifier fan /1 (FM11)
[9] Pre-registration clutch (MC12) Dehumidifier fan /3 (FM13)
[10] Horizontal conveyance clutch /2 (MC11) [18] Dehumidifier fan /2 (FM12)
[11] PF drive board (PFDB) Dehumidifier fan /4 (FM14)

629
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Vertical conveyance section


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

a03xf5c003ca

[1] Vertical conveyance door sensor (PS24) [3] Vertical conveyance sensor /2 (PS16)
[2] Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PS17) [4] Vertical conveyance sensor /3 (PS15)

630
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

D. Horizontal conveyance section

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[8] [1]

[2]

[3]

[4]
[7]

[5]

[6]

a03xf5c004ca

[1] Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS18) [5] Multi feed detection board /S (MFDTB/S)
[2] Pre-registration sensor (PS20) [6] Horizontal conveyance sensor /2 (PS19)
[3] Centering sensor (PS25) [7] Horizontal conveyance door sensor /1 (PS21)
[4] Multi feed detection board /R (MFDTB/R) [8] Horizontal conveyance door sensor /2 (PS22)

631
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

E. Tray section 1
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1]

[2]

[3]

[7] [4]

[5]

[6]

a03xf5c005ca

[1] Pick-up solenoid /1 (SD1) [5] Upper limit sensor /1 (PS1)


Pick-up solenoid /2 (SD5) Upper limit sensor /2 (PS9)
[2] Paper empty sensor /1 (PS3) [6] Separation clutch /1 (MC2)
Paper empty sensor /2 (PS11) Separation clutch /2 (MC5)
[3] Remaining paper VR/1 (VR2) [7] Paper feed clutch /1 (MC1)
Remaining paper VR/2 (VR4) Paper feed clutch /2 (MC4)
[4] Paper feed sensor /1 (PS2)
Paper feed sensor /2 (PS10)

632
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

F. Tray section 2

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[13] [1] [2]

[12]

[3]

[4]

[11]

[10]

[14]

[9]

[8]
[5]

[7]

[6]
a03xf5c006ca

[1] Paper size sensor /Rr1 (PS8) [8] Temperature sensor /1 (TEMS/1)
Paper size sensor /Rr2 (PS16) Temperature sensor /2 (TEMS/2)
[2] Paper feed assist fan /Rr12 (FM4) [9] Tray lock release sensor /1 (PS4)
Paper feed assist fan /Rr22 (FM8) Tray lock release sensor /2 (PS12)
[3] Paper feed assist fan /Rr11 (FM2) [10] Paper size sensor /Fr1 (PS7)
Paper feed assist fan /Rr21 (FM6) Paper size sensor /Fr2 (PS15)
[4] Shutter solenoid /Rr1 (SD3) [11] Paper feed assist fan /Fr12 (FM3)
Shutter solenoid /Rr2 (SD7) Paper feed assist fan /Fr22 (FM7)
[5] Paper size VR /1 (VR1) [12] Shutter solenoid /Fr1 (SD2)
Paper size VR /2 (VR3) Shutter solenoid /Fr2 (SD6)
[6] Paper size sensor /Rt1 (PS5) [13] Paper feed assist fan /Fr11 (FM1)
Paper size sensor /Rt2 (PS13) Paper feed assist fan /Fr21 (FM5)
[7] Paper size sensor /Lt1 (PS6) [14] Front side direction
Paper size sensor /Lt2 (PS14)

633
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

14.4 LU
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

A. Paper feed / up/down section

[15] [16] [17] [18] [19] [20]

[21]

[1]

[2]
[14]

[3]

[13] [12] [4]

[11] [9] [8] [7] [6] [5]


[10]
a03wf5c001ca

[1] Upper limit sensor (PS109) [12] Remaining paper sensor /2 (PS103)
[2] Pre-registration sensor (PS106) [13] Remaining paper sensor /1 (PS102)
[3] LU exit sensor (PS107) [14] Paper lift motor (M100)
[4] Paper empty sensor (PS108) [15] Interlock switch /2 (MS2)
[5] Pre-registration clutch (MC102) [16] Upper door sensor (PS100)
[6] Paper feed motor (M1) [17] Tray down switch (SW100)
[7] LU drive board (LUDB) [18] Pick-up solenoid (SD100)
[8] Paper feed clutch (MC101) [19] Interlock switch /1 (MS1)
[9] HT-503 [20] Front door sensor (PS115)
[10] Remaining paper sensor /4 (PS105) [21] Centering sensor (PS1)
[11] Remaining paper sensor /3 (PS104)

634
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

B. Inside

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[7]

[6]
[1]

[5]
[2]

[4] [3] a03wf5c002ca

[1] Paper feed assist fan /Rr (FM2) [5] Temperature sensor /1 (TEMS1)
[2] Dehumidifier heater /1 (HTR1) [6] Paper feed assist fan /Fr (FM1)
[3] Paper size sensor /Rr (PS110) [7] Paper size VR (VR1)
[4] Paper size sensor Fr (PS111)

635
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. HT-503
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1]
[5]

[2]

[4]

[3]

a03wf5c003ca

[1] Dehumidifier heater /3 (HTR2) [4] Dehumidifier fan /1 (FM3)


[2] Temperature sensor /2 (TEMS2) [5] Dehumidifier fan /2 (FM4)
[3] AC drive board (ACDB)

636
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

14.5 RU

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
A. Conveyance section

[10] [11] [12] [1] [2]

[3]

[4] [5]

[9] [8] [7] [6]


a04jf5c001ca

[1] Intermediate sensor (PS2) [7] Ventilation assist fan /2 (M7)


[2] Decurler gate solenoid /1 (SD2) [8] Paper fan /3 (M4)
[3] Paper exit motor (M5) [9] Entrance sensor (PS1)
[4] Decurler gate solenoid /2 (SD3) [10] Ventilation assist fan /1 (M6)
[5] Paper exit sensor (PS3) [11] Paper fan /1 (M2)
[6] Entrance conveyance motor (M1) [12] Paper fan /2 (M3)

637
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Power source section


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[6] [7] [1] [2]

[5] [4] [3]


a04jf5c002ca

[1] Noise filter (NF1) (RU-504 only) [5] Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1) (RU-504 only)
[2] Interlock switch (MS1) [6] RU control board (RUCB)
[3] DC power supply (DCPS) (RU-504 only) [7] Circuit breaker /2 (CBR2) (RU-504 only)
[4] Relay (RL1) (RU-504 only)

638
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

14.6 FD

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
A. Conveyance section front side/right side

[9] [10] [11] [12]

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]
[8]

[7] [5]

[6]
fd501fs5001c

[1] Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDB1) [7] Door switch (MS1)
[2] FD entrance sensor (PS1) [8] Jam indicator board (JAMIB)
[3] Roller solenoid /1 (SD5) [9] Temperature sensor board (TSB)
[4] Roller solenoid /2 (SD6) [10] Multi feed detection board /2 (MFDB2)
[5] Roller solenoid /3 (SD7) [11] PI exit sensor (PS4)
[6] Roller solenoid /4 (SD8) [12] FD operation board (FDOB)

639
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Major boards in the power source section


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[11]
[7]
[10] [9] [8] fd501fs5002c

[1] PI drive board (PIDB) [7] Noise filter (NF1)


[2] FD control board (FDCB) [8] Inlet
[3] Punch drive board (PDB) [9] Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1)
[4] DC power supply (DCPS) [10] Circuit breaker /2 (CBR2)
[5] Folding drive board (FDB) [11] Relay (RL1)
[6] Outlet

640
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

C. Conveyance section rear side/left side

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[1]
[3] [4]
[2]
[19]

[18]
[17]
[16]

[15]

[14]
[7] [6] [5]

[13]

[8]
[12]
[11] [10] [9] fd501fs5003c

[1] Sub tray paper full sensor (PS46) [11] Tray up down motor (M11)
[2] Paper exit solenoid (SD12) [12] L size gate solenoid (SD4)
[3] Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16) [13] S size gate solenoid (SD3)
[4] Sub tray paper full sensor (PS17) [14] Alignment motor (M12)
[5] Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18) [15] Punch conveyance motor (M2)
[6] Main tray upper limit sensor (PS20) [16] Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)
[7] Sub tray gate solenoid (SD9) [17] Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)
[8] Main tray empty sensor (PS23) [18] Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
[9] Main tray folding paper full sensor (PS7) [19] Main tray paper exit motor (M17)
[10] Main tray lower limit sensor (PS22)

641
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

D. PI rear side
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[6] [7] [8] [1] [2] [3]

[4]

[5] fd501fs5004c

[1] Paper lift motor /Up (M8) [5] PI registration clutch /Lw (CL2)
[2] PI lift plate home sensor /Up (PS34) [6] PI conveyance sensor /Up (PS31)
[3] Paper lift motor /Lw (M9) [7] PI conveyance motor (M7)
[4] PI lift plate home sensor /Lw (PS40) [8] PI registration clutch /Up (CL1)

E. PI upper surface

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5]

[6]

[13] [12] [11] [10] [9] [8] [7] fd501fs5005c

[1] PI paper set sensor /Up (PS44) [8] PI paper empty sensor /Lw (PS39)
[2] S size sensor /Up (PS36) [9] PI conveyance sensor /Lw (PS37)
[3] PI max paper size sensor /Up (PS47) [10] PI upper limit sensor /Lw (PS38)
[4] L size sensor /Up (PS35) [11] PI upper limit sensor /Up (PS32)
[5] Paper size VR /Up (VR31) [12] PI pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD14)
[6] PI cover open/close sensor (PS43) [13] PI pick-up solenoid /Up (SD13)
[7] PI paper empty sensor /Up (PS33)

642
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

F. PI lower tray

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[5] [4] [3] [2] [1] fd501fs5006c

[1] PI paper set sensor /Lw (PS45) [4] L size sensor /Lw (PS41)
[2] Paper size VR /Lw (VR32) [5] PI max paper size sensor /Lw (PS48)
[3] S size sensor /Lw (PS42)

643
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

G. Punch section
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1]

[12]

[11]

[10]

[9]
[2]
[8]

[3]

[7] [6] [5] [4] fd501fs5007c

[1] Punch registration home sensor (PS11) [7] Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)
[2] Punch motor (M10) [8] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS12)
[3] 3 holes/4 holes home sensor (PS9) [9] Alignment plate home sensor (PS10)
[4] 2 holes punch home sensor (PS8) [10] Punch scraps full sensor (PS26)
[5] Punch registration motor (M13) [11] Folding exit sensor (PS2)
[6] Punch registration sensor (PS6) [12] Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)

644
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

H. Folding unit front side/right side

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[1]

[10] [2]

[9]

[3]

[8]

[7] [4]

[6] [5] fd501fs5008c

[1] S size conveyance sensor (PS58) [6] 1st folding release motor (M14)
[2] 2nd folding roller solenoid (SD18) [7] 2nd folding release motor (M15)
[3] Folding entrance sensor (PS52) [8] 2nd folding cam home sensor (PS56)
[4] 1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51) [9] 3rd folding release motor (M16)
[5] 1st folding cam home sensor (PS55) [10] 3rd folding cam home sensor (PS57)

645
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

I. Folding unit rear side/left side


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1] [2]

[6]

[5]

[4]

[3] fd501fs5009c

[1] 3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54) [4] 2nd folding motor (M5)
[2] 2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53) [5] Folding gate solenoid (SD15)
[3] 1st folding motor (M4) [6] 3rd folding motor (M6)

646
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

14.7 LS

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
A. Front side

[14] [15] [16] [17]

[18] [19] [20] [21] [22]

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]
[5]
[6]

[7]
[10] [9] [8]

[13] [12] [11]


ls502fs5013c

[1] Entrance conveyance lock solenoid (SD5) [13] Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
[2] Entrance sensor (PS4) [14] Relay board /1 (RLB/1)
[3] Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6) [15] Shift unit home sensor (PS11)
[4] Paper cooling fan motor /Rr (FM5) [16] Stacker tray set LED (LED1)
[5] Paper cooling fan motor /Mi (FM3) [17] Alignment plate home sensor (PS12)
[6] Paper cooling fan motor /Fr (FM1) [18] Coupling conveyance lock solenoid (SD11)
[7] Front door lock solenoid (SD4) (LS-501 only)
[8] Front door switch (MS1) [19] Paper press solenoid /2 (SD7)
[9] Hand cart set switch (RS1) [20] Alignment motor (M7)
[10] Stacker tray set sensor (PS1) [21] 2nd gate solenoid (SD10) (LS-501 only)
[11] Stacker tray upper limit sensor (PS3) [22] Coupling conveyance motor (M6) (LS-502 only)
[12] Paper detection sensor (PS19)

647
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Upper surface
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[9] [10] [11] [12] [1] [2]

[8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] ls502fs5002c

[1] Conveyance sensor /3 (PS17) (LS-501 only) [7] Paper cooling fan motor /1 (FM2)
[2] Jam indication board (JAMIB) [8] Stacker tray operation board (TOB)
[3] Coupling exit sensor (PS18) (LS-501 only) [9] Conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)
[4] JAM door switch (RS2) (LS-501 only) [10] Sub tray full sensor (PS9)
[5] Sub tray door sensor (PS8) [11] Sub tray exit sensor (PS10)
[6] Paper cooling fan motor /2 (FM6) [12] Conveyance sensor /2 (PS16) (LS-501 only)

648
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

C. Rear side

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[20]

[19]

[1]

[18] [2]

[17] [3]

[4]
[16]

[15] [5]

[6]
[14]

[13] [7]

[12] [11] [10] [9] [8] ls502fs5003c

[1] Shift unit motor (M5) [11] 2,000 sheets stacked sensor (PS13)
[2] Stacker tray upper limit switch (MS2) [12] Inlet (LS-501 only)
[3] Grip conveyance motor (M4) [13] Stacker tray up down motor (M1)
[4] Coupling conveyance motor (M6) (LS-501 only) [14] Stacker tray encoder sensor (PS2)
[5] LS control board (LSCB) [15] Job partition solenoid (SD2)
[6] DC power supply (DCPS) (LS-501 only) [16] 1st gate solenoid (SD1)
[7] Stacker tray lower limit switch (MS3) [17] Conveyance motor (M2)
[8] Outlet (LS-501 only) [18] Sub tray exit motor (M3)
[9] Stacker tray arm release sensor (PS15) [19] Motor cooling fan motor (FM4)
[10] 5,000 sheets stacked sensor (PS14) [20] Rear stopper solenoid (SD3)

649
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

D. Shift unit
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[3] [4]

[2] [1] ls502fs5004c

[1] Front stopper solenoid (SD9) [3] Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)
[2] Relay board /2 (RLB/2) [4] Paper empty sensor (PS6)

650
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

14.8 FS

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
14.8.1 FS-503
A. Rear side 1

[4] [5]

[1]

[2]

[3] fs503fs5001c

[1] Counter reset sensor (PS15) [4] FNS drive board (FNSDB)
[2] Tray lower limit sensor (PS3) [5] FNS control board (FNSCB)
[3] Tray up down motor (M3)

651
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Rear side 2
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[6] [7] [8] [1]


[2]

[3]

[5] [4] fs503fs5002c

[1] Main tray exit motor (M7) [5] Gate solenoid (SD2)
[2] Paper exit opening solenoid (SD9) [6] Conveyance motor (M1)
[3] Paper exit opening sensor (PS12) [7] Paper exit opening motor (M8)
[4] Bypass solenoid (SD5) [8] Sub tray exit motor (M6)

C. Front side

[8] [9] [10]

[1]

[2]

[7] [6] [5] [3]

[4]
fs503fs5003c

[1] FNS entrance sensor (PS4) [6] Staple exit upper limit sensor (PS7)
[2] Staple scraps box set sensor (PS34) [7] Tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
[3] Door switch (MS1) [8] Main tray exit sensor (PS10)
[4] Jam indication board (JAMIB) [9] Sub tray paper full sensor (PS30)
[5] Stacker entrance sensor (PS5) [10] Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)

652
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

D. Stacker inside 1

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[9] [10] [1]

[8]

[2]

[7] [3]

[5] [4]

[6]

fs503fs5004c

[1] Intermediate roller open close motor (M25) [6] Paper exit arm home sensor (PS9)
[2] Stacker entrance motor (M13) [7] Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
[3] Paper exit arm motor (M23) [8] Alignment home sensor /Fr (PS31)
[4] Paddle motor (M2) [9] Intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7)
[5] Intermediate roller home sensor (PS33) [10] Alignment home sensor /Rr (PS8)

653
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

E. Stacker inside 2
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[10]

[9]

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[8]
[5]

[7] [6] fs503fs5005c

[1] Alignment motor /Rr (M5) [6] Rear stopper motor (M26)
[2] Alignment motor /Fr (M22) [7] Stapler movement motor (M11)
[3] Stack assist guide motor (M24) [8] Stapler movement home sensor (PS11)
[4] Stack assist home sensor (PS32) [9] Stapler rotation motor (M4)
[5] Rear stopper home sensor (PS35) [10] Stapler rotation home sensor (PS14)

654
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

F. Stapler

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[6]

[5]

[1]

[4]

[2]

[3]
fs503fs5006c

[1] Stapler ready sensor /Rr (PS46) [4] Stapler board (STB)
Stapler ready sensor /Fr (PS47) [5] Staple empty sensor /Rr (PS44)
[2] Stapler home sensor /Rr (PS40) Staple empty sensor /Fr (PS45)
Stapler home sensor /Fr (PS41) [6] Stapler motor /Rr (M30)
[3] Cartridge set sensor /Rr (PS42) Stapler motor /Fr (M31)
Cartridge set sensor /Fr (PS43)

655
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

14.8.2 FS-520/607
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

A. Front side

[29] [1]
[28]
[2]
[27]

[26] [3]
[21](FS-520) [25]
[24]
[4]
[23]
[22]
[20](FS-520)

[21](FS-607) [5](FS-607)
[20](FS-607)
[6]

[7]
[8]
[19] [9]

[18] [10]

[17] [11]
FRONT
[16]
[15] [14] [13] [12] a04df5c001cb

[1] Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1) [15] Folding pass-through sensor (PS26)
[2] Paper exit home sensor (PS12) (FS-607 only)
[3] Gate home sensor (PS16) [16] Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (PS23)
[4] FNS entrance sensor (PS4) (FS-607 only)
[5] Stapler movement motor (M11) [17] Flat stitching stopper release solenoid /Fr (SD7)
[6] Door switch (MS1) (FS-607 only)
[7] Clincher rotation motor (M4) (FS-607 only) [18] Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
[8] Alignment home sensor /Lw (PS24) [19] Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
(FS-607 only) [20] Paper assist solenoid (SD51)
[9] Alignment motor /Lw (M16) (FS-607 only) [21] Paper assist motor (M51)
[10] Folding knife home sensor (PS22) (FS-607 only) [22] Alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)
[11] Folding knife motor (M19) (FS-607 only) [23] Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
[12] Flat stitching stopper release solenoid /Rr (SD8) [24] Stacker entrance motor (M13)
(FS-607 only) [25] Shift roller home sensor (PS18)
[13] Saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) [26] Shift roller motor (M2)
(FS-607 only) [27] Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
[14] Clincher rotation home sensor (PS14) [28] Sub tray paper full sensor (PS19)
(FS-607 only) [29] Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)

656 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

B. Rear side

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[12] [13] [14]

[11] [1]

[10]

[2]
[9] [3]

[4]
[8]

[7] [5]

[6]

a04df5c002ca

[1] Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7) [8] Relay board (RB)
[2] Main tray upper limit sensor (PS2) [9] FNS control board (FNSCB)
[3] Counter reset sensor (PS15) [10] Gate motor (M12)
[4] Bypass gate solenoid (SD5) [11] FNS conveyance motor (M1)
[5] Main tray lower limit sensor (PS3) [12] Paper exit opening motor (M8)
[6] Main tray up down motor (M3) [13] Sub tray exit motor (M21)
[7] Folding transfer motor (M20) (FS-607 only) [14] Paper exit roller motor (M7)

1 657
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

C. Folding section
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[9]

[1](FS-607)

[8]

[7]

[6]

[1](FS-520)
[5]
[4](FS-520) [2]
[3] a04df5c003cb

[1] Stapler movement home sensor (PS11) [6] Stapler rotation home sensor (PS13)
[2] Folding paper exit sensor (PS25) (FS-607 only)
(FS-607 only) [7] Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6) (FS-607 only)
[3] Folding full LED (PS29) (FS-607 only) [8] Stapler rotation motor (M6) (FS-607 only)
[4] Stapler movement moter (M11) [9] Alignment motor /Up (M5)
[5] Folding full sensor (PS29) (FS-607 only)

658 1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

D. Stapler section

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
FS-520

[6]

[4] [5]

[3]

FS-607

[6]

[5]

[4]

[3]
[2] [1]
a04df5c004cb

[1] Clincher motor /Rr (M10) (FS-607 only) / [4] Stapler motor home sensor /Rr (PS30) /
Clincher motor /Fr (M15) (FS-607 only) Stapler motor home sensor /Fr (PS31)
[2] Clincher motor home sensor /Rr (PS32) / [5] Cartridge set switch /Rr (SW1) /
(FS-607 only) Cartridge set switch /Fr (SW3)
Clincher motor home sensor /Fr (PS33) [6] Staple empty switch /Rr (SW2) /
(FS-607 only) Staple empty switch /Fr (SW4)
[3] Stapler motor /Rr (M9) /
Stapler motor /Fr (M14)

1 659
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

14.9 PI
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1] [2] [3]


[24] [4]
[23] [5]
[6]
[22]
[7]
[21]
[8]
[20]
[9]

[10]

[19] [11]
[12]
FRONT
[18] [13]
[17] [16] [15] [14] 15jff5c001na

[1] PI drive board (PIDB) [13] Upper door open/close switch (MS201)
[2] Conveyance motor (M203) [14] Tray upper limit sensor /Lw (PS209)
[3] Transfer clutch /Lw (MC202) [15] Paper empty sensor /Lw (PS207)
[4] Registration clutch (MC203) [16] Paper size VR /Lw (VR202)
[5] Paper empty sensor /Up (PS202) [17] Paper set sensor /Lw (PS212)
[6] Paper size VR /Up (VR201) [18] Paper set sensor /Up (PS203)
[7] Paper entrance sensor /Up (PS201) [19] L size sensor /Lw (PS208)
[8] Tray upper limit sensor /Up (PS205) [20] Tray lift motor /Lw (M202)
[9] Paper entrance sensor /Lw (PS206) [21] Tray lower limit sensor /Lw (PS210)
[10] PI operation board (PIOB) [22] Tray lower limit sensor /Up (PS204)
[11] Pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD202) [23] Tray lift motor /Up (M201)
[12] Pick-up solenoid /Up (SD201) [24] Transfer clutch /Up (MC201)

660
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

14.10 PK

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
14.10.1 PK-512

[7]

[6] [1]

[5]

[4] [3] [2]

[9]

[8] 15knf5e003na

[1] Punch shift home sensor (PS303) [6] Punch motor (M301)
[2] Punch shift motor (M302) [7] Punch encorder sensor (PS306)
[3] Paper size sensor (PS305) [8] Punch drive board (PDB)
[4] Punch scraps box full sensor (PS302) [9] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS304)
[5] Punch home sensor (PS301)

661
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

14.10.2 PK-513
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1]
[2]

[3]

[4]

[8]

[5]
FRONT [7] [6] 15kjf5c001na

[1] Punch motor (M301) [5] Punch shift home sensor (PS303)
[2] Paper size sensor (PS305) [6] Punch shift motor (M302)
[3] Punch scraps box full sensor (PS302) [7] Punch drive board (PDB)
[4] Punch home sensor (PS301) [8] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS304)

662
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

14.11 SD

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
A. Horizontal conveyance section
(1) Entrance conveyance

[1]

[4]

[2]

[3] 15anf5c001na

[1] Entrance gate solenoid (SD1) [3] Entrance sensor (PS1)


[2] Entrance conveyance motor (M1) [4] Right side direction

(2) Horizontal conveyance

[5] [6] [7] [8] [9]

[1]

[4] [3] [2] 15anf5c002na

[1] Horizontal conveyance sensor /2 (PS3) [6] Roller release solenoid /4 (SD4)
[2] Horizontal conveyance exit sensor (PS4) [7] Subtray exit sensor (PS11)
[3] Horizontal conveyance motor (M2) [8] Front side direction
[4] Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid (SD3) [9] Subtray paper full sensor (PS12)
[5] Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS2)

663
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Right angle conveyance section


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1]

[7] [8] [9]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[6]
15anf5c003na

[1] Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2) [6] Front side direction
[2] Right angle conveyance sensor /1 (PS5) [7] Roller release solenoid /2 (SD6)
[3] Right angle conveyance motor (M6) [8] Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)
[4] Overlap motor (M13) [9] Roller release solenoid /1 (SD5)
[5] Overlap home sensor (PS17)

664
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

C. Folding section

bizhub PRO C6500


(1) Top side /1

/C6500P/C5500
[10]
[1]

[9] [2]

[8]
[3]

[7]

[4]

[6]
[5]
15anf5c004na

[1] 2nd folding blade motor (M19) [6] Roller release solenoid /3 (SD7)
[2] Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr2 (PS49) [7] Folding sensor /2 (PS44)
[3] Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 (PS18) [8] 2nd folding blade home sensor /2 (PS23)
[4] Folding entrance sensor (PS60) [9] 2nd folding blade home sensor /1 (PS22)
[5] Front side direction [10] Folding passage sensor (PS8)

(2) Top side /2

[4]

[3]

[1]

[2]

15anf5c005na

[1] Folding sub scan alignment home sensor [3] Folding sensor /1 (PS7)
(PS56)
[2] Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr [4] Front side direction
(M14)

665
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(3) Bottom side view


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[12]

[8] [9] [10] [11] [1]

[2]

[7]

[3]

[6] [5] [4]


15anf5c006na

[1] 1st folding blade motor (M18) [7] Front side direction
[2] Folding conveyance motor (M4) [8] Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr (M7)
[3] Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19) [9] Folding entrance motor (M3)
[4] 1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21) [10] Folding sub scan alignment exit motor (M8)
[5] 1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20) [11] Guide shaft home sensor (PS46)
[6] Guide shaft motor (M25) [12] Folding exit home sensor (PS24)

666
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

(4) Tri-folding exit

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[4]

[1]

[2]

[3]
15anf5c007na

[1] Tri-folding exit sensor (PS9) [3] Front side direction


[2] Tri-folding paper full sensor (PS10) [4] Tri-folding exit clutch (CL1)

667
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(5) Others
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1]

[2]

15anf5c008na

[1] Folding unit lock solenoid (SD8) [2] Front side direction

D. Saddle stitching section


(1) Bundle clip

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4] 15anf5c009na

[1] Bundle sensor /1 (PS14) [3] Bundle clip motor (M11)


[2] Bundle clip upper limit sensor (PS33) [4] Bundle clip lower limit sensor (PS30)

668
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

(2) Front side

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[7] [1]

[6] [2]

[3]

[5]

[4]

15anf5c010na

[1] Clincher solenoid /Rt (SD9) [5] Saddle stitching paper sensor (PS13)
[2] Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt (M9) [6] Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt (M16)
[3] Bundle arm motor (M10) [7] Clincher solenoid /Lt (SD10)
[4] Bundle arm home sensor (PS32)

(3) Rear side /1

[10] [1]

[2]

[9] [3]

[4]

[5]

[8] [6]

[7] 15anf5c011na

[1] Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor (PS39) [6] Stapler movement home sensor (PS25)
[2] Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt (PS29) [7] Back side direction
[3] Bundle arm assist motor (M26) [8] Clincher up down motor (M20)
[4] Stapler movement motor (M15) [9] Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt (PS28)
[5] Bundle arm assist home sensor (PS38) [10] Clincher up down home sensor (PS26)

669
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(4) Rear side /2


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[3]

[1]

[2]

15anf5c012na

[1] Saddle stitching press home sensor (PS27) [3] Front side direction
[2] Saddle stitching press motor (M21)

(5) Stapler

[4]

[1]
[3]

[2]

15anf5c013na

[1] Stapler empty switches /Rt (SW1) and /Lt [3] Stapler home sensors /Rt (HS1) and /Lt
(SW2) (HS3)
[2] Stapler motors /Rt (M29) and /Lt (M30) [4] Clincher start sensor /Rt (HS2) and /Lt (HS4)

670
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

E. Bundle processing section

bizhub PRO C6500


(1) Bundle press stage/bundle press bottom side

/C6500P/C5500
[10]

[9]

[8]
[1]

[7]

[2]
[6]

[5]
[3]

[4] 15anf5c014na

[1] Bundle press movement home sensor (PS36) [6] Bundle press home sensor (PS37)
[2] Bundle sensor /4 (PS54) [7] Bundle press motor (M23)
[3] Bundle registration home sensor (PS34) [8] Bundle sensor /2 (PS15)
[4] Bottom side view [9] Front side direction
[5] Bundle press lower limit sensor (PS47) [10] Trimmer registration sensor (PS55)

671
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Bundle exit


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[7]

[6]

[5]
[1]

[4]
[2]

[3]

15anf5c015na

[1] Bundle tray set sensor (PS58) [5] Scraps box set sensor (PS40)
[2] Trimmer scraps full sensor (PS41) [6] Scraps press home sensor (PS48)
[3] Bundle tray paper full sensor (PS61) [7] Bundle registration plate home sensor
[4] Bundle exit sensor /2 (PS57) (PS16)

F. Trimmer section

[7] [8] [9]

[6] [10]

[1]

[2]

[5] [4] [3] 15anf5c022na

[1] Trimmer press motor (M32) [6] Trimmer blade motor (M31)
[2] Trimmer paddle motor (M33) [7] Trimmer press upper limit sensor (PS52)
[3] Trimmer board replacement sensor (PS59) [8] Trimmer press home sensor (PS53)
[4] Trimmer blade home sensor (PS50) [9] Trimmer board solenoid (SD11)
[5] Trimmer blade upper limit sensor (PS51) [10] Front side direction

672
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

G. Left side

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[1]

[10]

[2]
[9]

[8] [3]

[7] [4]

[6]

[5] 15anf5c017na

[1] Bundle arm rotation home sensor (PS31) [6] Bundle exit motor (M5)
[2] Bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45) [7] Bundle press movement motor (M17)
[3] Bundle arm rotation motor (M22) [8] Bundle registration motor (M12)
[4] Bundle press stage up down home sensor [9] Scraps removal fan motor (FM1)
(PS35) [10] Bundle press stage up down motor (M24)
[5] Left side view

673
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

H. Front side
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[1]

[6] [2]

[3]
[5]

[4]

15anf5c018na

[1] Front door sensor /Rt (PS42) [4] Jam indication board /2 (JAMIB/2)
[2] Front door switch /Rt (MS1) [5] Front door sensor /Lt (PS43)
[3] Jam indication board /1 (JAMIB/1) [6] Front door switch /Lt (MS2)

674
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

I. Rear side

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[1]

[9]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[8] [6]

[7]

15anf5c019na

[1] DC power supply /1 (DCPS1) [6] Noise filter (NF1)


[2] DC power supply /2 (DCPS2) [7] Power relay (RL1)
[3] DC power supply /3 (DCPS3) [8] SD control board (SDCB)
[4] Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1) [9] SD drive board (SDDB)
[5] Circuit breaker /2 (CBR2)

675
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

14.12 PB
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

A. SC section
(1) Front side/Top side

[8] [9] [10]

[1]

[2]
[7]

[3]

[6] [5] [4] a075f5c001ca

[1] SC alignment HP sensor (PS14) [7] SC switchback conveyance motor (M12)


[2] SC paper detection sensor (PS16) [8] SC switchback spring pressure detection
[3] SC pressure arm solenoid (SD13) sensor (PS13)
[4] SC roller release motor (M18) [9] SC switchback release motor (M13)
[5] SC roller release sensor (PS17) [10] SC switchback arm pressure detection
[6] SC stopper solenoid (SD12) sensor (PS12)

676 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

(2) Rear side/Bottom side

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[8] [9] [1]

[2]

[7]

[6]
[3]

[5]

[4]

a075f5c002ca

[1] Clamp entrance movement motor (M19) [6] Clamp entrance roller release motor (M20)
[2] Clamp entrance movement HP sensor (PS18) [7] SC bundle conveyance motor (M17)
[3] SC alignment motor (M15) [8] SC entrance conveyance motor (M11)
[4] FD alignment solenoid (SD11) [9] Straight gate solenoid (SD91)
[5] Clamp entrance roller release sensor (PS19)

2 677
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Clamp section
bizhub PRO C6500

(1) Top side


/C6500P/C5500

[8] [9]

[1]

[2]

[3]
[7]

[6] [5] [4] a075f5c003ca

[1] Clamp rotation motor (M23) [6] Clamp paper LED (LED21)
[2] Clamp rotation HP sensor (PS24) [7] Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Rr (PS26)
[3] Clamp rotation pressure sensor (PS25) [8] Clamp motor (M22)
[4] Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Fr (PS27) [9] Clamp alignment HP sensor (PS21)
[5] Clamp paper sensor (PS28)

(2) Left side

[4]

[3] [1]

[2]

a075f5c004ca

[1] Book thickness sensor (PS29) [3] Clamp HP sensor (PS22)


[2] Clamp pressure sensor (PS23) [4] Clamp alignment motor (M21)

678 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

C. Pellet supply section

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[9] [10]

[1]

[8] [7]

[6]
[2]

[5]

[4]

[3]
a075f5c005ca

[1] Pellet supply arm motor (M34) [6] Pellet count sensor (PS37)
[2] Exhaust fan /1 (M80) [7] Pellet supply motor (M33)
[3] Pellet count LED (LED32) [8] Pellet remain sensor (PS36)
[4] Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor (PS38) [9] Pellet supply door switch (MS1)
[5] Pellet supply arm lower limit sensor (PS39) [10] Pellet supply door sensor (PS40)

2 679
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

D. Glue tank section


bizhub PRO C6500

(1) Glue tank


/C6500P/C5500

[11] [12]

[10]

[1]

[9] [2]

[8]
[7] [4] [3]

[6] [5]

a075f5c006ca

[1] Glue tank heater (H1) [7] Glue tank up solenoid /2 (SD33)
[2] Glue apply roller heater (H2) [8] Glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31)
[3] Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw (TH) [9] Cover paper glue up solenoid (SD32)
[4] Glue tank temperature sensor /Md (TH3) [10] Glue apply roller temperature sensor (TH1)
[5] Glue apply position detection sensor (PS32) [11] Glue tank temperature sensor /Up (TH2)
[6] Glue apply position LED (LED31) [12] Glue apply roller motor (M32)

680 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

(2) Glue tank unit movement

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[1]
[2]

a075f5c007ca

[1] Glue tank movement limit sensor (PS31) [2] Glue tank HP sensor (PS33)

2 681
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

E. Cover paper supply section


bizhub PRO C6500

(1) Inside
/C6500P/C5500

[1] [2]

[3]

[7]
[4]

[5]

[6]

a075f5c019ca

[1] Cover paper tray upper limit sensor (PS74) [5] Cover paper tray fan /1 (M71)
[2] Cover paper conveyance sensor /1 (PS75) [6] Cover paper empty sensor (PS71)
[3] Cover paper pick up solenoid (SD71) [7] Cover paper tray fan /2 (M72)
[4] Cover paper tray knob sensor (PS82)

(2) Rear side

[1]

[2]

[5] [4] [3]


a075f5c020ca

[1] Cover paper pick up clutch (MC71) [4] Cover paper conveyance sensor /2 (PS76)
[2] Cover paper separation clutch (MC72) [5] Cover paper conveyance sensor /3 (PS77)
[3] Cover paper tray lift motor (M73)

682 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

F. Cover paper lift section

bizhub PRO C6500


(1) cover paper table unit

/C6500P/C5500
[16] [17] [18] [19] [20]
[15]

[1]
[14]

[2]

[13] [3]

[12]

[11]

[10] [9] [8] [7] [6] [5] [4]


a075f5c008ca

[1] Cover paper switchback sensor (PS44) [11] Cover paper folding plate position sensor (PS51)
[2] Cover paper sensor /Rt (PS45) [12] Cover paper sensor /Lt (PS46)
[3] Cover paper lift solenoid (SD41) [13] Book exit motor (M42)
[4] Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt (M43) [14] Cover paper alignment HP sensor (PS41)
[5] Cover paper folding pressure sensor (PS52) [15] Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Lt (PS43)
[6] Cover paper folding motor /Rt (M48) [16] Cover paper folding motor/Lt (M49)
[7] Cover paper folding plate encorder sensor (PS50) [17] Cover paper conveyance motor (M45)
[8] Cover paper alignment motor (M41) [18] Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Rt (M48)
[9] Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Lt (PS49) [19] Cover Paper conveyance arm HP sensor /Rt (PS42)
[10] Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt (M44) [20] Cutter motor (M50)

2 683
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Roller cutter assy


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[2] [3]

[1]

a075f5c009ca

[1] Cutter HP switch (SW41) [3] Cutter motor (M50)


[2] Cutter end switch (SW42)

684 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

G. Book stock section

bizhub PRO C6500


(1) Rear side

/C6500P/C5500
[1] [2]

[3]

[4]

[5]
[11]

[6]
[10]
[7]

[9] [8]
a075f5c010ca

[1] Book conveyance belt up down motor (M63) [7] Book sensor /2 (PS67)
[2] Book conveyance belt movement motor (M62) [8] Book movement motor (M64)
[3] Book conveyance belt movement HP sensor (PS62) [9] Book stopper motor (M65)
[4] Book conveyance belt motor (M61) [10] Book stopper HP sensor (PS68)
[5] Book load limit sensor (PS65) [11] Book sensor /1 (PS66)
[6] Cart set sensor (PS69)

2 685
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Inside
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[7]

[6]

[5]

[4]

[3]
[2] [1]
a075f5c011cb

[1] Book conveyance belt lower limit sensor (PS64) [5] Book upper limit LED (LED61)
[2] Book end sensor (PS61) [6] Book door solenoid (SD61)
[3] Stacker door sensor (PS57) [7] Book conveyance belt HP sensor (PS63)
[4] Stacker door switch (MS4)

686 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

H. Conveyance section and framework section

bizhub PRO C6500


(1) Conveyance unit

/C6500P/C5500
[10]
[1]

[2]
[9]

[8]

[3]
[7]

[4]

[6]

[5]
a075f5c012cb

[1] Sub tray exit solenoid (SD4) [6] Multi feed detection board /2 (MFDTB72)
[2] Sub tray full sensor (PS5) [7] Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)
[3] Entrance sensor (PS1) [8] Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
[4] Cover paper entrance sensor (PS3) [9] Sub tray gate solenoid (SD3)
[5] Waste box full sensor (PS80) [10] Sub tray exit sensor (PS4)

2 687
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) Right side


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[8] [1]

[7]

[6]

[5]

[2]

[3]
[4]

a075f5c013ca

[1] Upper door switch (SW1) [5] Front door lock solenoid (SD80)
[2] Multi feed detection board /1 (MFDTB71) [6] Front door switch (MS2)
[3] Cover paper conveyance sensor /5 (PS79) [7] SC entrance sensor (PS2)
[4] Cover paper conveyance sensor /4 (PS78) [8] Bypass gate solenoid (SD2)

688 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

(3) Rear side

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
[12] [13] [14] [15]

[11]

[10]
[1]

[2]

[9]

[8]

[7]

[6] [5] [4] [3] a075f5c014ca

[1] PB drive board (PBDB) [9] DC power supply unit /2 (DCPU/2)


[2] PB control board (PBCB) [10] Glue tank movement motor (M31)
[3] Cover paper table up down motor /Rr (M47) [11] DC power supply unit /3 (DCPU/3)
[4] Circuit breaker (CBR) [12] AC drive board (ACDB)
[5] Noise filter (NF) [13] Intermediate conveyance motor (M2)
[6] Cover paper table up down motor /Fr (M46) [14] Pellet supply cooling fan motor (M4)
[7] Cover paper feed motor (M74) [15] Exhaust fan /2 (M81)
[8] DC power supply unit /1 (DCPU/1)

2 689
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(4) Inside
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

[3]

[2]

[1]
a075f5c015ca

[1] Cover paper table HP sensor /Fr (PS47) [3] Waste box set sensor (PS81)
[2] Cover paper table HP sensor /Rr (PS53)

690 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
15.1 Main body
15.1.1 Connector in the board
A. Overall control board

252(Silver Metal:4pin)

255(Silver Metal:12pin) 259(Silver Metal:4pin)


251(BN:40pin) 257(BK:9pin)

250(BN:3pin) 258(W:3pin)
256(BK:36pin)

1000(W:8pin)

1(W:20pin)

2(W:40pin)

5(GY:16pin)

4(BN:60pin)

3(BN:60pin)

254(BK:120pin) 253(BK:100pin)
a03uf5c034ca

691
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Printer control board


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

353(BN:30pin) 37(BN:11pin) 36(W:10pin)


909 903 151
309(BN:40pin) 357(BN:18pin)
384(BN:36pin) (W:8pin) (W:5pin) (BN:9pin)
150(BN:14pin)

NC NC NC NC
376(BN:22pin) 467(BN:32pin)
35(BN:5pin)
700(BN:34pin) NC NC
907(BM:14pin)
500(BN:26pin)
906(BM:14pin)
564(BN:18pin) 5(BN:100pin)
360(BM:40pin) NC
736(BN:24pin)
393(BN:38pin) NC 730(BN:36pin)
908(BN:6pin)
442(BN:18pin)
651(BN:34pin)
901(B:10pin)
301(W:4pin)

650(BN:24pin) 459(BN:24pin)
NC

620(BN:7pin) 302(W:6pin)
340(BN:28pin) 4(W:10pin)
600(BN:20pin) 464(BN:40pin) 414(B:30pin)
300(BN:38pin) 400(BN:30pin) 428(W:30pin) a03uf5c035ca

C. Image processing board

262(BK:120pin) 261(BK:120pin)

3(BK:60pin)

217(BK:50pin)

1(BN:10 pin)

272(BN:28pin) 280(BN:28pin)
260(Silver Metal:68pin) 276(B:28pin) 284(B:28pin)

a03uf5c036ca

692
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

D. I/F board

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
261(BK:120pin) 220(BK:268pin) 262(BK:120pin)

265(W:10pin)

264(W:8pin) 263(W:22pin)
a03uf5c037ca

E. image memory control board

254(BK:120pin) 220(BK:268pin) 253(BK:100pin)

18(BK:60pin)
24(BK:60pin)

10(BN:60pin)

14(BN:60pin)

12(BN:60pin) 27(BK:60pin)

21(BK:60pin) 16(BN:60pin)

a03uf5c038ca

693
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

F. Conveyance drive board


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

579(BN:6pin) 534(BN:12pin) 1(BN:20pin) 539(BN:15pin) 639(BN:13pin)


693(BN:3pin)

NC NC
692(BN:10pin)
536(BN:7pin) 580(BN:10pin)

510(BN:20pin)
NC

569(BN:10pin) 503(BN:26pin) 527(BN:34pin)


524(BN:6pin) 507(BN:6pin)
556(BN:3pin)
530(BN:11pin)
a03uf5c039ca

G. AC drive board

569(BN:12pin)

463(BN:6pin)
121(BN:10pin)

642(BN:18pin) 155(BN:3pin)

153(BN:4pin) 152(BN:9pin) 157(BN:8pin)


a03uf5c040ca

694
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

H. DC power supply /1

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
106(BN:10pin) 102(BN:6pin)
103(BN:12pin)

105(BN:10pin)

104(BN:10pin)

101(BN:3pin)
a03uf5c041ca

I. DC power supply /2

111(BN:8pin) 113(BN:10pin)
114(BN:6pin)
112(BN:10pin) 115(BN:7pin)

110(BN:3pin) a03uf5c042ca

695
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

J. High voltage unit /1


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

732(BN:9pin) 733(BN:9pin)

731(BN:9pin) 735(BN:3pin) 734(BN:9pin)

a03uf5c043ca

K. High voltage unit /2

737(BN:12pin) 738(BN:10pin)

739(BN:3pin) 740(NC)

741(NC) a03uf5c044ca

696
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

L. Operation board /1

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
711 (W : 6 pin) 707 (W : 3 pin)
704 (W : 28 pin) 710 (W : 5 pin) 706 (W : 6 pin)
709 (W : 2 pin) 705 (W : 7 pin)

a03uf5c045ca

M. Operation board /2

712 (W : 6 pin)

a03uf5c046ca

N. Operation board /3

702(W:41pin)

701(W:4pin)

700(W:40pin)

708(W:4pin)
703(W:28pin)

a03uf5c047ca

697
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

O. Scanner drive board


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

607 (W : 3 pin) 609 (W : 14 pin) 1 (N.C.)

601 (W : 20 pin)

603 (W : 3 pin)

602 (W : 4 pin) 605 (W : 3 pin) a03uf5c048ca

P. CCD board

551 (W : 50 pin)
a03uf5c049ca

Q. Index board /Y, /M, /C, /K

274,278,282,286 (GY : 5 pin)

a03uf5c050ca

R. Inverter board /1

606 (W : 3 pin)
604 (W : 4 pin)
a03uf5c051ca

S. Inverter board /2

183 (W : 7 pin) 184 (W : 3 pin) 185 (W : 3 pin) a03uf5c052ca

698
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

T. Laser drive board /Y, /M, /C, /K

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
275,279,283,287 (W : 12 pin)

a03uf5c053ca

U. NVRAM board

141 (W : 40 pin)

142 (W : 20 pin)

a03uf5c054ca

V. Toner supply drive board

704 (W : 6 pin) 724 (W : 18 pin)

702 (W : 26 pin)
711 (W : 8 pin)
726 (W : 12 pin)

706 (W : 6 pin)

705 (W : 7 pin) 708 (W : 11 pin) a03uf5c055ca

699
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

W. Color registration board /Fr, Rr


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

498 (W : 4 pin)
381 (W : 4 pin)

379 (W : 4 pin)
382 (W : 4 pin)
a03uf5c056ca

700
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

15.2 DF

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
15.2.1 Connector in the board
A. DF control board (DFCB)

14 (W : 9 pin) 13 (W : 15 pin)

3 (W : 7 pin)
12 (W : 5 pin)

1 (N.C.) 2 (W : 6 pin)

5 (W : 5 pin)
4 (W : 6 pin)
8 (N.C.)

7 (W : 9 pin) 10 (W : 8 pin) 6 (W : 2 pin)


8050fs6102

B. Size sensor board (SSB)

10 (W : 5 pin)

11 (W : 6 pin) 12 (W : 3 pin) a052f5c002ca

701
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

15.3 PF
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

15.3.1 Connector in the board


A. PF control board

931 (W : 3 pin) 930 (W : 4 pin)

925 (W : 6 pin)
N.C.

928 (BN : 32 pin)


800 (W : 8 pin)

927 (BN : 36 pin) 801 (BN : 32 pin)

852 (BN : 40 pin) N.C.

N.C.

962 (BN : 5 pin) 853 (BN : 40 pin) 933 (BN : 7 pin)


937 (BN : 24 pin) 934 (BN : 8 pin)

a03xf5c008ca

702
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

15.4 LU

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
15.4.1 Connector in the board
A. LU control board

802 (W : 10 pin) 3 (N.C.) 2 (N.C.)

836 (W : 11 pin)
804 (W : 28 pin) 805 (W : 11 pin)

4 (N.C.)

800 (W : 6 pin)
808 (W : 2 pin)
962 (W : 5 pin)
801 (W : 32 pin)
803 (W : 6 pin)

806 (W : 15 pin) 835 (W : 12 pin) 1 (N.C.) a03wf5c004ca

B. AC drive board (HT-503)

850 (W : 3 pin) 963 (GY : 7 pin)

969 (W : 6 pin) a03wf5c005ca

703
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

15.5 RU
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

15.5.1 Connector in the board


A. RU control board

4 (W : 6 pin) 2 (W : 12 pin)

3 (BN : 9 pin)

11 (W : 5 pin)
1 (BN : 15 pin)
N.C.
N.C.

12 (W : 2 pin)

SW 1

SW1
ON

1 2 3 4

5 (W : 7 pin) 7 (W : 2 pin)

6 (W : 8 pin)
a04jf5c003ca

704
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

15.6 FD

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
15.6.1 Connector in the board
A. FD control board

18 (W : 2 pin) 13 (GY : 9 pin) 9 (N.C.)


17 (W : 8 pin) 11 (GY : 6 pin) 7 (N.C.)

16 (W : 7 pin)
12 (N.C.) 8 (N.C.)
20 (W : 4 pin) 22 (N.C.)

15 (GY : 7 pin)

SW3
21 (N.C.) 5 (B : 40 pin)
2 (GY : 40 pin)

14 (GY : 18 pin) 1 (GY : 32 pin) 6 (B : 16 pin)


3 (GY : 16 pin) 4 (B : 32 pin)

ON ON

SW3

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

C6500 1050
fd501fs5010c

705
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Punch drive board


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

224 (GY : 20 pin) 210 (GY : 28 pin) 203 (GY : 18 pin)

220 (GY : 24 pin) 201 (GY : 40 pin)

219 (GY : 26 pin)


208 (GY : 9 pin)
222 (GY : 12 pin) 202 (GY : 32 pin)
206 (W : 4 pin)

221 (GY : 22 pin) 204 (GY : 40 pin)

223 (GY : 11 pin) 209 (GY : 34 pin)

215 (W : 8 pin)
211 (W : 4 pin)

217 (W : 9 pin) 207 (W : 6 pin)

216 (W : 12 pin) 205 (W : 5 pin) fd501fs5011c

C. Folding drive board

500 (W : 4 pin) 508 (GY : 36 pin) 507 (GY : 15 pin)

501 (GY : 34 pin)

503 (GY : 16 pin)

506 (W : 6 pin)

505 (W : 12 pin) fd501fs5012c

706
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

D. PI drive board

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
309 (W : 4 pin) 311 (GY : 26 pin) 314 (GY : 15 pin)

313 (GY : 8 pin)


306 (GY : 18 pin)

305 (GY : 16 pin)

318 (GY : 7 pin)


315 (GY : 6 pin) 307 (GY : 20 pin)
308 (W : 3 pin)

317 (GY : 4 pin) 303 (GY : 6 pin) 300 (W : 2 pin)

304 (GY : 28 pin) 301 (GY : 16 pin) 302 (GY : 32 pin) fd501fs5013c

E. FD operation board

361 (GY : 26 pin)

fd501fs5014c

F. Jam indicator board

370 (GY : 6 pin)

fd501fs5015c

707
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

G. DC power supply board


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

51 (W : 8 pin)

1 (W : 3 pin) fd501fs5016c

H. Multi feed detection board /1, /2

490 (W : 3 pin)

fd501fs5025c

I. Temperature sensor board

374 (GY : 4 pin)

fd501fs5026c

708
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

15.7 LS

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
15.7.1 Connector in the board
A. LS control board

22 (W : 2 pin) 5 (W : 9 pin)
21 (W : 4 pin) 11 (W : 6 pin)
24 (W : 12 pin) 2 (W : 15 pin)

6 (W : 3 pin) 1 (W : 13 pin)

23 (W : 11 pin) 3 (W : 5 pin) 4 (W : 12 pin)


30 (BL : 10 pin) 29 (W : 7 pin)
28 (W : 2 pin) (N.C.) (N.C.) 9 (W : 11 pin)

26 (W : 5 pin)
8 (W : 8 pin)
27 (W : 4 pin)
12 (W : 6 pin) 25 (W : 6 pin) 13 (W : 7 pin)
14 (W : 2 pin)
10 (W : 10 pin)
20 (W : 4 pin)
18 (W : 7 pin)
19 (W : 3 pin) 7 (W : 14 pin)

15 (W : 12 pin) 17 (W : 6 pin) 16 (W : 13 pin) ls502fs5005c

B. Relay board /1

4 (W : 17 pin)

1 (W : 3 pin)

2 (W : 2 pin)
3 (W : 4 pin) ls502fs5006c

C. Relay board /2

4 (W : 17 pin)

1 (W : 3 pin)

2 (W : 2 pin)
3 (W : 4 pin) ls502fs5007c

709
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

D. DC power supply
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

51 (W : 6 pin)
1 (W : 5 pin)
52 (W : 2 pin)

ls502fs5008c

710
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

15.8 FS

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
15.8.1 Connector in the board
A. FS-503
(1) FNS control board

19 (W : 4 pin) 9 (GY : 40 pin)

16 (W : 7 pin)
10 (GY : 3 pin) 12 (N.C.)
20 (W : 4 pin) 22 (GY : 20 pin)

23 (N.C.)
SW3
21 (W : 3 pin)
2 (GY : 40 pin)

14 (GY : 18 pin) 1 (GY : 32 pin)


3 (GY : 16 pin)

ON ON
1 : ON 1 : ON
2 : ON 2 : OFF
SW3 3 : ON SW3 3 : ON
4 : ON 4 : ON
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

C6500 1050
fs503fs5007c

711
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(2) FNS drive board


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

53 (W : 8 pin) 66 (W : 2 pin) 62 (GY : 16 pin)

52 (W : 18 pin) 71 (GY : 6 pin)


70 (W : 8 pin)
55 (GY : 15 pin)
61 (GY : 40 pin)
51 (W : 26 pin)

65 (GY : 3 pin)
56 (W : 22 pin)
64 (GY : 18 pin)

60 (W : 4 pin)
57 (GY : 40 pin)

58 (GY : 30 pin) 63 (GY : 32 pin)


54 (W : 15 pin) 59 (GY : 14 pin) fs503fs5008c

(3) Stapler board

2 (O : 3 pin) 4 (R : 3 pin)
3 (W : 3 pin) 5 (O : 3 pin)

1 (W : 7 pin)

fs503fs5009c

712
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

B. FS-520/607

bizhub PRO C6500


(1) FNS control board

/C6500P/C5500
9 (W : 6 pin) 19 (W : 4 pin) 18 (BN : 34 pin)
1 (W : 5 pin) 17(W : 8 pin) 35 (BN : 4 pin) 20 (BN : 30 pin)

2 (W : 7pin)

7 (BN : 36 pin)

8 (GY : 12 pin)

10 (GY : 18pin)

14 (W : 5 pin) 16 (BN : 11 pin) 12 (BN : 36 pin)


11 (W : 10 pin) 13 (BN : 38 pin)
(FS-607 only)
a04df5c005cb

(2) Relay drive board

29(W : 4 pin)

27 (BN : 24 pin) 28 (W : 6 pin)

23 (W : 10 pin) 25 (GY : 22 pin)

34 (BN : 13 pin)
(FS-607 only)
26 (BN : 6 pin)
22 (BN : 36 pin)

32 (W : 6 pin)
24 (BN : 38 pin) (FS-607 only)
(FS-607 only)

31 (GY : 20 pin)
(FS-607 only)
30 (W : 17 pin) 33 (GY : 28 pin)
(FS-607 only) (FS-607 only) a04df5c006cb

1 713
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

15.9 PI
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

15.9.1 Connector in the board


A. PI drive board

53 (BN : 30 pin) 56 (W : 6 pin)

58 (BN : 12 pin)
52 (BN : 38 pin)

54 (W : 8 pin)

57 (BN : 11 pin) 55 (BN : 24 pin)

a04hf5c001ca

B. PI control board

1 (BN : 12 pin)
a04hf5c002ca

714
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

15.10 PK

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
15.10.1 Connector in the board
A. Punch drive board

44 (W : 6 pin) 41 (BN : 34 pin)


40 (W : 8 pin) 48 (BN : 11 pin)

45 (W : 3 pin) 47 (BN : 6 pin)


46 (BN : 9 pin)
a04ef5c001ca

B. Paper edge sensor

25 (BN : 11 pin)

a04ef5c002ca

715
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

15.11 SD
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

15.11.1 Connector in the board


A. SD control board

19 (W : 4 pin)
18 (W : 2 pin)
17 (W : 8 pin) 10 (W : 3 pin) 12 (W : 8 pin) 9 (N.C.) 7 (W : 24 pin)

16 (W : 7 pin)

20 (W : 4 pin)
22 (N.C.)
SW3
24 (W : 2 pin)

23 (N.C.)

21 (N.C.)
5 (GY : 40 pin)
2 (W : 40 pin)

3 (W : 16 pin) 4 (GY : 32 pin) 6 (GY : 16 pin)


14 (W : 18 pin) 1 (W : 32 pin)

ON 1 : OFF ON 1 : OFF
2 : ON 2 : OFF
3 : ON 3 : ON
1 2 3 4 4 : ON 1 2 3 4 4 : ON

C6500 1050
15anf5c020nb

716
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

B. SD drive board

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
101 (W : 6 pin) 153 (W : 36 pin)
144 (W : 30 pin) 164 (W : 8 pin)

148 (W : 6 pin)
141 (W : 15 pin) 154 (W : 12 pin)
143 (W : 6 pin) 165 (W : 14 pin)

147 (W : 8 pin) 162 (W : 6 pin)

142 (W : 11 pin) 155 (W : 8 pin)

146 (W : 22 pin) 157 (W : 12 pin) 156 (GY : 14 pin)

152 (GY : 12 pin)


145 (W : 36 pin) 140 (W : 40 pin) 158 (W : 6 pin)

150 (W : 4 pin)
120 (W : 32 pin) 170 (Y : 12 pin)
169 (W : 4 pin)
167 (W : 2 pin)
122 (W : 34 pin)
166 (W : 4 pin)
110 (W : 18 pin) 168 (W : 15 pin)

121 (W : 40 pin) 163 (W : 6 pin)

126 (W : 40 pin) 100 (W : 4 pin) 151 (W : 40 pin)


127 (W : 30 pin) 125 (W : 32 pin) 149 (W : 30 pin)
15anf5c021na

717
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

15.12 PB
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

15.12.1 Connector in the board


A. PB control board (PBCB)

VR4 33(GY:20 pin) 30(GY:30 pin) 31(GY:24 pin)

39(W:3 pin) 5(GY:11 pin) 32(GY:28 pin) 18(GY:36 pin)

22(W:2 pin)

15(GY:40 pin)
SW1
38(W:5 pin)
7(N.C.)
VR2
16(GY:38 pin)
13(N.C.)
21(GY:6 pin)

14(N.C.)
29(W:4 pin)
8(N.C.)
3(N.C.) 19(GY:34 pin)

12(N.C.) 53(N.C)
24(N.C.)
6(N.C.) SW2 20(GY:24 pin)
2(W:7 pin) 36(GY:40 pin)

1(W:3 pin) 11(N.C.)


17(GY:36 pin)
44(W:4 pin) 9(N.C.)

34(W:9 pin) 23(N.C.) 37(GY:18 pin)


4(GY:12 pin) 10(N.C.) 35(GY:38 pin) 62(GY:4 pin)
ON ON
89 1 : ON 1 : OFF
67 2 : OFF 2 : OFF
A
3 4 5

DipSW DipSW
B C DE

3 : OFF 3 : OFF
4 : OFF 4 : OFF
2

1 F
0
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
SW1 C6500 1050
a075f5c016ca

NOTE
• Do not change the SW1 setting during maintenance and repair.

718 2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

B. PB drive board (PBDB)

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
80(GY:26 pin)

57(GY:36 pin) 88(N.C.) 52(W:6 pin) 81(GY:22 pin)

71(W:12 pin)
54(GY:40 pin) 50(W:4 pin)
70(W:12 pin)
89(N.C.) 72(W:13 pin)
82(W:8 pin)
55(GY:38 pin)
90(N.C.) 83(GY:17 pin)
60(GY:6 pin)

79(N.C.)
58(GY:34 pin) 86(W:15 pin)

85(GY:16 pin)
87(GY:24 pin)
59(GY:24 pin) 74(W:6 pin)
73(W:6 pin) 78(W:7 pin)
76(W:13 pin) 61(W:4 pin) 260(GY:2 pin)
56(GY:36 pin)
69(W:5 pin)

75(W:12 pin) 84(W:12 pin) 68(W:6 pin) 261(W:2 pin)


77(W:13 pin) 51(W:4 pin)
a075f5c017cb

C. AC drive board (ACDB)

41(W:7 pin)

45(W:6 pin)

40(W:3 pin)

43(W:3 pin) 46(W:2 pin)


42(W:5 pin) a075f5c018ca

2 719
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

16. TIMING CHART


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

16.1 Main body


A. Time chart when turning the power on

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5]


Item

F
Scanner motor (M1)
R
Exposure lamp (L1)
Fusing heater lamp/1 (L2)
Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
Fusing heater lamp /4 (L5)
Fusing motor (M29)
Drum motor /Y (M14)
Drum motor /M (M15)
Drum motor /C (M16)
Drum motor /K (M17)
Transfer belt motor (M18)
Developing motor /Y (M20)
Developing motor /M (M21)
Developing motor /C (M22)
Developing motor /K (M23)
Polygon motor /Y (M3)
Polygon motor /M (M4)
Polygon motor /C (M5)
Polygon motor /K (M6)
LDB /Y (LASDB/Y)
LDB /M (LASDB/M)
LDB /C (LASDB/C
LDB /K (LASDB/K)
Paper lift motor /1 (M38)
Upper limit sensor /1 (PS30)
Paper lift motor /2 (M39)
Upper limit sensor /1 (PS30)
Paper lift motor /3 (M40)
Upper limit sensor /1 (PS30)
Dehumidifier heater (HTR)

a03uf5c801ca

[1] Sub power switch (SW2) ON


[2] Initial communication between overall control board (OACB) and printer control board (PRCB)
[3] Shading correction
[4] Fusing temperature reaches the predetermined level
[5] End of warm-up

720
Item

Paper feed motor (M41)


Paper feed clutch /1 (MC7)
Pre-registration clutch /1 (MC8)
Paper feed sensor /1 (PS29)
Vertical conveyance sensor (PS50)
Intermediate conveyance sensor /1 (PS27)
Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28)
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Registration sensor (PS22)


Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13)
Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 (MC4)
Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 (MC5)
V TOP
Loop motor (M31)
Registration motor (M30)
Fusing motor (M29) /F
Fusing motor (M29) /R
Fusing paper exit sensor (PS17)
Paper exit sensor (PS13)
Reverse/exit sensor (PS19)
ADU stop sensor (PS20)
ADU reverse sensor (PS21)
ADU conveyance sensor (PS61)
ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23)
Paper exit solenoid (SD4)

ADU loop motor F


(M57) R

ADU reverse motor F


(M32) R
ADU gate solenoid (SD10)
ADU conveyance clutch /1 (MC1)
ADU conveyance clutch /2 (MC2)
ADU pre-registration clutch (MC18)

Reverse/exit motor F
(M33) R
Print start signal

a03uf5c802ca
B. Full color, life size, DF two single sided originals, duplex printing, feeding from paper feed tray/1
16. TIMING CHART

721
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

722
16.2 DF
16. TIMING CHART

No paper sensor (PS304)

Registration sensor (PS301)


Registration clutch (MC301)
H
F
Paper feed L
motor (M301)
L
R
H
Timing sensor (PS302)
F
Conveyance L
motor (M302) R
H

Reverse sensor (PS305)


A. A4, life size, single sided original, reversed paper exit

H
F
Reverse/exit L
motor (M303)
L
R
H
Paper exit sensor (PS306)
Reverse solenoid (SD302)

Paper exit solenoid (SD301)

Print start signal

a052f5c003ca
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
No paper sensor (PS304)

Registration sensor (PS301)

Registration clutch (MC301)


Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

H
F
Paper feed L
motor
(M301) L
R
H

Timing sensor (PS302)

F
Convey-
ance motor L
(M302) R
B. A4, life size, double sided original, 3 originals

Reverse sensor (PS305)

H
F
Reverse/ L
exit motor
(M303) L
R
H

Paper exit sensor (PS306)

Reverse solenoid (SD302)

Paper exit solenoid (SD301)

Print start signal

a052f5c004ca
16. TIMING CHART

723
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

724
16.3 PF
16. TIMING CHART

Time (sec)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A. Tray 5, A4, 2 originals

Item

Paper feed sensor /2 (PS10)

Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS18)

Pre-registration sensor (PS20)

Horizontal conveyance sensor /2 (PS19)

Paper feed motor (M1)

Separation clutch /2 (MC5)

Paper feed clutch /2 (MC4)

Pick-up solenoid /2 (SD5)

Horizontal conveyance clutch /1 (MC10)

Pre-registration clutch (MC12)

Horizontal conveyance clutch /2 (MC11)

Main body: Paper exit sensor (PS13)

Print start signal

a03xf5c007ca
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
16.4 LU

Paper feed motor (M1)


Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Paper feed clutch (MC101)

Pick-up solenoid (SD100)


A. A4, single sided, feeding two originals

Pre-registration clutch (MC102)

Loop Loop
Paper feed sensor (PS106)

ً
Pre-registration sensor (PS107)

Intermediate conveyance sensor /


1 (PS27)

Intermediate conveyance sensor /


2 (PS28)

V-TOPsignal

Print start signal

a03wf5c800ca
16. TIMING CHART

725
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

726
16. TIMING CHART

Paper feed motor (M1)

Paper feed clutch (MC101)

Pick-up solenoid (SD100)


B. A3, single sided, feeding two originals

Pre-registration clutch (MC102)

Loop Loop
Paper feed sensor (PS106)

Pre-registration sensor (PS107)

Intermediate conveyance sensor /


1 (PS27)

Intermediate conveyance sensor /


2 (PS28)

V-TOP signal

Print start signal

a03wf5c801ca
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 16. TIMING CHART

16.5 FD

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
A. Letter fold-in, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit

Time (sec)
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)

Entrance conveyance motor (M1)

Punch conveyance motor (M2)

Punch registration motor (M13)

Alignment plate motor (M12) F


R

Punch drive motor (M10)

1st folding motor (M4)

1st folding release motor (M14)

2nd folding motor (M5)

2nd folding release motor (M15)

3rd folding motor (M6)

3rd folding release motor (M16)

Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)

Main tray paper exit motor (M17)

Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)

Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)

Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)

Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)

Folding gate solenoid (SD15)

Paper exit solenoid (SD12)

FD entrance sensor (PS1)

Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)

Punch registration sensor (PS6)

1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)

2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)

3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)

S size conveyance sensor (PS58)

Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)

Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON


fd501fs5017c

727
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

B. Letter fold-out, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Time (sec)
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)

Entrance conveyance motor (M1)

Punch conveyance motor (M2)

Punch registration motor (M13)

Alignment plate motor (M12) F


R

Punch drive motor (M10)

1st folding motor (M4)

1st folding release motor (M14)

2nd folding motor (M5)

2nd folding release motor (M15)

3rd folding motor (M6)

3rd folding release motor (M16)

Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)

Main tray paper exit motor (M17)

Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)

Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)

Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)

Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)

Folding gate solenoid (SD15)

Paper exit solenoid (SD12)

FD entrance sensor (PS1)

Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)

Punch registration sensor (PS6)

1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)

2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)

3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)

S size conveyance sensor (PS58)

Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)

Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON


fd501fs5018c

728
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 16. TIMING CHART

C. Double parallel, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Time (sec)
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)

Entrance conveyance motor (M1)

Punch conveyance motor (M2)

Punch registration motor (M13)

Alignment plate motor (M12) F


R

Punch drive motor (M10)

1st folding motor (M4)

1st folding release motor (M14)

2nd folding motor (M5)

2nd folding release motor (M15)

3rd folding motor (M6)

3rd folding release motor (M16)

Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)

Main tray paper exit motor (M17)

Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)

Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)

Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)

Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)

Folding gate solenoid (SD15)

Paper exit solenoid (SD12)

FD entrance sensor (PS1)

Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)

Punch registration sensor (PS6)

1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)

2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)

3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)

S size conveyance sensor (PS58)

Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)

Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON


fd501fs5019c

729
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

D. Folding, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Time (sec)
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)

Entrance conveyance motor (M1)

Punch conveyance motor (M2)

Punch registration motor (M13)

Alignment plate motor (M12) F


R

Punch drive motor (M10)

1st folding motor (M4)

1st folding release motor (M14)

2nd folding motor (M5)

2nd folding release motor (M15)

3rd folding motor (M6)

3rd folding release motor (M16)

Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)

Main tray paper exit motor (M17)

Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)

Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)

Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)

Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)

Folding gate solenoid (SD15)

Paper exit solenoid (SD12)

FD entrance sensor (PS1)

Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)

Punch registration sensor (PS6)

1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)

2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)

3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)

S size conveyance sensor (PS58)

Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)

Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON


fd501fs5020c

730
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 16. TIMING CHART

E. Gate fold, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Time (sec)
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)

Entrance conveyance motor (M1)

Punch conveyance motor (M2)

Punch registration motor (M13)

Alignment plate motor (M12) F


R

Punch drive motor (M10)

1st folding motor (M4)

1st folding release motor (M14)

2nd folding motor (M5)

2nd folding release motor (M15)

3rd folding motor (M6)

3rd folding release motor (M16)

Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)

Main tray paper exit motor (M17)

Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)

Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)

Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)

Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)

Folding gate solenoid (SD15)

Paper exit solenoid (SD12)

FD entrance sensor (PS1)

Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)

Punch registration sensor (PS6)

1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)

2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)

3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)

S size conveyance sensor (PS58)

Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)

Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON


fd501fs5021c

731
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

F. Z-fold, A3, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Item

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)

Entrance conveyance motor (M1)

Punch conveyance motor (M2)

Punch registration motor (M13)

Alignment plate motor (M12) F


R

Punch drive motor (M10)

1st folding motor (M4)

1st folding release motor (M14)

2nd folding motor (M5)

2nd folding release motor (M15)

3rd folding motor (M6)

3rd folding release motor (M16)

Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)

Main tray paper exit motor (M17)

Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)

Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)

Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)

Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)

Folding gate solenoid (SD15)

Paper exit solenoid (SD12)

FD entrance sensor (PS1)

Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)

Punch registration sensor (PS6)

1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)

2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)

3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)

S size conveyance sensor (PS58)

Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)

Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON


fd501fs5022c

732
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 16. TIMING CHART

G. PI cover insertion, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Item

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)

Entrance conveyance motor (M1)

Punch conveyance motor (M2)

Punch registration motor (M13)

Alignment plate motor (M12) F


R

Punch drive motor (M10)

1st folding motor (M4)

1st folding release motor (M14)

2nd folding motor (M5)

2nd folding release motor (M15)

3rd folding motor (M6)

3rd folding release motor (M16)

Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)

Main tray paper exit motor (M17)

Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)

Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)

Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)

Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)

Folding gate solenoid (SD15)

Paper exit solenoid (SD12)

FD entrance sensor (PS1)

Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)

Punch registration sensor (PS6)

1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)

2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)

3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)

S size conveyance sensor (PS58)

Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)

Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON


Start button ON fd501fs5023c

733
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

H. Punch, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, sub tray paper exit


bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Time (sec) 0 1 2 3
Item

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)

Entrance conveyance motor (M1)

Punch conveyance motor (M2)

Punch registration motor (M13)

Alignment plate motor (M12) F


R

Punch drive motor (M10)

1st folding motor (M4)

1st folding release motor (M14)

2nd folding motor (M5)

2nd folding release motor (M15)

3rd folding motor (M6)

3rd folding release motor (M16)

Intermediate conveyance motor (M3)

Main tray paper exit motor (M17)

Roller solenoid /1 (SD5)

Roller solenoid /2 (SD6)

Roller solenoid /3 (SD7)

Roller solenoid /4 (SD8)

Folding gate solenoid (SD15)

Paper exit solenoid (SD12)

FD entrance sensor (PS1)

Punch conveyance sensor (PS5)

Punch registration sensor (PS6)

1st folding conveyance sensor (PS51)

2nd folding conveyance sensor (PS53)

3rd folding conveyance sensor (PS54)

S size conveyance sensor (PS58)

Intermediate conveyance sensor (PS13)

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS18)

Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS16)

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON


fd501fs5024c

734
16.6 LS

Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4
Item
Entrance sensor (PS4)
Conveyance motor 1000 mm/s
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(M2) 490 mm/s


Sub tray exit motor 1000 mm/s
(M3) 490 mm/s
Coupling conveyance motor (M6)
Grip conveyance 1300 mm/s
motor (M4) 1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
Alignment motor (M7)
Alignment plate home sensor (PS12)
A. A4, straight mode, 3 originals, 1 copy set

Shift unit motor (M5)


Shift unit home sensor (PS11)

1st gate solenoid (SD1)


2nd gate solenoid (SD10)
Front stopper Latch ON
solenoid (SD9) Latch OFF
Rear stopper Latch ON
solenoid (SD3) Latch OFF
Job partition Latch ON
solenoid (SD2) Latch OFF
Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6)
Paper press solenoid /2 (SD7)
Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)

Conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)


Conveyance sensor /2 (PS16)
Conveyance sensor /3 (PS17)
Coupling exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray exit sensor (PS10)

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON

ls502fs5009c
16. TIMING CHART

735
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

736
16. TIMING CHART

Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4
Item
Entrance sensor (PS4)
Conveyance motor 1000 mm/s
(M2) 490 mm/s
Sub tray exit motor 1000 mm/s
(M3) 490 mm/s
Coupling conveyance motor (M6)
Grip conveyance 1300 mm/s
motor (M4) 1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
Alignment motor (M7)
Alignment plate home sensor (PS12)
B. A3, shift mode, 2 originals, 2 copies set

Shift unit motor (M5)


Shift unit home sensor (PS11)

1st gate solenoid (SD1)


2nd gate solenoid (SD10)
Front stopper Latch ON
solenoid (SD9) Latch OFF
Rear stopper Latch ON
solenoid (SD3) Latch OFF
Job partition Latch ON
solenoid (SD2) Latch OFF
Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6)
Paper press solenoid /2 (SD7)
Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)

Conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)


Conveyance sensor /2 (PS16)
Conveyance sensor /3 (PS17)
Coupling exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray exit sensor (PS10)

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON

ls502fs5010c
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4
Item
Entrance sensor (PS4)
Conveyance motor 1000 mm/s
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

(M2) 490 mm/s


Sub tray exit motor 1000 mm/s
(M3) 350 mm/s
Coupling conveyance motor (M6)
Grip conveyance 1300 mm/s
motor (M4) 1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
Alignment motor (M7)
Alignment plate home sensor (PS12)
Shift unit motor (M5)
C. A4, Sub tray mode, 3 originals, 1 copy set

Shift unit home sensor (PS11)

1st gate solenoid (SD1)


2nd gate solenoid (SD10)
Front stopper Latch ON
solenoid (SD9) Latch OFF
Rear stopper Latch ON
solenoid (SD3) Latch OFF
Job partition Latch ON
solenoid (SD2) Latch OFF
Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6)
Paper press solenoid /2 (SD7)
Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)

Conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)


Conveyance sensor /2 (PS16)
Conveyance sensor /3 (PS17)
Coupling exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray exit sensor (PS10)

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON

ls502fs5011c
16. TIMING CHART

737
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

738
16. TIMING CHART

Time (sec) 0 1 2 3 4
Item
Entrance sensor (PS4)
Conveyance motor 1000 mm/s
(M2) 490 mm/s
Sub tray exit motor 1000 mm/s
(M3) 490 mm/s
Coupling conveyance motor (M6)
Grip conveyance 1300 mm/s
motor (M4) 1000 mm/s
490 mm/s
Grip conveyance home sensor (PS5)
Alignment motor (M7)
Alignment plate home sensor (PS12)
D. A4, tandem mode, 3 originals, 1 copy set

Shift unit motor (M5)


Shift unit home sensor (PS11)

1st gate solenoid (SD1)


2nd gate solenoid (SD10)
Front stopper Latch ON
solenoid (SD9) Latch OFF
Rear stopper Latch ON
solenoid (SD3) Latch OFF
Job partition Latch ON
solenoid (SD2) Latch OFF
Paper press solenoid /1 (SD6)
Paper press solenoid /2 (SD7)
Paper press solenoid /3 (SD8)

Conveyance sensor /1 (PS7)


Conveyance sensor /2 (PS16)
Conveyance sensor /3 (PS17)
Coupling exit sensor (PS18)
Sub tray exit sensor (PS10)

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3) ON

ls502fs5012c
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
16.7.1
16.7 FS

Time (sec)
Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
FS-503

Signal while in FS operation

Tray up down motor (M3)


Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Alignment motor /Fr (M22)

Alignment motor /Rr (M5)

Stack assist guide motor (M24)

Paper exit opening motor (M8)

Rear stopper motor (M26)


A. Sort, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, Single side

Intermediate roller open close motor (M25)

Conveyance motor (M1)

Stacker entrance motor (M13)

Main tray exit motor (M7)

Intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7)

Main body side paper exit sensor (PS3)

FNS entrance sensor (PS4)

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

Stacker empty sensor (PS20)

Main tray exit sensor (PS10)

Counter reset sensor (PS15)

Start button ON

fs503fs5010c
16. TIMING CHART

739
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

740
Time (sec)
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6

Signal while in FS operation


16. TIMING CHART

Tray up down motor (M3)

Alignment motor /Fr (M22)

Alignment motor /Rr (M5)

Stack assist guide motor (M24)

Paper exit opening motor (M8)

Rear stopper motor (M26)

Intermediate roller open close motor (M25)

Conveyance motor (M1)


B. Sub tray, A4, 2 original, 2 copies, single side

Stacker entrance motor (M13)

Main tray exit motor (M7)

Sub tray exit motor (M6)


H

Intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7)

Main body side paper exit sensor (PS3)

FNS entrance sensor (PS4)

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

Stacker empty sensor (PS20)

Main tray exit sensor (PS10)

Counter reset sensor (PS15)

Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)

fs503fs5011c
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
Time (sec)
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6

Signal while in FS operation

Tray up down motor (M3)

Alignment motor /Fr (M22)


Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Alignment motor /Rr (M5)

Stack assist guide motor (M24)

Paper exit opening motor (M8)

Rear stopper motor (M26)

Intermediate roller open close motor (M25)


C. Staple, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, single side

Conveyance motor (M1)

Stacker entrance motor (M13)

Main tray exit motor (M7)

Sub tray exit motor (M6)

Intermediate roller release solenoid (SD7)

Main body side paper exit sensor (PS3)

FNS entrance sensor (PS4)

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)

Stacker empty sensor (PS20)

Main tray exit sensor (PS10)

Counter reset sensor (PS15)

fs503fs5012c
16. TIMING CHART

741
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

742
16.7.2

1
16. TIMING CHART

Item

FNS entrance sensor (PS4)


FS-520/607

FNS conveyance 930 mm/s


drive motor (M1) 400 mm/s
Shift roller motor (M2)
Shift roller home sensor (PS18)
Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)
A
Paper exit roller 253 mm/s
motor (M7) 400 mm/s
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
Tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
Main tray up down UP
motor (M3) DOWN
A. Sort, A4, 2 originals, 3 copies, Single side

FS operation start signal ON Copy 1 Page 1 Copy 1 Page 2 Copy 2 Page 1

Item

FNS entrance sensor (PS4)


930 mm/s FNS conveyance
400 mm/s drive motor (M1)
Shift roller motor (M2)
Shift roller home sensor (PS18)
Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)
253 mm/s Paper exit roller
A 400 mm/s motor (M7)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
Tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
UP Main tray up down
DOWN motor (M3)

Copy 2 Page 2 Copy 3 Page 1 Copy 3 Page 2

a04df5c800ca
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
Item

FNS entrance sensor (PS4)


FNS conveyance motor (M1)
Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
Paper assist motor (M51)
Paper assist solenoid (SD51)
Alignment motor / Close
Up (M5) Open
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Stapler movement motor (M11)


Stapler, clincher motor home sensor /Fr (M14, M15) A
Stapler, clincher motor home sensor /Rr (M9, M10)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)
950 mm/s
Paper exit roller 670 mm/s
motor (M7)
280 mm/s
Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7)
Main tray up down UP
motor (M3) DOWN
Print start signal Copy 1 Page 1 Copy 1 Page 2 Copy 1 Page 3 Copy 1 Page 9 Copy 1 Page 10 Copy 1 Page 11 Copy 2 Page 1 Copy 2 Page 2 Copy 2 Page 3 Copy 2 Page 4

Item
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
FNS conveyance motor (M1)
Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
B. 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 11 originals, 2 copies, Single side

Paper assist motor (M51)


Paper assist solenoid (SD51)
Close Alignment motor /
Open Up (M5)
Stapler movement motor (M11)
A
Stapler, clincher motor home sensor /Fr (M14, M15)
Stapler, clincher motor home sensor /Rr (M9, M10)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)
950 mm/s
Paper exit roller
670 mm/s motor (M7)
280 mm/s
Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7)
UP Main tray up down
DOWN motor (M3)

a04df5c801ca
Copy 2 Page 9 Copy 2 Page 10 Copy 2 Page 11
16. TIMING CHART

743
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

744
1
Item
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
FNS conveyance motor (M1)
16. TIMING CHART

Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)


Stacker entrance motor (M13) 930 mm/s
500 mm/s
Alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)
Close
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
Open
Alignment home sensor /Lw (PS24)
Close
Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
Open
Stapler, clincher motor home sensor /Fr (M14, M15)
A
Stapler, clincher motor home sensor /Rr (M9, M10)
Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (PS23)
Stopper (M18) Down
Up
Tri-folding gate sole- 400 mm/s
noid (M20) 80 mm/s
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
Folding knife motor (M19)
Folding knife home sensor (PS22)
Folding pass-through sensor (PS26)
Paper exit home sensor (PS12)
Paper exit opening motor (M8)
Flat stitching stopper release solenoid (SD7, SD8)

Print start signal Copy 1 Page 1 Copy 1 Page 2 Copy 1 Page 3

Item
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
FNS conveyance motor (M1)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
930 mm/s Stacker entrance motor (M13)
500 mm/s
Alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)
Close
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
Open
Alignment home sensor /Lw (PS24)
Close
Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
Open
A
C. Saddle stitching, A4S, 3 originals, 2 copies, Single side (FS-607 only)

Stapler, clincher motor home sensor /Fr (M14, M15)


Stapler, clincher motor home sensor /Rr (M9, M10)
Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (PS23)
Down Stopper (M18)
Up
400 mm/s Tri-folding gate solenoid
80 mm/s (M20)
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
Folding knife motor (M19)
Folding knife home sensor (PS22)
Folding pass-through sensor (PS26)
Paper exit home sensor (PS12)
Paper exit opening motor (M8)
Flat stitching stopper release solenoid (SD7, SD8)

Copy 2 Page 1 Copy 2 Page 2 Copy 2 Page 3

a04df5c802ca
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
Item

Paper exit roller motor (M7)


Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
Gate motor (M12)
Close
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
Open
Close
Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
Open
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

930 mm/s
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
500 mm/s
Folding pass-through sensor (PS26)
A
Folding knife motor (M19)
Folding knife home sensor (PS22)
FNS conveyance motor (M1)
Down
Stopper (M18)
Up
Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6)
Tri-folding gate solenoid (M20)
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
Flat stitching stopper release solenoid (SD7, SD8)

Print start signal

Item
Paper exit roller motor (M7)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
Gate motor (M12)
Close
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
D. Tri-folding, A4S, 3 originals, 2 copies, Single side (FS-607 only)

Open
Close
Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
Open
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
930 mm/s Stacker entrance motor
500 mm/s (M13)
A
Folding pass-through sensor (PS26)
Folding knife motor (M19)
Folding knife home sensor (PS22)
FNS conveyance motor (M1)
Down
Stopper (M18)
Up
Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6)

1
Tri-folding gate solenoid (M20)
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
Flat stitching stopper release solenoid (SD7, SD8)

a04df5c803ca
16. TIMING CHART

745
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

746
16.8 PI
16. TIMING CHART

Item

Conveyance motor 253 mm/s


(M203) 670 mm/s
Transfer clutch /Lw (MC202)
Tray lift motor /Lw (M202)
Tray upper limit sensor /Lw (PS209)
Pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD202)
PI paper feed pre-require
PI paper feed require
Paper entrance sensor /Lw (PS206)
Registration clutch (MC203)
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Close
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
Open
Stapler motor /Fr (M14)
Clincher motor /Fr (M15)
Gate motor (M12)
FNS conveyance motor (M1)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
Paper exit roller motor (M7)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)

Print start signal


A. PI auto paper feeder (lower tray), 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, Single side

15jff5c800na
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
16.9.1
16.9 PK
PK-512
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Item

Main body paper exit sensor (PS37)


Gate motor (M12)
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
Registration shutter motor (M303)
Registration shutter home sensor (PS307)
Punch motor (M301)
Punch home sensor (PS301)

FNS conveyance motor (M1)

Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)


Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
Alignment motor / Close
Up (M5) Open
Stapler motor /Fr (M14)
Clincher motor /Fr (M15)
Paper exit roller motor (M7)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)


A. Punch, 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 2 originals, 3 copies, Single side

Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)

Print start signal

15knf5c800na
16. TIMING CHART

747
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

748
16.9.2
16. TIMING CHART

PK-513

Item

Main body paper exit sensor (PS13)


Gate motor (M12)
FNS entrance sensor (PS4)
Registration shutter motor (M303)
Registration shutter home sensor (PS307)
Paper size sensor (PS305)
Punch shift motor Fr
(M302) Rr
Punch motor (M301)
Punch home sensor (PS301)

FNS conveyance motor (M1)

Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)


Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
Alignment motor / Close
Up (M5) Open
Stapler motor /Fr (M14) clincher motor /Fr (M15)
Stapler motor /Rr (M9) clincher motor /Rr (M10)
Paper exit roller motor (M7)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
A. Punch, 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 2 originals, 3 copies, Single side

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)

Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)

Print start signal

15kjf5c800na
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
16.10 SD
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Time (sec)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Item
Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)

Horizontal conveyance motor (M2)

Entrance conveyance motor (M1)

Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)


A. Coupling conveyance, A4, 3 sheets of paper, 2 set

Entrance sensor (PS1)

Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS2)

Horizontal conveyance sensor /2 (PS3)

Horizontal conveyance exit sensor (PS4)

Main body start signal

15anf5c800na
16. TIMING CHART

749
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

750
16. TIMING CHART

Time (sec)

Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Main body paper exit sensor (PS3)


B. Subtray exit, A4, 3 sheets of paper, 2 set

Horizontal conveyance motor (M2)

Entrance conveyance motor (M1)

Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)

Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid (SD3)

Entrance sensor (PS1)

Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 (PS2)

Subtray exit sensor (PS11)

Roller release solenoid /4 (SD4)

Main body start signal

15anf5c801na
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 16. TIMING CHART

C. Overlap tri-folding, A4S, 3 sheets of paper, 3 set

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Time (sec)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Item

Entrance conveyance motor (M1)


Entrance sensor (PS1)
Right angle F
conveyance motor
(M6) R

F
Overlap motor (M13)
R

Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2)


Roller release solenoid /1 (SD5)

Roller release solenoid /2 (SD6)


Right angle conveyance sensor /1 (PS5)

Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)


Folding entrance motor (M3)
H
Folding conveyance
motor (M4) L
R
Folding main scan F
alignment motor /Fr
(M7) R
Folding sub scan F
alignment exit motor
(M8) R
Folding main scan F
alignment motor /Rr
A
(M14) R

F
1st folding blade motor 1st folding
(M18) R

2nd folding blade F 2nd


motor (M19) R folding

Roller release solenoid /3 (SD7)

Tri-folding exit clutch (CL1)

Folding entrance sensor (PS60)


Folding sensor /1 (PS7)
Folding passage sensor (PS8)
Tri-folding exit sensor (PS9) Exit
Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 (PS18)

Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr2 (PS49)

Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19)


1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20)

1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21)

2nd folding blade home sensor /1 (PS22)


2nd folding blade home sensor /2 (PS23)

Folding exit home sensor


(PS24)

Folding sub scan alignment home sensor (PS56)

Main body start signal

15anf5c802na

751
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Time (sec)
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Item
Entrance conveyance motor (M1)
Entrance sensor (PS1)
F Right angle
conveyance motor
R (M6)
F
Overlap motor (M13)
R

Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2)


Roller release solenoid /1 (SD5)

Roller release solenoid /2 (SD6)


Right angle conveyance sensor /1 (PS5)

Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)


Folding entrance motor (M3)
H
Folding conveyance
L motor (M4)
R

F Folding main scan


alignment motor /Fr
R (M7)
F Folding sub scan
alignment exit motor
R (M8)
F Folding main scan
A alignment motor /Rr
R (M14)
F
1st folding blade motor
1st folding 1st folding (M18)
R

F 2nd folding blade


2nd 2nd motor (M19)
folding folding R
Roller release solenoid /3 (SD7)

Tri-folding exit clutch (CL1)

Folding entrance sensor (PS60)


Folding sensor /1 (PS7)
Folding passage sensor (PS8)

Exit Exit Tri-folding exit sensor (PS9)


Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1 (PS18)

Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr2 (PS49)

Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr (PS19)


1st folding blade home sensor /1 (PS20)

1st folding blade home sensor /2 (PS21)

2nd folding blade home sensor /1 (PS22)


2nd folding blade home sensor /2 (PS23)

Folding exit home sensor


(PS24)

Folding sub scan alignment home sensor (PS56)

15anf5c803na

752
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 16. TIMING CHART

D. Saddle stitching (trimmer), A3, 5 sheets of paper, 2 set

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
Time (sec)
Item
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

Entrance sensor (PS1)


Right angle F
conveyance motor (M6) R
F
Overlap motor (M13)
R
Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2)
Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)
Folding conveyance F
motor (M4) R
Folding main scan align- F
ment motor /Fr (M7) R
H
Folding sub scan
alignment exit motor L
(M8) R
Folding main scan align- F
ment motor /Rr (M14) R
1st folding blade F
motor (M18) Folding Folding Folding Folding
R
Guide shaft motor (M25)
Folding sensor /2 (PS44)
Saddle stitching align- F
ment motor /Rt (M9) R
Bundle arm motor F
(M10) R
F
Bundle clip motor (M11)
R
Saddle stitching align- F
ment motor /Lt (M16) R
A
Clincher up down motor F
(M20) R
Saddle stitching press motor (M21)
Bundle arm rotation F
motor (M22) R
Bundle arm assist F
motor (M26) R
Stapler motors /Rt (M29), /Lt (M30) Staple
Clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9), /Lt (SD10)
Bundle sensor /1 (PS14)
F
Bundle exit motor (M5)
R
Bundle registration F
motor (M12) R
Bundle press F
movement motor (M17) R
Bundle press F
motor (M23) R
Bundle press stage up F
down motor (M24) R
Bundle sensor /2 (PS15)
Bundle registration plate home sensor (PS16)
Bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45)
Bundle sensor /4 (PS54)
Trimmer registration sensor (PS55)
Bundle exit sensor /2 (PS57)
Trimmer blade motor F
(M31) R
Trimmer press motor F
(M32) R
Main body start signal

15anf5c804na

753
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Time (sec)
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 Item
Entrance sensor (PS1)
F Right angle convey-
R ance motor (M6)
F
Overlap motor (M13)
R
Right angle conveyance gate solenoid (SD2)
Right angle conveyance sensor /2 (PS6)
F Folding conveyance
R motor (M4)

F Folding main scan align-


R ment motor /Fr (M7)
H
Folding sub scan
L alignment exit motor
R (M8)

F Folding main scan align-


R ment motor /Rr (M14)

Folding F 1st folding blade


R motor (M18)
Guide shaft motor (M25)
Folding sensor /2 (PS44)
F Saddle stitching align-
R ment motor /Rt (M9)

F Bundle arm motor


R (M10)

F Bundle clip motor (M11)


R
F Saddle stitching align-
R ment motor /Lt (M16)
A
F Clincher up down motor
R (M20)
Saddle stitching press motor (M21)
F Bundle arm rotation
R motor (M22)
F Bundle arm assist
R motor (M26)

Staple Stapler motors /Rt (M29), /Lt (M30)


Clincher solenoids /Rt (SD9), /Lt (SD10)
Bundle sensor /1 (PS14)
F
Bundle exit motor (M5)
R
F Bundle registration
R motor (M12)
F Bundle press
R movement motor (M17)
F Bundle press
R motor (M23)
F Bundle press stage up
R down motor (M24)

Bundle sensor /2 (PS15)


Bundle registration plate home sensor (PS16)
Bundle press stage up down limit sensor (PS45)
Bundle sensor /4 (PS54)
Trimmer registration sensor (PS55)
Exit Exit Bundle exit sensor /2 (PS57)
F Trimmer blade motor
Trim Trim R (M31)
F Trimmer press motor
R (M32)

15anf5c805na

754
16.11 PB
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Entrance conveyance motor (M1)

Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)


A. Sub tray paper exit, A4, originals, single side

Bypass gate solenoid (SD2)

Sub tray exit solenoid (SD4)

Entrance sensor (PS1)

Sub tray exit sensor (PS4)

Print start signal ON

2
15anf5c806c
16. TIMING CHART

755
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

756
2
16. TIMING CHART

First book Next book


0 1 2 3 4 5 6 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49

(1) (40) (1) (10) (20) (30)


Entrance sensor (PS1)

SC entrance sensor (PS2)


SC switchback convey- F
ance motor (M12) R
SSC switchback release F
motor (M13) R
SC alignment motor(M15) Open
Close
SC roller release motor(M18)
Clamp entranse roller release
motor (M20)
FD alignment solenoid (SD11)

SC pressure arm solenoid (SD13 )

SC paper detection sensor (PS16)


Open
Clamp alignment motor (M21)
Close Booklet Release
Clamp motor (M22) Open Clamp
Close
Upright
Clamp rotation motor (M23) Left
Right
Rotation
Clamp paper sensor (PS28)
A
Glue tank movement motor Forward
(M31) Backward
Forward Backward
Glue apply position detection
sensor (PS32)
Glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31)
Positioning (alignment)
Cover paper alignment Open
to be trimmed
motor (M41) Close
Cover paper conveyance Down
arm motor /Rt (M43) Up
Cover paper conveyance Down
arm motor /Lt (M44) Up
Cover paper table up Up
down motor /Fr (M46) Down
Up
Cover paper folding motor Open Open Cover paper folding operation Down
/Rt (M48) Close
Cover paper folding Open 5 seconds waiting
motor /Lt (M49) Close
Backward
Cutter motor (M50)
Forward
Cover paper sensor /Rt (PS45)

Cover paper sensor /Lt (PS46)


Positioning
Book conveyance belt motor (M61) (alignment)
Open
B. Perfect Binding, A4, 40 originals, 2 copies, single side, PB cover paper supply

Book conveyance belt


movement motor (M62) Close Down of booklet
Book conveyance Down
belt up down motor (M63) Up
Book end sensor (PS61)

15anf5c807c
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84

(40)
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

Booklet Release
Clamp

Upright

Rotation

A
Forward Backward

Positioning (alignment)
to be trimmed
Returning to HP
Positioning
(alignment)

Open Up
Down Down
Cover paper folding operation
5 seconds waiting

Positioning
(alignment)

Down of booklet

2
15anf5c808c
16. TIMING CHART

757
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

758
2
16. TIMING CHART

First book Next book

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

Entrance gate solenoid (SD1)


Change
Bypass gate solenoid (SD2) Cover paper path
(1) (40) (1) (10)


Entrance sensor (PS1)
SC entrance sensor (PS2)
SC switchback conveyance F
motor (M12) R
SC alignment motor (M15) Open
Close
Clamp entranse move- Up
ment motor (M19) Down
Clamp entranse roller release motor
(M20)
FD alignment solenoid (SD11)

SC paper detection sensor (PS16)


Clamp alignment motor (M21) Open
Close Booklet Release
Clamp motor (M22) Open Clamp
Close Rotation
Upright
Clamp rotation motor (M23) Left
Right
Clamp paper sensor (PS28)
Forward Backward
Glue tank movement motor (M31) Backward Forward

Glue apply position detection sensor (PS32) A


Glue tank up solenoid /1 (SD31)

Cover paper alignment motor (M41) Close Returning to HP


Open Positioning Positioning
Cover paper conveyance Down (alignment) (alignment)
arm motor /Rt (M43) Up
Cover paper conveyance Down
arm motor /Lt (M44) Up
Cover paper table up down Up Down
motor /Fr(M46) Down Open
Cover paper folding operation Down
Cover paper folding motor /Rt(M48) Open
Close
5 seconds waiting
Cover paper folding motor /Lt(M49) Open
Close
Backward
Cutter motor (M50)
Forward
Cover paper sensor /Rt (PS45)

Cover paper sensor /Lt (PS46)

Book conveyance belt motor (M61)


Book conveyance belt move- Close
ment motor (M62) Open
Book conveyance belt up down Down
motor (M63) Up
Book end sensor (PS61)
C. Perfect Binding, A4, 40 originals, 2 copies, single side, main body cover paper supply

15anf5c809c
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85

Two pages Change


Cover paper path
(40)
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

A
Returning
to HP

Positioning (alignment)
to be trimmed

Down

2
15anf5c810c
16. TIMING CHART

759
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Blank page

760
I

L
F
E
B
A

K
D
C

H
G

M
Plug
130-5

130-1
FT16 AC_H
(RL1 FT)
#187 T0.5

1
1

130-2 147-1
FT17 AC_N
#250(BK)T0.8

130-3 148-1
FT18 AC_N
Y/G
FT1

FT2
#250(BK)T0.8
17.1 Main body 1/12

130-4 147-2
FT19 AC_N
#187(W)T0.5
147-2
130-6
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

FT17

CBR/2
CBR/1

147-1

RY1
FT19

Circuit breaker/2
Circuit breaker/1

24V1
FT3

FT4

Main relay

2
2

158-4 157-1 SGND

BT-1
BT-3
BT-2
BT-4
130-A1 - A10 158-3 157-2 L4_CONT

ACDB
FT6
FT5

130-A2 - A9
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

FUSCB/1 158-2 157-3 L2_CONT


130-A3 - A8 158-1 157-4 5V2
NF

130-A4 - A7
148-2
Noise filter

130-A5 - A6 FT18
148-1
130-A6 - A5
FT7

FT8

FT20
130-A7 - A4

3
3

T0.5
130-A8 - A3

FT15

EUROPE ONLY
159-4 157-5 SGND
130-A9 - A2

(RL1 FT)

BT-1
BT-3
BT-2
BT-4
159-3

501
157-6 L5_CONT
130-A10- A1
159-2 157-7 L3_CONT

AC(H)
130-B1 - B9 FUSCB/2 159-1 157-8 5V2
130-B2 - B8
120-1
130-B3 - B7
120-2
130-B4 - B6

130-B5 - B5 120-3

130-B6 - B4
FT9

4
4

FT11

130-B7 - B3
AC(N)

130-B8 - B2

130-B9 - B1
SW1

SW3

131-1
Main power switch

131-2 148-2
RY2
Dehumidifier heater switch

FT20 AC_N
FT10

FT12

24V1

#187(W)T0.5
Sub relay

131-3

F/G

5
5

131-4
128

121-1
131-A1 - A7 146-1 142-1
121-2
131-A2 - A6 146-2 142-2 HTR
121-3
131-A3 - A5
121-4
131-A4 - A4
Dehumidifier heater

121-5
130 132

131-A5 - A3
121-6
131-A6 - A2
121-7
131-A7 - A1
121-8

6
6

131-B1 - B6
121-9
131-B2 - B5
121-10
131 133

131-B3 - B4

131-B4 - B3

131-B5 - B2
23

153-1 24V1
131-B6 - B1
153-2 24V2
111
24

153-3 PGND

153-4 PGND
112

150-14 FSET_LL
129

150-13 FSET_LH

7
7

150-12 FTEMP4_2
358-1-6
150-11 FTEMP4_1 643-6 24V
358-2-5
150-10 FTEMP3_3 643-5 24V
358-3-4
643-4 RLM1_/B 1st transfer pressure
150-9 FTEMP3_2 358-4-3
M19

643-3 RLM1_B / release motor


358-5-2
150-8 FTEMP3_1 643-2 RLM1_/A
358-6-1
150-7 FSET_UL 643-1 RLM1_A

150-6 FSET_UH 599-6-1 589-3 24V


569-1 24V2
599-5-2 589-9 24V
150-5 FTEMP2_2 569-2 24V2
599-4-3 589-1
569-3 HAIMT_A

8
8

150-4 FTEMP2_1 599-3-4 589-5 Paper exit motor


M54

569-4 HAIMT_/A
150-3 FTEMP1_3 599-2-5 589-7
569-5 HAIMT_B
599-1-6 589-11
150-2 FTEMP1_2 569-6 HAIMT_/B
150-1 FTEMP1_1
598-6-1 590-3 24V
500-1A AREG_CONT
569-7 24V2
598-5-2 590-9 24V
500-2A FLS_SIG 569-8 24V2
598-4-3 590-1
151-1 5V 152-9 5V 569-9 DECMT_A
500-3A ADUS_SIG 598-3-4 590-5 Decurler motor
M55

151-2 GND 152-8 SGND 569-10 DECMT_/A


598-2-5 590-7
500-4A ADU_TXD
569-11 DECMT_B
151-3 H_CONT 152-7 H_CONT 598-1-6 590-11
500-5A ADU_RXD 569-12 DECMT_/B
101-2 NC

151-4 MRL_DRV 152-6 MRL_DRV


500-6A GND
101-3 AC(N)
101-1 AC(H)

9
9

151-5 L2_DRV 152-5 L2_DRV 160-3-1


500-7A ADUP_SIG 155-1 MRL(+)
151-6 L3_DRV 152-4 L3_DRV (PGND) 160-2-2
500-8A ADUH_SIG 155-2 MRL_DRV
1

151-7 L4_DRV 152-3 L4_DRV (24VIN) 160-1-3 102-1 12V2


500-9A BMAX_SIG
155-3 N.C
2

151-8 L5_DRV 152-2 L5_DRV 102-4 SGND


500-10A REG_SIG
3

151-9 L6_DRV 152-1 L6_DRV 102-2 REM/1


500-11A ADUR_SIG
4

102-3 AC_OFF
500-12A FEXT_SIG 357-1 GND 642-18 GND
5

102-5 SGND
500-13A FD_OPEN 357-2 RESET 642-17 RESET
502
6

102-6 5V1
500-1B HAN_SIG1 357-3 RLMT_CW 642-16 RLMT_CW
500-2B HAN_SIG2
7

357-4 RLMT_EN 642-15 RLMT_EN 103-1 24V1


10
10

500-3B REV_SIG
8

357-5 RLMT_CLK 642-14 RLMT_CLK 103-2 3.3V2


500-4B BPNF_SIG
9

357-6 GND 642-13 GND 103-3 3.3V2


500-5B FRL_SIG 357-7 EXT_VREF 642-12 EXT_VREF
10

103-4 3.3V1
500-6B 12V
11

357-8 EXT_CWB 642-11 EXT_CWB 103-5 5V2


500-7B DECH_SIG
12

357-9 EXT_ENA 642-10 EXT_ENA 103-7 PGND


500-8B SSD_RXD
13

357-10 EXT_CLK 642-9 EXT_CLK 103-8 SGND


500-9B SSD_TXD
14

357-11 GND 642-8 GND 103-9 SGND


500-10B FMT_CLK 357-12 DEC_VREF 642-7 DEC_VREF
15

103-10 SGND
500-11B REG_CONT 357-13 DEC_CWB 642-6 DEC_CWB
16

103-11 SGND
11
11

500-12B MCL1_24V 357-14 DEC_ENA 642-5 DEC_ENA


17

103-6 5V2
500-13B ADU_LOCK 357-15 DEC_CLK 642-4 DEC_CLK
18

103-12 SGND

357-16 5V 642-3 5V
19

357-17 5V 642-2 5V 104-1 24V1


20

357-18 5V 642-1 5V 104-6 PGND


21

104-5 12V1
122-2
25
22

104-10 SGND
122-3
26
23

104-4 24V1
122-4
27

122-1
24

104-9 PGND
12
12

122-5
28

104-2 24V1
122-6 122-10
DCPS/1(1/2)

29

104-7 PGND
122-7
30

123-2
33

122-8 123-1
104-3 24V1
31

123-3
34

122-9
32

123-4 123-10
35

104-8 PGND
PRCB(1/6)

123-5
36

123-6
37

123-7
38

123-8
13
13

39

123-9
40

L
F
E
B
A

K
D
C

H
G

M
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Main body location list


Symbol Part name Location
ACDB AC drive board 1-F
CBR/1 Circuit breaker /1 2-A
CBR/2 Circuit breaker /2 2-B
DCPS/1 DC power supply /1 9-A
FUSCB/1 Fusing control board /1 2-H
FUSCB/2 Fusing control board /2 3-H
HTR Dehumidifier heater 5-C
M19 1st transfer pressure/release motor 7-D
M54 Paper exit motor 8-C
M55 Decurler motor 8-C
NF Noise filter 2-A
PRCB Printer control board 7-K
RY1 Main relay 2-F
RY2 Sub relay 4-F
SW1 Main power switch 4-A
SW3 Dehumidifier heater switch 4-D
I

L
F
E
B
A

K
D
C

H
G

M
401-1B-16B 402-1-13 403-1

41
400-15A 5V 105-1 5V2
401-2B-15B 402-2-12 403-2

42
459-4B GND 400-14A NOFEED1 Paper feed sensor/1 105-2 5V2

PS29
401-3B-14B 402-3-11 403-3

14
14

43
459-3B PSFAN_HL1 400-13A GND 105-3 5V2
401-4B-13B 402-4-10 404-1

44
459-2B PSFAN_ER1 400-12A 5V 105-6 SGND
401-5B-12B 402-5-9 404-2
Upper limit sensor/1

45
459-1B PSFAN_DR1 400-11A UPLIMIT1 105-7 SGND

PS30
401-6B-11B 402-6-8 404-3

46
400-10A GND 105-8 SGND
401-7B-10B 402-7-7 405-1
17.2 Main body 2/12

47
400-9A 5V 105-4 5V2
459-12A 5V2 401-8B-9B 402-8-6 405-2 Paper empty

48
400-8A NOPAPER1 105-9 SGND
459-11A NOPAPER4 sensor/1

PS31
401-9B-8B 402-9-5 405-3

49
400-7A GND 105-5 5V2
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

459-10A GND
401-10B-7B 402-10-4 406-1

50
400-6A T1MC24V 105-10 SGND
459-9A 3.3V3
401-11B-6B 402-11-3 406-2 Paper feed clutch/1

MC7
51
459-8A PAPERVR4 400-5A PSUPMC1 106-1 5V2

15
15

401-12B-5B 402-12-2 407-1

52
459-7A GND 400-4A T1MC24V 106-7 SGND
Pre-registration
401-13B-4B 402-13-1 407-2

53
106-2 5V2

MC8
459-6A 5V2 400-3A PFEEDMC1 clutch/1

54
459-5A T4PSIZ1 401-14B-3B 566-1-2 408-1 106-8 SGND
400-2A T1MC24V
Pick-up solenoid/1

55
459-4A GND 401-15B-2B 566-2-1 408-2 106-3 5V2

SD7
400-1A PUSD1

56
459-3A 5V2 401-16B-1B 106-5 12V
DCPS/1(2/2)

57

459-2A T4PSIZ2 106-6 24V1

TRAY1
400-15B N.C
401-1A-14A 410-1
58

459-1A GND 106-9 SGND


400-14B 5V2
401-2A-13A 410-2 Paper near empty
59

106-11 SGND
400-13B T1QUANT
sensor/1

PS32
401-3A-12A 410-3
60

106-12 PGND

16
16

400-12B SGND
442-18 5V2 401-4A-11A 411-1
61

106-4 5V2
442-17 GND 400-11B 5V2
401-5A-10A 411-2 Paper size
62

442-16 PSMT_CNT 106-10 SGND


400-10B T1PSIZE1
sensor/Fr1

PS33
442-15 PSMT_CLK 401-6A-9A 411-3
400-9B SGND
442-14 PSMT_CW
128

129

401-7A-8A 412-1
442-13 PSMT_ER 400-8B 5V2
401-8A-7A 412-2 Paper size
442-12 PSMT_H/L 400-7B T1PSIZE2
sensor/Rr1

PS34
401-9A-6A 412-3
400-6B SGND
401-10A-5A 409-1-5 413-3
400-5B 3.3V
401-11A-4A 409-2-4 413-2
Paper size VR/1
110-2 N.C

400-4B PAPERVR1

VR1
110-3 AC(N)
110-1 AC(H)

401-12A-3A 409-3-3 413-1

17
17

400-3B SGND
442-11 5V2 401-13A-2A 409-4-2
400-2B T1DET(H)
442-10 TONERDET 401-14A-1A 409-5-1
400-1B SGND
63

111-1 24V2-1
442-9 SGND
64

111-5 PGND
415-1B-16B 416-1-13 417-1
65

442-8 MCL1_24V 414-15A 5V2 111-2 24V2-1


415-2B-15B 416-2-12 417-2
66

442-7 MC1_DRV 414-14A NOFEED2 Paper feed sensor/2 111-3 24V2-1


PS35

415-3B-14B 416-3-11 417-3


67

442-6 5V2 414-13A GND 111-6 PGND


415-4B-13B 416-4-10 418-1
68

442-5 NOFEED 414-12A 5V 111-7 PGND


415-5B-12B 416-5-9 418-2
69

442-4 GND 414-11A UPLIMIT2 Upper limit sensor/2 111-4 24V2-1


PS36

18
18

415-6B-11B 416-6-8 418-3


70

442-3 5V2 414-10A GND 111-8 PGND


415-7B-10B 416-7-7 419-1
442-2 FEEDOPEN 414-9A 5V 127-2
71

415-8B-9B 416-8-6 419-2 Paper empty 127-1


442-1 GND 414-8A NOPAPER2 127-3 112-1 24V2-2
72

sensor/2
PS37

415-9B-8B 416-9-5 419-3


414-7A GND 127-4
415-10B-7B 416-10-4 420-1
414-6A T2MC24V 127-6
73

464-20B 24V2 415-11B-6B 416-11-3 420-2 Paper feed clutch/1 127-5


112-2 24V2-2
MC9

414-5A PSUPMC2 127-7


74

464-19B TR1_DRV
415-12B-5B 416-12-2 421-1 127-8
414-4A T2MC24V Pre-registration
415-13B-4B 416-13-1 421-2 128-2
clutch/2
75

MC10

464-18B 5V2 414-3A PFEEDMC2


128-1
128-3 112-6 PGND
415-14B-3B 567-1-2 422-1

500
76

19
19

464-17B TONERDET 414-2A T2MC24V


415-15B-2B 567-2-1 422-2 Pick-up solenoid/2 128-4
464-16B GND
SD8

414-1A PUSD2
415-16B-1B 128-6
77

128-5
128-7 112-7 PGND
78

TRAY2

464-15B SIN2_2 414-15B N.C


415-1A-14A 424-1 128-8
464-14B SOUT2_2 414-14B 5V2
415-2A-13A 424-2 Paper near empty
79

464-13B GND 414-13B T2QUANT 112-3 24V2-2


sensor/2
PS38

415-3A-12A 424-3
80

464-12B LTSCLCNT 414-12B SGND 112-8 PGND


415-4A-11A 425-1
81

464-11B LTRCLCNT 414-11B 5V2 112-4 24V2-2


415-5A-10A 425-2 Paper size
82

464-10B LTSSDCNT 414-10B T2PSIZE1 112-5 24V2-2


sensor/Fr2
PS39

415-6A-9A 425-3

20
20

83

464-9B PF_HTROFF 414-9B SGND 112-9 PGND


415-7A-8A 426-1
84

464-8B GND 414-8B 5V2 112-10 PGND


415-8A-7A 426-2 Paper size
464-7B LTSO_SIG 414-7B T2PSIZE2 125-2
sensor/Rr2
85

125-1
PS40

415-9A-6A 426-3
464-6B LTPR_SIG 414-6B SGND 125-3 113-1 24V2-2
86

415-10A-5A 423-1-5 427-3


464-5B LTNP_SIG 414-5B 3.3V 125-4
87

415-11A-4A 423-2-4 427-2


464-4B PF_FRSIG2 414-4B PAPERVR2
Paper size VR/2 125-5
VR2
88

415-12A-3A 423-3-3 427-1


464-3B PF_FRSIG1 414-3B SGND
415-13A-2A 423-4-2 125-6
89

464-2B LTCCLCNT 414-2B T2DET(H)


415-14A-1A 423-5-1 125-7 125-10
90

464-1B GND 414-1B SGND 113-2 24V2-2


125-8

21
21

91

125-9
429-1B-16B 430-1-13 431-1
92

428-15A 5V2
429-2B-15B 430-2-12 431-2
428-14A NOFEED3 Paper feed sensor/3
PS41

429-3B-14B 430-3-11 431-3


DCPS/2

428-13A GND
429-4B-13B 430-4-10 432-1 126-2
93

428-12A 5V2 126-1


429-5B-12B 430-5-9 432-2 126-3 113-6 PGND
94

428-11A UPLIMIT3 Upper limit sensor/3


PS42

429-6B-11B 430-6-8 432-3 126-4


95

428-10A GND
429-7B-10B 430-7-7 433-1 126-5
96

428-9A 5V2
429-8B-9B 430-8-6 433-2 Paper empty
428-8A NOPAPER3 126-6
97

22
22

sensor/3
PS43

429-9B-8B 430-9-5 433-3


428-7A GND 126-7
98

PRCB(2/6)

126-10
429-10B-7B 430-10-4 434-1 126-8 113-7 PGND
428-6A T3MC24V
464-20A PF_CHSIG4 429-11B-6B 430-11-3 434-2 Paper feed clutch/2 126-9
MC11

428-5A PSUPMC3
99 100

464-19A PF_CHSIG3 429-12B-5B 430-12-2 435-1


428-4A T3MC24V Pre-registration
464-18A PF_CHSIG2 429-13B-4B 430-13-1 435-2
428-3A PFEEDMC3
clutch/3
MC12

464-17A PF_CHSIG1
429-14B-3B 568-1-2 436-1 113-3 24V2-2
101

464-16A PF_NPSIG1 428-2A T3MC24V


429-15B-2B 568-2-1 436-2 Pick-up solenoid/3 113-8 PGND
102

SD9

464-15A PF_NFSIG1 428-1A PUSD3


429-16B-1B 113-4 24V2-2
103

TRAY3

464-14A PF_PUSD1
113-5 24V2-2
23
23

104

428-15B N.C
464-13A PF_CHCL6
429-1A-14A 438-1 113-9 PGND
428-14B 5V
464-12A PF_CHCL5 Paper near empty
429-2A-13A 438-2 113-10 PGND
105 106

428-13B T3QUANT
464-11A PF_CHCL4 sensor/3
PS44

429-3A-12A 438-3
428-12B GND 114-1 REM/2
107

464-10A PF_CHCL3
429-4A-11A 439-1
428-11B 5V 114-2 REM/3
108

464-9A PF_CHCL2
429-5A-10A 439-2 Paper size
428-10B T3PSIZE1 114-3 24V2-2
464-8A PF_CHCL1 sensor/Fr3
PS45

429-6A-9A 439-3
428-9B GND 114-5 PGND
464-7A PF_RVCL2
429-7A-8A 440-1
428-8B 5V 114-4 24V2-2
464-6A PF_RVCL1 Paper size
429-8A-7A 440-2
428-7B T3PSIZE2 114-6 PGND
109 110 111 112

464-5A PF_SOCL1 sensor/Rr3


PS46

429-9A-6A 440-3
24
24

428-6B GND
429-10A-5A 437-1-5 441-3
115-1 24V2
113

464-4A 24V2 428-5B 3.3V2


429-11A-4A 437-2-4 441-2
Paper size VR/3 115-2 24V2
114

464-3A TR3_DRV 428-4B PAPERVR3


VR3

429-12A-3A 437-3-3 441-1


115-3 PGND
115

428-3B GND
429-13A-2A 437-4-2
115-4 PGND
116

464-2A 24V2 428-2B T3DET(H)


429-14A-1A 437-5-1
428-1B GND 115-5 PGND
464-1A TR2_DRV
115-6 PGND

115-7 PGND
124-4
120

25
25

124-3 124-1

124-2
117 118 119 121 122 123

124-6

124-7 124-5

124-8
26
26

L
F
E
B
A

K
D
C

H
G

M
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Main body location list


Symbol Part name Location
DCPS/1 DC power supply /1 14-A
DCPS/2 DC power supply /2 17-A
MC7 Paper feed clutch /1 15-F
MC8 Pre-registration clutch /1 15-F
MC9 Paper feed clutch /1 19-F
MC10 Pre-registration clutch /2 19-F
MC11 Paper feed clutch /2 22-F
MC12 Pre-registration clutch /3 22-F
PRCB Printer control board 14-J
PS29 Laser drive board 14-F
PS30 Upper limit sensor /1 14-F
PS31 Paper empty sensor /1 15-F
PS32 Paper near empty sensor /1 16-F
PS33 Paper size sensor /Fr1 16-F
PS34 Paper size sensor /Rr1 16-F
PS35 Paper feed sensor /2 18-F
PS36 Upper limit sensor /2 18-F
PS37 Paper empty sensor /2 18-F
PS38 Paper near empty sensor /2 19-F
PS39 Paper size sensor /Fr2 20-F
PS40 Paper size sensor /Rr2 20-F
PS41 Paper feed sensor /3 21-F
PS42 Upper limit sensor /3 22-F
PS43 Paper empty sensor /3 22-F
PS44 Paper near empty sensor /3 23-F
PS45 Paper size sensor /Fr3 23-F
PS46 Paper size sensor /Rr3 24-F
SD7 Pick-up solenoid /1 15-F
SD8 Pick-up solenoid /2 19-F
SD9 Pick-up solenoid /3 23-F
VR1 Paper size VR /1 17-F
VR2 Paper size VR /2 20-F
VR3 Paper size VR /3 24-F
Z
T
P

Y
X
V
S

U
R
N

Q
O

1
1
17.3 Main body 3/12

Thermostat/1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

692-3-1
692-10 PGND
Fusing heater lamp/1
692-9 ADUF2_HL TS1

FT24

FT25
ADU fan/2 692-2-2 138-1

2
2

M67
692-8 ADUF2_ER
Thermostat/2
L2
692-1-3

FT23
692-7 ADUF2_DR Fusing heater lamp/2
587-3-1 521-9B-8B

FT22
692-6 PGND TS2 138-2

FT26

FT27
521-8B-9B L3
692-5 ADUF1_HL
ADU fan/1 587-2-2 521-7B-10B Fusing heater lamp/3

M66
692-4 ADUF1_ER 138-3
587-1-3 521-6B-11B L4
692-3 ADUF1_DR
628-1 521-5B-12B
692-2 AMC_24V
ADU gate solenoid 628-2 521-4B-13B

SD10
692-1 AGSD_DRV

FUSING SECTION
F/G

3
3

553-1
639-13 TR4CONT2
514-1-20 632-1-4
Paper lift motor/BP 553-2 510-20 PGND

M35
639-12 TR4CONT1
514-2-19 632-2-3
510-19 FFAN_PWM
514-3-18 632-3-2 Fusing fan/Lw

M65
F/G

540-2-1 510-18 FFAM_ER


Intermediate 639-11 24V2
514-4-17 632-4-1
conveyance 540-1-2 510-17 FFAN_DR

MC4
clutch/2 639-10 MCL2_DRV 516-1-6
514-5-16 637-1
510-16 5V2
514-6-15 516-2-5 637-2
523-1 521-3B-14B 510-15 FLS_PS Fusing loop sensor
639-9 5V2
PS64

514-7-14 516-3-4 637-3


F/G

523-2 521-2B-15B 510-14 SGND


ADU reverse sensor 639-8 ADUR_PS
514-8-13 515-1

PS21

4
4

523-3 521-1B-16B 510-13 5V2


639-7 SGND
514-9-12 515-2 Fusing release home
626-1 521-16A-1A 510-12 FLR_SIG
639-6 5V2 sensor
PS16

514-10-11 515-3
626-2 521-15A-2A 510-11 SGND
ADU stop sensor 639-5 ADUS_PS

PS20
626-3 521-14A-3A
639-4 SGND 516-4-3
514-11-10 517-1
522-1 521-13A-4A 510-10 5V2
639-3 5V2 516-5-2
514-12-9 517-2 Fusing paper 132-3-1
501

ADU conveyance 522-2 521-12A-5A 510-9 FEXT_PS


639-2 ADUH_PS exit sensor
PS17

sensor 514-13-8 516-6-1 517-3 132-2-2

PS61
522-3 521-11A-6A 510-8 SGND
639-1 SGND
Temperature sensor/1 TEMS/1 132-1-3
514-14-7 512-1
530-11 NC 510-7 5V2 133-2-1
584-1 649-10-1 521-10A-7A 514-15-6 512-2
530-10 VDOSIG2 510-6 SGND
649-9-2 521-9A-8A Temperature sensor/3 133-1-2

5
5

584-2 514-16-5 512-3 TEMS/3


530-9 SGND 510-5 S/S
584-3 649-8-3 521-8A-9A 514-17-4 512-4
530-8 5V2 510-4 CLK
584-4 649-7-4 521-7A-10A 514-18-3 512-5
ADU 530-7 -5V 510-3 CW/CCW
584-5 649-6-5 521-6A-11A 514-19-2 512-6
centering 530-6 SGND 510-2 LD Fusing motor
649-5-6 521-5A-12A
M29

584-6 514-20-1 512-7

PS65
sensor 530-5 SI 510-1 H/L
584-7 649-4-7 521-4A-13A 570-1-5 512-8
530-4 SGND
138

584-8 649-3-8 521-3A-14A 570-2-4 Thermostat/3 Fusing heater lamp/4


512-9
530-3 CLK
FT30

137

584-9 649-2-9 521-2A-15A 570-3-3 137-1


512-10 L5
530-2 LEDCONT2
136

584-10 649-1-10 521-1A-16A 136-1 3191-01P1


570-4-2 512-11
FT29

530-1 24V1
135

TS3 3191-01P1
570-5-1
F/G

580-10 VDOSIG1

6
6

F/G

580-9 SGND
F/G

580-8 5V2
580-7 -5V 134-3-1

580-6 SGND 134-2-2


580-5 SI Temperature sensor/2 TEMS/2 134-1-3
580-4 SGND
Temperature sensor/4 135-2-1
580-3 CLK
F/G

580-2 LEDCONT1 135-1-2


580-1 24V1
TEMS/4

ADU/CONVEYANCE UNIT

7
7

692-2-1
527-16B 24V3
ADU conveyance clutch/3 692-1-2

MC3
527-15B AMC3_DRV 509-1-3 532-1
132

509-2-2 532-2
528-2-1 Front door sensor
133

527-14B 24V3
PS18

ADU conveyance clutch/1 509-3-1 532-3


528-1-2
134

MC1
527-13B AMC2_DRV

519-2-1 508-4 506-2B


527-12B 24V3
ADU conveyance clutch/2 519-1-2 508-3 506-1B

MC2
CDB(1/2)

527-11B AMC1_DRV

8
8

138
137
136
135
MS1

529-2-1
527-10B 24V3 508-2 506-2A
ADU pre-registration clutch 529-1-2
527-9B APCL_DRV 508-1 506-1A
Interlock switch /1

MC18

526-2-1 505-1 504-1


527-8B 24V3 507-1 24V1
113

Paper exit solenoid 526-1-2 505-2 504-2


SD4

527-7B EXSD_DRV 507-2 24V2


114

505-3 504-3
531-1 551-3-1 507-3 PGND
115

527-6B 5V2
505-4 504-4
531-2 551-2-2 507-4 PGND
116

ADU pre-registration
527-5B ADUP_PS
sensor 505-5 504-5
PS23

551-1-3
47

531-3 507-5 5V2


527-4B SGND
505-6 504-6

9
9

552-3-1
48

520-1 507-6 SGND


527-3B 5V2
505-7 504-7
520-2 552-2-2
120

Reverse/exit sensor 527-2B REV_PS


505-8 504-8
PS19

520-3 552-1-3
527-1B SGND
502-1A-13A
648-3-1 503-13A AREG_CONT
624-1
527-17A 5V2 502-2A-12A
648-2-2 503-12A FLS_SIG
624-2
Decurler sensor 527-16A DECH_PS 502-3A-11A
503-11A ADUS_SIG
PS62

624-3 648-1-3
527-15A SGND 502-4A-10A
503-10A ADU_TXD
641-2-1 693-8-1 502-5A-9A
Registration temperature 527-14A SGND 503-9A ADU_RXD
sensor 641-1-2 693-7-2 502-6A-8A
527-13A REG_TH1
TEMS/5

503-8A SGND
502-7A-7A
533-1 693-6-3 503-7A ADUP_SIG
10
10

527-12A SGND
502-8A-6A
533-2 693-5-4 503-6A ADUH_SIG
Registration sensor 527-11A REG_PS
502-9A-5A
PS22

533-3 693-4-5 503-5A BMAX_SIG


527-10A 5V2
502-10A-4A
586-1 693-3-6 503-4A REG_SIG
527-9A SGND
502-11A-3A
586-2 693-2-7 503-3A ADUR_SIG
Leading edge sensor 527-8A PTOP_PS
502-12A-2A
PS63

586-3 693-1-8 503-2A FEXT_SIG


527-7A 5V2
502-13A-1A
502

503-1A FD_OPEN
527-6A 5V2
132

502-1B-13B
503-13B HAN1_SIG
527-5A FDD_PS
133

502-2B-12B
503-12B HAN2_SIG
527-4A SGND
134

502-3B-11B
554-3-1
11
11

549-1 503-11B REV_SIG


527-3A 5V2
502-4B-10B
549-2 554-2-2 503-10B RBPNF_SIG
2nd transfer HP sensor 527-2A 2KAI_SIG
502-5B-9B
PS24

549-3 554-1-3 503-9B FRL_SIG


527-1A SGND
502-6B-8B
503-8B 12VIN
502-7B-7B
503-7B DECH_SIG
502-8B-6B
24V
538-3 503-6B SSD_RXD
579-1 24V2
24V 538-9 502-9B-5B
579-2 24V2 503-5B SSD_TXD
A 538-1 502-10B-4B
579-3 LOPMT_A 503-4B FMT_CLK
Loop motor A 538-5
579-4 LOPMT_/A 502-11B-3B
M31

B 538-7 503-3B REG_CONT


579-5 LOPMT_B
538-11 563-1-2 502-12B-2B
B
12
12

579-6 LOPMT_/B 503-2B NC


563-2-1 502-13B-1B
SD6

503-1B NC

ADU lock solenoid


13
13

Z
T

Y
X
V
S
P

U
R
N

Q
O

W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Main body location list


Symbol Part name Location
CDB Conveyance drive board 1-U
L2 Fusing heater lamp /1 2-O
L3 Fusing heater lamp /2 2-O
L4 Fusing heater lamp /3 2-O
L5 Fusing heater lamp /4 6-O
M29 Fusing motor 5-R
M31 Loop motor 12-Y
M35 Paper lift motor /BP 3-Y
M65 Fusing fan /Lw 3-R
M66 ADU fan /1 2-Y
M67 ADU fan /2 2-Y
MC1 ADU conveyance clutch /1 7-X
MC2 ADU conveyance clutch /2 8-X
MC3 ADU conveyance clutch /3 7-Y
MC4 Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 3-Y
MC18 ADU pre-registration clutch 8-Y
MS1 Interlock switch /1 8-R
PS16 Fusing release home sensor 4-R
PS17 Fusing paper exit sensor 5-R
PS18 Front door sensor 7-R
PS19 Reverse/exit sensor 9-Y
PS20 ADU stop sensor 4-Y
PS21 ADU reverse sensor 4-Y
PS22 Registration sensor 10-Y
PS23 DADU pre-registration sensor 9-Y
PS24 2nd transfer HP sensor 11-Y
PS61 ADU conveyance sensor 4-Y
PS62 Decurler sensor 9-Y
PS63 Leading edge sensor 10-Y
PS64 Fusing loop sensor 4-R
PS65 TADU centering sensor 5-Z
SD4 Paper exit solenoid 8-Y
SD6 ADU lock solenoid 12-T
SD10 ADU gate solenoid 3-Y
TEMS1 Registration temperature sensor 10-Y
TEMS/1 Temperature sensor /1 5-P
TEMS/2 Temperature sensor /2 6-P
TEMS/3 Temperature sensor /3 5-P
TEMS/4 Temperature sensor /4 7-P
TS1 Thermostat /1 2-Q
TS2 Thermostat /2 2-Q
TS3 Thermostat /3 6-P
Z
T
P

Y
X
V
S

U
R
N

Q
O

W
24V

14
14

629-2 630-1-12
534-1 24V2
24V 629-5 630-2-11
534-2 24V2
A 629-1 630-3-10
ADU loop 534-3 LOPMT_A
A 629-3 630-4-9
534-4 LOPMT_/A

M57
motor 630-5-8
B 629-4
534-5 LOPMT_B
B 629-6 630-6-7
17.4 Main body 4/12

534-6 LOPMT_/B

24V 630-7-6
535-2
534-7 24V2
24V 535-5 630-8-5
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

534-8 24V2 462-4-1


A 535-1 630-9-4
ADU reverse 534-9 ADUH_A
A 535-3 630-10-3 DCPS fan 462-3-2
534-10 ADUH_/A

M32
M42
motor
B 535-4 630-11-2 462-2-3
534-11 ADUH_B

15
15

B 535-4 630-12-1
534-12 ADUH_/B 462-1-4

24V
537-3
536-1 24V2 444-1 443-12-1
24V
537-9
536-2 24V2 444-2 443-11-2
A 537-1
536-3 REGMT_A Paper empty sensor/BP
Registration motor A
PS47
537-5 444-3 443-10-3
536-4 REGMT_/A

M30
B 537-7
536-5 REGMT_B 445-1 443-9-4
B 537-11
536-6 REGMT_/B 445-2 443-8-5
536-7 NC Paper size VR/BP
VR4

24V
525-3 445-3 443-7-6
524-1 24V2
24V
525-9
524-2 24V2 446-1 443-6-7
A 525-1

16
16

524-3 HANM_A 446-2 443-5-8


Reverse/exit motor A 525-5

M33
524-4 HANM_/A Paper size sensor/BP1
B
PS48

525-7 446-3 443-4-9


524-5 HANM_B

BY-PASS
B 525-11
524-6 HANM_/B 447-1 443-3-10

550-6-1 447-2 443-2-11


569-1 2KAI_/B Paper size sensor/BP2
550-5-2
PS49

447-3 443-1-12
569-2 2KAI_B
550-4-3
2nd transfer pressure 569-3 2KAI_/A
550-3-4

M34
/release motor 569-4 2KAI_A
550-2-5
569-5 24V3 458-1 456-7-1
550-1-6
569-6 24V3 458-2 456-6-2
569-7 WEB_A 458-3 456-5-3

17
17

569-8 WEB_/A 458-4 456-4-4


569-9 WEB_B 458-5 456-3-5
569-10 WEB_/B 458-6 456-2-6
Paper feed motor
M41

458-7 456-1-7

458-8 457-4-1
105

542-1
556-3 SGND 458-9 457-3-2
106

Intermediate conveyance 542-2 457-2-3


556-2 HAN1_PS 458-10
103

sensor/1

PS27
542-3 458-11 457-1-4
104

556-1 5V2

CDB(2/2)
460-1 479-3-1
546-1 555-6-1
539-15 5V2 460-2 479-2-2
Waste toner full sensor
546-2 555-5-2

18
18

PS52

Upper limit sensor/BP 539-14 BMAX_PS 460-3 479-1-3

PS25
546-3 555-4-3
539-13 SGND
547-1 555-3-4 453-1 452-8-1
539-12 5V2
547-2 555-2-5 Intermediate conveyance clutch/1 453-2 452-7-2
539-11 BPNF_PS
MC13

Paper feed sensor/BP

PS26
547-3 555-1-6 454-1 452-6-3
539-10 SGND
454-2 452-5-4
541-2-1 Vertical conveyance sensor
539-9 24V2
PS50

454-3 452-4-5
Intermediate conveyance clutch/3 541-1-2

MC5
539-8 MCL3_DRV 452-3-6
455-1

543-1 557-3-1 455-2 452-2-7


539-7 SGND Vertical conveyance door sensor
PS51

19
19

543-2 557-2-2 455-3 452-1-8


Intermediate conveyance
539-6 HAN2_PS
sensor/2

PS28
543-3 557-1-3
539-5 5V2

451-1
544-2-1
539-4 24V2 Paper lift motor/1 451-2
M38

Pick-up solenoid/BP 544-1-2

SD5
539-3 BPSD_DRV

461-1
545-2-1
539-2 24V2
461-2
500

Paper feed clutch/BP 545-1-2 Waste toner door sensor

MC6
539-1 BPCL_DRV
PS60

461-3

20
20

465-16B-1B

465-15B-2B

465-14B-3B

465-13B-4B

465-12B-5B

ADU/CONVEYANCE UNIT
465-11B-6B

465-10B-7B

465-9B-8B

465-8B-9B

21
21

465-7B-10B

465-6B-11B

465-5B-12B

465-4B-13B

465-3B-14B

465-2B-15B

465-1B-16B
5V2 466-1
55

SGND 466-2

22
22

58

145-1 AC(H)
12V 466-3
56

145-2 AC(N)
SGND 466-4
59

130 131

145-3
24V1 466-5
57

GND
145-4
PGND 466-6
60

AC(H)
24V2-1 466-7
65

145-5 AC(N)
132 133

PGND 466-8
67

LU/PF

N.C
24V2-1 466-9
66

PGND 466-10
68

23
23

465-16A-1A

465-15A-2A

465-14A-3A

465-13A-4A

465-12A-5A

465-11A-6A

465-10A-7A

465-9A-8A

465-8A-9A
24
24

465-7A-10A

465-6A-11A

465-5A-12A

465-4A-13A

465-3A-14A

465-2A-15A

465-1A-16A

449-1
Paper lift motor/3
25
25

449-2
M40

Crimp

450-1
Symbol

Paper lift motor/2 450-2


M39

Connector

26
26

Relay connector
Z Faston
T

Y
X
V
S
P

U
R
N

Q
O

W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Main body location list


Symbol Part name Location
CDB Conveyance drive board 14-T
M30 Registration motor 14-X
M32 ADU reverse motor 15-Y
M33 Reverse/exit motor 16-X
M34 2nd transfer pressure/release motor 16-X
M38 Paper lift motor /1 19-P
M39 Paper lift motor /2 25-Q
M40 Paper lift motor /3 25-Q
M41 Paper feed motor 17-P
M42 DCPS fan 15-P
M57 ADU loop motor 14-Y
MC5 Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 19-W
MC6 Paper feed clutch /BP 20-W
MC13 Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 18-P
PS25 Upper limit sensor /BP 18-X
PS26 Paper feed sensor /BP 18-X
PS27 Intermediate conveyance sensor /1 17-X
PS28 Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 19X
PS47 Paper empty sensor /BP 15-P
PS48 Paper size sensor /BP1 16-P
PS49 Paper size sensor /BP2 16-P
PS50 Vertical conveyance sensor 19-P
PS51 Vertical conveyance door sensor 19-P
PS52 Waste toner full sensor 18-P
PS60 Waste toner door sensor 20-P
SD5 Pick-up solenoid /BP 19-W
VR4 Paper size VR/BP 16-P
I

L
F
E
B
A

K
D
C

H
G

1
1
17.5 Main body 5/12
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

274-5 273-B12-B3
272-12B IDXYJTB

2
2

274-4 273-B13-B2
272-13B SGND
274-3 273-B14-B1
272-14B LDYIDX 217-50 GND 551-50
273-A1 -A14 217-49 AD_12V 551-49
274-2
272-1A SGND 217-48 AD_12V 551-48

INDEXB/Y
273-A2 -A13 217-47 AD_12V 551-47
274-1
272-2A LD5V 217-46 GND 551-46
273-B1 -B14 217-45 AD_5V 551-45
275-12B
272-1B LOAD 217-44 AD_5V 551-44
273-B2 -B13 217-43 AD_5V 551-43
275-11B
272-2B DACLK 217-42 AD_5V 551-42
273-B3 -B12 217-41 AD_5V 551-41
275-10B
272-3B DAI 217-40 AD_5V 551-40
217-39 AD_5V 551-39
275-9B(GND)
217-38 AD_5V 551-38
273-B4 -B11 217-37 AD_5V 551-37
275-8B
272-4B /ALM2 217-36 AD_5V 551-36

3
3

273-B5 -B10 217-35 GND 551-35


275-7B
272-5B /S/HB2 217-34 ADRST 551-34
273-B6 -B9 217-33 GND 551-33
275-6B
272-6B /S/H2 217-32 LVDSCK1+ 551-32
273-B7 -B8 217-31 LVDSCK1- 551-31
275-5B
272-7B /ALMYRST 217-30 GND 551-30
273-B8 -B7 217-29 AD_D4+ 551-29
275-4B
272-8B GND 217-28 AD_D4- 551-28
273-B14-B6 217-27 GND 551-27
275-3B
272-9B -VIDEO1 217-26 AD_D3+ 551-26
SCANNER SECTION

273-B10-B5 217-25 AD_D3- 551-25


275-2B
272-10B +VIDEO1 217-24 GND 551-24
273-B11-B4 217-23 LVDSCK0+ 551-23
275-1B
272-11B GND 217-22 LVDSCK0- 551-22
CCDB

273-A3 -A12 217-21 GND 551-21


275-12A
272-3A /ENB 217-20 AD_D2+ 551-20

LASDB/Y
273-A4 -A11 217-19 AD_D2- 551-19
275-11A
272-4A /ALM1 217-18 GND 551-18

4
4

273-A5 -A10 217-17 AD_D1+ 551-17


275-10A
272-5A /S/HB1 217-16 AD_D1- 551-16
273-A6 -A9 217-15 GND 551-15
275-9A
272-6A /S/H1 217-14 AD_D0+ 551-14
273-A7 -A8 217-13 AD_D0- 551-13
275-8A
272-7A GND 217-12 GND 551-12
273-A8 -A7 217-11 SDO 551-11
275-7A
272-8A LD+5V 217-10 SDI 551-10
273-A9 -A6 217-9 /SEN 551-9
275-6A
272-9A LD+5V 217-8 SCK 551-8
273-A10-A5 217-7 GND 551-7
275-5A
272-10A +5VRN 217-6 RCK- 551-6
273-A11-A4 217-5 RCK+ 551-5
275-4A
272-11A GND 217-4 GND 551-4
273-A12-A3 217-3 PRD_KEEP 551-3
275-3A
272-12A -VIDEO2 217-2 TG 551-2

WRITING SECTION/Y(1/2)
273-A13-A2 217-1 GND 551-1
275-2A
272-13A +VIDEO2

5
5

275-1A 273-A14-A1
272-14A GND

278-5 277-B12-B3
276-12B IDXMJTB
278-4 277-B13-B2
276-13B SGND
278-3 277-B14-B1
276-14B LDMIDX
278-2 277-A1 -A14
276-1A SGND

INDEXB/M
278-1 277-A2 -A13
276-2A LD5V
279-12B 277-B1 -B14
276-1B LOAD

6
6

279-11B 277-B2 -B13


276-2B DACLK
279-10B 277-B3 -B12
276-3B DAI 35-1 N.C
279-9B(GND)
35-2 N.C
279-8B 277-B4 -B11
276-4B /ALM2 35-3 N.C
279-7B 277-B5 -B10
276-5B /S/HB2 35-4 N.C
279-6B 277-B6 -B9
276-6B /S/H2 35-5 N.C
279-5B 277-B7 -B8
276-7B /ALMMRST 35-6 N.C
279-4B 277-B8 -B7
276-8B GND 35-7 N.C
279-3B 277-B14-B6

7
7

276-9B -VIDEO1 35-8 N.C


279-2B 277-B10-B5
276-10B +VIDEO1 35-9 N.C
279-1B 277-B11-B4
276-11B GND 35-10 N.C

LASDB/M
279-12A 277-A3 -A12
276-3A /ENB
279-11A 277-A4 -A11
276-4A /ALM1
279-10A 277-A5 -A10
276-5A /S/HB1
279-9A 277-A6 -A9
276-6A /S/H1
279-8A 277-A7 -A8
276-7A GND
279-7A 277-A8 -A7
276-8A LD+5V
279-6A 277-A9 -A6

8
9

276-9A LD+5V
279-5A 277-A10-A5
276-10A +5VRN 260-B34 GND
279-4A 277-A11-A4 260-B33 N.C
276-11A GND
IPB(1/2)

260-B32 WAKEUP-
279-3A 277-A12-A3 260-B31 CPRDY+
WRITING SECTION/M(1/2) 276-12A -VIDEO2 260-B30 CTS-
279-2A 277-A13-A2 260-B29 RXD+
276-13A +VIDEO2 260-B28 ONLINE-
279-1A 277-A14-A1 260-B27 AC_DOWN+
276-14A GND 260-B26 ENG_SLP-
260-B25 ENG_SET+
260-B24 RTS-
260-B23 TXD+
260-B22 PSIG0-
282-5 281-B12-B3 260-B21 GND
280-12B IDXCJTB 260-B20 PSIG1-
260-B19 PSIG2-

9
9

282-4 281-B13-B2
280-13B SGND 260-B18 GND
282-4 281-B14-B1 260-B17 PCLK-
280-14B LDCIDX 260-B16 PSIG3-
282-2 281-A1 -A14 260-B15 GND
280-1A SGND 260-B14 PSIG4-
INDEXB/C

282-1 281-A2 -A13 260-B13 PSIG5-


280-2A LD5V 260-B12 GND
283-12B 281-B1 -B14 260-B11 PSIG6-
280-1B LOAD 260-B10 PSIG7-
283-11B 281-B2 -B13 260-B8 SSIG3+
280-2B DACLK 260-B7 SCLK+
283-10B 281-B3 -B12 260-B5 SSIG2+
280-3B DAI 260-B4 SSIG1+
283-9B(GND) 260-B3 GND
260-B2 SSIG0+
283-8B 281-B4 -B11 260-B1 GND
280-4B /ALM2 260-A34 GND
283-7B 281-B5 -B10 260-A33 N.C
IC

10
10

280-5B /S/HB2 260-A32 WAKEUP+


283-6B 281-B6 -B9 260-A31 CPRDY-
280-6B /S/H2 260-A30 CTS+
283-5B 281-B7 -B8 260-A29 RXD-
280-7B /ALMCRST 260-A28 ONLINE+
283-4B 281-B8 -B7 260-A27 AC_DOWN-
280-8B GND 260-A26 ENG_SLP+
283-3B 281-B14-B6 260-A25 ENG_SET-
280-9B -VIDEO1 260-A24 RTS+
283-2B 281-B10-B5 260-A23 TXD-
280-10B +VIDEO1 260-A22 PSIG0+
283-1B 281-B11-B4 260-A21 GND
280-11B GND 260-A20 PSIG1+
283-12A 281-A3 -A12 260-A19 PSIG2+
LASDB/C

280-3A /ENB 260-A18 GND


283-11A 281-A4 -A11 260-A17 PCLK+
280-4A /ALM1 260-A16 PSIG3+
283-10A 281-A5 -A10 260-A15 GND
11
11

280-5A /S/HB1 260-A14 PSIG4+


283-9A 281-A6 -A9 260-A13 PSIG5+
280-6A /S/H1 260-A12 GND
283-8A 281-A7 -A8 260-A11 PSIG6+
280-7A GND 260-A10 PSIG7+
283-7A 281-A8 -A7 260-A9 GND
280-8A LD+5V 260-A8 SSIG3-
283-6A 281-A9 -A6 260-A7 SCLK-
280-9A LD+5V 260-A6 GND
283-5A 281-A10-A5 260-A5 SSIG2-
280-10A +5VRN 260-A4 SSIG1-
283-4A 281-A11-A4 260-A3 GND
280-11A GND 260-A2 SSIG0-
283-3A 281-A12-A3 260-A1 GND
280-12A -VIDEO2
WRITING SECTION/C(1/2)

283-2A 281-A13-A2
280-13A +VIDEO2
281-A14-A1
12
12

283-1A
280-14A GND
13
13

L
F
E
B
A

K
D
C

H
G
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Main body location list


Symbol Part name Location
CCDB CCD board 2-A
INDEXB/C Index board /C 9-L
INDEXB/M Index board /M 5-L
INDEXB/Y Index board /Y 2-L
IPB Image processing board 2-G
LASDB/C Laser drive board /C 9-K
LASDB/M Laser drive board /M 6-K
LASDB/Y Laser drive board /Y 3-K
I

L
F
E
B
A

K
D
C

H
G

M
161-3-1

200
161-2-2 Sub power switch

SW2

201
161-1-3

14
14
17.6 Main body 6/12

-3 VPP
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

711-1 5V1
710-1 5V1

-6 SGND
-5 SGND

-2 ROM_RXDIN

-5 ROM_RESET
-3 MONI_RXDIN

-4 ROM_TXDOUT
-2 MONI_CLKOUT

-4 MONI_TXDOUT

15
15

180-1 FOOT_SW

-2 SGND
OPERATION SECTION

179-1 SUB_SW

-2 SGND

16
16

-3 N.C.

177-1 BRT 182-6

-2 5V1 -5

-3 DATA_LED -4
170-A14 12V3 181-A1
-4 GND -3
-A13 12V3 -A2
-5 MAIN_LED -2
-A12 12V3 -A3
-6 SUB_LED -1

17
17

-A11 SHUT_SIG -A4


OB/2

-A10 SW_LED -A5

-A9 WT_LED -A6


SW

264-5 5V1 -A7

-A7 5V0 -A8

-A6 SW_SIG -A9

-A5 SGND -A10


DATA

OB/1

-A4 Y2 -A11

-A3 X1 -A12

18
18

VR

-A2 Y1 -A13

-A1 X2 -A14

170-B14 5V1_1 181-B1

-B13 5V1_1 -B2

-B12 CTS_IN -B3

OB/3
-B11 SGND -B4

-B10 DSR_IN -B5 178-1 12V2


183-1

-B9 SGND -B6 -2 12V2


-2

-B8 RXD_IN -B7 -3 SGND


-3

19
19

-B7 SGND -B8 -4 SGND


-4

-B6 RTS_OUT -B9 -5 RMT


-5

-B5 SGND -B10 -6 ALM


-6

-B4 DTR_OUT -B11 -7 BRT


INVB/2

-7

-B3 SGND -B12

-B2 TXD_OUT -B13

-B1 SGND -B14

20
20

-3 VL2
-2 NC
185-1 VH2
-3 VL1
-2 NC
184-1 VH1

172-A20 SGND

-A19 LCD_U/D
174-1 SGND 186-1
-A18 LCD_R/L
-2 CLK -2
-A17 SGND
-3 SGND -3
-A16 SGND
-4 HSYNC -4
-A15 RXCLKIN+
-5 VSYNC -5

21
21

-A14 RXCLKIN-
-6 SGND -6
-A13 SGND
-7 SGND -7
-A12 RXIN2+
-8 SGND -8
-A11 RXIN2-
-9 R_0 -9
-A10 SGND
-10 R_1 -10
-A9 RXIN1+
-11 R_2 -11
-A8 RXIN1-
-12 SGND -12
-A7 SGND
-13 R_3 -13
-A6 RXIN0+
-14 R_4 -14

22
22

-A5 RXIN0-
-15 R_5 -15
-A4 SGND
Backlight/2
Backlight/1

-16 SGND -16


-A3 SGND
-17 SGND -17
-A2 5V1
-18 SGND -18
504

-A1 5V1
-19 G_0 -19
172-B20 CTS_IN
-20 G_1 -20
-B19 SGND
-21 G_2 -21
-B18 DSR_IN
-22 SGND -22
-B17 SGND
-23 G_3 -23
23
23

-B16 RXD_IN
-24 G_4 -24
-B15 SGND
-25 G_5 -25
-B14 RTS_OUT
-26 SGND -26
-B13 SGND
-27 SGND -27
-B12 DTR_OUT
-28 SGND -28
-B11 SGND
-29 B_0 -29
-B10 TXD_OUT
-30 B_1 -30
-B9 SGND
-31 B_2 -31
-B8 WT_LED
-32 SGND -32
24
24

-B7 SHUT_LED
-33 B_3 -33
-B6 SW_SIG
-34 B_4 -34
-B5 SGND
-35 B_5 -35
-B4 SHUT_SIG
-36 SGND -36
LCDB

-B3 SW_LED
-37 LCD_EN -37
-B2 5V0
-38 R/L("H") -38
-B1 5V0
-39 3.3V -39

-40 3.3V -40

-41 U/D("L") -41


25
25

171-1-4
17

173-1 5V1
171-2-3
18

-2 SGND
171-3-2
1

-3 12V4
171-4-1 175-1 X2
2

-4 SGND
-2 Y1
OKB

-3 X1

-4 Y2
26
26

L
F
E
B
A

K
D
C

H
G

M
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Main body location list


Symbol Part name Location
INVB/2 Inverter board /2 19-C
LCDB LCD board 20-C
OB/1 Operation board /1 15-X
OB/2 Operation board /2 16-X
OB/3 Operation board /3 19-P
OKB Operation key board 25-Q
SW2 Sub power switch 14-C
- Backlight /1 21-C
- Backlight /2 21-C
Z
T
P

Y
X
V
S

U
R
N

Q
O

1
1
17.7 Main body 7/12

652-1-2 656-1-9
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

657-1

71
652-2-1 656-2-8
657-2

75
656-3-7 Polygon
657-3

2
2

M3

651-7A POLYCONT motor/Y


656-4-6
657-4
651-6A POL_CLKY
656-5-5
657-5
651-5A POLYLOCK
656-6-4
657-6
651-4A TEMPY_ER
656-7-3 658-1
651-3A 5V2
656-8-2 658-2 Laser correction
651-2A AJTY_HP
PS5

656-9-1 sensor/Y
651-1A GND 658-3

683-7A-6A 659-1-6

3
3

650-6A AJTY_/B
683-8A-5A 659-2-5
735-1 24V2 650-5A AJTY_B

101
735-2 NC 683-9A-4A 659-4-3
650-4A AJTY_/A Laser
735-3 PGND 683-10A-3A 659-3-4 correction

102
M7

550-3A AJTY_A
motor/Y
683-11A-2A 659-5-2

GRID/Y
650-2A AJTYM_24V
683-12A-1A 659-6-1
731-1 730-18A CHGYCONT 650-1A AJTYM_24V
731-2 730-17A CHGYDCV

CHARGER/Y
HV/1
731-3 730-16A GYDCV
731-4 730-15A CHGY_ER
731-5 730-14A DEVEDCY

4
4

731-6 730-13A DEVEACY

GRID/M
731-7 730-12A DEVEYDCV
731-8 730-11A SGND

CHARGER/M
731-9 730-10A TY_ANA

732-1 730-9A CHGMCONT


732-2 730-8A CHGMDCV

GRID/C
732-3 730-7A GMDCV
732-4 730-6A CHGM_ER
732-5 730-5A DEVEDCM

CHARGER/C
732-6 730-4A DEVEACM
732-7 730-3A DEVEMDCV
WRITING SECTION/Y(2/2)

5
5

732-8 730-2A DEVECCLK


732-9 730-1A TM_ANA

GRID/K
653-1-2 660-1-9
733-1 730-18B CHGCCONT 661-1
72

653-2-1 660-2-8

CHARGER/K
733-2 730-17B CHGCDCV 661-2
76

733-3 730-16B GCDCV 660-3-7 Polygon


661-3
M4

733-4 730-15B CHGC_ER 651-14A POLMCONT motor/M


DEVELOPING BIAS/Y 660-4-6
733-5 730-14B DEVEDCC 661-4
651-13A POL_CLKM
733-6 730-13B DEVEACC 660-5-5
661-5
DEVELOPING BIAS/M 651-12A POLMLOCK
733-7 730-12B DEVECDCV 660-6-4
661-6
733-8 730-11B GND 651-11A TEMPM_ER
DEVELOPING BIAS/C 660-7-3
733-9 730-10B TC_ANA 651-10A 5V2 662-1

6
6

660-8-2 662-2 Laser correction


DEVELOPING BIAS/K 651-9A AJTM_HP
734-1 730-9B CHGKCONT
PS6

660-9-1 sensor/M
651-8A GND 662-3
734-2 730-8B CHGKDCV
734-3 730-7B GKDCV

F/G
734-4 730-6B CHGK_ER
734-5 730-5B DEVEDCK 683-1A-12A 663-1-6
650-12A AJTM_/B
734-6 730-4B DEVEACK
683-2A-11A 663-2-5
734-7 730-3B DEVEKDCV 650-11A AJTM_B
734-8 730-2B DEVEKCLK 683-3A-10A 663-4-3
650-10A AJTM_/A Laser
734-9 730-1B TK_ANA 683-4A-9A 663-3-4 correction
M8

550-9A AJTM_A
motor/M
683-5A-8A 663-5-2
650-8A AJTYM_24V

7
7

683-6A-7A 663-6-1
650-7A AJTYM_24V
PRCB(3/6)

8
8

WRITING SECTION/M(2/2)

654-1-2 664-1-9
737-12 736-1A TRANSY 665-1
73

654-2-1 664-2-8
737-11 736-2A TRANSYI 665-2
77

664-3-7
Polygon
737-10 665-3
M5

736-3A TRANSYER motor/C

9
9

651-7B POLCCONT
664-4-6
1st TRANSFER/Y 737-9 736-4A TRANSM 665-4
651-6B POL_CLKC
664-5-5
737-8 736-5A TRANSMI 665-5
651-5B POLCLOCK
664-6-4
737-7 736-6A TRANSMER 665-6
651-4B TEMPC_ER
HV/2

1st TRANSFER/M
737-6 664-7-3 666-1
736-7A TRANSC 651-3B 5V2
737-5 664-8-2 666-2 Laser correction
736-8A TRANSCI 651-2B AJTGC_HP
PS7

1st TRANSFER/C 737-4 664-9-1 sensor/C


736-9A TRANSCER 651-1B GND 666-3

737-3 736-10A TRANSK

737-2 736-11A TRANSKI


683-7B-6B 667-1-6
737-1 736-12A TRANSKER 650-6B AJTC_/B
10
10

1st TRANSFER/K 683-8B-5B 667-2-5


736-1B N.C 650-5B AJTC_B
683-9B-4B 667-4-3
736-2B N.C 650-4B AJTC_/A Laser
683-10B-3B 667-3-4 correction
M9

738-10 736-3B SGND 650-3B AJTC_A


2nd TRANSFER motor/C
683-11B-2B 667-5-2
738-9 736-4B GPCONT 650-2B AJTCK_24V
683-12B-1B 667-6-1
738-8 736-5B 2ND_CONT 650-1B AJTCK_24V

738-7 736-6B 2ND_VI


Separation
738-6 736-7B 2ND_GAIN

738-5 736-8B 2ND_ER

738-4 736-9B SEPA_CNT


11
11

Bias 738-3 736-10B SEPA_ACI

738-2 736-11B SEPA_DCI

738-1 736-12B SEPA_ER

739-1 24V2
123

739-2 NC

739-3 PGND
119

F/G
WRITING SECTION/C(2/2)

12
12

13
13

Z
T

Y
X
V
S
P

U
R
N

Q
O

W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Main body location list


Symbol Part name Location
HV/1 High voltage unit /1 3-U
HV/2 High voltage unit /2 9-U
M3 Polygon motor /Y 2-O
M4 Polygon motor /M 5-O
M5 Polygon motor /C 9-O
M7 Laser correction motor /Y 3-O
M8 Laser correction motor /M 7-O
M9 Laser correction motor /C 9-O
PRCB Printer control board 2-R
PS5 Laser correction sensor /Y 3-O
PS6 Laser correction sensor /M 6-O
PS7 Laser correction sensor /C 10-O
- 1st transfer /C 10-Y
- 1st transfer /K 10-Y
- 1st transfer /M 9-Y
- 1st transfer /Y 9-Y
- 2st transfer 10-Y
Grid /C 4-X
Grid /K 5-X
Grid /M 4-X
Grid /Y 3-X
- Developing bias /C 6-X
- Developing bias /K 6-X
- Developing bias /M 6-X
- Developing bias /Y 6-X
- Charger /C 4-X
- Charger /K 5-X
- Charger /M 4-X
- Charger /Y 3-X
- Bias 11-Y
- Separation 11-Y
Z
T
P

Y
X
V
S

U
R
N

Q
O

W
286-5 285-B12-B3
669-1-3 673-1 284-12B IDXKJTB
651-17B 5V2

14
14

286-4 285-B13-B2
669-2-2 673-2 Temperature 284-13B SGND
651-16B TEMP_SIG sensor board 286-3 285-B14-B1
669-3-1 673-3 284-14B LDKIDX

TEMSB
651-15B SGND 286-2 285-A1 -A14
284-1A SGND

INDEXB/K
286-1 285-A2 -A13
655-1-2 668-1-9 284-2A LD5V
670-1

74
285-B1 -B14
17.8 Main body 8/12

655-2-1 668-2-8 287-12B


284-1B LOAD
670-2

78
287-11B 285-B2 -B13
668-3-7 Polygon 284-2B DACLK
670-3

M6
651-14B POLKCONT motor/K 285-B3 -B12
287-10B
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

668-4-6 284-3B DAI


670-3
651-13B POL_CLKK
668-5-5 287-9B(GND)
670-5
651-12B POLKLOCK 285-B4 -B11
668-6-4 287-8B
284-4B /ALM2
670-6

15
15

651-11B TEMPK_ER 285-B5 -B10


287-7B
668-7-3 284-5B /S/HB2
671-1
671-10B 5V2 287-6B 285-B6 -B9
668-8-2 284-6B /S/H2
671-2 Laser correction
651-9B AJTK_HP 287-5B 285-B7 -B8
668-9-1 sensor/K 284-7B /ALMKRST

PS59
671-3
651-8B GND 287-4B 285-B8 -B7
284-8B GND
287-3B 285-B14-B6
284-9B -VIDEO1
287-2B 285-B10-B5
672-1-6 284-10B +VIDEO1
683-1B-12B
650-12B AJTK_/B 287-1B 285-B11-B4
672-2-5 284-11B GND
683-2B-11B
650-11B AJTK_B 287-12A 285-A3 -A12
672-4-3 284-3A /ENB
683-3B-10B
650-10B AJTK_/A 287-11A 285-A4 -A11
284-4A /ALM1

LASDB/K

motor/K
683-4B-9B 672-3-4

16
16

285-A5 -A10

M58
650-9B AJTK_A 287-10A
672-5-2 284-5A /S/HB1
683-5B-8B
650-8B AJTK_5V 287-9A 285-A6 -A9
284-6A /S/H1

Laser correction
683-6B-7B 672-6-1
650-7B AJTK_5V 287-8A 285-A7 -A8
284-7A GND
287-7A 285-A8 -A7
284-8A LD+5V
771-1-8 287-6A 285-A9 -A6
284-9A LD+5V
300-B19 GAND
771-2-7 287-5A 285-A10-A5
284-10A +5VRN
300-B18 ADFAN_HL2
287-4A 285-A11-A4
IPB(2/2)

771-3-6 284-11A GND


300-B17 ADFAN_ER2
771-4-5 287-3A 285-A12-A3
284-12A -VIDEO2
300-B16 ADFAN_DR2
771-5-4 287-2A 285-A13-A2
284-13A +VIDEO2

17
17

300-B15 GND
771-6-3 287-1A 285-A14-A1
284-14A GND

WRITING SECTION/K
300-B14 ADFAN_HL1
771-7-2
300-B13 ADFAN_ER1
771-8-1
300-B12 ADFAN_DR1

300-B11 P_BTOP 263-A1


264-1 12V2
300-B10 MST_IDX2 -A2
3

264-2 REM/1
300-B9 MST_IDX1 -A3
4

264-3 AC_OFF
300-B8 GND -A4
264-4 12V1
300-B7 SBSW_OFF -A5
6

18
18

264-5 5V1
300-B6 P_CMD -A6
5

264-6 SGND
300-B5 P_RTS -A7
264-7 SGND
300-B4 P_STS -A8
264-8 SGND
300-B3 P_CTS -A9
7

300-B2 GND -A10 265-1 24V1


8

300-B1 INDEX_Y -A11 265-2 3.3V2


IFB
9

300-A19 INDEX_M 263-B1 265-3 3.3V2


10

300-A18 INDEX_C -B2 265-4 3.3V1


11

300-A17 INDEX_K -B3 265-5 5V2

19
19

12

300-A16 SGND -B4 265-6 SGND


13

300-A15 P_VTOP -B5 265-7 SGND


14

300-A14 P_PTOP -B6 265-8 SGND


15

300-A13 GND -B7 265-9 SGND


16

300-A12 REM/2 -B8 265-10 SGND


300-A11 S_VV -B9

300-A10 EE_VV -B10

300-A9 AC_OFF -B11

471-1-9 463-1-4

20
20

300-A8 GND
471-2-8 463-2-3
300-A7 STFAN_HL2
471-3-7 463-3-2 IPB fan/1
M24

300-A6 STFAN_ER2
471-4-6 463-4-1
300-A5 STFAN_DR2
471-5-5 470-1-4
300-A4 GND

PRCB(4/6)
471-6-4 470-2-3
300-A3 STFAN_HL1
IMCB

471-7-3 470-3-2 IPB fan/2


M25

300-A2 STFAN_ER1
471-8-2 470-4-1
300-A1 STFAN_DR1
471-9-1

21
21

200

250-1 SUBSW
201

250-2 SGND

250-3 NC
HDD/K
HDD/Y

251-A1 SGND
HDD/C

HD-506
HDD/M

251-A2 LCD_UD

251-A3 LCD_RL

251-A4 SGND

251-A5 SGND

22
22

49

301-1 5V2 251-A6 TXCLKOUT+


21

301-2 12V
NRB

251-A7 TXCLKOUT-
50

301-3 SGND 251-A8 SGND


22

301-4 SGND 251-A9 TXOUT2+


1000-1 VEND5V
1000-2 5V1
1000-3 RXD 251-A10 TXOUT2-
19

302-1 24V1
1000-4 TXD
1000-5 GND 251-A11 SGND
20

302-2 PGND
1000-6 IO_IN
1000-7 IO_OUT 251-A12 TXOUT1+
302-3 24V2
109

1000-8 NC
251-A13 TXOUT1-
302-4 REM3_CNT
107

251-A14 SGND
302-5 PGND 259-1 VBUS
110

23
23

259-2 D- 251-A15 TXOUT0+


COIN VENDER/1

302-6 REM4_CNT 259-3 D+


108

259-4 GND 251-A16 TXOUT0-

35-1 N.C 251-A17 SGND


252-1 VBUS
35-2 N.C 252-2 D- 251-A18 SGND
252-3 D+
251-A19 LCD5V
OACB

35-3 N.C 252-4 GND


504

ISW I/F(USB) ISW IF(USB)

35-4 N.C 256-1 HT_CLK 251-A20 LCD5V


256-2 CENTD0
35-5 N.C 256-3 CENTD1 251-B1 RTS_OUT
256-4 CENTD2
35-6 N.C 256-5 CENTD3 251-B2 SGND
256-6 CENTD4
35-7 N.C 256-7 CENTD5 251-B3 DTR_OUT
24
24

256-8 CENTD6
35-8 N.C 256-9 CENTD7 251-B4 SGND
256-10 PR_CLK
35-9 N.C 256-11 PR_BUSY 251-B5 TXD_OUT
256-12 ADREQ
35-10 N.C 256-13 XFLAG 251-B6 SGND
256-14 HT_BUSY
256-15 N.C 251-B7 CTS_IN
37-11 N.C 256-16 N.C
256-17 N.C 251-B8 SGND
37-10 N.C 256-18 N.C
Parallel port

256-19 GND 251-B9 DSR_IN


37-9 N.C 256-20 GND
256-21 GND 251-B10 SGND
37-8 N.C 256-22 GND
256-23 GND 251-B11 RXD_IN
37-7 N.C 256-24 GND
256-25 GND 251-B12 SGND
25
25

37-6 N.C 256-26 GND


256-27 GND 251-B13 WT_LED
Crimp

37-5 N.C 256-28 N.C


256-29 N.C 251-B14 SHUT_LED
Symbol

37-4 N.C 256-30 N.C


256-31 INT_ISWB 251-B15 SW_SIG
37-3 N.C 256-32 DAVALB
256-33 N.C 251-B16 SGND
37-2 N.C 256-34 N.C
256-35 N.C 251-B17 SHUT
Connector

37-1 N.C 256-36 AC1284


251-B18 SW_LED

251-B19 5V0

251-B20 5V0
257-9 RI
257-8 CTS
257-7 RTS
257-6 DSR
257-5 GND
257-4 DTR
257-3 TXD
257-2 RXD
257-1 DCD
255-8 GND
255-7 GND
255-6 RX-
255-5 GND
255-4 GND
255-3 RX+
255-2 TX-
255-1 TX+

26
26

Relay connector
Faston
LAN I/F

(RS-232)
CSRC I/F

Z
T

Y
X
V
S
P

U
R
N

Q
O

W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Main body location list


Symbol Part name Location
HDD/C HDD /C 21-R
HDD/K HDD /K 21-R
HDD/M HDD /M 21-S
HDD/Y HDD /Y 21-S
IFB I/F board 15-O
IMCB Image memory control board 20-O
INDEXB/K Index board /K 14-S
IPB image processing board 14-O
LASDB/K Laser drive board /K 15-S
M6 Polygon motor /K 15-U
M24 IPB fan /1 20-T
M25 IPB fan /2 21-T
M58 Laser correction motor /K 16-T
NRB NVRAM board 22-Q
OACB Overall control board 21-O
PRCB Printer control board 14-W
PS59 Laser correction sensor /K 15-T
TEMSB Temperature sensor board 14-T
I

L
F
E
B
A

K
D
C

H
G

1
1
17.9 Main body 9/12

F/G
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

623-1-1

F/G
623-1B-8B

2
2

24V
623-2B-7B
24V
623-3B-6B
PGND
623-4B-5B
PGND
622-3 623-5B-4B

63
5V
622-4 623-6B-3B

64
5V
622-1 623-7B-2B

51
SGND
622-2 623-8B-1B

52
SGND
621-7-1 623-9A-1A
DTXD
DF

621-6-2 623-8A-2A

3
3

SGND
621-5-3 623-7A-3A
CTS
621-4-4 623-6A-4A
DRXD
621-3-5 623-5A-5A
SGND
621-2-6 623-4A-6A
RTS
621-1-7 623-3A-7A
DSET
623-2A-8A

623-1A-9A

4
4

604-7
601-20 603-1 U
604-6
601-19 604-5

507
601-18 604-4 Scanner motor
603-2 V
M1

604-3
601-17
604-2
601-16 604-1
603-3 W
601-15
601-14 606-1
617-9-1
601-13 605-1 24V4
601-12 606-2
617-8-2
601-11 605-2 CONT Exposure lamp
L1

5
5

INVB/1

601-10 606-3
617-7-3
601-9 605-3 PGND
601-8
601-7 617-6-4 615-6-1 612-3
609-7 5V2
601-6 617-5-5 615-5-2 612-2
609-8 SIG APS sensor/1
PS3

601-5
617-4-6 615-4-3 612-1
601-4 609-9 SGND
601-3
617-3-7 615-3-4 613-3
601-2 609-10 5V2
601-1 617-2-8 615-2-5 613-2
609-11 SIG APS sensor/2
PS4

617-1-9 615-1-6 613-1


609-12 SGND

6
6

53
54 602-1 5V2

602-2 SGND 614-3-1 610-3


609-1 SGND
79

602-3 24V2
SCDB

614-2-2 610-2
609-2 SIG Scanner HP sensor
PS1

80

602-4 PGND 614-1-3 610-1


609-3 5V2

611-3
609-4 SGND
611-2 APS timing sensor
609-5 SIG
PS2

611-1
609-6 5V2
616-2
609-13 SIG

7
7

616-1 Reset switch


RS

609-14 SGND
608-3-1
607-1 CONT

608-2-2
607-2 EM Scanner fan
M2

608-1-3
607-3 PGND

8
9

SCANNER SECTION

9
9

10
10

11
11

12
12

13
13

L
F
E
B
A

K
D
C

H
G
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Main body location list


Symbol Part name Location
INVB/1 Inverter board /1 5-C
L1 Exposure lamp 5-B
M1 Scanner motor 4-C
M2 Scanner fan 7-C
PS1 Scanner HP sensor 6-C
PS2 APS Timing sensor 7-C
PS3 APS sensor /1 5-C
PS4 APS sensor /2 6-C
RS Read switch 7-C
SCDB Scanner drive board 4-E
/C6500P/C5500
bizhub PRO C6500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

M
G

H
C

K
A

L
J
I
26

26
25

25
24

24
23

23
22

22
21

21
Interlock switch /2

710-1-2
MS2

710-2-1
20

20
713-1 741-8-1
711-8 24V2
MC14

clutch/ Y
Toner bottle
713-2 741-7-2
711-7 YBCLCONT
716-1 741-6-3 724-18 PGND
711-6 24V2 472-1-3
MC15

clutch/ M fan

M48
Toner bottle Charge intake
716-2 741-5-4 724-17 TAI1_ERR
711-5 MBCLCONT 472-2-2
719-1 741-4-5
711-4 24V2
MC16

clutch/ C 724-16 TAI1_DR


Toner bottle 472-3-1
719-2 741-3-6 (24V1)
711-3 CBCLCONT 712-1
724-15 TB_5V

PZS/Y
sensor /Y
19

19
722-1 741-2-7 712-2
711-2 24V2
MC17

Piezoelectric
clutch/ K 724-14 TBYSIG
Toner bottle 712-3
722-2 741-1-8 724-13 SGND
711-1 KBCLCONT
715-1
724-12 TB_5V

PZS/M
sensor /M
715-2 Piezoelectric
724-11 TBMSIG
715-3
724-10 SGND
718-1
724-9 TB_5V

PZS/C
sensor /C
718-2
724-8 TBCSIG Piezoelectric
718-3
724-7 SGND
721-1
724-6 TB_5V

PZS/K
18

18
sensor /K
721-2 Piezoelectric
724-5 TBKSIG
721-3
724-4 SGND
725-1
724-3 5V2 close sensor

PS54
725-2 door open/
724-2 TBOSIG
725-3
Toner supply
724-1 SGND
706-1 TSUPY_A

TSDB
703-1
Toner supply

61
706-2 TSUPY_/A 704-1 5V2
M49

706-3 TSUPY_B 703-2


motor/ Y

62
704-2 SGND
706-4 TSUPY_/B 703-3

81
704-3 24V2
17

17
706-5 24V2
703-4

82
706-6 24V2 704-4 24V2
707-1-6 703-5

83
705-1 TSUPM_A 704-5 PGND
707-2-5 703-6
Toner supply

84
705-2 TSUPM_/A 704-6 PGND
707-3-4

M50
motor/ M
705-3 TSUPM_B 701-13B-1B
707-4-3 702-1B
705-4 TSUPM_/B
707-5-2 701-12B-2B
705-5 24V2 702-2B
707-6-1
705-6 24V2 701-11B-3B
702-3B
705-7 N.C 701-10B-4B
727-1-6 702-4B
726-1 TSUPC_A 701-9B-5B
727-2-5

Toner supply
702-5B
726-2 TSUPC_/A
727-3-4 701-8B-6B

M51
16

16
motor/ C
726-3 TSUPC_B 702-6B
727-4-3
726-4 TSUPC_/B 701-7B-7B
727-5-2 702-7B
726-5 24V2 701-6B-8B
727-6-1 702-8B
726-6 24V2
701-5B-9B
728-1-6 702-9B
726-7 TSUPK_A 701-4B-10B
728-2-5

Toner supply
702-10B
726-8 TSUPK_/A
728-3-4 701-3B-11B

M52
motor/ K
726-9 TSUPK_B 702-11B
728-4-3
726-10 TSUPK_/B 701-2B-12B
728-5-2 702-12B
726-11 24V2 701-1B-13B
728-6-1 702-13B
726-12 24V2
701-13A-1A

506
702-1A
701-12A-2A
15

15
702-2A
709-1 701-11A-3A
708-11 5V2 702-3A
709-2
708-10 SGND 701-10A-4A
709-3 702-4A
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

708-9 DBLT_CNT

Toner bottle motor


701-9A-5A
709-4 702-5A
708-8 DBLT_CLK
709-5 701-8A-6A
17.10 Main body 10/12

708-7 DBLT_CW 702-6A

M53
709-6
708-6 DBLT_LD 701-7A-7A
709-7 702-7A
708-5 DBLT_HL 701-6A-8A
709-8 702-8A
708-4 PGND
709-9 701-5A-9A
708-3 PGND 702-9A
709-10
708-2 24V2 701-4A-10A
709-11 702-10A
708-1 24V2
14

14
701-3A-11A
702-11A
701-2A-12A
702-12A
701-1A-13A
702-13A

M
G

H
C

K
A

L
J
I
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Main body location list


Symbol Part name Location
M48 Charge intake fan 19-K
M49 Toner supply motor /Y 17-K
M50 Toner supply motor /M 17-K
M51 Toner supply motor /C 16-K
M52 Toner supply motor /K 15-K
M53 Toner bottle motor 14-K
MC14 Toner bottle clutch /Y 20-E
MC15 Toner bottle clutch /M 19-E
MC16 Toner bottle clutch /C 19-E
MC17 Toner bottle clutch /K 19-E
MS2 Interlock switch /2 20-E
PS54 Toner supply door open/close sensor 18-K
PZS/C Piezoelectric sensor /C 18-K
PZS/K Piezoelectric sensor /K 18-K
PZS/M Piezoelectric sensor /M 19-K
PZS/Y Piezoelectric sensor /Y 19-K
TSDB Toner supply drive board 14-H
Z
T
P

Y
X
V
S

U
R
N

Q
O

W
361C-1-12

361C-2-11

1
1

361C-3-10
360-1A N.C
361C-4-9
360-2A N.C
361C-5-8
360-3A N.C
361C-6-7
360-4A N.C

593-4 361C-7-6
17.11 Main body 11/12

360-5A PRO_TEMP
593-3 361C-8-5
360-6A SGND
Temp/ humidity sensor 2 361C-9-4
593-2
360-7A PRO_HUM
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

593-1 361C-10-3

TEM/HUMS/2
360-8A 5V
766-1-2 762-1-2 361C-11-2
360-9A DRAW_SET

2
2

766-2-1 762-2-1 361C-12-1


360-10A DRAW_SET_1

362-1-2 361A-1-10
24V2 360-11A CPCL_24V
EL/Y 362-2-1 361A-2-9 620-1 SIN
CONT 360-12A PCL_DRVY
620-2 SGND
363-1-2 361A-3-8
24V2 360-13A CPCL_24V
EL/M 363-2-1 361A-4-7 620-3 RTS
CONT 360-14A PCL_DRVM
620-4 SOUT
364-1-2 361A-5-6
24V2 360-15A CPCL_24V 620-5 SGND
EL/C 364-2-1 361A-6-5
CONT 360-16A PCL_DRVC
620-6 CTS
365-1-2 361A-7-4

3
3

620-7 DSET
24V2 360-17A KPCL_24V
EL/K 365-2-1 361A-8-3
CONT 360-18A PCL_DRVK
764-1-2 760-1-2 361A-9-2
360-19A DRAW_SET_1
764-2-1 760-2-1 361A-10-1
360-20A DRAW_SET_2

PROCESS SECTION
765-1-2 761-1-2 361B-1-20
360-1B DRAW_SET_2
765-2-1 761-2-1 361B-2-19
360-2B CN564_1 600-1 LAMPCONT

368-1-4 361B-3-18 600-2 SGND


12V 360-3B TCR_12V 600-3 LAPS_SIG
368-2-3 361B-4-17
TDS_SIG 360-4B TONERY_S 600-4 SAPS_SIG
507

TCRS/Y 368-3-2 361B-5-16


SGND 360-5B SGND 600-5 APST_SIG

4
4

368-4-1 361B-6-15
TDS_VREF 360-6B TCRYVREF 600-6 SCAN_HPS

369-1-4 361B-7-14 600-7 SGND


12V 360-7B TCR_12V 600-8 SCFAN_LD
369-2-3 361B-8-13
TDS_SIG 360-8B TONERM_S 600-9 SCFAN
TCRS/M 369-3-2 361B-9-12
SGND 360-9B SGND 600-10 APS1
369-4-1 361B-10-11
TDS_VREF 360-10B TCRMVREF 600-11 APS2

370-1-4 361B-11-10 600-12 APS3


12V 360-11B TCR_12V 600-13 SCAN_CW
370-2-3 361B-12-9
TDS_SIG 360-12B TONERC_S 600-14 SCAN_PC
TCRS/C 370-3-2 361B-13-8
SGND 360-13B SGND 600-15 SGND
370-4-1 361B-14-7
TDS_VREF 360-14B TCRCVREF 600-16 SCANVREF
600-17 SGND

5
5

371-1-4 361B-15-6
12V 360-15B TCR_12V 600-18 SCAN_EN
371-2-3 361B-16-5
TDS_SIG 360-16B TONERK_S 600-19 SGND
TCRS/K 371-3-2 361B-17-4
SGND 360-17B SGND 600-20 SCAN_CK
371-4-1 361B-18-3
TDS_VREF 360-18B TCRKVREF

TCR sensor/ Y TCR sensor/ M TCR sensor/ C TCR sensor/ K


475-1-2 361B-19-2
360-19B SHUT_24V
Belt separation 475-2-1 361B-20-1

SD1
claw solenoid 360-20B SEPSD_DR

751-12-1 752-4-1
384-1A WXFAN_DR1
751-11-2 752-3-2
767-1-2 763-1-2 361D-1-18 384-2A WXFANER1
564-1 CN564_1 751-10-3 752-2-3 Paper exit fan/1
M61

767-2-1 763-2-1 361D-2-17 384-3A WXFANPWM1


564-2 SGND

6
6

751-9-4 752-1-4
372-4 366-1-8 361D-3-16 384-4A GND
24V2 564-3 SURF_24V 753-4-1
751-8-5
372-3 366-2-7 361D-4-15 384-5A WXFAN_DR2
SURFY_EV 564-4 SURF_EVY 753-3-2
751-7-6
372-2 366-3-6 361D-5-14 384-6A WXFANER2
SGND 564-5 SGND 753-2-3 Paper exit fan/2
751-6-7
M62

372-1 366-4-5 361D-6-13 384-7A WXFANPWM2

DRPS/Y
PGND 564-6 SGND

DRPSB/Y
751-5-8 753-1-4
384-8A GND

Drum potential sensor/ Y


751-4-9 754-4-1
384-9A WXFAN_DR3
373-4 366-5-4 361D-7-12
24V2 564-7 SURF_24V 751-3-10 754-3-2
384-10A WXFANER3
373-3 366-6-3 361D-8-11 Paper exit fan/3
SURFM_EV 564-8 SURF_EVM 751-2-11 754-2-3
M63

384-11A WXFANPWM3
373-2 366-7-2 361D-9-10
SGND 564-9 SGND 751-1-12 754-1-4
384-12A GND
373-1 366-8-1 361D-10-9

7
7

PGND 564-10 SGND 307-4-1

DRPS/M
DRPSB/M
384-13A FFAN_DR
307-3-2
384-14A FFAN_ER
374-4 367-2-8 361D-11-8 307-2-3 Deodorization fan
M36

24V2 564-11 SURF_24V 384-15A FFAN_PWM


374-3 367-3-7 361D-12-7
PRCB(5/6)

307-1-4
SURFC_EV 564-12 SURF_EVC 384-16A GND
374-2 367-4-6 361D-13-6 390-2-1
SGND 564-13 SGND 384-17A TCNT_DR1
374-1 367-5-5 361D-14-5 390-1-2
Total counter

DRPS/C
PGND 564-14 SGND 384-18A SHUT_24V

DRPSB/C
TCT/1

559-2-1
384-1B TCNT_DR2
375-4 367-6-4 361D-15-4 Total counter
24V2 564-15 SURF_24V 559-1-2
384-2B SHUT_24V
TCT/2

375-3 367-7-3 361D-16-3


SURFK_EV 564-16 SURF_EVK 392-4-1

8
8

384-3B FFAN3_DR
375-2 367-8-2 361D-17-2
SGND 564-17 SGND 392-3-2
384-4B FFAN3_ER
375-1 367-9-1 361D-18-1
DRPS/K
PGND 564-18 SGND 392-2-3
Fusing ventilation fan
DRPSB/K
M37

384-5B FFAN3_PWM
392-1-4
Drum potential sensor/ M Drum potential sensor/ C Drum potential sensor/ K
384-6B GND
491-4-1
384-7B FFAN2_DR
491-3-2
384-8B FFAN2_ER
Fusing belt ventilation fan
491-2-3
M10

384-9B FFAN2_HL
491-1-4
384-10B GND
488-4-1
378-2 377-1A-11A 496-1A-11A 384-11B CLFAN_DR
376-1A 24V2

9
9

Color registration shutter solenoid 488-3-2


377-2A-10A 496-2A-10A
SD2

378-1 376-2A SHUT_SD 384-12B CLFAN_ER


488-2-3 Transfer belt fan
M11

384-13B CLFAN_PWM
377-3A-9A 496-3A-9A 488-1-4
499-1 498-1 379-4
376-3A CREG1MON 384-14B GND
499-2 498-2 379-3 377-4A-8A 496-4A-8A 389-3
376-4A CREG1LED
377-5A-7A 496-5A-7A 384-15B GND
499-3 498-3 379-2
sensor/ Fr

376-5A SGND
PS8

389-2
CRB/Fr

499-4 498-4 379-1 377-6A-6A 496-6A-6A 384-16B TSU_OPEN Toner supply unit open/close sensor
376-6A 5V2
PS14

389-1
384-17B 5V
Color registration

376-7A IDC2_SIG 384-18B N.C


376-8A IDC2_SIG2
376-9A IDC_5V
376-10A SGND
10
10

376-11A IDC2_PWMS 495-6


908-1 GND
495-5
908-2 24V
495-4
908-3 PAT4_DR
LIGHT

495-3
383-1 381-1 382-4 377-1B-11B 496-1B-11B 908-4 PAT3_DR
376-1B CREG2MON
STATUS

383-2 381-2 382-3 377-2B-10B 496-2B-10B 495-2


376-2B CREG2LED 908-5 PAT2_DR
383-3 381-3 382-2 377-3B-9B 496-3B-9B
PS9

376-3B SGND 495-1


sensor/ Rr
INDICATOR

CRB/Rr

383-4 381-4 382-1 377-4B-8B 496-4B-8B 908-6 PAT1_DR


376-4B 5V2
Color registration

493-4 494-4
380-5 377-5B-7B 496-5B-7B 35-1 24V
376-5B IDC1_VREF 493-2 494-2
380-4 377-6B-6B 496-6B-6B
376-6B IDC_CNT 35-2 KEY_SET
11
11

PGC sensor 380-3 377-7B-5B 496-7B-5B 493-1 494-1


KCT

376-7B SGND 35-3 GND


380-2 377-8B-4B 496-8B-4B
PS11

376-8B 12V 493-3 494-3


COLOR REGISTRATION SECTION
Key counter

380-1 377-9B-3B 496-9B-3B 35-4 KEY_CONT


376-9B IDC1_SIG
35-5 GND
306-2 377-10B-2B 496-10B-2B
376-10B 24V2
PGC shutter solenoid 377-11B-1B 496-11B-1B 489-4-1
SD3

306-1 376-11B SHUT_SD


700-1A DFAN_DR1

700-2A DFAN_ER1 489-3-2

489-2-3 Drum fan/ 1


M12

700-3A DFAN_HL1

700-4A GND 489-1-4


12
12

315-3 311-1-10 292-1-10


309-1A 5V
315-2 311-2-9 292-2-9
Encoder sensor /Y1 309-2A ENA1
315-1 311-3-8 292-3-8
PS66

309-3A SGND
314-3 311-4-7 292-4-7
309-4A 5V
314-2 311-5-6 292-5-6
Encoder sensor /Y2 309-5A ENA2
314-1 311-6-5 292-6-5
PS67

309-6A SGND
13
13

Z
T

Y
X
V
S
P

U
R
N

Q
O

W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Main body location list


Symbol Part name Location
CRB/Fr Color registration board /Fr 9-X
CRB/Rr Color registration board /Rr 10-X
DRPS/C Drum potential sensor /C 7-Y
DRPS/K Drum potential sensor /K 8-Y
DRPS/M Drum potential sensor /M 7-Y
DRPS/Y Drum potential sensor /Y 6-Y
DRPSB/C Drum potential sensor board /C 7-W
DRPSB/K Drum potential sensor board /K 8-W
DRPSB/M Drum potential sensor board /M 7-W
DRPSB/Y Drum potential sensor board /Y 6-W
EL/C Erase lamp /C 3-W
EL/K Erase lamp /K 3-W
EL/M Erase lamp /M 3-W
EL/Y Erase lamp /Y 2-W
KCT Key counter 11-P
M10 Fusing belt ventilation fan 9-O
M11 Transfer belt fan 9-O
M12 Drum fan /1 12-Q
M36 Deodorization fan 7-P
M37 Fusing ventilation fan 8-O
M61 Paper exit fan /1 6-O
M62 Paper exit fan /2 6-O
M63 Paper exit fan /3 7-O
PRCB Printer control board 1-R
PS8 Color registration sensor /Fr 9-Y
PS9 Color registration sensor /Rr 10-Y
PS11 PGC sensor 11-X
PS14 Toner supply unit open/close sensor 9-O
PS66 Encoder sensor /Y1 12-Y
PS67 Encoder sensor /Y2 13-X
SD1 Belt separation claw solenoid 6-W
SD2 Color registration shutter solenoid 9-X
SD3 PGC shutter solenoid 11-X
TCRS/C TCR sensor /C 5-W
TCRS/K TCR sensor /K 5-W
TCRS/M TCR sensor /M 4-W
TCRS/Y TCR sensor /Y 4-W
TCT/1 Total counter /1 7-O
TCT/2 Total counter /2 8-O
TEM/HUMS/2 Temp/humidity sensor /2 2-W
Z
T
P

Y
X
V
S

U
R
N

Q
O

W
700-5A TBO_SIG
700-6A GND
317-7 311-7-4 292-7-4
FG 309-7A FG 700-7A TB5VCONT
317-4 311-8-3 292-8-3
PWM 309-8A PWM

14
14

317-3 311-9-2 292-9-2 700-8A TBM_SIG


CONT 309-9A CONT
317-1 311-10-1 292-10-1 700-9A MBCLCONT
5V 309-10A 5V 700-10A TBM_EN
317-8 312-4-1 293-4-1

29
Drum motor/ Y PGND 700-11A TBM_CLK

M14
317-9 312-3-2 293-3-2

30
PGND 700-12A TBY_SIG

317-10 312-2-3 293-2-3 700-13A YBCLCONT

25
24V
17.12 Main body 12/12

317-11 312-1-4 293-1-4 700-14A TBY_EN

26
24V
700-15A TBY_CLK
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

700-16A TSMT_HL
321-3 318-1-10 294-1-10
309-11A 5V 700-17A TSMT_LD
321-2 318-2-9 294-2-9
Encoder sensor /M1 309-12A ENA1 700-1B TSMT_CLK 506
321-1 318-3-8 294-3-8

PS68
309-13A SGND

15
15

322-3 318-4-7 294-4-7 700-2B TSMT_SS


309-14A 5V
322-2 318-5-6 294-5-6 700-3B TBK_CLK
Encoder sensor /M2 309-15A ENA2
318-6-5 294-6-5

PS69
322-1 700-4B TBK_EN
309-16A SGND
700-5B KBCLCONT
324-7 318-7-4 294-7-4 700-6B TBK_SIG
FG 309-17A FG
324-4 318-8-3 294-8-3
PWM 309-18A PWM 700-7B TBC_CLK
324-3 318-9-2 294-9-2
CONT 309-19A CONT 700-8B TBC_EN
324-1 318-10-1 294-10-1
5V 309-20A 5V 700-9B CBCLCONT
324-8 319-4-1 295-4-1

31
PGND 700-10B TBC_SIG
Drum motor/ M

M15
324-9 319-3-2 295-3-2 700-11B GND

32
PGND
324-10 319-2-3 295-2-3 700-12B CHFAN_ON

27
24V

16
16

700-13B CHFAN_ER
324-11 319-1-4 295-1-4

28
24V 700-14B DFAN_DR2 490-4-1

700-15B DFAN_ER2 490-3-2


329-3 325-1-10 296-1-10
309-1B 5V 490-2-3 Drum fan/ 2
325-2-9 296-2-9 700-16B DFAN_HL2
M13

329-2
Encoder sensor /C1 309-2B ENA1
329-1 325-3-8 296-3-8 490-1-4

PS70
700-17B GND
309-3B SGND
328-3 325-4-7 296-4-7
309-4B 5V
328-2 325-5-6 296-5-6
Encoder sensor /C2 309-5B ENA2 394-4-1
325-6-5 296-6-5
393-1A WFAN_DR1
328-1

PS71
309-6B SGND
393-2A WFAN_ER1 394-3-2
Writing
331-7 325-7-4 296-7-4
FG 309-7B FG 393-3A WFAN_HL1 394-2-3 intake fan/1
M43

331-4 325-8-3 296-8-3

17
17

PWM 309-8B PWM 394-1-4


325-9-2 296-9-2 393-4A GND
331-3
CONT 309-9B CONT
331-1 325-10-1 296-10-1 393-5A WFAN_DR2 395-4-1
5V 309-10B 5V
331-8 326-4-1 297-4-1 393-6A WFAN_ER2 395-3-2

37
Drum motor/ C PGND Writing

M16
331-9 326-3-2 297-3-2 393-7A WFAN_HL2 395-2-3 intake fan/1
M44

38
PGND
331-10 326-2-3 297-2-3 393-8A GND 395-1-4

33
24V
331-11 326-1-4 297-1-4 393-9A DEVFAN_DR1 396-4-1

34
24V
393-10A DEVFAN_ER1 396-3-2
336-3 332-1-10 298-1-10 Developing
309-11B 5V 393-11A DEVFAN_HL1 396-2-3 fan/1
M45

336-2 332-2-9 298-2-9


Encoder sensor /K1 309-12B ENA1
336-1 332-3-8 298-3-8 393-12A GND 396-1-4

PS72
309-13B SGND

18
18

335-3 332-4-7 298-4-7 393-13A DEVFAN_DR2 397-4-1


309-14B 5V
335-2 332-5-6 298-5-6
Encoder sensor /K2 309-15B ENA2 393-14A DEVFAN_ER2 397-3-2
335-1 332-6-5 298-6-5 Developing

PS73
309-16B SGND 393-15A DEVFAN_HL2 397-2-3 fan/2
M46

338-7 332-7-4 298-7-4 393-16A GND 397-1-4


FG 309-17B FG
338-4 332-8-3 298-8-3
PWM 309-18B PWM 393-17A O3FAN_DR 398-3-1
338-3 332-9-2 298-9-2
CONT 309-19B CONT
338-1 332-10-1 298-10-1
5V 309-20B 5V 393-18A O3FAN_ER 398-2-2 Main body
338-8 333-4-1 299-4-1 fan
M47

39

Drum motor/ K PGND

M17
338-9 333-3-2 299-3-2 393-19A GND 398-1-3
40

PGND
338-10 333-2-3 299-2-3 393-1B FLFAN_DR1
35

24V

19
19

338-11 333-1-4 299-1-4 393-2B FLFAN_ER1


36

24V
393-3B FLFAN_HL1

305-3 304-1-6 393-4B GND


353-1A 5V2
Encoder sensor / belt1 305-2 304-2-5
353-2A BELT_EA 393-5B FLFAN_DR2
305-1 304-3-4

PS74
353-3A SGND 393-6B FLFAN_ER2

289-3 304-4-3 393-7B FLFAN_HL2


353-4A 5V2
PRCB(6/6)

289-2 304-5-2
Encoder sensor / belt2 353-5A BELT_EB 393-12B GND
304-6-1
PS75

289-1
353-6A SGND 393-9B DEVFAN_DR3 770-4-1

356-7 354-1-7 393-10B DEVFAN_ER3 770-3-2


353-7A DBLT_H/L

20
20

356-6 354-2-6 Developing fan/3


353-8A DBLT_LD 393-11B DEVFAN_HL3 770-2-3
M64

356-5 354-3-5
353-9A DBLT_CW
356-4
393-12B GND 770-1-4
354-4-4
353-10A DBLT_CLK
356-3 354-5-3 393-13B M_TEMP
399-4
353-11A DBLT_CNT
Transfer belt motor 356-2 354-6-2 393-14B GND
399-3
353-12A SGND
M18
356-1 354-7-1 393-15B M_HUM
399-2 Temp/ humidity sensor 1
353-13A 5V2
356-8 355-4-1 393-16B 5V
399-1
TEM/HUMS/1

353-14A NC
117

356-9 355-3-2 393-17B N.C


353-15A NC
118

356-10 355-2-3 393-18B N.C


121

356-11 355-1-4 393-19B N.C


122

359-3 291-1-3
353-1B SGND

21
21

359-2 291-2-2
1st Transfer HP sensor 353-2B RL_HP 467-1A NC
359-1 291-3-1
PS15

353-3B 5V2 483-15A-1A 689-3


467-2A GND
353-4B SGND 483-14A-2A 689-2
353-5B DRUMY_HP 467-3A HA1_HP Paper exit pressure sensor
PS10

483-13A-3A 689-1
353-6B 5V2 467-4A 5V
353-7B SGND
353-8B DRUMM_HP 483-12A-4A 486-4-1
353-9B 5V2 467-5A EPFAN_DR3
483-11A-5A 486-3-2
353-10B SGND 467-6A EPFAN_ER3
353-11B DRUMC_HP 483-10A-6A 486-2-3 Tucking fan/ 3
M28

467-7A EPFAN_HL3
353-12B 5V2 483-9A-7A 486-1-4
353-13B SGND 467-8A GND

22
22

483-8A-8A 485-4-1
353-14B DRUMK_HP 467-9A EPFAN_DR2
353-15B 5V2 483-7A-9A 485-3-2
467-10A EPFAN_ER2
349-1 483-6A-10A 485-2-3 Tucking fan/ 2
341-7-1
M27

340-14A 5V2 467-11A EPFAN_HL2


349-2 341-6-2 483-5A-11A 485-1-4
340-13A SGND
349-3 341-5-3 467-12A GND
340-12A DMTY_SS 483-4A-12A 484-4-1
349-4 341-4-4 467-13A EPFAN_DR1
340-11A DMTY_CLK 483-3A-13A
349-5 341-3-5 484-3-2
340-10A DMTY_CW 467-14A EPFAN_ER1
Developing motor/ Y 349-6 341-2-6 483-2A-14A 484-2-3 Tucking fan/ 1
M26

340-9A DMTY_LD
M20

349-7 341-1-7 467-15A EPFAN_HL1


340-8A DMTY_H/L 483-1A-15A 484-1-4
349-8 345-4-1 467-16A GND
93

349-9 345-3-2 468-6-1


94

467-1B SOUT3_2
23
23

349-10 345-2-3 468-5-2


85

349-11 345-1-4 467-2B GND


86

468-4-3
467-3B CTS3_2
350-1 342-7-1 468-3-4
340-7A 5V2
350-2 467-4B SIN3_2
342-6-2 468-2-5
340-6A SGND
350-3 342-5-3 467-5B GND
340-5A DMTM_SS 468-1-6
350-4 342-4-4
340-4A DMTM_CLK 467-6B RTS3_2
350-5 342-3-5 469-4
340-3A DMTM_CW
70

350-6 PGND
Developing motor/ M 342-2-6
340-2A DMTM_LD 469-1
M21
69

350-7 342-1-7 24V2


340-1A DMTM_H/L
350-8 346-4-1 469-3
44

95

SGND
350-9 346-3-2 469-2
96
41

24
24

350-10 5V2
346-2-3
87

469-5
FS

350-11 346-1-4
88

469-6

351-1 343-7-1 592-2-1 588-5-1


340-14B 5V2 P_EXIT
351-2 467-7B P_EXIT
343-6-2 592-1-2
340-13B SGND
351-3 343-5-3
340-12B DMTC_SS
588-4-2
351-4 343-4-4
46

340-11B DMTC_CLK SGND


351-5 343-3-5 588-3-3
340-10B DMTC_CW
45

351-6 SGND
Developing motor/ C 343-2-6
340-9B DMTC_LD 588-2-4
M22
43

351-7 343-1-7 5V2


340-8B DMTC_H/L
588-1-5
351-8 347-4-1
42

97

5V2
351-9 347-3-2
98

25
25

351-10 347-2-3
89

483-9B-7B 688-3-1 388-3


Crimp

351-11 347-1-4 467-8B 5V


90

Symbol

483-8B-8B 688-2-2 388-2


467-9B EXFUL_PS Paper exit full sensor
PS12

352-1 344-7-1 483-7B-9B 688-1-3 388-1


340-7B 5V2
352-2 467-10B GND
344-6-2 483-6B-10B
340-6B SGND 387-3
352-3 344-5-3 467-11B GND
340-5B DMTK_SS 483-5B-11B 387-2
352-4 344-4-4 Paper exit sensor
340-4B DMTK_CLK 467-12B EXIT_PS
PS13

352-5 483-4B-12B
Connector

344-3-5 387-1
340-3B DMTK_CW
352-6 467-13B 5V
Developing motor/ K 344-2-6
340-2B DMTK_LD
M23

352-7 344-1-7 467-14B SGND


340-1B DMTK_H/L
352-8 348-4-1
99

467-15B HAI_PS
352-9 348-3-2
26
26

100

352-10 467-16B 5V
348-2-3
91

352-11 348-1-4
92

Relay connector
Faston
Z
T

Y
X
V
S
P

U
R
N

Q
O

W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

Main body location list


Symbol Part name Location
M13 Drum fan /2 16-P
M14 Drum motor /Y 14-X
M15 Drum motor /M 15-X
M16 Drum motor /C 17-X
M17 Drum motor /K 18-X
M18 Transfer belt motor 20-W
M20 Developing motor /Y 22-V
M21 Developing motor /M 23-V
M22 Developing motor /C 24-V
M23 Developing motor /K 25-V
M26 Tucking fan /1 23-O
M27 Tucking fan /2 22-O
M28 Tucking fan /3 22-O
M43 Writing intake fan /1 17-P
M44 Writing intake fan /2 17-P
M45 Developing fan /1 18-P
M46 Developing fan /2 18-P
M47 Main body fan 19-P
M64 Developing fan /3 20-P
PRCB Printer control board 14-R
PS10 Paper exit pressure sensor 21-O
PS12 Paper exit full sensor 25-O
PS13 Paper exit sensor 26-O
PS15 1st transfer HP sensor 21-V
PS68 Encoder sensor /M1 15-Y
PS69 Encoder sensor /M2 16-X
PS70 Encoder sensor /C1 16-Y
PS71 Encoder sensor /C2 17-X
PS72 Encoder sensor /K1 18-Y
PS73 Encoder sensor /K2 18-X
PS74 Encoder sensor /belt1 19-V
PS75 Encoder sensor /belt2 20-V
TEM/HUMS/1 Temp/humidity sensor /1 20-Q
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

17.13 DF

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A DFCB A
M301 Paper feed motor
Paper feed
cover sensor
PS303

B No paper sensor
PS304 M302 Conveyance motor B
Registration
sensor
PS301

C Timing sensor
M303 Reverse/Paper Exit Motor C
PS302

Tray open/close
sensor
PS308

D SIZE SENSOR BOARD D


Size
sensor/Rt
PS310
Reverse solenoid
SD302
Size
sensor/Lt
E PS309
Paper exit solenoid
E
SD301

Size VR
VR301
Registration clutch
MC301
F F
Reverse sensor
PS305

Paper exit
sensor
PS306
G G
Paper exit
cover sensor
PS307

H Symbol H

Connector Faston
Crimp Relay connector
I I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

DF location list
Symbol Part name Location
DFCB DF control board 4-A
M301 Paper feed motor 7-A
M302 Conveyance motor 7-B
M303 Reverse/paper exit motor 7-C
MC301 Registration clutch 7-F
PS301 Registration sensor 1-B
PS302 Timing sensor 1-C
PS303 Paper feed cover sensor 1-A
PS304 No paper sensor 1-B
PS305 Reverse sensor 1-F
PS306 Paper exit sensor 1-G
PS307 Paper exit cover sensor 1-G
PS308 Tray open/close sensor 1-D
PS309 Size sensor/Lt 1-E
PS310 Size sensor/Rt 1-D
SD301 Paper exit solenoid 7-E
SD302 Reverse solenoid 7-D
SSB Size sensor board 2-D
VR301 Size VR 1-E
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

17.14 PF 1/4

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

A A

B B

C C

D D

E E

F F

G G

H G
AC drive Assy
EUROPE ONLY
FT1 FT9 FT7 FT3
Relay
RY ACDB
I plug
Inlet
FT5
850-1 AC(H)
H
850-2 NC 24V1
CBR NF
850-3 NC
Power plug FT6
FT2 FT10 FT8 FT4
850-4 AC(N) 972-1
969-1 AC2(H)
Noise filter
J FOR JAPAN/U.S.A
978-1
969-2 AC2(H)
972-2

508
I
969-3 NC
4 850-1 AC(H)
972-3
969-4 NC
850-2 NC SSR1 969-5 T1_H_DRV(N)
972-4

850-3 NC 969-6 T2_H_DRV(N)

963-1 24V_IN(TEST)
SSR2

963-6 T1_H_CONT
963-4 FH_RL_DRV

963-7 T2_H_CONT
963-2 GND(TEST)
K 5
978-4
850-4 AC(N) J

963-5 T_H_5V
963-3 24V1

L 973-5-1
973-4-2
K
973-3-3 509
973-2-4
973-1-5

946-1-2
946-2-1

M L

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

PF location list
Symbol Part name Location
ACDB AC drive board 9-H
CBR Circuit breaker 5-I
NF Noise filter 6-I
RY Relay 8-I
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

17.15 PF 2/4

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

A A

B B

C C

D D

E E

F F

Dehumidifier Dehumidifier Temperature

G 915-1

915-3
HTR 3
fan/1 fan/2 sensor/3

TEMS/3
G
FM11 FM12
Fan heater/Up

917-4-1
917-3-2
917-2-3
917-1-4
918-4-1
918-3-2
918-2-3
918-1-4
H H
F/G

958-2-1
958-1-2
I Dehumidifier Dehumidifier
Temperature
sensor/4
I
916-1 fan/3 fan/4
916-3 HTR 4
TEMS/4
FM13 FM14
508
Fan heater/Lw

919-1-4
919-2-3
919-3-2
919-4-1
920-1-4
920-2-3
920-3-2
920-4-1
J J
F/G

959-2-1
959-1-2
K K

938-12-1
938-11-2
938-10-3

938-3-10
938-2-11
938-1-12

939-12-1
939-11-2
939-10-3

939-3-10
939-2-11
939-1-12
L L

938-9-4
938-8-5
938-7-6
938-6-7
938-5-8

938-4-9

939-9-4
939-8-5
939-7-6
939-6-7
939-5-8

939-4-9
M M
510

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

PF location list
Symbol Part name Location
FM11 Dehumidifier fan /1 25-G
FM12 Dehumidifier fan /2 26-G
FM13 Dehumidifier fan /3 24-I
FM14 Dehumidifier fan /4 24-I
HTR3 Fan heater /Up 23-G
HTR4 Fan heater /Lw 21-I
TEMS/3 Temperature sensor /3 26-G
TEMS/4 Temperature sensor /4 24-I
Z
T
P

Y
X
V
S

U
R
N

Q
O

1
1
17.16 PF 3/4

Crimp
Symbol
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

DCPS1
DCPS2

2
2

Connector
ACDB(Main body)

Relay connector
106-6 24V1
106-12 PGND
106-3 5V2
106-9 SGND
106-5 12V
106-11 SGND
111-2 24V2
111-6 PGND
111-3 24V2
111-7 PGND
121-10 200VAC(N)
121-4 200VAC(H)
121-9 200VAC(N)
121-3 200VAC(H)

Faston

3
3

F/G

466-5
466-6
466-1
466-2
466-3
466-4
466-7
466-8
466-9
145-2
145-1
145-3
145-2
145-1

466-10
2
960-1
F/G

1
960-2 HTR 1
heater/1
Dehumidifier

4
4

800-1 5V2
800-3 12V
5

465-1B-16B

800-5 24V1
800-7 24V2

800-6 PGND
800-2 SGND
800-4 SGND
800-8 PGND

464-15B SIN2_2 801-1B PFUD_TXD


465-2B-15B 961-1
464-14B SOUT2_2 801-2B PFUD_RXD
465-3B-14B 961-2 HTR 2
heater/2

464-13B GND 801-3B S.GND


465-4B-13B
Dehumidifier

464-12B LTSCLCNT 801-4B T2_SECL_CONT


465-5B-12B
464-11B LTRCLCNT 801-5B PRCL_CONT
465-6B-11B
464-10B LTSSDCNT 801-6B T2_PUSD_CONT
465-7B-10B
464-9B PF_HTROFF 801-7B /FE_HTROFF
465-8B-9B
464-8B GND 801-8B SGND
F/G

465-9B-8B

5
5

464-7B LTSO_SIG 801-9B T2_NF_SIG


465-10B-7B
464-6B LTPR_SIG 801-10B PF_PR_SIG
465-11B-6B
464-5B LTNP_SIG 801-11B T2_O_SIG
465-12B-5B
F/G

464-4B PF_FRSIG2 801-12B N.C


465-13B-4B 854-2
464-3B PF_FRSIG1 801-13B CH_FE5_SIG
465-14B-3B 854-1
464-2B LTCLCNT 801-14B PF_CL_CONT
465-15B-2B
TRAY4

464-1B GND 801-15B SGND 854-A20-A1


465-16B-1B 852-A1 S.GND
801-16B N.C
854-A19-A2
852-A2 S.GND

854-A18-A3 953-1-15 882-1


852-A3 SENS_5V
465-1A-16A
854-A17-A4 953-2-14 882-2

6
6

464-20A PF_CHSIG4 801-1A CH_FE4_SIG 852-A4 T1_MAX_SIG Upper limit sensor/1


PS1

465-2A-15A 953-3-13 882-3


464-19A PF_CHSIG3 801-2A CH_FE3_SIG
465-3A-14A 953-4-12 881-1
464-18A PF_CHSIG2 801-3A CH_FE2_SIG
465-4A-13A 854-A16-A5 953-5-11 881-2
464-17A PF_CHSIG1 801-4A CH_FE1_SIG 852-A5 T1_NF_SIG Paper feed sensor/1
PS2

465-5A-12A 953-6-10 881-3


464-16A PF_NPSIG1 801-5A T1_O_SIG
465-6A-11A 953-7-9 883-1
464-15A PF_NFSIG1 801-6A T1_NF_SIG
465-7A-10A 854-A15-A6 953-8-8 883-2
464-14A PF_PUSD1 801-7A T1_PUSD_CONT 852-A6 T1_0_SIG Paper empty sensor/1
PS3

465-8A-9A 953-9-7 883-3


464-13A PF_CHCL6 801-8A CH_CL6_CONT
465-9A-8A 884-1
464-12A PF_CHCL5 801-9A CH_CL5_CONT
465-10A-7A 854-A14-A7 884-2 Tray lock release
852-A7 T1_LOCK_SIG
464-11A PF_CHCL4 801-10A CH_CL4_CONT
PS4

884-3 sensor/1

PRCB(Main body)
465-11A-6A

7
7

464-10A PF_CHCL3 801-11A CH_CL3_CONT


465-12A-5A 854-A13-A8 885-1
852-A8 SENS_5V
464-9A PF_CHCL2 801-12A CH_CL2_CONT 854-A12-A9 885-2
465-13A-4A 852-A9 T1_SIZE1_SIG Paper size sensor/Rt1
PS5

464-8A PF_CHCL1 801-13A CH_CL1_CONT 854-A11-A10 885-3


465-14A-3A 852-A10 S.GND
464-7A PF_RVCL2 801-14A T2_RVCL_CONT 886-1
465-15A-2A
464-6A PF_RVCL1 801-15A T1_RVCL_CONT 854-A10-A11 886-2
465-16A-1A 852-A11 T1_SIZE2_SIG Paper size sensor/Lt1
PS6

464-5A PF_SOCL1 801-16A T1_SECL_CONT 886-3

941-1-11 859-1
854-A9-A11 941-2-10 859-2
852-A12 T1_SIZE3_SIG Paper size sensor/Fr1
PS7

941-3-9 859-3

942-1-11 860-1

8
8

854-A8-A13 942-2-10 860-2


852-A13 T1_SIZE4_SIG Paper size sensor/Rr1
PS8

942-3-9 860-3

854-A7-A14 904-3
Front door open/close switch 852-A14 SENS_5V
854-A6-A15 904-2
852-A15 T1_PQUANT_VR Remaining paper VR/1
SW1 904-1
VR2

FT2 FT1 922-1


1

903-1
922-2
3

854-A5-A16 903-2
852-A16 T1_PSIZE_VR Paper size VR/1
854-A4-A17 903-3
VR1

852-A17 S.GND

880-2-1 982-7-1

9
9

933-7 T2_LOCKSD_DRV 854-A3-A18 863-2-1


880-1-2 982-6-2 852-A18 T1_TH_SIG1
Tray lock solenoid/2 933-6 LOCKSD_24V 854-A2-A19 863-1-2 Temperature sensor/1
SD8

852-A19 T1_TH_SIG2
TEMS/1

854-A1-A20
876-2-1 982-5-3 852-A20 T1_SET_SIG
933-5 T1_LOCKSD_DRV
Tray lock solenoid/1 876-1-2 982-4-4
SD4

933-4 LOCKSD_24V

982-3-5 854-B19-B1 953-10-6 873-1-2


902-1 852-B1 T1_PUSD_DRV
982-2-6 933-3 SENS_5V 854-B18-B2 953-11-5 873-2-1 Pick-up solenoid/1
902-2
SD1

852-B2 T1_CL_24V
Front door open/close sensor 933-2 FD_OPEN_SIG
902-3 982-1-7
PS23

854-B17-B3 941-4-8 874-1-2


933-1 S.GND 852-B3 T1_SHSD_DRV
941-5-7 874-2-1 Shutter solenoid/Fr1
SD2

854-B16-B4 942-4-8 875-1-2


852-B4 T1_SHSD_DRV
10
10

942-5-7 875-2-1 Shutter solenoid/Rr1


SD3

966-4
934-8 PFU_TH_SIG
854-B15-B5 953-12-4 861-1-2
966-3 852-B5 T1_SECL_DRV
934-7 S.GND 953-13-3 861-2-1
Temperature-humidity sensor 966-2 Paper feed clutch/1
MC1

934-6 PFU_HUM_SIG
966-1
TEM/HUMS

934-5 SENS_5V 854-B14-B6 953-14-2 862-1-2


852-B6 T1_RVCL_DRV
854-B13-B7 953-15-1 862-2-1 Separation clutch/1
852-B7 T1_CL_24V
MC2

857-2(CONT) 955-2-1
934-4 /T1_UPM_DRV
Paper lift motor/1 857-1(24V) 955-1-2
M2
PFDB(1/2)

934-3 T1_UPM_24V 854-B12-B8 941-8-4 907-3-1(CONT)


852-B8 T1_FM12_DRV
854-B11-B9 941-7-5 907-2-2(EM) Paper feed
852-B9 T1_FM1_EM
11
11

858-2(CONT) 956-2-1 assist fan/Fr11


FM1

934-2 /T2_UPM_DRV 854-B10-B10 941-6-6 907-1-3(GND)


Paper lift motor/2 858-1(24V) 852-B10 P.GND
956-1-2
M3

934-1 T2_UPM_24V 854-B9-B11 942-8-4 908-3-1(CONT)


852-B11 T1_FM12_DRV
854-B8-B12 942-7-5 908-2-2(EM) Paper feed
852-B12 T1_FM2_EM
assist fan/Rr11
FM2

854-B7-B13 942-6-6 908-1-3(GND)


852-B13 P.GND
Vertical conveyance(1/2)

854-B6-B14 941-11-1 909-3-1(CONT)


852-B14 T1_FM34_DRV
854-B5-B15 941-10-2 909-2-2(EM) Paper feed
852-B15 T1_FM3_EM
assist fan/Fr12
FM3

854-B4-B16 941-9-3 909-1-3(GND)


852-B16 P.GND
854-B3-B17 942-11-1 910-3-1(CONT)
852-B17 T1_FM34_DRV
854-B2-B18 942-10-2 910-2-2(EM) Paper feed
852-B18 T1_FM4_EM
assist fan/Rr12
FM4

854-B1-B19 942-9-3 910-1-3(GND)


852-B19 P.GND
12
12

852-B20 N.C
13
13

Z
T

Y
X
V
S
P

U
R
N

Q
O

W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

PF location list
Symbol Part name Location
ACDB(Main AC drive board(Main body) 1-P
body)
FM1 Paper feed assist fan /Fr11 11-P
FM2 Paper feed assist fan /Rr11 11-P
FM3 Paper feed assist fan /Fr12 12-P
FM4 Paper feed assist fan /Rr12 12-P
HTR1 Dehumidifier heater /1 4-O
HTR2 Dehumidifier heater /2 4-O
M2 Paper lift motor /1 11-X
M3 Paper lift motor /2 11-X
MC1 Paper feed clutch /1 10-P
MC2 Separation clutch /1 11-P
PFDB PF drive board 4-R
PS1 Upper limit sensor /1 6-P
PS2 Paper feed sensor /1 6-P
PS3 Paper empty sensor /1 7-P
PS4 Tray lock release sensor /1 7-P
PS5 Paper size sensor /Rt1 7-P
PS6 Paper size sensor /Lt1 7-P
PS7 Paper size sensor /Fr1 8-P
PS8 Paper size sensor /Rr1 8-P
PS23 Front door open/close sensor 10-X
SD1 Pick-up solenoid /1 10-P
SD2 Shutter solenoid /Fr1 10-P
SD3 Shutter solenoid /Rr1 10-P
SD4 Tray lock solenoid /1 9-X
SD8 Tray lock solenoid /2 9-X
SW1 Front door open/close switch 8-X
VR1 Paper size VR /1 9-P
VR2 Remaining paper VR /1 8-P
TEM/HUMS Temperature-humidity sensor 10-X
TEMS/1 Temperature sensor /1 9-P
Z
T
P

Y
X
V
S

U
R
N

Q
O

W
491-1
17.17 PF 4/4

930-1 MF_SIG(+)
491-2

14
14

930-2 MF_SIG(-)

MI2
491-3

F/G
930-3 A.GND

MFDTB/R
930-4 A.GND

490-1

F/G
931-1 JCLK_OUT
490-2 855-2

CT
931-2 A.GND
490-3 855-1
931-3 P.GND
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

TRAY5

MFDTB/S
855-A20-A1
853-A1 S.GND
855-A19-A2
921-10 924-10-1 948-16B-3B 853-A2 S.GND

15
15

928-16B 24V2-1
921-9 924-9-2 948-15B-4B
928-15B LED_CONT 855-A18-A3 954-1-15 889-1
921-8 924-8-3 948-14B-5B 853-A3 SENS_5V
928-14B SENS_CLK 855-A17-A4 954-2-14 889-2
921-7 924-7-4 948-13B-6B 853-A4 T2_MAX_SIG Upper limit sensor/2
PS9

928-13B S.GND
954-3-13 889-3
921-6 924-6-5 948-12B-7B
928-12B SI 954-4-12 888-1
921-5 924-5-6 948-11B-8B
Centering sensor 928-11B S.GND 855-A16-A5 954-5-11 888-2
921-4 924-4-7 948-10B-9B

PS25
853-A5 T2_NF_SIG Paper feed sensor/2
928-10B -5V 954-6-10 888-3
PS10

921-3 924-3-8 948-9B-10B


928-9B SENS_5V 954-7-9 890-1
921-2 924-2-9 948-8B-11B
928-8B S.GND 855-A15-A6 954-8-8 890-2
921-1 924-1-10 948-7B-12B
853-A6 T2_0_SIG Paper empty sensor/2
928-7B VDDSIG1 954-9-7 890-3
PS11

891-1

16
16

965-1 976-6-1 948-6B-13B


928-6B SENS_5V 855-A14-A7 891-2 Tray lock release
965-2 976-5-2 948-5B-14B 853-A7 T2_LOCK_SIG
Pre-registration sensor 928-5B PF_PR_PS 891-3 sensor/2
PS12

965-3 976-4-3 948-4B-15B

PS20
928-4B S.GND 855-A13-A8 892-1
853-A8 SENS_5V
898-1 976-3-4 948-3B-16B 855-A12-A9 892-2
853-A9 T2_SIZE1_SIG Paper size sensor/Rt2
928-3B SENS_5V 855-A11-A10 892-3
PS13

Horizontal conveyance 898-2 976-2-5 948-2B-17B


853-A10 S.GND
sensor/1 928-2B CH_FE4_SIG
898-3 976-1-6 948-1B-18B 893-1

PS18
928-1B S.GND
855-A10-A11 893-2
853-A11 T2_SIZE2_SIG Paper size sensor/Lt2
893-3
PS14

928-16A N.C
899-1 977-3-1 948-18A-1A 928-15A SENS_5V 943-1-11 887-1

Horizontal conveyance 899-2 977-2-2 948-17A-2A 855-A9-A12 943-2-10 887-2


928-14A CH_FE5_PS

17
17

853-A12 T2_SIZE3_SIG Paper size sensor/Fr2


sensor/2 899-3 977-1-3 948-16A-3A 943-3-9 887-3
PS15

PS19
928-13A S.GND
948-4A to 12A N.C 944-1-11 894-1
855-A8-A13 944-2-10 894-2
901-1 948-6A-13A 853-A13 T2_SIZE4_SIG Paper size sensor/Rr2
944-3-9 894-3
PS16

928-12A SENS_5V
Horizontal conveyance 901-2 948-5A-14A
928-11A HD_OPEN_SIG
door sensor/1 901-3 948-4A-15A 855-A7-A14 906-3

PS21

Horizontal conveyance
928-10A S.GND 853-A14 SENS_5V
855-A6-A15 906-2
Remaining paper VR/2
VR4

906-1
964-1 948-3A-16A
853-A15 T2_PQUANT_VR
928-9A SENS_5V 905-1
Horizontal conveyance 964-2 948-2A-17A
door sensor/2 928-8A HDIN_OPEN_SIG 855-A5-A16 905-2
964-3 948-1A-18A

PS22
853-A16 T2_PSIZE_VR Paper size VR/2
VR3

928-7A S.GND 855-A4-A17 905-3

18
18

853-A17 S.GND

855-A3-A18 866-2-1
870-2-1 853-A18 T2_TH_SIG1
855-A2-A19 866-1-2
Temperature sensor/2
Horizontal conveyance 928-6A H_MC_24V 853-A19 T2_TH_SIG2
870-1-2
TEMS/2

clutch/1 855-A1-A20

MC10
928-5A CH_CL4_DRV 853-A20 T2_SET_SIG

871-2-1
Horizontal conveyance 928-4A H_MC_24V
clutch/2 871-1-2 855-B19-B1 954-10-6 877-1-2
928-3A CH_CL5_DRV 853-B1 T2_PUSD_DRV

MC11
855-B18-B2 954-11-5 877-2-1 Pick-up solenoid/2
SD5

853-B2 T2_CL_24V

872-2-1 855-B17-B3 943-4-8 878-1-2


928-2A H_MC_24V 853-B3 T2_SHSD_DRV

19
19

Pre-registration clutch 872-1-2 943-5-7 878-2-1 Shutter solenoid/Fr2


SD6

MC12
928-1A PRCL_DRV

855-B16-B4 944-4-8 879-1-2


853-B4 T2_SHSD_DRV
944-5-7 879-2-1 Shutter solenoid/Rr2
SD7

856-1 5V
925-1 5V2
856-2 S.GND(N.C) 855-B15-B5 954-12-4 864-1-2
853-B5 T2_SECL_DRV
856-3 CONT 954-13-3 864-2-1
925-2 PFUM_CONT Paper feed clutch/2
MC4

856-4 CLK
925-3 PFUM_CLK
856-5 F/R 855-B14-B6 954-14-2 865-1-2
925-4 PFUM_FR 853-B6 T2_RVCL_DRV
856-6 LD 855-B13-B7 954-15-1 865-2-1 Separation clutch/2
Paper feed motor 925-5 PFUM_EM 853-B7 T2_CL_24V
MC5

M1
856-7 H/L
925-6 PFUM_GAIN
856-8 PGND 952-4-1

20
20

856-9 PGND 952-3-2


855-B12-B8 943-8-4 911-3-1(CONT)
856-10 24V 952-2-3 853-B8 T2_FM12_DRV
855-B11-B9 943-7-5 911-2-2(EM) Paper feed
856-11 24V 952-1-4 853-B9 T2_FM1_EM
assist fan/Fr21
FM5

855-B10-B10 943-6-6 911-1-3(GND)


853-B10 P.GND
855-B9-B11 943-5-4 912-3-1(CONT)
853-B11 T2_FM12_DRV
3

855-B8-B12 944-7-5 912-2-2(EM) Paper feed


853-B12 T2_FM2_EM
assist fan/Rr21
FM6

855-B7-B13 944-6-6 912-1-3(GND)


853-B13 P.GND
2

855-B6-B14 943-11-1 913-3-1(CONT)


PFDB(1/2)

853-B14 T2_FM34_DRV
855-B5-B15 943-10-2 913-2-2(EM) Paper feed
853-B15 T2_FM3_EM
assist fan/Fr22
FM7

4-1 SENS_5V 855-B4-B16 943-9-3 913-1-3(GND)


853-B16 P.GND
4-2 YOBI_SIG
855-B3-B17 944-11-1 914-3-1(CONT)

21
21

4-3 SGND 853-B17 T2_FM34_DRV


855-B2-B18 944-10-2 914-2-2(EM) Paper feed
4-4 H_MC_24V 853-B18 T2_FM4_EM
assist fan/Rr22
FM8

855-B1-B19 944-9-3 914-1-3(GND)


4-5 CH_CL6_DRV 853-B19 P.GND

4-6 H_MC_24V 853-B20 N.C

4-7 PF_CL_DRV
4-8
4-9

897-1 949-18-1
927-B18 SENS_5V
Vertical conveyance 897-2 949-17-2
927-B17 CH_FE3_SIG
962-1 24V1

22
22

sensor/3 897-3 949-16-3


PS26

927-B16 S.GND
962-2 H_RL_DRV
962-3 SENS_5V
509

896-1 949-15-4
927-B15 SENS_5V 962-4 T1_HEAT_DRV
Vertical conveyance 896-2 949-14-5
927-B14 CH_FE2_SIG 962-5 T2_HEAT_DRV
sensor/2 896-3 949-13-6
PS27

927-B13 S.GND

895-1 949-12-7
927-B12 SENS_5V
Vertical conveyance 895-2 949-11-8 937-B1 T2_HFAN_DR
927-B11 CH_FE1_SIG
sensor/1 895-3 949-10-9
PS17

937-B2 T2_HFAN1_ER
927-B10 S.GND
949-10 to 15 N.C 937-B3 T2_HFAN1_HL
900-1 949-3-16 937-B4 P.GND
23
23

927-B9 SENS_5V
Vertical conveyance 900-2 949-2-17 937-B5 T2_HFAN_DR
927-B8 VD_OPEN_SIG
door sensor 900-3 949-1-18 937-B6 T2_HFAN2_ER
PS24

927-B7 S.GND
937-B7 T2_HFAN2_HL
Vertical conveyance(2/2)

937-B8 P.GND
867-2-1
Vertical conveyance clutch/1 927-B6 V_MC_24V
867-1-2 937-B9 H_TH2_SIG1
MC7

927-B5 /CH_CL1_DRV
937-B10 H_TH2_SIG2
937-B11 T2_HTSET_SIG
868-2-1
937-B12 S.GND
Vertical conveyance clutch/2 927-B4 V_MC_24V
868-1-2
510

MC8

927-B3 /CH_CL2_DRV
24
24

869-2-1 937-A1 T1_HFAN_DR


Vertical conveyance clutch/3 927-B2 V_MC_24V
869-1-2 937-A2 T1_HFAN1_ER
MC9

927-B1 /CH_CL3_DRV
937-A3 T1_HFAN1_HL
937-A4 P.GND
927-A18 N.C
937-A5 T1_HFAN_DR
927-A17 N.C
937-A6 T1_HFAN2_ER
927-A16 P.GND
937-A7 T1_HFAN2_HL
927-A15 PFU_FAN4_HL
937-A8 P.GND
927-A14 PFU_FAN4_ER
927-A13 PFU_FAN4_DRV 937-A9 H_TH1_SIG1
927-A12 P.GND 937-A10 H_TH1_SIG2
25
25

927-A11 PFU_FAN3_HL 937-A11 T1_HTSET_SIG


927-A10 PFU_FAN3_ER 937-A12 S.GND
927-A9 PFU_FAN3_DRV
968-4-1
927-A8 P.GND
968-3-2
927-A7 PFU_FAN2_HL
Ventilation fan/2 968-2-3
FM9

927-A6 PFU_FAN2_ER
968-1-4
927-A5 PFU_FAN2_DRV
967-4-1
927-A4 P.GND
967-3-2
927-A3 PFU_FAN1_HL
Ventilation fan/1 967-2-3
927-A2 PFU_FAN1_ER
FM10

967-1-4
26
26

927-A1 PFU_FAN1_DRV
Z
T

Y
X
V
S
P

U
R
N

Q
O

W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

PF location list
Symbol Part name Location
FM5 Paper feed assist fan /Fr21 20-O
FM6 Paper feed assist fan /Rr21 20-O
FM7 Paper feed assist fan /Fr22 21-O
FM8 Paper feed assist fan /Rr22 21-O
FM9 Ventilation fan /2 25W
FM10 Ventilation fan /1 26W
M1 Paper feed motor 20-X
MC4 Paper feed clutch /2 19-O
MC5 Separation clutch /2 20-O
MC7 Vertical conveyance clutch /1 23-W
MC8 Vertical conveyance clutch /2 24-W
MC9 Vertical conveyance clutch /3 24-W
MC10 Horizontal conveyance clutch /1 18-X
MC11 Horizontal conveyance clutch /2 19-X
MC12 Pre-registration clutch 19-X
MFDTB/R Multi feed detection board /R 14-X
MFDTB/S Multi feed detection board /S 14-X
PFDB PF drive board 20-S
PS9 Upper limit sensor /2 15-O
PS10 Paper feed sensor /2 15-O
PS11 Paper empty sensor /2 16-O
PS12 Tray lock release sensor /2 16-O
PS13 Paper size sensor /Rt2 16-O
PS14 Paper size sensor /Lt2 17-O
PS15 Paper size sensor /Fr2 17-O
PS16 Paper size sensor /Rr2 17-O
PS17 Vertical conveyance sensor /1 23-W
PS18 Horizontal conveyance sensor /1 17-X
PS19 Horizontal conveyance sensor /2 17-X
PS20 Pre-registration sensor15-U 16-X
PS21 Horizontal conveyance door sensor /1 18-X
PS22 Horizontal conveyance door sensor /2 18-X
PS24 Vertical conveyance door sensor 23-W
PS25 Centering sensor 15-X
PS26 Vertical conveyance sensor /3 22-W
PS27 Vertical conveyance sensor /2 22-W
SD5 Pick-up solenoid /2 19-O
SD6 Shutter solenoid /Fr2 19-O
SD7 Shutter solenoid /Rr2 19-O
TEMS/2 Temperature sensor /2 18-O
VR3 Paper size VR/217-K 18-O
VR4 Remaining paper VR /217-K 18-O
I
F
E
B
A

D
C

H
G
17.18 LU

1
1

ACDB

DCPS2

DCPS1

MAIN BODY
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

106-3 5V2
106-9 SGND
106-5 12V
106-11 SGND
106-6 24V1
106-12 PGND
111-2 24V2
111-6 PGND
111-3 24V2
111-7 PGND
121-8 220VAC(H)
121-3 220VAC(H)

2
2

F/G

145-6

466-1
466-2
466-3
466-4
145-5

466-5
466-6
466-7
466-8
145-4
145-3

466-9
145-2
145-1

466-10
F/G
LU-202

799-4
799-3
799-2
799-1
834-2
834-1

464-20A PF_CHSIG4 465-1A-16A 801-A1 N.C


464-19A PF_CHSIG3 465-2A-15A 801-A2 N.C

800-1 5V2
800-2 12V
800-3 24V2

465-3A-14A
800-4 SGND
800-5 SGND
800-6 PGND

464-18A PF_CHSIG2 801-A3 N.C


464-17A PF_CHSIG1 465-4A-13A 801-A4 N.C
ASSY

464-16A PF_NPSIG1 465-5A-12A 801-A5 N.C


HTR1

AC drive

465-6A-11A

3
3

464-15A PF_NFSIG1 801-A6 N.C


464-14A PF_PUSD1 465-7A-10A 801-A7 N.C
465-8A-9A 973-5-1
464-13A PF_CHCL6 801-A8 N.C 962-1 24V1
Dehumidifier heater

465-9A-8A 973-4-2
464-12A PF_CHCL5 801-A9 N.C 962-2 FH_RL_DRV
972-4
972-3
972-2
972-1

465-10A-7A 973-3-3
464-11A PF_CHCL4 801-A10 N.C 962-3 SENS_5V
465-11A-6A 973-2-4
464-10A PF_CHCL3 801-A11 N.C 962-4 T1_HEAT_DRV
465-12A-5A 973-1-5
464-9A PF_CHCL2 801-A12 N.C 962-5
464-8A PF_CHCL1 465-13A-4A 801-A13 N.C
915-3
915-2
915-1

464-7A PF_RVCL2 465-14A-3A 801-A14 N.C


464-6A PF_RVCL1 465-15A-2A 801-A15 N.C 938-12-1
465-16A-1A 835-1 HFAN_DRV
464-5A PF_SOCL1 801-A16 N.C 938-11-2
835-2 HFAN1_ER Dehumidifier
938-10-3
FM3

835-3 HFAN1_HL fan/1


HTR2

465-1B-16B 938-9-4
464-15B SIN2_2 801-B1 LCTD_TXD 835-4 P.GND
938-8-5
Fan heater

464-14B SOUT2_2 465-2B-15B 801-B2 LCTD_RXD 835-5 HFAN_DR


938-7-6
Fan heater Assy

464-13B GND 465-3B-14B 801-B3 S.GND 835-6 HFAN2_ER Dehumidifier


465-4B-13B 938-6-7
FM4

464-12B LTSCLCNT 801-B4 SECL_CONT 835-7 HFAN2_HL fan/2


465-5B-12B 938-5-8
464-11B LTRCLCNT 801-B5 PRCL_CONT 835-8 P.GND

PRCB

4
4

464-10B LTSSDCNT 465-6B-11B 801-B6 PUSD_CONT 938-4-9


465-7B-10B 835-9 H_TH_SIG1
464-9B PF_HTROFF 801-B7 /LT_HTROFF 938-3-10 Temperature sensor/2
465-8B-9B 835-10 H_TH_SIG2
464-8B GND 801-B8 SGND 938-2-11
TEMS/2

835-11 HTSET_SIG
464-7B LTSO_SIG 465-9B-8B 801-B9 POUT_SIG 938-1-12
835-12 S.GND
464-6B LTPR_SIG 465-10B-7B 801-B10 PR_SIG
464-5B LTNP_SIG 465-11B-6B 801-B11 0_SIG
464-4B PF_FRSIG2 465-12B-5B 801-B12 LT_SIG2
810-1
464-3B PF_FRSIG1 465-13B-4B 801-B13 LT_SIG1 802-1 VIDEO
810-2
464-2B LTCLCNT 465-14B-3B 801-B14 LT_CL_CONT 802-2 SGND
810-3
464-1B GND 465-15B-2B 801-B15 SGND 802-3 5V2
810-4
802-4 -5V
810-5
802-5 SGND Centering sensor
810-6
PS1

802-6 SI
814-1 810-7
Paper lift 808-1 D1 802-7 SGND
814-2 810-8
motor 808-2 D2 802-8 CLK
M100
810-9
802-9 LED

5
5

810-10
802-10 24V2

818-1
806-15 5V2
Lower 818-2 815-1
806-14 LOW_SIG 805-1 5V2 5V
Limit Sensor
818-3 815-2
PS101

806-13 SGND 805-2 SGND S.G.


805-3 LCTMCONT 815-3
819-1 CONT
Remaining 806-12 5V2 815-4
805-4 LCTM_CLK CLK
paper 819-2
806-11 QUANT1 815-5
805-5 LCTM_F/R CW/CCW
sensor/1 819-3
PS102

806-10 SGND 815-6


805-6 LCTM_EM LD Paper feed motor
M1

820-1 805-7 LCTMGAIN 815-7 H/L


Remaining 806-9 5V2
820-2 805-8 PGND 815-8 P.G.
paper 806-8 QUANT2
sensor/2 820-3 815-9
PS103

806-7 SGND 805-9 PGND P.G.


815-10 24V
821-1 805-10 24V2
Remaining 806-6 5V2 815-11 24V
821-2 805-11 24V2
paper 806-5 QUANT3
817-2

817-1
816-2

816-1

sensor/3 821-3
PS104

806-4 SGND
6
6

822-1
Remaining 806-3 5V2
822-2
paper 806-2 QUANT4
822-3
PS105

sensor/4 806-1 SGND


LUDB
MS1
MS2

812-3-1 837-6-1
803-6 PGND
Paper feed 812-2-2 837-5-2
assist fan/Fr 803-5 LFAN2_EM
FM1

812-1-3 837-4-3
803-4 LF_DRV 841-14-1 829-2-1
804-1A 24V
811-3-1 837-3-4 841-13-2 829-1-2 Pick-up solenoid
803-3 PGND 804-2A PUSD_DRV
SD100

Paper feed 811-2-2 837-2-5 841-12-3


803-2 LFAN1_EM 831-3
assist fan/Rr 804-3A SGND
FM2

841-11-4 831-2
811-1-3 837-1-6 804-4A MAX_SIG Upper limit sensor
803-1 LF_DRV 841-10-5 831-1
PS109

804-5A 5V2
841-9-6 825-3
804-6A SGND
841-8-7
7
7

825-2 Paper empty sensor


804-7A 0_PS
841-7-8 825-1
PS108

804-8A 5V2
841-6-9 824-3
804-9A 5V2
841-5-10 824-2
804-10A PR_PS LU exit sensor
841-4-11 824-1
PS107

804-11A SGND
841-3-12 823-3
804-12A 5V2
841-2-13 823-2 Pre-registration sensor
836-11 TH1_SIG2 804-13A POUT_SIG
Temperature 848-2-1 850-8-1 841-1-14 823-1
PS106

sensor/1 836-10 TH1_SIG1 804-14A SGND


850-7-2
TEMS/1

848-1-2

839-5-1 832-3
836-9 SGND 804-1B SGND
847-3 850-6-3 839-4-2 832-2 Front door open/close
Paper size 804-2B FROP_SIG sensor
850-5-4 836-8 SIZE_PS2 839-3-3 832-1
847-2
PS115

seonsor/Fr 804-3B 5V2


PS111

847-1 850-4-5 836-7 5V2


839-2-4 813-2
804-4B SGND
836-6 SGND 839-1-5 813-1 Tray down switch
Paper size 846-3 850-3-6 804-5B DW_SW
8
8

SW100

seonsor/Rr 846-2 836-5 SIZE_PS1


850-2-7
PS110

846-1 850-1-8 836-4 5V2


833-3
804-6B SGND
833-2 Upper cover open/close
845-1 836-3 SGND 804-7B UPOP_PS
849-3-1 sensor
Remaining 833-1
PS100

845-2 836-2 SIZE_VR 804-8B 5V2


849-2-2
VR1

paper VR
845-3 849-1-3 836-1 5V2

826-2-1
804-9B 24V2
Crimp

826-1-2 Paper feed clutch


Symbol

804-10B SECL_DRV

830-2-1
804-11B 24V2 Pre registration clutch
830-1-2
804-12B PRCL_DRV
MC101 MC102

804-13B 24V2
Connector

804-14B LT_CL_DRV
9
9

Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

LU location list
Symbol Part name Location
FM1 Paper feed assist fan /Fr 6-H
FM2 Paper feed assist fan /Rr 7-H
FM3 Dehumidifier fan /1 4-C
FM4 Dehumidifier fan /2 4-C
HTR1 Dehumidifier heater /1 3-A
HTR2 Dehumidifier heater /2 4-B
LUDB LU drive board 3-D
M1 Paper feed motor 5-B
M100 Paper lift motor 5-H
MC101 Paper feed clutch 8-B
MC102 Pre-registration clutch 9-B
MS1 Interlock switch /1 6-C
MS2 Interlock switch /2 6-C
PS1 Centering sensor 5-B
PS100 Upper door sensor 8-B
PS101 Lower limit sensor 5-H
PS102 Remaining paper sensor /1 5-H
PS103 Remaining paper sensor /2 6-H
PS104 Remaining paper sensor /3 6-H
PS105 Remaining paper sensor /4 6-H
PS106 Pre-registration sensor 7-B
PS107 LU exit sensor 7-B
PS108 Paper empty sensor 7-B
PS109 Upper limit sensor 7-B
PS110 Paper size sensor /Fr 7-B
PS111 Paper size sensor /Rr 8-H
PS115 Front door sensor 8-B
SD100 Pick-up solenoid 7-B
SW100 Tray down switch 8-B
TEMS/1 Temperature sensor /1 8-H
TEMS/2 Temperature sensor /2 4-C
VR1 Paper size VR 8-H
I
F
E
B
A

D
C

H
G
17.19 RU

1
1
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

J4
-13 -1 CN100- 3
CN2- 1 M1_24V
-12 -2 CN100- 9
CN2- 2 M1_24V
-11 -3 CN100- 1
CN2- 3 M1_DRV_A
-10 -4 CN100- 5 Entrance conveyance motor

AC CODE
M1

CN2- 4 M1_DRV_A/
-9 -5 CN100- 7

MS1
CN2- 5 M1_DRV_B

26NA-752
AC INRET
AC OUTRET/2
AC OUTRET/1
-8 -6 CN100-11

2
2

CN2- 6 M1_DRV_B/

RU504
RU503

Interlock switch
-7 -7 CN104- 5

26NF88610(KBI:240V)
26NA88610(KBJ:100V)
26NE88610(KBT:120V)
CN2- 7 M5_24V

FA13
FA14
-6 -8 CN104- 2
CN2- 8 M5_24V
-5 -9 CN104- 4
CN2- 9 M5_DRV_A
-4 -10 CN104- 6 Paper exit motor
M5

CN2-10 M5_DRV_A/

FT2
FT1
-3 -11 CN104- 3
J1 CN2-11 M5_DRV_B
-1 -2 -12 CN104- 1
CN2-12 M5_DRV_B/
-2
-3 -1 -13

101
-4
-5

FT4
FT3
-6
J3
J2 -A15 -A 1

CBR2
CBR1
-1 CN1- 1 SD1_24V
-A14 -A 2

FT6
FT5
CN1- 2 SD1_DRV

Circuit breaker/2
-2

Circuit breaker/1
-3

101
-A13 -A 3 CN108-2
-4 CN1- 3 SD2_24V
-A12 -A 4 CN108-1 Decurler gate solenoid /1
CN1- 4 SD2_DRV
SD2

3
3

CN36-2
CN36-1
CN35-2
CN35-1

FT8
FT7
-A11 -A 5 CN109-2
N.C CN1- 5 SD3_24V
-A10 -A 6 CN109-1 Decurler gate solenoid /2
CN1- 6 SD3_DRV
SD3

4
3
N.C
N.C

2
1
NF1
Noise filter
N.C J7

FT9
N.C

FT10
-A 9 -A 7 -3 -1
A

N.C CN1- 7 PS1_S.GND


-A 8 -A 8 -2 -2
B

N.C CN1- 8 PS1_SIG


-A 7 -A 9 -1 -3
C

N.C CN1- 9 PS1_5V

N.C
N.C J5
N.C -A 6 -A10 -3 -1
D

N.C CN1-10 PS2_S.GND


-A 5 -A11 -2 -2
E

N.C CN1-11 PS2_SIG


-A 4 -A12 -1 -3
F

FT11
N.C CN1-12 PS2_5V
FT15

MS1
N.C
FT16 N.C

Relay
RL1
N.C J8

Interlock switch
N.C -A 3 -A13 -3 -1

4
4

FA14
FA13
G

N.C CN1-13 PS3_S.GND

FT12
-A 2 -A14 -2 -2
H

N.C CN1-14 PS3_SIG


-A 1 -A15 -1 -3
I

N.C CN1-15 PS3_5V


N.C
N.C
N.C J6
N.C -B15 -B 1 -15 -1
J

N.C CN3- 1 M2/3/4/6/7_DRV


-B14 -B 2 -14 -2
K

N.C CN3- 2 M2_LD_IN


-B13 -B 3 -13 -3
L

N.C CN3- 3 M2_24V

DCPS
CN34-1:HOT
CN34-5:FGND
-B12 -B 4 -12 -4

CN34-3:NEUTRAL
M

CN3- 4 M2/3/4/6/7_DRV
-B11 -B 5 -11 -5
N

CN3- 5 M3_LD_IN
RUCB

8
5V

-B10 -B 6 -10 -6
11 22
O

CN3- 6 M3_24V
9
16 23

-B 9 -B 7 -9 -7
P

CN3- 7 M2/3/4/6/7_DRV

CN28-1:-V/PGND
CN28-2:-V/PGND
CN28-3:-V/PGND
CN28-4:-V/PGND
CN28-5:+V/24V
CN28-6:+V/24V
CN28-7:+V/24V
CN28-8:+V/24V
-B 8 -B 8 -8 -8
Q

CN3- 8 M4_LD_IN
6

-B 7 -B 9 -7 -9
S.GND
R

12 20

J1 CN3- 9 M4_24V
7
17 21

-1
-2

5
5

101

-3
15

-4 J2
1
24V

-B 6 -B10 -6 -10
S

-5 -1 CN4- 1 M2/3/4/6/7_DRV
-B 5 -B11 -5 -11
T

-6 -2 CN4- 2 M6_LD_IN
-B 4 -B12 -4 -12
105
U

-3 CN4- 3 M6_24V
-4
4
for RU503

-B 3 -B13 -3 -13
18
V

P.GND

CN4- 4 M2/3/4/6/7_DRV
5
19

-B 2 -B14 -2 -14
W

CN4- 5 M7_LD_IN
-B 1 -B15 -1 -15
X

J1 CN4- 6 M7_24V
-1 -1
10

-2 -2
OR

-3 -3
13

-4 -4
14

-5 -5 CN12-1 RL_5V
105(RU503)
102(RU504)

-6 -6 CN12-2 RL_DRV CN13-A 1 NC


CN13-A 2 NC
CN110- 3
A

CN13-A 3 NC
CN22-1 MTXD CN110- 2
B

CN5-1 SYS_SIN CN13-A 4 NC Entrance sensor


PS1

CN22-2 SG CN110- 1
C

CN5-2 S.GND CN13-A 5 NC


CN22-3 MCTS CN13-A 6 NC
CN5-3 SYS_RTS
CN22-4 MRXD CN13-A 7 NC
CN5-4 SYS_SOUT
6
6

CN22-5 SG CN13-A 8 NC
CN5-5 S.GND
CN22-6 MRTS CN13-A 9 NC
CN5-6 SYS_CTS
CN111- 3
D

CN5-7 PAPEROUT_1 CN13-A10 NC


CN111- 2
E

CN21-1 PAPER_OUT CN13-A11 NC Intermediate sensor


CN111- 1
PS2

CN21-2 SG CN13-A12 NC
6
10

CN11-1 24V_IN CN13-A13 NC


CN21-3 SG
7
11

CN11-2 5V_IN CN13-A14 NC


CN21-4 5V
8
12

CN11-3 S.GND CN13-A15 NC


CN21-5 5V
9
13

CN11-4 P.GND
Main body

CN13-A16 NC
CN112- 3
14

CN11-5 P.GND
G

CN13-A17 NC
CN112- 2
H

CN20-1 24V CN13-A18 NC Paper exit sensor


1
PS3

CN112- 1
I

CN20-2 5V CN13-A19 NC
2

CN20-3 SG CN13-A20 NC
3

CN20-4 PG CN13-B 1 NC
4

CN20-5 PG CN13-B 2 NC
5

CN20-6 FG CN13-B 3 NC
CN101- 3
J

CN13-B 4 NC
CN101- 2
K

CN13-B 5 NC Paper fan/1


M2

CN101- 1
L

CN13-B 6 NC
CN13-B 7 NC
CN13-B 8 NC
CN13-B 9 NC
7
7

CN27-1 CN13-B10 NC
CN7-2 SYS_SIN CN102- 3
M

CN27-2 CN13-B11 NC
CN7-1 SYS_RTS CN102- 2
N

CN13-B12 NC Paper fan/2


M3

CN102- 1
O

CN13-B13 NC
CN26-6 MTXD CN13-B14 NC
CN6-1 FNS1_SOUT
CN26-5 SG CN13-B15 NC
CN6-2 S.GND
CN26-4 MCTS CN13-B16 NC
CN6-3 FNS1_CTS
CN26-3 MRXD CN13-B17 NC
CN6-4 FNS1_SIN
CN26-2 SG CN103- 3
P

CN6-5 NC CN13-B18 NC
CN26-1 MRTS CN103- 2
Q

CN6-6 FNS1_RTS CN13-B19 NC Paper fan/3


M4

CN103- 1
R

CN6-7 PAPEROUT2 CN13-B20 NC


CN25-5 PAPER_OUT CN6-8 NC
CN25-4 SG
20

CN25-3 SG
21

CN25-2 5V CN105- 3
22
S

CN25-1 5V CN105- 2
T

23

Ventilation assist fan/1


M6

CN105- 1
U

CN24-1 24V
15

CN24-2 5V
16

CN24-3 SG
To rear option
17

8
8

CN24-4 PG
18

CN106- 3
V

CN24-5 PG
19

CN106- 2
W

CN24-6 FG Ventilation assist fan/2


M7

CN106- 1
X

Crimp
Symbol

Connector

9
9

Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A

H
D
C

G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

bizhub PRO C6500


/C6500P/C5500
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007
bizhub PRO C6500
/C6500P/C5500

RU location list
Symbol Part name Location
CBR1 Circuit breaker /1 3-I
CBR2 Circuit breaker /2 3-I
DCPS DC power supply 5-I
M1 Entrance conveyance motor 2-B
M2 Paper fan/1 7-B
M3 Paper fan/2 7-B
M4 Paper fan/3 7-B
M5 Paper exit motor 2-B
M6 Ventilation assist fan /1 8-B
M7 Ventilation assist fan /2 8-B
MS1 Interlock switch 2-G,4-H
NF Noise filter 3-I
PS1 Entrance sensor 6-B
PS2 Intermediate sensor 6-B
PS3 Paper exit sensor 6-B
RL1 Relay 4-I
RUCB RU control board 2-D
SD2 Decurler gate solenoid /1 3-B
SD3 Decurler gate solenoid /2 3-B
I
F
E
B
A

D
C

H
G
CN505- 5 M4_B CN530- 1 YEL
CN505- 1 M4_24V CN530- 2 BLK
CN505- 6 M4_ B/ CN530- 3 RED
CN505- 3 M4_A CN530- 4 ORG 1st folding motor

M4
CN505- 2 M4_24V CN530- 5 WIT
CN505- 4 M4_A/ CN530- 6 BLU
17.20 FD

CN505- 11 M5_B CN531- 1 YEL


CN505- 7 M5_24V CN531- 2 BLK
CN505- 12 M5_B/ CN531- 3 RED
CN505- 9 M5_A CN531- 4 ORG 2nd folding motor

M5
CN505- 8 M5_24V CN531- 5 WIT
CN505- 10 M5_A/ CN531- 6 BLU
510-16A-1A
CN3- 1 KCOUT_41 CN503-16 KCOUT_41
510-15A-2A
CN3- 2 KCOUT_42 CN503-15 KCOUT_42 CN506- 5 M6_B CN532- 1 YEL

Power plug
510-14A-3A CN532- 2 BLK
CN3- 3 KCOUT_43 CN503-14 KCOUT_43 CN506- 1 M6_24V
510-13A-4A CN532- 3 RED
CN3- 4 KCOUT_44 CN503-13 KCOUT_44 CN506- 6 M6_B/ CN532- 4 ORG
510-12A-5A CN506- 3 M6_A 3rd folding motor
CN3- 5 KCOUT_45 CN503-12 KCOUT_45

M6
510-11A-6A CN506- 2 M6_24V CN532- 5 WIT
CN3- 6 KCOUT_46 CN503-11 KCOUT_46 CN532- 6 BLU
510-10A-7A CN506- 4 M6_A/
CN3- 7 KCOUT_47 CN503-10 KCOUT_47
CN3- 8 KCOUT_48 510-9A-8A
CN503- 9 KCOUT_48

1
1

510-8A-9A
CN3- 9 KCOUT_49 CN503- 8 KCOUT_49 CN533-6- 1 RED
510-7A-10A
CN3-10 KCOUT_50 CN503- 7 KCOUT_50 CN508-A 1 M14_24V CN533-5- 2 RED
510-6A-11A
CN3-11 KCOUT_51 CN503- 6 KCOUT_51 CN508-A 2 M14_24V CN533-4- 3 BLK
510-5A-12A CN508-A 3 M14_A

Inlet
CN3-12 KCOUT_52 CN503- 5 KCOUT_52 CN508-A 4 M14_A/ CN533-3- 4 BLN 1st folding release motor
510-4A-13A CN533-2- 5 ORG

M14
CN3-13 KCOUT_53 CN503- 4 KCOUT_53 CN508-A 5 M14_B
510-3A-14A CN533-1- 6 YEL
CN3-14 KCOUT_54 CN503- 3 KCOUT_54 CN508-A 6 M14_B/
510-2A-15A

FT2
FT1
CN3-15 KCOUT_55 CN503- 2 KCOUT_55
CN3-16 KCOUT_56 510-1A-16A CN503- 1 KCOUT_56
CN508-A 7 M15_24V CN534-6- 1 RED
CN508-A 8 M15_24V CN534-5- 2 RED
CN508-A 9 M15_A CN534-4- 3 BLK
CN508-A10 M15_A/ CN534-3- 4 BLN 2nd folding release motor
CN534-2- 5 ORG
M15

CN508-A11 M15_B CN534-1- 6 YEL


CN508-A12 M15_B/

Y/G
WIT
BLK
CN13-1 /CPUIN_1(IRQ4) CN222-9 /CPUIN_1(IRQ4) 511-15A-1A CN535-6- 1 RED
CN13-2 /CPUIN_2(IRQ3) CN222-8 /CPUIN_2(IRQ3) CN209-A 1 KCIN_24 CN501-A17 PS51_SIG CN508-A13 M16_24V
511-14A-2A CN535-5- 2

RT1
RED
CN13-3 CPUIN_3(IRQ1) CN222-7 CPUIN_3(IRQ1) CN209-A 2 KCIN_25 CN501-A16 PS52_SIG CN508-A14 M16_24V CN535-4- 3 BLK
511-13A-3A
Field Service Ver.3.0 Nov. 2007

CN13-4 CPUIN_4(TIM Input) CN209-A 3 KCIN_26 CN501-A15 PS53_SIG CN508-A15 M16_A CN535-3- 4 BLN 3rd folding release motor
CN222-6 CPUIN_4(TIM Input) 511-12A-4A M16_A/
CN209-A 4 KCIN_27 CN501-A14 PS54_SIG CN508-A16 CN535-2- 5 ORG
M16

CN13-5 NC CN222-5 NC 511-11A-5A CN508-A17 M16_B CN535-1- 6 YEL


CN13-6 CPUIN_7(TIM Input) CN209-A 5 KCIN_28 CN501-A13 PS55_SIG CN508-A18 M16_B/
CN222-4 CPUIN_7(TIM Input) 511-10A-6A
CN13-7 SGND CN222-3 GND CN209-A 6 KCIN_29 CN501-A12 PS56_SIG
511-9A-7A
CN13-8 CPUIN_8(TIM Input) CN209-A 7 KCIN_30 CN501-A11 PS57_SIG
CN222-2 CPUIN_8(TIM Input) 511-8A-8A
CN13-9 5V CN222-1 NC CN209-A 8 ORI_SET 511-7A-9A
CN501-A10 ORI_SET
CN209-A 9 KCOUT_73 CN501-A 9 M4_CONT1 CN508-B 1 SGND

FT4
FT3
511-6A-10A CN508-B 2
CN209-A10 KCOUT_74 511-5A-11A
CN501-A 8 M4_CONT2
CN209-A11 KCOUT_75 CN501-A 7 M4_F/R CN508-B 3 5V CN517- 3
511-4A-12A CN508-B 4 SGND
CN209-A12 KCOUT_76 CN501-A 6 M4_RESET CN508-B CN517- 2
CN2-A 1 KCOUT_1 CN201-A20 KCOUT_1 511-3A-13A 5 PS57 SIG CN517- 1 PS57 3rd folding cam home sensor
CN2-A 2 KCOUT_2 CN201-A19 KCOUT_2 CN209-A13 SGND 511-2A-14A
CN501-A 5 SGND CN508-B 6 5V

CBR2
CN209-A14 SGND CN501-A 4 SGND

CBR1
CN2-A 3 KCOUT_3 CN201-A18 KCOUT_3 511-1A-15A
CN2-A 4 KCOUT_4 CN201-A17 KCOUT_4 CN209-A15 SGND 511-1A-15A
CN501-A 3 SGND
CN209-A16 SGND CN501-A 2 SGND CN516- 3

FT6
FT5
CN2-A 5 KCOUT_5 CN201-A16 KCOUT_5 511-1A-15A CN508-B 7 SGND
CN2-A 6 KCOUT_6 CN201-A15 KCOUT_6 CN209-A17 5V CN501-A 1 5V CN516- 2
CN209-B 1 KCOUT_77 511-15B-1B CN501-B17 M4_ENBLECN508-B 8 PS56 SIG CN516- 1 PS56 2nd folding cam home sensor
CN2-A 7 KCOUT_7 CN201-A14 KCOUT_7 511-14B-2B CN508-B 9 5V

Circuit breaker/2
Circuit breaker/1
CN2-A 8 KCOUT_8 CN201-A13 KCOUT_8 CN209-B 2 KCOUT_78 CN501-B16 M5_CONT1
511-13B-3B
CN2-A 9 KCOUT_9 CN201-A12 KCOUT_9 CN209-B 3 KCOUT_79 CN501-B15 M5_CONT2
511-12B-4B

WIT
BLK
CN2-A10 KCOUT_10 CN201-A11 KCOUT_10 CN209-B 4 KCOUT_80 511-11B-5B
CN501-B14 M5_F/R
CN10-1 IRQ4 CN515- 3
CN2-A11 KCOUT_11 CN201-A10 KCOUT_11 CN209-B 5 KCOUT_81 511-10B-6B
CN501-B13 M5_RESET CN508-B10 SGND CN515- 2
CN10-2 /IRQ3 CN209-B 6 KCOUT_82 CN501-B12 M5_ENBLECN508-B11 PS55 SIG PS55 1st folding cam home sensor
CN2-A12 KCOUT_12 CN201-A 9 KCOUT_12 511-9B-7B CN515- 1
CN10-3 IRQ CN209-B 7 KCOUT_83 CN501-B11 M6_CONT1 CN508-B12 5V
CN2-A13 KCOUT_13 CN201-A 8 KCOUT_13 511-8B-8B
CN209-B 8 KCOUT_84 CN501-B10 M6_CONT2

Interrupt
CN2-A14 KCOUT_14 CN201-A 7 KCOUT_14 511-7B-9B
CN2-A15 KCOUT_15 CN201-A 6 KCOUT_15 CN209-B 9 KCOUT_85 511-6B-10B
CN501-B 9 M6_F/R
CN501-B 8 M6_RESET CN508-B13 SGND CN514- 3
CN2-A16 KCOUT_16 CN201-A 5 KCOUT_16 CN209-B10 KCOUT_86 511-5B-11B CN514- 2

FT8
FT7
CN2-A17 KCOUT_17 CN201-A 4 KCOUT_17 CN209-B11 KCOUT_87 511-4B-12B
CN501-B 7 M6_ENBLE CN508-B14 PS54 SIG PS54 3rd folding conveyance sensor
CN514- 1
CN2-A18 KCOUT_18 CN201-A 3 KCOUT_18 CN209-B12 5V CN501-B 6 5V CN508-B15 5V
511-3B-13B

4
3

2
2

CN2-A19 KCOUT_19 CN201-A 2 KCOUT_19 CN209-B13 5V 511-2B-14B


CN501-B 5 5V
CN23-1 TCK CN2-A20 KCOUT_20 CN201-A 1 KCOUT_20 CN209-B14 5V 511-1B-15B
CN501-B 4 5V

NF1
CN209-B15 TIME0 CN501-B 3 M4_CLK

2
1
CN23-2 TDO3 CN2-B 1 KCOUT_21 CN201-B20 KCOUT_21 511-1B-15B CN511- 3
CN23-3 TDI CN209-B16 TIME2 CN501-B 2 M5_CLK CN508-B16 SGND CN511- 2
CN2-B 2 KCOUT_22 CN201-B19 KCOUT_22 511-1B-15B 1st folding conveyance sensor
CN23-4 TMS CN209-B17 TIME3 CN501-B 1 M6_CLK CN508-B17 PS51 SIG CN511- 1 PS51

FT9
CN2-B 3 KCOUT_23 CN201-B18 KCOUT_23 CN508-B18 5V

JTAG

FT10
CN23-5 TRST CN2-B 4 KCOUT_24 CN201-B17 KCOUT_24
CN2-B 5 KCOUT_25 CN201-B16 KCOUT_25
CN2-B 6 KCOUT_26 CN201-B15 KCOUT_26
CN2-B 7 KCOUT_27 CN201-B14 KCOUT_27 512-1-1

WIT
BLK
CN500- 1 24VDC CN513- 3

Outlet
CN2-B 8 KCOUT_28 CN201-B13 KCOUT_28 512-2-2 CN507- 1 SGND
512-3-3 CN500- 2 24VDC CN513- 2
CN2-B 9 KCOUT_29 CN201-B12 KCOUT_29 CN507- 2 PS53 SIG 2nd folding conveyance sensor

8 10
512-4-4 CN500- 3 PGND CN513- 1 PS53
CN2-B10 KCOUT_30 CN201-B11 KCOUT_30 CN507- 3 5V

9 11
CN500- 2 PGND
CN24-1 5V CN2-B11 KCOUT_31 CN201-B10 KCOUT_31
CN24-2 RL_CONT CN2-B12 KCOUT_32 CN201-B 9 KCOUT_32

Relay
CN2-B13 KCOUT_33 CN201-B 8 KCOUT_33 CN512- 3
CN2-B14 KCOUT_34 CN201-B 7 KCOUT_34 CN507- 4 SGND CN512- 2

Y/G
CN52- 2

WIT
BLK
BLK CN201-B 6 KCOUT_35 CN216-12 M12_24V CN507- 5 PS52 SIG PS52 Folding entrance sensor

CN182- 1
PGC1 BLK CN2-B15 KCOUT_35 CN52- 5 CN507- 6 5V CN512- 1
CN216-11 M12_24V

CN181- 1
CN2-B16 KCOUT_36 CN201-B 5 KCOUT_36 CN52- 1
PGC2 CN216-10 M12_A Punch conveyance
WIT CN2-B17 KCOUT_37 CN201-B 4 KCOUT_37 CN216- 9 M 2_A/ CN52- 3
M2

CN2-B18 KCOUT_38 CN201-B 3 KCOUT_38 CN216- 8 M 2_ B CN52- 4 motor


WIT CN52- 6
CN2-B19 KCOUT_39 CN201-B 2 KCOUT_39 CN216- 7 M 2_B/

To 5V (CCP)
CN201-B 1 KCOUT_40 CN536- 1
CN2-B20 KCOUT_40 CN507- 7 SD18_DRV CN536- 2
CN62- 2

RT5
CN216- 6 M12_24V CN507- 8 SD_24V SD18 2nd folding roller solenoid

CN182- 2
CN62- 5

CN181- 2
CN216- 5 M12_24V

WIT
CN216- 4 M12_A CN62- 1
CN216- 3 M12_A/ CN62- 3 Alignment motor
CN1-A 1 KCIN_1 CN62- 4
M12

CN202-A16 KCIN_1 CN216- 2 M12_ B


CN1-A 2 KCIN_2 CN202-A15 KCIN_2 CN62- 6 CN536- 1

BLK FT11
CN216- 1 M12_B/ CN507- 9 SD15_DRV CN536- 2

CN151- 1
RED CN1-A 3 KCIN_3 CN202-A14 KCIN_3 CN507-10 SD_24V SD15 Folding gate solenoid

A
CN1-A 4 KCIN_4 CN202-A13 KCIN_4
CN1-A 5 KCIN_5 CN202-A12 KCIN_5 CN217- 1 M11 DRV1 CN61- 1 RED Tray up down
CN1-A 6 KCIN_6 CN202-A11 KCIN_6 CN217- 2 M11 DRV2 CN61- 2 BLU
FDB

BLK
M11

CN1-A 7 KCIN_7 motor

RL1
CN202-A10 KCIN_7

B
CN1-A 8 KCIN_8 CN202-A 9 KCIN_8
CN217- 3 5V
B

CN1-A 9 KCIN_9 CN202-A 8 KCIN_9


CN217- 4 RL_CONT
A

CN1-A10 KCIN_10 CN202-A 7 KCIN_10


CN517- 3

CN151- 2
CN1-A11 KCIN_11 CN202-A 6 KCIN_11 CN507-13 SGND CN517- 2 S size conveyance

CN183- 1
WIT
CN33- 3 CN507-14 PS57 SIG
CN1-A12 KCIN_12 CN202-A 5 KCIN_12 CN224- 5 5V CN33- 2 Main tray lower CN517- 1 PS58

FT12 BLK
CN1-A13 KCIN_13 CN202-A 4 KCIN_13 CN217- 6 PS13_SIG PS22 CN507-15 5V sensor
CN33- 1
CN1-A14 KCIN_14 CN202-A 3 KCIN_14 CN217- 7 SGND limit sensor
CN1-A15 KCIN_15 CN202-A 2 KCIN_15

WIT
CN1-A16 KCIN_16

BLK
CN202-A 1 KCIN_16
CN1-B 1 KCIN_17 CN202-B16 KCIN_17
CN1-B 2 KCIN_18 CN202-B15 KCIN_18

CN183- 2
CN1-B 3 KCIN_19 CN202-B14 KCIN_19

3
3

CN1-B 4 KCIN_20 CN202-B13 KCIN_20


CN1-B 5 KCIN_21 CN202-B12 KCIN_21

CN183-A2
CN183-A1
CN1-B 6 KCIN_22 CN202-B11 KCIN_22 CN219-A13 5V CN51- 1
CN1-B 7 KCIN_23 CN202-B10 KCIN_23 CN219-A12 SGND CN51- 2
CN219-A11 M1_CONT CN51- 3

MS1

Вам также может понравиться